DECRANE HOLDINGS CO
S-1/A, 1999-03-04
AIRCRAFT PARTS & AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: DAIMLER BENZ VEHICLE OWNER TRUST 1998-A, 8-K, 1999-03-04
Next: FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE SEC CORP CON MOR PAS THR CER SR 1988-4, 10-K, 1999-03-04



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 4, 1999
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-70363
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
 
                              DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3728                  13-4019703
 (State or Other Jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                   Classification Code No.)      Identification
Incorporation or Organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
                   C/O DLJ MERCHANT BANKING PARTNERS II, L.P.
                                277 PARK AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10172
                                 (212) 892-3000
              (Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
       Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
 
   
                                 THOMPSON DEAN
                      Chairman of the Board and President
                              DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.
                                277 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10172
                                 (212) 892-3000
    
 
           (Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
                           STEPHEN A. SILVERMAN, ESQ.
                            JAMES BRYCE CLARK, ESQ.
                             SPOLIN & SILVERMAN LLP
                       100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 940
                         Santa Monica, California 90401
                                 (310) 576-1221
                           --------------------------
   
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   FROM TIME TO TIME AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
    
                           --------------------------
    If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. /X/
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
                                          AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE          REGISTRATION
TITLE OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED         PER SHARE(1)     OFFERING PRICE(1)         FEE(1)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $0.01........    155,000 Shares          $23.00            $3,565,000          $1,023.15
Warrants to purchase common stock....    155,000 Shares          $23.00            $3,565,000          $1,023.15
</TABLE>
 
   
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457; fee previously paid.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL
BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8, MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH   , 1999
    
 
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
   [LOGO]
           DeCrane Holdings Co.
 
                    COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
                       WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
 
   
    This Prospectus relates to the resale of 100,000 warrants (the "warrants")
each to purchase 1.55 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of
DeCrane Holdings Co., and the shares issued upon the exercise of warrants, held
by certain holders named herein or in an accompanying supplement to this
Prospectus. All of the offered securities are being sold by such persons or
entities and we will not receive any proceeds received therefrom, other than
upon exercise of warrants. The warrants were issued, and shares issued upon the
exercise of warrants by persons other than exercising warrantholders have been
or will be issued, pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The offered
securities are being registered by us pursuant to registration rights granted in
connection with the issuance in October, 1998 of the units which included these
warrants and the 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes of DeCrane Aircraft
Holdings, Inc.
    
 
    The offered securities may be offered by the holders from time to time in
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated
transactions, in underwritten offerings or by a combination of such methods of
sale, at fixed prices that may be changed, at market prices prevailing at the
time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at
negotiated prices. The warrantholders may effect such transactions by selling
the warrants to or through broker-dealers and such broker-dealers may receive
compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the
holders or the purchasers of the offered securities for whom such broker-dealers
may act as agent or to whom they sell as principal or both (which compensation
to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary commissions). If
required, the names of any such broker-dealers and the applicable compensation,
if any, will be set forth in an accompanying supplement to this Prospectus. See
"Plan of Distribution."
 
    The holders and any broker-dealers or agents that participate with the
holders in the distribution of the offered securities may be deemed to be
"underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, and
any commissions received by them and any profit on the resale of the offered
securities purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or
discounts under the Securities Act.
 
    The information in this Prospectus is not yet complete and may be amended.
We have filed a registration statement regarding these securities with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. You may not sell or accept offers to buy
before the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus is not an
offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy. We will not participate
in any sale of these securities in any state in which offer, solicitation or
sale would be unlawful before registering or qualifying under the securities
laws of that state.
 
   
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISK
FACTORS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING IN THE OFFERED SECURITIES.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
 COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON
            THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
                  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                                    OFFENSE.
 
                  The date of this Prospectus is       , 1999
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
   
    This Prospectus relates to the resale of 100,000 warrants each to purchase
1.55 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of DeCrane Holdings Co.
by certain holders named herein or in an accompanying supplement to this
Prospectus ("warrantholders"), and any holders of the warrant shares received
upon exercise of those warrants who may wish to sell their shares ("selling
stockholders"). This Prospectus refers to the warrants and warrant shares,
collectively, as "offered securities." All of the warrants are being sold by
such persons or entities and we will not receive any of the proceeds received
therefrom, other than upon exercise of warrants. The warrants were issued, and
shares issued upon the exercise of warrants by persons other than exercising
warrantholders, have been or will be issued, pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). The offered securities are being registered by us pursuant to
registration rights granted in connection with the initial private placement of
the warrants as part of the DLJ acquisition described herein.
    
 
   
    The offered securities may be offered by the warrantholders from time to
time in transactions in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated
transactions, in underwritten offerings or by a combination of such methods of
sale, and may be offered at fixed prices that may be changed, at market prices
prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market
prices or at negotiated prices. The warrantholders may effect such transactions
by selling the warrants to or through broker-dealers and such broker-dealers may
receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from
the warrantholders or the purchasers of the offered securities for whom such
broker-dealers may act as agent or to whom they sell as principal or both (which
compensation to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary
commissions). If required, the names of any such broker-dealers and the
applicable compensation, if any, will be set forth in an accompanying supplement
to this Prospectus. See "Plan of Distribution."
    
 
   
    The Warrantholders and Selling Stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents
that participate with the Warrantholders and Selling Stockholders in the
distribution of the offered securities may be deemed to be "underwriters" within
the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, and any commissions received
by them and any profit on the resale of the offered securities purchased by them
may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities
Act.
    
 
    The information in this Prospectus is not yet complete and may be amended.
We have filed a registration statement regarding these securities with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. You may not sell or accept offers to buy
before the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus is not an
offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy. We will not participate
in any sale of these securities in any state in which offer, solicitation or
sale would be unlawful before registering or qualifying under the securities
laws of that state.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY CONTAINS BASIC INFORMATION ABOUT THIS OFFERING. IT
LIKELY DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT IS IMPORTANT TO YOU. TO FULLY
UNDERSTAND THIS OFFERING, YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY,
INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THEIR RELATED NOTES.
 
   
    THE SECURITIES REGISTERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE EQUITY OBLIGATIONS ISSUED
BY DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. IS A HOLDING COMPANY AND DOES NOT
HAVE ANY MATERIAL OPERATIONS OR ASSETS OTHER THAN ITS OWNERSHIP OF THE CAPITAL
STOCK OF DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC. THIS PROSPECTUS USES THE PHRASES
"DECRANE HOLDINGS" AND "DECRANE AIRCRAFT" WHEN WE REFER TO THOSE COMPANIES
SEPARATELY.
    
 
   
    DECRANE HOLDINGS REPORTS ITS FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS
WITH ITS SUBSIDIARY. REFERENCES IN THIS DOCUMENT TO "WE" AND "US" MEAN DECRANE
HOLDINGS AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AS A GROUP. EXCEPT FOR HISTORICAL FINANCIAL
INFORMATION, AND PLACES WHERE WE INDICATE OTHERWISE, THIS PROSPECTUS PRESENTS
ALL INFORMATION ON A "PRO FORMA" BASIS, GIVING EFFECT TO ALL OF THE TRANSACTIONS
REFERRED TO IN "UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA," INCLUDING THE
DLJ ACQUISITION OF DECRANE AIRCRAFT, AND DECRANE AIRCRAFT'S ACQUISITIONS OF
AVTECH CORPORATION, DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC. AND PATS, INC.
    
 
                                  OUR COMPANY
 
   
    We manufacture components for avionics and systems (such as aircraft
navigation, communications and flight control systems) and related products, and
provide systems integration services, for niche markets within the commercial,
regional and high-end corporate aircraft industries. We believe that we are a
leading provider of components within each niche market we serve. Since DeCrane
Aircraft was founded in 1989, our strategy has been to combine complementary
businesses with leading market positions. We generated revenues of $206.6
million for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998, and Adjusted EBITDA of
$44.4 million for the same period, on a pro forma basis. (Adjusted EBITDA is
defined in "Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" herein.)
    
 
    We seek to maximize our sales by emphasizing the complementary nature of our
products and services. We manufacture:
 
    - electrical contacts;
 
    - connectors (which often include our contacts);
 
    - wire harness assemblies (which often include our connectors);
 
   
    - structural supports for connectors and harnesses (often packaged with
      other products of ours and sold as "installation kits");
    
 
   
    - auxiliary fuel tank systems, which extend the flight range of commercial
      and corporate aircraft;
    
 
    - dichroic liquid crystal display ("LCD") devices, which are often used as
      part of display panels in flight deck avionics;
 
    - cockpit audio and communications, lighting, and power and control devices
      for commercial aircraft; and
 
    - stereo systems, video monitors, passenger switches, cabin lighting,
      seating and climate controls for the high-end corporate aircraft market.
 
    Our systems integration services include design and engineering of avionics
systems, certifications on behalf of the Federal Aviation Administration, the
assembly of installation kits for systems to be installed ("kitting"), and
installation services. Smoke detection, fire suppression and in-flight
entertainment systems for aircraft are among the systems for which we supply
design, certification, assembly and/or installation services. We manufacture
many of the components required to complete a systems integration project. We
believe that our combination of strong component manufacturing and
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
integration capabilities gives us a critical competitive advantage, which would
be difficult for competitors to duplicate.
 
   
    By successfully combining and growing complementary businesses, we have
achieved strong revenue growth. From 1994 to 1998, DeCrane Aircraft's revenues
increased from $47.1 million to $150.5 million on a historical basis. That
increase resulted in a compound annual growth rate of 33.7%. During the same
period, DeCrane Aircraft's EBITDA increased from $5.2 million to $26.9 million
on a historical basis, representing a combined annual growth rate of 50.8%. We
have realized this growth primarily by:
    
 
    - obtaining new customers and additional business from existing customers;
 
    - selectively acquiring complementary avionics businesses, generally with
      high margins;
 
    - taking advantage of favorable trends in the aerospace industry (discussed
      below);
 
    - initiating cost reduction programs and productivity improvements; and
 
    - increasing the revenues of acquired businesses, by refocusing or
      diversifying their strategies and products.
 
   
    Since 1990, we have completed twelve acquisitions, most recently Avtech
Corporation and Dettmers Industries, Inc. in June 1998, and PATS, Inc. in
January 1999.
    
 
    We believe that demand for our products and services continues to increase
as a result of several favorable industry trends such as:
 
    - the general increase in new aircraft production;
 
    - the increasing demand for cabin and flight deck systems;
 
    - the increase in new safety requirements in the U.S. and the adoption by
      other countries of similar requirements;
 
    - the consolidation of approved suppliers and vendors; and
 
    - the increased outsourcing of products and services.
 
    We have established strong positions in several specialized niches within
the commercial aircraft industry. We believe that we are:
 
    - the largest supplier of bulk contacts to commercial aircraft original
      equipment manufacturers (called "OEMs");
 
    - the largest supplier of dichroic LCD devices for use by commercial
      aircraft OEMs;
 
    - the largest provider of aircraft entertainment and cabin management
      products and systems for the high-end corporate aircraft market;
 
    - a major supplier of wire harness assemblies for use in in-flight
      entertainment systems; and
 
    - a leading supplier of cockpit audio controls.
 
    We believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the foregoing
trends and expected growth, as a result of the following competitive strengths:
 
    - a diversified revenue base, spanning multiple markets which typically
      experience different production cycles;
 
    - complementary and strategically integrated business lines;
 
    - strong customer relationships;
 
    - low-cost, high-quality operations; and
 
    - authorization to perform key regulatory certifications.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    We intend to grow our businesses by:
 
    - capitalizing on growth in aircraft production and increased demand for
      cabin and flight deck systems;
 
    - emphasizing integrated product systems and complementary services;
 
    - expanding and diversifying systems integration services; and
 
    - completing additional strategic acquisitions.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
   
    Until August 1998, DeCrane Aircraft was a publicly-held company. In August
1998, a holding company organized by DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. and
affiliated funds and entities completed a successful tender offer for all shares
of DeCrane Aircraft common stock. See "Recent Developments--The DLJ
Acquisition." In January 1999, we acquired 100% of the stock of PATS, Inc., a
manufacturer of auxiliary fuel tank systems and other products. See "Recent
Developments-- PATS, Inc."
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Investing in the notes involves certain risks. See the section on "Risk
Factors."
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
                       WHERE YOU CAN GET MORE INFORMATION
    
 
   
    Each registered holder of the warrants or warrant shares will receive a copy
of this Prospectus and any related amendments or supplements. Any registered
holder may request from us any information it wishes in order to verify the
information in this Prospectus. Apart from this Prospectus and any responses we
make to those requests, no-one is authorized to give information about the
offered securities on our behalf.
    
 
   
    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on the SEC's Form S-1, to register the offered securities. This
Prospectus is a part of that registration statement. However, the registration
statement has additional information which is not included here, in accordance
with SEC rules. Our descriptions and statements about any contract or other
document in this Prospectus are summaries. We are required to attach copies of
most important contracts and documents as exhibits to the registration
statement.
    
 
   
    Our fiscal year ends on December 31. We intend to become a reporting company
as a result of the registration of the offered securities, and file annual,
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file
at the SEC's reference room in Washington D.C. (Please call the SEC at (202)
942-8090 for further information on the operation of the reference rooms.) You
can also request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee,
by writing to the SEC, or review our SEC filings on the SEC's EDGAR web site,
which can be found at http\\www.sec.gov. If you want more information, write or
call us at the corporate headquarters of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. located
at 2361 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 180, El Segundo, California 90245. Our telephone
number there is (310) 725-9123.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
   
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Common Stock.................  The holders of DeCrane Holdings common stock are entitled to
                               one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by
                               the shareholders. There is no provision for cumulative
                               voting with respect to the election of directors. Holders of
                               DeCrane Holdings common stock are entitled to share equally,
                               share for share, if dividends are declared on common stock,
                               whether payable in cash, property or securities of DeCrane
                               Holdings. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
                               liquidation, dissolution or winding up of DeCrane Holdings,
                               after payment has been made from the funds available
                               therefore to the holders of preferred stock, if any, for the
                               full amount to which they are entitled, the holders of
                               common stock are entitled to share equally, share for share,
                               in the assets available for distribution. See "Description
                               of Capital Stock of DeCrane Holdings."
 
                                       THE WARRANTS
 
Warrants.....................  100,000 warrants which will entitle the holders thereof to
                               purchase an aggregate of 155,000 shares of DeCrane Holdings
                               common stock (the "warrant shares"), representing
                               approximately 5% of the common stock of DeCrane Holdings on
                               a fully diluted basis (assuming exercise of all outstanding
                               warrants, including those held by the DLJMB Funds).
 
Exercise.....................  Each warrant will entitle the holder thereof, subject to
                               certain conditions, to purchase 1.55 shares of common stock
                               at an exercise price of $23.00 per share, subject to
                               adjustment under certain circumstances. The warrants are
                               exercisable at any time prior to the expiration of the
                               warrants, as set forth below. The exercise price and number
                               of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the
                               warrants will be subject to adjustment from time to time
                               upon the occurrence of certain changes with respect to the
                               common stock of DeCrane Holdings, including certain
                               distributions of shares of common stock, issuances of
                               options or convertible securities, dividends and
                               distributions and certain changes in options and convertible
                               securities of DeCrane Holdings. A warrant does not entitle
                               the holder thereof to receive any dividends paid on shares
                               of common stock.
 
Expiration...................  September 30, 2008.
 
Transfer Agent...............  The transfer agent and registrar for the offered securities
                               is the Secretary of DeCrane Holdings. The transfer agent can
                               be reached c/o DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc., at (310)
                               725-9123.
 
Use of Proceeds..............  We will not receive any cash proceeds from sales of warrants
                               or warrant shares. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Certain United States Tax
Consequences.................  You should review the information under "Certain United
                               States Tax
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Consequences" before you make an investment in the offered
                               securities.
 
The Units....................  The warrants were originally sold as "units," paired with
                               12% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes of DeCrane Aircraft
                               Holdings, Inc. (the "old notes"). The warrants may trade
                               separately from the notes on and after the effective date of
                               the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a
                               part.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                 SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The table below presents summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
data for DeCrane Holdings. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data were
derived from historical financial data and give pro forma effect to the
transactions described in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The pro forma financial data
do not purport to represent what the actual results of operations or actual
financial position would have been if such transactions had actually occurred on
such dates or to project the future results of operations or financial position.
The information in this table should be read in conjunction with "Recent
Developments," "The Initial Offering," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data,"
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the DeCrane
Holdings consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     TWELVE MONTHS
                                                                                                         ENDED
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                        1998(1)
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                      THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...........................................................................................   $   206,645
Gross profit (2)...................................................................................        65,614
Operating income...................................................................................        21,470
Provision for income taxes.........................................................................         1,005
Loss before extraordinary item.....................................................................        (4,363)
 
OTHER PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA (3).........................................................................................   $    41,183
EBITDA margin......................................................................................          19.9%
Adjusted EBITDA (4)................................................................................   $    44,376
Adjusted EBITDA margin.............................................................................          21.5%
Depreciation and amortization (5)..................................................................   $    15,265
Capital expenditures...............................................................................         6,314
Cash interest expense..............................................................................        22,927
Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest expense...........................................................           1.9x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6).............................................................            --
 
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Bookings (7).......................................................................................   $   212,962
Backlog at end of period (8).......................................................................       115,057
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         AS OF
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                       1998 (1)
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                      THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................................   $     6,022
Working capital....................................................................................        53,697
Total assets.......................................................................................       383,458
Total debt (9).....................................................................................       224,715
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.............................................................        35,884
Stockholders' equity...............................................................................        62,374
</TABLE>
    
 
    See accompanying notes to Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
NOTES TO SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
(1) Reflects the following as if each had occurred as of January 1, 1998: (i)
    the Avtech, Dettmers and PATS acquisitions; (ii) the DLJ acquisition; and
    (iii) the initial offering. See "Recent Developments," "The Initial
    Offering" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."
    
 
   
(2) Net of $4.4 million of non-cash acquisition related charges to reflect cost
    of sales based on the fair value of inventory acquired in connection with
    the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(3) EBITDA equals operating income plus depreciation, amortization and non-cash
    acquisition related charges described in Note 2 above. EBITDA is not a
    measure of performance or financial condition under generally accepted
    accounting principles. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow from
    operations and should not be considered as an alternative to income from
    operations or net income computed in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles, as an indicator of DeCrane Holdings' operating
    performance, as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as
    a measure of liquidity. DeCrane Holdings believes that EBITDA is a standard
    measure of liquidity commonly reported and widely used by analysts,
    investors and other interested parties in the financial markets. However,
    not all companies calculate EBITDA using the same method and the EBITDA
    numbers set forth above may not be comparable to EBITDA reported by other
    companies.
    
 
(4) Adjusted EBITDA equals EBITDA plus the following nonrecurring charges:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     TWELVE MONTHS
                                                                                         ENDED
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         1998
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                      THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>
EBITDA (See Note 3 above)..........................................................    $  41,183
Adjustment for nonrecurring charges:
  Workforce reductions.............................................................        2,430
  Engineering costs................................................................          350
  Reduction of corporate expenses..................................................          310
  Non-cash stock option compensation expense.......................................           73
  Expiration of employment contract for a former shareholder of a previously
    acquired company...............................................................           30
                                                                                     -------------
    Total adjustments..............................................................        3,193
                                                                                     -------------
Adjusted EBITDA....................................................................    $  44,376
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                     -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
(5) Reflects depreciation of plant and equipment and amortization of goodwill
    and other intangible assets. Excludes amortization of deferred financing
    costs and debt discounts, which is classified as a component of interest
    expense.
 
   
(6) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    represent net income before income taxes, minority interest in the income of
    majority-owned subsidiaries, extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of: (i) interest, whether expensed or capitalized; (ii)
    amortization of debt expense and discount relating to any indebtedness,
    whether expensed or capitalized; and (iii) one-third of rental expense under
    operating leases which is deemed to be representative of the interest
    factor. There was a pro forma deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for
    the year ended December 31, 1998 of $3.2 million.
    
 
   
(7) Bookings represent the total invoice value of purchase orders received
    during the period. See "Business--Backlog."
    
 
   
(8) Orders are generally subject to cancellation by the customer prior to
    shipment. The level of unfilled orders at any given date during the year
    will be materially affected by the timing of the Company's receipt of orders
    and the speed with which those orders are filled. See "Business-- Backlog."
    
 
   
(9) Total debt is defined as long-term debt, including current portion, and
    short-term borrowings.
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
                 SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
    The table below presents summary historical consolidated financial data for
DeCrane Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiary, DeCrane Aircraft, for periods
prior to the DLJ acquisition. The summary historical financial data for the four
months ended December 31, 1998 were derived from the audited financial
statements of DeCrane Holdings. The summary historical financial data for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the eight months ended August 31,
1998 were derived from audited financial statements of DeCrane Aircraft
(Predecessor). The information in this table should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the DeCrane Holdings
consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                               (PREDECESSOR)
                          -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         EIGHT
                                                                        MONTHS     FOUR MONTHS
                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               ENDED        ENDED
                          ------------------------------------------  AUGUST 31,    DECEMBER
                            1994       1995      1996(1)    1997(2)     1998(3)    31, 1998(3)
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Revenues................  $  47,092  $  55,839  $  65,099  $ 108,903   $  90,077    $  60,356
Gross profit(4).........     10,685     12,376     15,707     28,656      29,976       17,617
Operating income........      1,760      1,835      4,251     11,995       9,278        4,195
Interest expense........      3,244      3,821      4,248      3,154       2,350        6,867
Provision for income
  taxes (benefit)(5)....        613      1,078        712      3,344       2,892       (2,668)
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item....     (2,429)    (3,446)      (817)     5,254       3,189         (339)
Extraordinary loss from
  debt refinancing(6)...       (264)        --         --     (2,078)         --       (2,229)
Net income (loss).......     (2,693)    (3,446)      (817)     3,176       3,189       (2,568)
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(7)...............  $   5,196  $   5,471  $   7,602  $  16,915   $  13,636    $  13,247
EBITDA margin...........       11.0%       9.8%      11.7%      15.5%       15.1%        21.9%
Depreciation and
  amortization(8).......  $   3,436  $   3,636  $   3,351  $   4,920   $   4,358    $   4,604
Capital
  expenditures(9).......      1,016      1,203      5,821      3,842       1,745        1,813
Ratio of earnings to
  fixed charges(10).....         --         --        1.0x       3.3x        3.0x          --
 
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Bookings(11)............  $  47,896  $  50,785  $  81,914  $ 112,082   $  94,439    $  54,021
Backlog at end of
  period(12)............     24,493     19,761     44,433     49,005      84,184       75,388
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AS OF
                                                                                   DECEMBER
                                                                                      31,
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                1998(13)
                                                                                  -----------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................   $   3,518
Working capital.................................................................      46,227
Total assets....................................................................     331,070
Total debt(14)..................................................................     186,765
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock..........................................      35,884
Stockholders' equity............................................................      62,374
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying notes to Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
NOTES TO SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(1) Includes the effect of the acquisition of the remaining 25% minority
    interest in Cory Components beginning February 20, 1996, the date on which
    the transaction occurred, and the results of Aerospace Display Systems and
    Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc. and Elsinore Engineering, Inc.
    (collectively, "Elsinore") beginning September 18, 1996 and December 5,
    1996, respectively, the dates on which they were acquired.
 
(2) Includes the effect of the acquisition of Audio International beginning
    November 14, 1997, the date on which it was acquired.
 
   
(3) The results of operations of Avtech and Dettmers, which were acquired on
    June 26, 1998 and June 30, 1998, respectively, have been included in DeCrane
    Aircraft's results of operations for the periods subsequent to their
    acquisitions. The results of operations for the four months ended December
    31, 1998 also reflect the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(4) Net of $4.4 million of non-cash charges for the four months ended December
    31, 1998 to reflect cost of sales based on the fair value of inventory
    acquired in connection with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(5) Prior to the acquisition of the remaining 25% minority interest in Cory
    Components in 1996, DeCrane Aircraft did not consolidate the earnings of
    Cory Components for tax purposes. As such, despite a consolidated pre-tax
    loss in each of the years, DeCrane Aircraft recorded a provision for income
    taxes up to the date of the acquisition in February 1996 which primarily
    relates to Cory Components.
    
 
   
(6) Represents: (i) the write-off, net of an income tax benefit, of deferred
    financing costs, unamortized original issue discounts, a prepayment penalty
    and other related expenses incurred as a result of the repayment of debt by
    the Company with the net proceeds from its initial public offering in April
    1997; (ii) the write-offs, net of income tax benefit, of deferred financing
    costs as a result of the repayment of DeCrane Aircraft's existing
    indebtedness in connection with the DLJ acquisition and the refinancing of
    the bridge notes during the four months ended December 31, 1998.
    
 
   
(7) EBITDA equals operating income plus depreciation, amortization and non-cash
    acquisition related charges described in Note 4 above. EBITDA is not a
    measure of performance or financial condition under generally accepted
    accounting principles. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow from
    operations and should not be considered as an alternative to income from
    operations or net income computed in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles, as an indicator of DeCrane Holdings' operating
    performance, as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as
    a measure of liquidity. DeCrane Holdings believes that EBITDA is a standard
    measure of liquidity commonly reported and widely used by analysts,
    investors and other interested parties in the financial markets. However,
    not all companies calculate EBITDA using the same method and the EBITDA
    numbers set forth above may not be comparable to EBITDA reported by other
    companies.
    
 
   
(8) Reflects depreciation and amortization of plant and equipment and goodwill
    and other intangible assets. Excludes amortization of deferred financing
    costs and debt discounts which is classified as a component of interest
    expense.
    
 
   
(9) Includes $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 related to the
    acquisition of a manufacturing facility. See "Business--Acquisition
    History."
    
 
   
(10) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,
    earnings represent net income before income taxes, minority interest in the
    income of majority-owned subsidiaries, extraordinary items and fixed
    charges. Fixed charges consist of: (i) interest, whether expensed or
    capitalized; (ii) amortization of debt expense and discount relating to any
    indebtedness, whether expensed or capitalized; and (iii) one-third of rental
    expense under operating leases which is deemed to be representative of the
    interest factor. There was a deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for the
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
    years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the four months ended December
    31, 1998 of $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively.
    
 
   
(11) Bookings represent the total invoice value of purchase orders received
    during the period. See "Business--Backlog."
    
 
   
(12) Orders are generally subject to cancellation by the customer prior to
    shipment. The level of unfilled orders at any given date during the year
    will be materially affected by the timing of the receipt of orders and the
    speed with which those orders are filled. See "Business--Backlog."
    
 
   
(13) Reflects the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(14) Total debt is defined as long-term debt, including current portion, and
    short-term borrowings.
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
   
    YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS PART OF YOUR
EVALUATION OF OUR COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT IN THE
OFFERED SECURITIES.
    
 
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
   
    Some of the statements in this Prospectus discuss future expectations,
beliefs or strategies, projections or other "forward-looking" information. These
statements are subject to both known and unknown risks. Many factors could cause
actual company results, performance or achievements, or industry results, to be
materially different from the projections expressed or implied by this
Prospectus. Some of those risks are specifically described below, but we are
also vulnerable to a variety of elements that affect many businesses, such as:
    
 
   
- - fuel prices and general economic conditions that affect demand for aircraft
  and air travel, which in turn affect demand for our products and services;
    
 
- - changes in prevailing interest rates and the availability of financing to fund
  our plans for continued growth;
 
- - inflation, and other general changes in costs of goods and services;
 
- - liability and other claims asserted against us;
 
   
- - labor disturbances;
    
 
   
- - risks associated with Year 2000 performance standards; and
    
 
- - changes in operating strategy, or our acquisition and capital expenditure
  plans.
 
We cannot predict any of the foregoing with certainty, so our forward-looking
statements are not necessarily accurate predictions. Also, we are not obligated
to update any of these statements, to reflect actual results or report later
developments. You should not rely on our forward-looking statements as if they
were certainties.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
 
   
    We incurred significant debt as part of the DLJ acquisition transaction. As
of December 31, 1998, on a pro forma basis, we would have had total consolidated
indebtedness of approximately $224.7 million, and would have available $26.7
million of additional revolving borrowings under the DeCrane Aircraft bank
credit facility. (In order to borrow those funds, we will have to satisfy
funding conditions of the kind usually imposed in similar agreements.) The bank
credit facility, and the Indenture under which the DeCrane Aircraft old notes
are issued, each also permit us to incur significant amounts of additional debt,
and to secure that debt with some of our assets.
    
 
    The amount of debt we carry could have important consequences:
 
    - it may limit the cash flow available for general corporate purposes, and
      acquisitions, because a substantial portion of our cash flow must be
      dedicated to repay the debt;
 
    - it may limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future
      for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;
 
    - it may limit our flexibility in reacting to competitive and other changes
      in the industry and economic conditions generally; and
 
    - it may expose us to increased interest expenses, when interest rates
      fluctuate, because some of our borrowing may be at variable "floating"
      rates.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Our ability to satisfy all of our debt obligations will depend upon our future
operating performance and the cash flow it generates. We anticipate that our
operating cash flow, together with borrowings under our bank credit facility,
will be sufficient to meet our anticipated future operating and capital
expenditures and debt payments as they become due. However, if our cash flow is
lower than we expect, we might be forced to reduce or delay acquisitions or
capital expenditures, sell assets or reduce operating expenses, in order to make
all required loan payments. For example, a reduction in our operating expenses
might reduce important efforts such as selling and marketing programs,
management information system upgrades and new product development. If we were
unable to service the debt, we could attempt to restructure or refinance our
indebtedness or seek additional equity capital. However, we cannot assure you
that we will be able to accomplish any of the foregoing on satisfactory terms,
or at all. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
RESTRICTIONS AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS IN OUR DEBT AGREEMENTS
 
   
    The Indenture for the notes and our bank credit facility each impose various
contractual restrictions on our operations and businesses. Both restrict our
ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends or make
certain other restricted payments, enter into certain types of transactions with
affiliates, limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or
make certain payments to DeCrane Aircraft, merge or consolidate with any other
person, or transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of substantially all of our
assets. Our bank credit facility contains additional restrictions, and prohibits
us from prepaying our other indebtedness (including the notes). See "Description
of Bank Credit Facility" and "Description of Notes--Certain Covenants." Our bank
credit facility requires that we maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy
several tests of financial condition. Our ability to do so can be affected by
events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those
tests. Our failure to do so could result in a default under our bank credit
facility or the notes.
    
 
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; RELIANCE ON CASH FLOW FROM SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
    We conduct all of our operations through subsidiaries. DeCrane Holdings has
no material operations or assets other than the capital stock of DeCrane
Aircraft. DeCrane Aircraft's ability to meet its debt service obligations will
depend upon it receiving dividends from those operations. The Indenture may
allow our subsidiaries to enter into future loan agreements which restrict or
prohibit them from paying dividends to DeCrane Aircraft. See "Description of
Notes--Certain Covenants." State law may also limit the amount of the dividends
that our subsidiaries are permitted to pay to DeCrane Aircraft or that DeCrane
Aircraft is permitted to pay to DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
HISTORICAL NET LOSSES
 
   
    On a pro forma basis, we would have had a $4.4 million loss before
extraordinary item for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998. See "Unaudited
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." In the past, our acquisitions resulted
in increased interest and amortization expenses. As a result, DeCrane Aircraft
incurred historical net losses in each year from its inception through 1996,
despite positive operating income. The first historical net profit reported by
DeCrane Aircraft occurred in 1997, in part because of the repayment of a
significant part of its outstanding debt with the net proceeds of its initial
public offering. We cannot assure you that our future operations will generate
sufficient earnings to pay our obligations. See "Selected Consolidated Financial
Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
    Our ability to grow by acquisition depends on the availability of suitable
acquisition candidates and capital, and by restrictions contained in our bank
credit facility and the Indenture. We are continually engaged in discussions
with potential acquisition candidates. However, it is not certain that we will
complete any potential acquisition. It is also not certain whether we will be
able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions or
obtain satisfactory financing for them. Also, we may have difficulty integrating
the operations and personnel of acquired companies, or amortizing acquired
intangible assets. We may not always be able to retain the key employees of
acquired companies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," "Business--Acquisition History" and
"Business--Growth Strategy."
 
AIRCRAFT INDUSTRY RISKS
 
    Our principal customers include the world's OEMs in the commercial,
regional, corporate and military aircraft markets.
 
        -  COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT.  The principal market for OEMs of commercial
    aircraft (100 seats and over) is the commercial airline industry, which is
    cyclical and has been adversely affected by a number of factors, including
    increased fuel and labor costs and intense price competition. For example,
    new commercial aircraft deliveries declined from a peak of approximately 767
    aircraft in 1991 to approximately 367 aircraft in 1995, according to
    AEROSPACE AND AIRTRANSPORT CURRENT ANALYSIS published by Standard and Poor's
    Industry Surveys (the "S&P Report"); and Boeing has also recently announced
    production line cutbacks for 1999 and 2000.
 
        -  REGIONAL AIRCRAFT.  The principal markets for regional OEMs are the
    commercial and commuter airline industry. Commuter airlines, like commercial
    airlines, operate in a cyclical industry subject to the adverse factors
    noted above. We cannot assure you that this market will continue to grow.
 
        -  CORPORATE AIRCRAFT.  The principal markets for such OEMs are
    corporations and wealthy individuals. The corporate aircraft market is also
    cyclical and has been adversely affected by a number of factors, including
    the general state of the U.S. economy, corporate profits, interest rates and
    commercial airline fares. A downturn in any of these factors could depress
    the demand for corporate aircraft.
 
        -  MILITARY AIRCRAFT.  The military aircraft industry is dependent upon
    the level of equipment expenditures by the armed forces of countries
    throughout the world, and especially those of the United States. In recent
    years, this industry has been adversely affected by a number of factors,
    including the reduction in military spending since the end of the Cold War.
    Further decreases in military spending could further depress demand for
    military aircraft.
 
A downturn in any of the foregoing markets could adversely affect our business.
See "Business-- Industry Overview and Trends."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS
 
   
    Our two largest customers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, were
Boeing (including McDonnell Douglas) and Matsushita Avionics Systems
("Matsushita"). Boeing accounted for approximately 29.6% of our consolidated
revenues for that year, and Matsushita for approximately 5.0%, on a pro forma
basis. In addition, a significant part of our sales of components are sold to
Boeing indirectly, through sales to suppliers of Boeing. Most of our sales
contracts with Boeing allow Boeing to stop purchasing or terminate the contract
at any time. In addition, under certain circumstances, those contracts may allow
Boeing to enforce alternative economic terms, which would make the contracts
less commercially favorable to us. During October 1997, Boeing announced that
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
parts shortages adversely affected its production and delivery rates. Boeing
shut down its 737 and 747 production lines for approximately one month and did
not resume normal production rates until late November 1997. In late 1998, among
other things, Boeing announced reductions in its previously scheduled production
for the 747, 757, 767 and 777 programs in 1999 and 2000. (See "--Instability in
Asian Markets," below.) Boeing might suffer further production schedule
disruptions. Boeing recently announced internal studies indicating that about
one-fourth of its product lines are not likely to be profitable as currently
conducted. Boeing did not disclose which lines fail to return break-even or
positive returns; however, it has previously acknowledged that some of its
commercial airplane programs were not meeting expectations. Boeing plans to
announce specific growth and profit information for its commercial aircraft
product lines later in 1999.
    
 
   
    We generally sell components and services to Matsushita pursuant to purchase
orders, rather than under long-term contracts. However, we do have a supply
agreement for connectors through September 1999. On a pro forma basis, in the
twelve months ended December 31, 1998 as compared to the same period in 1997,
our sales to Boeing increased $25.5 million while our sales to Matsushita
declined by $1.8 million. A significant decline in business from any one of our
key customers could have a material adverse effect on our business. See
"Business--Customers" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
INSTABILITY IN ASIAN MARKETS
 
   
    The Asian markets are important for commercial aircraft and avionics OEMs.
Boeing has a large backlog of aircraft sales to customers in Asia, and some
deliveries have been deferred or cancelled. Boeing has characterized the
economic situation in Asia as a risk to its deliveries over the next few years.
It has previously announced scheduled production slowdowns for 747s (from five
aircraft per month to three and a half, in the second quarter of 1999) and 777s
(from seven aircraft per month to five, in the fourth quarter of 1999). Boeing
continues to reassess its production rates based on Asian demand and expects to
make downward revisions based on its customer requirements. That situation
could, if it continues or worsens, result in additional significant
cancellations or deferrals of deliveries for new aircraft. Those events would
adversely affect the OEMs, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
    
 
   
PRODUCTS INSURANCE AND RISKS OF EXCESS LOSSES
    
 
   
    We currently carry aviation products insurance. However, we cannot assure
you that our existing insurance coverage will be adequate to cover claims, or
that such coverage can be renewed.
    
 
REGULATION BY THE FAA
 
    The Federal Aviation Administration prescribes standards and licensing
requirements for aircraft components, licenses private repair stations and
issues Designated Air Station approvals, which give the holder the right to
certify certain aircraft design modifications on behalf of the FAA. Our ability
to arrange for rapid government certification of systems integration services is
important to our business. It depends on our continuing access to, or use of,
these FAA certifications and approvals, and our employment of, or access to,
FAA-certified individual engineering professionals. We cannot assure you that we
will continue to have adequate access to those certifications, approvals and
certified professionals. The FAA curtailed our subsidiary's use of a Designated
Air Station certification for new projects for several months during 1997, until
the facility was brought into compliance with the FAA's regulations governing
FAA-certified repair stations. See "Business--Industry Regulation." The loss of
a required license or certificate, or its unavailability, could adversely affect
our operations. The FAA could also change its policies regarding the delegation
of inspection and certification responsibilities to private companies, which
could adversely affect our business. See "Business--Industry Regulation."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
FLUCTUATIONS IN GOLD AND COPPER PRICES
 
    A significant portion of the cost of the materials used in our contacts is
comprised of the cost of gold, and to a lesser extent, the cost of copper.
Accordingly, a significant increase in the price of gold or copper could
adversely affect our results of operations. We have not purchased commodities
contracts for gold or copper and do not anticipate doing so. See "Business--Raw
Materials and Component Parts."
 
LIMITED SUPPLY OF QUALIFIED ENGINEERING PERSONNEL
 
    Our ability to attract and retain a high-quality engineering staff is
important to our business. Competition for qualified avionics engineers is
intense. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing
engineering staff or fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or
turnover. See "Business--Products and Services" and "Business--Employees."
 
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS AND REGULATIONS
 
    We are subject to various local and foreign environmental laws and
regulations. Certain laws, particularly the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA"), impose strict,
retroactive and joint and several liability upon persons responsible for
releases or potential releases of hazardous substances. We have sent waste to
treatment, storage or disposal facilities that have been designated as National
Priority List sites under CERCLA or equivalent listings under state laws. We
have received CERCLA requests for information or allegations of potential
responsibility from the Environmental Protection Agency regarding our use of
certain such sites. Given the retroactive nature of CERCLA liability, it is
possible that we will receive additional notices of potential liability relating
to current or former activities. See "Business-- Environmental Matters." We may
incur costs in the future for prior waste disposal by us or former owners of our
subsidiaries or our facilities. Some of our operations are located on properties
which are contaminated to varying degrees. Some of our manufacturing processes
create wastewater which requires chemical treatment, and one of our facilities
has been cited for failure to adequately treat that water. See "Business--Legal
Proceedings." We may incur costs in the future to address existing or future
contamination.
 
EXPOSURE TO FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS
 
    We have a manufacturing facility in Switzerland, and incur in Swiss Francs a
significant percentage of the cost of the contact blanks we manufacture there.
As a result our financial results are subject to fluctuations of the Swiss Franc
in relation to the U.S. Dollar. From 1996 through 1998, in order to reduce the
risks of currency fluctuations, we have entered into forward exchange contracts
to purchase Swiss Francs. We expect to continue to hedge our foreign exchange
risk as appropriate. We do not invest in foreign currency for speculative
purposes. However, we cannot assure you that our hedging activities will prevent
currency fluctuations from adversely affecting our results of operations. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
COMPLIANCE OF KEY SYSTEMS WITH YEAR 2000 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
 
    We are dependent in part on computer- and date-controlled systems for some
internal functions, particularly inventory control, purchasing, customer billing
and payroll. Similarly, suppliers of components and services on which we rely,
and our customers, may have Year 2000 compliance risks which would affect their
operations and their transactions with us. Our review of these third-party
compliance risks from our key vendors and customers is not yet complete. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Compliance of Key Systems With Year 2000 Performance Standards."
Although we are not aware of any material customer- or vendor-related Year 2000
issues, we can not currently evaluate the magnitude of our exposure. Because
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
of the complexity of these issues and the interdependence of many companies
using computer- and date-controlled systems, our assessment of the risks may be
incorrect. Additionally, in view of the mixed results achieved by software
vendors in correcting these problems, we cannot assure you that new systems we
obtain to replace noncompliant systems will themselves prove to be fully
compliant.
 
   
    Based on current information, we expect that our costs to remediate and test
our systems, and evaluate the risks of our key customers and vendors, will not
be material. Our management does not anticipate encountering any significant
failures of Year 2000 compliance in our systems, products or supply chain that
would materially disrupt our operations. However, we may experience cost
overruns and delays as we replace or modify our systems, or address our
third-party exposures, which could have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. We have not
yet determined the extent of contingency planning that may be required if we
have incorrectly assessed the foregoing Year 2000 risks. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Compliance of Key Systems With Year 2000 Performance Standards."
    
 
   
CHANGES TO TECHNOLOGY
    
 
   
    Some of our products, and some of the systems in which our products are
used, may be subject to competition from other technologies, including
alternative products or systems that have not been invented or are not currently
used on aircraft.
    
 
   
CONTROL OF DECRANE HOLDINGS BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
    
 
   
    All of the outstanding shares of common stock of DeCrane Holdings are held
by DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMB") and affiliated funds and
entities (the "DLJMB Funds"). (The DLJMB Funds own approximately 94% of the
common stock of DeCrane Holdings, on a fully diluted basis assuming exercise of
all outstanding warrants.) As a result of their stock ownership, the DLJMB Funds
control DeCrane Holdings and DeCrane Aircraft, and have, among other things, the
power to elect all of their directors, appoint new management, approve sales of
all or substantially all of the assets of the companies, issue additional
capital stock, establish stock purchase programs and declare dividends.
    
 
    The general partners of each of the DLJMB Funds are affiliates or employees
of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. ("DLJ, Inc."). DLJ Capital Funding, Inc.,
which is an agent and lender under our bank credit facility, DLJ Bridge Finance,
Inc., which purchased the original bridge notes refinanced by the old notes, and
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJSC"), which was the
initial purchaser of the old notes, are also affiliates of DLJ, Inc.
 
   
    The interests of those principal shareholders could conflict with your
interests as a holder of the notes. Those shareholders may also have an interest
in pursuing transactions that they believe enhance the value of their equity
investment in DeCrane Aircraft or DeCrane Holdings, even though the transactions
involve risks to your investment in the notes.
    
 
   
TRADING MARKET FOR THE OFFERED SECURITIES
    
 
   
    There is no existing trading market for the offered securities. We cannot
assure you that any market for the warrants or the warrant shares will develop,
or about your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you may be able to
sell them. If such a market were to develop, the notes could trade at prices
that may be higher or lower than their initial offering price. That trading
price could depend on many factors, including our operating results and the
market for similar securities.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings has not paid dividends to date on its common stock and does
not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable
future. DeCrane Holdings is a holding company that is dependent on distributions
from its subsidiaries to meet its cash requirements. The terms of the Indenture
restricts the ability of DeCrane Aircraft to make distributions to DeCrane
Holdings and, consequently, will restrict the ability of DeCrane Holdings to pay
dividends on the common stock. Holders of the warrants will not have the right
to receive any dividends so long as their warrants are unexercised.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    THE DLJ ACQUISITION
 
   
    In August 1998, DeCrane Holdings and two other holding companies organized
by DLJMB and the DLJMB Funds completed a successful tender offer for all shares
of the common stock of DeCrane Aircraft (including options to purchase shares,
net of the exercise proceeds) for $23.00 per share, resulting in a net price of
approximately $182.0 million. At the completion of the tender offer, the two
other holding companies merged with DeCrane Aircraft. All of the old outstanding
shares were cancelled, non-tendering shareholders were paid out, and as a result
DeCrane Aircraft became a wholly-owned subsidiary of DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
   
    Prior to the tender offer, one of the merging holding companies entered into
a $130.0 million syndicated bank credit facility, with a group of lenders led by
DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. That syndicated facility is now our bank credit
facility. For its principal terms, see "Description of Bank Credit Facility."
The initial borrowings from that facility totalled $80.0 million of term loans
and $5.4 million of revolving loans, and were used to fund the purchase of
shares in the tender offer, as well as to refinance existing debt of DeCrane
Aircraft. That same merging company also issued $100.0 million of senior
subordinated increasing rate notes to DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc., before merging
into DeCrane Aircraft, making the bridge notes the obligation of DeCrane
Aircraft. The proceeds from those bridge notes were used to fund the tender
offer purchases. The bridge notes were refinanced by the issuance of $100.0
million of 12% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "old notes") by
DeCrane Aircraft in October 1998 to the initial purchaser DLJSC.
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings raised additional funds for the tender offer purchases, and
expenses of the acquisition transactions, by selling all of the shares of its
common stock for $65.0 million and all of the shares of its Senior Redeemable
Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2009 ("DeCrane Holdings preferred stock") for
$34.0 million. In connection with the latter, DeCrane Holdings also issued to
the DLJMB Funds warrants to acquire an additional 5.0% of its common stock on a
fully diluted basis (assuming exercise of all of the warrants).
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the cash sources and uses of funds for the
DLJ acquisition, including the initial offering (completed in October 1998) and
related fees and expenses (dollars in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
SOURCES
Cash from income tax refund (1)................................................   $   4,368
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options....................................       4,314
Bank credit facility:
  Revolving credit facility....................................................       5,400
  Term facility................................................................      80,000
Units sold in the initial offering.............................................     100,000
DLJMB equity investment........................................................      99,000
Estimated additional borrowings to fund transaction fees and expenses..........       2,528
                                                                                 -----------
      Total Sources............................................................   $ 295,610
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 -----------
 
USES
Purchase price for the shares..................................................   $ 173,116
Purchase of shares from the exercise of stock options..........................      13,194
Repayment of prior senior credit facility......................................      93,000
Estimated transaction fees and expenses........................................      16,300
                                                                                 -----------
      Total Uses...............................................................   $ 295,610
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) As of June 30, 1998, DeCrane Aircraft had approximately $4.4 million of
    income taxes refundable. Since that time, we have received all of this
    amount and used the cash to reduce our indebtedness.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    PATS, INC.
 
   
    In January 1999, we acquired 100% of the stock of PATS, Inc. for a purchase
price of approximately $41.5 million (including the assumption of debt), subject
to adjustments for changes to its net working capital, and reserves for certain
environmental and other indemnities made by the selling shareholders. PATS is a
designer, manufacturer and installer of auxiliary fuel tanks which significantly
extend the flight range of commercial and corporate aircraft. Among other
things, PATS is the principal supplier of auxiliary fuel tank systems to the
Boeing Business Jet program. See "Business--Products and Services--Auxiliary
Fuel Systems." PATS also is a supplier of auxiliary power units which supply
ground power to aircraft.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    We are registering the offered securities in order to satisfy our
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement entered into at the time of
the initial offering of the units which included the warrants and the DeCrane
Aircraft old notes. All of the securities offered hereby are being sold by the
holders of the relevant warrants or warrant shares. DeCrane Holdings will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the offered securities, other than
upon the exercise of warrants by exercising warrantholders. DeCrane Holdings
will pay certain expenses relating to the registration and sale of the offered
securities.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the historical cash and cash equivalents and
consolidated capitalization of DeCrane Holdings as of December 31, 1998 and on a
pro forma basis. This table should be read in conjunction with the DeCrane
Holdings consolidated financial statements and related notes, the "Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements" and related notes and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   AS OF
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                                           ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
                                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................  $    3,518   $     6,022
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
Total debt:
  Bank credit facility
    Term facility......................................................................  $   79,888   $    99,888
    Revolving credit facility..........................................................       5,800        23,300
  Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008...................................................     100,000       100,000
  Other debt...........................................................................       1,077         1,527
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
Total debt.............................................................................     186,765       224,715
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.................................................      35,884        35,884
Stockholders' equity...................................................................      62,374        62,374
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
Total capitalization...................................................................  $  285,023   $   322,973
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
                                                                                         ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Pro forma reflects the additional borrowings required to fund the PATS
    acquisition.
    
 
   
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings has not paid dividends to date on our common stock and we
do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. DeCrane Holdings is a holding company that is dependent on
distributions from its subsidiary to meet its cash requirements. The terms of
the Indenture restrict the ability of DeCrane Aircraft to make distributions to
DeCrane Holdings and, consequently, will restrict our ability to pay dividends
on our stock. Further, holders of our warrants will not have the right to
receive any dividends in any case, so long as their warrants are unexercised.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
                             BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of DeCrane
Holdings are based on its historical financial statements adjusted to reflect
certain transactions of two types: the "Acquisition Adjustments" and the
"Offering Adjustments." The Acquisition Adjustments reflect the 1998 Avtech,
Dettmers and DLJ acquisitions and the 1999 PATS acquisition. For additional
information on these acquisitions, see the notes to the DeCrane Holdings
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
Offering Adjustments reflect the issuance and sale of units in the initial
offering (comprised of the old notes and warrants for the common stock of
DeCrane Holdings) and additional revolving credit facility borrowings and the
use of the proceeds therefrom to repay the bridge notes, including fees and
expenses, as described in the use of proceeds table in "Recent Developments--The
DLJ Acquisition." For additional information on the units in the initial
offering, see the discussion in the notes to the DeCrane Holdings consolidated
financial statements.
    
 
   
    An unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations is presented for
the year ended December 31, 1998. The statement reflects the Acquisition
Adjustments and the Offering Adjustments as if they had occurred as of January
1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet reflects the 1999
Acquisition Adjustments as of December 31, 1998; all of the 1998 Acquisition and
Offering Adjustment events had occurred by that date and are therefore reflected
in historical amounts.
    
 
   
    The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain
assumptions management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data and accompanying notes should be
read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes
of DeCrane Holdings, Avtech and PATS included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what DeCrane Holdings'
actual results of operations or actual financial position would have been if the
transactions described above in fact occurred on such dates or to project the
results of operations or financial position for any future period or date. For a
discussion of the consequences of the incurrence of indebtedness in connection
with the DLJ acquisition, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
   
                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS(2)
                                                                              DECRANE       ---------------------------
                                                                            HOLDINGS(1)      PATS, INC.
                                                                             HISTORICAL     HISTORICAL(3)   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................................     $  3,518         $ 2,504        $--         $  6,022
  Accounts receivable, net...............................................       30,441           3,273         --           33,714
  Inventories............................................................       34,281          11,916         --           46,197
  Deferred income taxes..................................................        4,300             132         --            4,432
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..............................        3,897              58         --            3,955
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
    Total current assets.................................................       76,437          17,883         --           94,320
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
 
Property and equipment, net..............................................       28,160           4,855         --           33,015
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
Other assets, principally intangibles, net...............................
  Goodwill and other intangibles.........................................      216,544          --             27,376(4)   243,920
  Deferred financing costs...............................................        9,282          --                875(5)    10,157
  Other assets...........................................................          647           1,399         --            2,046
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
    Net other assets, principally intangibles............................      226,473           1,399         28,251      256,123
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                              $331,070         $24,137        $28,251     $383,458
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term borrowings..................................................     $    283         $--            $--         $    283
  Current portion of long-term obligations...............................        1,529           6,226         (6,226)(6)    1,529
  Accounts payable.......................................................        6,383           2,559         --            8,942
  Accrued expenses.......................................................       18,272           5,633            975(7)    24,880
  Income taxes payable...................................................        3,743           1,246         --            4,989
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
    Total current liabilities............................................       30,210          15,664         (5,251)      40,623
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
Long-term liabilities
  Revolving credit facility..............................................        5,800          --             17,500(8)    23,300
  Term facility..........................................................       79,000          --             20,000(8)    99,000
  Senior subordinated notes..............................................      100,000          --             --          100,000
  Other long-term obligations............................................          153           3,501         (3,051)(6)      603
  Deferred income taxes..................................................       16,990          --             --           16,990
  Other long-term liabilities............................................          659          --              4,025(7)     4,684
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
    Total long-term liabilities..........................................      202,602           3,501         38,474      244,577
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock...................................       35,884          --             --           35,884
Stockholders' equity.....................................................       62,374           4,972         (4,972)(9)   62,374
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                              $331,070         $24,137        $28,251     $383,458
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                           --------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
 See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
                     TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS
                                                      ---------------------------------------------------
                                          DECRANE
                           DECRANE       AIRCRAFT            COMPANIES ACQUIRED (10)
                          HOLDINGS      HISTORICAL    -------------------------------------
                         HISTORICAL         (1)         AVTECH       DETTMERS                                OFFERING
                             (1)        (PREDECESSOR) CORPORATION   INDUSTRIES   PATS, INC.   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                     <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenues..............     $60,356       $ 90,077       $20,984       $2,013      $ 33,348     $   (133)(11)   $--        $206,645
Cost of sales.........      42,739         60,101        13,267        1,454        24,321         (851)(12)    --         141,031
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
Gross profit..........      17,617         29,976         7,717          559         9,027          718        --           65,614
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses............      10,274         15,719         3,695          760         4,906       (1,728)(13)       100(21)   33,726
Nonrecurring
  acquisition
  expenses............      --              3,632         1,229        --              250       (5,111)(14)    --           --
Nonrecurring bonuses
  and employment
  contract termination
  expenses............      --             --             3,592        --              480       (4,072)(15)    --           --
ESOP contribution.....      --             --               300        --              230         (530)(16)    --           --
Amortization of
  intangible assets...       3,148          1,347        --            --           --            5,923(17)    --           10,418
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
Operating income
  (loss)..............       4,195          9,278        (1,099)        (201)        3,161        6,236          (100)      21,470
Interest expense
  (income)............       6,867          2,350           (60)          13           296       12,948(18)     1,867(22)   24,281
Other expenses
  (income)............         335            847           (35)       --           --             (600)(19)    --             547
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
Income (loss) before
  provision for income
  taxes and
  extraordinary item..      (3,007)         6,081        (1,004)        (214)        2,865       (6,112)       (1,967)      (3,358)
Provision for income
  taxes (benefit).....      (2,668)         2,892          (322)       --            1,013          862(20)      (772)(23)    1,005
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item
  (24)................     $  (339)      $  3,189       $  (682)      $ (214)     $  1,852     $ (6,974)      $(1,195)    $ (4,363)
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
                        -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ---------
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA (25)...........     $13,247       $ 13,636       $  (837)      $ (197)     $  3,640     $ 11,794       $  (100)    $ 41,183
Depreciation and
  amortization (26)...       4,604          4,358           262            4           479        5,558        --           15,265
Capital expenditures..       1,813          1,745         1,145            4         1,607       --            --            6,314
Cash interest
  expense.............       6,474          2,378        --               13           319       12,033         1,710       22,927
</TABLE>
    
 
 See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
 (1) As of December 31, 1998, reflects DeCrane Holdings' financial position
     subsequent to the DLJ acquisition and the initial offering. For the year
     ended December 31, 1998, reflects DeCrane Holdings' historical results of
     operations for the four months ended December 31, 1998 and the historical
     results of operations for DeCrane Aircraft (Predecessor) for the eight
     months ended August 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (2) Reflects DeCrane Aircraft's purchase of all of the outstanding stock of
     PATS in January 1999. Sources and uses of funds for the acquisition, had it
     occurred on December 31, 1998, are as follows (dollars in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
  SOURCES:
  Senior credit facility borrowings:
    Term B facility................................................  $  20,000
    Acquisition facility...........................................     16,500
    Working capital facility.......................................      1,000
  Customer prepayment..............................................      5,000
                                                                     ---------
      Total Sources................................................  $  42,500
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
  USES:
  Purchase of common stock.........................................  $  31,212
  PATS debt repaid upon acquisition................................      9,277
  Estimated acquisition fees and expenses..........................      1,136
  Credit facility amendment fees and expenses......................        875
                                                                     ---------
      Total Uses...................................................  $  42,500
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
 (3) Reflects the financial position of PATS as of December 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (4) Reflects the excess purchase price of the PATS acquisition over the fair
     value of net assets acquired. For purposes of the Pro Forma Consolidated
     Financial Data, we allocated the excess purchase price to goodwill which is
     being amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years. Such allocation is
     preliminary and may change upon the completion of the final valuation of
     the net assets acquired.
    
 
   
 (5) Reflects credit facility amendment fees and expenses capitalized as
     deferred financing costs.
    
 
   
 (6) Reflects the repayment of PATS' debt upon acquisition.
    
 
   
 (7) Reflects a customer prepayment for product to be delivered by PATS through
     2001 used by DeCrane Aircraft to finance the acquisition. The prepayment
     will be offset semiannually against future amounts receivable and has a
     7.5% effective interest rate.
    
 
   
 (8) Reflects senior credit facility borrowings for the PATS acquisition. The
     terms of the senior credit facility are described in the DeCrane Holdings
     historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
 (9) Reflects the elimination of PATS' stockholders' equity upon acquisition.
    
 
   
(10) Represents the results of operations for the companies acquired for the
     periods not included in the historical columns. The results of operations
     for the acquired companies are for the periods from January 1, 1998 to: (i)
     June 25, 1998 for Avtech; (ii) June 29, 1998 for Dettmers; and (iii)
     December 31, 1998 for PATS.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(11) Reflects the elimination of intercompany sales.
 
(12) Reflects the net change in cost of goods sales attributable to the
     following (dollars in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Decrease in depreciation expense (a).................................  $    (658)
Elimination of intercompany sales....................................       (133)
Work force reductions attributable to merging the companies
  acquired...........................................................        (60)
                                                                       ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cost of sales.............................  $    (851)
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
    (a) To reflect a decrease in depreciation expense resulting from the fair
       value and remaining economic useful lives of depreciable assets acquired
       in connection with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
(13) Reflects the net decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses
     attributable to the following (dollars in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Decrease in compensation expense (a)...............................  $  (1,775)
Decrease in investor relations expenses (b)........................       (221)
Other, net (c).....................................................        268
                                                                     ---------
Net decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses.......  $  (1,728)
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
    (a) To reflect the resignation of certain former employees and changes to
       employment agreements for certain remaining employees of the companies
       acquired.
 
    (b) To reflect the decrease in investor relations expenses associated with
       becoming a privately held company as a result of the DLJ acquisition.
 
    (c) To reflect an increase in depreciation expense resulting from the fair
       value and remaining economic useful lives of depreciable assets acquired
       in connection with the DLJ acquisition, net of cost savings attributable
       to employee benefit plans implemented at the companies acquired.
 
   
(14) Reflects a reduction for nonrecurring charges incurred: (i) by DeCrane
     Aircraft on behalf of its stockholders related to the DLJ acquisition; and
     (ii) by Avtech and PATS on behalf of their stockholders related to their
     respective acquisitions by DeCrane Aircraft.
    
 
   
(15) Reflects a reduction in expense attributable to employment contract
     termination expenses and nonrecurring bonuses awarded prior to, and in
     anticipation of, the acquisitions of Avtech and PATS by DeCrane Aircraft.
    
 
   
(16) Reflects a reduction in expense attributable to the termination of the
     Employee Stock Ownership Plans in conjunction with the acquisitions of
     Avtech and PATS.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
(17) Reflects a net increase in amortization expense pertaining to the
     amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets related to the DLJ and
     PATS acquisitions on a straight-line basis as follows (dollars in
     thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AMOUNT      YEAR
                                                                              ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
  Elimination of Predecessor amortization...................................                          $  (1,347)
  DLJ acquisition amortization:
    Goodwill................................................................  $  166,674     30           3,704
    FAA certifications......................................................      30,391     15           1,351
    Engineering drawings....................................................       9,138     15             406
    Assembled workforce.....................................................       6,588      7             627
    Tradenames, trademarks and patents......................................       3,908   5 to 12          269
  PATS acquisition amortization (a)
    Goodwill................................................................      27,376     30             913
                                                                                                     -----------
      Net increase in amortization..........................................                          $   5,923
                                                                                                     -----------
                                                                                                     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
    (a) Amortization expense may change upon completion of the final purchase
       price allocation (see Note 4).
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(18) Reflects the net increase in interest expense, including deferred financing
     cost amortization and commitment fees, as a result of the following
     (dollars in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       INTEREST
                                                                         RATE OR TERM        AMOUNT     EXPENSE
                                                                     ---------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>                    <C>        <C>
  Elimination of historical net interest expense (a):
    Pertaining to debt refinanced (b):
      Interest expense.............................................                                    $  (2,524)
      Deferred financing cost amortization, commitment fees and
        expenses...................................................                                         (191)
    Interest income (c)............................................                                          207
    Successor net interest expense.................................                                       (6,794)
  Pro forma interest expense (d):
    Interest expense:
      Revolving credit facility:
        Working capital facility...................................       LIBOR (e) +2.75%  $   8,112        630
        Acquisition facility.......................................       LIBOR (e) +2.75%     16,500      1,282
      Term facility:
        Term A.....................................................       LIBOR (e) +2.75%     35,000      2,720
        Term B.....................................................       LIBOR (e) +3.00%     65,000      5,213
      Bridge notes.................................................       Prime + (f)         100,000     10,625
      Customer prepayment interest.................................          7.50%              5,000        375
    Deferred financing cost amortization:
      Revolving credit facility....................................       6 years (g)           1,277        213
      Term facility:
        Term A.....................................................       6 years (h)             894        200
        Term B.....................................................       7 years (h)           2,025        315
      Preferred stock issuance costs...............................      11 years (g)             510         30
      Bridge notes.................................................      7.5 years (g)          3,180        424
    Commitment fees and expenses...................................                                          223
                                                                                                       ---------
      Net increase in interest expense.............................                                    $  12,948
                                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
    (a) Excludes interest expense pertaining capital lease obligations and other
       debt obligations not refinanced.
    
 
   
    (b) Includes DeCrane Aircraft Predecessor debt refinanced in conjunction
       with the DLJ acquisition and Dettmers debt not acquired and PATS debt
       refinanced in conjunction with their acquisitions by DeCrane Aircraft.
       See the notes to the DeCrane Holdings and PATS consolidated financial
       statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus for a description of the
       debt refinanced.
    
 
   
    (c) Interest income earned from invested surplus cash balances prior to
       acquisition.
    
 
   
    (d) Pro forma for the DLJ and PATS acquisitions as if they had occurred on
       January 1, 1998.
    
 
   
    (e) Calculations based on LIBOR at 5.02%.
    
 
   
    (f) Calculations based on Prime at 8.5%, the rate in effect during the
       period the bridge notes were issued and outstanding, plus 2.125%.
    
 
   
    (g) Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
       term of the agreement.
    
 
   
    (h) Deferred financing costs are amortized using the effective interest
       method.
    
 
(19) Reflects adjustment for nonrecurring charges associated with a terminated
     debt offering in June 1998. Such offering was terminated upon initiation of
     the DLJ acquisition.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
(20) Represents an increase in the provision for income taxes as a result of a
     change in pro forma taxable income and elimination of the $2.6 million one
     time benefit caused by reversal of DeCrane Holdings' deferred tax valuation
     allowance. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory
     rate due to goodwill amortization related to acquisitions not deductible
     for income tax purposes.
    
 
   
(21) Reflects incremental expenses associated with regulatory compliance as a
     result of the initial offering.
    
 
   
(22) Reflects the net increase in interest expense, including deferred financing
     cost amortization and commitment fees, as a result of the initial offering
     as follows (dollars in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      INTEREST
                                                                        RATE OR TERM        AMOUNT     EXPENSE
                                                                    ---------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                 <C>                    <C>        <C>
  Elimination of bridge notes interest expense:
    Interest expense..............................................       Prime + (a)       $ 100,000  $ (10,625)
    Deferred financing cost amortization..........................      7.5 years (b)          3,180       (424)
  Senior subordinated notes due 2008:
    Interest expense..............................................         12.00%            100,000     12,000
    Deferred financing cost amortization (c)......................      10 years (d)           5,810        581
  Revolving credit facility:
    Interest expense..............................................    LIBOR (e) + 2.75%        4,610        358
    Commitment fees and expenses..................................                                          (23)
                                                                                                      ---------
    Net increase in interest expense..............................                                    $   1,867
                                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
    (a) Calculations based on Prime at 8.50%, the rate in effect during the
       period the bridge notes were issued and outstanding, plus 2.125%.
    
 
    (b) Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
       term of the agreement.
 
   
    (c) Includes $1.2 million for the value ascribed to the warrants issued by
       DeCrane Holdings in conjunction with the sale of the units in the initial
       offering.
    
 
   
    (d) Deferred financing costs are amortized using the effective interest
       method.
    
 
   
    (e) Calculations based on LIBOR at 5.02%.
    
 
   
(23) Represents a decrease in the provision for income taxes as a result of a
     decrease in pro forma taxable income.
    
 
   
(24) In conjunction with the DLJ acquisition, deferred financing costs of
     $347,000, net of income tax benefit, were written off as an extraordinary
     charge as a result of the termination of DeCrane Aircraft's prior senior
     credit facility. In conjunction with the initial offering, deferred
     financing costs of $1.9 million, net of income tax benefit, were written
     off as an extraordinary charge as a result of the termination of the bridge
     notes. These amounts have not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma
     consolidated statement of operations.
    
 
   
(25) EBITDA equals operating income plus depreciation, amortization and non-cash
     acquisition related charges to reflect cost of sales based on the fair
     value of inventory acquired in connection with the DLJ acquisition. EBITDA
     is not a measure of performance or financial condition under generally
     accepted accounting principles. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash
     flow from operations and should not be considered as an alternative to
     income from operations or net income computed in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles, as an indicator of DeCrane Holdings'
     operating performance, as an alternative to cash flow from operating
     activities or as a measure of liquidity. DeCrane Holdings believes that
     EBITDA is a standard measure of liquidity commonly reported and widely used
     by analysts, investors and other interested parties in the financial
     markets.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
            NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    However, not all companies calculate EBITDA using the same method and the
     EBITDA numbers set forth above may not be comparable to EBITDA reported by
     other companies.
 
   
(26) Reflects depreciation and amortization of plant and equipment, goodwill and
     other intangible assets. Excludes amortization of deferred financing costs
     and debt discounts which is classified as a component of interest expense.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
    The following table presents historical consolidated financial data of
DeCrane Holdings as of and for the four months ended December 31, 1998 and
DeCrane Aircraft (Predecessor) as of and for each of the four years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 and the eight months ended August 31, 1998
derived from the audited financial statements. The information in this table
should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the DeCrane Holdings
consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        (PREDECESSOR)
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               EIGHT MONTHS
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 ENDED
                                                                 --------------------------------------------   AUGUST 31,
                                                                   1994       1995       1996(1)     1997(2)      1998(3)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues.......................................................  $  47,092  $  55,839   $  65,099   $ 108,903    $  90,077
Cost of sales(5)...............................................     36,407     43,463      49,392      80,247       60,101
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
Gross profit...................................................     10,685     12,376      15,707      28,656       29,976
Selling, general and administrative expenses...................      7,716      9,426      10,747      15,756       15,719
Nonrecurring charges(6)........................................         --         --          --          --        3,632
Amortization of intangible assets..............................      1,209      1,115         709         905        1,347
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
Operating income...............................................      1,760      1,835       4,251      11,995        9,278
Interest expense...............................................      3,244      3,821       4,248       3,154        2,350
Terminated debt offering expenses..............................         --         --          --          --          600
Other expenses, net............................................        332        382         108         243          247
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and
  extraordinary item...........................................     (1,816)    (2,368)       (105)      8,598        6,081
Provision for income taxes (benefit)(7)........................        613      1,078         712       3,344        2,892
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item........................     (2,429)    (3,446)       (817)      5,254        3,189
Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing(8)....................       (264)        --          --      (2,078)          --
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
Net income (loss)..............................................  $  (2,693) $  (3,446)  $    (817)  $   3,176    $   3,189
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash flows from operating activities...........................  $  (2,322) $   1,457   $   2,958   $   4,641    $   3,014
Cash flows from investing activities...........................       (993)    (1,462)    (24,016)    (27,809)     (87,378)
Cash flows from financing activities...........................      3,028         41      21,051      22,957       89,871
EBITDA(9)......................................................      5,196      5,471       7,602      16,915       13,636
EBITDA margin..................................................       11.0%       9.8%       11.7%       15.5%        15.1%
Depreciation and amortization(10)..............................  $   3,436  $   3,636   $   3,351   $   4,920    $   4,358
Capital expenditures(11).......................................      1,016      1,203       5,821       3,842        1,745
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(12).........................         --         --        1.0x        3.3x         3.0x
 
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Bookings(13)...................................................  $  47,896  $  50,785   $  81,914   $ 112,082    $  94,439
Backlog at end of period(14)...................................     24,493     19,761      44,433      49,005       84,184
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOUR MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1998(4)
                                                                 -------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                                              <C>
Revenues.......................................................   $    60,356
Cost of sales(5)...............................................        42,739
                                                                 -------------
Gross profit...................................................        17,617
Selling, general and administrative expenses...................        10,274
Nonrecurring charges(6)........................................            --
Amortization of intangible assets..............................         3,148
                                                                 -------------
Operating income...............................................         4,195
Interest expense...............................................         6,867
Terminated debt offering expenses..............................            --
Other expenses, net............................................           335
                                                                 -------------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and
  extraordinary item...........................................        (3,007)
Provision for income taxes (benefit)(7)........................        (2,668)
                                                                 -------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item........................          (339)
Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing(8)....................        (2,229)
                                                                 -------------
Net income (loss)..............................................   $    (2,568)
                                                                 -------------
                                                                 -------------
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Cash flows from operating activities...........................   $     1,008
Cash flows from investing activities...........................      (192,678)
Cash flows from financing activities...........................       189,268
EBITDA(9)......................................................        13,247
EBITDA margin..................................................          21.9%
Depreciation and amortization(10)..............................   $     4,604
Capital expenditures(11).......................................         1,813
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(12).........................            --
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Bookings(13)...................................................   $    54,021
Backlog at end of period(14)...................................        75,388
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (PREDECESSOR)
                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995      1996(1)    1997(2)    1998(15)
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents......................  $     236  $     305  $     320  $     206   $   3,518
Working capital................................     11,459     12,583     10,486     24,772      46,227
Total assets...................................     37,685     36,329     69,266     99,137     331,070
Total debt(16).................................     23,874     24,672     42,250     38,838     186,765
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
  common stock warrants........................      2,329      1,633      6,879         --      35,884
Stockholders' equity (deficit).................        766     (1,697)     1,236     39,527      62,374
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes the effect of the acquisition of the remaining 25% minority
    interest in Cory Components beginning February 20, 1996, the date on which
    the transaction occurred, and the results of Aerospace Display Systems and
    Elsinore beginning September 18, 1996 and December 5, 1996, respectively,
    the dates on which they were acquired.
 
(2) Includes the effect of the acquisition of Audio International beginning
    November 14, 1997, the date on which it was acquired.
 
   
(3) Includes the results of operations of Avtech and Dettmers beginning June 26,
    1998 and June 30, 1998, respectively, the dates on which they were acquired.
    
 
   
(4) Reflects the results of operations subsequent to the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(5) Includes $4.4 million of non-cash charges for the four months ended December
    31, 1998 to reflect cost of sales based on the fair value of inventory
    acquired in connection with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
(6) Represents non-capitalizable transaction costs associated with the DLJ
    acquisition.
    
 
   
(7) Prior to the acquisition of the remaining 25% minority interest in Cory
    Components in 1996, DeCrane Aircraft did not consolidate the earnings of
    Cory Components for tax purposes. As such, despite a consolidated pre-tax
    loss in each of the years, DeCrane Aircraft recorded a provision for income
    taxes from 1993 up to the date of the acquisition in 1996 which primarily
    relates to Cory Components. For the four months ended December 31, 1998,
    includes a $2.6 million benefit from the reduction of the deferred tax
    valuation allowance.
    
 
   
(8) Represents: (i) the write-offs of unamortized deferred financing costs,
    unamortized original issue discounts and a prepayment penalty incurred as a
    result of the refinancing by DeCrane Aircraft of a substantial portion of
    its debt in November 1994; (ii) the write-offs, net of an income tax
    benefit, of deferred financing costs, unamortized original issue discounts,
    a prepayment penalty and other related expenses incurred as a result of the
    repayment of debt by DeCrane Aircraft with the net proceeds from its initial
    public offering in April 1997; and (iii) the write-offs, net of an income
    tax benefit, of deferred financing costs as a result of the repayment of
    DeCrane Aircraft's existing indebtedness in connection with the DLJ
    acquisition and the refinancing of the bridge notes during the four months
    ended December 31, 1998.
    
 
   
(9) EBITDA equals operating income plus depreciation, amortization and non-cash
    acquisition related charges described in Note 5 above. EBITDA is not a
    measure of performance or financial condition under generally accepted
    accounting principles. EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow from
    operations and should not be considered as an alternative to income from
    operations or net income computed in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles, as an indicator of DeCrane Holdings' operating
    performance, as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as
    a measure of liquidity. DeCrane Holdings believes that EBITDA is a standard
    measure of
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    liquidity commonly reported and widely used by analysts, investors and other
    interested parties in the financial markets. However, not all companies
    calculate EBITDA using the same method and the EBITDA numbers set forth
    above may not be comparable to EBITDA reported by other companies.
 
   
(10) Reflects depreciation and amortization of plant and equipment and goodwill
    and other intangible assets. Excludes amortization of deferred financing
    costs and debt discounts which are classified as a component of interest
    expense.
    
 
   
(11) Includes $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 related to the
    acquisition of a manufacturing facility. See "Business--Acquisition
    History."
    
 
   
(12) For purposes of calculating the earnings to fixed charges ratio, earnings
    represent net income before income taxes, minority interests in the income
    of majority-owned subsidiaries, cumulative effect of an accounting change,
    extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of: (i)
    interest, whether expensed or capitalized; (ii) amortization of debt expense
    and discount or premium relating to any indebtedness, whether expensed or
    capitalized; and (iii) one-third of rental expenses under operating leases
    which is deemed to be representative of the interest factor. There was a
    deficiency of earnings to cover fixed charges for the years ended December
    31, 1994 and 1995 and the four months ended December 31, 1998 of $1.8
    million, $2.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively.
    
 
   
(13) Bookings represent the total invoice value of purchase orders received
    during the period. See "Business--Backlog."
    
 
   
(14) Orders are generally subject to cancellation by the customer prior to
    shipment. The level of unfilled orders at any given date during the year
    will be materially affected by the timing of DeCrane Aircraft's receipt of
    orders and the speed with which those orders are filled. See "Business--
    Backlog."
    
 
   
(15) Reflects the financial position of Avtech and Dettmers and the DLJ
    acquisition.
    
 
   
(16) Total debt is defined as long-term debt, including current portion, and
    short-term borrowings.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSIONS SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF DECRANE HOLDINGS AND RELATED NOTES INCLUDED
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings is a holding company and does not have any material
operations or assets other than its ownership of all of the capital stock of
DeCrane Aircraft. See "--The DLJ Acquisition and Financing."
    
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    Our results of operations have been affected by our history of acquisitions.
Since our formation in 1989, we have completed twelve acquisitions of businesses
or assets, the most recent of which, PATS, was acquired in January 1999. As a
result, our historical financial statements do not reflect the results of all of
our current businesses.
    
 
   
    Our principal strategy is to establish and expand leading positions in
high-margin niches within the commercial, regional, corporate and military
aircraft markets, with a focus on the manufacturing of avionics components and
the integration of avionics systems. We also seek to maintain a balance of
revenues among the OEM market, the retrofit market and the aftermarket. We
believe that such a strategy will reduce the cyclical risk in the aircraft
industry.
    
 
THE DLJ ACQUISITION AND FINANCING
 
   
    In July 1998, DeCrane Holdings, an affiliate of DLJ Merchant Banking
Partners II, L.P. formed a finance subsidiary and an acquisition subsidiary. The
acquisition subsidiary conducted a successful tender for our shares and, when
the tender offer was completed, merged with DeCrane Aircraft. To finance the
purchase of shares in the tender offer and to refinance existing debt, the
finance subsidiary entered into a $130.0 million syndicated bank credit facility
with a group of lenders led by DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., issued $100.0 million
of senior subordinated increasing rate bridge notes to DLJ Bridge Finance Inc.
and received an equity contribution of approximately $99.0 million from the sale
of preferred and common stock and the DLJMB Warrants by DeCrane Holdings. The
bank credit facility and the bridge notes became our obligations when the
finance subsidiary was also merged into DeCrane Aircraft. When the two mergers
were completed in August, 1998, DeCrane Aircraft became a wholly owned
subsidiary of DeCrane Holdings. The bridge notes were refinanced by the sale of
the old notes in October, 1998.
    
 
   
    The gross purchase price for DeCrane Aircraft's shares and options was
$186.3 million. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at
their estimated fair values based on an independent appraisal. The purchase
price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values
as follows: (i) $4.4 million to inventory; (ii) $2.6 million to fixed assets;
and (iii) $50.0 million to certain identifiable intangible assets. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired totalling
$70.0 million was allocated to goodwill. The inventory step-up was expensed as
the goods were sold during the four months ended December 31, 1998. The
intangible assets, other than goodwill, are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over periods between five and fifteen years. Goodwill is being amortized
on a straight-line basis over a period of thirty years.
    
 
   
    The term loan facility under DeCrane Aircraft's bank credit facility
consists of a $35.0 million amortizing loan maturing in six years (the "Term A
loan") and a $65.0 million amortizing loan maturing in seven years (the "Term B
loan"), which was increased from $45.0 to $65.0 million at the time of the PATS
acquisition. An amount of $112,500 was amortized in 1998. Scheduled aggregate
amortization is $1,087,500 in 1999. The bank credit facility also includes a
$25.0 million working capital revolving credit facility and a $25.0 million
acquisition revolving credit facility, of which $5.4 million was drawn upon
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
completion of the DLJ acquisition. Both revolving credit facilities will
terminate after six years. See "Description of Bank Credit Facility."
 
   
    Borrowings under our bank credit facility generally bear interest based on a
margin over, at DeCrane Aircraft's option, the base rate or the Euro-Dollar
rate. The applicable margin is 1.50% for base rate borrowings and 2.75% for
Euro-Dollar borrowings for the first six months after the January 1999 amendment
was adopted (other than the Term B loan, which has a margin of 1.75% for base
rate borrowings and 3.00% for Euro-Dollar borrowings). After the first six
months, the applicable will vary based upon DeCrane Aircraft's ratio of total
debt to EBITDA (as defined). DeCrane Aircraft's obligations under the bank
credit facility are guaranteed by DeCrane Holdings and all existing and future
wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of DeCrane Aircraft (the "subsidiary
guarantors") and are secured by substantially all of the assets of DeCrane
Aircraft and the subsidiary guarantors, including a pledge of the capital stock
of all existing and future subsidiaries of DeCrane Aircraft (provided that no
more than 65% of the voting stock of any foreign subsidiary shall be pledged)
and a pledge by DeCrane Holdings of the stock of DeCrane Aircraft. The bank
credit facility contains customary covenants and events of default.
    
 
   
    The $100.0 million DeCrane Aircraft senior subordinated notes (including the
old notes, and the new notes to be exchanged for old notes in an exchange offer
for which a separate Registration Statement has been filed) will mature in 2008
and are guaranteed by DeCrane Aircraft's wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.
Interest on the notes is payable semiannually in cash. The notes contain
customary covenants and events of default, including covenants that limit
DeCrane Aircraft's ability to incur debt, pay dividends and make certain
investments.
    
 
   
    In connection with the DLJ acquisition, DeCrane Holdings raised
approximately $99.0 million through its sale of common stock, DeCrane Holdings
preferred stock and DLJMB Warrants to the DLJMB Funds. The proceeds of those
sales were contributed to DeCrane Aircraft. The DeCrane Holdings preferred stock
provides for cumulative dividends that do not require payment in cash through
2003, but will be payable in cash thereafter and will be mandatorily redeemable
in 2009. The DeCrane Holdings preferred stock is exchangeable into debentures
that will contain customary covenants and events of default, including covenants
that limit the ability of DeCrane Holdings and its subsidiaries to incur debt,
pay dividends and make certain investments.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The following table sets forth the items in the consolidated statements of
operations for DeCrane Holdings as percentages of its revenues for the periods
indicated. The percentages for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997
reflect the historical results of operations of DeCrane Aircraft (Predecessor)
prior to the DLJ acquisition. The percentages for the year ended December 31,
1998 reflect the combined historical results of operations of DeCrane Aircraft
for the eight months ended August 31, 1998 prior to the DLJ acquisition and
DeCrane Holdings for the four months ended December 31, 1998 subsequent to the
DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       -------------------------------
                                                                                         1996       1997       1998
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues.............................................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales........................................................................       75.9       73.7       68.4
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.........................................................................       24.1       26.3       31.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses.........................................       16.5       14.5       19.7
Amortization of intangible assets....................................................        1.1        0.8        3.0
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.....................................................................        6.5       11.0        8.9
Interest expense.....................................................................        6.5        2.9        6.1
Other expense, net...................................................................        0.2        0.2        0.8
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes,
  and extraordinary item.............................................................       (0.2)       7.9        2.0
Provision for income taxes...........................................................       (1.1)      (3.1)      (0.1)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item..............................................       (1.3)       4.8        1.9
Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing.............................................         --       (1.9)      (1.5)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)....................................................................       (1.3)%       2.9%       0.4%
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
    
 
   
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $41.6 million, or 38.2%, to $150.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998 from $108.9 million for the year ended December
31, 1997. Revenues increased primarily due to the inclusion of $20.2 million of
revenues from Audio International, which was acquired on November 14, 1997, the
inclusion of $25.2 million of revenues from Avtech Corporation, which was
acquired on June 26, 1998, and the inclusion of $3.3 million of revenues from
Dettmers Industries, Inc., which was acquired on June 30, 1998. These revenue
increases were somewhat offset by continued softness in the Company's electrical
contact markets, where we experienced a sales decline of approximately $8.6
million for the year ended December 31, 1998 compared with the same period last
year.
    
 
   
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased $18.9 million, or 65.9%, to $47.6
million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $28.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Gross profit as a percent of revenues increased to
31.6% for the year ended December 31, 1998 from 26.3% for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The improvement in gross profit was attributable to increased
overall sales volume, particularly from recently acquired companies, which have
generally higher gross margins. The improvements in gross profit and gross
margin were somewhat offset by the decline in revenues from electrical contact
sales and the expensing during the period of the fair market value step-up to
inventory associated with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling, general and
administrative (referred to as SG&A herein) expenses increased $13.8 million, or
87.3%, to $29.6 million for the year ended
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
December 31, 1998 from $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. SG&A
expenses as a percent of revenues increased to 19.7% for the year ended December
31, 1998 from 14.5% for the year ended December 31, 1997. SG&A expenses
increased primarily due to the inclusion of SG&A expenses from Audio, Avtech and
Dettmers, the non-capitalizable transaction costs associated with the DLJ
acquisition, and the increase in research and development costs related to new
product introductions at Audio and Dettmers.
    
 
   
    OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income increased $1.5 million to $13.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $12.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. Operating income as a percent of revenues decreased to 8.9%
for year ended December 31, 1998 from 11.0% for the year ended December 31,
1997. The increases in operating income during the first eight months of 1998,
and from the addition of Avtech and Dettmers, were more than offset by the
higher amortization expenses associated with those acquisitions as well as the
DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased $6.0 million, or 187.5%, to
$9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $3.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. This increase resulted primarily from the higher debt
levels associated with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  During the year ended December 31, 1998 we
decreased our provision for income taxes by $3.2 million to $0.2 million from
$3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, as a result of lower income
before taxes and the reduction of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance by
$2.6 million. This decrease was significantly offset by an increase in
non-deductible expenses, particularly the amortization of intangible assets,
during the same period. We have approximately $17.4 million and $0.6 million in
loss carry forwards available at December 31, 1998 for federal and state income
tax purposes.
    
 
   
    EXTRAORDINARY LOSSES FROM DEBT REFINANCING.  During the year ended December
31, 1998, we incurred a $2.2 million extraordinary charge, net of an estimated
$1.5 million income tax benefit, as a result of the refinancing of the bridge
notes with a units offering consisting of notes and warrants. During the year
ended December 31, 1997, we incurred a $2.1 million extraordinary charge, net of
an estimated $1.4 million income tax benefit, as a result of a debt refinancing
with the proceeds from our initial public offering.
    
 
   
    NET INCOME (LOSS).  Net income decreased $2.6 million to $0.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998 compared to $3.2 million for the same period in
1997 primarily due to the higher amortization, interest and other expenses
associated with the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
    BOOKINGS AND BACKLOG.  Bookings increased $36.4 million, or 32.5%, to $148.5
million for the year ended December 31, 1998 compared to $112.1 million for the
same period in 1997. The increase in bookings for 1998 includes $21.0 million
attributable to Audio, $15.4 million attributable to Avtech and $2.9 million
attributable to Dettmers. As of December 31, 1998, we had a sales order backlog
of $75.4 million compared to $49.0 million as of December 31, 1997.
    
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $43.8 million, or 67.3%, to $108.9 million for
1997 from $65.1 million for 1996. Revenues increased primarily due to the
inclusion of $10.7 million of revenues from Aerospace Display Systems, growth in
our private labeling programs of $6.4 million, growth in contact sales of $6.3
million driven by new aircraft production rate increases, an increase in sales
of harness assemblies for in-flight entertainment systems of $5.1 million, an
increase in sales of specialty connectors for cabin management and in-flight
entertainment systems principally on Boeing's 777 aircraft of $4.9 million, an
increase of sales to IFT of $3.3 million relating to a major systems integration
program for Swissair, the inclusion of $3.0 million of revenue from Elsinore,
new systems integration
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
programs for navigational systems of $1.5 million, the inclusion of $1.3 million
of revenue from Audio International, a new systems integration program for
United Parcel Service of $0.9 million, and the overall growth in the commercial
aircraft market. Partially offsetting this increase was a decline in sales to
AT&T Wireless Services, Inc. of $3.8 million, reflecting the completion in late
1995 and early 1996 of a major systems integration program.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased $12.9 million, or 82.4%, to $28.7
million for 1997 from $15.7 million for 1996. Gross profit as a percentage of
revenues increased to 26.3% for 1997 from 24.1% for 1996. This increase in
profit margin was attributable to an increased sales volume, favorable mix,
savings from the rationalization of certain newly purchased manufacturing assets
purchased from AMP, Inc. with our existing facilities in El Segundo, California
and Lugano, Switzerland, sustained price increases and lower material costs.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  SG&A expenses increased $5.0
million, or 46.6%, to $15.8 million for 1997 from $10.7 million for 1996. SG&A
expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 14.5% for 1997 from 16.5% for
1996. SG&A expenses increased primarily due to the addition of staff to pursue
higher sales to OEMs and to develop capabilities for in-flight entertainment,
navigation and satellite communication and safety systems integration services,
the inclusion of SG&A expenses from Aerospace Display Systems, the AMP facility
and Elsinore, all of which were acquired in late 1996, and the inclusion of SG&A
expenses from Audio International, which was acquired in 1997.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income increased $7.7 million, or 182.2%, to
$12.0 million for 1997 from $4.3 million for 1996. Operating income as a
percentage of revenues increased to 11.0% for 1997 from 6.5% for 1996. The
increase in operating income resulted from the factors described above.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense decreased $1.1 million, or 25.8%, to
$3.2 million for 1997 from $4.2 million for 1996. The decrease resulted from the
completion of the initial public offering on April 16, 1997 and the repayment of
a substantial portion of debt with the net proceeds.
 
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  During 1997, we reduced our deferred tax asset
valuation allowance by $0.5 million to reflect the book benefit of federal and
state net operating loss carry forwards not previously recognized. We have
approximately $2.5 million of net operating loss carry forwards available at
December 31, 1997 for federal income tax purposes.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY LOSS FROM DEBT REFINANCING.  During 1997, we incurred a $2.1
million extraordinary charge, net of an estimated $1.4 million income tax
benefit, as a result of refinancing debt with the net proceeds from the initial
public offering.
 
    NET INCOME (LOSS).  Net income increased $4.0 million to $3.2 million for
1997 from a net loss of $0.8 million for 1996. The increase is a result of the
factors described above.
 
   
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
    
 
   
    We have required cash primarily to fund acquisitions and, to a lesser
extent, to fund capital expenditures and for working capital. Our principal
sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and third party
borrowings. Cash increased $3.3 million during 1998.
    
 
   
    For the year ended December 31, 1998, we generated positive cash flow from
operating activities of $4.0 million. Our accounts receivable consist of trade
receivables and unbilled receivables, which are recognized pursuant to the
percentage of completion method of accounting for long-term contracts. Accounts
receivable increased $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from
higher overall sales. Unbilled receivables comprised $3.5 million of this
increase. Inventories decreased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1998, due to improved inventory management at several subsidiaries as well as
the sale of certain contact product lines and the disposal of certain obsolete
inventory items.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
Accounts payable decreased $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 as
a result of payment of various assumed transaction expenses in the acquisitions
of 1998 and an agreement with a new gold supplier for significantly lower prices
in exchange for shorter payment terms. Accrued expenses, however, increased $5.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1998, primarily as a result of
significant interest accruals.
    
 
   
    Net cash used in investing activities was $280.1 million during the year
ended December 31, 1998. Of this amount, $190.9 million was used for the DeCrane
Aircraft acquisition, $83.6 million was used for the Avtech acquisition and $2.2
million for the Dettmers acquisition. The total purchase price for the Dettmers
acquisition also included additional contingent consideration with a maximum of
$2.0 million payable between 1999 and 2002. We spent $3.6 million on capital
expenditures during the year ended December 31, 1998, which was lower than $4.5
million originally anticipated because the actual cash outlays for our
information systems upgrade program were delayed until 1999. The bank credit
facility contains certain restrictions on our ability to make capital
expenditures; however, we believe the permitted capital expenditures will be
sufficient to complete our investment program and maintain our facilities.
    
 
   
    Net cash provided by financing activities was $279.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998. In connection with the DLJ acquisition, we entered into
a new bank credit facility that initially provided for term loan borrowings in
the aggregate principal amount of $80.0 million, now increased to $99.9 million,
and revolving loan borrowings up to an aggregate principal amount of $50.0
million, including $25.0 million for working capital purposes which expires in
2004 (See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Prospectus). In 1998, prior to the DLJ acquisition, we also completed a
follow-on common stock offering and used the $34.8 million of net proceeds to
reduce amount outstanding under our credit facility, and borrowed $85.8 million
under our then-existing senior credit facility to finance the Avtech and
Dettmers acquisitions.
    
 
   
    The DLJ acquisition created substantial debt for us, resulting in
significant debt service obligations. Although we cannot be certain, we
anticipate that operating cash flow, together with borrowings under the bank
credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our future operating expenses,
working capital, capital expenditures and debt service obligations. However, our
ability to pay principal or interest, to refinance our debt and to satisfy our
other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance. We will
be affected by economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory,
business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, we are continually
considering acquisitions that complement or expand our existing businesses or
that may enable us to expand into new markets. Future acquisitions may require
additional debt, equity financing or both. We may not be able to obtain any
additional financing on acceptable terms.
    
 
   
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
    
 
    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133
requires companies to record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or
liabilities, measured at fair value. It also requires that gains or losses
resulting from changes in the values of those derivatives be accounted for
depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge
accounting. Adoption of SFAS No. 133 is required for the fiscal year beginning
January 1, 2000. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have
a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
 
SWISS FRANC FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
 
    Certain of the contact blanks we use in the production of our contacts are
manufactured at our Swiss facility and shipped to our El Segundo, California
facility for plating and assembly. In 1996, 1997 and 1998, solely in an effort
to mitigate the effects of currency fluctuations between the U.S. Dollar and
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
the Swiss Franc, we entered into forward exchange contracts at fixed rates. We
plan to continue efforts to mitigate this risk in the future. We do not engage
in any currency exchange transactions for trading or speculative purposes.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts are
recognized currently in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
COMPLIANCE OF KEY SYSTEMS WITH YEAR 2000 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
 
   
    We are dependent in part on computer- and date-controlled systems for some
internal functions, particularly inventory control, purchasing, customer billing
and payroll. In 1996, we performed an evaluation of all of our information
systems to determine if the existing hardware and software would meet our
long-term requirements. Because of numerous acquisitions made over the past
several years, we operate several stand-alone systems using different, and in
some cases internally customized, software. We concluded that some of our
existing software should be upgraded to newer, off-the-shelf, integrated
manufacturing and business application software which is also Year 2000
compliant. We believe the migration to the new integrated software will be
completed prior to January 1, 2000.
    
 
   
    Similarly, suppliers of components and services on which we rely, and our
customers, may have Year 2000 compliance risks which would affect their
operations and their transactions with us. We are developing plans for
mitigating the impact of the Year 2000 problem from key vendors and customers, a
process which we began on a company-wide basis in the fourth quarter of 1998.
Although we are not aware of any material customer or vendor related Year 2000
issues, we cannot currently evaluate the magnitude of our exposure. Our review
of these third-party compliance risks from our key vendors and customers is not
yet complete. Because of the complexity of these issues and the interdependence
of many companies using computer- and date-controlled systems, our assessment of
the risks may be incorrect. Additionally, in view of the mixed results achieved
by software vendors in correcting these problems, we cannot assure you that new
systems we obtain to replace noncompliant systems will themselves prove to be
fully compliant.
    
 
   
    We believe that the majority of our computer-controlled systems were put
into service during the last five years and that these systems are Year 2000
compliant. We believe the number of products manufactured and sold by us whose
functioning is dependent upon computer-controlled systems is not significant. We
intend to review our Year 2000 exposure from internal computer-controlled
systems and manufactured products again prior to the third quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    Based on current information, we expect that our costs to remediate and test
our systems, and evaluate the risks of our key customers and vendors, will not
be material. Costs incurred to date in addressing the Year 2000 issue have not
been significant and are being funded through operating cash flows. Our
management does not anticipate encountering any significant failures of Year
2000 compliance in our systems, products or supply chain that would materially
disrupt our operations. However, we may experience cost overruns and delays as
we replace or modify our systems, or address newly-discovered third-party
exposures, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flow. We cannot assure you
that our assessment of the foregoing risks from our own systems and products, or
those of our customers or vendors, is or will be correct. We have not yet
determined the extent of contingency planning that may be required if we have
incorrectly assessed the foregoing Year 2000 risks.
    
 
COMMON EUROPEAN CURRENCY
 
   
    The Treaty on European Economic and Monetary Union provides for the
introduction of a single European currency, the Euro, in substitution for the
national currencies of the member states of the European Union that adopt the
Euro. In May 1998, the European Council determined the 11 member states that met
the requirement for the Monetary Union and the currency exchange rates among the
currencies for the member states joining the Monetary Union. The transitory
period for the Monetary
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
Union started on January 1, 1999. According to the European Council Resolution
of July 7, 1997, the transition will be made in three steps: (i) a transitory
period from January 1, 1999 to December 31, 2001, in which currency accounts may
be opened and financial statements may be drawn in Euros, and local currencies
and Euro will coexist; (ii) from January 1, 2002 to June 30, 2002, in which
local currencies will be exchanged for Euros; and (iii) July 1, 2002, when local
currencies will disappear. Although there can be no assurance that a single
European currency will be adopted or, if adopted, on what time schedule and with
what success, substantial transitional costs could result as we redesign our
software systems to reflect the adoption of the new currency. In addition, we do
not know whether the adoption of the Euro will affect the enforceability, or the
denomination of payment obligations under, our commercial agreements in
currencies to be replaced by the Euro.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
                                    BUSINESS
    
 
   
    We manufacture avionics and related components, and provide systems
integration services, for niche markets within the commercial, regional,
corporate and military aircraft industries. We believe that we are a leading
provider of components within each niche market we serve. Since DeCrane Aircraft
was founded in 1989, our strategy has been to combine complementary businesses
with leading positions in cabin and flight deck systems. We generated revenues
of $206.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998, and Adjusted
EBITDA of $44.4 million for the same period, on a pro forma basis.
    
 
    We seek to maximize our sales by emphasizing the complementary nature of our
products and services. We manufacture:
 
    - electrical contacts;
 
    - connectors (which often include our contacts);
 
    - wire harness assemblies (which often include our connectors);
 
    - structural supports for avionic connectors and harnesses (often packaged
      with other products of ours and sold as "installation kits");
 
    - dichroic liquid crystal display ("LCD") devices, which are often used with
      flight deck avionics;
 
    - cockpit audio and communications, lighting, and power and control devices
      for commercial aircraft; and
 
    - stereo systems, video monitors, passenger switches, cabin lighting,
      seating and climate controls for the high-end corporate aircraft market.
 
    Our systems integration services include design and engineering of avionics
systems, supplemental type certifications on behalf of the Federal Aviation
Administration, the assembly of installation kits for systems to be installed
("kitting"), and installation services. Smoke detection, fire suppression and
in-flight entertainment systems for jet aircraft are among the systems for which
we supply design, certification, assembly and/or installation services. We
manufacture many of the components required to complete a systems integration
project. We believe that our combination of these component manufacturing and
integration capabilities gives us a critical competitive advantage, which would
be difficult for competitors to duplicate.
 
   
    By successfully combining and growing complementary businesses, we have
achieved strong revenue growth. From 1994 to 1998, DeCrane Aircraft's revenues
increased from $47.1 million to $150.5 million on a historical basis. That
increase resulted in a compound annual growth rate of 33.7%. During the same
period, DeCrane Aircraft's EBITDA increased from $5.2 million to $26.9 million
on a historical basis, representing a combined annual growth rate of 50.8%. We
have acheived this growth primarily by:
    
 
    - obtaining new customers and additional business from existing customers;
 
    - selectively acquiring complementary avionics businesses, generally with
      high margins;
 
    - taking advantage of favorable trends in the aerospace industry (discussed
      below);
 
    - initiating cost reduction programs and productivity improvements; and
 
    - increasing the revenues of acquired businesses, by refocusing or
      diversifying their strategies and products.
 
   
Since 1990, DeCrane Aircraft has completed twelve acquisitions, most recently
PATS, Inc. in January 1999.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND TRENDS
 
   
    We sell to the commercial, regional, corporate and military aircraft
markets. Within these markets, our customers include original equipment
manufacturers ("OEMs") of aircraft and avionics equipment, aircraft repair and
modification centers, and airlines.
    
 
   
    The Boeing Company and Airbus Industrie are the primary OEMs of commercial
aircraft designed to carry 100 or more passengers. There is a slightly larger
group of leading OEMs of regional and corporate aircraft (fewer than 100
passengers), including Bombardier, Dassault and Gulfstream and soon to include
the Boeing Business Jet and the Airbus A319 corporate jet. The major systems
installed on new aircraft, such as flight deck avionics systems, are produced by
a limited number of OEMs, including AlliedSignal, Rockwell Collins, General
Electric, Honeywell, Raytheon and Sextant Avionique. The aircraft component
retrofit market (the integration of new systems into existing aircraft) and the
aircraft component aftermarket (the manufacture and sale of replacement products
for existing aircraft) are served by a highly fragmented group of companies,
including many of the OEMs and a number of smaller, specialized companies like
our operating subsidiaries. We market our commercial aircraft products directly
to the aircraft OEMs as well as to the major systems OEMs. In some cases, we
sell our products to competing manufacturers--so our competitors ultimately may
sell some of our products. The aviation industry has been consolidating at an
increasing pace in recent years, and we expect that consolidation will continue
for the foreseeable future.
    
 
    We believe that there are many barriers to entry which limit access to the
aircraft industry, including:
 
    - the reluctance of OEMs to add new companies as approved vendors on the
      engineering drawings of the OEMs (a favored status called "print
      position");
 
    - the general FAA certification requirements necessary to perform aircraft
      modifications or maintenance;
 
    - the required compliance with FAA aircraft manufacturing and aircraft
      modification design and installation standards;
 
    - the required compliance with military specifications for some products
      sold to military and commercial markets;
 
    - the required compliance with qualification and approval standards imposed
      by aircraft and avionics systems OEMs; and
 
    - the significant initial capital investment and tooling requirements
      necessary for the manufacture of some aircraft components and systems.
 
    We believe the following trends are affecting the commercial, regional and
corporate aircraft industry:
 
   
    INCREASED DEMAND FOR NEW COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT.  The 1998 CURRENT MARKET
OUTLOOK released by Boeing in early 1998 (the "1998 Boeing Report") projects
that the world jetliner fleet will grow from 12,300 aircraft at the end of 1997
to nearly 17,700 aircraft in 2007 and to 26,200 aircraft by 2017. The report
also estimates that, over the next 20 years, the industry will require 17,650
new aircraft, both to support the projected world fleet expansion and to replace
capacity lost as aircraft are removed from commercial airline service. We
believe that every commercial aircraft model currently produced by Boeing and
Airbus contains components manufactured by us. Boeing has, however, recently
announced production cutbacks in several of its lines for 1999 and 2000. Boeing
continues to re-evaluate its production schedules in response to instability in
its Asian markets, and to assess the profitability of its various product lines.
See "Risk Factors--Instability of Asian Market" and "Risk Factors--Dependence on
Key Customers."
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    INCREASED DEMAND FOR NEW REGIONAL AIRCRAFT.  We believe that the total
commercial regional aircraft fleet will grow over the next ten years. The 1998
Boeing Report projects that worldwide revenue passenger kilometers (called
"RPKs") will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 5.0% over that period.
We believe that this increase will drive demand for regional aircraft production
as well, due to:
    
 
    - the introduction of new regional aircraft with state-of-the-art cockpits
      and the same safety equipment as larger commercial aircraft;
 
    - continued integration of the services of regional carriers with major
      carriers;
 
    - newer longer-range turboprop and jet aircraft that allow regional carriers
      to consider new point-to-point routes, which would permit passengers to
      bypass hubs; and
 
    - upgraded airport facilities for regional passengers.
 
   
    INCREASED DEMAND FOR NEW CORPORATE AIRCRAFT.  We believe that the following
factors will drive increased demand for new corporate aircraft:
    
 
    - the introduction of new, larger and more efficient aircraft;
 
    - the growing popularity of fractional aircraft ownership;
 
    - the minimal availability of used aircraft;
 
    - the need for long range flights to expanding international markets; and
 
    - the increased demand for more expedient travel.
 
    INCREASED DEMAND FOR CABIN AND FLIGHT DECK SYSTEMS.  In recent years, demand
for cabin systems has increased. These systems include in-flight passenger
telecommunications systems and in-flight entertainment systems, such as video,
video-on-demand and other interactive systems. We believe that demand for
avionics systems on the flight deck, as well as in the passenger cabin, is
increasing, as a result of:
 
    - a desire by airlines for additional revenue-producing services;
 
    - longer flights combined with a demand by airline passengers for more
      sophisticated forms of in-flight services; and
 
    - the advent of new technologies and FAA mandates related to aircraft safety
      and navigation.
 
    INDUSTRY CONSOLIDATION-REDUCTION IN NUMBER OF APPROVED SUPPLIERS AND
VENDORS.  To reduce purchasing costs and have greater control over quality, OEMs
and aircraft operators have been reducing the number of vendors and suppliers
from whom they purchase. Suppliers and vendors must now possess the size and
production and distribution capabilities required to provide a broader range of
products and services to airlines and OEMs.
 
    NEW SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.  New technologies and FAA mandates are driving a
proliferation of new safety systems for airplanes. The world's airlines,
aircraft and avionics OEMs have cooperated with regulatory agencies in the
development of industry standards, regulations and system requirements for
future air navigation systems (the "FANS" initiative). We expect that this
initiative will drive a complete modernization of both airborne and ground-based
air traffic management systems. As navigation technology becomes more accurate,
new navigation systems such as Global Positioning Systems ("GPS"), may become
federally required. Other new technologies which have already been mandated
include Traffic Collision Avoidance Systems ("TCAS"), cargo hold fire detection
and suppression systems, and windshear detection systems. In anticipation of new
FAA recommendations and mandates, many airlines have already begun to install
enhanced ground proximity warning systems, predictive
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
windshear detection systems and enhanced digital flight data recorders. Each of
these systems presents aircraft avionics retrofit opportunities for us.
 
    DOWNSIZING AND OUTSOURCING.  Airlines have come under increasing pressure to
reduce the operating and capital costs associated with providing services. In
response, airlines have increased purchases of some components from third
parties and have outsourced some repair, overhaul and retrofit functions.
Similarly, aircraft and avionics OEMs increasingly are reducing their level of
vertical integration by outsourcing more manufacturing, repair and retrofit
functions to third parties. We believe that these trends are creating increased
demand for low-cost, high-quality component manufacturers and systems
integrators.
 
ACQUISITION HISTORY
 
    DeCrane Aircraft was formed in 1989 to capitalize on emerging trends in the
aircraft market through acquisitions. Since its formation, we have completed
eleven acquisitions, summarized as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR OF                                                                 PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 COMPLETION                ACQUIRED ENTITY OR ASSET                        AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION
- -------------  -------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>                                                <C>
       1990    Hollingsead International                          Avionics support structures
       1991    Tri-Star Electronics International                 Contacts and connectors
       1991    Tri-Star Europe, S.A.                              Contact blanks
       1991    Tri-Star Technologies                              Wire marking equipment
       1991    Cory Components                                    Connectors & harness assemblies
       1996    Aerospace Display Systems                          Dichroic LCD devices
       1996    Elsinore Engineering                               Engineering services
       1996    AMP manufacturing facility                         Contact blanks
       1997    Audio International                                Cabin management & entertainment products
       1998    Avtech Corporation                                 Cockpit audio, lighting, power & control
       1998    Dettmers Industries                                Corporate aircraft seats
       1999    PATS                                               Auxiliary fuel & power systems
</TABLE>
    
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
    We believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the foregoing
trends and expected growth, as a result of the following competitive strengths:
 
    LEADING POSITIONS IN NICHE MARKETS.  We have established strong positions in
several specialized niches within the commercial aircraft industry. We believe
that we are:
 
    - the largest supplier of bulk contacts to commercial aircraft original
      equipment manufacturers ("OEMs");
 
    - the largest supplier of dichroic LCD devices for use by commercial
      aircraft OEMs;
 
    - the largest provider of aircraft entertainment and cabin management
      products and systems for the high-end corporate aircraft market;
 
    - a major supplier of wire harness assemblies for use in in-flight
      entertainment systems; and
 
    - a leading supplier of cockpit audio controls.
 
    We have used our strong market positions to compete more effectively as well
as to capitalize on industry consolidation trends.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    DIVERSIFIED REVENUE BASE.  We sell to the commercial, regional, corporate
and military aircraft markets. Within these markets, our customers include OEMs
of aircraft and avionics equipment, aircraft repair and modification centers,
and airlines. Each of these markets typically experience different production
cycles. We believe that our involvement in multiple markets, reduces our
exposure to cyclical product demand in the aircraft industry. Additionally, as a
primary supplier of products and services to manufacturers of cabin and flight
deck systems, we believe we have opportunities for growth that are independent
of the aircraft OEM market. Such systems typically are installed on a retrofit
basis by purchasers and operators of existing aircraft, rather than by aircraft
OEMs.
 
   
    COMPLEMENTARY AND STRATEGICALLY INTEGRATED BUSINESS LINES.  Since DeCrane
Aircraft was formed in 1989, we have completed twelve acquisitions of businesses
and assets. We have successfully executed our strategy of acquiring
complementary businesses in the cabin and flight deck markets. Our acquisitions
complement each other, and create a core of avionics products and services which
increases our cross-selling opportunities. For example, our acquisitions of
Dettmers, a corporate aircraft seat manufacturer, and Audio, which makes custom
aircraft entertainment and cabin management products, will enable us to offer a
more integrated set of products and services to the high-end corporate aircraft
market.
    
 
   
    STRONG CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS.  We seek to establish and maintain long-term
relationships with leaders in our primary markets. For example, we have entered
into requirements contracts to supply bulk contacts and specific connectors to
Boeing, which is the largest commercial aircraft OEM. Through these and other
similar agreements, we believe that we are:
    
 
    - the supplier of a substantial majority of the bulk contacts for all
      aircraft currently manufactured by Boeing;
 
   
    - the sole source supplier of certain connectors for in-flight entertainment
      systems installed by Boeing on its 777 aircraft;
    
 
   
    - the primary supplier of cockpit audio control systems to Boeing; and
    
 
   
    - the primary supplier of auxiliary fuel systems to the Boeing Business Jet
      program.
    
 
We are also a preferred supplier of wire harness assemblies to Matsushita for
its in-flight entertainment systems.
 
    LOW-COST, HIGH-QUALITY OPERATIONS.  We believe that we have established
low-cost operations through cost reduction programs, technological development
and, where appropriate, the use of vertical integration. Our low-cost operations
are demonstrated, for example, by the growth of programs under which we supply
contacts to many of our competitors.
 
    We use sophisticated processes to ensure that our products meet or exceed
industry and customer quality requirements. Many customers formally have
recognized the effectiveness of our quality programs by issuing quality approval
letters, awarding quality compliance certificates and authorizing our inspection
personnel to act as their authorized quality certification representatives. For
example, four of our facilities have received Boeing's D1-9000 Advanced Quality
System award, and nine of our facilities are currently ISO-9001 or ISO-9002
certified.
 
   
    REGULATORY CERTIFICATIONS.  We employ FAA-certified airframe and power-plant
mechanics who are authorized to perform specified aircraft modification
functions. This level of expertise enables us to respond rapidly and effectively
to our customers' technical requirements. As of February 1, 1999, our
subsidiaries:
    
 
    - include one of only 31 currently active Designated Air Stations worldwide
      which are authorized by the FAA to provide approval and certification of
      the design of specific aircraft modifications on behalf of the FAA;
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    - hold numerous Parts Manufacturer Approval authorizations from the FAA,
      permitting them to manufacture and sell various parts in many different
      types of aircraft; and
 
   
    - hold eight FAA domestic repair station certificates, authorizing them to
      perform specific aircraft modifications.
    
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    Our principal strategy is to establish and expand leading positions in
high-margin, niche markets within the commercial, regional, corporate and
military aircraft markets. We focus on the manufacture of avionics components
and the integration of avionics systems. We also seek to maintain a balance of
revenues among the OEM market, the retrofit market and the aftermarket. We
believe that such a strategy will position us to grow by:
 
    CAPITALIZING ON GROWTH IN AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION AND INCREASED DEMAND FOR CABIN
AND FLIGHT DECK SYSTEMS.  Our strong market positions, and alignment with many
of the leading participants in the industry, should permit us to take advantage
of the projected increases in the production of aircraft discussed above. For
example, in-flight entertainment systems have become more sophisticated in
recent years with the inclusion of such products as video-on-demand and in-seat
VCRs. Increasingly, airlines view sophisticated in-flight entertainment systems
as a required service on airlines long-haul flights, particularly in first
class. Such systems are also increasingly being installed in business and coach
class and on planes serving shorter routes. We believe that the trend toward
jets instead of turboprops in the corporate and regional markets will further
increase our dollar content per aircraft, as well as the demand for our products
and services in that market. We believe that this increased demand creates a
significant retrofit and aftermarket opportunity for cabin avionics systems, as
well as the components and systems integration services necessary to such
systems. We work closely with OEMs and modification centers to meet their
delivery and scheduling requirements, and, in some cases, to provide total,
turnkey solutions to adding avionics systems new aircraft.
 
   
    EXPANDING SYSTEMS INTEGRATION SERVICES.  Our systems integration services
began in the in-flight passenger telecommunications market. Beginning in 1995,
we expanded our systems integration expertise and sales efforts to include
navigation and satellite communication, safety, and in-flight entertainment
systems. We believe that we are one of the few companies having in-house
capabilities in each of the four elements of systems integration (design,
certification, kitting and system installation).
    
 
    EMPHASIZING INTEGRATED PRODUCT SYSTEMS AND COMPLEMENTARY SERVICES.  Over the
past several years, we increasingly have combined our manufactured components to
create higher value-added products. This activity has created additional
opportunities to cross-sell and vertically integrate our products. For example,
our contact business provides components to our connector business, which
supplies components to our wire harness business. Our harness assemblies often
are packaged with its avionics support structures to form the foundation as the
installation kits which we then sell to our systems integration customers. We
believe that these complementary products and services provide opportunities to
increase our sales to existing customers and compete more effectively for new
customers.
 
   
    COMPLETING ADDITIONAL STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.  We operate in a fragmented
market, which we estimated to include over 100 companies with revenues of less
than $100 million in 1997. We target for acquisition aircraft component
manufacturers and systems integration providers that are complementary to our
existing businesses, and have a leading market share in their own niches. We
seek to leverage our existing strengths, and add new expertise, through
acquisitions that offer strategic value and cross-selling opportunities. We
regard economies of scale, product line extensions, new customer relationships,
increased manufacturing capacity and opportunities for increased cost reductions
as particularly important in our analysis of a potential acquisition's strategic
value. We are continually
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
engaged in discussions with potential acquisition candidates. However,
acquisitions involve many uncertainties, and our attempts to identify
appropriate acquisitions, and complete and finance any particular acquisition,
may not be successful.
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
   
    We believe that our products are used in each of the commercial aircraft
models currently produced by Boeing (including McDonnell Douglas models) and
Airbus, the two largest commercial aircraft OEMs. Our seven principal classes of
products and services are:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          SHARE OF 1998 SALES
                                            ON A PRO FORMA
           CLASS                                 BASIS
           -----------------------------  -------------------
<C>        <S>                            <C>
        -  cockpit audio,                      About 22%
           communications, lighting and
           power and control devices
        -  electrical contacts                 About 17%
        -  auxiliary fuel systems and          About 16%
           auxiliary power units
        -  connectors and harness              About 15%
           assemblies
        -  integration of cabin and            About 11%
           flight deck systems
        -  entertainment and cabin             About 10%
           management products
        -  dichroic LCD devices                About 7%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    No other product or service accounted for more than 5% of our pro forma
revenues in 1998.
    
 
   
    COCKPIT AUDIO, COMMUNICATION, LIGHTING AND POWER AND CONTROL DEVICES.  We
are a leading manufacturer of cockpit audio, lighting and power and control
devices used in commercial, regional and corporate aircraft. We believe we are
the primary supplier of cockpit audio control systems to Boeing, and a leading
supplier of power conversion and fluorescent lamp ballast devices and dimmers to
corporate aircraft OEMs. We also manufacture a variety of other commercial
aircraft safety system components, including warning tone generators,
temperature and de-icing monitoring systems, steep approach monitors and low
voltage power supplies for TCAS.
    
 
   
    ELECTRICAL CONTACTS.  Contacts conduct electronic signals or electricity and
are installed at the terminus of a wire or an electronic or electrical device.
We supply precision-machined contacts for use in connectors found in virtually
every electronic and electrical system on a commercial aircraft. We sell
contacts directly to aircraft and avionics OEMs and, through our private
labeling programs, to several major connector manufacturers who sell connectors
to the same markets under their brand name. We believe that we are the supplier
of a substantial majority of the bulk contact requirements for all aircraft
currently manufactured by Boeing, and the largest supplier of bulk contacts to
the commercial aircraft OEMs.
    
 
   
    AUXILIARY FUEL SYSTEMS AND AUXILIARY POWER UNITS.  Through our newest
subsidiary, PATS, we manufacture and install auxiliary fuel tanks for commercial
and corporate aircraft. Our unique design and tank construction have made us a
leader in the auxiliary fuel tank market. We have a contract with Boeing's
Business Jet program ("BBJ") to supply 120 aircraft with multiple auxiliary fuel
tanks. In connection with our acquisition of PATS, Boeing agreed to make certain
modifications to the contract and to pre-pay $5.0 million against future
deliveries of the systems. We believe that the auxiliary fuel tanks will permit
the BBJ 737-700 to compete with long-range aircraft such as the Gulfstream G-V
and
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
Bombardier's Global Express. We also manufacture auxiliary power units which
provide ground power to aircraft.
    
 
    CONNECTORS AND HARNESS ASSEMBLIES.  Electronic and electrical connectors
link wires and devices in avionics systems, and permit their assembly,
installation, repair and removal. Our connectors are specially manufactured to
meet the critical performance requirements demanded by OEMs and required in the
harsh environment of an operating aircraft. We produce connectors that are used
in aircraft galleys, flight decks and control panels in the passenger cabin. We
are the sole-source supplier of several specific connectors for in-flight
entertainment systems installed by Boeing on its 777 aircraft.
 
   
    We also produce wire harness assemblies for use in cabin avionics systems,
from wire, connectors, contacts and hardware. We typically sell our harness
assemblies to avionics OEMs. In addition, we incorporate and sell our harness
assemblies as part of our systems integration services. We are a primary
supplier of harness assemblies to Matsushita, one of the largest manufacturers
of in-flight entertainment systems.
    
 
    INTEGRATION OF CABIN AND FLIGHT DECK SYSTEMS.  We have designed, patented
and produced a wide range of avionics support structures. These structures are
used to support and environmentally cool avionics equipment, including
navigation, communication and flight control equipment. Our avionics support
structures are sold under the Box-Mount-TM- name, which we believe is highly
respected in the marketplace. We sell these support structures to aircraft and
avionics OEMs, airlines and major modification centers. In addition, these
products are essential components of the installation kits used in our systems
integration operations. We also perform all of the functions, including design,
engineering, certification, manufacturing & installation, necessary to retrofit
an aircraft with a new or upgraded avionics system.
 
   
    ENTERTAINMENT AND CABIN MANAGEMENT.  We are a leading supplier of aircraft
entertainment and cabin management products and systems to the high-end
corporate aircraft market. We supply switching and control modules, audio and
video components, stereo systems, video monitors, amplifiers, chimes and paging
devices, headphone systems, passenger switches, and cabin lighting and climate
controls. We also offer systems integration services for cabin management
electronics to corporate aircraft OEMs and major modification centers.
    
 
   
    DICHROIC LCD DEVICES.  We believe we are a leading manufacturer of dichroic
LCDs and modules used in commercial and military aircraft. (Modules are LCDs
packaged with a backlight source and direct-drive electronics.) We believe we
are a primary supplier of these devices to aircraft and avionics OEMs and the
U.S. military. Our products are used in a variety of flight deck applications,
such as flight control systems, fuel quantity indicators, airborne
communications and safety systems. Dichroic LCD products are widely used in the
aircraft industry because they are easily adapted to custom design, and they
possess high performance characteristics, which include high readability in
sunlight and darkness, readability from extreme viewing angles, and the ability
to withstand wide temperature fluctuations. We also manufacture electronic
clocks which use our dichroic LCD devices. We believe that we are the only clock
manufacturer which has designed a line of clocks capable of serving all types of
aircraft.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
INDUSTRY REGULATION
 
    The aviation industry is highly regulated in the U.S. by the FAA, and in
other countries by similar agencies to ensure that aviation products and
services meet stringent safety and performance standards. We and our customers
are subject to these regulations. In addition, many customers impose their own
compliance and quality requirements on their suppliers. The FAA prescribes
standards and licensing requirements for aircraft components, issues Designated
Air Station ("DAS") authorizations, and licenses private repair stations. Our
subsidiaries hold various FAA approvals, which may only be used by the
subsidiary obtaining such approval.
 
    The FAA can authorize or deny authorization of many of the services and
products we provide. Any such denial would preclude our ability to provide the
pertinent service or product. If we failed to comply with applicable FAA
standards or regulations, the FAA could exercise a wide range of remedies,
including a warning letter, a civil penalty action, and suspension or revocation
of a certificate or approval.
 
    In July of 1997, the FAA notified us that our FAA-approved repair station
which holds DAS authorization did not fully comply with some of the requirements
for some of the FAA ratings that it held. The FAA granted us until September 10,
1997 to bring the facility into full compliance, and curtailed several
operations of the repair station (including prohibiting initiation of new DAS
projects) until it achieved full compliance. On August 28, 1997 the FAA
inspected the repair station and determined that it was in full compliance with
all FAA requirements applicable to Class III and Class IV Airframe ratings. The
FAA issued a revised Air Agency Certificate including those ratings, and removed
the operating restrictions, as of September 5, 1997.
 
    The FAA also has the power to issue cease and desist orders and orders of
compliance and to initiate court action for injunctive relief. In most
(nonemergency) cases, we would be permitted to continue making the products and
delivering the goods pending any available appeals, but would be required to
stop if the FAA eventually prevailed on appeal. If the FAA were to suspend or
revoke our certificates or approvals on an emergency basis, we would be obliged
to stop the manufacturing of products and delivering of services that require
such certificate or approval. If the FAA determines that noncompliance with its
standards creates a safety hazard, it can also order that the pertinent
component or aircraft immediately cease to be operated until the condition is
corrected. This could require that customers ground aircraft, or remove affected
components from aircraft currently in service, both of which are expensive
actions.
 
   
    Each type of aircraft operated by airlines in the United States must receive
an FAA type certificate ("TC"), generally held by the OEM, indicating that the
type design meets applicable airworthiness standards. When someone else develops
a major modification to an aircraft already type-certificated, that person must
obtain an FAA-issued Supplemental Type Certificate ("STC") for the modification.
Historically, we have obtained several hundred STCs, most of which we obtained
on behalf of our customers as part of our systems integration services. Some of
the STCs we obtain are or will eventually be transferred to our customers. As of
February 1, 1999, we own and/or manage slightly over 200 STCs. Many of these are
multi-aircraft certificates which apply to all of the aircraft of a single type.
We foresee the need to obtain additional STCs so that we can expand the services
we provide and the customers we serve.
    
 
   
    STCs can be issued to proposed aircraft modifications, directly by the FAA,
or on behalf of the FAA by one of the 31 holders of currently active DAS
authorizations (as of February 1, 1999). The FAA designates what types of STC
can be issued by each DAS holder. Our subsidiary Elsinore, as one of the 31, can
directly issue many of the STCs we and our customers require for our systems
integration operations. In many cases, this has increased the speed with which
we can obtain STCs and help bring our customers' systems to market.
    
 
    After obtaining an STC, a manufacturer must apply for a Parts Manufacturer
Approval ("PMA") from the FAA, or a supplement to an existing PMA, which permits
the holder to manufacture and sell
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
installation kits according to the approved design and data package. We have six
PMAs, and multiple supplements to each of our PMAs. In general, each initial PMA
is an approval of a manufacturing or modification facility's production quality
control system. Each supplement authorizes the manufacture of a particular part
in accordance with the requirements of the corresponding STC. We routinely apply
for and receive PMA supplements. In order to perform the actual installations of
a modification, we are also required to have FAA approval. This authority either
is specified in our PMAs and supplements, or in our repair station certificates.
In order for a company to perform most kinds of repair, engineering,
installation or other services on aircraft, its facility must be designated as
an FAA-authorized repair station. As of February 1, 1999, we had eight
authorized repair stations.
    
 
    In addition to its approval of design, production, and installation, the FAA
certifies personnel. Several of our engineering personnel have been certified by
the FAA to perform specific tasks related to the design, production, and
performance of aircraft modifications. Such certified personnel include
mechanics and repairmen. The FAA also delegates some of its oversight
responsibilities, such as testing and inspection responsibilities, to
FAA-certified Designated Engineering Representatives ("DERs"). We employ several
DERs who evaluate engineering design data packages, ensure compliance with
applicable FAA regulations, oversee product testing to ensure airworthiness, and
work with the FAA to obtain approvals of those data packages.
 
    U. S. military specification ("mil-spec") standards are frequently used by
both military and commercial customers in the aircraft industry to define and
control characteristics of a product. Through the use of a government Qualified
Parts List ("QPL") and Qualified Vendor's List ("QVL"), a customer may be
assured that a product or service has met all of the requirements set forth in
the mil-specs. Parts listed with a QPL allow others to reliably design parts to
interface with such parts as a result of the mil-spec standards used. We believe
that we hold more QPLs for our contact product line than any other manufacturer.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    Product line managers and our product engineering staff provide technical
sales support for our direct sales personnel and agents. We may also assign
responsibility for marketing, sales and/or services for certain key customers to
one of our senior executives. We have nine authorized distributors who purchase,
stock and resell several of our product lines.
 
    Our systems integration services are sold by sales managers on our staff who
are assigned to geographic territories. Because of the significant amount of
technical engineering work required in the sales process, our sales managers are
generally assisted by a support team of program management, installation and
engineering personnel. Each support team specializes in safety systems,
in-flight entertainment, or navigation systems. These support teams continue to
manage the project throughout the entire integration process.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
   
    We estimate that in 1998, we sold our products and services to about 1,300
customers. Our primary customers include aircraft and avionics OEMs, airlines,
aircraft component manufacturers and distributors, and aircraft repair and
modification companies. In 1998, on a pro forma basis, our two largest customers
were Boeing (including McDonnell Douglas) and Matsushita. Boeing accounted for
approximately 29.6%, and Matsushita for approximately 5.0%, of our 1998
consolidated pro forma revenues. In addition, a significant portion of our sales
of components also are sold to Boeing indirectly through our sales to suppliers
of Boeing.
    
 
    Historically, our systems integration operations have been affected by the
timing and magnitude of program awards, at times resulting in quarterly and
yearly fluctuations in revenue and earnings. We believe that we have reduced our
exposure to such fluctuations by developing capabilities in multiple specialties
such as safety systems, in-flight entertainment systems and navigation systems.
We have
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
secured orders for integration services in each of these targeted areas. The
timing and magnitude of program awards for systems integration services may make
other customers significant sources of nonrecurring income in a single year.
However, we believe that we will continue to be able to significantly offset
such year-to-year fluctuations with new contracts.
 
    Most of our sales to Boeing are pursuant to contracts which may be
terminated by Boeing at any time, and include various terms favorable to the
buyer. For example, one provides that we must extend to Boeing any reductions in
prices or lead times that we provide to other customers; and that we must match
other suppliers' price reductions of more than five percent, or else delete the
affected products from the contract. Another contract relieves Boeing from any
obligation to order products covered by the contract if Boeing's customers
request an alternate supplier, or our product is not technologically competitive
in Boeing's judgment, or Boeing changes the design of an aircraft so that our
products are no longer needed, or Boeing reasonably determines that we cannot
meet its requirements in the amounts and within the schedules it requires. Our
contracts with Boeing also generally grant Boeing an irrevocable non-exclusive
worldwide license to use our intellectual property rights (such as designs,
trade secrets and tooling) related to products sold to Boeing, if we default, or
suffer a bankruptcy filing, or transfer our manufacturing rights to a third
party.
 
    We generally sell components and services to Matsushita pursuant to purchase
orders. However, we do have one supply agreement with Matsushita for connectors,
through September 1999.
 
MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY CONTROL
 
    Many of our product lines use process-specific equipment and procedures that
have been custom-designed or fabricated to provide high-quality products at
relatively low cost. Some of our key product lines are vertically integrated,
which we believe improves our product performance, customer service and
competitive pricing.
 
    We have conducted programs to reduce costs including overhead expenses. In
some cases these programs have involved the use of proprietary equipment or
processes which have enabled us to reduce costs without reducing quality levels.
 
    Several of our key customers have developed their own design, product
performance, manufacturing process and quality system standards and require us
(and other suppliers) to comply with such standards. As a result, we have
developed and conducted comprehensive quality policies and procedures which meet
or exceed our customers' requirements. Many of our customers have recognized
formally the effectiveness of our quality programs by issuing quality approval
letters and awarding quality compliance certificates. In addition, some of our
customers have authorized our inspection personnel also to act as their
authorized quality representatives. That authorization enables us to ship
directly into the inventory stockrooms of these customers, eliminating the need
for inspection at the receiving end.
 
    We use sophisticated equipment and procedures to ensure the quality of our
products and to comply with mil-specs and FAA certification requirements. We
perform a variety of testing procedures, including environmental testing under
different temperature, humidity and altitude levels, shock and vibration testing
and X-ray fluorescent measurement. These procedures, together with other
customer approved techniques for document, process and quality control, are used
throughout our manufacturing facilities.
 
RAW MATERIALS AND COMPONENT PARTS
 
    The components we manufacture require the use of various raw materials
including gold, aluminum, copper, rhodium, plating chemicals and plastics. The
availability and prices of these materials may fluctuate. Their price is a
significant component in, and part of, the sales price of many of our products.
Although some of our contracts have prices tied to raw materials prices, we
cannot always recover increases in raw materials prices in our product sale
prices. We also purchase a variety
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
of manufactured component parts from various suppliers. Raw materials and
component parts are generally available from multiple suppliers at competitive
prices. However, any delay in our ability to obtain necessary raw materials and
component parts may affect our ability to meet customer production needs.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
 
    We have various trade secrets, proprietary information, trademarks, trade
names, patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights which we
believe are important to our business in the aggregate (but not individually).
 
COMPETITION
 
    We compete with a number of established companies that have significantly
greater financial, technological, manufacturing and marketing resources than
ours. We believe that our ability to compete depends on high product
performance, short lead-time and timely delivery, competitive price, and
superior customer service and support.
 
    The niche markets within the aircraft industry that we serve are relatively
fragmented, with several competitors for each of the products and services we
provide. Due to the global nature of the aircraft industry, competition in these
categories comes from both U.S. and foreign companies. However, we know of no
single competitor that offers the same range of products and services as those
we provide.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    Our principal competitors in contacts and connectors are large and
diversified corporations which produce a broad range of products. In other areas
we generally face a group of smaller companies and enterprises.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 CLASS OF PRODUCT                                   PRINCIPAL COMPETITORS
- ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>
 - cockpit audio,                                    - Becker Avionics, Inc.
   communications, lighting and power                - Crane ELDEC Corp.
   and control devices                               - Diehl GmbH & Co.
                                                     - Gables Engineering Inc.
                                                     - Page Aerospace, Inc.
 
 - electrical contacts                               - Amphenol Corporation
                                                     - Deutsch Engineered Connecting Devices (a division
                                                       of Deutsch Co.)
                                                     - ITT Cannon (a division of ITT Industries, Inc.)
 
 - auxiliary fuel systems and auxiliary power units  - Marshall Engineering
 
 - connectors                                        - AMP, Inc.
                                                     - ITT Cannon
                                                     - Radiall S.A.
 
 - entertainment and cabin management products       - Aerospace Lighting Corporation
                                                     - Baker Electronics
                                                     - DPI Labs
                                                     - Grimes Aerospace Company
                                                     - Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc.
                                                     - Pacific Systems Corporation
 
 - integration of cabin and flight deck avionics     - Electronic Cable Specialists ("ECS")
   systems                                           - Engineering departments of airlines
                                                     - Numerous independent airframe maintenance and
                                                       modification companies
 
 - dichroic LCD devices                              - Cristalloid, Inc.
</TABLE>
    
 
BACKLOG
 
   
    As of December 31, 1998, we had an aggregate sales order backlog of $115.1
million compared to $113.2 million as of December 31, 1997, all on a pro forma
basis. Orders are generally subject to cancellation by the customer prior to
shipment. The level of unfilled orders at any given date will be materially
affected by when we receive orders and how fast we fill them. Period-to-period
comparisons of backlog figures may not be meaningful. For that reason, our
backlogs do not necessarily accurately predict actual shipments or sales for any
future period.
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As of December 31, 1998, we had 1,451 employees (including 44 temporary
employees), of whom 206 were in engineering (including 4 temporary employees),
68 were in sales, 1,040 were in manufacturing operations (including 36 temporary
employees) and 137 were in finance and administration (including 4 temporary
employees). None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining
agreement, and we have not experienced any material business interruption as a
result of labor disputes since DeCrane Aircraft was formed. We believe that we
have a good relationship with our employees.
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
FACILITIES
 
    We lease most of our principal facilities, as described in the following
table.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               APPROX.      LEASE
LOCATION                                                         DESCRIPTION                   SQ. FT.   EXPIRATION
- -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>                                          <C>        <C>
Georgetown, DE.................................            Manufacturing facility                85,000        2041
El Segundo, CA.................................    Manufacturing and engineering facility        81,300        2005
Columbia, MD...................................      Manufacturing facility and offices          65,923        2007
Garden Grove, CA...............................    Manufacturing and engineering facility        58,300        2004
Stuart, FL.....................................      Manufacturing facility and offices          29,700        2008
Lugano, Switzerland............................            Manufacturing facility                28,000        2003
Hatfield, PA...................................    Manufacturing and engineering facility        27,500        2002
Lugano, Switzerland............................            Manufacturing facility                21,000        2001
Irvine, CA.....................................            Manufacturing facility                16,400        1999
Seattle, WA....................................               Storage facility                   10,000        2001
Wiltshire, United Kingdom......................            Manufacturing facility                 5,700        2013
El Segundo, CA.................................               Executive offices                   5,000        2004
Santa Barbara, CA..............................             Engineering facility                  3,500        2000
Seattle, WA....................................             Engineering facility                  3,200        1999
Santa Ana, CA..................................             Engineering facility                  1,300        1999
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    We also have a leased manufacturing facility of approximately 52,000 square
feet in Santa Fe Springs, CA, which expires in 2000, and that we have leased in
part to several subtenants. Additionally, we own a manufacturing and engineering
facility comprised of six buildings having an aggregate of 87,382 square feet in
Seattle, Washington (and additional leased rental office and vacant space
nearby, comprising another 34,229 square feet), and an 18,000 square foot
manufacturing and engineering facility in North Little Rock, Arkansas. We
believe that our properties are in good condition and are adequate to support
our operations for the foreseeable future.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    Our facilities and operations are subject to various federal, state, local,
and foreign environmental requirements, including those relating to discharges
to air, water, and land, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste,
and the cleanup of properties affected by hazardous substances. In addition,
some environmental laws, such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA"), similar state
laws, impose strict liability upon persons responsible for releases or potential
releases of hazardous substances. That liability generally is retroactive, and
may be separately asserted (as "joint and several" liability) against multiple
parties who have some relationship to a site or a source of waste. We have sent
waste to treatment, storage, or disposal facilities that have been designated as
National Priority List sites under CERCLA or equivalent listings under state
laws. We have received CERCLA requests for information or allegations of
potential responsibility from the Environmental Protection Agency regarding our
use of several of those sites. In addition, some of our operations are located
on properties which are contaminated to varying degrees.
 
    We have not incurred, nor do we expect to incur liabilities in any
significant amount as a result of the foregoing matters, because in these cases
other entities have been held primarily responsible, the levels of contamination
are sufficiently low so as not to require remediation, or we are indemnified
against such costs. In most cases, we do not believe that we have any material
liability for past waste disposal. However, in a few cases, we do not have
sufficient information to assess our potential liability, if any. It is
possible, given the retroactive nature of CERCLA liability, that we will from
time to time receive additional notices of potential liability, relating to
current or former activities.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    Some of our manufacturing processes create wastewater which requires
chemical treatment, and one of our facilities has been cited for failure to
adequately treat that water. The costs associated with remedying that failure
have been immaterial. See "--Legal Proceedings." We have been and are in
substantial compliance with environmental requirements. We believe that we have
no liabilities under environmental requirements, except for liabilities which
would we do not expect would likely have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. However, some risk of
environmental liability is inherent in the nature of our business, and we might
in the future incur material costs to meet current or more stringent compliance,
cleanup, or other obligations pursuant to environmental requirements. See "Risk
Factors--Environmental Risks and Regulations" and "Business--Legal Proceedings."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Our manufacturing facility in El Segundo, California, has received several
notices of violation related to its wastewater discharge permit, most recently
on June 18, 1998. We have taken various corrective measures. However, we
continue to experience difficulty in meeting the wastewater flow limitations
contained in its discharge permit and we are evaluating additional measures,
including seeking modification to our permit. We have installed new treatment
equipment. The cost for such installation, plus the anticipated cost of any
additional installations and/or outsourcing of the plating processes that create
the discharge, is not expected to be material. We do not believe that the
notices will result in any material sanctions. See "Risk Factors--Environmental
Risks and Regulations" and "Business--Environmental Matters."
 
    As part of its investigation of the crash off the Canadian coast on
September 2, 1998 of Swissair Flight 111, the Canadian Transportation Safety
Board ("TSB") notified us that they recovered burned wire which was attached to
the in-flight entertainment system installed on some of Swissair's aircraft by
one of our subsidiaries. Attorneys for families of persons who died aboard the
flight requested that we put our insurance carrier on notice of a potential
claim by those families, and we did so. The TSB has advised us that it has no
evidence that the system we installed malfunctioned or failed during the flight.
We are fully cooperating with the TSB investigation.
 
   
    On July 21, 1998, plaintiffs seeking to represent a purported class of our
stockholders filed in Delaware Chancery Court an action entitled TAAM
Associates, Inc. v. DeCrane, et al. against DeCrane Aircraft, our directors,
DLJ, Inc. and one of its affiliates. The compliant alleged, among other things,
that our directors had breached their fiduciary duties by entering into the
merger agreement with the DLJ affiliate (see "Recent Developments--The DLJ
Acquisition") without engaging in an auction or "active market check" and,
therefore, agreed to terms that were unfair and inadequate from the standpoint
of our stockholders. On July 24, 1998, the plaintiffs amended the complaint to
add allegations that the Schedule 14D-9 we filed with the SEC as part of the
tender offer and merger transaction contained various material misstatements or
omissions; that the termination fees to the affiliate of DLJ were unreasonable;
and that the directors who approved the DLJ acquisition had conflicts of
interest. The complaint sought among other things an injunction barring the
transaction, or damages plus attorneys' fees and litigation expenses. Without
admitting any wrongdoing in the action, in order to avoid the burden and expense
of further litigation, the defendants reached an agreement in principle with the
plaintiffs which contemplates settlement of the action. The foregoing defendants
and the plaintiffs entered into a memorandum of understanding under which the
parties, subject to selected facts being confirmed through discovery which has
not been completed, would enter into a settlement agreement subject to approval
by the Court of Chancery. That memorandum of understanding required that we make
several additional disclosures by filing an amendment to our Schedule 14D-9,
which we did, and provided for a complete release and settlement of all claims
arising out of the facts set forth in the complaint. The memorandum also
contemplates that plaintiffs' counsel will apply to the Court of Chancery for an
award of attorney's fees and litigation expenses in an amount not exceeding
$375,000, which application the defendants agreed not to oppose.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
    In August 1998, DeCrane Aircraft and R. Jack DeCrane, its chief executive
officer, were served in an action filed in state court in California by Robert
A. Rankin, claiming that he was due additional compensation in the form of stock
options, and claiming fraud, negligent misrepresentation and breach of contract
in connection therewith, fraudulent misrepresentation in violation of certain
provisions of the California Labor Code (for which doubled damages are sought),
promissory estoppel, and wrongful discharge in violation of public policy (as a
result of his allegations of improprieties in connection with the DLJ
acquisition transactions). The action seeks not less than $1.5 million plus
punitive damages and costs. The action is in its early stage of development and
discovery has not been completed. We intend to vigorously defend against the
claim. Mr. Rankin's employment with DeCrane Aircraft was terminated.
    
 
   
    Two of the subsidiaries of DeCrane Aircraft are defendants in an action
filed in federal court by American International Airways, Inc., relating to the
conversion and modification of two Boeing 747 aircraft from passenger to
freighter configuration. No specific amount of damages is sought. The events in
question occurred prior to our purchase of the relevant businesses from their
prior owner. DeCrane Aircraft and the two subsidiaries are indemnified for any
such liability and for the further cost of defense of the action. A third
subsidiary was named as a defendant but has been dismissed from the case without
prejudice.
    
 
   
    We are a party to a license agreement with McDonnell Douglas (now a part of
Boeing) pursuant to which we may request specified data in order to design and
market modifications to aircraft manufactured by McDonnell Douglas. Under the
agreement, we are to pay McDonnell Douglas a royalty of five percent of the net
sales price of all modifications sold by us, for which we have requested data
from McDonnell Douglas. We have requested data for a single modification, which
we believe is exempt from the agreement's provision requiring royalties. In
1996, McDonnell Douglas made a demand for $650,000 for royalties. We do not
believe that we are obligated to McDonnell Douglas in any amount. However, if
the claim is asserted, and if we are unsuccessful in defending it, we may be
required to pay royalties to McDonnell Douglas.
    
 
    We are party to other litigation incident to the normal course of business.
We do not believe that the outcome of any of such other matters in which we are
currently involved will have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning each person
who is currently a director or executive officer of DeCrane Holdings. Each
director also serves as a director of DeCrane Aircraft.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                           AGE                                POSITION
- ------------------------------------------     ---     ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>
Thompson Dean.............................         40  Chairman of the Board of Directors and President of DeCrane
                                                       Holdings
R. Jack DeCrane...........................         52  Director, and Chief Executive Officer of DeCrane Aircraft
Charles H. Becker.........................         52  President and Chief Operating Officer of DeCrane Aircraft
John R. Hinson............................         36  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of DeCrane
                                                       Aircraft
John F. Fort, III.........................         57  Director
Dr. Robert J. Hermann.....................         65  Director
Dr. Paul G. Kaminski......................         56  Director
Susan C. Schnabel.........................         37  Director
Timothy J. White..........................         37  Director and Secretary of DeCrane Holdings
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    R. JACK DECRANE is the founder of DeCrane Aircraft. Mr. DeCrane served as
President since it was founded in December 1989, until April 1993 when he was
elected to the newly-created office of Chief Executive Officer of DeCrane
Aircraft. Prior to founding our company, Mr. DeCrane held various positions at
the aerospace division of B.F. Goodrich. Mr. DeCrane was a Group Vice President
at the aerospace division of B.F. Goodrich with management responsibility for
three business units from 1986 to 1989.
    
 
   
    CHARLES H. BECKER has been President and Chief Operating Officer of DeCrane
Aircraft since April 1998. Mr. Becker previously served as Group Vice President
of Components of DeCrane Aircraft from December 1996 to April 1998, and
President of Tri-Star from December 1994 to April 1998. Prior to joining us, Mr.
Becker was President of the Interconnect Systems Division of Microdot, Inc. from
1984 to 1994.
    
 
   
    JOHN R. HINSON has been the Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
for DeCrane Aircraft since September 1998. From April 1998 to August 1998, he
served as Vice President, Planning & Business Development. From March 1995 to
March 1998, Mr. Hinson was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
for the Tri-Star Companies. From October 1991 to March 1995 he held various
positions, including Director of Finance and Director of Operations, at MiniMed,
Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Hinson was employed in financial positions by
Hewlett-Packard Company and Bankers Trust Company.
    
 
    THOMPSON DEAN has been the Managing Partner of DLJ Merchant Banking, Inc.
("DLJMB Inc."), since November 1996. Previously, Mr. Dean was a Managing
Director of DLJMB Inc. (and its predecessor). Mr. Dean serves as a director of
Commvault Inc., Von Hoffman Press, Inc., Manufacturer's Services Limited, Phase
Metrics, Inc., AKI Holding Corp. and Insilco Holding Corporation.
 
    JOHN F. FORT, III served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Tyco
International, Inc. from 1982 to December 1992, and as Chief Executive Officer
from 1982 to June 1992. Mr. Fort serves as a director of Tyco International,
Inc., Dover Corporation and Roper Industries.
 
    DR. ROBERT J. HERMANN is a Senior Partner of Global Technology Partners. Dr.
Hermann most recently served as Senior Vice President for Science and Technology
at United Technologies
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
Corporation and served in various other capacities at United Technologies
Corporation since 1982. Prior to joining United Technologies Corporation, Dr.
Hermann spent twenty years with the National Security Agency. In 1977 he was
appointed Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Communications,
Command, Control and Intelligence, and in 1979 was named Assistant Secretary of
the Air Force for Research, Development and Logistics and Director of the
National Reconnaissance Office.
 
    DR. PAUL G. KAMINSKI is a Senior Partner of Global Technology Partners. Dr.
Kaminski currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Technovation, Inc., a
consulting firm focusing on business strategy and advanced technology. Dr.
Kaminski served as U.S. Undersecretary of Defense for Acquisition and Technology
from October 1994 to 1997. Prior to that time, he served as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Technology Strategies and Alliances. Dr. Kaminski is a
former Chairman of the Defense Science Board and is currently a member of the
Senate Select Committee on Intelligence-Technical Advisory Group, the NRO
Advisory Council and the National Academy of Engineering. Dr. Kaminski is a
director of General Dynamics Corporation, Dyncorp, Eagle-Picher Technologies and
several privately held information technology companies.
 
    SUSAN C. SCHNABEL has been a Managing Director of DLJMB Inc. since January
1998. In 1997, she served as Chief Financial Officer of PETsMART, a high growth
specialty retailer of pet products and supplies. From 1990 to 1996, Ms. Schnabel
was with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, where she became a
Managing Director in 1996. Ms. Schnabel serves as a director of Dick's Clothing
and Sporting Goods, Environmental Systems Products and Wavetek Corporation.
 
    TIMOTHY J. WHITE has been a Vice President of DLJMB Inc. since June 1998.
From October 1994 to May 1998, Mr. White was an Associate and Vice President at
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. From May 1994 to October
1994, Mr. White was an Associate Counsel in the Office of the Independent
Counsel, United States Department of Justice. Prior to that time, Mr. White was
an attorney with Davis Polk & Wardwell.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
    The following table describes all annual compensation awarded to, earned by
or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the four-most highly compensated
executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION                            LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                      --------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
                                                          OTHER                  SECURITIES
                                                         ANNUAL     RESTRICTED   UNDERLYING               ALL OTHER
                                                       COMPENSATION    STOCK      OPTIONS/      LTIP     COMPENSATION
                        YEAR      SALARY      BONUS        (1)        AWARDS       SAR(2)      PAYOUT        (3)
                      ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
R. Jack DeCrane.....       1998  $ 281,761  $1,044,000  $  30,151                    50,000                  --
Chief Executive            1997    244,744    220,000      --                        50,000               $  29,411
Officer                    1996    206,600    146,000       7,813                    34,028                  --
and Director(4)
 
Charles H. Becker...       1998  $ 206,948  $ 160,000   $  14,678                    --                      --
President and Chief        1997    174,492    102,000       6,168                    15,000               $  18,000
Operating Officer(5)       1996    148,750     65,000       9,103                    19,850                  30,586
 
R.G. MacDonald(6)...       1998  $ 212,744  $ 107,000   $  20,260                    --                      --
                           1997    184,859    102,000      10,536                     4,000                  --
                           1996    177,437     82,000      13,200                    --                      --
 
John R. Hinson .....       1998  $ 136,155  $ 126,000   $   3,872                    --                      --
Chief Financial            1997    108,400     33,500       2,112                    --                      --
Officer and                1996     88,273     28,500       2,083                    --                      --
  Secretary
 
Robert A.                  1998  $ 131,115  $      --   $   9,856                    --                      --
  Rankin(7).........       1997    149,309    103,000       7,158                    15,000                  --
                           1996    139,375     65,000      12,838                    19,850                  --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Amounts paid by us for premiums on health, life and long-term disability
    insurance and automobile leases provided by us for the benefit of the named
    executive officer.
 
(2) Number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted
    during the last fiscal year.
 
(3) Relocation costs.
 
(4) Mr. DeCrane also served as Chairman of the Board of Directors through August
    1998.
 
   
(5) Mr. Becker served as Group Vice President of Components, and President of
    Tri-Star, through April 1998. Mr. Becker became President and Chief
    Operating Officer in April 1998.
    
 
   
(6) Mr. MacDonald served as President through December 1996 and Vice Chairman of
    the Board of Directors through August 1998.
    
 
   
(7) Mr. Rankin served as Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer until
    August 1998.
    
 
STOCK OPTION/SARS GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
   
    The following table sets forth individual grants of stock options granted to
the executive officers named below during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998, pursuant to the share incentive plan
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
then in place. (See "Employment Agreements and Compensation Arrangements--Former
Share Incentive Plan.").
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                              NUMBER OF                                                     VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                              SECURITIES                                                 ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                              UNDERLYING        % OF        EXERCISE OR                    PRICE APPRECIATION
                                               OPTIONS/      OPTIONS/SAR    BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION    ------------------------
NAME                                         SAR GRANTED       GRANTED       PER SHARE       DATE           5%          10%
- -------------------------------------------  ------------  ---------------  -----------  -------------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
 
R. Jack DeCrane............................       50,000            100%     $  16.875          2007    $      (1)  $        (1)
 
Charles H. Becker..........................      --             --
 
R.G. MacDonald.............................      --             --
 
John R. Hinson.............................      --             --
 
Robert A. Rankin...........................      --             --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) All options for the common stock of DeCrane Aircraft were cancelled, and the
    holders thereof were paid $23.00 per share, shortly after the grant of these
    options.
    
 
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
 
   
    The following table sets forth information about the stock options exercised
by the executive officers named below during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF        VALUE OF
                                                                   SECURITIES       UNEXERCISED
                                          SHARES                   UNDERLYING      IN-THE-MONEY
                                         ACQUIRED        VALUE     UNEXERCISED      OPTIONS/SAR
NAME                                    ON EXERCISE    REALIZED    OPTIONS/SAR     AT FY-END(1)
- ------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------  -------------  -----------------
 
                                                                  EXERCISABLE/     EXERCISABLE/
                                                                  UNEXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE
                                                                  -------------  -----------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>        <C>            <C>
 
R. Jack DeCrane.....................        --         $3,347,850 $    0/0       $      0/0
 
Charles H. Becker...................        --         $ 811,419       0/0              0/0
 
R.G. MacDonald......................            --     $1,299,422      0/0              0/0
 
John R. Hinson......................        --         $ 107,092       0/0              0/0
 
Robert A. Rankin....................        --         $ 811,419       0/0              0/0
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Based on the common stock share price of $23.00 per share as of August 28,
    1998, the measuring date.
    
 
    In August 1998, on the effective date of the mergers conducted as a part of
the DLJ acquisition, all outstanding options for the common stock of DeCrane
Aircraft were canceled. See "Recent Developments--The DLJ Acquisition". The
holders of all vested and unvested options received a cash payment determined,
for each option, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>        <C>
($23.00 per share--exercise price of      X          maximum number of shares holder could
option)                                              have purchased (if all options were
                                                     fully vested) by exercising option just
                                                     before the effective date.
</TABLE>
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS
 
   
    On July 17, 1998, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
DeCrane Aircraft approved an employment agreement between DeCrane Aircraft and
R. Jack DeCrane replacing his
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
prior employment agreement that was to expire on September 1, 1998. Mr.
DeCrane's employment agreement provides for various benefits, including:
 
    - an initial salary of $310,000, which is subject to annual review and
      increase, but not decrease;
 
    - an annual bonus ranging from 0% to 100% of Mr. DeCrane's annual base
      salary depending on the degree to which we achieve certain performance
      goals;
 
    - a $500,000 bonus in recognition of our then-recent acquisition of Avtech
      Corporation;
 
    - a $250,000 signing bonus;
 
    - options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock of DeCrane Aircraft at a
      price equal to the fair market value of the shares as of July 16, 1998
      (one-half of which were immediately exercisable; the rest became
      exercisable upon the completion of the DLJ acquisition);
 
    - a $150,000 cash continuation bonus payable on January 2, 1999, if employed
      by us on January 1, 1999.
 
    Mr. DeCrane's immediately exercisable options were cancelled in August 1998
and he received a cash payout in lieu of the options, calculated according to
the formula noted above, under "Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal
Year and FY-End Option/SAR Values."
 
    The employment agreement also provides that if certain change-of-control
events occur, and Mr. DeCrane's employment is terminated by us for any reason
(other than for cause (as defined in the agreement) or as a result of his death
or disability), or by Mr. DeCrane for good reason (as defined in the agreement),
then we will pay Mr. DeCrane a lump sum in cash within fifteen days. The amount
of that payment will be $1.00 less than three times the sum of Mr. DeCrane's
average base salary plus bonus for the five calendar years preceding his
termination date.
 
    FORMER SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
 
   
    We adopted a Share Incentive Plan in 1993 which permitted us to grant to our
eligible employees options to purchase shares of our common stock, shares of
common stock with conditional vesting based upon performance criteria, and
options to receive payments based on the appreciation of common stock, commonly
known as Share Appreciation Rights (or "SARs"). That plan permitted such grants
to be made to key employees of DeCrane Aircraft designated by a compensation
committee of the Board of Directors. As described above, all options to purchase
common stock outstanding in August 1998 were terminated when the DLJ acquisition
transactions were completed, and the holders received cash payments in exchange
for those options.
    
 
    DeCrane Holdings has indicated to us that it intends to give certain key
members of our management the opportunity to purchase an equity participation in
DeCrane Holdings pursuant to customary arrangements. However, these parties have
not entered into any agreement regarding such equity participation.
 
    1996 INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    In 1996 we introduced an incentive plan (the "1996 Incentive Plan") for our
management personnel tied to DeCrane Aircraft's and each operating unit's annual
budget as approved each year by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors. The 1996 Incentive Plan matrix provides for an annual bonus of up to
70% of participating employees' base salary if the relevant operating unit
achieves 110% of budget. Fifty percent of the bonus is payable solely based on
performance of the relevant operating unit and the remainder is payable upon the
achievement by the employee of his or her individual objectives in the
discretion of our Chief Executive Officer or the president of the relevant
operating unit.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Effective April 1992, we adopted the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Non-Standardized 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust Prototype Plan. The
401(k) allows employees as participants to defer, on a pre-tax basis, a portion
of their salary and accumulate tax deferred earnings, plus interest, as a
retirement fund. Effective October 1, 1997, we matched 25% of the employee
contribution up to 6% of the employee's salary for the fourth quarter of 1997
and each quarter of 1998. Effective January 1, 1999, we plan to match 50% of the
employee contribution for up to 6% of the employee's salary. The full amount
vested in a participant's account will be distributed to a participant following
termination of employment, normal retirement or in the event of disability or
death.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings does not compensate or intend to compensate its directors.
The directors of DeCrane Aircraft generally do not receive annual fees or fees
for attending meetings of DeCrane Aircraft of the Board of Directors or
committees thereof. However, John F. Fort, III, an independent director not
affiliated with any investor in DeCrane Holdings, receives a director's fee of
$5,000 for each meeting attended. Also, all directors are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses. We expect to continue those policies.
    
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
   
    All of the outstanding shares of common stock of DeCrane Aircraft are owned
by DeCrane Holdings. DeCrane Aircraft has no other class of stock outstanding.
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of DeCrane Holdings'
voting securities as of February 1, 1999 by its principal owners (and other
persons who we are required to mention, such as executive officers and
directors).
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   COMMON STOCK              14% SENIOR REDEEMABLE
                                                           -----------------------------  EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                                                           NUMBER OF                                DUE 2008
                                                            SHARES,                       ----------------------------
                                                           PARTIALLY                       NUMBER OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                               DILUTED(2)    PERCENTAGE(2)      SHARES       PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>                <C>          <C>
DLJMB Funds(3)...........................................   2,981,087             99%        340,000             99%
Thompson Dean(4).........................................      --             --                             --
DLJMB Inc.
  277 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10172
Susan C. Schnabel(4).....................................      --             --              --             --
DLJMB Inc.
  277 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10172
Timothy J. White(4)......................................      --             --              --             --
DLJMB Inc.
  277 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10172
Global Technology Partners, LLC(5).......................      --             --              --             --
  1300 I Street N.W.
  Washington, D.C.
Dr. Robert J. Hermann(5).................................       5,938         --                 714         --
c/o Global Technology Partners, LLC
  1300 I Street, N.W.
  Washington, D.C.
Dr. Paul G. Kaminski(5)..................................       5,938         --                 714         --
c/o Global Technology Partners, LLC
  1300 I Street, N.W.
  Washington, D.C.
John F. Fort, III........................................      --             --              --             --
R. Jack DeCrane..........................................      --             --              --             --
Charles H. Becker........................................      --             --              --             --
John R. Hinson...........................................      --             --              --             --
All directors and named executive officers as a group
  (9 persons)............................................      11,876         --               1,428         --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Each person who has the power to vote and direct the disposition of shares
    is deemed to be a beneficial owner of those shares.
 
   
(2) The common stock columns show number of shares owned and total percentage of
    ownership in the manner required by SEC rules. The entry for each holder of
    warrants assumes that the particular holder, and no-one else, fully
    exercises all rights under those warrants to purchase shares of common
    stock.
    
 
(3) Reflects 2,826,087 shares, and warrants for the issuance of an additional
    155,000 shares, held directly by DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P.
    ("DLJMB") and the following related
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    investors: DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II-A, L.P.; DLJ Offshore Partners
    II, C.V. ("Offshore"); DLJ Diversified Partners, L.P.; DLJ Diversified
    Partners-A, L.P.; DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P.; DLJ Millennium Partners-A,
    L.P.; DLJMB Funding II, Inc.; UK Investment Plan 1997 Partners, Inc. ("UK
    Partners"); DLJ EAB Partners, L.P.; DLJ First ESC L.P. and DLJ ESC II L.P.
    See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Plan of
    Distribution." The address of Offshore is John B. Gorsiraweg 14, Willemstad,
    Curacao, Netherlands Antilles. The address of UK Partners is 2121 Avenue of
    the Stars, Fox Plaza, Suite 3000, Los Angeles, California 90067. The address
    of each of the other persons is 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172.
 
(4) Messrs. Dean and White and Ms. Schnabel are officers of DLJMB Inc., an
    affiliate of DLJMB and DLJSC. The share data shown for these individuals
    excludes shares shown as held by the DLJMB Funds; Messrs. Dean and White and
    Ms. Schnabel disclaim beneficial ownership of those shares.
 
(5) Messrs. Hermann and Kaminski are members of Global Technology Partners, LLC
    ("GTP"). Six members of GTP, including Messrs. Hermann and Kaminski,
    acquired 20,098 shares of DeCrane Holdings common stock, and 2,417 shares of
    DeCrane Holdings 14% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock due
    2008, in a transaction negotiated with DeCrane Holdings. The share data
    shown for GTP and Messrs. Hermann and Kaminski excludes shares shown as held
    by the individual members; Messrs. Hermann and Kaminski disclaim beneficial
    ownership in any of the shares held by the other members.
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings is authorized to issue an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of
DeCrane Holdings Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 2,846,185 are
outstanding (excluding 305,000 reserved for issuance for outstanding warrants).
DeCrane Holdings is authorized to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of DeCrane
Holdings preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, in one or more series, of
which 342,417 are outstanding. For a full description of DeCrane Holdings'
capital stock, please review DeCrane Holdings' Certificate of Incorporation and
Certificate of Designation for its 14% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred
Stock due 2008. You can obtain a copy from us or from the exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "Where You Can
Obtain More Information" in the Summary.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    THE MERGER AGREEMENT.  The Merger Agreement entered into in connection with
the DLJ acquisition entitled DeCrane Holdings to designate a number of directors
proportionally commensurate with its stock ownership of DeCrane Aircraft.
DeCrane Holdings selected all of the current members of the Board of Directors
of DeCrane Aircraft. DLJMB or its designate selected all of the members of the
Board of Directors of DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
   
    THE DLJ ACQUISITION.  DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., an affiliate of DLJMB,
received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses in connection with the
arrangement and syndication of the bank credit facility and as a lender
thereunder. DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc., an affiliate of DLJMB, received customary
fees in connection with its commitment to purchase and its purchase of the
bridge notes. Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJSC"),
which is also an affiliate of DLJMB, acted as financial advisor and dealer
manager in connection with the tender offer, as arranger of the bank credit
facility and received customary fees for those services; DLJSC also acted as the
initial purchaser of the old notes. The aggregate amount of all fees payable to
the DLJ entities in connection with the DLJ acquisition is approximately $12.0
million. DeCrane Aircraft is also obligated to reimburse DLJSC for certain
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the tender offer
(including the fees and disbursements of outside counsel) and to indemnify DLJSC
against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the federal
securities laws. In addition, DeCrane Aircraft is obligated to pay DLJSC an
annual advisory fee of $300,000 beginning on the consummation of the tender
offer for a period of five years. We may from time to time enter into other
investment banking relationships with DLJSC or one of its affiliates pursuant to
which DLJSC or its affiliate will receive customary fees and will be entitled to
reimbursement for all reasonable disbursements and out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection therewith. We expect that any such arrangement will
include provisions for the indemnification of DLJSC against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the federal securities laws.
    
 
    THE INVESTORS AGREEMENT.  In connection with the DLJ acquisition, an
Investors' Agreement dated as of August 28, 1998 (the "Investors' Agreement")
was entered into among DeCrane Holdings and the DLJMB Funds. It provides that
any person acquiring shares of common stock or preferred stock of DeCrane
Holdings who is required by the terms of the Investors' Agreement or any
employment agreement or stock purchase, option, stock option or other
compensation plan of DeCrane Holdings to become a party thereto shall execute an
agreement to become bound by the Investors' Agreement and thereafter shall be
bound by it. The terms of the Investors' Agreement restrict transfers of the
shares of DeCrane Holdings common stock and preferred stock by the stockholders
party to the agreement. The agreement permits those shareholders to participate
in certain sales of shares of DeCrane Holdings' common stock by the DLJMB Funds
and permits the DLJMB Funds to require the other shareholders who are party to
the Investors Agreement to sell shares of DeCrane Holdings' common stock in
certain circumstances should the DLJMB Funds choose to sell any such shares
owned by them. The DLJMB Funds are entitled, pursuant to the agreement, to
request six demand registrations with respect to the DLJMB warrants for DeCrane
Holdings common stock, the common stock and preferred stock held by the funds,
which are immediately exercisable subject to customary deferral and cutback
provisions. In addition, the shareholders will also be entitled to unlimited
piggyback registration rights (other than in the case of a registration of
shares issuable in connection with any employee benefit plan or in connection
with an acquisition), subject to customary cutback provisions. The agreement
provides that DeCrane Holdings will indemnify the shareholders against certain
liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The
Investors' Agreement also provides that the DLJMB Funds have the right to
appoint all of the members of the Boards of Directors of DeCrane Holdings and
DeCrane Aircraft, and that at least one of such directors on each board will be
an independent director. Messrs. Hermann, Kaminski and Fort are independent
directors.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    Each warrant for DeCrane Holdings common stock held by the DLJMB funds
entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise
price of not less than $0.01 per share subject to customary antidilution
provisions and other customary terms. These warrants are exercisable at any time
prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on August 28, 2009, subject to applicable
federal and state securities laws.
 
    In connection with the DLJ acquisition, Global Technology Partners, LLC
("GTP") will have options to purchase up to 1.25% of DeCrane Holdings common
stock. The options will vest over a three-year period, subject to acceleration
if the DLJMB Funds sell any of their shares of common stock. Those options will
be exercisable at an exercise price equal to the price paid for DeCrane
Holdings' common stock by the DLJMB Funds. In addition, in December 1998 six
members of GTP, including Messrs. Hermann and Kaminski, purchased approximately
$704,000 of shares of newly issued common and preferred stock of DeCrane
Holdings. DeCrane Aircraft loaned half of the purchase price for such shares to
those members at an interest rate equal to the interest rate on the longest
maturity senior bank debt of DeCrane Aircraft in effect from time to time, plus
1.0%. The loans are repayable out of the proceeds from the sale of such stock
and are secured by such stock. DeCrane Holdings has indemnified GTP against
certain claims and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
   
    PRIOR SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  Pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated
Shareholders Agreement dated January 10, 1997 among DeCrane Aircraft, Nassau
Capital Partners, L.P., Brantley Venture Partners II, L.P., DSV Partners, IV,
Electra Investment Trust P.L.C., Electra Associates, Inc. and certain other
parties, and subject to election by the Company's stockholders, Nassau, Brantley
and DSV each had the right to nominate a representative to serve as a director
so long as the relevant stockholder owns at least five percent of the common
stock. The Shareholders Agreement also provided that Mr. DeCrane may nominate a
director for election by DeCrane Aircraft's stockholders for so long as he was
the Chief Executive Officer of DeCrane Aircraft. The Shareholders Agreement
ceased to be in effect upon consummation of the DLJ acquisition.
    
 
   
    WAIVERS AND EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES.  Effective immediately prior to our
initial public offering ("IPO"), certain of DeCrane Aircraft's then-existing
shareholders, including Nassau, Brantley, DSV and the Electra entities, and
holders of warrants for common stock, agreed to waive a number of rights under
the agreements by which such shareholders and warrant holders acquired such
rights from DeCrane Aircraft, releasing DeCrane Aircraft from certain dividend
payment requirements, voting requirements and certain other rights, as well as
eliminating certain negative and affirmative covenants contained therein.
    
 
   
    The foregoing agreement provided for: (i) the conversion of all 6,847,705
shares of issued and outstanding cumulative convertible preferred stock into
1,941,804 shares of common stock; (ii) the cashless exercise and conversion of
all 52,784 and 9,355 issued and outstanding of such preferred stock warrants and
common stock warrants, respectively, into a total of 16,585 shares of common
stock; (iii) the cashless exercise of 508,497 mandatorily redeemable common
stock warrants (the "Redeemable Warrants") into a total of 507,708 shares of
common stock; and (iv) the cancellation of 95,368 Redeemable Warrants. In
December 1997, DeCrane Aircraft issued an additional 16,918 shares of common
stock to the Electra entities and 33,825 shares to Nassau to resolve a disputed
calculation regarding the number of shares that should have been issued as part
of the conversions described above.
    
 
    Redeemable Warrants exercisable into 208,968 common shares remained after
the foregoing conversions. Of this amount, 138,075 Redeemable Warrants were
cancelled upon the consummation of the IPO and repayment of DeCrane Aircraft's
senior subordinated debt and convertible notes in accordance with the terms of
the respective warrant agreements. Redeemable Warrants exercisable into 70,893
common shares remained after the foregoing conversions, the IPO and application
of the net proceeds therefrom. Concurrent with the consummation of the IPO, the
mandatory redemption feature
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
of these warrants was terminated and, as a result, the value ascribed thereto
was reclassified to stockholders' equity as additional paid-in capital.
 
   
    Upon consummation of the IPO and as part of the foregoing conversions, R.G.
MacDonald, Charles H. Becker, Robert A. Rankin and John R. Hinson exchanged an
aggregate of 75,000 shares of preferred stock of DeCrane Aircraft for 21,268
shares of common stock.
    
 
   
    FORMER INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR.  In June 1997, DeCrane Aircraft extended its
Share Incentive Plan for employees to independent non-management directors of
DeCrane Aircraft who are not appointed to the Board pursuant to the Existing
Shareholders Agreement, and issued 6,000 options to Mitchell I. Quain, the only
director presently qualifying for such plan. Such options were cancelled and Mr.
Quain received a cash payment therefor in connection with the consummation of
the tender offer. See "Recent Developments--The DLJ Acquisition."
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
   
                            DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS
    
 
   
    The Warrants have been issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement between
DeCrane Holdings and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as warrant agent, a
copy of which is available as set forth above under the caption entitled "Where
You Can Get More Information" in the Summary. The following summary of certain
provisions of the Warrant Agreement does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Warrant Agreement, including the
definitions therein of certain terms used below.
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
    Each warrant, when exercised, will entitle the holder thereof to receive
1.55 fully paid and non-assessable shares of DeCrane Holdings common stock (the
"warrant shares"), at an exercise price of $23.00 per share, subject to
adjustment (the "exercise price"). The exercise price and the number of warrant
shares are both subject to adjustment in certain cases referred to below. The
holders of all of the warrants would be entitled, in the aggregate, to purchase
shares of common stock representing approximately 5% of common stock on a fully
diluted basis on the date of this Prospectus (assuming exercise of all
outstanding warrants, including the separately-issued DLJMB warrants). Unless
exercised, the warrants will automatically expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City
time on September 30, 2008 (the "Expiration Date").
    
 
   
    The warrants may be exercised by surrendering to us the warrant certificates
evidencing the warrants to be exercised with the accompanying form of election
to purchase properly completed and executed, together with payment of the
exercise price. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash in United
States dollars by wire transfer or by certified or official bank check to the
order of DeCrane Holdings. Upon surrender of the warrant certificate and payment
of the exercise price, we will deliver or cause to be delivered, to or upon the
written order of such holder, stock certificates representing the number of
whole warrant shares to which the holder is entitled. If less than all of the
warrants evidenced by a warrant certificate are to be exercised, a new warrant
certificate will be issued for the remaining number of warrants. Holders of
warrants will be able to exercise their warrants only if a registration
statement relating to the warrant shares underlying the warrants is then in
effect, or the exercise of such warrants is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, and such securities are qualified for sale
or exempt from qualification under the applicable securities laws of the states
in which the various holders of warrants or other persons to whom it is proposed
that warrant shares be issued on exercise of the warrants reside.
    
 
   
    No fractional warrant shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants.
DeCrane Holdings will pay to the holder of the warrant at the time of exercise
an amount in cash equal to the current market value of any such fractional
warrant shares less a corresponding fraction of the exercise price.
    
 
   
    The holders of the warrants will have no right to vote on matters submitted
to the stockholders of DeCrane Holdings and will have no right to receive
dividends. The holders of the warrants will not be entitled to share in the
assets of DeCrane Holdings in the event of liquidation, dissolution or the
winding up of DeCrane Holdings. In the event a bankruptcy or reorganization is
commenced by or against DeCrane Holdings, a bankruptcy court may hold that
unexercised warrants are executory contracts which may be subject to rejection
by DeCrane Holdings with approval of the bankruptcy court, and the holders of
the warrants may, even if sufficient funds are available, receive nothing or a
lesser amount as a result of any such bankruptcy case than they would be
entitled to if they had exercised their warrants prior to the commencement of
any such case.
    
 
   
    In the event of a taxable distribution to holders of DeCrane Holdings common
stock that results in an adjustment to the number of warrant shares or other
consideration for which a warrant may be exercised, the holders of the warrants
may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received a
    
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
   
distribution subject to United States federal income tax as a dividend. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations--Warrants."
    
 
   
ADJUSTMENTS
    
 
   
    The number of warrant shares purchasable upon exercise of the warrants and
the exercise price will be subject to adjustment in certain events including:
    
 
   
    - the payment by DeCrane Holdings of dividends and other distributions on
      the common stock in common stock,
    
 
   
    - subdivisions, combinations and reclassifications of the common stock,
    
 
   
    - the issuance to all holders of common stock of rights, options or warrants
      entitling them to subscribe for common stock or securities convertible
      into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, common stock at a price which is
      less than the Fair Market Value (as defined below) per share of common
      stock,
    
 
   
    - certain distributions to all holders of common stock of any of DeCrane
      Holdings' assets or debt securities or any rights or warrants to purchase
      any such securities (excluding those rights and warrants referred to in
      the preceding bullet point),
    
 
   
    - the issuance of shares of common stock for consideration per share less
      than the then Fair Market Value per share of common stock (excluding
      securities issued in transactions referred to in the first four bullet
      points above or the next bullet point below, and subject to certain
      exceptions),
    
 
   
    - the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for common
      stock for a conversion or exchange price plus consideration received upon
      issuance less than the then Fair Market Value per share of common stock at
      the time of issuance of such convertible or exchangeable security
      (excluding securities issued in transactions referred to in the first four
      bullet points above), and
    
 
   
    - certain other events that could have the effect of depriving holders of
      the warrants of the benefit of all or a portion of the purchase rights
      evidenced by the warrants. Adjustments to the exercise price will be
      calculated to the nearest cent. No adjustment need be made for any of the
      foregoing transactions if warrant holders are to participate in the
      transaction on a basis and with notice that the Board of Directors
      determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice and
      on which other holders of common stock participate in the transaction.
    
 
   
The following defined terms are used above:
    
 
   
      "FAIR MARKET VALUE" per security, at any date of determination, means
    
 
   
           (1) in connection with a sale to a party that is not an affiliate of
       DeCrane Holdings in an arm's-length transaction (a "Non-Affiliate Sale"),
       the price per security at which such security is sold, and
    
 
   
           (2) in connection with any sale to an affiliate of DeCrane Holdings,
    
 
   
               (a) the last price per security at which such security was sold
           in a Non-Affiliate Sale within the three-month period preceding such
           date of determination or
    
 
   
               (b) if clause (a) is not applicable, the fair market value of
           such security determined in good faith by (i) a majority of the board
           of directors of DeCrane Holdings, including a majority of the
           Disinterested Directors (as defined below), and approved in a board
           resolution delivered to the warrant agent or (ii) a nationally
           recognized investment banking, appraisal or valuation firm, which is
           not an affiliate of DeCrane Holdings, in each case, taking into
           account, among all other factors deemed relevant by the board of
    
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
   
           directors or such investment banking, appraisal or valuation firm,
           the trading price and volume of such security on any national
           securities exchange or automated quotation system on which such
           security is traded.
    
 
   
      "DISINTERESTED DIRECTOR" means, in connection with any issuance of
      securities that gives rise to a determination of the Fair Market Value
      thereof, each member of the board of directors of DeCrane Holdings who is
      not an officer, employee, director or other Affiliate of the party to whom
      DeCrane Holdings is proposing to issue the securities giving rise to such
      determination.
    
 
   
    No adjustment in the exercise price will be required unless such adjustment
would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1.0%) in the
exercise price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any adjustment that is not made will be
carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. In the case
of certain consolidations or mergers of DeCrane Holdings, or the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of DeCrane Holdings to another corporation,
    
 
   
        (i) each warrant will thereafter be exercisable for the right to receive
    the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to
    which such holder would have been entitled as a result of such
    consolidation, merger or sale had the warrants been exercised immediately
    prior thereto, and
    
 
   
        (ii) the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
    (if other than the Company) or to which such sale shall have been made will
    assume the obligations of DeCrane Holdings under the Warrant Agreement.
    
 
   
RESERVATION OF SHARES
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings has authorized and reserved for issuance and will at all
times reserve and keep available such number of shares of common stock as will
be issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding warrants. Such shares of common
stock, when paid for and issued, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable, free of preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens,
charges and security interests with respect to the issuance thereof.
    
 
   
AMENDMENT
    
 
   
    From time to time, DeCrane Holdings and the warrant agent, without the
consent of the holders of the warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant
Agreement for certain purposes, including curing defects or inconsistencies or
making any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights of any holder.
Any amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that adversely affects the
legal rights of the holders of the warrants will require the written consent of
the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants (excluding warrants
held by DeCrane Holdings or any of its affiliates). The consent of each holder
of the warrants affected will be required for any amendment pursuant to which
the exercise price would be increased or the number of warrant shares
purchasable upon exercise of warrants would be decreased (other than pursuant to
adjustments provided in the Warrant Agreement).
    
 
   
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
    Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Warrant
Agreement and Warrant Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to
DeCrane Aircraft at 2361 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 180, El Segundo, California
90245.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
   
                    DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HOLDINGS
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings is authorized to issue an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of
common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 2,846,185 are outstanding
(excluding 305,000 reserved for issuance for outstanding warrants, including the
warrants). DeCrane Holdings is authorized to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, in one or more series, of which
342,417 are outstanding. See "--Preferred Stock." The following is a summary of
certain of the rights and privileges pertaining to the common stock and
preferred stock. For a full description of the capital stock, reference is made
to DeCrane Holdings' Certificate of Incorporation currently in effect, a copy of
which is available from DeCrane Holdings. See "Where You Can Get More
Information" in the Summary.
    
 
   
COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
    VOTING RIGHTS
    
 
   
    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters submitted for action by the shareholders. There is no provision for
cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, the
holders of more than 50% of the shares of common stock can, if they choose to do
so, elect the board of directors and determine most matters on which
stockholders are entitled to vote. Pursuant to the Investors' Agreement, the
shareholders who are party to such agreement have agreed to vote their shares to
cause the DLJMB Funds to select all six of DeCrane Holdings' directors. See
"Certain Relationships and Transactions--The DLJ Acquisition."
    
 
   
    DIVIDEND RIGHTS
    
 
   
    Holders of common stock are entitled to share equally, share for share, if
dividends are declared on common stock, whether payable in cash, property or
securities of DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
   
    LIQUIDATION RIGHTS
    
 
   
    In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of DeCrane Holdings, after payment has been made from the funds
available therefore to the holders of preferred stock, if any, for the full
amount to which they are entitled, the holders of the shares of common stock are
entitled to share equally, share for share, in the assets available for
distribution. Holders of common stock have no conversion, redemption or
preemptive rights.
    
 
   
PREFERRED STOCK
    
 
   
    The board of directors of DeCrane Holdings has authorized the designation of
1,360,000 shares of 14% Senior Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock due 2009,
par value $0.01 per share ("DeCrane Holdings preferred stock"), of which 342,417
shares have been issued and are outstanding. Holders of the DeCrane Holdings
preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board
of directors, dividends at a rate equal to 14% per annum, subject to increases
of 0.25% for each quarter that no dividend is paid (up to a maximum of an
additional 5%). Prior to September 30, 2003, dividends are not paid in cash but
instead accrete in liquidation value. Shares have a liquidation preference of
$100 (subject to increase through accretion) plus accrued and unpaid cash
dividends. The DeCrane Holdings preferred stock is mandatorily redeemable on
August 28, 2009 and is redeemable at DeCrane Holdings' option:
    
 
   
        (i) prior to September 30, 2001 with the net cash proceeds of public
    equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 114% of liquidation value
    plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends,
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
   
    - on or after September 30, 2003, at a redemption price equal to the 107% of
      liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends,
    
 
   
    - on or after September 30, 2004 at a redemption price of 104.667% of
      liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends,
    
 
   
    - on or after September 30, 2005 at a redemption price of 102.333% of
      liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends,
    
 
   
    - on or after September 30, 2006 at a redemption price of 100.000% of
      liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends, or
    
 
   
    - in the event of a change of control (as defined), at a redemption price
      equal to the present value of all remaining dividends, premium and
      liquidation value payments that would become due on the DeCrane Holdings
      preferred stock as if the DeCrane Holdings preferred stock was to remain
      outstanding and be redeemed on September 30, 2003, computed using a
      discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.
    
 
   
    Upon the occurrence of a change of control, each holder will have the right
to require DeCrane Holdings to repurchase all or any part of such holder's
DeCrane Holdings preferred stock at an offer price equal to 101% of the
liquidation preference thereof plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends. Holders
of the DeCrane Holdings preferred stock are not entitled to voting rights;
PROVIDED that DeCrane Holdings has agreed that it will not amend or modify its
charter so as to adversely affect the holders of the DeCrane Holdings preferred
stock or create, authorize or issue securities prior to or on a par with the
DeCrane Holdings preferred stock without the consent of the holders thereof. In
addition, if and whenever
    
 
   
    - four consecutive or any six quarterly dividend payments are not made,
    
 
   
    - DeCrane Holdings fails to fulfill its obligations to redeem the DeCrane
      Holdings preferred stock on August 28, 2009 or in the event of a change of
      control,
    
 
   
    - DeCrane Holdings makes any payments on the Common Stock or other security
      ranking junior to or on parity with the DeCrane Holdings preferred stock
      in violation of the Certificate of Designations, or
    
 
   
    - DeCrane Holdings amends its charter or creates parity or prior securities
      in violation of the Certificate of Designations,
    
 
   
the number of directors will be increased by two and the holders of the DeCrane
Holdings preferred stock will be entitled to elect the additional directors
until such violation is remedied.
    
 
   
    We may, at our option, at any time on any dividend payment date so long as
no shares are held by any DLJMB Fund or its affiliates, exchange the shares of
DeCrane Holdings preferred stock for 14% senior subordinated exchange debentures
of DeCrane Holdings due September 30, 2009. Those exchange debentures will be
subordinated to all senior debt of DeCrane Holdings and will contain customary
covenants and events of default, including covenants that limit the ability of
DeCrane Holdings and its subsidiaries to incur debt, pay dividends and make
certain investments.
    
 
   
    In addition, we may issue additional shares of preferred stock from time to
time in one or more series and with such designations and preferences for each
series as shall be stated in the resolutions providing for the designation and
issue of each such series adopted by our board of directors. The board of
directors is authorized by our Certificate of Incorporation to determine the
voting, dividend, redemption and liquidation preferences and limitations
pertaining to such series. The board of directors, without shareholder approval,
may issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely
affect the voting power of the holders of the common stock and could have
certain antitakeover effects. We have no present plans to issue any additional
shares of preferred stock. The
    
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
   
ability of the board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder
approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of DeCrane Holdings or the removal of existing management.
    
 
   
SECTION 203 OF DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
    
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings is a Delaware corporation and subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 prevents an "interested
stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a
corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business
combination" (as defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years following
the date such person became an interested stockholder, subject to certain
exceptions such as transactions done with the approval of the board of directors
and of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting
stock not owned by the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision
would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect, including possibly
discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market
price for the shares of DeCrane Holdings common stock.
    
 
   
DLJMB WARRANTS
    
 
   
    Each DLJMB warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of
common stock of DeCrane Holdings at an exercise price of not less than $0.01 per
share subject to customary antidilution provisions (which differ in certain
respects than those contained in other warrants) and other customary terms. The
DLJMB warrants are exercisable at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on August 28, 2009. The exercise of the DLJMB warrants also is subject to
applicable federal and state securities laws.
    
 
   
    The DLJMB Funds are entitled to request six demand registrations with
respect to the DLJMB warrants (together with all or any portion of any preferred
stock and the common stock owned by them), which rights will be immediately
exercisable, subject to customary deferral and cutback provisions. In addition,
the holders of the DLJMB warrants are entitled to unlimited piggyback
registration rights with respect to such warrants, subject to customary cutback
provisions.
    
 
   
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
    
 
   
    The transfer agent and registrar for the DeCrane Holdings common stock is
the Secretary of DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
   
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
    
 
   
    This section is a summary of certain federal income tax considerations
relevant to the offered securities. It is not a complete analysis of all
potential tax effects. We have not considered foreign or state taxes, gift taxes
or gift taxes (among other things), and your individual tax liabilities and
consequences also depend on your own circumstances. We based this summary on
U.S. federal tax law, regulations, pronouncements and judicial decisions now in
effect. All of the laws and rules may change, and changes can be made
retroactively as well.
    
 
   
    YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
YOU OF PARTICIPATING IN THIS EXCHANGE OFFER.
    
 
   
    As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of an
offered security that for United States federal income tax purposes is (i) a
citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political
subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United
States federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a
court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
    
 
   
    "Non-U.S. Holder" means an owner of an offered security that is, for United
States federal income tax purposes, (i) a nonresident alien individual, (ii) a
foreign corporation, (iii) a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or
trust or (iv) a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is a
nonresident alien individual, a foreign corporation or a nonresident alien
fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.
    
 
   
U.S. HOLDERS
    
 
   
    A U.S. Holder will generally not recognize any gain or loss upon exercise of
any warrants (except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional
warrant share). A U.S. Holder will have an initial tax basis in the warrant
shares received on exercise of the warrants equal to the sum of its tax basis in
the warrants and the aggregate cash exercise price, if any, paid in respect of
such exercise. A U.S. Holder's holding period in such warrant shares will
commence on the day after the warrants are exercised.
    
 
   
    If a warrant expires without being exercised, a U.S. Holder will recognize a
capital loss in an amount equal to its tax basis in the warrant. Upon the sale
or exchange of a warrant, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize a capital gain
or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized on such
sale or exchange and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such warrant. Such capital
gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of such sale
or exchange, the warrant has been held for more than one year.
    
 
   
    Under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Holder of a warrant
may be deemed to have received a constructive distribution from the issuer,
DeCrane Holdings, which may result in the inclusion of ordinary dividend income,
in the event of certain adjustments to the number of warrant shares to be issued
on exercise of the warrant.
    
 
   
    BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
    
 
   
    Certain noncorporate U.S. Holders may be subject to backup withholding at a
rate of 31% on payments (including OID) received with respect to, and the
proceeds of a disposition of, a Note or dividends received with respect to, and
the proceeds of a disposition of, warrant shares. Backup withholding will apply
only if the U.S. Holder (i) fails to furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number
("TIN") which, in the case of an individual, is his or her Social Security
Number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that it
has failed to properly report payments of interest or
    
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
   
dividends or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to certify, under penalty
of perjury, that it has furnished a correct TIN and has not been notified by the
IRS that it is subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders should consult their
tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption from backup withholding
and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption if applicable. The amount of
any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder is not an additional tax
and is allowable as a credit against such U.S. Holder's United States federal
income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, PROVIDED that
the required information is furnished to the IRS.
    
 
   
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
    
 
   
    Under present United States federal tax law, and subject to the discussion
below concerning backup withholding:
    
 
   
    (a) Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of warrant shares (and, after
December 31, 1999, any deemed dividends resulting from certain adjustments to
the number of warrant shares to be issued on exercise of a warrant) generally
will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
    
 
   
    (b) A Non-U.S. Holder of a warrant or warrant shares will not be subject to
United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of such warrant or warrant shares, unless
    
 
   
       (i) such holder is an individual who is present in the United States for
    183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and either the gain
    is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by
    such individual in the United States or, generally, such individual has a
    "tax home" in the United States,
    
 
   
       (ii) such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's
    conduct of a trade or business in the United States or
    
 
   
       (iii) the warrant or warrant share was a "United States Real Property
    Interest" as defined in Section 897(c)(1) of the Code at any time during the
    five year period prior to the sale or exchange or at any time during the
    time that the Non-U.S. Holder held such warrant or warrant share, whichever
    time was shorter.
    
 
   
A warrant or warrant share would be a United States Real Property Interest only
if, at any time during the five years prior to the sale or exchange of such
warrant or warrant share, or at any time during the period that the Non-U.S.
Holder held such warrant or warrant share, whichever time was shorter, DeCrane
Holdings had been a "United States real property holding corporation" as defined
in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the Non-U.S. Holder directly or
constructively had owned more than 5% of such series of common stock. We do not
believe that the foregoing was or is likely to become the case regarding DeCrane
Holdings.
    
 
   
    (c) An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is treated as the owner of, or has
made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in a warrant or warrant shares
will be required to include the value thereof in his gross estate for U.S.
federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
    
 
   
    Currently, for purposes of determining whether tax is to be withheld at a
30% rate or at a reduced treaty rate, we ordinarily will presume that dividends
paid on or before December 31, 1999 to an address in a foreign country are paid
to a resident of such country, unless we know that such presumption is not
warranted. Under Treasury Regulations effective for payments after December 31,
1999, Non-U.S. Holders will be required to satisfy certain applicable
certification requirements to claim treaty benefits.
    
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
   
    If a Non-U.S. Holder of a warrant or warrant share is engaged in a trade or
business in the United States, and if dividends with respect to warrant shares
or gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of warrants or
warrant shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or
business, the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax
discussed in the preceding paragraphs, will generally be subject to regular
United States income tax on such effectively connected income in the same manner
as if it were a U.S. Holder. See "--U.S. Holders" above. In lieu of the
certificate described in the preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required
to provide to the withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form 4224 (or, on or
after January 1, 2000, a Form W-8) to claim an exemption from withholding tax.
In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject
to a 30% branch profits tax (unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable
treaty) on its earnings and profits for the taxable year attributable to such
effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments.
    
 
   
    BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
    
 
   
    Backup withholding (described above under "--U.S. Holders--Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting") generally will not apply to dividends
paid on or before December 31, 1999 to a Non-U.S. Holder at an address outside
the United States, PROVIDED that DeCrane Holdings or its paying agent does not
have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States person. Under Treasury
Regulations effective for payments made after December 31, 1999, however, a
Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding unless applicable
certification requirements are met.
    
 
   
    Under current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of a warrant or warrant share made to or through a foreign office of
a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding. However, if such
broker is
    
 
   
    - a United States person,
    
 
   
    - a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax
      purposes,
    
 
   
    - a foreign person 50 percent or more of whose gross income is effectively
      connected with a United States trade or business for a specified
      three-year period or
    
 
   
    - in the case of payments made after December 31, 1999, a foreign
      partnership with certain connections to the United States,
    
 
   
then information reporting (but not backup withholding) will be required unless
the broker has in its records documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is
not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the
beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may
apply to any payment that such broker is required to report if the broker has
actual knowledge that the payee is a United States person. Payments to or
through the United States office of a broker will be subject to backup
withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies, under
penalties of perjury, that it is not a United States person or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
    
 
   
    Non-U.S. Holders of warrants or warrant shares should consult their tax
advisers regarding the application of information reporting and backup
withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption
therefrom, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available. Any
amount withheld from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder under the backup withholding
rules is not an additional tax and is allowable as a credit against such
holder's United States federal income tax liability, if any, or may entitle such
holder to a refund, if the required information is furnished to the IRS.
    
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
   
    This Prospectus is to be used in connection with offers and sales of the
offered securities by the holders thereof from time to time. DLJSC may act as a
principal or agent for one party when acting as principal or as agent for both
parties, and may receive compensation in the form of discounts and commissions,
including from both parties when it acts as agent for both. Those sales will be
made at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related thereto
or at negotiated prices.
    
 
   
    DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMB") and certain of its
affiliates beneficially own approximately 94% of the common stock of DeCrane
Holdings. Thompson Dean, Susan C. Schnabel and Timothy J. White, each of whom is
a principal of DLJMB, are members of the Board of Directors of DeCrane Holdings.
DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. acted as syndication agent in connection with the bank
credit facility of DeCrane Aircraft, for which it received certain customary
fees and expenses. DLJ Bridge Finance Inc. purchased the bridge notes which were
refinanced by the initial offering of old notes, for which it received customary
fees and expenses. DLJSC acted as dealer/manager in connection with the tender
offer in the DLJ acquisition, as arranger in connection with the bank credit
facility, and as the initial purchaser of the old notes, and is the financial
advisor to DeCrane Holdings and DeCrane Aircraft. See "Recent Developments--The
DLJ Acquisition." DLJMB, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. and DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.
are affiliates of DLJSC.
    
 
   
    We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the warrants or any
warrant shares.
    
 
   
    DLJSC has, from time to time, provided investment banking and other
financial advisory services to us, for which it has received customary
compensation, and will provide such services and financial advisory services to
us in the future. DLJSC was the initial purchaser in the initial offering of the
old notes and received an underwriting discount of approximately $3.3 million in
connection therewith. See "Certain Relationships and Transactions."
    
 
   
    We have entered into a Warrant Registration Rights Agreement with DLJSC
regarding the use by DLJSC of this Prospectus. Pursuant to such agreement, we
have agreed to bear all registration expenses incurred under that agreement, and
to indemnify DLJSC against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
    The validity of the warrants offered hereby will be passed upon for DeCrane
Holdings by Spolin & Silverman LLP, Santa Monica, California.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1998 and the consolidated
statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows for the four
months ended December 31, 1998 of DeCrane Holdings Co., the consolidated balance
sheet as of December 31, 1997 and the consolidated statements of operations, of
stockholders' equity and of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997 and the eight months ended August 31, 1998 of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings,
Inc., the balance sheets as of September 30, 1996 and 1997 and the statements of
income, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 1997 of Avtech Corporation, and the consolidated
balance sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the consolidated statements of
operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows for the years then ended
of PATS, Inc. included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on
the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
  Reports of Independent Accountants.......................................................................        F-2
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 (predecessor) and 1998...............................        F-4
 
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
    the eight months ended August 31, 1998 (predecessor) and the four months ended
    December 31, 1998......................................................................................        F-5
 
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
    the eight months ended August 31, 1998 (predecessor) and the four months ended December 31, 1998.......        F-6
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
    the eight months ended August 31, 1998 (predecessor) and the four months ended
    December 31, 1998......................................................................................        F-8
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................        F-9
 
AVTECH CORPORATION
 
  Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................       F-45
 
  Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1996 and 1997 and June 25, 1998 (unaudited)...........................       F-46
 
  Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended June
    30, 1997 and June 25, 1998 (unaudited).................................................................       F-47
 
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine
    months ended June 25, 1998 (unaudited).................................................................       F-48
 
  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the nine months ended
    June 30, 1997 and June 25, 1998 (unaudited)............................................................       F-49
 
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................       F-50
 
PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
  Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................       F-57
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and December 31, 1998 (unaudited)...............       F-58
 
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended
    December 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited).................................................................       F-59
 
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the six
    months ended December 31, 1998 (unaudited).............................................................       F-60
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended
    December 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited).................................................................       F-61
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................       F-62
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
DeCrane Holdings Co.
    
 
   
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DeCrane
Holdings Co. and its subsidiary at December 31, 1998 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the four months ended December 31, 1998, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
    
 
   
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 19, 1999
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
DeCrane Aircraft Holdings Inc.
    
 
   
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DeCrane
Aircraft Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1997 and the eight months ended August 31, 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
    
 
   
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 19, 1999
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER
                                                                                 31,
                                                                                1997      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             (PREDECESSOR)     1998
                                                                             -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $     206    $    3,518
  Accounts receivable, net.................................................      18,152        30,441
  Inventories..............................................................      25,976        34,281
  Deferred income taxes....................................................      --             4,300
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................         782         3,897
                                                                             -----------  ------------
    Total current assets...................................................      45,116        76,437
Property and equipment, net................................................      14,054        28,160
Other assets, principally intangibles, net.................................      39,967       226,473
                                                                             -----------  ------------
      Total assets.........................................................   $  99,137    $  331,070
                                                                             -----------  ------------
                                                                             -----------  ------------
LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term borrowings....................................................   $     568    $      283
  Current portion of long-term obligations.................................         858         1,529
  Accounts payable.........................................................       8,032         6,383
  Accrued expenses.........................................................       6,911        18,272
  Income taxes payable.....................................................       3,975         3,743
                                                                             -----------  ------------
    Total current liabilities..............................................      20,344        30,210
                                                                             -----------  ------------
Long-term liabilities
  Long-term obligations....................................................      37,412       184,953
  Deferred income taxes....................................................       1,758        16,990
  Other long-term liabilities..............................................          96           659
                                                                             -----------  ------------
    Total long-term liabilities............................................      39,266       202,602
                                                                             -----------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)....................................      --            --
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.....................................      --            35,884
                                                                             -----------  ------------
Stockholders' equity
  Cumulative convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, 8,314,018 shares
    authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1997; none
    authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1998.............      --            --
  Undesignated preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 and 1,140,000
    shares authorized as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively; none
    issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1997 and 1998................      --            --
  Common stock, no par value, 4,253,550 shares authorized; none issued and
    outstanding as of December 31, 1997; none authorized, issued and
    outstanding as of December 31, 1998....................................      --            --
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 9,924,950 and 3,500,000 shares authorized
    as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively; 5,318,563 and 2,846,185
    shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1997 and 1998,
    respectively...........................................................          53            28
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................      51,057        64,992
  Notes receivable for shares sold.........................................      --              (352)
  Accumulated deficit......................................................     (11,444)       (2,568)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)............................        (139)          274
                                                                             -----------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.............................................      39,527        62,374
                                                                             -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
        stockholders' equity...............................................   $  99,137    $  331,070
                                                                             -----------  ------------
                                                                             -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           EIGHT
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER     MONTHS
                                                          31,              ENDED     FOUR MONTHS
                                                  --------------------  AUGUST 31,      ENDED
                                                                           1998       DECEMBER
                                                    1996       1997     (PREDECESSOR)  31, 1998
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Revenues........................................  $  65,099  $ 108,903   $  90,077    $  60,356
Cost of sales...................................     49,392     80,247      60,101       42,739
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Gross profit..............................     15,707     28,656      29,976       17,617
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Operating expenses
  Selling, general and administrative
    expenses....................................     10,747     15,756      15,719       10,274
  Nonrecurring charges..........................     --         --           3,632       --
  Amortization of intangible assets.............        709        905       1,347        3,148
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses....................     11,456     16,661      20,698       13,422
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Income from operations..........................      4,251     11,995       9,278        4,195
 
Other expenses
  Interest expense..............................      4,248      3,154       2,350        6,867
  Terminated debt offering expenses.............     --         --             600       --
  Other expenses................................        108        243         247          335
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
  and extraordinary item........................       (105)     8,598       6,081       (3,007)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes............        712      3,344       2,892       (2,668)
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.........       (817)     5,254       3,189         (339)
 
Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing, net of
  income tax benefit............................     --          2,078      --            2,229
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...............................  $    (817) $   3,176   $   3,189    $  (2,568)
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         COMMON STOCK
                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                                                                        ACCUMULATED
                                               NO PAR VALUE      $.01 PAR VALUE                                            OTHER
                                CUMULATIVE    ---------------   -----------------                   NOTES                 COMPRE-
                                CONVERTIBLE   NUMBER             NUMBER             ADDITIONAL   RECEIVABLE    ACCUM-     HENSIVE
                                 PREFERRED      OF                 OF                PAID-IN     FOR SHARES    ULATED     INCOME
PREDECESSOR:                       STOCK      SHARES   AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL       ISSUED     DEFICIT     (LOSS)
- ------------------------------  -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
<S>                             <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
  Balance, December 31,
    1995......................   $  5,549     85,593   $  58       --       $--      $ --         $  --       $ (7,807)    $ 503
  Comprehensive loss
    Net loss..................     --           --      --         --       --         --            --           (817)    --
    Translation adjustment....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          --         (382)
  Adjustment to estimated
    redemption value of
    mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants.....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --         (4,320)    --
  Issuance of cumulative
    convertible preferred
    stock, net................      8,301       --      --         --       --         --            --          --        --
  Mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants
    issued pursuant to anti-
    dilution provisions.......     --           --      --         --       --         --            --             (7)    --
  Stock option compensation
    expense...................     --           --       158       --       --         --            --          --        --
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
  Balance, December 31,
    1996......................     13,850     85,593     216       --       --         --            --        (12,951)      121
  Comprehensive income
    Net income................     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          3,176     --
    Translation adjustment....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          --         (260)
 
  Delaware reorganization and
    reverse stock split.......     --         (85,593)  (216)      85,593     1           215        --          --        --
  Adjustment to estimated
    redemption value of
    mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants.....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --         (2,203)    --
 
<CAPTION>
 
PREDECESSOR:                     TOTAL
- ------------------------------  -------
<S>                             <C>
  Balance, December 31,
    1995......................  $(1,697)
                                -------
  Comprehensive loss
    Net loss..................     (817)
    Translation adjustment....     (382)
                                -------
                                 (1,199)
  Adjustment to estimated
    redemption value of
    mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants.....   (4,320)
  Issuance of cumulative
    convertible preferred
    stock, net................    8,301
  Mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants
    issued pursuant to anti-
    dilution provisions.......       (7)
  Stock option compensation
    expense...................      158
                                -------
  Balance, December 31,
    1996......................    1,236
                                -------
  Comprehensive income
    Net income................    3,176
    Translation adjustment....     (260)
                                -------
                                  2,916
  Delaware reorganization and
    reverse stock split.......    --
  Adjustment to estimated
    redemption value of
    mandatorily redeemable
    common stock warrants.....   (2,203)
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) (CONTINUED)
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         COMMON STOCK
                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                                                                        ACCUMULATED
                                               NO PAR VALUE      $.01 PAR VALUE                                            OTHER
                                CUMULATIVE    ---------------   -----------------                   NOTES                 COMPRE-
                                CONVERTIBLE   NUMBER             NUMBER             ADDITIONAL   RECEIVABLE    ACCUM-     HENSIVE
                                 PREFERRED      OF                 OF                PAID-IN     FOR SHARES    ULATED     INCOME
                                   STOCK      SHARES   AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL       ISSUED     DEFICIT     (LOSS)
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
<S>                             <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
  Recapitalization
    Conversion of preferred
      stock into common
      stock...................    (13,850)      --      --      1,941,804    19        13,831        --          --        --
    Cashless exercise and
      conversion of
      warrants................     --           --      --        524,293     6         6,097        --          --        --
    Cancellation of
      mandatorily redeemable
      common stock warrants...     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          1,143     --
  Initial Public Offering
    Proceeds from the
      offering, net...........     --           --      --      2,700,000    27        28,229        --          --        --
    Cancellation of
      mandatorily redeemable
      common stock warrants
      upon debt repayment and
      reclassification of
      warrants no longer
      redeemable..............     --           --      --         --       --          1,836        --          --        --
    Common shares issued
      pursuant to
      anti-dilution
      provisions..............     --           --      --         50,743   --            609        --           (609)    --
  Cashless exercise of common
    stock warrants............     --           --      --         16,130   --         --            --          --        --
  Stock option compensation
    expense...................     --           --      --         --       --            240        --          --        --
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
  Balance, December 31,
    1997......................     --           --      --      5,318,563    53        51,057        --        (11,444)     (139)
  Comprehensive income
    Net income................     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          3,189     --
    Translation adjustment....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          --           94
 
  Exercise of stock options...     --           --      --        575,692     6         8,206        --          --        --
  Sale of common stock........     --           --      --      2,206,177    22        34,793        --          --        --
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
 
  Balance, August 31, 1998....   $ --           --     $--      8,100,432   $81      $ 94,056     $  --       $ (8,255)    $ (45)
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Initial sale of common
    stock.....................   $ --           --     $--      2,826,087   $28      $ 64,972     $  --       $  --        $--
  Comprehensive loss
    Net loss..................     --           --      --         --       --         --            --         (2,568)    --
    Translation adjustment....     --           --      --         --       --         --            --          --          274
 
  Sale of common stock........     --           --      --         20,098   --            462        --          --        --
  Dividends on mandatorily
    redeemable preferred
    stock.....................     --           --      --         --       --         (1,642)       --          --        --
  Notes receivable issued in
    connection with sale of
    common and preferred
    stock.....................     --           --      --         --       --         --              (352)     --        --
  Value of warrants issued in
    connection with debt
    offering..................     --           --      --         --       --          1,200        --          --        --
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
  Balance, December 31,
    1998......................   $ --           --     $--      2,846,185   $28      $ 64,992     $    (352)  $ (2,568)    $ 274
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
                                -----------   -------  ------   ---------  ------   ----------   -----------  --------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                 TOTAL
                                -------
<S>                             <C>
  Recapitalization
    Conversion of preferred
      stock into common
      stock...................    --
    Cashless exercise and
      conversion of
      warrants................    6,103
    Cancellation of
      mandatorily redeemable
      common stock warrants...    1,143
  Initial Public Offering
    Proceeds from the
      offering, net...........   28,256
    Cancellation of
      mandatorily redeemable
      common stock warrants
      upon debt repayment and
      reclassification of
      warrants no longer
      redeemable..............    1,836
    Common shares issued
      pursuant to
      anti-dilution
      provisions..............    --
  Cashless exercise of common
    stock warrants............    --
  Stock option compensation
    expense...................      240
                                -------
  Balance, December 31,
    1997......................   39,527
                                -------
  Comprehensive income
    Net income................    3,189
    Translation adjustment....       94
                                -------
                                  3,283
  Exercise of stock options...    8,212
  Sale of common stock........   34,815
                                -------
  Balance, August 31, 1998....  $85,837
                                -------
                                -------
- -----------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------
  Initial sale of common
    stock.....................  $65,000
                                -------
  Comprehensive loss
    Net loss..................   (2,568)
    Translation adjustment....      274
                                -------
                                 (2,294)
  Sale of common stock........      462
  Dividends on mandatorily
    redeemable preferred
    stock.....................   (1,642)
  Notes receivable issued in
    connection with sale of
    common and preferred
    stock.....................     (352)
  Value of warrants issued in
    connection with debt
    offering..................    1,200
                                -------
  Balance, December 31,
    1998......................  $62,374
                                -------
                                -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                                              31,            EIGHT MONTHS
                                                                                      --------------------       ENDED
                                                                                                            AUGUST 31, 1998
                                                                                        1996       1997      (PREDECESSOR)
                                                                                         (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------------
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income (loss).................................................................  $    (817) $   3,176     $   3,189
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for)
    operating activities
      Depreciation and amortization.................................................      4,343      5,372         4,454
      Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing......................................     --          2,078        --
      Deferred income taxes.........................................................         88     (1,281)       (2,339)
      Other, net....................................................................        188        654          (360)
      Changes in assets and liabilities
          Accounts receivable.......................................................     (3,069)    (3,159)       (3,621)
          Inventories...............................................................     (2,665)    (4,956)       (2,017)
          Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................................         (3)      (136)          (58)
          Accounts payable..........................................................      1,891       (361)       (1,127)
          Accrued expenses..........................................................      2,477     (1,041)        3,519
          Income taxes payable......................................................        525      4,295         1,374
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
              Net cash provided by operating activities.............................      2,958      4,641         3,014
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchase of DeCrane Aircraft, including $4,555 of acquisition costs...............     --         --            --
  Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired..................................    (18,200)   (23,597)      (85,808)
  Capital expenditures..............................................................     (5,821)    (3,842)       (1,745)
  Other, net........................................................................          5       (370)          175
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
              Net cash used for investing activities................................    (24,016)   (27,809)      (87,378)
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Financing of DeCrane Aircraft acquisition
    Proceeds from senior credit facility and bridge notes...........................     --         --            --
    Proceeds from sale of common stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock...     --         --            --
    Proceeds from stock options exercised...........................................     --         --            --
    Repayment of existing senior credit facility....................................     --         --            --
    Financing fees and expenses.....................................................     --         --            --
  Common stock offerings and application of the net proceeds
    Net proceeds from sale of common stock..........................................     --         28,933        34,815
    Borrowings under credit facility................................................     --         12,312        --
    Repayment of debt...............................................................     --        (42,160)      (34,815)
  Financing of acquisitions
    Revolving line of credit borrowings.............................................      6,399     23,597        85,808
    Proceeds from issuance of cumulative convertible preferred stock and mandatorily
     redeemable common stock warrants, net..........................................      8,805     --            --
    Senior term loan borrowings.....................................................      5,000     --            --
    Convertible subordinated note borrowings from related parties...................      3,000     --            --
    Promissory note principal payments..............................................     --         (1,095)       --
  Net borrowings under revolving line of credit agreements..........................      1,191      2,906         5,453
  Principal payments on capitalized lease and other long-term obligations...........     (2,001)    (1,675)       (1,317)
  Other, net........................................................................     (1,343)       139           (73)
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
              Net cash provided by financing activities.............................     21,051     22,957        89,871
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash......................................         22         97            26
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents................................         15       (114)        5,533
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period....................................        305        320           206
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..........................................  $     320  $     206     $   5,739
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOUR MONTHS
                                                                                          ENDED
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1998
<S>                                                                                   <C>
                                                                                      --------------
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income (loss).................................................................    $   (2,568)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for)
    operating activities
      Depreciation and amortization.................................................         4,998
      Extraordinary loss from debt refinancing......................................         2,229
      Deferred income taxes.........................................................        (5,072)
      Other, net....................................................................           (97)
      Changes in assets and liabilities
          Accounts receivable.......................................................        (2,929)
          Inventories...............................................................         4,313
          Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................................          (562)
          Accounts payable..........................................................        (1,754)
          Accrued expenses..........................................................         2,342
          Income taxes payable......................................................           108
                                                                                      --------------
              Net cash provided by operating activities.............................         1,008
                                                                                      --------------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchase of DeCrane Aircraft, including $4,555 of acquisition costs...............      (190,865)
  Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired..................................        --
  Capital expenditures..............................................................        (1,813)
  Other, net........................................................................        --
                                                                                      --------------
              Net cash used for investing activities................................      (192,678)
                                                                                      --------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Financing of DeCrane Aircraft acquisition
    Proceeds from senior credit facility and bridge notes...........................       191,722
    Proceeds from sale of common stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock...        99,000
    Proceeds from stock options exercised...........................................         4,314
    Repayment of existing senior credit facility....................................       (93,000)
    Financing fees and expenses.....................................................       (11,171)
  Common stock offerings and application of the net proceeds
    Net proceeds from sale of common stock..........................................        --
    Borrowings under credit facility................................................        --
    Repayment of debt...............................................................        --
  Financing of acquisitions
    Revolving line of credit borrowings.............................................        --
    Proceeds from issuance of cumulative convertible preferred stock and mandatorily
     redeemable common stock warrants, net..........................................        --
    Senior term loan borrowings.....................................................        --
    Convertible subordinated note borrowings from related parties...................        --
    Promissory note principal payments..............................................        --
  Net borrowings under revolving line of credit agreements..........................        (1,103)
  Principal payments on capitalized lease and other long-term obligations...........          (458)
  Other, net........................................................................           (36)
                                                                                      --------------
              Net cash provided by financing activities.............................       189,268
                                                                                      --------------
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash......................................           181
                                                                                      --------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents................................        (2,221)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period....................................         5,739
                                                                                      --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..........................................    $    3,518
                                                                                      --------------
                                                                                      --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   
ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
    
 
   
    In July 1998, DeCrane Holdings Co. ("DeCrane Holdings") was incorporated as
a Delaware corporation. As a result of the DLJ Acquisition in August 1998 (Note
2), DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. ("DeCrane Aircraft") became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of DeCrane Holdings. DeCrane Aircraft is the predecessor of DeCrane
Holdings, and financial information for DeCrane Aircraft is presented as of
December 31, 1997 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the
eight months ended August 31, 1998. From inception through August 27, 1998,
DeCrane Holdings had no operations or cash flows. References to the "Company"
include both DeCrane Holdings and its predecessor, DeCrane Aircraft.
    
 
   
    Through its subsidiary, DeCrane Holdings manufactures avionics components
and provides avionics systems integration services in certain niche markets of
the commercial, regional and high-end corporate jet aircraft industries.
    
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
    DeCrane Holdings is a holding company, which has no material operations or
assets separate from its investment in DeCrane Aircraft. The consolidated
financial statements as of December 31, 1998 and for the four months then ended
include the accounts of DeCrane Holdings and its subsidiary. The consolidated
financial statements of the predecessor include the accounts of DeCrane Aircraft
and all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain
reclassifications have been made to prior years' financial statements to conform
to the current year presentation.
    
 
   
    Preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
    
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, as determined under the
first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method, or market. Costs include materials, labor
and manufacturing overhead.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Property and equipment are stated at the Company's allocated fair value for
assets acquired through purchase acquisitions and at cost for all new additions,
and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful
lives. Useful lives for machinery and equipment range from two to twenty years.
Building and building improvements are depreciated using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives of forty years. Leasehold improvements
are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives
or remaining lease term, whichever is less. Expenditures for maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred. The costs for improvements are capitalized.
Upon retirement or disposal, the cost and accumulated depreciation of property
and equipment are reduced and any gain or loss is recorded in income or expense.
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
OTHER ASSETS
 
   
    Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over thirty years. Other
intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful
lives, ranging from five to fifteen years. Deferred financing costs are
amortized using either a straight-line or effective interest method, over the
term of the related debt.
    
 
ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain intangible assets for
impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount
of an asset may not be recoverable. In the event the sum of the expected
undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset is less than
the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the
asset's carrying value over its fair value is recorded. The Company has
recognized no such losses.
 
   
ACCRUED WARRANTIES
    
 
   
    Two of the Company's subsidiaries sell a majority of their products to
customers with various repair or replacement warranties. The terms of the
warranties vary according to the customer and/or the product involved. The most
common warranty period is the earlier of:
    
 
   
a.  12 to 60 months from the date of delivery to the operator, or
    
 
   
b.  42 months from the date of manufacture.
    
 
   
    Provisions for estimated future warranty costs are made in the period
corresponding to the sale of the product. Classification between short and
long-term warranty obligations is estimated based on historical trends.
    
 
DERIVATIVES
 
    Market value gains and losses on forward foreign exchange contracts are
recognized currently in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
   
    Deferred income taxes are determined using the liability method. A deferred
tax asset or liability is determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the
enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.
Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in the asset and/or liability for
deferred taxes. If necessary, valuation allowances are established to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
    
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   
    All financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading. The
estimated fair values of all nonderivative financial instruments approximate
their carrying amounts at December 31, 1997 and 1998. The estimated fair value
of foreign currency forward exchange contracts is based on quotes obtained from
various financial institutions that deal in this type of instrument.
    
 
   
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTIONS
    
 
    The financial statements of the Company's U.K. and Swiss subsidiaries have
been translated into U.S. dollars from their functional currencies, pounds
sterling and Swiss francs, respectively, in the consolidated
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
financial statements. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the
exchange rate on the balance sheet date and income statement amounts have been
translated at average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net
translation adjustment is reflected as a component of accumulated comprehensive
income or loss within stockholders' equity.
    
 
   
    Realized foreign currency exchange gains (losses) included in other expenses
(income) in the consolidated statements of operations were $71,000, $(72,000),
$(411,000) and $(262,000) for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the
eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended December 31, 1998,
respectively.
    
 
   
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
    
 
   
    Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs were
$1,195,000 and $832,000 for the eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four
months ended December 31, 1998, respectively. Research and development costs
were not significant for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.
    
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
    As permitted under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," the Company measures
compensation expense related to the employee stock option plan utilizing the
intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Refer to Note 14 for information
concerning the pro forma effect on results of operations assuming the fair value
method of measuring compensation expense was utilized.
    
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
   
    Revenues from the sale of manufactured products, except for products
manufactured under long-term contracts, are recorded when products are shipped.
Revenues on long-term contracts are recognized using the
percentage-of-completion method based on costs incurred to date compared with
total estimated costs at completion. Reimbursements for nonrecurring engineering
costs, which are expensed as incurred, are included in revenues at the time a
negotiated settlement is reached with the customer. Unbilled accounts receivable
were $654,000 and $4,156,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
Unbilled accounts receivable are expected to be billed and collected during the
succeeding twelve-month period.
    
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
    For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash equivalents include
short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months
or less.
 
   
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
    
 
   
    In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." Comprehensive income is defined as
the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions
and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For the Company,
comprehensive income consists of its reported net income or loss and the change
in the foreign currency translation adjustment during a period. The Company
adopted SFAS 130 for the period ended December 31, 1998 and has reclassified
earlier periods to reflect application of the statement.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
    In June 1997, the FASB also issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information." This statement establishes standards
for reporting financial and descriptive information about operating segments.
Under SFAS No. 131, information pertaining to an entity's operating segments
must be reported on the basis that is used internally for evaluating segment
performance and making resource allocation determinations. The Company adopted
SFAS 131 for the period ended December 31, 1998 and has restated disclosure
information in earlier periods to reflect application of the statement (Note
17).
    
 
   
    In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 requires companies to record
derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at fair
value. It also requires that gains or losses resulting from changes in the
values of those derivatives be accounted for depending on the use of the
derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. Adoption of SFAS No.
133 is required for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2000. Management
believes the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a material impact on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.
    
 
   
NOTE 2 - THE DLJ ACQUISITION
    
 
   
    In July 1998, DeCrane Holdings and two other holding companies were
organized by DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMB") and affiliated
funds and entities (the "DLJMB Funds") to carry out a tender offer for all the
shares of DeCrane Aircraft's common stock (including options to purchase shares
which became immediately vested) for $23.00 per share (the "DLJ Acquisition").
At the completion of the tender offer in August 1998, the two other holding
companies merged with DeCrane Aircraft. All of DeCrane Aircraft's old
outstanding shares which were tendered were cancelled, non-tendering
shareholders were paid out, and as a result DeCrane Aircraft became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
   
    As a result of the tender offer, DeCrane Aircraft terminated a debt offering
which was in process at that time and recorded a $600,000 pre-tax charge for the
eight months ended August 31, 1998 for the estimated costs incurred. The gross
purchase price for DeCrane Aircraft's shares and options was $186.3 million.
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at their estimated
fair values based on an independent appraisal and, accordingly, historical
values were increased as follows: (i) $4.4 million to inventory; (ii) $2.6
million to fixed assets; and (iii) $50.0 million to certain identifiable
intangible assets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the
net assets acquired totalling $70.0 million was allocated to goodwill. The
inventory step-up was expensed as the goods were sold during the four months
ended December 31, 1998. The intangible assets, other than goodwill, are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods between five and fifteen years.
Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of thirty
years.
    
 
   
    At the completion of the tender offer, DeCrane Aircraft was required to
repay all of its borrowings under its previous credit facility (Note 10). In
order to fund the purchase of the shares in the tender offer, repay the credit
facility and pay expenses incurred in connection therewith, DeCrane Aircraft:
(i) issued $100.0 million of senior subordinated increasing rate notes (the
"Bridge Notes") which were subsequently replaced by $100.0 million of 12% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes") from the Company's "Units" offering
(Note 10), (ii) entered into a new syndicated senior secured loan facility, and
(iii) received a $99.0 million equity contribution from DeCrane Holdings. In
conjunction with the debt repayment and refinancing of the Bridge Notes, the
Company incurred a $2,229,000 extraordinary charge, net of income tax benefit of
$1,494,000 for the four months ended December 31, 1998.
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 2 - THE DLJ ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The Bridge Notes were purchased by an affiliate of DLJ and accrued interest
at 10%. The terms of the issue called for floating rate increases to the prime
rates plus 2.5% after six months, and increases of 0.5% every three months
subject to a 17.0% maximum, as long as the Bridge Notes remained outstanding.
The Bridge Notes were to mature on August 28, 1999, but were refinanced in
October 1998 (Note 10).
    
 
   
    The equity contribution from DeCrane Holdings represents the net proceeds
from DeCrane Holdings selling all of the shares of its common stock for $65.0
million and shares of its senior redeemable exchangeable preferred stock due
2009 for $34.0 million, along with warrants to purchase 150,000 common shares,
to the DLJMB Funds (Note 13).
    
 
   
    DeCrane Aircraft incurred non-recurring charges totaling approximately $3.6
million (pre-tax) during the eight months ended August 31, 1998 in conjunction
with the DLJ Acquisition.
    
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS
 
   
AVTECH
    
 
   
    On June 26, 1998, the Company purchased substantially all of the common
stock of Avtech Corporation ("Avtech"). Avtech is a manufacturer of avionics
components and an avionics systems integrator for the commercial and high-end
corporate jet aircraft industries.
    
 
   
    The total purchase price was $84,693,000 in cash at closing, including
$1,250,000 of acquisition related costs. The acquisition was financed with
borrowings under the Company's credit facility. The acquisition was accounted
for as a purchase and the $57,911,000 difference between the purchase price and
the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and is being
amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years.
    
 
   
    The consolidated results of operations for the eight months ended August 31,
1998 and the four months ended December 31, 1998 include the operating results
of Avtech subsequent to June 25, 1998.
    
 
   
DETTMERS
    
 
   
    On June 30, 1998, the Company purchased certain assets, subject to certain
liabilities assumed, of Dettmers Industries Inc. ("Dettmers"). Dettmers is a
manufacturer of seats for high-end corporate jet aircraft.
    
 
   
    The total purchase price was $2,314,000 in cash at closing, including
$205,000 of acquisition related costs, plus contingent consideration aggregating
a maximum of $2,000,000 payable over four years based on future attainment of
defined performance criteria during each of the years in the four-year period
ending December 31, 2002. The acquisition was financed with borrowings under the
Company's credit facility. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and
the $2,068,000 difference between the purchase price, excluding the contingent
consideration, and the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as
goodwill and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years. The
amount of contingent consideration paid in the future, if any, will increase
goodwill and will be amortized prospectively over the remaining period of the
initial 30-year term.
    
 
   
    The consolidated results of operations for the eight months ended August 31,
1998 and the four months ended December 31, 1998 include the operating results
of Dettmers subsequent to June 29, 1998.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
AUDIO INTERNATIONAL
 
    On November 14, 1997, the Company purchased all of the outstanding stock of
Audio International, Inc. ("Audio International"). Audio International provides
premium, customized aircraft entertainment and cabin management products and
systems for the high-end corporate jet market.
 
   
    The total purchase price was $24,726,000 in cash at closing, including
$726,000 in acquisition related costs, plus contingent consideration aggregating
a maximum of $6,000,000 payable over two years based on future attainment of
defined performance criteria. During 1998, Audio International attained the
required performance criteria and the Company increased the purchase price by
$3,000,000, resulting in a corresponding increase to goodwill. The acquisition
was funded with borrowings under the Company's revolving line of credit
facility.
    
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the $20,110,000
difference between the purchase price, excluding the contingent consideration,
and the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and is
being amortized over 30 years. The amount of contingent consideration paid in
the future, if any, will increase goodwill and will be amortized prospectively
over the remaining period of the initial 30-year term.
 
    The consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
include the operating results of Audio International subsequent to November 13,
1997.
 
MINORITY STOCKHOLDER'S 25% INTEREST
 
   
    On February 20, 1996, the Company purchased the remaining 25% of a
subsidiary's stock it did not already own from the subsidiary's minority
stockholder (the "Minority Stockholder") for a total purchase price of
$5,748,000, including $334,000 of acquisition related costs and expenses (the
"Minority Interest Acquisition"). The purchase price consisted of $4,873,000
paid in cash at closing and a $600,000 non-interest bearing obligation payable
to the Minority Stockholder. The cash portion of the purchase price was funded
with the proceeds from the sale of preferred stock and redeemable warrants.
    
 
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the $5,498,000
difference between the purchase price and 25% of the fair value of the net
assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and is being amortized over 26 years,
representing the remaining useful life of the goodwill recorded upon the initial
75% acquisition in October 1991.
 
    The consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996
include 100% of the operating results of the subsidiary subsequent to February
20, 1996. For the periods prior to February 20, 1996, the consolidated results
of operations include a charge for the Minority Stockholder's 25% ownership
interest.
 
   
AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS
    
 
    On September 18, 1996, the Company purchased for cash substantially all of
the assets, subject to certain liabilities assumed, of the Aerospace Display
Systems division ("ADS") of Allard Industries, Inc. ("Allard"). The total
purchase price was $13,395,000, including $402,000 in acquisition related costs.
ADS develops and manufactures dichroic liquid crystal displays and modules for
commercial and military avionics systems.
 
   
    The acquisition was funded with the proceeds from the sale of preferred
stock, convertible subordinated notes and redeemable warrants, borrowings under
the Company's revolving line of credit and a $2,000,000 non-interest bearing
obligation payable to certain Allard stockholders.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
    The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the $7,425,000
difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets
acquired was recorded as goodwill and is being amortized over 30 years.
 
    The consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996
include the operating results of ADS subsequent to September 18, 1996.
 
ELSINORE
 
    On December 5, 1996, the Company acquired Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc.
and the Elsinore Engineering Services Division of Elsinore, L.P. (collectively,
"Elsinore"). Elsinore provides engineering services to the commercial aircraft
industry. The total purchase price was $2,443,000, including $300,000 of
acquisition related costs. The purchase price consisted of $1,000,000 paid in
cash at closing and a $1,250,000 15% promissory note payable to the sellers.
 
    The purchase agreement provided for an adjustment of the purchase price
should the amount of working capital decline as of the closing date. The
purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
using estimated fair values and $2,585,000 was assigned to goodwill, subject to
final determination of the purchase price. During 1997, the Company and the
sellers agreed to reduce the purchase price by $155,000 to reflect the decline
in working capital as of the closing date and, as a result, goodwill was
decreased by a corresponding amount during 1997.
 
   
NOTE 4 - PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE DLJ AND OTHER ACQUISITIONS
    
 
   
    Unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations are presented in the
table below for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and are pro forma for
the DLJ and other acquisitions as if they were consummated at the beginning of
each year.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PRO FORMA FOR THE
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                                                  31,
                                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                                            1997        1998
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
Revenues...............................................................................  $  160,054  $  173,297
Loss before extraordinary item.........................................................     (10,091)     (3,642)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The above information reflects adjustments for inventory step-up,
depreciation, amortization, general and administrative expenses, and interest
expense based on the new cost basis and debt structure of the Company. In 1997
and 1998, income excludes the effect of a $2,078,000 and $2,229,000
extraordinary loss, respectively incurred in connection with the Company's debt
refinancings (Notes 2 and 14).
    
 
   
NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
    
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
   
    Accounts receivable is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $487,000
and $581,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
    The Company is potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk as the
Company relies heavily on customers operating in the domestic and foreign
commercial and high-end corporate jet aircraft industries. Generally, the
Company does not require collateral or other security to support accounts
receivable subject to credit risk. Under certain circumstances, deposits or
cash-on-delivery terms are required. The Company maintains reserves for
potential credit losses and generally, such losses have been within management's
expectations.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS (CONTINUED)
    
 
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
   
    Two customers each accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated
revenues, as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                                              31,           EIGHT MONTHS    FOUR MONTHS
                                                      --------------------  ENDED AUGUST       ENDED
                                                                              31, 1998     DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1996       1997     (PREDECESSOR)      1998
                                                         (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                      ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Customer A..........................................       15.8%      19.0%        17.3%          20.1%
Customer B..........................................        7.2%      11.2%         7.6%           5.6%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Complete loss of Customer A could have a significant adverse impact on the
results of operations expected in future periods. During the year ended December
31, 1997, Customer A acquired another customer of the Company. The above amounts
for Customer A include the Company's revenue from the acquired customer after
its acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 1997, revenue from Customer A
would have been 20.9% had the acquisition been consummated on January 1, 1997.
    
 
   
NOTE 6 - INVENTORIES
    
 
   
    Inventories are comprised of the following as of December 31, 1997 and 1998
(amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)    1998
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Raw material........................................................   $  14,224    $  19,221
Work-in process.....................................................       4,655        7,231
Finished goods......................................................       7,097        7,829
                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Total inventories.................................................   $  25,976    $  34,281
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Included above are costs relating to long-term contracts recognized on the
percentage of completion method of $125,000 and $897,000 at December 31, 1997
and 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
    Property and equipment includes the following as of December 31, 1997 and
1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)    1998
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Machinery and equipment.............................................   $  18,151    $  12,576
Tooling.............................................................       3,133        2,162
Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures..........................       3,660        3,230
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements..........................       3,580       11,967
                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Total cost........................................................      28,524       29,935
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................     (14,470)      (1,775)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Net property and equipment......................................   $  14,054    $  28,160
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Property and equipment under capital leases included above consists of the
following as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)      1998
                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
Machinery and equipment.............................................    $   1,160      $     693
Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures..........................          455            243
                                                                           ------          -----
  Total cost........................................................        1,615            936
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................         (523)          (204)
                                                                           ------          -----
    Net property and equipment......................................    $   1,092      $     732
                                                                           ------          -----
                                                                           ------          -----
</TABLE>
    
 
    Depreciation of machinery and equipment under capital leases is included in
cost of sales in the consolidated financial statements.
 
   
NOTE 8 - OTHER ASSETS
    
 
   
    Other assets includes the following as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and is
net of accumulated amortization for the respective periods as parenthetically
noted (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)    1998
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Goodwill (net of $1,682 and $1,839).................................   $  38,592    $ 167,836
Deferred financing costs (net of $64 and $358)......................         399        9,282
Other intangibles (net of $194 and $1,317)..........................         596       48,708
Other non-amortizable assets........................................         380          647
                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Other assets, net.................................................   $  39,967    $ 226,473
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE 9 - ACCRUED EXPENSES
    
 
   
    Accrued expenses are comprised of the following as of December 31, 1997 and
1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)     1998
                                                                      -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
Salaries, wages, compensated absences and payroll related taxes.....    $   3,410     $   6,147
Additional acquisition consideration................................       --             3,000
Accrued interest....................................................          152         2,946
Other accrued expenses..............................................        3,349         6,179
                                                                           ------    -----------
  Total accrued expenses............................................    $   6,911     $  18,272
                                                                           ------    -----------
                                                                           ------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE 10 - BORROWINGS
    
 
   
    SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS--The Company's Swiss subsidiary has a short-term
revolving line of credit with a Swiss bank under which Swiss franc denominated
borrowings of $568,000 and $283,000 were outstanding at December 31, 1997 and
1998, respectively. Interest on the line accrues at the bank's prime rate (5.25%
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 10 - BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)
    
   
and 4.875% at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively) plus 0.25%. The line of
credit is guaranteed by the Company.
    
 
   
    LONG-TERM BORROWINGS--Long-term obligations outstanding include the
following as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      (PREDECESSOR)    1998
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Credit facilities
  Revolving lines of credit.........................................   $  36,000    $   5,800
  Term debt.........................................................      --           79,888
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, with interest payable semi-
  annually commencing on March 30, 1999.............................      --          100,000
Capital lease obligations and equipment term financing, with
  interest at
  4.34 % to 18.08%, secured by equipment............................         547          367
Other...............................................................       1,723          427
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total long-term obligations.....................................      38,270      186,482
    Less current portion............................................        (858)      (1,529)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
      Long-term obligations, less current portion...................   $  37,412    $ 184,953
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PREDECESSOR CREDIT FACILITY
    
 
   
    Prior to August 31, 1998, the Company had a credit facility with a group of
banks for a $105 million senior revolving line of credit. Borrowings under the
credit facility were secured by the Company's assets.
    
 
   
    The Company, at its option, could elect to pay interest on the credit
facility borrowings based on either the prime rate or interbank offered rate
("IBOR") plus defined margins. The Company was required to pay a commitment fee,
up to a maximum 0.375%, on the unused portion of the credit facility. The
weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding was 7.03% as of
December 31, 1997.
    
 
   
SUCCESSOR CREDIT FACILITY
    
 
   
    In connection with the DLJ Acquisition, the Company was required to repay
all of its borrowings under the predecessor credit facility and entered into a
new credit facility. The new credit facility provides for term loan borrowings
in the aggregate principal amount of $80.0 million and revolving loan borrowings
up to an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million. Principal payments under
the term loan borrowings are due in increasing amounts over the next seven years
and all borrowings under the revolving loan facility must be repaid within six
years. Loans under the new credit facility generally bear interest based on a
margin over, at the Company's option, the prime rate or the Euro-Dollar rate.
Currently, the applicable margins are 1.50%-1.75% for prime rate borrowings and
2.75%-3.00% for Euro-Dollar borrowings. The Company is subject to certain
commitment fees under the facility as well as the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, cash flow results and other restrictive covenants.
    
 
   
    In January 1999, term loan borrowings were increased to $99.9 million to
fund the acquisition of PATS, Inc. (Note 21).
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 10 - BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)
    
   
12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
    
 
   
    On October 5, 1998 (subsequent to the DLJ Acquisition and financing), the
Bridge Notes were repaid with the net proceeds from the Units offering. Each
Unit consists of $1,000 principal amount of the Notes and one warrant
(collectively, the "Warrants") to purchase shares of common stock of DeCrane
Holdings ("Holdings Common Stock"). The Notes will mature on September 30, 2008.
Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually on March 30 and September 30 of
each year, commencing on March 30, 1999. The Notes are unsecured general
obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, including indebtedness
pursuant to the credit facility. Prior to the Notes maturing, the Company may
redeem all or some of the Notes at a redemption price which may include a
premium. In the event of a change in control, the holders may require the
Company to repurchase the Notes for a redemption price which may also include a
premium.
    
 
   
AGGREGATE MATURITIES
    
 
   
    The aggregate maturities of long-term obligations are as follows as of
December 31, 1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
  1999................................................................................................       1,529
  2000................................................................................................       2,722
  2001................................................................................................       4,866
  2002................................................................................................       7,905
  2003................................................................................................      10,522
  Thereafter..........................................................................................     158,938
                                                                                                        ----------
      Total long-term obligations.....................................................................  $  186,482
                                                                                                        ----------
                                                                                                        ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES
    
 
    Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item was taxed under the
following jurisdictions (amounts in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER   EIGHT MONTHS
                                                          31,               ENDED        FOUR MONTHS
                                                  --------------------   AUGUST 31,         ENDED
                                                                            1998        DECEMBER 31,
                                                    1996       1997     (PREDECESSOR)       1998
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------------
Domestic........................................  $    (855) $   7,509    $   5,637       $  (3,360)
Foreign.........................................        750      1,089          444             353
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
  Total.........................................  $    (105) $   8,598    $   6,081       $  (3,007)
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The provisions for income taxes (benefit) are as follows (amounts in
thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER   EIGHT MONTHS
                                                          31,               ENDED        FOUR MONTHS
                                                  --------------------   AUGUST 31,         ENDED
                                                                            1998        DECEMBER 31,
                                                    1996       1997     (PREDECESSOR)       1998
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------------
Current
  U.S. federal..................................  $     269  $   3,231    $   3,835       $   1,560
  State and local...............................        194        968        1,275             699
  Foreign.......................................        161        426          121             145
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
    Total current...............................        624      4,625        5,231           2,404
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
Deferred
  U.S. federal..................................         70     (1,021)      (1,932)         (4,150)
  State and local...............................         21       (279)        (435)           (816)
  Foreign.......................................         (3)        19           28            (106)
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
    Total deferred..............................         88     (1,281)      (2,339)         (5,072)
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
    Total provision.............................  $     712  $   3,344    $   2,892       $  (2,668)
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax
determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal rate to the income
(loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item as a result of the following
differences (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                                          31,           EIGHT MONTHS
                                                  --------------------  ENDED AUGUST     FOUR MONTHS
                                                                          31, 1998     ENDED DECEMBER
                                                    1996       1997     (PREDECESSOR)     31, 1998
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------------
Income tax (benefit) at U.S. statutory rates....  $     (36) $   2,923    $   2,068       $  (1,022)
Increase (decrease) resulting from
  Book benefit not provided for net operating
    loss carryforwards..........................        172     --           --              --
  Amortization of assets and other expenses not
    deductible for income tax purposes..........        137        441          594             782
  Decrease in deferred tax asset valuation
    allowance...................................     --           (488)      --              (2,575)
  State income taxes, net of federal benefit....        157        482          550             (25)
  Tax on earnings of subsidiary not consolidated
    for tax purposes............................         92     --           --              --
  Lower tax rates on earnings of foreign
    subsidiaries................................        (65)      (116)         (50)            (36)
  Other, net....................................        255        102         (270)            208
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
    Income tax (benefit) at effective rates.....  $     712  $   3,344    $   2,892       $  (2,668)
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
                                                  ---------  ---------       ------         -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1997
                                                                       (PREDECESSOR)    1998
                                                                       -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Gross deferred tax liabilities
  Intangible assets..................................................   $     308    $  18,320
  Tax effect on earnings of subsidiary not consolidated for tax
    purposes.........................................................       2,688       --
  Property and equipment.............................................         688        4,531
  Other..............................................................         409          416
                                                                       -----------  -----------
    Gross deferred tax liabilities...................................       4,093       23,267
                                                                       -----------  -----------
Gross deferred tax (assets)
  Inventory..........................................................      (2,811)      (2,396)
  Loss carryforwards.................................................        (865)      (6,183)
  Accrued expenses...................................................        (697)      (1,657)
  Other..............................................................        (537)        (341)
                                                                       -----------  -----------
    Gross deferred tax (assets)......................................      (4,910)     (10,577)
                                                                       -----------  -----------
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance..............................       2,575       --
                                                                       -----------  -----------
  Net deferred tax liability.........................................   $   1,758    $  12,690
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                       -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The balance sheet classification of the net deferred tax liabilities as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997
                                                                       (PREDECESSOR)     1998
                                                                       -------------  -----------
Noncurrent deferred tax liability....................................    $   1,758     $  16,990
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
Current deferred tax asset...........................................       --            (4,300)
                                                                            ------    -----------
  Net deferred tax liability.........................................    $   1,758     $  12,690
                                                                            ------    -----------
                                                                            ------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Prior to 1997, the Company incurred losses and accordingly provided a
valuation allowance for its domestic deferred net tax assets. The deferred tax
asset valuation allowance was reduced in 1997 by $488,000 to reflect the amount
of federal and state tax loss carryforwards utilized to reduce 1997 current
income taxes.
    
 
   
    During the eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended
December 31, 1998, the Company incurred net operating losses for tax purposes of
approximated $1,528,000 and $486,000, respectively. The losses were caused by an
$8,880,000 tax deduction for stock options exercised, $3,632,000 of nonrecurring
charges and a $3,724,000 pre-tax extraordinary charge. The net operating loss
tax benefits for both periods were carried back to 1997 for federal income tax
purposes and carried forward for state income tax purposes. The 1998 net
operating losses resulted in $2,545,000 of taxes being refundable as of December
31, 1998 and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Even
though the Company incurred tax losses during 1998, management believes that it
is more likely than not that the Company will generate taxable income sufficient
to realize the tax benefit associated with the future deductible deferred tax
assets and loss carryforwards prior to their expiration. As a result, the
Company reduced the valuation allowance by $2,575,000 during the four months
ended December 31, 1998.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
    The Company has approximately $17,400,000 and $600,000 of total loss
carryforwards, which include net operating losses acquired in the Avtech
aquisition, available for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively.
In conjunction with the Avtech acquisition, the Company acquired federal loss
carryforwards of $13,700,000 that are subject to separate return limitation
rules, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and expire in 2018. The
remaining federal and state carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2010
and 2018, respectively. The amount of federal loss carryforwards that may be
utilized in the future are subject to limitations because of the occurrence of
changes in control, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
    
 
   
    Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are not material to the
consolidated financial statements. As such, foreign taxes that may be due, net
of U.S. foreign tax credits, have not been provided.
    
 
   
NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    
 
    The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes but only to manage well-defined foreign exchange rate risks.
 
   
    The Company enters into Swiss franc ("CHF") forward exchange contracts to
purchase Swiss francs as a general economic hedge against foreign inventory
procurement and manufacturing costs. Market value gains and losses on forward
foreign exchange contracts are recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations and aggregated a realized net gain (loss) of ($316,000), ($487,000),
$323,000 and $146,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the eight
months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended December 31, 1998,
respectively.
    
 
   
    At December 31, 1998, the Company had no open forward exchange contracts.
    
 
    The Company believes exposure to derivative credit losses is minimal in the
event of nonperformance by the senior lender because any amounts due, but not
paid, to the Company by the senior lender could be offset against the Company's
principal and interest payments to the lender.
 
   
NOTE 13 - DECRANE HOLDINGS CAPITAL STRUCTURE
    
 
   
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    
 
   
    The Company is authorized to issue a total of 2,500,000 shares of preferred
stock ($.01 par value) of which 1,360,000 shares have been designated as 14%
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock due 2009. Holders of the preferred stock
are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared, dividends at a rate equal to
14% per annum, subject to 0.25% increases for each quarter that no dividend is
paid (up to a maximum of an additional 5%). Prior to September 30, 2003,
dividends are not paid in cash but instead accrete in liquidation value. The
preferred stock has a $100.00 per share liquidation preference, subject to
increases through non-cash dividend accretion, plus accrued and unpaid cash
dividends. The preferred stock is mandatorily redeemable on August 28, 2009.
Upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined, each holder has the
right to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder's shares at a
price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid cash
dividends. The preferred stock is non-voting.
    
 
   
    As part of the Company's initial capitalization, 340,000 shares of the 14%
mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and warrants to purchase 150,000 common
shares were sold for $34,000,000 and on
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 13 - DECRANE HOLDINGS CAPITAL STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
    
   
December 8, 1998, an additional 2,417 shares were sold for $242,000 to a group
of related party investors (Note 19). As of December 31, 1998, there were
342,417 shares of the 14% mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued and
outstanding with a total liquidation value of $35,884,000, including $1,642,000
of non-cash dividend liquidation value accretion.
    
 
   
COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS
    
 
   
    In connection with the DLJ Acquisition, all of DeCrane Aircraft's old
outstanding shares which were tendered were cancelled and non-tendering
shareholders were paid out. DeCrane Holdings was authorized to issue 3,500,000
new common shares ($.01 par value) of which 2,846,185 are issued and outstanding
at December 31, 1998.
    
 
   
    In conjunction with the sale of the Units, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 155,000 shares of common stock. A portion of the proceeds from the
Units offering totaling $1,200,000 were allocated to the warrants and credited
to additional paid-in capital.
    
 
   
    As of December 31, 1998, warrants to purchase a total of 305,000 shares of
common stock are issued and outstanding and an equivalent number of shares of
common stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of the warrants. All
warrants are exercisable at any time up to their expiration date. Warrants to
purchase 155,000 shares are exercisable at $23.00 per share and expire on
September 30, 2008 and the remaining warrants are exercisable at $0.01 per share
and expire on August 28, 2009.
    
 
   
NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM THE SALE OF STOCK
    
 
   
    In December 1998, the Company sold preferred and common stock to a group of
investors for $704,000 of which half of the purchase price was loaned to the
investors by the Company (Note 19). The resulting notes receivable are
classified as a reduction of stockholders' equity in the consolidated statement
of financial position.
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS
    
 
   
REORGANIZATION AND REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
    
 
   
    On February 19, 1997, the Company reorganized as a Delaware corporation. In
conjunction with the reorganization, the Company established a $.01 par value
for its cumulative convertible preferred stock and common stock and increased
the number of common shares and preferred shares authorized to 9,924,950 and
18,314,018 shares (which includes 10,000,000 shares of a newly designated series
of preferred stock), respectively.
    
 
   
    Effective March 25, 1997, the Company effected a 3.53-for-1 reverse stock
split. All common share information set forth in the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto has been restated to reflect the reverse stock
split.
    
 
   
RECAPITALIZATION AND CONSUMMATION OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
    
 
   
    In January and March 1997, the holders of certain securities agreed to a
plan for the recapitalization of the Company. Completion of the recapitalization
was a condition to the consummation of the Company's initial public offering
(the "IPO") and, was effective concurrent therewith. The IPO was consummated on
April 16, 1997.
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The recapitalization provided for: (i) the conversion of all 6,847,705
shares of issued and outstanding cumulative convertible preferred stock into
1,941,804 shares of common stock; (ii) the cashless exercise and conversion of
all 52,784 and 9,355 issued and outstanding preferred stock warrants and common
stock warrants, respectively, into a total of 16,585 shares of common stock;
(iii) the cashless exercise of 508,497 mandatorily redeemable common stock
warrants (the "Redeemable Warrants") into a total of 507,708 shares of common
stock; and (iv) the cancellation of 95,368 Redeemable Warrants.
    
 
   
    Redeemable Warrants exercisable into 208,968 common shares remained after
the recapitalization. Of this amount, 138,075 Redeemable Warrants were cancelled
upon the consummation of the IPO and repayment of the Company's senior
subordinated debt and convertible notes in accordance with the terms of the
respective warrant agreements. Redeemable Warrants exercisable into 70,893
common shares remained after the recapitalization and the IPO and application of
the net proceeds therefrom. Concurrent with the consummation of the IPO, the
mandatory redemption feature of these warrants was terminated and, as a result,
the value ascribed thereto was reclassified to stockholders' equity as
additional paid-in capital.
    
 
   
    On April 16, 1997, the Company completed the IPO and sold 2,700,000 shares
of common stock for $12.00 per share. Proceeds from the IPO of $30,132,000, net
of $2,268,000 for underwriting discounts and commissions, together with
approximately $12,775,000 of proceeds from borrowings under a new credit
facility were used to repay amounts due under the Company's senior revolving
line of credit, senior term notes, senior subordinated notes and convertible
notes.
    
 
   
FOLLOW-ON EQUITY OFFERING
    
 
   
    In April 1998, the Company sold 2,206,177 shares of common stock for $17.00
per share. Net proceeds from the offering of $34,815,000 were used to partially
repay borrowings outstanding under the Company's senior credit facility.
    
 
   
DEBT REPAID WITH IPO PROCEEDS
    
 
   
    In April 1997, the Company used the net proceeds from the IPO, together with
approximately $12,775,000 of proceeds from borrowings under a credit facility,
to repay the following: (i) senior revolving line of credit borrowings of
$15,356,000; (ii) senior term notes aggregating $16,531,000; (iii) senior
subordinated notes payable to related parties aggregating $7,000,000; and (iv)
convertible notes payable to related parties aggregating $3,000,000. In
conjunction with the debt repayment, the Company incurred a $3,436,000
extraordinary charge, before an income tax benefit of $1,358,000, which is
comprised of: (i) a $1,943,000 write-off of deferred financing costs; (ii) a
$1,149,000 write-off of unamortized original issued discounts; and (iii) a
$344,000 charge for a prepayment penalty and other related expenses.
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK WARRANTS
    
 
   
    The table below summarizes Redeemable Warrant transactions during the years
ended December 31, 1996, and 1997 (amounts in thousands, except share data).
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              REDEEMABLE WARRANTS
                                                                                             ----------------------
                                                                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                                                                          COMMON
                                                                                              AMOUNT      SHARES
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995.................................................................  $   1,633     446,296
Issued in conjunction with sale of Preferred Stock to finance Minority Interest
  acquisition..............................................................................        492     194,618
Issued in conjunction with sale of Convertible Notes and Preferred Stock to finance ADS
  acquisition..............................................................................        248      98,158
Issued pursuant to anti-dilution provisions upon the sale of Preferred Stock...............          7       2,868
Issued in conjunction with debt agreement amendment........................................        179      70,893
Adjustment to estimated redemption value...................................................      4,320      --
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1996.................................................................      6,879     812,833
Adjustment to redemption value to reflect the IPO per share price..........................      2,203      --
Cashless exercise and conversion pursuant to the Recapitalization..........................     (6,103)   (508,497)
Cancelled pursuant to the Recapitalization.................................................     (1,143)    (95,368)
Cancelled upon debt repayment with IPO proceeds............................................     (1,657)   (138,075)
Reclassification of warrants no longer mandatorily redeemable to additional paid-in
  capital..................................................................................       (179)    (70,893)
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1997.................................................................  $  --          --
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Prior to the IPO, the warrant holders had the right, after various dates and
contingent upon certain events, to require the Company to redeem the warrants
and, in certain instances, to purchase the common stock issued upon exercise of
the warrants. In all instances, the redemption or purchase price, was equal to
the greater of either fair market value, book value, or a value based upon a
defined formula which included, in part, an earnings multiple. The Redeemable
Warrants' value was subsequently adjusted to reflect estimated redemption value.
Concurrent with the consummation of the recapitalization and IPO, the Company
increased the redemption value by $2,203,000 to reflect the $12.00 per share IPO
price. The adjustments to redemption value were charged (credited) to
accumulated deficit.
    
 
   
CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
    
 
   
    On February 19, 1997, the Company reorganized as a Delaware corporation. In
conjunction with the reorganization, the Company established a $.01 par value
for its preferred stock and increased the number of preferred shares authorized
to 18,314,018 shares, which includes 10,000,000 shares of a newly designated
series of preferred stock. As part of the recapitalization, which occurred
concurrent with the IPO, all issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock
were converted into .28357 of a share of common stock. The recapitalization also
provided for the cashless exercise and conversion of all preferred stock
warrants into 10,206 common shares. There were no shares of preferred stock or
warrants to purchase preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 1997.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    On February 9, 1996, certain members of Company management purchased for
$112,000 an aggregate of 75,000 preferred shares. On February 20, 1996, the
Company sold 2,000,000 preferred shares at $3.25 per share and issued Redeemable
Warrants to purchase 194,618 common shares to a related party (Note 19).
Proceeds from the sale aggregating $492,000 were ascribed to the Redeemable
Warrants to reflect their estimated fair market value on the issuance date. The
proceeds from the sale, net of issuance costs of $558,000, were used to fund the
Minority Interest Acquisition.
    
 
   
    On September 18, 1996, the Company sold 750,000 preferred shares at $4.00
per share and issued Redeemable Warrants to purchase 49,079 common shares to
related parties (Note 19). Proceeds from the sale aggregating $124,000 were
ascribed to the Redeemable Warrants to reflect their estimated fair market value
on the issuance date. The proceeds from the sale, net of issuance costs of
$137,000, were used to fund the ADS acquisition.
    
 
   
COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
    On February 19, 1997, in conjunction with reorganizing as a Delaware
corporation, the Company established a $.01 par value for its common stock and
increased to 9,924,950 the number of common shares authorized. As of December
31, 1997, a total of 527,156 common shares were reserved for issuance upon
exercise of stock options outstanding under the Company's stock option plan.
    
 
   
    As part of the recapitalization, the holders of the non-redeemable warrants
agreed to the cashless exercise and conversion of all warrants outstanding into
6,379 common shares. Redeemable Warrants to purchase 70,893 common shares at an
exercise price of $14.11 per share remained after the recapitalization.
Concurrent with the consummation of the IPO, the mandatory redemption feature of
these warrants was terminated and, consequently, became non-redeemable warrants.
In December 1997, the holders of these warrants elected to exercise all of the
warrants on a cashless basis and convert the warrants into 16,130 common shares.
No non-redeemable warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 1997.
    
 
   
    During 1998 in connection with the DLJ Acquisition all stock options became
100% vested and were either exercised or cancelled as of August 31, 1998. The
following table summarizes the status of the Company's stock option plan at
December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998 and the activity for the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1997, and the eight months ended August 31, 1998:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1996                    1997                    1998
                                               ----------------------  ----------------------  -----------------------
                                                           WEIGHTED-               WEIGHTED-                WEIGHTED-
                                                            AVERAGE                 AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                           EXERCISE                EXERCISE                 EXERCISE
                                                SHARES       PRICE      SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE
                                               ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Options outstanding at beginning of
 year........................................    208,423   $   0.529     355,001   $   1.724      501,260   $   6.089
Granted......................................    147,031       3.413     163,662      15.574       75,000       16.85
Exercised....................................     --          --          --          --         (575,692)      7.496
Cancelled....................................       (453)      0.529     (17,403)      6.228         (568)      1.234
                                               ---------               ---------               ----------
Options outstanding at end of year...........    355,001       1.724     501,260       6.089       --          --
                                               ---------               ---------               ----------  -----------
                                               ---------               ---------               ----------  -----------
Options exercisable at end of year...........    141,845       0.633     200,444       0.921       --          --
                                               ---------               ---------               ----------  -----------
                                               ---------               ---------               ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The Company believes the per share exercise price of options granted through
February 1996 and subsequent to January 1997 (through August 31, 1998)
approximated the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the grant
date. The exercise price of certain options granted from February 1996 to
January 1997 were deemed to be below the fair market value of the underlying
common stock on the grant date and such difference is being recognized as
additional compensation expense in the consolidated financial statements on a
straight line basis over the vesting period of the underlying options.
Compensation expense recognized was $158,000, $240,000 and $332,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the eight months ended August 31,
1998, respectively.
    
 
    The Company measures compensation expense related to its employee stock
option plan using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by APB Opinion No.
25. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
based on the fair value of the options at the grant dates consistent with the
method of SFAS 123, the Company's net income (loss) would have been as follows
(amounts in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   EIGHT MONTHS
                                                                            ------------------------  ENDED AUGUST
                                                                                  1996    1997          31, 1998
                                                                                 (PREDECESSOR)        (PREDECESSOR)
                                                                            ------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>            <C>
Net income (loss)
  As reported.............................................................  $    (817)   $   3,176      $   3,189
  Pro forma...............................................................       (822)       3,129          2,699
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
  Compensatory stock options..............................................       5.91         5.70           5.70
  Non-compensatory stock options..........................................       0.10         5.08           5.08
</TABLE>
    
 
    For purposes of the pro forma presentation, the fair value for options
granted subsequent to the IPO (April 16, 1997) was estimated on the dates of
grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 5.8%; expected dividend
yield of 0%; expected life of 2.5 years; and expected stock price volatility of
39.9%. The fair value for options granted prior to the IPO was estimated on the
dates of grant using a minimum value method, assuming a risk-free interest rate
of 5.5% to 5.7% with no projected dividend yields. Unlike other permitted option
pricing models, the minimum value method excludes stock price volatility, which
could not be reasonably estimated for the Company prior to the IPO.
 
    The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating
the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully
transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because
the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly
different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective
input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion, the existing models, as well as the minimum value method, do not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of its employee stock options.
 
    For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of options
granted in fiscal years after December 31, 1994 is amortized to expense over the
options' vesting period. The effects of applying SFAS
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 14 - PREDECESSOR CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
123 in providing the pro forma disclosures are not likely to be representative
of the effects on the reported consolidated financial statements in future
years.
 
   
NOTE 15 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    
 
LITIGATION
 
    The Company is a party to a license agreement with McDonnell Douglas
Corporation (now part of The Boeing Company) pursuant to which the Company may
request certain data in order to design and market modifications to aircraft
manufactured by McDonnell Douglas. The agreement provides that the Company will
pay McDonnell Douglas a royalty of five percent of the net sales price of all
modifications sold by the Company for which the Company has requested data from
McDonnell Douglas. The Company has requested data for a single modification,
which modification the Company believes is exempt from the obligation to pay
royalties under the agreement. In 1996, McDonnell Douglas made a demand for
$650,000 for royalties. The Company does not believe that it is obligated to
McDonnell Douglas in any amount. However, there can be no assurance that the
Company will not be required to pay royalties to McDonnell Douglas.
 
   
    Certain subsidiaries of the Company have recently been served in an action
filed in federal court by American International Airways, Inc., relating to the
conversion and modification of two Boeing 747 aircraft from passenger to
freighter configuration. No specific amount of damages is sought. The events in
question occurred prior to the Company's purchase of the relevant businesses
from its prior owner; the Company intends to deny any liability, and further
believes that it is indemnified with respect to any such liabilities. The
Company and two of its subsidiaries have confirmed that they are indemnified for
any liability in the action filed by American International Airways; and for the
further cost of defense of the action. A third subsidiary was named as a
defendant but has been dismissed from the case without prejudice.
    
 
   
    On July 21, 1998, TAAM Associates, Inc. commenced an action in Delaware
Chancery Court on behalf of a purported class of stockholders of the Company
against the Company, its directors, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. and
certain of its affiliates ("DLJ"), alleging, among other things, that the
directors had breached their fiduciary duties by entering into the merger
agreement related to the DLJ Acquisition without engaging in an auction or
"active market check" and, therefore, agreed to terms that were unfair and
inadequate from the standpoint of the Company's stockholders. On July 24, 1998,
the plaintiffs amended the complaint by repeating the allegations in the initial
complaint and adding allegations that: (i) the Company's
Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (the "14D-9") contained
material misstatements or omissions; (ii) the termination fees were
unreasonable; and (iii) the directors who approved the DLJ Acquisition had
conflicts of interest. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent
injunction barring defendants from proceeding with the transaction or, if the
transaction is consummated, an order rescinding it or awarding damages, together
with interest, and an award of attorneys' fees and litigation expenses. Without
admitting any wrongdoing in the action, in order to avoid the burden and expense
of further litigation, the Company, DLJ, and the individual defendants reached
an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs which contemplates settlement of
the action. The Company, DLJ and the individual defendants and the plaintiffs
entered into a memorandum of understanding (the "Memorandum of Understanding"),
pursuant to which the parties would, subject to certain facts being confirmed
through discovery which has not been completed, enter into a settlement
agreement which would be subject to approval by the Court of Chancery. The
Memorandum of Understanding required the
    
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 15 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
Company to provide additional disclosures in an amendment to the 14D-9 which has
occurred, and for a complete release and settlement of all claims, whether
asserted directly, derivatively or otherwise, against defendants, or any of
their affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents arising out of the
facts set forth in the complaint. The Memorandum of Understanding contemplates
that, in connection with the benefit conferred, plaintiffs' counsel will apply
to the Court of Chancery for an award of attorney's fees and litigation expenses
in an amount not exceeding $375,000, which application, the defendants have
agreed not to oppose.
    
 
   
    On August 5, 1998, the Company and its chief executive officer were served
in an action filed in state court in California by the Company's chief financial
officer and secretary claiming that he is due additional compensation in the
form of stock options, and claiming fraud, negligent misrepresentation and
breach of contract in connection therewith. On September 22, 1998, the plaintiff
amended the compliant by repeating the allegations in the initial compliant and
adding allegations of fraudulent misrepresentation in violation of certain
provisions of the California Labor Code (for which doubled damages are sought),
promissory estoppel, and wrongful discharge as a violation of public policy (as
a result of allegations made by the plaintiff of improprieties in connection
with the fairness opinion with respect to the DLJ Acquisition). The action seeks
not less than $1.5 million plus punitive damages and costs. The action is in its
early stage of development and discovery has not been completed. The Company
intends to vigorously defend against such claim. The plaintiff's employment with
the Company was terminated.
    
 
   
    The Canadian Transportation Safety Board ("TSB") has notified the Company
that as part of its investigation of the crash of Swissair Flight 111 on
September 2, 1998, the TSB has found burned wire which was attached to the
in-flight entertainment system installed on certain Swissair aircraft by a
subsidiary of the Company. The TSB has advised the Company that it does not have
evidence that the system the Company installed malfunctioned or failed during
the flight. The Company has been requested by attorneys for families of persons
who died aboard the flight to put its insurance carrier on notice of a potential
claim by such families.
    
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries are also involved in other routine legal
and administrative proceedings incident to the normal conduct of business.
Management believes the ultimate disposition of these matters, as well as the
matters discussed in the preceding paragraphs, will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
 
   
LEASE COMMITMENTS
    
 
    The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under various capital
and operating leases. Certain leases require payment of property taxes and
include escalation clauses. Future minimum capital
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 15 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
and operating lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are as follows as of
December 31, 1998 (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                                                 LEASES       LEASES
                                                                                               -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                            <C>          <C>
Year ending December 31,
  1999.......................................................................................   $     230    $   3,181
  2000.......................................................................................          99        2,758
  2001.......................................................................................          41        2,246
  2002.......................................................................................          17        2,195
  2003.......................................................................................           9        1,941
  2004 and thereafter........................................................................      --            4,811
                                                                                                    -----   -----------
  Total minimum payments required............................................................         396    $  17,132
                                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                                            -----------
  Less amount representing future interest cost..............................................         (29)
                                                                                                    -----
    Recorded obligation under capital leases.................................................   $     367
                                                                                                    -----
                                                                                                    -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Total rental expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1997, the eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended
December 31, 1998 was $1,614,000, $2,065,000, $2,303,000 and $1,095,000
respectively.
    
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 16 - CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company paid the following amounts in cash (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     EIGHT MONTHS   FOUR MONTHS
                                              ----------------------------  ENDED AUGUST      ENDED
                                                     1996      1997           31, 1998      DECEMBER
                                                     (PREDECESSOR)          (PREDECESSOR)   31, 1998
                                              ----------------------------  -------------  -----------
Interest....................................    $   2,983      $   2,842      $   2,227     $   3,706
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Income taxes................................          132            300          4,825         1,328
</TABLE>
    
 
INFORMATION ON NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
   
    Certain noncash investing and financing transactions occurred as follows
(amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             EIGHT
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER     MONTHS
                                                            31,              ENDED     FOUR MONTHS
                                                    --------------------  AUGUST 31,      ENDED
                                                        1996    1997         1998       DECEMBER
                                                       (PREDECESSOR)      (PREDECESSOR)  31, 1998
                                                    --------------------  -----------  -----------
Refinancing of Bridge Notes with proceeds from
 Units offering...................................  $  --      $  --       $  --        $ 100,000
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Additional acquisition consideration..............     --         --          --            3,000
Debt incurred for the acquisition of machinery and
 equipment........................................        414        182         116           48
Financing provided by sellers in connection with
 acquisitions.....................................      3,492     --          --           --
Detail of acquisitions:
  Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash
    acquired......................................  $  20,887  $  26,178   $  90,377    $ 310,450
  Liabilities assumed.............................     (2,687)    (2,581)     (4,569)    (119,585)
                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash
        acquired..................................  $  18,200  $  23,597   $  85,808    $ 190,865
                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 17 - FOREIGN OPERATIONS AND EXPORT REVENUES
    
 
FOREIGN OPERATIONS
 
   
    The Company operates in one business segment - avionics components
manufacturing and integration services. Domestic and foreign operations consist
of the following (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            EIGHT
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER     MONTHS     FOUR MONTHS
                                                           31,              ENDED        ENDED
                                                   --------------------  AUGUST 31,    DECEMBER
                                                     1996       1997        1998       31, 1998
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         (PREDECESSOR)
                                                      (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Revenues
  Gross revenues
    United States................................  $  64,383  $ 109,490   $  89,619    $  60,785
    Western Europe...............................     10,882     12,240       7,940        4,510
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total gross revenues.......................     75,265    121,730      97,559       65,295
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
  Less interarea transfers
    United States................................     (1,496)    (2,448)     (1,744)      (1,350)
    Western Europe...............................     (8,670)   (10,379)     (5,738)      (3,589)
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total interarea transfers..................    (10,166)   (12,827)     (7,482)      (4,939)
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
  Net revenues
    United States................................     62,887    107,042      87,875       59,435
    Western Europe...............................      2,212      1,861       2,202          921
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
      Total net revenues.........................  $  65,099  $ 108,903   $  90,077    $  60,356
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Consolidated long-lived assets
  United States..................................  $  10,573  $  13,230   $  24,693    $  26,455
  Western Europe.................................      1,614        824         543        1,705
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
    Total consolidated long-lived assets.........  $  12,187  $  14,054   $  25,236    $  28,160
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Company allocates its revenues on the basis of the location in which the
sale originated. Revenues in Western Europe are primarily from Switzerland.
Interarea sales are accounted for at prices that the Company believes would be
equivalent to unaffiliated customer sales. Interarea transfers and eliminations
reflect the shipment of raw component parts between areas. Long-lived assets
consists of the Company's property and equipment. Corporate long-lived assets
are included with United States assets.
    
 
EXPORT REVENUES
 
   
    Consolidated revenues include export revenues of $6,484,000, $12,430,000,
$11,804,000 and $9,983,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the
eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended December 31, 1998,
respectively. Export revenues are primarily derived from sales to customers
located in Western Europe, the Far East and Canada.
    
 
   
NOTE 18 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
    
 
    The Company's Swiss subsidiary sponsors a defined contribution pension plan
covering substantially all of its employees as required by Swiss law.
Contributions and costs, which are shared equally by the
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 18 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    
   
Company and the employees, are determined as a percentage of each covered
employees' salary. Company contributions and costs associated with the plan were
$151,000, $157,000, $102,000 and $51,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1997, the eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months ended
December 31, 1998, respectively.
    
 
   
    Substantially all of the Company's domestic employees are eligible to
participate in a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the "Plan"). Participation in
the Plan is at the discretion of each individual employee who is eligible to
participate. Each participating employee is permitted to contribute up to a
maximum amount defined in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries may make
periodic discretionary matching contributions to the Plan. The Company made
matching contributions of $41,000, $128,000 and $95,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1997, the eight months ended August 31, 1998 and the four months
ended December 31, 1998, respectively. No matching contributions were made to
the plan during the year ended December 31, 1996. The costs associated with
administering the plan were not significant for any period presented.
    
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 19 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
    The Company's transactions with related parties included in the consolidated
financial statements are summarized in the table below (amounts in thousands):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED                      FOUR MONTHS
                                                          DECEMBER 31,      EIGHT MONTHS      ENDED
                                                      --------------------  ENDED AUGUST    DECEMBER
                                                        1996       1997       31, 1998      31, 1998
                                                      ---------  ---------  -------------  -----------
                                                                            (PREDECESSOR)
                                                         (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
DLJ
  Transaction financing fees........................  $  --      $  --        $  --         $  12,000
  Credit facility outstanding borrowings............     --         --           --             4,800
  Credit facility interest expense..................     --         --           --               282
  Bridge notes interest expense.....................     --         --           --             1,041
Global Technology Partners, LLC
  Promissory notes receivable.......................     --         --           --               352
Senior Subordinated Lenders
  Interest and advisory fees
    Earned during the period........................        983        358       --            --
    Accrued and payable as of year end..............         43     --           --            --
  Purchase of Convertible Notes, Preferred Stock and
    Redeemable Warrants in conjunction with ADS
    acquisition.....................................      2,000     --           --            --
  Fees and expenses earned..........................         36     --           --            --
  Debt repaid with IPO proceeds
    Senior subordinated debt........................     --          7,000       --            --
    Convertible Notes...............................     --          1,000       --            --
Investors
  Purchases of debt and equity securities
    Preferred Stock and Redeemable Warrants in
      conjunction with Minority Interest
      acquisition...................................      6,500     --           --            --
    Convertible Notes, Preferred Stock and
      Redeemable Warrants in conjunction with ADS
      acquisition...................................      4,000     --           --            --
  Fees and expenses earned..........................         74     --           --            --
  Convertible Notes
    Interest earned during the period...............         86         98       --            --
    Interest accrued and payable as of year end.....         86     --           --            --
    Repaid with IPO proceeds........................     --          2,000       --            --
</TABLE>
    
 
    Each related party is described below:
 
   
    DLJ -- The Company and its affiliates incurred fees payable to DLJ related
entities of approximately $12.0 million in connection with the DLJ Acquisition.
The Bridge Notes issued to finance the DLJ acquisition were also purchased by a
DLJ entity. In addition, DLJ is involved in making a market for the Notes and
may hold such Notes from time to time. The Company's credit facility is also
provided by a syndicate of lenders led by DLJ related entities.
    
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 19 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    Global Technology Partners, LLC ("GTP") -- Two members of the Company's
Board of Directors are also members of GTP. In December 1998, GTP purchased
approximately $704,000 of shares of common and preferred stock of DeCrane
Holdings. The Company loaned half of the purchase price for such shares to GTP
at an interest rate equal to the interest rate on the longest maturity senior
bank debt of the Company in effect from time to time, plus 1.0%. The loans are
repayable out of the proceeds from the sale of such stock, are secured by such
stock, and are classified as a reduction in stockholders' equity. Upon
collection of the notes, funds will be advanced to DeCrane Holdings.
    
 
   
    Senior Subordinated Lenders - Own 8.9% of the Company's issued and
outstanding common stock at December 31, 1997, were represented on the Company's
Board of Directors in 1995 and 1996, and provided a portion of the Company's
Convertible Notes financing and the Subordinated Debt (Notes 10 and 14). The
ownership percentage reflects the cashless exercise and conversion of all
Preferred Stock, Preferred Stock warrants, common stock warrants and Redeemable
Warrants into 451,370 common shares in conjunction with the Recapitalization
(Note 14).
    
 
   
    Investors - Own 16.4% of the Company's issued and outstanding common stock
at December 31, 1997, are represented on the Company's Board of Directors, and
provided a portion of the Company's Convertible Notes and Preferred Stock
financing (Notes 10 and 14). The ownership percentage reflects the cashless
exercise and conversion of all Preferred Stock and Redeemable Warrants into
840,808 common shares in conjunction with the Recapitalization (Note 14).
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
    In conjunction with the Notes, Bridge Notes and credit facility described in
Note 2, the following summarized condensed consolidating financial information
is presented for the Company, segregating guarantor subsidiaries and
non-guarantor subsidiaries. The accompanying financial information in the
"Guarantor Subsidiaries" column reflects the financial position, results of
operations and cash flows for those subsidiaries which guarantee the Notes and
credit facility. The accompanying financial information in the "DeCrane Holdings
Co." column reflects the financial position, results of operations and cash
flows for DeCrane Holdings and DeCrane Aircraft, the issuer. The guarantor
subsidiaries are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company and the guarantees are
full, unconditional, and joint and several. Separate financial statements of the
guarantor subsidiaries are not presented because management believes that such
financial statements would not be material to investors.
    
 
    Investments in subsidiaries in the following condensed consolidating
financial information are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
Consolidating adjustments include the following:
 
        (1) Elimination of investments in subsidiaries.
 
        (2) Elimination of intercompany accounts.
 
        (3) Elimination of intercompany sales between guarantor and
    non-guarantor subsidiaries.
 
   
        (4) Elimination of equity in earnings of subsidiaries.
    
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
   
BALANCE SHEETS (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1997 (PREDECESSOR)
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     DECRANE AIRCRAFT    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                      HOLDINGS, INC.    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES     ADJUSTMENTS            TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents........      $    16          $   109         $    81        $ --                 $   206
  Accounts receivable, net.........      --                17,101           1,051          --                  18,152
  Inventories......................      --                24,399           1,577          --                  25,976
  Other current assets.............           98              505             179          --                     782
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
    Total current assets...........          114           42,114           2,888          --                  45,116
 
Property and equipment, net........          290           12,928             836          --                  14,054
Other assets, principally
 intangibles, net..................          472           39,257             238          --                  39,967
Investments in subsidiaries........       20,414            3,378          --             (23,792)(1)          --
Intercompany receivables...........       60,946              659           4,357         (65,962)(2)          --
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
                                         $82,236          $98,336         $ 8,319        $(89,754)            $99,137
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term obligations...........      $     4          $   801         $   621        $ --                 $ 1,426
  Other current liabilities........        4,333           12,780           1,805          --                  18,918
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
    Total current liabilities......        4,337           13,581           2,426          --                  20,344
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
Long-term liabilities
  Long-term obligations............       36,027            1,372              13          --                  37,412
  Intercompany payable.............          873           64,430             659         (65,962)(2)          --
  Other long-term liabilities......        1,333               96             425          --                   1,854
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
    Total long-term liabilities....       38,233           65,898           1,097         (65,962)             39,266
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
Stockholders' equity
  Capital..........................       51,110           12,418           1,194         (13,612)(1)          51,110
  Retained earnings (deficit)......      (11,444)           6,439           3,741         (10,180)(1)         (11,444)
  Accumulated comprehensive income
    (loss).........................      --                --                (139)         --                    (139)
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
    Total stockholder's equity.....       39,666           18,857           4,796         (23,792)             39,527
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
                                         $82,236          $98,336         $ 8,319        $(89,754)            $99,137
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         DECRANE         GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR    CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                       HOLDINGS CO.     SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ADJUSTMENTS            TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                   <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents........      $  2,458         $    762        $   298        $ --                  $  3,518
  Accounts receivable, net.........       --                28,917          1,524          --                    30,441
  Inventories......................       --                32,624          1,657          --                    34,281
  Other current assets.............         7,066              894            237          --                     8,197
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
    Total current assets...........         9,524           63,197          3,716          --                    76,437
 
Property and equipment, net........           272           26,170          1,718          --                    28,160
Other assets, principally
 intangibles, net..................        12,248          200,383         13,842          --                   226,473
Investments in subsidiaries........       239,101            4,373         --             (243,474)(1)           --
Intercompany receivables...........        45,710              693          3,567          (49,970)(2)           --
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
                                         $306,855         $294,816        $22,843        $(293,444)            $331,070
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Short-term obligations...........      $    892         $    628        $   292        $ --                  $  1,812
  Other current liabilities........        10,573           16,651          1,174          --                    28,398
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
    Total current liabilities......        11,465           17,279          1,466          --                    30,210
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
Long-term liabilities
  Long-term obligations............       184,822              131         --              --                   184,953
  Intercompany payables............        (3,694)          53,388            276          (49,970)(2)           --
  Other long-term liabilities......        16,278              658            713          --                    17,649
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
    Total long-term liabilities....       197,406           54,177            989          (49,970)             202,602
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
Mandatorily redeemable preferred
 stock.............................        35,884           --             --              --                    35,884
Stockholders' equity
  Capital..........................        64,668          214,823         15,440         (230,263)(1)           64,668
  Retained earnings (deficit)......        (2,568)           8,537          4,674          (13,211)(1)           (2,568)
  Accumulated comprehensive income
    (loss).........................       --                --                274          --                       274
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.....        62,100          223,360         20,388         (243,474)              62,374
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
                                         $306,855         $294,816        $22,843         (293,444)            $331,070
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
                                         --------       ------------   -------------   ---------------       ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
   
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 (PREDECESSOR)
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     DECRANE AIRCRAFT    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                      HOLDINGS, INC.    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES     ADJUSTMENTS            TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                  <C>
Revenues...........................      $--              $61,835         $11,934        $ (8,670)(3)         $65,099
Cost of sales......................      --                48,542           9,520          (8,670)(3)          49,392
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
  Gross profit.....................      --                13,293           2,414          --                  15,707
 
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses..........................        2,461            7,240           1,046          --                  10,747
Amortization of intangible
 assets............................      --                   695              14          --                     709
Interest expense...................        4,032              129              87          --                   4,248
Intercompany charges...............       (2,182)           2,002             180          --                  --
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries......................       (2,820)            (594)         --               3,414(4)           --
Other expenses (income)............           (3)             204             (93)         --                     108
Provisions for income taxes........         (671)           1,225             158          --                     712
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
Net income (loss)..................      $  (817)         $ 2,392         $ 1,022        $ (3,414)            $  (817)
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       ------------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 (PREDECESSOR)
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     DECRANE AIRCRAFT    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                      HOLDINGS, INC.    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES     ADJUSTMENTS             TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                  <C>
Revenues...........................      $--              $106,154        $13,128        $(10,379)(3)         $108,903
Cost of sales......................      --                 81,115          9,511         (10,379)(3)           80,247
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
  Gross profit.....................      --                 25,039          3,617          --                   28,656
 
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses..........................        3,646            10,720          1,390          --                   15,756
Amortization of intangible
 assets............................      --                    892             13          --                      905
Interest expense...................        2,888               220             46          --                    3,154
Intercompany charges...............       (4,617)            4,432            185          --                   --
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries......................       (6,392)             (999)        --               7,391(4)            --
Other expenses.....................      --                    161             82          --                      243
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes.............................         (779)            3,678            445          --                    3,344
Extraordinary charge, net of tax...        2,078            --             --              --                    2,078
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
Net income.........................      $ 3,176          $  5,935        $ 1,456        $ (7,391)            $  3,176
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       EIGHT MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998 (PREDECESSOR)
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     DECRANE AIRCRAFT    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                      HOLDINGS, INC.    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES     ADJUSTMENTS             TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                  <C>
Revenues...........................      $--              $87,312         $ 8,503         $(5,738)(3)          $90,077
Cost of sales......................      --                59,252           6,587          (5,738)(3)           60,101
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
  Gross profit.....................      --                28,060           1,916          --                   29,976
 
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses..........................        3,949           11,041             729          --                   15,719
Nonrecurring charges...............        3,632           --              --              --                    3,632
Amortization of intangible
 assets............................      --                 1,337              10          --                    1,347
Interest expense (income)..........        2,343                7          --              --                    2,350
Intercompany charges...............       (4,357)           4,229             128          --                   --
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries......................       (6,824)            (489)         --               7,313(4)            --
Other expenses (income)............          600             (164)            411          --                      847
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes.............................       (2,532)           5,275             149          --                    2,892
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
Net income.........................      $ 3,189          $ 6,824         $   489         $(7,313)             $ 3,189
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOUR MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         DECRANE         GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING        CONSOLIDATED
                                       HOLDINGS CO.     SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES     ADJUSTMENTS             TOTAL
                                     ----------------   ------------   -------------   --------------       -------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>            <C>             <C>                  <C>
Revenues...........................      $--              $58,904         $ 5,041         $(3,589)             $60,356
Cost of sales......................      --                42,691           3,637          (3,589)              42,739
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
Gross profit.......................      --                16,213           1,404          --                   17,617
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses..........................        1,741            8,124             409          --                   10,274
Nonrecurring charges...............      --                --              --              --                   --
Amortization of intangible
 assets............................          102            2,868             178          --                    3,148
Interest expense (income)..........        6,769               92               6          --                    6,867
Intercompany charges...............       (3,088)           3,025              63          --                   --
Equity in earnings of
 subsidiaries......................       (7,753)            (506)         --               8,259(4)            --
Other expenses (income)............      --                   132             203          --                      335
Provision for income taxes
 (benefit).........................        2,568           (5,275)             39          --                   (2,668)
Extraordinary charge, net of tax...        2,229           --              --              --                    2,229
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
Net income (loss)..................      $(2,568)         $ 7,753         $   506         $(8,259)             $(2,568)
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
                                         -------        ------------   -------------      -------           -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 (PREDECESSOR)
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      DECRANE
                                     AIRCRAFT
                                     HOLDINGS,     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTOR  CONSOLIDATING CONSOLIDATED
                                       INC.       SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES   ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities
  Net income (loss)..............    $    (817)    $   2,392     $   1,022     $  (3,414)   $    (817)
  Adjustments to net income
    (loss)
    Non-cash adjustments to net
      income (loss)..............        1,093         2,623           903        --            4,619
    Equity in earnings of
      subsidiaries...............       (2,820)         (594)       --             3,414(4)     --
    Changes in working capital...         (864)        1,525        (1,505)       --             (844)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) operating
        activities...............       (3,408)        5,946           420        --            2,958
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing
  activities
  Acquisition of companies, net
    of cash acquired.............      (18,200)       --            --            --          (18,200)
  Capital expenditures and
    other........................          (97)       (5,353)         (366)       --           (5,816)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash used for investing
        activities...............      (18,297)       (5,353)         (366)       --          (24,016)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing
  activities
  Net proceeds from sale of
    equity.......................        8,240        --            --            --            8,240
  Debt financing for
    acquisitions.................       13,548        --            --            --           13,548
  Principal payments on long-term
    debt and leases..............       (1,500)         (438)          (63)       --           (2,001)
  Line of credit borrowings
    (repayments).................        1,280        --               (89)       --            1,191
  Other, net.....................          158           (85)       --            --               73
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) financing
        activities...............       21,726          (523)         (152)       --           21,051
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Effect of foreign currency
  translation on cash............       --            --                22        --               22
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and equivalents................           21            70           (76)       --               15
Cash and equivalents at beginning
  of period......................           16            17           272        --              305
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash and equivalents at end of
  period.........................    $      37     $      87     $     196     $  --        $     320
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 (PREDECESSOR)
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      DECRANE
                                     AIRCRAFT
                                     HOLDINGS,     GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTOR  CONSOLIDATING CONSOLIDATED
                                       INC.       SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES   ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities
  Net income.....................    $   3,176     $   5,935     $   1,456     $  (7,391)   $   3,176
  Adjustments to net income
    Non-cash adjustments to net
      income.....................        1,307         4,687           829        --            6,823
    Equity in earnings of
      subsidiaries...............       (6,392)         (999)       --             7,391(4)     --
    Changes in working capital...        1,374        (4,530)       (2,202)       --           (5,358)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) operating
        activities...............         (535)        5,093            83        --            4,641
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing
  activities
  Acquisition of companies, net
    of cash acquired.............      (23,597)       --            --            --          (23,597)
  Capital expenditures and
    other........................         (244)       (3,823)         (145)       --           (4,212)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash used for investing
        activities...............      (23,841)       (3,823)         (145)       --          (27,809)
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing
  activities
  Net proceeds from sale of
    equity.......................       28,933        --            --            --           28,933
  Net debt repaid with equity
    offering proceeds............      (29,848)       --            --            --          (29,848)
  Debt financing for
    acquisitions.................       23,597        --            --            --           23,597
  Principal payments on long-term
    debt and leases..............         (474)       (1,147)          (54)       --           (1,675)
  Line of credit borrowings
    (repayments).................        1,907        --               (96)       --            1,811
  Other, net.....................          240          (101)       --            --              139
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) financing
        activities...............       24,355        (1,248)         (150)       --           22,957
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Effect of foreign currency
  translation on cash............       --            --                97        --               97
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and equivalents................          (21)           22          (115)       --             (114)
Cash and equivalents at beginning
  of period......................           37            87           196        --              320
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Cash and equivalents at end of
  period.........................    $      16     $     109     $      81     $  --        $     206
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                   -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             EIGHT MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998 (PREDECESSOR)
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      DECRANE
                                     AIRCRAFT
                                     HOLDINGS,     GUARANTOR    NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING CONSOLIDATED
                                       INC.       SUBSIDIARIES  SUBSIDIARIES    ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities
  Net income.....................    $   3,189     $   6,824      $     489      $  (7,313)   $   3,189
  Adjustments to net income
    Non-cash adjustments to net
      income.....................       (2,222)        3,420            557         --            1,755
    Equity in earnings of
      subsidiaries...............       (6,824)         (489)        --              7,313(4)     --
    Changes in working capital...        5,492        (7,393)           (29)        --           (1,930)
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) operating
        activities...............         (365)        2,362          1,017         --            3,014
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing
  activities
  Acquisition of companies, net
    of cash acquired.............      (87,071)        1,263         --             --          (85,808)
  Capital expenditures and
    other........................          (44)       (1,306)          (220)        --           (1,570)
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash used for investing
        activities...............      (87,115)          (43)          (220)        --          (87,378)
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing
  activities
  Net proceeds from sale of
    equity.......................       34,815        --             --             --           34,815
  Net debt repaid with equity
    offering proceeds............      (34,815)       --             --             --          (34,815)
  Debt financing for
    acquisitions.................       85,808        --             --             --           85,808
  Principal payments on long-term
    debt and leases..............           (3)       (1,280)           (34)        --           (1,317)
  Line of credit borrowings
    (repayments).................        6,007        --               (554)        --            5,453
  Other, net.....................           23           (96)        --             --              (73)
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
        for) financing
        activities...............       91,835        (1,376)          (588)        --           89,871
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Effect of foreign currency
  translation on cash............       --            --                 26         --               26
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Net increase in cash and
  equivalents....................        4,355           943            235         --            5,533
Cash and equivalents at beginning
  of period......................           16           109             81         --              206
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash and equivalents at end of
  period.........................        4,371     $   1,052      $     316      $  --        $   5,739
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
                                   -------------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 20 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(CONTINUED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOUR MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          DECRANE
                                         HOLDINGS     GUARANTOR    NON-GUARANTOR   CONSOLIDATING CONSOLIDATED
                                            CO.      SUBSIDIARIES  SUBSIDIARIES    ADJUSTMENTS     TOTAL
                                        -----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income..........................   $  (2,568)   $   7,753      $     506      $  (8,259)   $  (2,568)
  Adjustments to net income
    Non-cash adjustments to net
      income..........................      (2,632)       4,964           (274)        --            2,058
    Equity in earnings of
      subsidiaries....................      (7,753)        (506)        --              8,259(4)     --
    Changes in working capital........      12,408      (10,272)          (618)        --            1,518
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used for)
        operating activities..........        (545)       1,939           (386)        --            1,008
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchase of DeCrane Aircraft........    (190,865)      --             --             --         (190,865)
  Capital expenditures and other......      --           (1,746)           (67)        --           (1,813)
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash used for investing
        activities....................    (190,865)      (1,746)           (67)        --         (192,678)
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Financing of DeCrane Aircraft
    acquisition.......................     190,865       --             --             --          190,865
  Net proceeds from sale of equity....      --           --             --             --           --
  Net debt repaid with equity offering
    proceeds..........................      --           --             --             --           --
  Debt financing for acquisitions.....      --           --             --             --           --
  Principal payments on long-term debt
    and leases........................          (1)        (447)           (10)        --             (458)
  Line of credit borrowings
    (repayments)......................      (1,367)      --                264         --           (1,103)
  Other, net..........................      --              (36)        --             --              (36)
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used for)
        financing activities..........     189,497         (483)           254         --          189,268
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Effect of foreign currency translation
  on cash.............................      --           --                181         --              181
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
  equivalents.........................      (1,913)        (290)           (18)        --           (2,221)
Cash and equivalents at beginning of
  period..............................       4,371        1,052            316         --            5,739
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
Cash and equivalents at end of
  period..............................   $   2,458    $     762      $     298      $  --        $   3,518
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
                                        -----------  -----------         -----     -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
NOTE 21 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    
 
   
    In January 1999, the Company acquired 100% of PATS, Inc.'s stock for a
purchase price of $41.5 million (including the assumption of debt) subject to
adjustments for changes to its net working capital, and reserves for certain
environmental and other indemnities made by the shareholders. PATS is a
Maryland-based designer, manufacturer and installer of aircraft and avionics
systems. Among other things, PATS is the principal supplier of auxiliary fuel
tank systems to the Boeing Business Jet program. The transaction will be
accounted for as a purchase and the difference between the purchase price and
the fair
    
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
    
 
   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
NOTE 21 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    
value of the net assets acquired will be recorded as goodwill and amortized on a
straight-line basis over thirty years.
 
   
NOTE 22 -- CONDENSED QUARTERLY DATA FOR 1997 AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                     --------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (PREDECESSOR)
<S>                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
                                                                                         (TWO MONTHS   (ONE MONTH
                                                                                            ENDED         ENDED
                                                                                         AUGUST 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                            1998)         1998)
                        1ST        2ND        3RD         4TH         1ST        2ND         3RD           3RD           4TH
                     ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -----------
Revenues...........  $  26,118  $  28,130  $  26,639   $  28,016   $  29,128  $  29,854   $  31,095     $  16,012     $  44,344
Gross profit.......      6,011      7,214      6,998       8,433       8,987      9,720      11,269         4,932        12,685
Income (loss)
 before
 extraordinary
 item..............        629      1,454      1,481       1,690       1,688      1,672        (171)         (484)          145
Extraordinary loss
 from debt
 refinancing.......     --         (2,078)    --          --          --         --          --              (296)       (1,933)
Net income
 (loss)............        629       (624)     1,481       1,690       1,688      1,672        (171)         (780)       (1,788)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
Avtech Corporation
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of income, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Avtech Corporation at September 30,
1996 and 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
June 12, 1998
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ----------------
                                                     1996     1997    JUNE 25, 1998
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................  $ 1,052  $ 4,136    $   1,093
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of $20, $20 and $20 at
    September 30, 1996 and 1997 and June 25, 1998,
    respectively..................................    7,398    4,928        5,321
  Inventories.....................................    4,233    5,254        5,832
  Prepaid expenses and other assets...............       69      183           57
  Income taxes refundable.........................    --       --           4,368
  Deferred income taxes...........................    --         247        1,613
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
    Total current assets..........................   12,752   14,748       18,284
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
Property, plant and equipment
  Land............................................      431      791          791
  Buildings and improvements......................    2,411    4,685        5,176
  Machinery and equipment.........................    2,764    3,005        3,477
  Furniture, computer and other equipment.........    3,216    3,426        3,555
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                      8,822   11,907       12,999
  Less: Accumulated depreciation..................   (6,523)  (7,050)      (7,380)
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                      2,299    4,857        5,619
Other assets
  Patents, net of amortization....................        5        4            4
  Deferred income taxes...........................    --         629        3,239
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
    Total assets..................................  $15,056  $20,238    $  27,146
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable................................  $   768  $ 1,388    $   1,396
  Accrued expenses................................    2,120    4,043        1,955
  Deferred income taxes...........................      389    --         --
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
    Total current liabilities.....................    3,277    5,431        3,351
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
Long-term liabilities
  Deferred compensation...........................    1,229    1,385      --
  Other...........................................      438      472          472
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                      1,667    1,857          472
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)............    --       --         --
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
Stockholders' equity
  Common stock, no par value, 1,500,000 shares
    authorized; 323,541, 318,929 and 468,929
    shares outstanding at September 30, 1996 and
    1997 and June 25, 1998, respectively..........      237      232       10,519
  Retained earnings...............................    9,875   12,718       12,804
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                     10,112   12,950       23,323
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                    $15,056  $20,238    $  27,146
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
                                                    -------  -------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,      --------------------
                                                             -------------------------------  JUNE 30,   JUNE 25,
                                                               1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales......................................................  $  21,020  $  28,797  $  32,619  $  24,071  $  30,634
Cost of sales..............................................     12,333     15,967     20,422     14,667     19,643
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit...........................................      8,687     12,830     12,197      9,404     10,991
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses
  General and administrative...............................      1,991      1,992      2,758      1,915      2,448
  Selling expenses.........................................      1,257      1,559      1,295        880      1,180
  Research, development and engineering....................      2,853      2,697      2,707      2,040      2,013
  Employee stock ownership plan............................      1,200      1,000      1,200        900        600
  Nonrecurring bonus and employment contract termination
    expenses...............................................     --         --         --         --          3,592
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 7,301      7,248      7,960      5,735      9,833
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from operations.....................................      1,386      5,582      4,237      3,669      1,158
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Other income (expense)
  Interest expense.........................................         (8)        (8)        (6)    --         --
  Gain on disposal of equipment............................     --             14     --         --         --
  Interest income..........................................         46         30        269        197        169
  Rental income, net.......................................     --         --             32     --             62
  Stockholder transaction expenses.........................     --         --         --         --         (1,229)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    38         36        295        197       (998)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before provision for federal income tax.............      1,424      5,618      4,532      3,866        160
Provision for federal income tax...........................        493      1,934      1,518      1,352         74
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.................................................  $     931  $   3,684  $   3,014  $   2,514  $      86
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               STATED
                                                                                  NUMBER OF   VALUE OF
                                                                                   SHARES      COMMON    RETAINED
                                                                                 OUTSTANDING    STOCK    EARNINGS
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance at September 30, 1994..................................................     323,541   $     237  $   5,260
 
Net income.....................................................................      --          --            931
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
 
Balance at September 30, 1995..................................................     323,541         237      6,191
 
Net income.....................................................................      --          --          3,684
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
 
Balance at September 30, 1996..................................................     323,541         237      9,875
 
Stock redemption...............................................................      (4,612)         (5)      (171)
 
Net income.....................................................................      --          --          3,014
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
 
Balance at September 30, 1997..................................................     318,929         232     12,718
 
Exercise of stock options (Unaudited)..........................................     150,000       2,683     --
 
Tax benefit of stock options exercised (Unaudited).............................      --           7,604     --
 
Net income (Unaudited).........................................................      --          --             86
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
 
Balance at June 25, 1998 (Unaudited)...........................................     468,929   $  10,519  $  12,804
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,      --------------------
                                                              -------------------------------  JUNE 30,   JUNE 25,
                                                                1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income................................................  $     931  $   3,684  $   3,014  $   2,514  $      86
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities
    Depreciation and amortization...........................        587        582        528        363        405
    Gain on sale of property and equipment..................     --            (14)    --         --         --
    Deferred income tax provision...........................         54        947     (1,265)    (1,150)       334
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable...................................     (1,797)    (2,990)     2,470      2,899       (393)
      Inventories...........................................     (1,504)       198     (1,021)    (1,216)      (578)
      Prepaid and other current assets......................         63        (20)      (114)       (86)       126
      Accounts payable......................................        400       (152)       620        678          8
      Accrued expenses......................................      1,620       (872)     2,153      1,209     (2,977)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
      operating activities..................................        354      1,363      6,385      5,211     (2,989)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchases of property and equipment.......................       (735)      (509)    (3,085)      (370)    (1,167)
  Proceeds from sale of assets..............................     --             15     --         --         --
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash used in investing activities...................       (735)      (494)    (3,085)      (370)    (1,167)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Exercise of stock options.................................     --         --         --         --          1,143
  Stock redemption..........................................     --         --           (176)      (176)    --
  Capital lease obligations.................................        (36)       (36)       (40)       (27)       (30)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash used in
      financing activities..................................        (36)       (36)      (216)      (203)     1,113
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and
  equivalents...............................................       (417)       833      3,084      4,638     (3,043)
Cash and equivalents at beginning
  of the period.............................................        636        219      1,052      1,052      4,136
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and equivalents at end of
  the period................................................  $     219  $   1,052  $   4,136  $   5,690  $   1,093
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
 
    Avtech Corporation (the "Company") is a custom design and manufacturing firm
established in 1963 to produce high-quality equipment for the aircraft industry.
In 1970, the Company began to produce engineered products and has since focused
its engineering and product development efforts on responding to specifications
from original equipment aircraft manufacturers (OEMs). The Company's products
fall into five main categories:
 
1.  Aircraft communication control equipment (including audio control units,
    multiplexed audio systems and audio amplifiers).
 
2.  Aircraft lighting controls (including ballasts, dimmers and flood lighting).
 
3.  Power systems (including transformer rectifier units, power inverters and
    battery chargers).
 
4.  Airborne facsimile terminals (AvFax).
 
5.  Special products (including PDX intercoms, liquid-gauging and fill control,
    and frequency units).
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION
 
    The presentation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
    At September 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company maintained $549,000 and
$119,000, respectively, of its cash and cash equivalents balances at one bank.
At September 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company maintained $503,000 and $4,017,000,
respectively, in a money market funds and bankers' acceptances.
 
RECEIVABLES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Accounts receivable from trade customers are generally due within thirty
days. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers'
financial conditions and generally does not require collateral. All of the
Company's sales are to businesses directly associated with the aviation industry
(airlines, aircraft manufacturers, etc.). Approximately 70% of the Company's
sales are to customers based in the United States.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line and accelerated methods over the following estimated lives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEARS
                                                                                        ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Buildings.............................................................................    20-39
Building improvements.................................................................    10-39
Machinery and equipment...............................................................      5
Furniture, computer and other equipment...............................................     5-7
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. Additions
and improvements are capitalized. When property, plant and equipment are sold or
otherwise disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated depreciation
account are relieved, and any gain or loss is included in operations.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in,
first-out method) or market. Costs of manufactured inventories include all
direct materials, labor and an allocation of overhead. Market represents the
lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues from the sale of manufactured products are recorded when shipped.
Reimbursements for nonrecurring engineering costs, which are expensed as
incurred, are included in revenues at the time a negotiated settlement is
reached with the customer. The Company's nonrecurring engineering revenues for
the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 were $1,257,000, $4,042,000
and $527,000, respectively. Included within accounts receivable at September 30,
1996 are $3,384,000 of unbilled receivables which were collected in fiscal year
1997.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred income taxes are determined using the liability method. A deferred
tax asset or liability is determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured by the
enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.
Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in the asset and/or liability for
deferred taxes.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    As permitted under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No., 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), the Company measures
compensation expense related to the employee stock option plan utilizing the
intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees".
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ACCRUED WARRANTIES
 
    The Company sells a majority of its products to customers along with various
repair or replacement warranties. The terms of the warranties vary according to
the customer and/or the product involved. The most common warranty period is the
earlier of:
 
   
a.  36 months from the date of delivery to the operator, or
    
 
   
b.  42 months from the date of manufacture.
    
 
    Provisions for estimated future warranty costs are made in the period
corresponding to the sale of the product. Classification between short and
long-term warranty obligations is estimated based on historical trends.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
 
    The financial information as of June 25, 1998 and for the nine months ended
June 30, 1997 and June 25, 1998 is unaudited. In the opinion of the Company, the
unaudited financial information is presented on a basis consistent with the
audited financial statements and contains all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for
such interim period. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of results of operations for the full year.
 
NOTE 2 - INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories at September 30, 1996 and 1997 and June 25, 1998 (unaudited)
consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   --------------------   JUNE 25,
                                                                     1996       1997        1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Raw materials and components.....................................  $   2,488  $   2,617   $   3,218
Work in process..................................................      1,285      2,014       1,912
Finished goods...................................................        460        623         702
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                   $   4,233  $   5,254   $   5,832
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    The Company owns property located immediately adjacent to its main facility.
The property is not currently used for any rental or productive activity. In
1990, the property was condemned by the local authorities and is considered
unsuitable for habitation in its current state. The current carrying value of
$62,000 represents the original cost of the land and is lower than its estimated
net realizable value.
 
    In 1997, the Company purchased a 20,275 square foot office building and an
adjacent vacant lot for investment purposes. The net book value of the property
was $2,134,000 at September 30, 1997. The Company leases the office space to
tenants under one to three-year noncancelable operating leases. At
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
March 31, 1998, the building was fully occupied. Minimum future rentals to be
received on noncancelable leases are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
1998..............................................................  $     128
1999..............................................................  $      20
</TABLE>
 
    The Company leases equipment under a five-year lease term. Based on the
provisions of Statement No. 13, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board, these leases meet the criteria of capital leases and, accordingly, have
been recorded as such. These assets are stated on the balance sheet at their
capitalized cost of $194,000. Depreciation of $161,000 has been recognized
through September 30, 1997.
 
NOTE 4 - ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
    Accrued expenses at September 30, 1996 and 1997 consist of the following
(amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                                   1996       1997
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
Employee compensation and related taxes........................................................  $     875  $   2,556
Employee stock option plan contribution........................................................      1,000      1,200
Current portion of warranty reserve............................................................        204        240
Other..........................................................................................         41         47
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 $   2,120  $   4,043
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 - DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS
 
    The Company sponsors an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) for the benefit
of employees with twelve or more months of continuous service. Contributions are
made to the plan at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. The
Company's contributions for the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997
were $1,200,000, $1,000,000 and $1,200,000, respectively.
 
    The Company also sponsors a cash or deferred compensation (401k) plan for
the benefit of eligible employees. Under the plan, employees may elect to defer
a portion of their compensation (subject to statutory limitations).
Discretionary contributions by the Company may be made when authorized by the
Board of Directors. No such contributions were made during the years ended
September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
NOTE 6 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
    The provision (benefit) for federal income taxes is comprised of the
following (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                                           1995       1996       1997
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Current................................................................................  $     439  $     987  $   2,783
Deferred...............................................................................         54        947     (1,265)
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         $     493  $   1,934  $   1,518
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The provision for federal income tax expense approximates the federal
statutory rate for all periods presented. The Company is not required to pay
state income taxes.
 
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 1996 and 1997 include
the following (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                  --------------------
                                                                                                    1996       1997
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                               <C>        <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Reserves........................................................................................  $     335  $     393
Compensatory stock options......................................................................        416        471
Capitalized inventories.........................................................................         10         12
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                        761        876
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Deferred revenue................................................................................     (1,150)    --
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  $    (389) $     876
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The classification in the balance sheet between current and noncurrent
deferred tax assets is based on the classification of the related asset that
gives rise to the temporary difference. A deferred tax asset that is not related
to an asset is classified according to the expected reversal date of the
temporary difference.
 
NOTE 7 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company has commitments based on open purchase orders arising out of its
normal business operations. As of September 30, 1996 and 1997, these commitments
were $5,080,000 and $6,760,000, respectively.
 
TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE CLAUSES
 
    The Company routinely enters into contractual commitments with customers to
design and manufacture parts. These contracts contain "termination for
convenience" clauses that permit recovery of costs incurred by the Company if
the customer terminates the contract prior to its completion. These recoveries
are included in sales when billed.
 
                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
LEASING ARRANGEMENTS
 
    The Company leases a building under a five-year operating lease. The lease
calls for monthly payments of $5,000 plus utilities, taxes and maintenance and
expires in April 2001. The lessor has the right to terminate the lease at
anytime by giving the Company at least twelve months written notice. The Company
subleases a portion of its facilities under an operating lease that expires
December 1998. The following is net rental expense under operating leases for
the years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                            -------------------------------
                                                                                              1995       1996       1997
                                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Rent expense..............................................................................  $      60  $      60  $      60
Less: Sublease rentals....................................................................         (7)       (11)       (10)
                                                                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                                                            $      53  $      49  $      50
                                                                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                                                                  ---        ---        ---
</TABLE>
 
    The following is a schedule by years of the future minimum rentals under
this lease (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,                                              LESSEE      SUBLEASE       NET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
    1998...........................................................   $      60    $      10   $      50
    1999...........................................................          60           11          49
    2000...........................................................          60           11          49
    2001...........................................................          60           11          49
                                                                          -----          ---   ---------
                                                                      $     240    $      43   $     197
                                                                          -----          ---   ---------
                                                                          -----          ---   ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 - ECONOMIC DEPENDENCE
 
    A material part of the Company's business is dependent on one customer, the
loss of which could have a material effect on the Company. For the years ended
September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997, approximately 29.5%, 24% and 46.9%,
respectively, of revenues were attributable to this customer. At September 30,
1996 and 1997, accounts receivable from this customer represented approximately
41.1% and 23.4%, respectively, of total accounts receivable.
 
NOTE 9 - STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    Prior to 1993, the Company implemented a nonqualified compensatory stock
option plan with the President. Under this Plan, options to purchase 90,000
shares of the Company's stock were granted at an option price of $2.70 per
share. These options are currently exercisable by the President.
 
    During the year ended September 30, 1994, the Company and three key
employees entered into employment contracts which voided all prior compensatory
stock option plans other than that of the President's. Under these new
contracts, the Company granted 20,000 shares to each of the three employees at
an exercise price of $15 per share. Fair market value was $28 per share at the
date of the grant. Each employee still employed at September 30, 1998, is
entitled to exercise his option to purchase 20,000 fully
 
                                      F-55
<PAGE>
                               AVTECH CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 - STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
vested shares. Accordingly, the Company has expensed $156,000 during each of the
years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997. These shares, when exercised,
cannot be sold until September 30, 2003. The Company has the first right to
purchase the shares upon exercise but is not obligated to do so.
 
    The accumulated expense resulting from the difference between the exercise
prices and fair market values at the respective date of grant has been
classified as a long-term liability in deferred compensation.
 
NOTE 10 - ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
    Supplementary cash flow information for the years ended September 30, 1995,
1996 and 1997 is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ------------------------------
                                                     1995        1996        1997
                                                    ------      ------      ------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash paid during the period for:
  Capital leases..................................  $  36       $   36      $   40
                                                    ------      ------      ------
                                                    ------      ------      ------
  Interest........................................  $  10       $    7      $    5
                                                    ------      ------      ------
                                                    ------      ------      ------
  Income taxes....................................  $--         $1,449      $2,900
                                                    ------      ------      ------
                                                    ------      ------      ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 11 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
    In May 1998, the Company signed a definitive purchase agreement whereby all
of the outstanding shares of the Company would be acquired by DeCrane Aircraft
Holdings, Inc. The transaction was consummated on June 26, 1998. Prior to
closing the transaction, all outstanding stock options were exercised and the
income tax benefit resulting from the tax deduction allowed for the difference
between the exercise price and the fair market value of the stock was recorded.
The $7,604,000 income tax benefit from the stock options exercised is a noncash
transaction for purposes of the statement of cash flows for the nine months
ended June 25, 1998. Additionally, certain members of management were paid a
one-time bonus at closing and the balance due pursuant to their employment
contracts that were terminated immediately prior to closing.
 
                                      F-56
<PAGE>
   
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
PATS, Inc.
    
 
   
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PATS, Inc. and
subsidiaries at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
    
 
   
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
January 25, 1999
    
 
                                      F-57
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                 1997       1998
                                                                               ---------  ---------  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                         1998
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents..................................................  $     401  $     216   $    2,504
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $362,
    $451 and $456, respectively..............................................      2,192      1,347        3,273
  Inventories................................................................      6,586      6,582        7,146
  Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings..........................     --            773        4,770
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................................         75         59           58
  Deferred income taxes......................................................        107        132          132
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total current assets...................................................      9,361      9,109       17,883
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
Property and equipment.......................................................      2,734      6,130        6,823
  Less accumulated depreciation..............................................     (1,334)    (1,745)      (1,968)
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                                   1,400      4,385        4,855
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
Deferred income taxes, net...................................................        600        878          878
Notes receivable--stockholders...............................................        556        560          521
Other assets.................................................................         24         24       --
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total assets...........................................................  $  11,941  $  14,956   $   24,137
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Borrowings from bank.......................................................  $     800  $   1,000   $    4,900
  Notes and lease payable--current...........................................        205        386        1,326
  Trade accounts payable.....................................................      1,106      2,468        2,559
  Customer advances..........................................................      3,668      1,792        2,943
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.....................................      1,329      1,880        2,690
  Income taxes payable.......................................................        484        458        1,246
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
      Total current liabilities..............................................      7,592      7,984       15,664
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
Notes and lease payable--non-current.........................................        591      3,678        3,501
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)......................................     --         --           --
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
Stockholders' equity
  Common stock, $1 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 18,000, 17,490 and
    18,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and
    December 31, 1998, respectively..........................................         18         17           18
  Additional paid-in capital.................................................        429     --              207
  Retained earnings..........................................................      3,311      3,277        4,747
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                                   3,758      3,294        4,972
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                               $  11,941  $  14,956   $   24,137
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-58
<PAGE>
   
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,   ---------------------------
                                                                 --------------------  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1997       1998         1997           1998
                                                                 ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Sales..........................................................  $  21,726  $  23,464    $   9,496     $   19,380
Cost of sales..................................................     15,573     16,992        6,905         14,234
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
  Gross profit.................................................      6,153      6,472        2,591          5,146
Operating expenses
  Selling, general, and administrative.........................      4,106      5,976        2,645          2,535
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
Income from operations.........................................      2,047        496          (54)         2,611
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
Other expenses
  Interest expense, net........................................        (70)      (166)         (50)          (180)
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
Income before provision for income taxes.......................      1,977        330         (104)         2,431
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...........................        782         11          (41)           961
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
Net income (loss)..............................................  $   1,195  $     319    $     (63)    $    1,470
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------       ------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-59
<PAGE>
   
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        ADDITIONAL
                                                             NUMBER OF      COMMON        PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                                              SHARES         STOCK        CAPITAL     EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                                            -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, July 1, 1996.....................................      14,616     $      15     $      55    $   2,116   $   2,186
 
Net income................................................      --            --            --            1,195       1,195
 
Share issuance............................................       3,000             3           514       --             517
 
Share purchases...........................................        (400)           (1)         (399)      --            (400)
 
Shares issued under employee stock benefit plan...........         784             1           259       --             260
                                                            -----------          ---         -----   -----------  ---------
 
Balance, June 30, 1997....................................      18,000            18           429        3,311       3,758
 
Net income................................................      --            --            --              319         319
 
Share purchases...........................................        (510)           (1)         (429)        (353)       (783)
                                                            -----------          ---         -----   -----------  ---------
 
Balance, June 30, 1998....................................      17,490            17        --            3,277       3,294
 
Net income (unaudited)....................................      --            --            --            1,470       1,470
 
Shares issued under employee stock benefit plan
(unaudited)...............................................         510             1           207       --             208
                                                            -----------          ---         -----   -----------  ---------
 
Balance, December 31, 1998 (unaudited)....................      18,000     $      18     $     207    $   4,747   $   4,972
                                                            -----------          ---         -----   -----------  ---------
                                                            -----------          ---         -----   -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-60
<PAGE>
   
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       JUNE 30,        --------------------------
                                                                 --------------------  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1997       1998         1997          1998
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income (loss)............................................  $   1,195  $     319   $      (63)   $    1,470
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    (used in) operating activities
    Depreciation...............................................        306        411          155           223
    Deferred tax (benefit) expense.............................        298       (303)      --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities
    Trade accounts receivable..................................        604        845       (4,836)       (1,926)
    Inventories................................................     (1,042)         4        1,432          (564)
    Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings..........     --           (773)      --            (3,997)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................        (18)        16          (44)            1
    Other assets...............................................     --         --           --                24
    Trade accounts payable.....................................        250      1,362         (848)           90
    Customer advances..........................................     (3,684)    (1,876)       2,938         1,151
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities.....................        895        551         (915)          811
    Income taxes payable.......................................        484        (26)         (41)          788
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities............       (712)       530       (2,222)       (1,929)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Decrease in investment securities available for sale.........        312     --           --            --
  Purchases of property and equipment..........................       (248)    (3,396)      (2,482)         (693)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities............         64     (3,396)      (2,482)         (693)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Advance to stockholders......................................       (342)        (4)      --                39
  Increase in line of credit borrowings........................        800        200        1,700         3,900
  Increase (decrease) in notes and lease payable...............       (233)     3,268        3,113           763
  Stock purchases..............................................       (400)      (783)      --            --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......................        777     --           --               208
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities......................        602      2,681        4,813         4,910
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net decrease in cash...........................................        (46)      (185)         109         2,288
Cash at beginning of period....................................        447        401          401           216
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
  Cash at end of period........................................  $     401  $     216   $      510    $    2,504
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
  Supplemental cash flow disclosures
    Interest paid..............................................  $      70  $     195   $       60    $      189
    Income taxes paid..........................................  $       2  $     376   $   --        $      168
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-61
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
NOTE 1 - THE COMPANY
 
   
    PATS, Inc. (the "Company"), and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, design,
manufacture and service a variety of components for auxiliary power, cooling
systems and fuel systems for the corporate aircraft market. The Company
primarily operates in the U.S. market and approximately 45% of the Company's
sales for fiscal 1998 are to Boeing of Washington. The Company's customers are
principally concentrated in the corporate aircraft industry.
    
 
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are
eliminated in consolidation.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue is recognized when products are shipped, except for products
manufactured under long-term contracts. Further, revenue associated with
manufactured products requiring customer acceptance is recognized only upon
receipt of such acceptance from the customer.
 
    Revenue under long-term contracts is recognized under the percentage of
completion method. This method recognizes costs and estimated earnings as work
is performed. The basis used is the percentage of incurred costs to estimated
total costs after giving effect to management's most recent estimates. When
contract estimates indicate a loss, provision is made for the entire estimated
loss. Long-term contracts in progress are stated at cost plus estimated earnings
but not in excess of net realizable value.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO). Provision has been made for any obsolete
and/or slow-moving inventory.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Major renewals and betterments are capitalized and ordinary repairs and
maintenance are charged against operations in the year incurred. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and
accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Estimated useful lives are 40 years
for buildings and 3 to 7 years for machinery, equipment and vehicles. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the lease term or the estimated useful life of
the improvement, whichever is shorter.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
   
    The Company follows the practice of providing for income taxes using the
asset and liability method specified under Statement of Accounting Standards No.
109 (SFAS 109), "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS 109 requires the recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements and
tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences under SFAS 109, all expected
future events other than enactments of changes in the tax laws or rates are
generally considered.
    
 
                                      F-62
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   
    The carrying amounts of financial instruments including cash, receivables,
accounts payable and debt do not significantly differ from fair values as of
June 30, 1997 and 1998.
    
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly,
actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
   
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
    
 
   
    The financial information as of December 31, 1998 and for the six months
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 is unaudited. In the opinion of the Company,
the unaudited financial information is presented on a basis consistent with the
audited financial statements and contains all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for
such interim period. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of results of operations for the full year.
    
 
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Property and equipment consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
Buildings......................................................................................  $  --      $   2,972
Machinery and equipment........................................................................      2,282      2,666
Leasehold improvements.........................................................................        452        492
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                     2,734      6,130
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................................      1,334      1,745
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 $   1,400  $   4,385
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Depreciation expense for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 was $306,000
and $411,000, respectively.
    
 
NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES
 
   
    Inventories consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
Raw materials..................................................................................  $   3,609  $   4,055
Work-in-process................................................................................      2,977      2,527
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 $   6,586  $   6,582
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-63
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES (CONTINUED)
    Inventories were pledged to the extent of amounts received as customer
advances.
 
NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM CONTRACT
 
   
    During 1998, the Company entered into a long-term contract with Boeing of
Washington to produce fuel tanks. The Company's policy is to account for such
contracts using the percentage of completion method. Unbilled amounts related to
costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings are expected to be billed and
collected within one year (amounts in thousands).
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    COSTS AND
                                                                                                    ESTIMATED
                                                                                                   EARNINGS IN
                                                                                                EXCESS OF BILLINGS
                                                                                                ------------------
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Costs and estimated earnings..................................................................      $   11,513
Less--progress billings.......................................................................          10,740
                                                                                                       -------
                                                                                                    $      773
                                                                                                       -------
                                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 - DEBT AND LINES OF CREDIT
 
   
    Long-term debt consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
Variable rate borrowings under the revolving credit facility...................................  $     800  $   1,000
Industrial revenue bonds variable rate borrowings at 3.75%.....................................     --          2,000
Fixed rates notes
  11.00% note due through 1999.................................................................         79         44
  10.00% note due through 2015.................................................................        385        379
  8.51% note due through 1999..................................................................        192         93
  8.50% note due through 2001..................................................................     --            237
  8.35% note due through 2000..................................................................        140         94
  7.93% note due through 2002..................................................................     --            344
  6.00% note due through 2012..................................................................     --            285
Other obligations (Grant Funds)................................................................     --            588
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                     1,596      5,064
Less current portion...........................................................................      1,005      1,386
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 $     591  $   3,678
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Other obligations include a $450,000 grant from the State of Delaware which
will be forgiven based on the satisfaction of certain employment and operational
requirements. At June 30, 1998, the Company has not met those objectives and,
accordingly, has reflected this amount as an obligation.
    
 
   
    Aggregate principal payments applicable to long-term debt for the next five
fiscal years are as follows: 1999-$1,386,000; 2000-$341,000; 2001-$331,000;
2002-$307,000; 2003-$307,000; and 2004 and after-- $2,392,000.
    
 
                                      F-64
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 6 - DEBT AND LINES OF CREDIT (CONTINUED)
CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
 
   
    As of June 30, 1998, the Company had a $3,000,000 borrowing facility with a
bank that carried an interest rate of prime rate plus 25 basis points. On
October 5, 1998, the Company increased its credit facility by $2,000,000. The
facility requires an annual commitment fee of .25%. Certain of the Company's
equipment and inventories are pledged as collateral for the outstanding debt of
the Company.
    
 
NOTE 7 - OPERATING LEASES AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    The Company is a counterparty to a non-cancelable lease of office space and
manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Maryland from a partnership in which two
stockholders of the Company have a financial interest. The lease extends through
June 2007, with an annual base rent amount of $405,000 and a CPI based
escalator. The Company is responsible for maintenance, insurance, and real
estate tax expense.
    
 
   
    The Company has a land lease for its facility in Georgetown, Delaware. This
non-cancelable lease expires through December 31, 2041, with annual rental
approximating $6,000. The lessor is not a related party.
    
 
   
    The total minimum rental commitment at June 30, 1998, under these leases is
$3,903,000 which is due as follows (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            SUSSEX
                                                                                              COLUMBIA,     COUNTY,
                                                                                              MARYLAND     DELAWARE
                                                                                             -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>          <C>
Year ending June 30,
  1999.....................................................................................   $     405    $       6
  2000.....................................................................................         405            6
  2001.....................................................................................         405            6
  2002.....................................................................................         405            6
  2003.....................................................................................         405            6
  2004 through 2007........................................................................       1,620           24
  After 2007...............................................................................      --              204
                                                                                             -----------       -----
                                                                                              $   3,645    $     258
                                                                                             -----------       -----
                                                                                             -----------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 8 - COMMON STOCK AND EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN
 
   
    During 1997 and 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
purchase of 400 and 510 shares of the Company stock at $1,000 and $1,535 per
share, respectively. The purchases were acquired from certain existing and
former stockholders at prices believed to be fair value.
    
 
    The Company has an Employee Stock Benefit Plan for employees to which
discretionary contributions are made from time to time. During 1997, the Board
of Directors authorized the issuance of 784 shares to this plan at a value of
$332 per share determined by an independent appraiser.
 
                                      F-65
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES
 
   
    The provision for income taxes is as follows (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
Current income taxes
  Federal......................................................................................  $     398  $     258
  State........................................................................................         86         56
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                       484        314
Deferred income taxes (benefit)................................................................        298       (303)
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 $     782  $      11
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The effective rate was 39.6% and 3.2% in 1997 and 1998, respectively. A
reconciliation of this rate to the U.S. Federal income tax rate is as follows
(dollars in thousands):
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   JUNE 30,
                                                                              --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                        1997                      1998
                                                                                    % OF PRETAX               % OF PRETAX
                                                                              ------------------------  ------------------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AMOUNT       INCOME       AMOUNT       INCOME
                                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Computed expected tax expense...............................................   $     692         35.0%   $     116         35.0%
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit.......................          90          4.6           15          4.6
Reduction of valuation allowance............................................      --              0.0         (120)       (36.4)
                                                                                   -----          ---        -----        -----
                                                                               $     782         39.6%   $      11          3.2%
                                                                                   -----          ---        -----        -----
                                                                                   -----          ---        -----        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The significant components of deferred income taxes are temporary
differences arising from the following (amounts in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                                   1997       1998
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities)
  Accrued vacation.............................................................................  $     107  $     132
  Depreciation.................................................................................       (198)       101
  Research and development costs...............................................................        798        777
  Research and development credits.............................................................        900        780
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Total....................................................................................      1,607      1,790
Valuation allowance............................................................................       (900)      (780)
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
      Deferred income tax assets...............................................................  $     707  $   1,010
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The reduction in the valuation allowance relates to the utilization of a
portion of research and development credits.
 
NOTE 10 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    The Company has a savings and retirement plan which qualifies under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code in which all full-time employees are
eligible to participate. In accordance with the terms of
 
                                      F-66
<PAGE>
                          PATS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    
 
NOTE 10 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
   
the plan, employees may elect to contribute up to 15% of their annual
compensation to the plan, subject to certain limitations. The Board of Directors
may elect to declare a discretionary matching contribution to the Plan of 50% of
all contributions made up to 6% of each employee's salary. No matching
contributions were made by the Company for 1997 or 1998.
    
 
NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    Lawsuits and claims are filed from time to time in the ordinary course of
business. For all outstanding claims, management, in consultation with legal
counsel, is of the opinion that the outcome of such matters will not have a
material effect on the financial position of the Company.
 
   
NOTE 12 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    
 
   
    In January 1999, 100% of Company's shares were acquired by DeCrane Aircraft
Holdings, Inc. for a purchase price of $41.5 million (including the assumption
of debt), subject to adjustments for changes to its net working capital, and
reserves for certain environmental and other indemnities made by the Company's
shareholders.
    
 
                                      F-67
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR TO
WHICH WE HAVE REFERRED YOU. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH
INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. WE ARE NOT MAKING AN OFFER OF THESE SECURITIES IN
ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER IS NOT PERMITTED. YOU SHOULD NOT ASSUME THAT THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS ACCURATE AS OF
ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATE ON THE FRONT OF THOSE DOCUMENTS.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Summary...................................................................     2
Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.............................     7
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data............................     9
Risk Factors..............................................................    12
Recent Developments.......................................................    19
Use of Proceeds...........................................................    20
Capitalization............................................................    21
Dividend Policy...........................................................    21
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data...........................    22
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................    31
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................................................    34
Business..................................................................    42
Management................................................................    58
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management............    64
Certain Relationships and Transactions....................................    66
Description of Warrants...................................................    69
Description of Capital Stock of Holdings..................................    72
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences...................................    75
Plan of Distribution......................................................    79
Legal Matters.............................................................    79
Experts...................................................................    79
Index to Financial Statements.............................................   F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                              DeCrane Holdings Co.
 
                         COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE
                       WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                         , 1999
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following is an itemization of all estimated expenses we have incurred
or expect to incur in connection with the exchange offer for and registration of
the warrants.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                            AMOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                                      <C>
SEC Registration Fee..........................................
Printing and Engraving Costs..................................
Transfer Agent Fees...........................................
Legal Fees and Expenses.......................................
Accounting Fees and Expenses..................................
Miscellaneous.................................................
  Total.......................................................
</TABLE>
 
    All amounts are estimated except for the SEC registration fee.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation of DeCrane Holdings contains a provision
eliminating or limiting director liability to the company and its stockholders
for monetary damages arising from acts or omissions in the director's capacity
as a director. Those provisions may not, however, eliminate or limit the
personal liability of a director: (i) for any breach of such director's duty of
loyalty to the company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law; (iii) under the Delaware statutory provision making directors personally
liable, under a negligence standard, for unlawful dividends or unlawful stock
purchases or redemptions; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. As a result of this provision, the ability
of DeCrane Holdings, or a stockholder thereof, to successfully prosecute an
action against a director for breach of his duty of care is limited. However,
the provision does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an
injunction or recision based upon a director's breach of his duty of care. The
SEC has taken the position that the provision will have no effect on claims
arising under the Federal securities laws.
 
    In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws for DeCrane
Holdings provide for mandatory indemnification rights, subject to limited
exceptions, to any director or executive officer of the company who (by reason
of the fact that he or she is a director or officer) is involved in a legal
proceeding of any nature. Such indemnification rights include reimbursement for
expenses incurred by such director or officer in advance of the final
disposition of such proceeding in accordance with the applicable corporate law.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
(1) As A part of the financing for DLJ acquisition of DeCrane Aircraft, DeCrane
    Holdings sold all of the shares of its common stock to the DLJMB Funds for
    $65.0 million in August 1998.
 
(2) As a part of the financing for the DLJ acquisition of DeCrane Aircraft,
    DeCrane Holdings sold all of the shares of its Senior Redeemable
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2009 to the DLJMB Funds for $34.0 million
    in August 1998.
 
(3) DeCrane Holdings issued warrants for 155,000 shares of its common stock to
    the initial purchaser, Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation,
    and issued warrants for another 155,000 shares of its common stock to the
    DLJMB Funds, in October 1998 as an inducement for the purchase of the
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
    $100.0 million of old notes by DeCrane Aircraft. The transactions did not
    generate any proceeds for DeCrane Holdings.
 
(4) DeCrane Holdings sold 20,098 newly-issued shares of common stock for
    $462,222 and 2,418 shares of newly-issued Senior Redeemable Exchangeable
    Preferred Stock due 2009 for $241,778 to Dr. Robert Herman, Dr. Paul
    Kaminski and four other member of Global Technology Partners, LLC in
    December, 1998. DeCrane Aircraft loaned half of the aggregate $704,000
    purchase price to the six purchasers.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (A) EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
     3.1.1   Bylaws of DeCrane Holdings Co. (formerly Delight Holdings Co.)
     3.1.2   Certificate of Incorporation of DeCrane Holdings Co. (formerly Delight Holdings Co.)
     3.2.1   Certificate of Incorporation of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
     3.2.2   Bylaws of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. (successor by merger to DeCrane Acquisition Co.)
     3.3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Aerospace Display Systems, Inc. (formerly ADS Acquisition Inc.)
     3.3.2   Bylaws of Aerospace Display Systems, Inc.
     3.4.1   Articles of Incorporation of Audio International, Inc.
     3.4.2   Amended & Restated Bylaws of Audio International, Inc.
     3.5.1   Articles of Incorporation of Avtech Corporation
     3.5.2   Bylaws of Avtech Corporation
     3.6.1   Articles of Incorporation of Cory Components
     3.6.2   Bylaws of Cory Components, Inc.
     3.7.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Dettmers Industries, Inc. (formerly DAHX Acquisition, Inc.)
     3.7.2   Bylaws of Dettmers Industries, Inc.
     3.8.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc.
     3.8.2   Bylaws of Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc.
     3.9.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Elsinore Engineering Inc. (formerly EE Acquisition, Inc.)
     3.9.2   Bylaws of Elsinore Engineering Inc. (formerly EE Acquisition, Inc.)
     3.10.1  Articles of Incorporation of Hollingsead International, Inc.
     3.10.2  Bylaws of Hollingsead International, Inc.
     3.11.1  Articles of Incorporation of Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc.
     3.11.2  Bylaws of Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc.
     3.12.1  Articles of Incorporation of PATS, Inc.
     3.12.2  Bylaws of PATS, Inc.
     3.12.3  Amendment to Articles of PATS, Inc.
     3.12.4  Amendment to Bylaws of PATS, Inc.
     3.13.1  Articles of Incorporation of Flight Refueling, Inc.
     3.13.2  Bylaws of Flight Refueling, Inc.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
     3.14.1  Articles of Incorporation of Patrick Aircraft Tank Systems, Inc.
     3.14.2  Bylaws of Patrick Aircraft Tank Systems, Inc.
     3.15.1  Articles of Incorporation of PATS Aircraft and Engineering Corporation
     3.15.2  Bylaws of PATS Aircraft and Engineering Corporation
     3.16.1  Articles of Incorporation of PATS Support, Inc.
     3.16.2  Bylaws of PATS Support, Inc.
     4.1     Indenture dated October 5, 1998 between DeCrane Aircraft and State Street Bank & Trust Company
     4.1.1   Supplemental Indenture dated January 22, 1999 among PATS, Inc. and its subsidiaries, the other
             guarantors under the Indenture, and State Street Bank & Trust Company
     4.2     [Reserved]
     4.3     DeCrane Holdings Co., Warrants to Purchase 155,000 Shares of Common Stock
     4.4     Warrant Registration Rights Agreement--DeCrane Holdings Co.
     4.5     Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of 14% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred
             Stock Due 2008
     5.1     Opinion of Spolin & Silverman (re legality)*
    10.1     [Reserved]
    10.2     Amended & Restated Investors' Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998
    10.3     [Reserved]
    10.4     [Reserved]
    10.5     Tax Sharing Agreement dated March 15, 1993 between the Company and several subsidiaries and
             Hollingsead International, Inc.
    10.6     Employment Agreement dated July 17, 1998 between the Company and R. Jack DeCrane
    10.7     401(k) Salary Reduction Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement dated April 30, 1992 between the Company
             and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
    10.8     Form of Subscription Agreement for DeCrane Holdings Co. common and preferred stock by certain members
             of Global Technology Partners LLC
    10.9     [Reserved]
    10.10    Credit Agreement dated August 28, 1998 by and among DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. (successor by
             merger to DeCrane Finance Co.) and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc.
    10.10.1  First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated January 22, 1999
    10.11    Lease between Botzler-Emery Associates Guilford Ten Limited Partnership and PATS, Inc.
    10.12    Lease among Continental Development Corporation, Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc., and Cory
             Components, Inc. for real property in El Segundo, CA
    10.13    Lease among Kilroy Realty, L.P., Kilroy Realty Corporation and Hollingsead International for real
             property in Garden Grove, California
    10.14    Lease between Sussex County, MD and PATS, Inc.
    10.15    General Terms Agreement dated July 5, 1995 between the Boeing Company and Cory Components, Number
             6-5752-0002
    10.15.1  Special Business Provisions dated November 30, 1995 between the Boeing Company and Cory Components,
             Number 6-5752-0004
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
    10.15.2  Purchase Agreement 9423JC4548 between Boeing Defense & Space- Irving Co. and Cory Components, January
             1, 1995 through December 31, 1999
    10.16    Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 1998 between Matsushita Electronic Industrial Co., Ltd. and
             Cory Components Inc.
    10.17    1998 General Terms Agreement between the Boeing Company and Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc.
             dated July 1, 1998, number BCA-6-5632-0032
    10.17.1  Special business provisions between the Boeing Company and Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc.
             dated July 1, 1998, number STD-6-5632-0097
    10.18    General Terms Agreement between Boeing Company and PATS, Inc. dated February 17, 1998
    10.18.1  Special business provisions between the Boeing Company and PATS, Inc. dated February 17, 1998
    10.18.2  Letter Agreement dated January 15, 1999 between The Boeing Company and DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
    12.1     [Reserved]
    12.2     DeCrane Holdings Co. Earnings to Fixed Charges Ratio
    21.1     List of Subsidiaries of Registrant
    23.1     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
    23.2     Consent of Spolin & Silverman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
    24.1     Power of Attorney
    27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by Amendment.
 
    (B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:
 
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
    All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
   
    (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered (other than the payment by the Registrant of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding), the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS (CONTINUED)
   
    (b) The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
    
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    This Registration Statement, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, has been signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the State of New York, on this 4th day of March,
1999.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.
 
                                By:             /s/ TIMOTHY J. WHITE
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Timothy J. White
                                                 VICE PRESIDENT AND
                                                     SECRETARY
</TABLE>
 
   
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY                  DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
                                Chairman of the Board of
              *                   Directors, President and
- ------------------------------    Treasurer (principal         March 4, 1999
        Thompson Dean             accounting officer)
 
     /s/ R. JACK DECRANE
- ------------------------------  Director                       March 4, 1999
       R. Jack DeCrane
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       March 4, 1999
      John F. Fort, III
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       March 4, 1999
    Dr. Robert J. Hermann
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       March 4, 1999
      Dr. Paul Kaminski
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       March 4, 1999
        Susan Schnabel
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Vice President, Secretary      March 4, 1999
       Timothy J. White           & Director
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
  <S>  <C>                                       <C>                             <C>
                  /s/ R. JACK DECRANE
         --------------------------------------
                    R. Jack DeCrane                                                 March 4, 1999
  *By:              ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO                                BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING OF   COST AND      CHARGED TO                   END OF
CLASSIFICATION                                  PERIOD      EXPENSES    OTHER ACCOUNTS  DEDUCTIONS     PERIOD
- -------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.
  (PREDECESSOR)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Allowance for doubtful accounts............   $      259   $        68   $         71(A)  $      19  $       379
Reserve for excess, slow moving and
  potentially obsolete material............   $    1,154   $     1,055        --         $     116   $     2,093
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Allowance for doubtful accounts............   $      379   $       111   $        174(B)  $     177  $       487
Reserve for excess, slow moving and
  potentially obsolete material............   $    2,093   $     1,374   $         59(B)  $     162  $     3,364
 
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts............   $      487   $       384   $         32(B)  $     376  $       527
Reserve for excess, slow moving and
  potentially obsolete material............   $    3,364   $       760   $      2,056(B)  $     311  $     5,869
 
DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.
FOUR MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts............   $      527(B) $       243       --         $     189   $       581
Reserve for excess, slow moving and
  potentially obsolete material............   $    5,869(B) $       285       --         $     452   $     5,702
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                    <C>
(A)        Comprised of the following:
           Effect of foreign currency translation                 $      (4)
           Recovery of amounts previously written off                    20
           Attributable to companies acquired                            55
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $      71
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
 
(B)        Attributable to companies acquired. Reflects
             historical amounts used to determine the fair
             values of net assets acquired.
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                              DELIGHT HOLDINGS CO.

                                   * * * * *



                                   ARTICLE 1

                                    OFFICES

     SECTION 1.01.  REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office shall be in the 
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     SECTION 1.02.  OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices at 
such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board 
of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the 
Corporation may require.

     SECTION 1.03.  BOOKS. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or 
without of the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to 
time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 2.01.  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of stockholders 
shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, 
on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the 
Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a designation by the 
Board of Directors).

     SECTION 2.02.  ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders, 
commencing with the year 1998, shall be held to elect the Board of Directors 
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the 
meeting.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.03.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders may be 
called by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board and shall be 
called by the Secretary at the request in writing of holders of record of a 
majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to 
vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed 
meeting.

     SECTION 2.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS; WAIVERS OF 
NOTICE. (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any 
action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which 
shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. 
Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended ("DELAWARE LAW"), 
such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the 
date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such 
meeting. Unless these bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned 
to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need 
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are 
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned 
meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been 
transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 
days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned 
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each 
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

     (b)  A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled 
thereto, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed 
equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a 
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting 
for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the 
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or 
convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be 
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

     SECTION 2.05.  QUORUM. Unless otherwise provided under the certificate 
of incorporation or these bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, 
in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of 
stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

     SECTION 2.06.  VOTING. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate 
of incorporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be 
entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the 
Corporation held by such stockholder. Unless otherwise provided in Delaware 
Law, the certificate of 

                                       2
<PAGE>

incorporation or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the 
shares of capital stock of the Corporation present, in person or by proxy, at 
a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be 
the act of the stockholders.

     (b)  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or 
to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a 
meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but 
no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, 
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

     SECTION 2.07.  ACTION BY CONSENT. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the 
certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or 
special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any 
annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, 
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, 
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of 
outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes 
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at 
which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be 
delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in 
Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the 
Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of 
stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered 
office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt 
requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a 
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those 
stockholders who have not consented in writing.

     (b)  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each 
stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective 
to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of 
the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 
and Delaware Law to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient 
number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery 
to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an 
officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which 
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the 
Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or 
registered mail, return receipt requested.

     SECTION 2.08.  ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of stockholders, the 
Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, (or in his absence or 
if one shall not have been elected, the President) shall act as chairman of 
the meeting. The Secretary (or in his absence or inability to act, the person 
whom the chairman

                                       3
<PAGE>

of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary 
of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

     SECTION 2.09.  ORDER OF BUSINESS. The order of business at all meetings 
of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.


                                   ARTICLE 3

                                   DIRECTORS

     SECTION 3.01.  GENERAL POWERS. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware 
Law or the certificate of incorporation, the business and affairs of the 
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of 
Directors.

     SECTION 3.02.  NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The number of 
directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed from time 
to time by resolution of the Board of Directors but shall not be less than 
two nor more than nine. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting 
of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.12 herein, and each 
director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and 
qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need 
not be stockholders.

     SECTION 3.03.  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. Unless the certificate of 
incorporation or these bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the 
total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of 
business, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at 
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of 
Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or 
not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting 
if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the 
adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may 
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original 
meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of 
directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, from time 
to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a 
quorum shall be present.

     SECTION 3.04.  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board of Directors shall 
hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of 
Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the 
Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a determination by the 
Board of Directors).

                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.05.  ANNUAL MEETING. The Board of Directors shall meet for the 
purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of 
other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of 
stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting 
shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such 
annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors 
may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on 
such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as 
hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 hereof or in a waiver of notice thereof 
signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.

     SECTION 3.06. REGULAR MEETINGS. After the place and time of regular 
meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice 
thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, 
regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

     SECTION 3.07.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and 
shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary on the 
written request of three directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board 
of Directors shall be given to each director at least three days before the 
date of the meeting in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.08.  COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution 
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, 
each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. 
The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any 
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting 
of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the 
resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the 
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the 
business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the 
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such 
committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the 
certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or 
consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange 
of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, 
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a 
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the Corporation; and 
unless the resolution of the Board of Directors or the certificate of 
incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or 
authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each 
committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to 
the Board of Directors when required.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.09.  ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board 
oR committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing 
or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or 
committee.

     SECTION 3.10.  TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of 
Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may 
participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the 
case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications 
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear 
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in 
person at the meeting.

     SECTION 3.11.  RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time by 
giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the 
Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt 
of notice hereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; 
and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation 
shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 3.12.  VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate 
of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from 
any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all the 
stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a 
majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by 
a sole remaining director. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of 
stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the 
certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of 
such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of directors 
elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office or by a 
sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office 
until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, 
resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election 
of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise 
provided in the certificate of incorporation, when one or more directors 
shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the 
directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have 
the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect 
when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each 
director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of other 
vacancies.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.13.  REMOVAL. Any director or the entire Board of Directors 
may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of 
the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation 
entitled to vote and the vacancies thus created may be filled in accordance 
with Section 3.12 herein.

     SECTION 3.14.  COMPENSATION. Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall 
have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and 
reimbursement of expenses.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   OFFICERS

     SECTION 4.01.  PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. The principal officers of the 
Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer 
and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the 
proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for 
that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, 
including one or more Controllers, as the Board may in its discretion 
appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or 
more of said officers, except that no one person shall hold the offices and 
perform the duties of President and Secretary.

     SECTION 4.02.  ELECTION, TERM OF OFFICE AND REMUNERATION. The principal 
officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of 
Directors at the annual meeting thereof. Each such officer shall hold office 
until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, 
resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation 
shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office shall be 
filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

     SECTION 4.03.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. In addition to the principal 
officers enumerated in Section 4.01 hereof, the Corporation may have one or 
more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistance Controllers 
and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of 
Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period 
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of 
Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to 
remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.04.  REMOVAL. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to 
subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at 
any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4.05.  RESIGNATIONS. Any officer may resign at any time by 
giving written notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if 
the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to 
appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall 
take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be 
specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified herein, the 
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 4.06.  POWERS AND DUTIES. The officers of the Corporation shall 
have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective 
offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or 
assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     SECTION 5.01.  FIXING THE RECORD DATE. (a) In order that the Corporation 
may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any 
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors 
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon 
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of 
Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board 
of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice 
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business 
on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is 
waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which 
the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to 
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any 
adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED that the Board of Directors may fix a 
new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     (b)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders 
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the 
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not 
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted 
by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days 
after the date upon which the resolution fixing

                                       8
<PAGE>

the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has 
been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining 
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a 
meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by 
Delaware Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent 
setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the 
Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal 
place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody 
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. 
Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by 
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has 
been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of 
Directors is required by Delaware Law, the record date for determining 
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a 
meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of 
Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

     (c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders 
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or 
allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights 
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose 
of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, 
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing 
the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 
days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for 
determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of 
business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution 
relating thereto.

     SECTION 5.02.  DIVIDENDS. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware 
Law and the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare 
and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which 
dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital 
stock of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5.03.  FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall 
commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

     SECTION 5.04.  CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed 
thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the 
words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a 
facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

     SECTION 5.05.  VOTING OF STOCK OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. The Board of 
Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, 
vote 

                                       9
<PAGE>

at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any 
corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

     SECTION 5.06.  AMENDMENTS. These bylaws or any of them, may be altered, 
amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled 
to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof or by the Board of 
Directors.










                                       10


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 99.32

                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                    OF

                           DELIGHT HOLDINGS CO.

                                  * * * * *

     FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Delight Holdings Co.

     SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 
1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19805. 
The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service 
Company.

     THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or 
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General 
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter 
be amended ("Delaware Law").

     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall 
have authority to issue is 100, and the par value of each such share is $.01, 
amounting in the aggregate to $1.00.

     FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are:

Name                                 Mailing Address
- ---------------------------          -------------------------------
Kimberly Yule                        450 Lexington Avenue
                                     New York, New York 10017

     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or 
repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

     SEVENTH: Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the 
bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

     EIGHTH: (1) A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to 
the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of 
fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

<PAGE>

     (2)(a)  Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such 
person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is 
involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding 
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the 
fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or 
is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer 
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other 
enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to 
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification 
conferred in this ARTICLE EIGHTH shall also include the right to be paid by 
the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceedings 
in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by 
Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this ARTICLE EIGHTH 
shall be a contract right.

        (b)  The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, 
provide indemnification to such of the officers, employees and agents of the 
Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall 
determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

     (3)  The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance 
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent 
of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as 
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, 
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or 
loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his 
status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to 
indemnify him against such liability under Delaware Law.

     (4)  The rights and authority conferred in this ARTICLE EIGHTH shall not 
be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or 
hereafter acquire.

     (5)  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHTH, nor the 
adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws 
of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any 
modification of law, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE 
EIGHTH in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, 
repeal, adoption or modification.

     NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate of 
Incorporation in any manner permitted by Delaware Law and, with the sole 
exception of those rights and powers conferred under the above ARTICLE

                                       2

<PAGE>

EIGHTH, all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and 
officers, if any, are subject to this reserved power.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name this 13th day of July 
1998.


                                     /s/ Kimberly Yule
                                     ---------------------
                                     Kimberly Yule









                                       3


<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              DELIGHT HOLDINGS CO.

     Delight Holdings Co., (the "COMPANY") a corporation organized and 
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Company, in lieu of meeting 
by consent, adopted the following resolution:

     RESOLVED THAT THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HEREBY DECLARES IT ADVISABLE AND IN 
THE BEST INTEREST OF THE COMPANY THAT ARTICLE FIRST OF THE CERTIFICATE OF 
INCORPORATION BE AMENDED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

     FIRST:  THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION IS DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.

     SECOND:  That the said amendment has been consented to and authorized by 
the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to 
vote by written consent given in accordance with the provisions of Section 
228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with 
the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation 
Law of the State of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be signed 
by Timothy White, this 16th day of July, 1998.



                                       By: /s/ Timothy White
                                           ------------------------------
                                           Timothy White
                                           Vice President and Secretary

<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.

     DeCrane Holdings Co., (the "COMPANY") a corporation organized and 
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware (the "DELAWARE LAW"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Company, in lieu of meeting 
by consent, adopted the following resolution:

             RESOLVED THAT THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HEREBY DECLARES IT 
         ADVISABLE AND IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE COMPANY THAT ARTICLE 
         FOURTH OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION BE AMENDED TO READ 
         AS FOLLOWS:

             FOURTH:  THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OF STOCK WHICH THE
         CORPORATION SHALL HAVE AUTHORITY TO ISSUE IS 6,000,000, 
         CONSISTING OF 3,500,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE 
         $0.01 PER SHARE, AND 2,500,000 SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK,
         PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE (THE "PREFERRED STOCK").  THE 
         BOARD OF DIRECTORS IS HEREBY EMPOWERED TO AUTHORIZE BY
         RESOLUTION OR RESOLUTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME THE ISSUANCE
         OF ONE OR MORE CLASSES OR SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK AND
         TO FIX THE DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE,
         PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS, IF ANY, AND THE 
         QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS THEREOF, IF ANY,
         WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH CLASS OR SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK
         AND THE NUMBER OF SHARES CONSTITUTING EACH SUCH CLASS OR 
         SERIES, AND TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF 
         ANY SUCH CLASS OR SERIES TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE 
         DELAWARE LAW.

     SECOND:  That the aforesaid amendment has been consented to and 
authorized by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock 
entitled to vote by written consent given in accordance with the provisions 
of Section 228 of the Delaware Law.

     THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with 
the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the Delaware Law.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be signed 
by Timothy White, this 27th day of August, 1998.



                                       By: /s/ Timothy White
                                           ------------------------------
                                           Name:   Timothy White
                                           Title:  Vice President and Secretary








                                         2

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 3.2.1


                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  DAHX, INC.


     FIRST:   The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") shall be DAHX, 
Inc.

     SECOND:  The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State 
of Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, Delaware 19901, County of Kent. 
The name of its registered agent at such address is Paracorp, Incorporated.

     THIRD:   The nature of the business or the purpose to be conducted or 
promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for 
which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of 
Delaware.

     FOURTH:  The aggregate number of shares of all classes of which the 
Corporation shall have authority to issue is as follows:

     (i) 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with par value of $0.01 per share 
(the "Common Shares");

     (ii) 167,702 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with par 
value of $0.01 per share (the "Series A Preferred Shares"), 1,646,316 shares 
of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.01 per share 
(the "Series B Preferred Shares"), 3,000,000 shares of Series C Convertible 
Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.01 per share (the "Series C Preferred 
Shares"), 2,000,000 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, with par 
value of $0.01 per share (the "Series D Preferred Shares"), and 1,500,000 
shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.01 per 
share (the "Series E Preferred Stock," and, collectively, with all of the 
shares described in this clause (h), the "Convertible Preferred Shares"); 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of authorized Convertible Preferred Shares 
of each series shall be reduced by the number of such Convertible Preferred 
Shares converted to Common Shares from time to time or otherwise acquired by 
the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not be authorized to issue 
Convertible Preferred Shares in replacement of or substitution for any such 
converted or acquired Convertible Preferred Shares; and 

     (iii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.01 per 
share (the "Undesignated Preferred Shares" and together with the Convertible 
Preferred Shares, the "Preferred Shares"). The Undesignated Preferred Shares 
may be issued in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby 
authorized pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware to fix or 
alter from time to time the designations, powers, preferences and rights and 
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such 
series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time 
the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them; and to 
increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the 
number of shares of such

<PAGE>

series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be 
decreased to accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting 
such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of 
the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

     FIFTH:   The following is a statement of the designations, powers, 
preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions 
thereof, in respect of the Convertible Preferred Shares:

     1.    Except to the extent prohibited by law and subject to the 
restrictions contained in that certain Credit Agreement dated November 2, 
1994 among DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation ("DAH Ohio"), 
Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation 
("ING"), certain affiliates of DAH, Ohio and certain other parties, as such 
agreement may be amended from time to time (the "Credit Agreement"), which 
will be adopted by the Corporation following the merger of DAH Ohio with and 
into the Corporation, and in that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated 
November 2, 1994 among DAH Ohio, Electra Investment Trust P.L.C., a 
corporation organized under the laws of the United Kingdom ("EIT"), and 
Electra Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Electra Associates" and 
collectively, with EIT "Electra"), and certain affiliates of DAH Ohio, as 
such agreement may be amended from time to time (the "Purchase Agreement"), 
which will be adopted by the Corporation following the merger of DAH Ohio 
with and into the Corporation, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, 
Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares, Series D Preferred 
Shares and Series E Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, pari 
passu, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, 
cash dividends out of funds legally available for such purpose. Cash 
dividends at the annual rate of $.10 per Series A Preferred Shares, $.1263 
per Series B Preferred Share, $.15 per Series C Preferred Share, $.325 per 
Series D. Preferred Share and $.40 per Series E Preferred Share, whether or 
not they are declared, shall cumulate from July 1, 1993 for the Series A 
Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, from July 1, 1994 for the 
Series C Preferred Shares, from February 15, 1996 for the Series D Preferred 
Shares and from September 18, 1996 for the Series E Preferred Shares, and, 
except to the extent prohibited by law and subject to the restrictions 
contained in the Credit Agreement and the Purchase Agreement, such dividends 
shall be payable quarterly, commencing July 1, 1993 for the Series A 
Preferred Shares and the Series B Preferred Shares commencing July 1, 1994 
for the Series C Preferred Shares, commencing February 15, 1996 for the 
Series D Shares and commencing September 18, 1996 for the Series E Shares. In 
the event that on or prior to May 5, 1997, the Corporation shall consummate 
an underwritten public offering of Common Shares at a price to the public of 
at least $4.50 per share (as adjusted for splits, stock dividends, 
combinations and other events) with gross proceeds to the Corporation (before 
deduction of underwriting discounts) of at least $10,000,000.00, all accrued 
dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock for the period ending on the 
date of consummation of such offering shall be cancelled and eliminated. In 
no event, so long as any Convertible Preferred Shares shall be outstanding, 
shall any dividend whatsoever be declared or paid

                                  - 2 -
<PAGE>

upon, nor shall any distribution made upon any Common Shares, whether in cash 
or other property (excluding, however, dividends or distributions payable 
solely in Common Shares) unless a dividend is paid or a distribution is made 
simultaneously to holders of Convertible Preferred Shares immediately prior 
to the record date for such dividend or distribution on the Common Shares.

      2.   Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary:

           (a)   The holders of the Series D Preferred Shares and the Series 
E Preferred Shares, before any distribution or payment is made upon any 
Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred 
Shares and Common Shares shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu, an amount 
equal to (1) first, $3.25 per Series D Preferred Share and $4.00 per Series E 
Preferred Share and (11) then an amount equal to any dividends thereon 
declared but unpaid, and the holders of Series D Preferred Shares and Series 
E Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any further payment, such amounts 
being sometimes referred to as the "Senior Liquidation Payments." If upon 
such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether 
voluntary or involuntary, the assets to be distributed among the holders of 
Series D Preferred Shares and Series E Preferred Shares shall be insufficient 
to permit payment to such holders of the Senior Liquidation Payments, then 
the entire assets of the Corporation to be so distributed shall be 
distributed among each such series of Convertible Preferred Shares and among 
the holders thereof (r) first, until all payments referred to in clause (i) 
above have been made, pari passu, to the holders of the Series D Preferred 
Shares and Series E Preferred Shares is the proportions set forth in clause 
(l) above, and (y) then, to the extent that assets remain, to the payments 
referred to in clause (ll) above pro rata to all holders of such series of 
Preferred Shares in relative proportion to the amounts of accrued and unpaid 
dividends with respect to each such Convertible Preferred Share. Upon any 
such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the 
holders of Series D Preferred Shares and Series E Preferred Shares shall have 
been paid in full the amounts to which they shall be entitled, the remaining 
net assets of the Corporation may be distributed to the holders of the Series 
A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares 
in the manner set forth in subparagraph 2(b).

           (b)   The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Series B 
Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares, before any distribution or 
payment is made upon any Common Shares, shall be entitled to be paid, pari 
passu, an amount equal to (i) first, $1.00 per Series A Preferred Share, 
$1.263 per Series B Preferred Share and $1.50 per Series C Preferred Share, 
and (11) then an amount equal to any dividends thereon declared but unpaid, 
and the holders of Series A Preferred Shares. Series B Preferred Shares and 
Series C Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any further payment, such 
amounts being sometimes referred to as the "Senior Subordinated Liquidation 
Payments." If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the assets to be distributed 
among the holders of

                                  - 3 -

<PAGE>


Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred 
Shares after the Senior Liquidation Payments have been distributed shall be 
insufficient to permit payments to such holders of the Senior Subordinated 
Liquidation Payments, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be so 
distributed shall be distributed ratably among each such series of 
Convertible Preferred Shares and among the holders thereof (x) first, until 
all payments referred to in clause (i) above have been made, pari passu, to 
the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and 
Series C Preferred Shares, in the proportion set forth in clause (i) above, 
and (y) then, to the extent that assets remain, to the payments referred to 
in clause (ii) above, pro rata to all holders of such series of Convertible 
Preferred Shares in relative proportion to the amounts of accrued and unpaid 
dividends with respect to each such Convertible Preferred Share.

          (c) Upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, after the holders of Series D Preferred Shares and Series E 
Preferred Shares, and the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B 
Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares shall have been paid in full 
the amounts to which they shall be entitled, the remaining net assets of the 
Corporation may be distributed to the holders of Common Shares.

          (d) Written notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, 
stating a payment date, the amount of the Senior Liquidation Payments and 
Senior Subordinated Liquidation Payments as the case may be, and the place 
where said Senior Liquidation Payments and Senior Subordinated Liquidation 
Payments, as the case may be, shall be payable, shall be given by mail, 
postage prepaid, not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated 
therein, to the holders of record of Series D Preferred Shares and Series E 
Preferred Shares and to the holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares, 
Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares, as the case may be, 
such notice to be addressed to each such holder at his post office address as 
shown by the records of the Corporation.

          (e) For purposes of this paragraph 2 of Article FIFTH only, the 
sale or transfer by the Corporation of all or substantially all its assets 
shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation within the meaning of the provisions of this paragraph 2. Such a 
sale or transfer by the Corporation shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, 
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of any other 
Article of this Certificate of Incorporation. 

     3A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this paragraph 3, each holder 
of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred 
Shares, Series D Preferred Shares or Series E Preferred Shares shall have the 
right, at its option at any time, to convert any such Series A Preferred 
Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares, Series D 
Preferred Shares or Series E Preferred Shares (except that upon any 
liquidation of the Corporation the right of conversion shall terminate at the 
close of business on the last full business day next preceding the date fixed 
for payment

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


of the amount distributable on the Series D Preferred Shares, the Series E 
Preferred Shares, and the Series A Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred 
Shares and Series C Preferred Shares) into such number of fully paid and 
nonassessable whole Common Shares as is obtained by, (i) in the case of 
conversion of Series A Preferred Shares, multiplying the number of Series A 
Preferred Shares so to be converted by $1.00 and dividing the result by the 
conversion price of $1.00 per share or by the applicable conversion price as 
last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of such series of 
Series A Preferred Shares are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such 
price as last adjusted, being referred to herein as the "Series A Conversion 
Price"), (ii) in the case of conversion of Series B Preferred Shares, 
multiplying the number of Series B Preferred Shares so to be converted by 
$1.263 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $1,263 per share or 
by the applicable conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date 
any share or shares of such series of Series B Preferred Shares are 
surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being 
referred to herein as the "Series B Conversion Price"), (iii) in the case of 
conversion of Series C Preferred Shares, multiplying the number of Series C 
Preferred Shares so to be converted by $1.50 and dividing the result by the 
conversion price of $1.50 per share or by the applicable conversion price as 
last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of such series of 
Series C Preferred Shares are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such 
price as last adjusted, being referred to herein as the "Series C Conversion 
Price"), (iv) in the case of conversion of Series D Preferred Shares, 
multiplying the number of Series D Preferred Shares so to be converted by 
$3.25 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $3.25 per share or 
by the applicable conversion price as last adjusted and in effect at the date 
any share or shares of such series of Series D Preferred Shares are 
surrendered for conversion (such price, or such price as last adjusted, being 
referred to herein as the "Series D Conversion Price"), and, (v) in the case 
of conversion of Series E, Preferred Shares, multiplying the number of Series 
E Preferred Shares so to be converted by $4.00 and dividing the result by the 
conversion price of $4.00 per share or by the applicable conversion price as 
last adjusted and in effect at the date any share or shares of such series of 
Series E Preferred Shares are surrendered for conversion (such price, or such 
price as last adjusted, being referred to herein as the "Series E Conversion 
Price") and together with the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B 
Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion 
Price, as the "Conversion Prices"). Such rights of conversion shall be 
exercised by the holder thereof by giving written notice that the holder 
elects to convert a stated number of Convertible Preferred Shares into Common 
Shares and by surrender of a certificate or certificates for the shares so to 
be converted to the Corporation at its principal office (or such other office 
or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by notice in 
writing to the holder or holders of Convertible Preferred Shares at any time 
during its usual business hours on the date set forth in such notice, 
together with a statement of the name or names (with address) in which the 
certificate or certificates for shares of Common Shares shall be issued.

      3B.  Promptly after the receipt of the written notice referred to in 
subparagraph 3A and surrender of the certificate or certificates for the 
Convertible


                                        -5-
<PAGE>


Preferred Shares to be converted, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, or 
cause to be issued and delivered, to the holder, registered in such name or 
names as such holder may direct a certificate or certificates for the number 
of whole Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of such Convertible 
Preferred Shares. To the extent permitted by law, such conversion shall be 
deemed to have been effected and any one or more of the Conversion Prices, as 
required, shall be determined as of the close of business on which such 
written notice shall have been received by the Corporation and the 
certificate or certificates for such share or shares shall have been 
surrendered as aforesaid, and at such time the rights of the holder of such 
Convertible Preferred Shares shall cease, and the person or persons in whose 
name or names any certificate or certificates for Common Shares shall be 
issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or 
holders of record of the shares represented thereby.

      3C.  No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the 
Convertible Preferred Shares into Common Shares and no payment or adjustment 
shall be made upon any conversion on account of any cash dividends on the 
Common Shares issued upon such conversion. Except to the extent prohibited by 
law and subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement and the 
Purchase Agreement, at the time of each conversion, the Corporation shall pay 
in cash an amount equal to all dividends accrued and unpaid on the shares 
surrendered for conversion to the date upon which such conversion is deemed 
to take place as provided in subparagraph 3B. In case the number of 
Convertible Preferred Shares represented by the certificate or certificates 
surrendered pursuant to subparagraph 3A exceeds the number of shares 
converted, the Corporation shall, upon such conversion, execute and deliver 
to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate 
or certificates for the number of Convertible Preferred Shares represented by 
the certificate or certificates surrendered which are not to be converted. If 
any fractional interest in a Common Share would, except for the provisions of 
the first sentence of this subparagraph 3C, be deliverable upon any such 
conversion, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering the fractional share 
thereof, shall pay to the holder surrendering the Convertible Preferred 
Shares for conversion an amount in cash equal to the current market price of 
such fractional interest as determined in good faith by the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation.

      3D.  Except (x) as provided in subparagraph 3F hereof or (y) in the 
event of a dividend or distribution payable in equity securities of the 
Corporation, if and whether the Corporation shall issue or sell, or is, in 
accordance with subparagraphs 3D(1) through 3D(5), deemed to have issued or 
sold, any of its Common Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable 
for Common Shares, for a consideration per share (on a fully-diluted Common 
Share basis) less than any one or more of the Conversion Prices in effect 
immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then, forthwith upon 
such issue or sale, each such Conversion Price which exceeds such per share 
consideration shall be reduced to the price (calculated to the nearest cent) 
equal to the product determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect 
immediately prior thereto by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be 
(i)(A) the total number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to the 
time of such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of


                                        -6-
<PAGE>

additional Common Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total 
number of Common Shares so issued or sold would purchase at the Conversion 
Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale, and (ii) of which 
the denominator shall be (A) the total number of Common Shares outstanding 
immediately prior to such issuance or sale, plus (B) the number of Common 
Shares so issued or sold. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the total 
number of Common Shares outstanding shall be deemed to include the number of 
Common Shares which would be outstanding if all outstanding securities 
exercisable for or convertible into Common Shares (except options (other than 
warrants (to purchase Common Shares) were so exercised or converted, and all 
securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Shares (except options 
(other than warrants (to purchase Common Shares) were so exercised or 
converted, as applicable, and then converted or exercised, as applicable.

     For purposes of this subparagraph 3D, the following subparagraphs 3D(1) 
to 3D(5), shall also be applicable:

          3D(1). In case at any time the Corporation shall in any manner 
grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any rights 
to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common 
Shares or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common 
Shares (such rights or options being herein called "Options" and such 
convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being herein called 
"Convertible Securities") whether or not such Options or the right to convert 
or exchange any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and 
the price per share for which Common Shares are issuable upon the exercise of 
such Options or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities 
(determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable 
by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus 
the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the 
Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such 
Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount 
of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such 
Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) 
the total maximum number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of such 
Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities 
issuable upon the exercise of such Options) shall be less than any one or 
more of the conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to the time of the 
granting of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common 
Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to have 
been issued for such price per share as of the date of granting of such 
Options and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding. Except as otherwise 
provided in subparagraph 3D(3), no adjustment of any of the Conversion Prices 
shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Shares or of such 
Convertible Securities upon exercise of such Options or upon the actual issue 
of such Common Shares upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible 
Securities.

          3D(2). In case the Corporation shall in any manner issue (whether 
directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) or sell any Convertible 
Securities,

                                    -7-

<PAGE>

whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder are immediately 
exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Shares are issuable 
upon such conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (i) the total amount 
received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or 
sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of 
additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the 
conversion or exchange thereof, by (ii) the total maximum number of Common 
Shares issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible 
Securities) shall be less than any one or more of the Conversion Prices in 
effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total 
maximum number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion or exchange of all 
such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to have been issued for such 
price per share as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible 
Securities and thereafter shall be deemed to be outstanding, provided that 
(a) except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 3D(3) below, no adjustment 
of any of the Conversion Prices shall be made upon the actual issue of such 
Common Shares upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and 
(b) if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon 
exercise of any Option to purchase any such Convertible Securities for which 
adjustments of any one or more of the Conversion Prices have been or are to 
be made pursuant to other provisions of this subparagraph 3D, no further 
adjustment of any such Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue 
or sale.

          3D(3). Upon the happening of any of the following events, namely, 
if the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subparagraph 
3D(1), the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or 
exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraph 3D(1) or 
3D(2), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in 
subparagraph 3D(1) or 3D(2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common 
Shares shall change at any time (other than under or by reason of provisions 
designed to protect against dilution), each of the Conversion Prices in 
effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted to such 
Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such 
Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed 
purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may 
be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold; and on the expiration of 
any such Option or the termination of any such right to convert or exchange 
such Conversion Securities, each of the Conversion Prices then in effect 
hereunder shall, as required, forthwith be increased to the respective such 
Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such 
expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the 
extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never 
been issued, and the Common Shares issuable thereunder shall no longer be 
deemed to be outstanding. If the purchase price provided for in any such Option 
referred to in subparagraph 3D(1) or the rate at which any Convertible 
Securities referred to in subparagraph 3D(1) or 3D(2) are convertible into or 
exchangeable for Common Shares shall be reduced at any time under or by 
reason of provisions with respect thereto designed to protect against 
dilution, then, in case of the delivery of Common Shares upon the exercise of 
any such Option, or upon conversion or exchange of any such Convertible 
Securities, each of the 


                                    -8-
<PAGE>

Conversion Prices then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be adjusted to 
such respective amount as would have been obtained had such Option or 
Convertible Securities never been issued as to such Common Shares and had 
adjustments been made upon the issuance of the Common Shares delivered as 
aforesaid, but only if as a result of such adjustment any such Conversion 
Price then in effect hereunder is hereby reduced.

          3D(4). In case any Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities 
shall be issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall 
be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation therefor, without 
deduction therefrom of any expenses incurred or any underwriting commissions 
paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection therewith. In case any 
Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for 
a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than 
cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair market value 
of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors 
of the Corporation, without deduction of any expenses incurred or any 
underwriting commissions or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in 
connection therewith. The amount of consideration deemed to be received by 
the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph 
3D(4) upon any issuance and/or sale of Common Shares, Options or Convertible 
Securities pursuant to an established compensation plan of the Corporation, 
to directors, officers or employees of the Corporation in connection with 
their employment shall be increased by the amount of any tax benefit realized 
by the Corporation as a result of such issuance and/or sale, the amount of 
such tax benefit being the amount by which the federal and/or state income or 
other tax liability of the Corporation shall be reduced by reason of any 
deduction or credit in respect of such issuance and/or sale. In case any 
Options shall be issued in connection with the issue and sale of other 
securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction 
in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the 
parties thereto, the consideration deemed to have been received by the 
Corporation for such Options shall be an amount (i) agreed to by the 
Corporation, the holders of a majority of the Convertible Preferred Shares 
then outstanding and the holders of a majority of the Common Shares then 
outstanding or, (ii) in the absence of such agreement, by an independent firm 
of investment bankers, appraisers or accountants selected by the Corporation 
(and approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Shares then 
outstanding and the holders of a majority of the Convertible Preferred Shares 
then outstanding) or, (iii) in the absence of agreement as to the identity of 
such independent firm, by three independent firms of investment bankers, 
appraisers or accountants, (A) one of which shall be selected by the 
Corporation (and approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Shares 
then outstanding), (B) one by the holders of a majority of the Convertible 
Preferred Shares then outstanding and (C) the third selected by the 
investment bankers, appraisers or accountants selected by the Corporation and 
such holders of a majority of the outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares 
pursuant to parts (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), or (iv) in such other 
manner as may be agreed between the Corporation and the holders of a majority 
of the Convertible Preferred Shares outstanding (and approved by the holders 
of a majority of the Common Shares then outstanding). The Corporation

                                    -9-
<PAGE>

shall bear the costs associated with compensating the investment bankers, 
appraisers and accountants described in the preceding sentence if the 
determination of the value of the consideration deemed to have been received 
by the Corporation for the Options is made pursuant to clause (ii) of the 
preceding sentence, but if such determination is made pursuant to clause 
(iii) of the preceding sentence, (x) the Corporation shall bear the costs 
associated with compensating the investment bankers, appraisers or 
accountants appointed pursuant to part (A) of such clause (iii), (y) the 
holders of the then outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares (pro rata in 
proportion to the number of Convertible Preferred Shares held by each such 
holder) shall bear the costs associated with compensating the investment 
bankers, appraisers or accountants appointed pursuant to part (B) of such 
clause (iii), and (z) the Corporation shall bear one-half of the costs 
associated with compensating the investment bankers, appraisers and 
accountants appointed pursuant to part (C) of such clause (iii), and the 
holders of the then outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares (pro rata in 
proportion to the number of Preferred Shares held by each such holder) shall 
bear the remaining one-half of such costs.  For purposes of the foregoing 
provisions of this subparagraph 3D(4), (i) holders of Common Shares 
outstanding shall be deemed to include the holders of securities (except 
Convertible  Preferred Shares, securities exchangeable for or exercisable 
into Convertible Preferred Shares, and options (other than warrants) to 
purchase Common Shares) Convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares 
("Common Convertible Securities"), (ii) the number of Common Shares deemed to 
be held by the holders referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i) shall
be deemed to be equal to the number of Common Shares into which such Common 
Convertible Securities could then be converted or for which such Common 
Convertible Securities could then be exercised, (iii) the holders of 
Convertible Preferred Shares outstanding shall be deemed to include the 
holders of securities Convertible into or exercisable for Convertible 
Preferred Shares ("Preferred Convertible Securities"), and (iv) the number of 
Convertible Preferred Shares deemed to be held by the holders referred to in 
the immediately preceding clause (iii) shall be deemed to be equal to the 
number of Convertible Preferred Shares into which such Convertible Preferred 
Convertible Securities could then be converted or for which such Preferred 
Convertible Securities could then be exercised.

          3D(5).  The number of Common Shares outstanding at any given time 
shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the 
Corporation, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an 
issue or sale of Common Shares for the purposes of this subparagraph 3D.

     3E.  In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide its outstanding 
Common Shares into a greater number of shares or make a dividend or 
distribution payable in Common Shares, the Conversion Prices in effect 
immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and 
conversely, in case the outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation shall be 
combined into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Prices in effect 
immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

     3F.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation 
shall not be required to make any adjustment of any of the Conversion Prices 
in the case of the issuance of:

          (i)    up to an aggregate of 867,000 Common Shares, or options to 
     purchase the same, pursuant to stock options or purchase plans adopted 
     by the Corporation;

          (ii)   up to an aggregate of 205,000 Common Shares, or options to 
     purchase the same, for key employees of businesses acquired by the 
     Corporation;

          (iii)  the Common Shares or Preferred Shares upon exercise of any 
     presently outstanding warrant (or any Common Shares upon conversion of 
     Preferred Shares issued upon exercise of any presently outstanding 
     warrant), not including the warrants referred to in subparagraph (iv) of 
     this Section 3F, Common Shares upon conversion of presently outstanding 
     Preferred Shares;

          (iv)   warrants for Common Shares, and the Common Shares issued 
     upon exercise of such warrants, to ING, Electra, Nassau Capital 
     Partners L.P. and NAS Partners I, L.L.C.;
 
          (v)    up to an aggregate of 41,000 Common Shares, or options to 
     purchase the same, to directors of the Corporation; or
 
          (vi)   up to an aggregate of 820,000 Common Shares, or options to 
     purchase the same, in connection with any merger or acquisition to which 
     the Corporation or any subsidiary is a party.

     3G.  If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital 
stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of 
Common Shares shall be entitled to receive shares, securities or assets with 
respect to or in exchange for Common Shares, then, as a condition of such 
reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions (in form 
satisfactory to the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding 
Convertible Preferred Shares voting together as a class) shall be made 
whereby each holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall thereafter have the 
right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified 
herein and in lieu of the Common Shares of the Corporation immediately 
theretofore receivable upon the conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares, 
such shares, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to 
or in exchange for a number of outstanding Common Shares equal to the number 
of such shares immediately theretofore so receivable upon such conversion, 
and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the 
rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof 
(including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the Conversion 
Prices) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be in relation to 
any shares, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of 
such conversion rights (including, as required, an


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

immediate adjustment, by reason of such reorganization or reclassification, 
of any one or more, of the Conversion Prices to the value for the Common 
Shares reflected by the terms of such reorganization or reclassification if 
the value so reflected is less than any Conversion Price in effect 
immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification).  In the event 
of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation as a result of which a 
greater or lesser number of Common Shares of the surviving corporation are 
issuable to holders of Common Shares of the Corporation outstanding 
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, each of the Conversion 
Prices in effect immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall, as 
required, be adjusted in the same manner as though there were subdivision or 
combination of the outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation.  The 
Corporation will not effect any such consolidation, merger or sale, unless 
prior to the consummation thereof the successor corporation (other than the 
Corporation) resulting from such consolidation or merger or if the 
corporation purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument (in 
form reasonably satisfactory to the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the 
Convertible Preferred Shares at the time outstanding voting together as a 
class) executed and mailed or delivered to each holder of Convertible 
Preferred Shares at the last address of such holder appearing on the books of 
the Corporation, the obligation to deliver to such holder such shares, 
securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such 
holder may be entitled to receive.

     3H.  Upon any adjustment of any one or more of the Conversion Prices, 
then and in each such case the Corporation shall give written notice thereof, 
by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to each holder of Convertible
Preferred Shares at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the 
Corporation, which notice shall state the Conversion Price resulting from 
such adjustment, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation 
and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

     3I.  In case at any time:

          (1)  the Corporation shall declare any dividend upon its Common 
     Shares payable in cash or shares or make any other distribution to the 
     holder of its Common Shares;

          (2)  the Corporation shall offer for subscription PRO RATA to the 
     holders of its Common Shares any additional shares of any class or other 
     rights;

          (3)  there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification 
     or merger of the Corporation with, or a sale of all or substantially all 
     of its assets to, another corporation; or

          (4)  there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, 
     liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Corporation shall give, by first 
class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to each holder of any Convertible 
Preferred Shares at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the 
Corporation, at least 20 days' prior written notice of the date (a) on which 
the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for the 
purpose of determining the holders entitled to receive such dividend, 
distribution or subscription rights or (b) for determining rights to vote in 
respect of any reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, 
dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place. Such notice in 
accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of 
any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the 
holders of Common Shares shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in 
accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which 
the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to exchange their Common 
Shares for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, 
reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or 
winding up, as the case may be.

     3J.   The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out 
of its authorized Common Shares or its treasury shares, solely for the 
purpose of issuance upon conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares as herein 
provided, such number of Common Shares as shall then be issuable upon the 
conversion of all outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares (including shares 
issuable in respect of any cumulated but unpaid dividends on the convertible 
Preferred Shares). The Corporation covenants that all Common Shares which 
shall be so issued shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and 
nonassessable and free from all liens and charges with respect to the issue 
thereof. The Corporation will not take any action which results in any 
adjustment of any of the Conversion Prices if the total number of Common 
Shares issued and issuable after such action upon conversion of the 
Convertible Preferred Shares would exceed the total number of Common Shares 
then authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation.

     3K.   The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Shares upon 
conversion of the Convertible Preferred Shares shall be made without charge 
to the holders thereof for any issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that 
the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in 
respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any 
certificate in a name other than that of the holder of the Convertible 
Preferred Shares which is being converted.

     3L.   The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against 
the transfer of any Convertible Preferred Shares or any shares of Common 
Shares issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Convertible 
Preferred Shares in any manner which interfere with the timely conversion of 
such Convertible Preferred Shares.

     3M.   The adjustments to the Conversion Prices which are referred to 
above in this paragraph 3 shall be effective as to all Convertible Preferred 
Shares, whether or not such Convertible Preferred Shares are issued and 
outstanding at the time of occurrence of the events which trigger the 
adjustment in the Conversion Prices.


                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>

     3.    Except as otherwise provided by law and this Certificate of 
Incorporation, the holders of Common Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares 
shall vote together as a class (together with holders of Convertible 
Preferred Shares or any other series entitled to vote) on all matters to be 
voted on by the shareholders of the Corporation on the basis that each holder 
of Convertible Preferred Shares shall be entitled to vote for each share of 
Common Shares which would be issuable to such holder upon the conversion of 
all the Convertible Preferred Shares so held on the record date for the 
determination of shareholders entitled to vote.

     4.    Subject to the provisions contained in that certain Fourth Amended 
and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated as of September 18, 1996 among DAH 
Ohio and the other parties named therein, as it may be amended from time to 
time, which will be adopted by the Corporation, at any time when shares of 
Convertible Preferred Shares are outstanding, except where the vote of the 
holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law 
or by the Certificate of Incorporation and in addition to any other vote 
required by law.

     5A.   The Corporation will not create or authorize the creation of any 
additional class of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series D 
Preferred Shares and the Series E Preferred Shares as to the distribution of 
assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or 
increase the authorized amount of the Series D Preferred Shares or the Series 
E Preferred Shares or increase the authorized amount of any additional class 
of shares of stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series D Preferred 
Shares and the Series E Preferred Shares as to the distribution of assets on 
the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or create or 
authorize any obligation or security convertible into Series D Preferred 
Shares or Series E Preferred Shares or into shares of any other class of 
shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series D Preferred Shares and the 
Series E Preferred Shares as to the distribution of assets on the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether any such 
creation of authorization or increase shall be by means of amendment of this 
Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, 
without the prior consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
Series D Preferred Shares, voting as a class, and the holders of a majority 
of the outstanding Series E Preferred Shares, voting as a class, given in 
person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting called for that purpose, 
at which meeting the holders of the shares of Series D Preferred Shares, 
Series E Preferred Shares shall vote together as a separate class.

     5B.   The Corporation will not create or authorize the creation of any 
additional class of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series A 
Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares as 
to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up 
of the Corporation, or increase the authorized amount of the Series A 
Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares or Series C Preferred Shares or 
increase the authorized amount of any additional class of shares of stock 
unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Shares, Series B 
Preferred


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>

Shares and Series C Preferred Shares as to the distribution of assets of the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or create or 
authorize any obligation or security convertible into Series A Preferred 
Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series C Preferred Shares or into any 
other class of shares unless the same ranks junior to the Series A Preferred 
Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares as to the 
distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, whether any such creation or authorization or increase shall be 
by means of amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, 
consolidation or otherwise, without the prior consent of the holders of a 
majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred 
Shares and Series C Preferred Shares, voting as a class, given in person or 
proxy, at an annual or special meeting called for that purpose, at which 
meeting the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Shares, Series B 
Preferred Shares and Series C Preferred Shares shall vote together as a 
separate class.

     5C.   The Corporation will not merge or consolidate with or into any 
other corporation or sell (except in the ordinary course of business) assets 
representing more than 10% of the Corporation's total assets, excluding 
inventory, without the prior consent of the holders of a majority of the 
outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares voting as a class, given in person 
or by proxy, at a special meeting called for that purpose, at which meeting 
the holders of Convertible Preferred Shares shall vote together as a separate 
class; provided, however, that notwithstanding any provision of this 
paragraph 5C, to the contrary, the provisions of this paragraph 5C shall not 
apply with respect to the exercise (i) by ING, of its rights under any of the 
Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement, as it may be amended 
from time to time), or (ii) by Electra of its rights under the Purchase 
Agreement or any of the Related Agreements (as defined in the Purchase 
Agreement).

     5D.   The Corporation will not amend, alter or repeal its Certificate of 
Incorporation or By-Laws in any manner so as to adversely affect the 
respective relative rights and preferences of the Convertible Preferred 
Shares or the holders thereof, without the prior consent of the holders of a 
majority of the outstanding shares of the Series of Convertible Preferred 
Shares whose rights or preferences would be adversely affected thereby, given 
in person or by proxy, at an annual or special meeting called for that 
purpose, at which meeting the holders of the shares of the Series of 
Convertible Preferred Shares whose rights or preferences would be adversely 
affected thereby voting together as a separate class.

     5.    All cross-references in each subdivision of this Article FIFTH 
shall refer to other subdivisions of this Article FIFTH.


                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>


    SIXTH:    The following is a statement of the designations, powers, 
preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions 
thereof, in respect of the Common Shares:

    1.   The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive such 
dividends as from time to time may be declared by the Board of Directors of 
the Corporation subject to the provisions of subdivision 1 of Article FIFTH 
with respect to the rights of holders of the Convertible Preferred Shares.

    2.   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment shall have been 
made to holders of the Convertible Preferred Shares of the full amounts to 
which they shall respectively be entitled as stated and expressed herein or 
as may be stated and expressed pursuant thereto, the holders of Common Shares 
shall be entitled to the exclusion of the holders of the Convertible 
Preferred Shares to share ratably according to the number of Common Shares 
held by them in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for 
distribution to its stockholders.

    3.   All of the Common Shares shall be identical with each other in every 
respect. Each Common Share shall entitled the holder thereof to one vote for 
each share upon all matters upon which shareholders have the right to vote. 
The Corporation may issue from time to time warrants to acquire Common Shares 
which permit the holders thereof to vote together with the holders of Common 
Shares a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Shares which 
may be acquired upon exercise of such warrants.

    SEVENTH:  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

              NAME                      MAILING ADDRESS
              
              Linda Criblez             2121 Avenue of the Stars
                                        18th Floor
                                        Los Angeles, CA 90067

    EIGHTH:

    1.    The directors of the Corporation shall have no personal liability 
to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of 
fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director's duty 
of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions 
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing 
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of 
Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived any 
improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is so 
amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to further 
eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors, then the personal 
liability of the directors shall be

                                    - 16 -

<PAGE>


eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General 
Corporation Law of Delaware as so amended.

    2.   The Corporation shall indemnify, to accordance with and to the 
fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a 
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or 
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal administrative 
or investigative, including without limitation, an action by or in the right 
of the Corporation, by reason of his acting as a director or executive 
officer (within the meaning of Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in 
the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason 
of the fact that he is or was an other officer, employee or agent of the 
Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any 
other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation) against any liability or 
expense actually and reasonably incurred by each person in respect thereof; 
provided, however, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer 
or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding if such action, 
suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to 
indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification 
conferred by this Section 2 shall be deemed to be a contract between the 
Corporation and each person referred to herein.

    3.  No amendment to or repeal of those provisions shall apply to or have 
any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with 
respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such 
amendments.

    NINTH:    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by 
statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make adopt, alter, 
amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation. Subject to any provisions in 
the By-laws providing indemnification to officers and directors of the 
Corporation, the By-laws of the Corporation may be altered or amended or new 
By-laws adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 1/3% of 
the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including any 
warrants with voting rights) entitled to vote (voting together as a single 
class).

    TENTH: [Deleted by the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 17,
1998 between the Corporation and DeCrane Acquisition Co.] 


                                     - 17 -


<PAGE>


     ELEVENTH: The affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding 
shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (including any 
warrants with voting rights) shall be required to amend or repeal any 
provision of Articles EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH and ELEVENTH hereof or to adopt any 
provision inconsistent therewith.

     TWELFTH: The Corporation reserves the rights to amend, alter, change or 
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the 
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon 
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the 
purpose of forming a Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of 
the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and 
certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated 
are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand as of January 8, 1997.




                                       /s/ Linda Criblez
                                       -------------------------------
                                       Linda Criblez



                                      -19-



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                             DELIGHT ACQUISITION CO.

                                    *******

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                    OFFICES

     SECTION 1.01.  REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office shall be in the 
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     SECTION 1.02.  OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may also have offices at 
such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board 
of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the 
Corporation may require.

     SECTION 1.03.  BOOKS.  The books of the Corporation may kept within or 
without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time 
determine or the business of the Corporation may require.


                                  ARTICLE 2

                          MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 2.01.  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of stockholders 
shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, 
on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the 
Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a designation by the 
Board of Directors).

     SECTION 2.02.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  Annual meetings of stockholders, 
commencing with the year 1998, shall be held to elect the Board of Directors 
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.03.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of stockholders may 
be called by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board and shall be 
called by the Secretary at the request in writing of holders of record of a 
majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to 
vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed 
meeting.

     SECTION 2.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS; WAIVER OF 
NOTICE.  (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any 
action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which 
shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  
Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended ("DELAWARE LAW"), 
such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the 
date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such 
meeting.  Unless these bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned 
to another time and place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need 
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are 
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned 
meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been 
transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 
days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned 
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder 
of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

     (b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled 
thereto, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed 
equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a 
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting 
for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the 
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or 
convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be 
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

     SECTION 2.05. QUORUM. Unless otherwise provided under the certificate of 
incorporation or these bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in 
person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital 
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

     SECTION 2.06.  VOTING (a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate 
of incorporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be 
entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the 
Corporation held by such stockholder. Unless otherwise provided in Delaware 
Law, the certificate of

                                    2

<PAGE>

incorporation or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the 
shares of capital stock of the Corporation present, in person or by proxy, at 
a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be 
the act of the stockholders.

     (b)  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or 
to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a 
meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but 
no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, 
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

     SECTION 2.07.  ACTION BY CONSENT. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the 
certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual 
or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any 
annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, 
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, 
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of 
outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes 
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at 
which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be 
delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in 
Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the 
Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of 
stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered 
office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt 
requested. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting 
by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders 
who have not consented in writing.

     (b) Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each 
stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective 
to take the corporate action referred to therein, unless, within 60 days of 
the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 
and Delaware Law to the Corporation, written consents signed by delivery to 
its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an 
officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which 
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the 
Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or 
registered mail, return receipt requested. 

     SECTION 2.08.  ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of stockholders, the 
Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, (or in his absence or 
if one shall not have been elected, the President) shall act as chairman of 
the meeting. The Secretary (or in his absence or inability to act, the person 
whom the chairman

                                        3
<PAGE>

of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting shall act as secretary 
of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

     SECTION 2.09.  ORDER OF BUSINESS. The order of business at all meetings 
of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

                                  ARTICLE 3

                                  DIRECTORS

     SECTION 3.01.  GENERAL POWERS. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware 
Law or the certificate of incorporation, the business and affairs of the 
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of 
Directors.

     SECTION 3.02.  NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The number of 
directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed from time to 
time by resolution of the Board of Directors but shall not be less than two 
nor more than nine. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of 
the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.12 herein, and each 
director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and 
qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need 
not be stockholders.

     SECTION 3.03  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. Unless the certificate of 
incorporation or these bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the 
total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of 
business, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at 
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of 
Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or 
not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting 
if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the 
adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may 
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original 
meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of 
Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, from time to 
time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum 
shall be present.

     SECTION 3.04.  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board of Directors shall 
hold its meeting at such place, either within or without the State of 
Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the 
Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a determination by the 
Board of Directors).

                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.05.  ANNUAL MEETING. The Board of Directors shall meet for the 
purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of 
other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of 
stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting 
shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such 
annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors 
may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on 
such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereon given as 
hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 hereof or in a waiver of notice thereof 
signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.

     SECTION 3.06.  REGULAR MEETINGS. After the place and time of regular
meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice 
thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, 
regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

     SECTION 3.07.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and 
shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary on the 
written request of three directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board 
of Directors shall be given to each director at least three days before the 
date of the meeting in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.08.  COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution 
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, 
each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. 
The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any 
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting 
of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the 
resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the 
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the 
business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the 
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such 
committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the 
certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or 
consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange 
of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, 
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a 
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the Corporation; and 
unless the resolution of the Board of Directors or the certificate of 
incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or 
authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each 
committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to 
the Board of Directors when required.

                                        5
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.09.  ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board 
or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing 
or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or 
committee.

     SECTION 3.10.  TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of 
Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may 
participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the 
case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications 
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear 
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in 
person at the meeting.

     SECTION 3.11.  RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time by 
giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the 
Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt 
of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; 
and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation 
shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 3.12.  VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate 
of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from 
any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all the 
stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a 
majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by 
a sole remaining director. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of 
stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the 
certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of 
such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of directors 
elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a 
sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office 
until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, 
resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election 
of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise 
provided in the certificate of incorporation, when one or more directors 
shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the 
directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have 
the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect 
when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each 
director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of other 
vacancies.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.13.  REMOVAL.  Any director or the entire Board of Directors 
may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of 
the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation 
entitled to vote and the vacancies thus created may be filled in accordance 
with Section 3.12 herein.

     SECTION 3.14.  COMPENSATION.  Unless otherwise restricted by the 
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall 
have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and 
reimbursement of expenses.


                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   OFFICERS

     SECTION 4.01.  PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.  The principal officers of the 
Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer 
and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the 
proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for 
that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, 
including one or more Controllers, as the Board may in its discretion 
appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or 
more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and 
perform the duties of President and Secretary.

     SECTION 4.02.  ELECTION, TERM OF OFFICE AND REMUNERATION.  The 
principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board 
of Directors at the annual meeting thereof. Each such officer shall hold 
office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier 
death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the 
Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any 
office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall 
determine.

     SECTION 4.03.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  In addition to the principal 
officers enumerated in Section 4.01 hereof, the Corporation may have one or 
more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers 
and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of 
Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period 
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of 
Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to 
remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

                                      7

<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.04.  REMOVAL. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to 
subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at 
any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4.05.  RESIGNATIONS.  Any officer may resign at any time by 
giving written notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if 
the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to 
appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall 
take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such time as shall be 
specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the 
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     SECTION 4.06.  POWERS AND DUTIES.   The officers of the Corporation 
shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their 
respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be 
conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

                               ARTICLE 5

                           GENERAL PROVISIONS

    SECTION 5.01.  FIXING THE RECORD DATE. (a) In order that the Corporation 
may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any 
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors 
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon 
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of 
Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 
days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board 
of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice 
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business 
on the day next preceding the day on which notice of given, or, if notice is 
waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which 
the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to 
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any 
adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED that the Board of Directors may fix a 
new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     (b)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders 
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the 
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede 
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the 
Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the 
date upon which the resolution fixing

                                        8
<PAGE>

the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has 
been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining 
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a 
meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by 
Delaware Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent 
setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the 
Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal 
place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody 
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. 
Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by 
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has 
been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of 
Directors is required by Delaware Law, the record date for determining 
stockholders entitled to consent to the corporate action in writing without a 
meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of 
Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

     (c)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders 
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or 
allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights 
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose 
of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, 
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing 
the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 
days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for 
determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of 
business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution 
relating thereto.

     SECTION 5.02.  DIVIDENDS.  Subject to limitations contained in Delaware 
Law and the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare 
and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which 
dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital 
stock of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5.03.  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall 
commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

     SECTION 5.04.  CORPORATE SEAL.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed 
thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the 
words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a 
facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

     SECTION 5.05.  VOTING OF STOCK OWNED BY THE CORPORATION.  The Board of 
Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, 
vote

                                      9
<PAGE>

at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any 
corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

     SECTION 5.06.  AMENDMENTS.  These bylaws or any of them, may be altered, 
amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled 
to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof or by the Board of 
Directors.

                                      10

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 3.3.1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                              ADS ACQUISITION, INC.



     1.   The name of the corporation is:

                              ADS ACQUISITION, INC.


     2.   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, 
County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is 
The Corporation Trust Company.

     3.   The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted 
is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be 
organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     4.   The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall 
have authority to issue is Seven Hundred Fifty (750); all of such shares 
shall be without par value.

     5.   The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the 
by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written 
ballot.

     6.   The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

               L. J. Vitalo
               Corporation Trust Center
               1209 Orange Street
               Wilmington, Delaware 19801

     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the 
purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of 
Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this 
is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have 
hereunto set my hand this 23rd day of July, 1996.


                                                 /s/  L. J. Vitalo
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                                    L. J. Vitalo
<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF

                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                  * * * * *


     ADS Acquisition, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by 
virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY 
CERTIFY:

     FIRST:   That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of ADS Acquisition, 
Inc. resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the 
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to 
be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation 
for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed 
amendment is as follows:

     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of ADS Acquisition, 
     Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as 
     amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

     The name of the corporation is Aerospace Display Systems, Inc.

     SECOND:  That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of 
Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly 
called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General 
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number 
of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

     THIRD:   That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said ADS Acquisition, Inc. has caused this certificate to 
be signed by Robert A. Rankin, its Secretary, this Twenty-Third day of 
September, 1996.


                                            ADS Acquisition, Inc.


                                            By /s/  Robert Rankin
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Secretary










<PAGE>

                                        BYLAWS

                                          OF

                           AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, INC.



                                      ARTICLE 1

                                       Offices

     Section 1.1  REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the Corporation
shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. 

     Section 1.2  OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require. 

                                      ARTICLE 2

                               Meetings of Stockholders

     Section 2.1  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  Annual meetings of stockholders shall be
held on a date set by the Board of Directors in each year for the purpose of
electing directors and transacting such other proper business as may come before
the meeting.

     Section 2.2  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings shall by held solely for
the purpose or purposes specified in the notice of meeting.

     Section 2.3  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.1 each meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such
hour and at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be fixed by the Board of Directors or in the notice of the meeting or, in the
case of an adjourned meeting, as announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken.

     Section 2.4  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  A written notice of each meeting of
stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case
of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called,
shall be given either personally or by mail to each stockholder entitled to vote
at the meeting.  Unless otherwise provided by statute, the notice shall be given
not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting and,
if mailed, shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder

<PAGE>

at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  No notice need
be given to any person with whom communication is unlawful, nor shall there be
any duty to apply for any permit or license to give notice to any such person. 
If the time and place of an adjourned meeting of stockholders are announced at
the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, no notice need be given of the
adjourned meeting unless that adjournment is for more than thirty days or
unless, after the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting. 

     Section 2.5  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any
stockholder who in person or by proxy shall have waived in writing notice of the
meeting, either before or after such meeting, or who shall attend the meeting in
person or by proxy, unless he attends for the express purpose of objecting, at
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     Section 2.6  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  Subject to the provisions of 
these bylaws, the certificate of incorporation and statutes as to the vote 
that is required for a specified action, the presence in person or by proxy 
of the holders of 50% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled 
to vote at any meeting of stockholders, plus one share, shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote in person or by proxy of 
the holders of a majority of the shares constituting such quorum shall be 
binding on all stockholders of the Corporation.  A majority of the shares 
present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote may, regardless of whether 
or not they constitute a quorum, adjourn the meeting to another time and 
place.  Any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting 
may be transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. 

     Section 2.7  VOTING.  Stockholders shall be entitled to cumulative voting
at all elections of directors to the extent provided in or pursuant to the
certificate of incorporation.  Stockholders may vote by proxy but no proxy shall
be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy
provides for a longer period. 

     Section 2.8  INSPECTION OF ELECTION.

     (a)  The Board of Directors shall appoint an inspector of election to act
at each meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector of
election is not so appointed, or the person appointed as inspector fails or
refuses to act, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint an inspector of
election. 


                                          2
<PAGE>

     (b)  The inspector of election shall determine the outstanding stock of the
Corporation and the voting power of each class and series, the stock represented
at the meeting and the existence of a quorum, shall receive votes or ballots,
shall count and tabulate all votes and shall determine the result; and in
connection therewith, the inspector shall determine the authority, validity and
effect of proxies, hear and determine all challenges and questions, and do such
other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
stockholders. 

     (c)  The inspector of election shall make a report in writing of any
challenge or question or other matter determined by him and shall execute a
certificate of any fact found in connection therewith.  Any such report or
certificate shall be filed with the record of the meeting. 

     Section 2.9  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  A complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at each meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical
order, and showing the address and number of shares registered in the name of
each stockholder, shall be prepared and made available for examination during
regular business hours by any stockholder for any purpose germane to the
meeting.  The list shall be available for such examination at the place where
the meeting is to be held for a period of not less than ten days prior to the
meeting and during the whole time of the meeting.

     Section 2.10  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required to be taken at
any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken
at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary
to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted.

                                      ARTICLE 3

                                 Board of Directors 

     Section 3.1  NUMBER.  The number of directors shall be no less than one 
and no more than five, and shall be set by the Board of Directors by adoption 
of a resolution with respect thereto.

     Section 3.2  ORGANIZATION MEETINGS.  As promptly as practicable after each
annual meeting of stockholders, an organization meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held for


                                          3
<PAGE>

the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business. 

     Section 3.3  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at such place and time as may be designated by the Board. 

     Section 3.4  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman, the President, any three directors, or, if less
than three, the remaining directors. 

     Section 3.5  BUSINESS OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise expressly provided
in these bylaws, any and all business may be transacted at any meeting of the
Board of Directors;  PROVIDED, that if so stated in the notice of meeting, the
business transacted at a special meeting shall be limited to the purpose or
purposes specified in the notice. 

     Section 3.6  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.4 each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held on such date,
at such hour and in such place as fixed by the Board or in the notice or waivers
of notice of the meeting or, in the case of an adjourned meeting, as announced
at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. 

     Section 3.7  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  No notice need be given of any
organization or regular meeting of the Board of Directors for which the date,
hour and place have been fixed by the Board.  Notice of the date, hour and place
of all other organization and regular meetings, and of all special meetings,
shall be given to each director personally, by telephone or telegraph or by
mail.  If by mail, the notice shall be deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the director at his residence or usual place of
business as the same appear on the books of the Corporation not later than five
days before the meeting.  If given by telegraph, the notice shall be directed to
the director at his residence or usual place of business as the same appear on
the books of the Corporation not later than at any time during the day before
the meeting.  If given personally or by telephone, the notice shall be given not
later than the day before the meeting. 

     Section 3.8  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be
given to any director who shall have waived in writing notice of the meeting,
either before or after the meeting, or who shall attend such meeting, unless he
attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. 


                                          4
<PAGE>

     Section 3.9  ATTENDANCE BY TELEPHONE.  Directors may participate in
meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the
meeting can hear one another, and such participation shall constitute presence
in person in the meeting. 

     Section 3.10  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  A majority of the total number
of directors at the time provided for pursuant to Section 3.1 shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors
and, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, in the certificate of
incorporation or by statute, the act of a majority of the directors present at
any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.  A
majority of the directors present at any meeting, regardless of whether or not
they constitute a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to another time or place.  Any
business which might have been transacted at the original meeting may be
transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. 

     Section 3.11  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action which could be taken at
a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all of the
directors consent to the action in writing and the writing or writings are filed
with the minutes of the Board. 

     Section 3.12  RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS.  Any director may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation.  The resignation shall become
effective at the time specified in the notice and, unless otherwise provided in
the notice, acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.

     Section 3.13  VACANCIES AND REMOVAL.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors,
except vacancies created by removal of a director by the shareholders, may be
filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or
by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office
until a successor is elected at an annual or a special meeting of the
shareholders in accordance with these Bylaws.

     The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors.  If the Board of Directors
accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time,
the Board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective.

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of
removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.


                                          5
<PAGE>

     A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that
meeting.  The Board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been
declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

     All the directors, or any individual director or directors, may be removed
from office, without cause, by the vote of the shareholders having a majority of
the voting power entitling them to elect directors in place of those to be
removed.  


                                      ARTICLE 4

                        Committees of the Board of Directors 

     Section 4.1  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  By resolution adopted by an affirmative
vote of the majority of the whole Board of Directors, the Board may appoint an
Executive Committee consisting of the chief executive officer of the
Corporation, EX OFFICIO, and two or more other directors and, if deemed
desirable, one or more directors as alternate members who may replace any
absentee or disqualified member at any meeting of the Executive Committee.  If
so appointed, the Executive Committee shall, when the Board is not in session,
have all the power and authority of the Board in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation not reserved to the Board by
Section 4.3 including, but not limited to, the power and authority to declare
dividends, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger.  The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts
and proceedings and shall report the same from time to time to the Board of
Directors. 

     Section 4.2  OTHER COMMITTEES.  By resolution adopted by an affirmative
vote of the majority of the whole Board of Directors, the Board may from time to
time appoint such other committees of the Board, consisting of one or more
directors and, if deemed desirable, one or more directors who shall act as
alternate members and who may replace any absentee or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee, and may delegate to each such committee any of the
powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation not reserved to the Board pursuant to Section 4.3.  Each such
committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings. 


                                          6
<PAGE>

     Section 4.3  POWERS RESERVED TO THE BOARD.  No committee of the Board shall
take any action to amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a
committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board, fix any of
the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption,
dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion
into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes
or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation) or these bylaws, adopt any agreement to merge or consolidate the
Corporation, or recommend to the stockholders a sale, lease or exchange of all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution of the
Corporation; nor shall any committee of the Board take any action which is
required in these bylaws, in the certificate of incorporation or by statute to
be taken by a vote of a specified proportion of the whole Board of Directors. 

     Section 4.4  ELECTION OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS; VACANCIES.  So far as
practicable, members of the committees of the Board and their alternates (if
any) shall be appointed at each organization meeting of the Board of Directors
and, unless sooner discharged by an affirmative vote of the majority of the
whole Board, shall hold office until the next organization meeting of the Board
and until their respective successors are appointed.  In the absence or
disqualification of any member of a committee of the Board, the member or
members (including alternates) present at any meeting of the committee and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another director to act at a meeting in place of any absent
or disqualified member.  Vacancies in committees of the Board created by death,
resignation or removal may be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the
whole Board of Directors. 

     Section 4.5  MEETINGS.  Each committee of the Board may provide for regular
meetings of such committee.  Special meetings of each committee may be called by
any two members of the committee (or, if there is only one member, by that
member in concert with the chief executive officer) or by the chief executive
officer of the Corporation.  The provisions of Section 3 regarding the business,
time and place, notice and waivers of notice of meetings, attendance at meetings
and action without a meeting shall apply to each committee of the Board, except
that the references in such provisions to the directors and the Board of
Directors shall be deemed respectively to be references to the members of the
committee and to the committee. 

     Section 4.6  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  A majority of the members of any
committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum


                                          7
<PAGE>

for the transaction of business at meetings of the committee, and the act of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the committee.  A majority of the members present at any
meeting, regardless of whether or not they constitute a quorum, may adjourn the
meeting to another time or place.  Any business which might have been transacted
at the original meeting may be transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a
quorum is present. 

                                      ARTICLE 5

                                       Officers

     Section 5.1  ELECTION AND APPOINTMENT.  The elected officers of the
Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice
Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other elected officers as shall
from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Board shall
designate from among such elected officers a chief executive officer and a chief
financial officer of the Corporation, and may from time to time make, or provide
for, other designations it deems appropriate.  The Board may also appoint, or
provide for the appointment of, such other officers and agents as may from time
to time appear necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the
Corporation.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except no
person may at the same time be both the Chief Executive Officer and the chief
financial officer. 

     Section 5.2  DUTIES OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The chief executive
officer of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and
(unless the Board of Directors elects a separate Chairman) at all meetings of
the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee and, except to the extent
otherwise provided in these bylaws or by the Board, shall have general authority
to execute any and all documents in the name of the Corporation and general and
active supervision and control of all of the business and affairs of the
Corporation.  In the absence of the chief executive officer, his duties shall be
performed and his powers may be exercised by the chief financial officer or by
such other officer as shall be designated either by the chief executive officer
in writing or (failing such designation) by the Executive Committee or Board of
Directors. 

     Section 5.3  DUTIES OF OTHER OFFICERS.  The other officers of the
Corporation shall have such powers and duties not inconsistent with these bylaws
as may from time to time be conferred upon them in or pursuant to resolutions of
the Board of Directors, and shall have such additional powers and duties not
inconsistent with such resolutions as may from time to time be assigned to them
by any competent superior officer.  The Board shall assign to one or more of the
officers of the Corporation the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings
of the


                                          8
<PAGE>

stockholders and the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. 

     Section 5.4  TERM OF OFFICE AND VACANCY.  So far as practicable, the
elected officers shall be elected at each organization meeting of the Board, and
shall hold office until the next organization meeting of the Board and until
their respective successors are elected and qualified.  If a vacancy shall occur
in any elected office, the Board of Directors may elect a successor for the
remainder of the term.  Appointed officers shall hold office at the pleasure of
the Board.  Any officer may resign by written notice to the Corporation. 

     Section 5.5  REMOVAL OF ELECTED OFFICERS.  Elected officers may be removed
at any time, either for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the whole Board of Directors at a meeting called for that purpose. 

     Section 5.6  COMPENSATION OF ELECTED OFFICERS.  The compensation of all
elected officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors. 
 

                                      ARTICLE 6

                            Shares and Transfer of Shares

     Section 6.1  CERTIFICATES.  Every stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors,
or the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and by the Chief Financial
Officer or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the class and number of
shares owned by him in the Corporation; PROVIDED that, any and all signatures on
a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar
before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the
same effect as if he or it were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the
date of issue. 

     Section 6.2  TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS.  The Board of Directors may,
in its discretion, appoint one or more responsible banks or trust companies in
the City of New York or in such other city or cities (if any) as the Board may
deem advisable, from time to time, to act as transfer agents and registrars of
shares of the Corporation; and, when such appointments shall have been made, no
certificate for shares of the Corporation shall be valid until countersigned by
one of such transfer agents and registered by one of such registrars. 


                                          9
<PAGE>

     Section 6.3  TRANSFERS OF SHARES.  Shares of the Corporation may be
transferred by delivery of the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an
assignment in writing on the back of the certificates or by written power of
attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same, signed by the record holder
thereof; but no transfer shall affect the right of the Corporation to pay any
dividend upon the shares to the holder of record thereof, or to treat the holder
of record as the holder in fact thereof for all purposes, and no transfer shall
be valid, except between the parties thereto, until such transfer shall have
been made upon the books of the Corporation. 

     Section 6.4  LOST CERTIFICATES.  In case any certificate for shares of the
Corporation shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Board of Directors, in its
discretion, or any transfer agent thereunto duly authorized by the Board, may
authorize the issue of a substitute certificate in place of the certificate so
lost, stolen or destroyed, and may cause such substitute certificate to be
countersigned by the appropriate transfer agent (if any) and registered by the
appropriate registrar (if any); PROVIDED that, in each such case, the applicant
for a substitute certificate shall furnish to the Corporation and to such of its
transfer agents and registrars as may require the same, evidence to their
satisfaction, in their discretion, of the loss, theft or destruction of such
certificate and of the ownership thereof, and also such security or indemnity as
may by them be required.

     Section 6.5  RECORD DATES.  In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to action in writing without a
meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall be
not more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting of
stockholders, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action.  In such
case, those stockholders, and only those stockholders, who are stockholders of
record on the date fixed by the Board of Directors shall, notwithstanding any
subsequent transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation, be entitled to
notice of and to vote at such meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment
thereof, or to express consent to such corporate action in writing without a
meeting, or entitled to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution
or allotment of rights, or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any such
change, conversion or exchange of shares or to participate in any such other
lawful action.  


                                          10
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 7

                                    Miscellaneous

     Section 7.1  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. 

     Section 7.2  SIGNATURE ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS. All bills, notes, checks
or other instruments for the payment of money shall be signed or countersigned
in such manner as from time to time may be prescribed by resolution of the Board
of Directors. 

     Section 7.3  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND
FIDUCIARIES; INSURANCE.

     (a)  The Corporation may indemnify, in accordance with and to the full
extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws may be
amended from time to time, and shall so indemnify to the full extent permitted
by such laws, any person (and the heirs and legal representatives of any such
person) made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director,
officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of the Corporation or any constituent
corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, or serves or served as such
with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
at the request of the Corporation or any such constituent corporation. 

     (b)  By action of the Board of Directors notwithstanding any interest of
the directors in such action, the Corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance in such amounts as the Board of Directors deems appropriate on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation shall have power to indemnify
him against such liability under the provisions of this Section.   




                                          11
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 8

                                   Bylaw Amendments

     Section 8.1  BY THE STOCKHOLDERS.  These bylaws may be amended by the
stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose in any manner not inconsistent
with any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation. 

     Section 8.2  BY THE DIRECTORS.  These bylaws may be amended by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors in any manner not
inconsistent with any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation.









                                          12


<PAGE>

                        ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                   OF                                    [STAMP]

                        AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.


     The undersigned natural person of the age of twenty-one (21) years or 
more, in order to form a corporation for the purposes hereinafter stated, 
under and pursuant to the Arkansas Business Corporation Act, hereby certifies 
as follows:

     1.  The name of this corporation is Audio International, Inc.

     2.  The nature of the business of the corporation and the objects or 
purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it, are as 
follows:

         (a)  The design and marketing of audio and video systems.

         (b)  To conduct any other business enterprise not contrary to law.

         (c)  To buy, sell, lease, use, develop, mortgage, improve and 
otherwise deal in and dispose of all types of real or personal property in 
connection with the conduct of business enterprise carried on by the 
corporation.

         (d)  To exercise all of the powers enumerated in Section 4 of the 
Arkansas Business Corporation Act.

     3.  The period of existence of this corporation shall be perpetual.

     4.  The registered office of this corporation shall be located at 4618 
John F. Kennedy Blvd, Suite 198, North Little Rock, Arkansas 72116 and the 
name of the registered agent of this corporation at that address is Wayne 
Ritchie.

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

     5.  The total amount of the authorized capital stock of this corporation 
is 1,000 shares of common stock with $1.00 par value each.

     6.  This corporation shall not commence business until at least Three 
Hundred Dollars ($300.00) has been received as consideration for the issuance 
of shares.

     7.  The name and post office address of each incorporator is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       NAME:                  POST OFFICE ADDRESS:
       ----                   -------------------
    <S>                     <C>

      Neil Deininger          425 North University
                              Little Rock, Arkansas  72205-3108

</TABLE>

     8.  The number of Directors constituting the initial Board of Directors 
shall be two. At the meeting of the shareholders next following the time when 
the number of shareholders of record shall be more than two, additional 
Directors shall be elected so that the total number of Directors shall be 
equal to the number of shareholders of record (but not to exceed five unless 
the corporate bylaws specifically so provide).

     9.  The President and Secretary of the corporation shall have the 
authority on behalf of the corporation to enter into any contract between the 
corporation and all of its shareholders (a) imposing restrictions on the 
future transfer (whether inter vivos, by inheritance or testamentary gift), 
hypothecation or other disposition of its shares; (b) granting purchase 
options to the corporation or its shareholders; or (c) requiring the 
corporation or its shareholders to purchase such shares upon stated 
contingencies. In addition, any and all of such restrictions, options or 


                                        2

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

requirements may be imposed on all shares of the corporation, issued and 
unissued, upon the unanimous resolution of the Board of Directors and the 
consent of all stockholders as of the date of the Board's resolution.

     10.  No contract entered into by this corporation shall be invalid or 
unenforceable because of the interest of any Director in the contract, either 
directly or indirectly.

     11.  (a)  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a 
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or 
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative 
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) 
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or 
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the 
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses 
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement 
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit 
or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably 
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, 
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable 
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, 
suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea 
of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a 
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which 
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the


                                         3

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had 
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     (b)  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or 
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed 
action or suit by it or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment 
in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, 
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of 
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another 
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against 
expenses (including attorneys' fees), actually and reasonably incurred by him 
in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he 
acted in good faith and in a good manner he reasonably believed to be in or 
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no 
indemnification shall be made in request of any claim, issue or matter as to 
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or 
misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only 
to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall 
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in 
view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably 
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

     (c)  To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent of the 
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any 
action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) or (b), or in the 
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall 


                                          4

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and 
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

     (d)  Any indemnification under subsections (a) or (b) (unless ordered by 
a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific 
case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, 
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the 
applicable standards of conduct set forth in subsections (a) or (b). Such 
determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors by a majority vote 
of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit 
or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if 
obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent 
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the shareholders.

     (e)  Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending a civil 
or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in 
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as 
authorized in the manner provided in subsection (d) upon receipt of an 
undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, or agent to 
repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is 
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

     (f)  The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed 
exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled 
under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors 
or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in 
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person 
who has ceased to be a director, 


                                           5

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, 
executors and administrators of such a person.

     (g)  The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance 
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent 
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, 
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted 
against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his 
status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to 
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

     (h)  The powers and duties of the corporation to indemnify any person 
under this Article shall apply with equal force whether an action, suit, or 
proceeding is threatened or commenced in this State or outside this State.

     12.  The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be authorized to 
repurchase or redeem shares of the corporation whether the same be done from 
earned surplus or capital surplus, other than revaluation surplus, of the 
corporation, so long as the same shall otherwise be authorized by law and in 
conformity with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the 
corporation or any amendment thereof; provided, however, such provisions 
shall not be construed as a right of the corporation to purchase or redeem 
any share of the corporation without the consent of the holder of such share 
unless such share shall have been issued with a right of repurchase or 
redemption reserved to the corporation or pursuant to any lawful agreement 
between the corporation and such shareholder.


                                         6

<PAGE>

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

     13.  Unless the bylaws of the corporation otherwise provide for a 
greater number, a quorum at any meeting of the shareholders of the 
corporation shall consist of one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote 
thereat, represented in person or by duly authorized proxy at such meeting.

     14.  The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors, shall be 
authorized to enter into any general or limited partnership with any other 
person, firm or corporation for the purposes of carrying out any of the 
objects or purposes of the corporation.

     SIGNED this 2nd day of January, 1987.


                                    /s/  Neil Deininger
                                    --------------------------------
                                    Neil Deininger


                                         7

<PAGE>
                                                                    

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF                            [STAMP]

                             AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.


     We, the President and Secretary of Audio International, Inc., a business
corporation duly organized, created and existing under and by virtue of the laws
of the State of Arkansas, hereby certify that:

     The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted at a
special meeting of the stockholders on the 20th day of FEBRUARY, 1996:

          RESOLVED, that the Corporation elects to be treated as a corporation
     under Arkansas Business Corporation Act of 1987.

          FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Corporation is hereby authorized to amend
     Article 4 of its Articles of Incorporation to read as follows:

          4.   The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 7300
     Industry Drive, North Little Rock, Arkansas, 72117, and the name of the
     registered agent of this Corporation at that address is Wayne Richie.

     On the date of the adoption of the resolution there were 100 shares of
common stock outstanding and all of said stock voted affirmatively for the
amendment hereinabove set forth.

     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands as the President and
Secretary, respectively, of Audio International, Inc., on this 20th day of
FEBRUARY, 1996.

                                        AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Rick Marsh
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Rick Marsh, President


<PAGE>


ATTEST:

/s/ Wayne Richie
- -------------------------------
Wayne Richie, Secretary


                                           2


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.4.2

                            AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                   BYLAWS

                                     OF

                          AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                  ARTICLE I
                                    STOCK

     1.   CERTIFICATES.  Certificates of stock shall be issued to each holder 
of fully paid stock in numerical order. Each certificate shall be signed by 
the President and attested by the Secretary. A record of each certificate 
shall be kept in the corporation's records.

     2.   FORM.  The form of the certificate to represent stock ownership in 
the corporation shall be fixed by the original incorporators, and may be 
changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     3.   TRANSFER.  Shares of the corporation shall be transferred on its 
books only upon the surrender to the corporation of the share certificates 
duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or 
authority to transfer. In that event, the surrendered certificates shall be 
canceled, new certificates issued to the person entitled to them, and the 
transaction recorded on the books of the corporation.

     4.   LOST CERTIFICATES.  The Board of Directors shall direct a new 
certificate to be issued in place of a certificate alleged to


                                      1
<PAGE>

have been destroyed or lost if the owner makes an affidavit that it is 
destroyed or lost, but the Board in its discretion may, as a condition 
precedent to issuing the new certificate, require the owner to give the 
corporation a bond or security acceptable to the Board as indemnity against 
any claim that may be made against the corporation on the certificate 
allegedly destroyed or lost.

     5.   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.  The President and Secretary of the 
corporation shall have the authority on behalf of the corporation to enter 
into any contract between the corporation and all of its shareholders (a) 
imposing restrictions on the future transfer (whether inter vivos, by 
inheritance or testamentary gift), hypothecation or other disposition of its 
shares; (b) granting purchase options to the corporation or its shareholders; 
or (c) requiring the corporation or its shareholders to purchase such shares 
upon stated contingencies. In addition, any or all of such restrictions, 
options or requirements may be imposed on all shares of the corporation, 
issued and unissued, upon the unanimous resolution of the Board of Directors 
and the consent of all stockholders as of the date of the Board's resolution.


                                 ARTICLE II
                                STOCKHOLDERS

     1.   ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of the stockholders of this 
corporation shall be held at such place as the Directors shall designate, the 
date of the meeting to be the last business day of the corporation's fiscal 
year.


                                      2
<PAGE>

     2.   SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be 
called at any time by the President, by resolution of the Board of Directors, 
or by any member of the Board of Directors.

     3.   NOTICE.  Written notice of the stockholders' meetings shall be 
given either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record at his 
address, as the same appears on the stock book of the corporation, not less 
than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting is to be held. 
If a proposal to increase the authorized capital stock or bonded indebtedness 
is to be submitted, notice must be given not less than sixty (60) nor more 
than seventy-five (75) days before the meeting. In case of special meetings, 
the notice shall also include a statement of the purpose or purposes for 
which the meeting is called. If at any annual meeting there shall be 
presented a proposal to increase the authorized capital stock or bonded 
indebtedness, to dissolve, merge or consolidate, or to sell, lease, exchange, 
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the corporation's assets, 
to amend the Articles of Incorporation or to effect any other fundamental 
corporate change, then that annual meeting shall be deemed, for the purpose 
of notice, a special meeting. Notice of any meeting or service of such notice 
may be waived in writing before or after the meeting by a stockholder or by 
the attendance in person or by proxy of any stockholder at such meeting. No 
irregularity of notice of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders 
shall invalidate such meeting or any proceeding thereat.


                                      3
<PAGE>

     4.   QUORUM.  A quorum at any meeting of the stockholders shall consist 
of a majority in interest in the stock issued and outstanding then entitled 
to vote, represented in person or by proxy. A majority of such quorum shall 
decide any question that may come before the meeting.

     5.   PROXIES.  A stockholder may vote at any meeting of the stockholders 
by being present in person or by giving to some other person present at the 
meeting a written proxy.

     6.   VOTING.  In the election of Directors, the holder of each share of 
stock then entitled to vote shall be entitled to cast votes equal to the 
number of Directors to be elected. Directors shall be elected at the annual 
meeting of stockholders. In all other matters to be determined at a 
stockholders' meeting, the holders of shares of stock then entitled to vote 
shall be entitled to cast votes equal to the number of shares held.

     7.   INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Unless otherwise provided by law, 
any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any 
other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be 
taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so 
taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with 
respect to the subject matter thereof.


                                 ARTICLE III
                                  DIRECTORS

     1.   GENERAL POWERS.  The business and affairs of the corporation shall 
be managed by its Board of Directors.


                                      4
<PAGE>

     2.   NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The number of Directors of the 
corporation shall be three. Each Director shall hold office for the term for 
which he is elected or until his successor shall have been elected and 
qualified. Directors need not be residents of Arkansas nor shareholders of 
the corporation.

     3.   VACANCIES.  If a vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors by reason 
of death or resignation, or if the stockholders fail to fill all the 
vacancies in the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of stockholders or 
any meeting for the purpose of electing Directors, the vacancies shall be 
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining members of the 
Board of Directors.

     4.   RESIGNATIONS.  A Director may resign at any time by filing his 
written resignation with the Secretary.

     5.   REMOVAL.  A Director may be removed at any time, with or without 
cause, by a special stockholders' meeting called expressly for that purpose.

     6.   MEETINGS.  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on call 
of any member after giving notice in writing or otherwise to all members at 
least twenty-four hours prior thereto. Notice of any meeting or service of 
such notice may be waived in writing before or after the meeting by a 
Director or by attendance at such meeting. No irregularity of notice of such 
meeting shall invalidate such meeting or any proceeding thereat.

     7.   QUORUM.  A quorum of any meeting of the Board of Directors shall 
consist of a majority of the entire membership of


                                      5
<PAGE>

the Board. A majority of such quorum shall decide any question that may come 
before the meeting.

     8.   INFORMAL ACTION.  Action taken by a majority of the Directors 
without a meeting in respect to any corporation matter shall be valid if, 
before or after such action, all Board members sign and file with the 
Secretary for inclusion in the corporate minute book a memorandum showing 
(a) the nature of the action taken, (b) the consent of the each Board member, 
and (c) the names of Directors approving and Directors opposing such action.

     9.   PROXIES.  Directors may not vote by proxy.

     10.  ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  Officers of the corporation shall be elected 
by the Board of Directors and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of 
Directors subject to any contracts of employment entered into by the 
corporation. The Board of Directors shall fix the compensation of all 
officers of the corporation.


                                 ARTICLE IV
                                  OFFICERS

     1.   NUMBER.  The officers of the corporation shall be a Chief Executive 
Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Presidents 
(the number and designation thereof to be determined by the Board of 
Directors), a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be 
elected in accordance with these bylaws. If there is only one shareholder, 
any two offices may be held by the same person. If there is more than one 
shareholder, any two offices may be held by the same person, except the 
offices of President and Secretary.


                                      6
<PAGE>

     2.   VACANCIES.  When a vacancy occurs in one of the executive offices 
by death, resignation or otherwise, it shall be filled by the Board of 
Directors. The officer so selected shall hold offices until his successor is 
chosen and qualified.

     3.   EXECUTION OF WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS.  Leases, deeds, mortgages, and 
contracts not in the ordinary course of business may be executed by the 
Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Chief Operating Officer and 
attested by the Secretary or Treasurer unless the Board of Directors shall in 
a particular situation designate another procedure for their execution. The 
Board of Directors may authorize any one or more officers and/or employees to 
execute contracts in the ordinary course of business on behalf of the 
corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific 
instances.

     4.   CHECKS AND NOTES.  Checks, notes, drafts and demands for money 
shall be signed by any one or more officers and/or employees who may from 
time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

     5.   VOTING SHARES IN OTHER CORPORATIONS.  In the absence of other 
arrangements by the Board of Directors, shares of stock issued by any other 
corporation and owned or controlled by this corporation may be voted at any 
shareholders' meeting of the other corporation by the Chairman of the Board, 
the President, or the Chief Executive Officer of this corporation; and in the 
event neither the Chairman of the Board, the President, nor the Chief 
Executive Officer is to be present at a meeting, the shares may be voted by 
such person as the President and Secretary of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

corporation shall by duly elected proxy designate to represent the 
corporation at the meeting.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF PAYMENTS.  Any payments made to an officer such as 
salary, commission, bonus, interest, or rent, or entertainment expense 
incurred by him, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a 
deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by 
such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It 
shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to enforce payment of each such 
amount disallowed. In lieu of payment by the officer, subject to the 
determination of the Board of Directors, proportionate amounts may be 
withheld from his future compensation payments until the amount owed to the 
corporation has been recovered.


                                  ARTICLE V
                                  AMENDMENTS

     Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board 
of Directors by the unanimous consent of the Directors, unless the Articles 
of Incorporation provide for the adoption, amendment or repeal by the 
shareholders, in which event action thereon may be taken at any meeting of 
the shareholders by the unanimous consent of the shares outstanding and a 
majority of the outstanding shares of any other class which may be 
substantially adversely affected by such action.


                                       8


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.5.1

                              ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                        - of -

                                  AVTECH CORPORATION


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

     That we, GEORGE KINNEAR, COLIN W. ACKERSON and JAMES S. TURNER, being
citizens of the United States, do hereby associate ourselves together as a
corporation under the general incorporation laws of the State of Washington, and
make, subscribe and adopt the following Articles of Incorporation, in
triplicate, to-wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                         NAME

     The name of this corporation shall be and is:

                                  AVTECH CORPORATION


                                      ARTICLE II

                                 OBJECTS AND PURPOSES

     The objects and purposes for which this corporation is formed are, and
shall be, as follows:

     1.   To engage in the fabrication and manufacture of electronic
audio/visual products.

     2.   To engage in industrial research and development,


                                        - 1 -
<PAGE>

generally, and of electronic audio/visual products, in particular.

     3.   To manufacture, sell, license or rent equipment and products of all
kinds and to provide audio/visual services utilizing presentation devices and
systems.

     4.   To engage in the business of manufacturing, distributing and selling
in any or all of its phases.

     5.   To contract with machinery and equipment manufacturers for the
purchase of items for resale.

     6.   To buy, sell, own and deal in real estate, livestock, bonds,
securities and other properties or investments of all kinds on its own account
or as agent, factor or broker, in the United States and elsewhere.

     7.   To establish, form and subsidize or otherwise assist in the promotion
or foundation of other companies or the prosecution of any other undertakings or
enterprises which may advance directly or indirectly the objects of this
corporation, and to secure by purchase, trade, subscription, or otherwise
acquire and to deal and trade in the stock, certificates of interest,
debentures, bonds or other securities of other companies, trusts or other
organizations.

     8.   To enter into any partnership arrangements.

     9.   To borrow money and to issue bills, notes, bonds and other forms of
commercial paper and secure the payment of the same by mortgage or pledge of any
or all of the corporation's


                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>

property; to buy, lease, acquire, own, hold, sell, let or otherwise dispose of
property of all kinds, both real and personal, which may be necessary, incident
or convenient to the carrying on of said business.

     10.  To acquire patents, licenses or agreements covering equipment or
property and to do every act and thing which may be incidental, auxiliary or
relative to, connected with, or necessary for, the accomplishment of any one or
all of the purposes and objects herein specified, and to do the same as
principal, agent or broker.

     11.  From time to time, to do any one or more of the acts, and to
accomplish any one or more of the objects, herein set forth, to conduct its
business wherever necessary or desirable, whether in the State of Washington, or
in other states and territories of the United States, or in foreign countries,
and to maintain one office or more than one office.

     12.  To use and enjoy all the general rights, powers, and privileges,
whether expressed or implied, now conferred upon or granted to, or hereabout to
be conferred upon or granted to, private corporations organized under the
general corporation laws of the State of Washington.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  TIME OF EXISTENCE

     The duration of the corporation shall be perpetual.



                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                 POST OFFICE ADDRESS

     The location and post office address of the registered office of this
corporation shall be:

                      3312 White Building, Seattle 1, Washington


                                      ARTICLE V

                               AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

     The authorized capital stock of this corporation shall be divided into
fifty thousand (50,000) shares of common stock without par value.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                   PAID-IN CAPITAL

     The amount of paid-in capital with which this corporation will begin
business is Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).


                                     ARTICLE VII

                                      DIRECTORS

     The directors who shall manage the affairs of this corporation shall be
five (5) in number, but the number of directors may be increased to any number
not exceeding seven (7) at any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any
special meeting of the stockholders, or at any special meeting of the
stockholders called for that purpose.

     The directors herein named shall manage the affairs of this company for a
period of one month, and thereafter until


                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>

their successors are elected and qualified.

     The names and post office addresses of the first directors are as follows:

     Colin W. Ackerson        8015 - 39th NE
                              Seattle 15, Washington

     Philip S. Swanson        2504 NE 120th
                              Seattle, Washington

     Robert L. Hancock        4002 NE 72nd
                              Seattle 15, Washington

     Robert L. Rodwell        16930 NE 16th Place
                              Bellevue, Washington

     George Kinnear           1621 - 72nd SE
                              Mercer Island, Washington


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                    INCORPORATORS

     The following statement contains the name and post office address of each
incorporator, and a statement of the number of shares subscribed by each of
them:

     George Kinnear      1621 - 72nd SE           One (1) Share
                         Mercer Island, Wn.

     James S. Turner     1417 - 102nd NE          One (1) Share
                         Bellevue, Wn.

     Colin W. Ackerson   8015 - 39th NE           Four Hundred Ninety
                         Seattle 15, Wn.          Eight (498) Shares


                                      ARTICLE IX

                                       BY-LAWS

     The board of directors of this corporation shall have the authority to make
and alter by-laws not inconsistent with law or with the Articles of
Incorporation, and subject to the power


                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>

of the shareholders to change or repeal such by-laws.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we, the undersigned, as incorporators, have hereunto
set our hands and seals in triplicate at Seattle, Washington, this 20th day of
August, 1963.


                                             /s/ George Kinnear
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                  George Kinnear

                                             /s/ James S. Turner
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                  James S. Turner

                                             /s/ Colin W. Ackerson
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                  Colin W. Ackerson


STATE OF WASHINGTON     )
                        )  ss.
COUNTY OF KING          )


     THIS IS TO CERTIFY that on this 20th day of August, 1963, before me, a
Notary Public in and for said county and state, duly commissioned and sworn,
personally appeared GEORGE KINNEAR, JAMES S. TURNER and COLIN W. ACKERSON, to me
known to be the individuals described in and who executed the foregoing 
instrument, and acknowledged that they signed and sealed the same as their 
free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

     WITNESS my hand and official seal the day and year herein first above
written.

                                             /s/ Rita M. Wampole
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Notary Public in and for the State of
                                        Washington, residing at Bellevue



                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>


                                  A F F I D A V I T


STATE OF WASHINGTON         )
                            ) SS
COUNTY OF KING              

JAMES S. TURNER being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says:

     That he is incorporator of AVTECH CORPORATION and that to the best of his
knowledge and belief the value received and to be received by said corporation
in return for the issuance of its non-par-value stock does not exceed the sum of
$50,000.00.


                                        /s/ James S. Turner
                                   ------------------------------------------

     SUBSCRIBED and sworn to before me this 2nd day of October, 1963.


                                        /s/ Stanley B. Allper
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                             NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State
                                             of Washington, residing at Seattle
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF                            [STAMP]

                                  AVTECH, INC.

                                   ---------

     This is to certify that at a special meeting of the stockholders and
directors of the above corporation, held at the place of business of the
corporation, 4241 - 24th West, Seattle, Washington, on Saturday, May 9, 1970, at
10:00 A.M., which meeting was attended by the required number of stockholders
and directors of the corporation or represented by their proxies, the amendment
of the Articles of Incorporation, herein stated, was unanimously adopted, there
being 34,800 shares outstanding.

     RESOLVED, that Article V, authorized capital stock, of the Articles of
Incorporation shall be, and the same is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "The capital stock in this corporation shall consist of 500,000 shares
     of common no-par stock.  Each share of common stock in this corporation
     outstanding when this paragraph becomes effective shall be reclassified as
     and changed to 10 shares, fully paid of common stock without par value,
     which shall be included in the 500,000 shares of common stock without par
     value herein authorized."

                                             /s/ John R. Barnard
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        President

                                             /s/ Fred R. Butterworth
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Secretary

STATE OF WASHINGTON )
                    ) ss
COUNTY OF KING      )

     On this day personally appeared before me, John Barnard and Fred R.
Butterworth, to me known to be the president and secretary


<PAGE>

respectively, of the above named corporation, and the individuals described in
and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that the signed the
same as their free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein
mentioned.

     Given under my hand and official seal this 17th day of August, 1970.

                                             /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Notary Public in and for the state of
                                        Washington, residing at Seattle



                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                        AFFIDAVIT AS TO VALUE OF NON PAR STOCK

STATE OF WASHINGTON )
                    ) ss
COUNTY OF KING      )


     Fred R. Butterworth, being first duly sworn, on oath deposes and says:

     That he is a director and the Secretary of Avtech, Inc., and to the best of
his knowledge and belief the value received and to be received by said
corporation for the issuance of its non-par value stock does not exceed the sum
of $100,000.

                                                  /s/ Fred R. Butterworth
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Fred R. Butterworth

     SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this 17th day of August, 1970.


                                             /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Notary Public in and for the State of
                                        Washington, residing at Seattle
<PAGE>


                        AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                                  AVTECH CORPORATION              [STAMP]

     Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of AVTECH
CORPORATION, a Washington corporation, are herein executed by the Corporation,
pursuant to the provisions of the Revised Code of Washington 23A.16.040 and
23A.16.050, as follows:

     1.   The name of the corporation is AVTECH CORPORATION.

     2.   The Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is as follows:

                                      "ARTICLE X

          At each election for directors every shareholder shall have the right
     to vote in person or by proxy the number of shares owned by him for as many
     persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has
     a right to vote.  No cumulative voting for one or more directors shall be
     permitted."

     3.   The number of shares outstanding in said Corporation is 450,000 shares
of no par value common stock.

     4.   The number of shares entitled to vote on such Amendment was 450,000.

     5.   The number of shares voting for the Amendment was 314,823.5 and the
number of shares voted against such Amendment was 126,848.5.

<PAGE>

     6.   The Amendment received the required two-thirds vote of the
Shareholders and was adopted on March 30, 1984.

     DATED this 30th day of March, 1984.

                              AVTECH CORPORATION

                              By:   /s/ Robert L. Hancock
                                 ----------------------------------
                                   Robert L. Hancock
                                   President

                              By:   /s/ Fred R. Butterworth
                                 ----------------------------------
                                   Fred R. Butterworth
                                   Secretary





                                         -2-
<PAGE>

                                                                  EX. 99.12

                        AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                                  AVTECH CORPORATION              [STAMP]

     Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of AVTECH
CORPORATION, a Washington corporation, are herein executed by the corporation,
pursuant to the provisions of the Revised Code of Washington 23A.16.040 and
23A.16.050, as follows:

     1.   The name of the corporation is AVTECH CORPORATION.

     2.   The Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is as follows:

          The capital stock in this Corporation shall consist of 1.5 Million
          shares of common no par stock.

     3.   The number of shares outstanding in said corporation is 446,543 1/2
shares of no par value common stock.

     4.   The number of shares entitled to vote on such Amendment was
446,543 1/2.

     5.   The number of shares voting for the amendment was 433,096.4, and no
shares were voted against such amendment.

     6.   The Amendment was adopted by the Shareholders at their annual meeting
held on March 17, 1989, pursuant to notice to all shareholders of record.

     DATED this 10th day of April, 1989.

                                   AVTECH CORPORATION

                              By        /s/ Fred R. Butterworth
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                        Fred R. Butterworth, Secretary


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 99.26

                                   BY-LAWS 
                                     of 
                              AVTECH CORPORATION


                                  ARTICLE I

                                  OFFICERS


     Section 1. In addition to the Board of Directors, the officers of this 
corporation shall consist of a President, three Vice-Presidents, a Secretary 
and Treasurer, who shall be chosen by the Board of Directors after each 
annual meeting of stockholders, to serve for a period of one year or until 
their successors are elected and qualified, and who may be removed by the 
Board at will, and none of the officers, except the President, need be 
members of the Board, but a Vice-President who is not a Director may not 
succeed to the office of President, and one person may hold more than one 
office, except that the President may not hold any other office.

     In addition, the Board of directors at any regular or special meeting, 
may elect one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.


                                  ARTICLE II.

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS



<PAGE>


property of the corporation shall be exercised, conducted and controlled by a 
board of not less than five (5) Directors and not more than seven (7) 
Directors. 

     Section 2. Each Director shall hold office for one year, or for such 
period as he may have been appointed and until his successor shall have been 
elected and shall qualify.

     Section 3. The Board of Directors shall have power to call special 
meetings of the stockholders when they deem it necessary, and they shall call 
such meetings at any time upon a written request for that purpose by persons 
representing in their own right or by proxy one-third of all the capital 
stock, notice thereof to be given in like manner as provided for other 
special stockholders' meetings.

     Section 4. A majority of the Board shall have power to call a special 
meeting of the Board of Directors whenever the President, after request for 
that purpose made to him in writing by a majority of the Directors, shall 
refuse or neglect to call such meeting, and notice of the meeting shall be 
given as for other special meetings of the Board of Directors except that it 
shall be signed by the members issuing the call.

     Section 5. Whenever any vacancy shall happen


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

among the Directors, by death, resignation, or otherwise, except by removal 
and the election of his successor as provided by Section 31, Paragraph IV, 
Uniform Business Corporation Act, it shall be filled by appointment of 
the Board of Directors. Such Director so appointed shall hold office until his 
successor is elected at the next annual meeting of the stockholders or at any 
special meeting, duly called for that purpose prior thereto.

                                 ARTICLE III
               
                                  PRESIDENT

     Section 1. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Directors 
or stockholders; he shall sign as President all certificates of stock and all 
contracts or instruments in writing when and as he shall deem the same to be 
for the best interest of the corporation; he shall be the general executive 
head of the corporation, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of 
Directors may from time to time require.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 VICE-PRESIDENT

     Section 1. In the absence of the President, the Vice-President, when 
present, shall have all of the power of the President and perform all his 
duties. He shall have such


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

other powers and duties as the board may determine.

                                    ARTICLE V.

                       SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES


     Section 1. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to keep records and 
minutes of all the meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders; he 
shall sign and keep the records of the stock certificates and the Seal of the 
Corporation shall be in his custody, and he shall perform such other duties 
as the Directors may require of him.

     Section 2. The Assistant Secretaries, in the order of their seniority, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence 
of disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of 
the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other 
powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VI.

                                    TREASURER

     Section 1. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to keep safely all 
moneys and securities of the corporation and distribute or deliver the same 
under the direction of the Board of Directors; he shall submit a statement of 
his accounts with


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

vouchers, when called for by the President or Directors, and shall perform 
such other duties and give such bond as the Board of Directors may require.

     Section 2. The Assistant Treasurers, in the order of their seniority, 
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, unless 
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or 
disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of 
the Treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers 
as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    MEETINGS

     Section 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the 
second Tuesday of January of each year at the hour of 10:00 o'clock A.M., at 
the registered office of the corporation or at such other place as may be 
lawful. If this day falls on a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the 
next business day. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to cause notice of 
such meeting to be mailed to each stockholder at his post office address as 
last known to the Secretary, at least ten (10) days before the day of the 
meeting, but a failure to give or send such notice or any irregularity 
therein shall not

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

affect the validity of any annual meeting or of any proceeding in such 
meeting if held at the registered office.

      Section 2. At all stockholders' meetings a majority of the outstanding 
stock of the corporation must be represented in person or by proxy in order 
to form a quorum, and all proxies must be duly executed and filed with the 
Secretary before they are used.

     Section 3. The regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held 
at the registered office immediately following the final adjournment of each 
annual meeting without notice, for the purpose of organizing the Board and 
the election of officers and the transaction of any business.

     Section 4. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such 
time and place within or without the State of Washington as the Board may from 
time to time appoint. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the 
President, or by a majority of the Board, whenever he or they may deem it 
expedient, by notice in writing, signed by the President, or by the Secretary 
by order of the President, or signed by a majority of the Directors, stating 
the time, place and objects of the meeting, sent to the several Directors by 
letter or telegram, mailed or sent to each Director at his usual business 
address at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of meeting, but notice


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

may be waived by any or all of the Directors, and if notice be waived by all 
of the directors, a special meeting may be held at any time or place to 
consider any business. Any Director who is present at and participates in a 
meeting of the Directors shall be deemed to have waived notice thereof and 
consented to the call and holding of the meeting.

     Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the 
President or the Board of Directors whenever he or they may deem it 
expedient, to be held at any lawful place, the call to be by notice in 
writing, signed by the Secretary by order of the President, or by order of the 
Board of Directors, or by the President, or by a majority of the board, 
stating the time, place and objects of the meeting, sent to the several 
stockholders by letter, mailed to each stockholder at his post office address 
last known to the Secretary at least ten (10) days before the day of meeting, 
but if notice be waived by all of the stockholders or proxies, a special 
meeting may be held at any time and place to consider any business. Any 
stockholder who is present at and participates in a meeting of the 
stockholders shall be deemed to have waived notice thereof and consented to 
the call and holding of the meeting.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                           LOST CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     Section 1. If a certificate of stock is lost or destroyed, the owner 
thereof may make application on oath in writing to the Board of Directors 
setting forth the facts and the Board of Directors, if satisfied of such loss 
or destruction, may direct such owner to give a satisfactory bond with 
sureties to the company indemnifying it against any loss incurred, if such 
certificate be found and held to be good against the company, and shall upon 
receipt of such bond order the officers of the company to issue a duplicate 
in lieu thereof.

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                                     SEAL

     Section 1. The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal for the 
corporation, which shall be circular in form, which shall contain the 
following inscription:

Avtech Corporation - Corporate Seal 1963 - Washington.


                                  ARTICLE X.

                                  AMENDMENTS

     Section 1. These By-Laws or any thereof may be repealed or amended, or 
new By-Laws may be adopted, at any annual


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

meeting, or at any other meeting of the stockholders called for that 
purpose. The Board of Directors shall also have power to amend these By-Laws 
and to adopt new By-Laws.

     Section 2. All By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be repealed 
or amended at the annual meeting or at any other meeting of the stockholders 
called for that purpose.











                                      -9-




<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.6.1

                              ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                                CORY COMPONENTS, INC.

                                                                  [STAMP]

                                         NAME

     One:     The name of the corporation is:  Cory Components, Inc.


                                       PURPOSE

     Two:     The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.


                                  AGENT FOR SERVICE

     Three:   The name and address in the State of California of the
corporation's initial agent for service of process is Lee Sacks, Esq., 9255
Sunset Boulevard, Suite 620, Los Angeles, California, 90069.


                                  AUTHORIZED SHARES

     Four:    The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to
issue is one hundred thousand (100,000), all of the same class, designated
"Common Stock."


DATED:   August 30, 1984                          /s/ Lee Sacks
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Lee Sacks

     I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing 
Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.


                                                  /s/ Lee Sacks
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Lee Sacks


<PAGE>


                         CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                    OF
                        ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                    OF
                          CORY COMPONENTS, INC.
                                                              [STAMP]
     Neal Castleman and Lee Sacks certify that:

     1.   They are the president and secretary, respectively, of Cory 
Components, Inc., a California corporation.

     2.   The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation are amended to 
add Article Five, to read as follows:

          "Five: The liability of the directors of the corporation for 
monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under 
California law.

          The Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents 
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw 
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested 
directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted 
by Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to 
applicable limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations 
Code with respect to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its 
shareholders."

     3.   The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly 
approved by the Board of Directors.

     4.   The foregoing amendment of Articles of

<PAGE>

Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in 
accordance with Section 902 of the Corporations Code by the holders of 100% 
of the outstanding stock.

     We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State 
of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate are true and 
correct of our own knowledge. 

DATE: 5/24, 1988
      ----


                                 /s/ Neal Castleman
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Neal Castleman, President


                                 /s/ Lee Sacks
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Lee Sacks, Secretary










                                     - 2 -

                                     [SEAL]


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.6.2

                                    BY-LAWS
                                      OF

                                       
                            CORY COMPONENTS, INC.
                           ------------------------
                           A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

                                       
                                  ARTICLE I
                                   OFFICES
                                   -------

     Section 1.  PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office for the transaction 
of business of the corporation is hereby fixed and located at 350 Hampton 
Street, City of Venice, County of Los Angeles, State of California. The 
location may be changed by approval of a majority of the authorized 
Directors, and additional offices may be established and maintained at such 
other place or places, either within or without California, as the Board of 
Directors may from time to time designate.

     Section 2.  OTHER OFFICES. Branch or subordinate offices may at any 
time be established by the Board of Directors at any place or places where 
the corporation is qualified to do business.


                                      ARTICLE II
                               DIRECTORS - MANAGEMENT
                               ----------------------

     Section 1.  RESPONSIBILITY OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the 
provisions of the General Corporation Law and to any limitations in the 
Articles of Incorporation of the corporation relating to action required to 
action required to be approved by the Shareholders, as that term is defined 
in Section 153 of the California Corporations Code, or by the outstanding 
shares, as that term  is defined in Section 152 of the Code, the business and 
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be 
exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board may 
delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the 
corporation to a management company or other person, provided that the 
business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate 
powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board.

     Section 2.  STANDARD OF CARE. Each Director shall perform the duties of 
a Director, including the duties as a member of any committee of the Board 
upon which the Director may serve, in good faith, in a manner such Director 
believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, and with such care, 
including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinary prudent person in a like 
position would use similar circumstances. (Sec. 309)

<PAGE>

     Section 3.  EXCEPTION FOR CLOSE CORPORATION. Notwithstanding the 
provisions of Section 1, in the event that this corporation shall elect to 
become a close corporation as defined in Sec. 186, its Shareholders may enter 
into a Shareholders' Agreement as provided in Sec. 300(b). Said agreement may 
provide for the exercise of corporate powers and the management of the 
business and affairs of this corporation by the Shareholders, provided, 
however, such agreement shall, to the extent and so long as the discretion or 
the powers of the Board in its management of corporate affairs is controlled 
by such agreement, impose upon each Shareholder who is a party thereof, 
liability for managerial acts performed or omitted by such person pursuant 
thereto otherwise imposed upon Directors as provided in Sec. 300 (d).

     Section 4.  NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number 
of Directors shall be three (3) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to 
the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to this by-law adopted by 
the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding 
shares entitled to vote, as provided in Sec. 212.

     Section 5.  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS. Directors shall be 
elected at each annual meeting of the Shareholders to hold office until the 
next annual meeting. Each Director, including a Director elected to fill a 
vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected 
and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

     Section 6.  VACANCIES. Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled 
by a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum, or by a 
sole remaining Director, except that a vacancy created by the removal of a 
Director by the vote or written consent of the Shareholders or by court order 
may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote 
represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the 
written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled 
to vote. Each Director so elected shall hold office until the next annual 
meeting of the Shareholders and until a successor has been elected and 
qualified.

     A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to 
exist in the event of the death, resignation, or removal of any Director, or 
if the Board of Directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a 
Director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or 
convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of Directors is increased, 
or if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any 
Director or Directors are elected, to elect the number of Directors to be 
voted for at that meeting.


                                     -2-
<PAGE>

     The Shareholders may elect a Director or Directors at any time to fill 
any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors, but any such election 
by written consent shall require the consent of a majority of the outstanding 
shares entitled to vote.

     Any Director may resign effective on giving written notice to the 
Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, or the Board of 
Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to 
become effective. If the resignation of a Director is effective at a future 
time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the 
resignation becomes effective.

     No reduction of the authorizing number of Directors shall have the 
effect of removing any Director before that Director's term of office expires.

     Section 7.  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. The entire Board of Directors or any 
individual Director may be removed from office as provided by Secs. 302, 303 
and 304 of the Corporations Code of the State of California. In such case, 
the remaining Board members may elect a successor Director to fill such 
vacancy for the remaining unexpired term of the Director so removed.

     Section 8.  NOTICE, PLACE AND MANNER OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board 
of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, or the President, or 
any Vice President, or the Secretary, or any two (2) Directors and shall be 
held at the principal executive office of the corporation, unless some other 
place is designated in the notice of the meeting. Members of the Board may 
participate in a meeting through use of a conference telephone or similar 
communications equipment so long as all members participating in such a 
meeting can hear one another. Accurate minutes of any meeting of the Board or 
any committee thereof, shall be maintained as required by Sec. 312 of the 
Code by the Secretary or other Officer designated for that purpose.

     Section 9.  ORGANIZATION MEETINGS. The organization meetings of the 
Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the adjournment of the 
annual meetings of the Shareholders.

     Section 10.  OTHER REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of 
Directors shall be held at the corporate offices, or such other place as may 
be designated by the Board of Directors, as follows:


                                     -3-
<PAGE>

        Time of Regular Meeting:   4:00 p.m.
        Date of Regular Meeting:   December 6

        If said day shall fall upon a holiday, such meetings shall be held on 
the next succeeding business day thereafter. No notice need be given of such 
regular meetings.

        Section 11.   SPECIAL MEETINGS - NOTICES _ WAIVERS. Special meetings 
of the Board may be called at any time by the President or, if he or she is 
absent or unable or refuses to act, by any Vice President or the Secretary or 
by any two (2) Directors, or by one (1) Director if only one is provided.

        At least forty-eight (48) hours notice of the time and place of 
special meetings shall be delivered personally to the Directors or personally 
communicated to them by a corporate Officer by telephone or telegraph. If the 
notice is sent to a Director by letter, it shall be addressed to him or her 
at his or her address as it is shown upon the records of the corporation, or 
if it is not so shown on such records or is not readily ascertainable, at the 
place in which the meetings of the Directors are regularly held. In case such 
notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage 
prepaid, in the place in which the principal executive office of the 
corporation is located at least four (4) days prior to the time of the 
holding of the meeting. Such mailing, telegraphing, telephoning or delivery 
as above provided shall be due, legal and personal notice to such Director.

        When all of the Directors are present at any Directors' meeting, 
however called or noticed, and either (i) sign a written consent thereto on 
the records of such meeting, or, (ii) if a majority of the Directors are 
present and if those not present sign a waiver of notice of such meeting or a 
consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether 
prior to or after the holding of such meeting, which said waiver, consent or 
approval shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation, or, (iii) if a 
Director attends a meeting without notice but without protesting, prior 
thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice, then the transactions 
thereof are as valid as if had at a meeting regularly called and noticed.

        Section 12.   SOLE DIRECTOR PROVIDED BY ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OR 
BY-LAWS.  In the event only one (1) Director is required by the By-Laws or 
Articles of Incorporation, then any reference herein to notices, waivers, 
consents, meetings or other actions by a majority or quorum of the Directors 
shall be deemed to refer to such notice, waiver, etc., by such sole Director, 
who shall have all the rights and duties and shall be entitled to exercise 
all of the powers and shall assume all the responsibilities otherwise herein 
described as given to a Board of Directors.


                                -4-
<PAGE>

        Section 13.  DIRECTORS ACTION BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT. Any 
action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be 
taken without a meeting and with the same force and effect as if taken by a 
unanimous vote of Directors, if authorized by a writing signed individually 
or collectively by all members of the Board. Such consent shall be filed with 
the regular minutes of the Board.

        Section 14.  QUORUM.  A majority of the number of Directors as fixed 
by the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws shall be necessary to constitute 
a quorum for the transaction of business, and the action of a majority of the 
Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, when duly  
assembled, is valid as a corporate act; provided that a minority of the 
Directors, in the absence of a quorum, may adjourn from time to time, but may 
not transact any business. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present 
may continue to transact business, notwithstanding the withdrawal of 
Directors, if any action taken is approved by a majority of the required 
quorum for such meeting.

        Section 15.  NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.  Notice of the time and place of 
holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent Directors if the 
time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned and held within twenty-four 
(24) hours, but if adjourned more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice shall 
be given to all Directors not present at the time of the adjournment.

        Section 16.  COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Directors, as such, shall 
not receive any stated salary for their services, but by resolution of the 
Board a fixed sum and expense of attendance, if any, may be allowed for 
attendance at each regular and special meeting of the Board; provided that 
nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from 
serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation 
therefor.

        Section 17.  COMMITTEES.  Committees of the Board may be appointed by 
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board. Committees shall be 
composed of two (2) or more members of the Board, and shall have such powers 
of the Board as may be expressly delegated to it by resolution of the Board 
of Directors, except those powers expressly made non-delegable by Sec. 311.

        Section 18.  ADVISORY DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors from time to 
time may elect one or more persons to be Advisory Directors who shall not by 
such appointment be members of the Board of Directors. Advisory Directors 
shall be available from time to time to perform special assignments 
specified by the President, to attend meetings of the Board of Directors upon 
invitation and to furnish consultation to the Board. The period during which 
the title shall be held may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. If no 
period is prescribed, the title shall be held at the pleasure of the Board.


                                   -5-
<PAGE>

        Section 19.  RESIGNATIONS.  Any Director may resign effective upon 
giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the 
Secretary or the Board of Directors of the corporation, unless the notice 
specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the 
resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take 
office when the resignation becomes effective.

                              ARTICLE III
                               OFFICERS
                               --------

        Section 1.  OFFICERS.  The Officers of the corporation shall be a 
President, a Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer. The corporation may 
also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the 
Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or 
more Assistant Treasurers, and such other Officers as may be appointed in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article III. Any number 
of offices may be held by the same person.

        Section 2.  ELECTION.  The Officers of the corporation, except such 
Officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 
or Section 5 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board of 
Directors, and each shall hold office until he or she shall resign or shall 
be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or a successor shall be 
elected and qualified.

        Section 3.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS, ETC.  The board of Directors may 
appoint such other Officers as the business of the corporation may require, 
each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and 
perform such duties as are provided in the By-Laws or as the Board of 
Directors may from time to time determine.

        Section 4.  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.  Subject to the 
rights, if any, of an Officer under any contract of employment, any Officer 
may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at 
any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, except in case of an Officer 
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any Officer upon whom such power of 
removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

        Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the 
corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of 
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless 
otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall 
not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice 
to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the 
Officer is a party.


                                   -6-
<PAGE>

     Section 5.  VACANCIES.  A vacancy in an office because of death, 
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in 
the manner prescribed in the ByLaws for regular appointments to that office.

     Section 6.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if such 
an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of 
Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be 
from time to time assigned by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the 
By-Laws.  If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in 
addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the 
powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article III.

     Section 7.  PRESIDENT.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as 
may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there 
be such an Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the 
corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have 
general supervision, direction and control of the business and Officers of 
the corporation.  He or she shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders 
and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all 
meetings of the Board of Directors.  The President shall be ex officio a 
member of all the standing committees, including the executive Committee, if 
any, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually 
vested in the office of President of a corporation, and shall have such other 
powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the 
By-Laws.

     Section 8.  VICE PRESIDENT.  In the absence or disability of the 
President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by 
the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by 
the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and 
when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the 
restrictions upon, the President.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other 
powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed 
for them respectively by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

     Section 9.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a 
book of minutes at the principal office or such other place as the Board of 
Directors may order, of all meetings of Directors and Shareholders, with the 
time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how 
authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at 
Directors' meetings, the number of shares present or represented at 
Shareholders' meetings and the proceedings thereof.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office 
or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent, a share register, or 
duplicate share register, showing the names of the Shareholders and their 
addresses; the number and classes of shares held by each; the number and date 
of certificates issued for the same; and the number and date of cancellation 
of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the 
meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors required by the 
By-Laws or by law to be given.  He or she shall keep the seal of the 
corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform 
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the 
By-Laws.  

     Section 10.  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.  The Chief Financial Officer shall 
keep and maintain, to cause to be kept and maintained in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, adequate and correct accounts of 
the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including 
accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, 
capital, earnings (or surplus) and shares.  The books of account shall at all 
reasonable times be open to inspection by any Director. 

     This Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name 
and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be 
designated by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall disburse the funds of 
the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to 
the President and Directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of 
his or her transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation, 
and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be 
prescribed by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.
                                       

                                  ARTICLE IV
                            SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
                            ----------------------

     Section 1.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of the Shareholders shall 
be held at the principal executive office of the corporation unless some 
other appropriate and convenient location be designated for that purpose from 
time to time by the Board of Directors.

     Section 2.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meetings of the Shareholders 
shall be held, each year, at the time and on the day following:

                          Time of Meeting:   3:00 p.m.
                          Date of Meeting:   December 6
                                         


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     If this day shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held on 
the next succeeding business day, at the same hour.  At the annual meeting, 
the Shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors, consider reports of the 
affairs of the corporation and transact such other business as may be 
properly brought before the meeting.

     Section 3.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Shareholders may 
be called at any time be the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, 
the President, a Vice President, the Secretary, or by one or more of the 
Shareholders holding not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the voting power of 
the corporation.  Except as next provided, notice shall be given as for the 
annual meeting.

     Upon receipt of a written request addressed to the Chairman, President, 
Vice President, or Secretary, mailed or delivered personally to such Officer 
by any person (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of 
Shareholders, such Officer shall cause notice to be given, to the 
Shareholders entitled to vote, that a meeting will be at a time requested by 
the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor 
more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of such request.  If such notice 
is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, the 
persons calling the meeting may give notice thereof in the manner provided by 
these By-Laws or apply to the Superior Court as provided in Sec. 305 (c).

     Section 4.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS -- REPORTS.  Notice of meetings, annual 
or special, shall be given in writing not less than ten (10) nor more than 
sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to Shareholders entitled to 
vote thereat.  Such notice shall be given by the Secretary or the Assistant 
Secretary, or if there be no such Officer, or in the case of his or her 
neglect or refusal, by any Director or Shareholder.

     Such notices or any reports shall be given personally or by mail or other 
means of written communication as provided in Sec. 601 of the Code and shall 
be sent to the Shareholder's address appearing on the books of the 
corporation, or supplied by him or her to the corporation for the purpose of 
notice, and in the absence thereof, as provided in Sec .601 of the Code.

    Notice of any meeting of Shareholders shall specify the place, the day 
and the hour of meeting, and (1) in case of a special meeting, the general 
nature of the business to be transacted and no other business may be 
transacted, or (2) in the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the 
Board at date of mailing, intends to present for action by the Shareholders.  
At any meetings where Directors are to be elected, notice shall include the 
names of the nominees, if any, intended at the date of notice to be presented 
by management for election.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     If a Shareholder supplies no address, notice shall be deemed to have been 
given if mailed to the place where the principal executive office of the 
corporation, in California, is situated, or published at least once in some 
newspaper of general circulation in the County of said principal office.

     Notice shall be deemed given at the time it is delivered personally or 
deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication. The 
Officer giving such notice or report shall prepare and file an affidavit or 
declaration thereof.

     When a meeting is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, notice of 
the adjourned meeting shall be given as in case of an original meeting. Save, 
as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of adjournment or 
of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than by 
announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

     Section 5. WAIVER OF NOTICE OR CONSENT BY ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS. The 
transactions of any meeting of Shareholders, however called and noticed, shall 
be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, 
if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or 
after the meeting, each of the Shareholders entitled to vote, not present in 
person or by proxy, sign a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the 
holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such 
waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or 
made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance shall constitute a 
waiver of notice, unless objection shall be made as provided in Sec. 601 (e).

     Section 6. SHAREHOLDERS ACTING WITHOUT A MEETING -- DIRECTORS. Any 
action which may be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders, may be taken 
without a meeting or notice of meeting if authorized by a writing signed by 
all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose, and 
filed with the Secretary of the corporation, provided, further, that while 
ordinarily Directors can only be elected by unanimous written consent under 
Sec. 603 (d), if the Directors fail to fill a vacancy, then a Director to 
fill that vacancy may be elected by the written consent of persons holding a 
majority of shares entitled to vote for the election of Directors.

     Section 7. OTHER ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided 
in the GCL or the Articles, any action which may be taken at any annual or 
special meeting of Shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without 
prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, 
signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the


                                     -10-
<PAGE>

minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such 
action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present 
and voted.

     Unless the consents of all Shareholders entitled to vote have been 
solicited in writing,

          (1) Notice of any Shareholder approval pursuant to Secs. 310, 317, 
     1201 or 2007 without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent 
     shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of the 
     action authorized by such approval, and

          (2) Prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any other 
     corporate action approved by Shareholders without a meeting by less than 
     unanimous written consent, to each of those Shareholders entitled to vote 
     who have not consented in writing.

     Any Shareholder giving a written consent, or the Shareholder's 
proxyholders, or a transferee of the shares of a personal representative of 
the Shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a 
writing received by the corporation prior to the time that written consents 
of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been 
filed with the Secretary of the corporation, but may not do so thereafter. 
Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the 
corporation.

     Section 8. QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to 
vote thereat, present in person, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a 
quorum at all meetings of the Shareholders for the transaction of business 
except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, or by 
these By-Laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented 
at any meeting of the Shareholders, the Shareholders entitled to vote thereat, 
present in person, or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting 
from time to time, until the requisite amount of voting shares shall be 
present. At such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of voting 
shares shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have 
been transacted at a meeting as originally notified.

     If a quorum be initially present, the Shareholders may continue to 
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough 
Shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken is approved by a 
majority of the Shareholders required to initially constitute a quorum.

     Section 9. VOTING. Only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote 
stand on the stock records of the corporation on the day of any meeting of 
Shareholders, unless some other day be


                                     -11-
<PAGE>

fixed by the Board of Directors for the determination of Shareholders of 
record, and then on such other day, shall be entitled to vote at such meeting.

     Provided the candidate's name has been placed in nomination prior to the 
voting and one or more Shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to 
the voting of the Shareholder's intent to cumulate the Shareholder's votes, 
every Shareholder entitled to vote at any election for Directors of any 
corporation for profit may cumulate their votes and give one candidate a 
number of votes equal to the number of Directors to be elected multiplied by 
the number of votes to which his or her shares are entitled, or distribute 
his or her votes on the same principle among as many candidates as he or she 
thinks fit.

     The candidates receiving the highest number of votes up to the number of 
Directors to be elected are elected.

     The Board of Directors may fix a time in the future not exceeding thirty 
(30) days preceding the date of any meeting of Shareholders or the date fixed 
for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or for the allotment of 
rights, or when any change or conversion or exchange of shares shall go into 
effect, as a record date for the determination of the Shareholders entitled 
to notice of and to vote at any such meeting, or entitled to receive any such 
dividend or distribution, or any allotment of rights, or to exercise the 
rights in respect to any such change, conversion or exchange of shares. In 
such case only Shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled 
to notice of and to vote at such meeting, or to receive such dividends, 
distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case 
may be notwithstanding any transfer of any share on the books of the 
corporation after any record date fixed as aforesaid. The Board of Directors 
may close the books of the corporation against transfers of shares during the 
whole or any part of such period.

     Section 10. PROXIES. Every Shareholder entitled to vote, or to execute 
consents, may do so, either in person or by written proxy, executed in 
accordance with the provisions of Secs. 604 and 705 of the Code and filed with 
the Secretary of the corporation.

     Section 11. ORGANIZATION. The President, or in the absence of the 
President, any Vice President, shall call the meeting of the Shareholders 
to order, and shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the 
President and all of the Vice Presidents, Shareholders shall appoint a 
chairman for such meeting. The Secretary of the corporation shall act as 
Secretary of all meetings of the Shareholders, but in the absence of the


                                     -12-
<PAGE>

Secretary at any meeting of the Shareholders, the presiding Officer may 
appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

     Section 12. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of 
Shareholders the Board of Directors may, if they so elect, appoint inspectors 
of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors 
of election be not so appointed, or if any persons so appointed fail to 
appear or refuse to act, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the 
request of any Shareholder or his or her proxy shall, make such appointment 
at the meeting in which case the number of inspectors shall be either one (1) 
or three (3) as determined by a majority of the Shareholders represented at 
the meeting.

     Section 13. (A) SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENTS. Notwithstanding the above 
provisions, in the event this corporation elects to become a close 
corporation, an agreement between two (2) or more Shareholders thereof, if in 
writing and signed by the parties thereof, may provide that in exercising any 
voting rights the shares held by them shall be voted as provided therein or 
in Sec. 706, and may otherwise modify these provisions as to Shareholders' 
meetings and actions.

                 (B) EFFECT OF SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENTS. Any Shareholders' 
Agreement authorized by Sec. 300 (b), shall only be effective to modify the 
terms of these By-Laws if this corporation elects to become a close 
corporation with appropriate filing of or amendment to its Articles as 
required by Sec. 202 and shall terminate when this corporation ceases to be a 
close corporation. Such an agreement cannot waive or alter Secs. 150 (defining 
close corporations), 202 (requirements of Articles of Incorporation), 500 and 
501 relative to distributions, 111 (merger), 1201 (e) (reorganization) or 
Chapters 15 (Records and Reports), 16 (Rights of Inspection), 18 (Involuntary 
Dissolution) or 22 (Crimes and Penalties). Any other provisions of the Code or 
these By-Laws may be altered or waived thereby, but to the extent they are not 
so altered or waived, these By-Laws shall be applicable.

                                  ARTICLE V
                     CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

     Section 1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates for shares shall be of 
such form and device as the Board of Directors may designate and shall state 
the name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its name; 
date of issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; a statement of 
the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, if any; a statement as 
to the redemption or conversion, if any; a statement of liens or restrictions 
upon transfer or voting, if any; if the states be assessable or, if 
assessments are collectible by personal action, a plain statement of such 
facts.


                                     -13-
<PAGE>

     All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the 
Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or Vice 
President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the 
Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the 
class or series of shares owned by the Shareholder.

     Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In 
case any Officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose 
facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be 
that Officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, 
it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person 
were an Officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 2. TRANSFER ON THE BOOKS. Upon surrender to the Secretary or 
transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed 
or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to 
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate 
to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the 
transaction upon its books.

     Section 3. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. Any person claiming a 
certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed shall make an affidavit or 
affirmation of that fact and shall, if the Directors so require, give the 
corporation a bond of indemnity, in form and with one or more sureties 
satisfactory to the Board, in at least double the value of the stock 
represented by said certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued 
in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be 
lost or destroyed.

     Section 4. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS. The Board of Directors may 
appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or more 
registrars, which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either 
domestic or foreign, who shall be appointed at such times and places as the 
requirements of the corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may 
designate.

     Section 5. CLOSING STOCK TRANSFER BOOKS -- RECORD DATE. In order that 
the corporation may determine the Shareholders entitled to notice of any 
meeting or to vote or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other 
distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights 
in respect


                                     -14-
<PAGE>

of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, 
which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to 
the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other 
action.

     If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining Shareholders 
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall be at the 
close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice 
is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business 
day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for 
determining Shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in 
writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, 
shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

     The record date for determining Shareholders for any other purpose shall 
be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the 
resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of 
such other action, whichever is later.

     Section 6. LEGEND CONDITION. In the event any shares of this 
corporation are issued pursuant to a permit or exemption therefrom requiring 
the imposition of a legend condition, the person or persons issuing or 
transferring said shares shall make sure said legend appears on the 
certificate and shall not be required to transfer any shares free of such 
legend unless an amendment to such permit or a new permit be first issued so 
authorizing such a deletion.

     Section 7. CLOSE CORPORATION CERTIFICATES. All certificates representing 
shares of this corporation, in the event it shall elect to become a close 
corporation, shall contain the legend required by Sec. 418 (c).


                                     -15-
<PAGE>

        Section 3.  PROVISION OF RESTRICTING TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Before 
there can be a valid sale or transfer of ??? of the shares of this 
corporation by the holders thereof, the number of the shares to be sold or 
transferred shall first give notice in writing to the Secretary of this 
corporation of his or her intention to sell or transfer such shares. Said 
notice shall specify the number of shares to be sold or transferred, the 
price per share and the terms upon which such holder intends to make such 
sale or transfer. The Secretary shall within five (5) days thereafter, mail 
or deliver a copy of said notice to each of the other Shareholders of record 
of this corporation. Such notice may be delivered to such Shareholders 
personally or may be mailed to the last known addresses of such Shareholders, 
as the same may appear on the books of this corporation. Within fifteen (15) 
days after the mailing or delivery of said notices to such Shareholders, any 
such Shareholder or Shareholders desiring to acquire any part or all of the 
shares referred to in said notice shall deliver by mail or otherwise to the 
Secretary of this corporation a written offer or offers to purchase a 
specified number or numbers of such shares at the price and upon the terms 
stated in said notice.

        If the total number of shares specified in such offers exceeds the 
number of shares referred to in said notice, each offering Shareholder shall 
be entitled to purchase such proportion of the shares referred to in said 
notice to the Secretary, as the number of shares of this corporation, which 
he or she holds, bears to the total number of shares held by all Shareholders 
desiring to purchase the shares referred to in said notice to the Secretary.

        If all of the shares referred to in said notice to the Secretary are 
not dispose of under such apportionment, each Shareholder desiring to 
purchase shares in a number in excess of his or her proportionate share, as 
provided above, shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of those shares 
which remain thus undisposed of, as the total number of shares which he or 
she holds bears to the total number of shares held by all of the Shareholders 
desiring to purchase shares in excess of those to which they are entitled 
under such apportionment.

        The aforesaid right to purchase the shares referred to in the 
aforesaid notice to the Secretary shall apply only if all of the shares 
referred to in said notice are purchased. Unless all of the shares referred 
to in said notice to the Secretary are purchased, as aforesaid, in accordance 
with offers made within said fifteen days, the Shareholder desiring to sell 
or transfer may dispose of all shares of stock referred to in said notice to 
the Secretary to any person or persons whomsoever; provided, however, that he 
or she shall not sell or transfer such shares at a lower price or on terms 
more favorable to the purchaser or transferee than those specified in said 
notice to Secretary.

        Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of the shares of 
said corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and 
provisions of this section are strictly observed and followed.


                                   -15a-
<PAGE>

        Section 8.  PLEDGED OF HYPOTHECATED SHARES.  Any Shareholder desiring 
to borrow money on or hypothecate any or all of the shares of stock held by 
such Shareholder shall first mail notice in writing to the Secretary of this 
corporation of his or her intention to do so. Said notice shall specify the 
number of shares to be pledged or hypothecated, the amount to be borrowed per 
share, the terms, rate of interest, and other provisions upon which each 
Shareholder intends to make such loan or hypothecation. The Secretary shall, 
within five (5) days thereafter, mail or deliver a copy of said notice to 
each of the other Shareholders of record of this corporation. Such notice may 
be delivered to such Shareholder personally, or may be mailed to the last 
known addresses of such Shareholders as the same may appear on the books of 
this corporation. Within fifteen (15) days after the mailing or delivering of 
said notice to said Shareholders, any such Shareholder or Shareholders 
desiring to lend any part or all of the amount sought to be borrowed, as set 
forth in said notice, at the terms therein specified, shall deliver by mail, 
or otherwise, to the Secretary of this corporation a written offer or offers 
to lend a certain amount of money for the term, at the rate of interest, and 
upon the other provisions specified in said notice.

        If the total amount of money subscribed in such offers exceeds the 
amount sought to be borrowed, specified in said notice, each offering 
Shareholder shall be entitled to lend such proportion of the amount sought to 
be borrowed, as set forth in said notice, as the number of shares which he or 
she holds bears to the total number of shares held by all such Shareholders 
desiring to lend all or part of the amount specified in said notice.

        If the entire amount of monies sought to be borrowed, as specified in 
said notice, is not subscribed as set forth in the preceding paragraphs, each 
Shareholder desiring to lend an amount in excess of his or her proportionate 
share, as specified in the preceding paragraph, shall be entitled to lend 
such proportion of the subscribed amount as the total number of shares which 
he or she holds bears to the total number of shares held by all of the 
Shareholders desiring to lend an amount in excess of that to which they are 
entitled under such apportionment. If there be but one Shareholder so 
desiring to lend, such Shareholder shall be entitled to lend up to the full 
amount sought to be borrowed.

        If none, or only a part of the amount sought to be borrowed, as 
specified in said notice, is subscribed as aforesaid, in accordance with 
offers made within said fifteen (15) day period, the Shareholder desiring to 
borrow may borrow from any person or persons he or she may so desire as to 
any or all shares of stock held by him or her which have not been covered by 
lending Shareholder; provided, however, that said Shareholders shall not 
borrow any lessor amount, or any amount on terms less favorable to the 
borrower, than those specified in said notice to the Secretary.

        Any pledge or hypothecation, or other purported transfer as security 
for a loan of the shares of this corporation, shall be null and void unless 
the terms, conditions and provisions of these By-Laws are strictly observed 
and followed.


                                   -15b-
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VI
                       RECORDS - REPORTS - INSPECTION
                       ------------------------------

        Section 1.  RECORDS.  The corporation shall maintain, in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, adequate and correct accounts, 
books and records of its business and properties. All of such books, records 
and accounts shall be kept at its principal executive office in the State of 
California, as fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

        Section 2.  INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  All books and records 
provided for in Sec. 1500 shall be open to inspection of the Directors and 
Shareholders from time to time and in the manner provided in said Sec. 1600 - 
1602.

        Section 3.  CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BY-LAWS.  The original or 
a copy of these By-Laws, as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by 
the Secretary, shall be keep at the corporation's principal executive office 
and shall be open to inspection by the Shareholders of the corporation at all 
reasonable times during office hours, as provided in Sec. 213 of the 
Corporations Code.

        Section 4.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  All checks, drafts, or other orders 
for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such 
person or persons and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time 
by resolution of the Board of Directors.

        Section 5.  CONTRACTS, ETC. -- HOW EXECUTED.  The Board of Directors, 
except as in the By-Laws otherwise provided, may authorize any Officer or 
Officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any 
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority 
may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized by the 
Board of Directors, no Officer, agent or employee shall have any power or 
authority to bind the corporation by any contract or agreement, or to pledge 
its credit, or to render it liable for any purpose or to any amount, except 
as provided in Sec. 313 of the Corporations Code.


                                -16-
<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE VII
                            ANNUAL REPORTS
                            --------------

        Section 1.  REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS, DUE DATE.  The Board of Directors 
shall cause an annual reports to be sent to the Shareholders not later than 
one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal or calendar year 
adopted by the corporation. This report shall be sent at lease fifteen (15) 
days before the annual meeting of Shareholders to be held during the next 
fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 4 of Article IV of these 
By-Laws for giving notice to Shareholders of the corporation. The annual 
report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year and an 
income statement and statement of changes in financial position for the 
fiscal year, accompanied by any report of independent accountants or, if there 
is no such report, the certificate of an authorized Officer of the 
corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books 
and records of the corporation.

        Section 2.  WAIVER.  The annual report to Shareholders referred to in 
Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law is expressly dispensed 
with so long as this corporation shall have less than one hundred (100) 
Shareholders. However, nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the 
Board of Directors from issuing annual or other periodic reports to the 
Shareholders of the corporation as they consider appropriate.

                            ARTICLE VIII
                        AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS
                        ---------------------

        Section 1.  AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS.  New By-Laws may be adopted or 
these By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of 
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, 
however, that if the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation set forth 
the number of authorized Directors of the corporation, the authorized number 
of Directors may be changed only by an amendment of the Articles of 
Incorporation.

        Section 2.  POWERS OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the right of the 
Shareholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, as provided in Section 1 of 
this Article VIII, and the limitations of Sec. 204 (a) (5) and Sec. 212, the 
Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal any of these By-Laws other than 
a By-Law or amendment thereof changing the authorized number of Directors.


                                   -17-
<PAGE>

     Section 3.  RECORD OF AMENDMENTS. Whenever an amendment or new By-Law is 
adopted, it shall be copied in the book of By-Laws with the original By-Laws, 
in the appropriate place. If any By-Law is repealed, the fact of repeal with 
the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written assent was 
filed shall be stated in said book.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    CORPORATE SEAL
                                    --------------

     The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed 
thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the 
word "California."


                                      ARTICLE I
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
                                    -------------

     Section 1.  REFERENCES TO CODE SECTIONS. "Sec." references herein refer 
to the equivalent Sections of the General Corporation Law effective January 
1, 1977, as amended.

     Section 2.  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES IN OTHER CORPORATIONS. Shares of 
other corporations standing in the name of this corporation may be voted or 
represented and all incidents thereto may be exercised on behalf of the 
corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President 
and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

     Section 3.  SUBSIDIARY CORPORATIONS. Shares of this corporation owned by 
a subsidiary shall not be entitled to vote on any matter. A subsidiary for 
these purposes is defined as a corporation, the shares of which possessing 
more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares 
entitled to vote, are owned directly or indirectly through one (1) or more 
subsidiaries.

     Section 4.  INDEMNITY. The corporation may indemnify any Director, 
Officer, agent or employee as to those liabilities and on those terms and 
conditions as are specified in Sec. 317 of the Code. In any event, the 
corporation shall have the right to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf 
of any such persons whether or not the corporation would have the power to 
indemnify such person against the liability insured against.

     Section 5.  ACCOUNTING YEAR. The accounting year of the corporation 
shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.


                                      -18-


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.7.1


                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


                                          OF


                                DAHX ACQUISITION, INC.


                                        *****

          1.   The name of the corporation is DAHX ACQUISITION, INC.

          2.   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

          3.   The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall
have authority to issue is one thousand (1000); all of such shares shall have no
par value.

               The holders of the shares of stock shall, upon the issuance or
sale of shares of stock of any class (whether now or hereafter authorized) or
any securities convertible into such stock, have the right, during such period
of time and on such conditions as the board of directors shall prescribe, to
subscribe to and purchase such shares or securities in proportion to their
respective holdings of stock, at such price or prices as the board of directors
may from time to time fix and as may be permitted by law.


<PAGE>

          4.   The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or 
promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations 
may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

          5.   The name and mailing address of each incorporator is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          NAME                          MAILING ADDRESS
          ----                          ---------------
          <S>                           <C>
          M. A. Spencer                      Corporation Trust Center
                                             1209 Orange Street
                                             Wilmington, Delaware 19801

          S. A. Clegg                        Corporation Trust Center
                                             1209 Orange Street
                                             Wilmington, Delaware 19801

          G. D. Cooper                       Corporation Trust Center
                                             1209 Orange Street
                                             Wilmington, Delaware 19801
</TABLE>

          6.   The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

          7.   In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred 
by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or 
repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

          8.   A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable 
to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of 
fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the 
director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for 
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct 
or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of

<PAGE>


                                                                      PAGE 1

                                 STATE OF DELAWARE

                          OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

                          --------------------------------

     I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
AMENDMENT OF "DAHX ACQUISITION, INC.", CHANGING ITS NAME FROM "DAHX ACQUISITION,
INC." TO "DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE THIRTIETH DAY
OF JUNE, A.D. 1998, AT 5:05 O'CLOCK P.M.





                                   [SEAL]         /s/ Edward J. Freel
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE

                                             AUTHENTICATION:

     2907541  8100                                               9263741
                                                       DATE:
     981327212                                                   08-20-98


<PAGE>

                                                              EX. 99.16 


                         CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                   OF

                       CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION



     DAHX Acquisition, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by 
virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous 
written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted 
a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the 
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of DAHX Acquisition, 
     Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, 
     said Article shall be and read as follows:

     The name of the corporation is Dettmers Industries, Inc.

     SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the 
stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law 
of the State of Delaware.
     THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with 
the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation 
Law of the State of Delaware.


                                                              -1-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said DAHX Acquisition, Inc. has caused this 
certificate to be signed by Robert A. Rankin, its Secretary, this Thirtieth 
day of June, 1998.


                                          DAHX Acquisition, Inc.


                                     By  /s/   Robert Rankin
                                       -------------------------------------
                                            Robert A. Rankin,
                                        Secretary



                                                              -2-



<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.7.2

                                        BYLAWS

                                          OF

                              DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                      ARTICLE 1

                                       Offices

     Section 1.1  REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the Corporation
shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. 

     Section 1.2  OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require. 

                                      ARTICLE 2

                               Meetings of Stockholders

     Section 2.1  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  Annual meetings of stockholders shall be
held on a date set by the Board of Directors in each year for the purpose of
electing directors and transacting such other proper business as may come before
the meeting.

     Section 2.2  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings shall by held solely for
the purpose or purposes specified in the notice of meeting.

     Section 2.3  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.1 each meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such
hour and at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be fixed by the Board of Directors or in the notice of the meeting or, in the
case of an adjourned meeting, as announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken.

     Section 2.4  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  A written notice of each meeting of
stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case
of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called,
shall be given either personally or by mail to each stockholder entitled to vote
at the meeting.  Unless otherwise provided by statute, the notice shall be given
not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting and,
if mailed, shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder

<PAGE>

at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  No notice need
be given to any person with whom communication is unlawful, nor shall there be
any duty to apply for any permit or license to give notice to any such person. 
If the time and place of an adjourned meeting of stockholders are announced at
the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, no notice need be given of the
adjourned meeting unless that adjournment is for more than thirty days or
unless, after the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting. 

     Section 2.5  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any
stockholder who in person or by proxy shall have waived in writing notice of the
meeting, either before or after such meeting, or who shall attend the meeting in
person or by proxy, unless he attends for the express purpose of objecting, at
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     Section 2.6  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  Subject to the provisions of 
these bylaws, the certificate of incorporation and statutes as to the vote 
that is required for a specified action, the presence in person or by proxy 
of the holders of 50% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation 
entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, plus one share, shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote in person 
or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares constituting such 
quorum shall be binding on all stockholders of the Corporation.  A majority 
of the shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote may, 
regardless of whether or not they constitute a quorum, adjourn the meeting to 
another time and place.  Any business which might have been transacted at the 
original meeting may be transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a quorum 
is present. 

     Section 2.7  VOTING.  Stockholders shall be entitled to cumulative voting
at all elections of directors to the extent provided in or pursuant to the
certificate of incorporation.  Stockholders may vote by proxy but no proxy shall
be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy
provides for a longer period. 

     Section 2.8  INSPECTION OF ELECTION.

     (a)  The Board of Directors shall appoint an inspector of election to act
at each meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector of
election is not so appointed, or the person appointed as inspector fails or
refuses to act, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint an inspector of
election. 


                                          2
<PAGE>

     (b)  The inspector of election shall determine the outstanding stock of the
Corporation and the voting power of each class and series, the stock represented
at the meeting and the existence of a quorum, shall receive votes or ballots,
shall count and tabulate all votes and shall determine the result; and in
connection therewith, the inspector shall determine the authority, validity and
effect of proxies, hear and determine all challenges and questions, and do such
other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
stockholders. 

     (c)  The inspector of election shall make a report in writing of any
challenge or question or other matter determined by him and shall execute a
certificate of any fact found in connection therewith.  Any such report or
certificate shall be filed with the record of the meeting. 

     Section 2.9  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  A complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at each meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical
order, and showing the address and number of shares registered in the name of
each stockholder, shall be prepared and made available for examination during
regular business hours by any stockholder for any purpose germane to the
meeting.  The list shall be available for such examination at the place where
the meeting is to be held for a period of not less than ten days prior to the
meeting and during the whole time of the meeting.

     Section 2.10  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required to be taken at
any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken
at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary
to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted.
 
                                      ARTICLE 3

                                 Board of Directors 

     Section 3.1  NUMBER.  The number of directors shall be no less than 
one and no more than five, and shall be set by the Board of Directors by 
adoption of a resolution with respect thereto.

     Section 3.2  ORGANIZATION MEETINGS.  As promptly as practicable after each
annual meeting of stockholders, an organization meeting of the Board of 
Directors shall be held for

                                          3
<PAGE>

the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business. 

     Section 3.3  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at such place and time as may be designated by the Board. 

     Section 3.4  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman, the President, any three directors, or, if less
than three, the remaining directors. 

     Section 3.5  BUSINESS OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise expressly provided
in these bylaws, any and all business may be transacted at any meeting of the
Board of Directors; PROVIDED, that if so stated in the notice of meeting, the
business transacted at a special meeting shall be limited to the purpose or
purposes specified in the notice. 

     Section 3.6  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.4 each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held on such date,
at such hour and in such place as fixed by the Board or in the notice or waivers
of notice of the meeting or, in the case of an adjourned meeting, as announced
at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. 

     Section 3.7  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  No notice need be given of any
organization or regular meeting of the Board of Directors for which the date,
hour and place have been fixed by the Board.  Notice of the date, hour and place
of all other organization and regular meetings, and of all special meetings,
shall be given to each director personally, by telephone or telegraph or by
mail.  If by mail, the notice shall be deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the director at his residence or usual place of
business as the same appear on the books of the Corporation not later than five
days before the meeting.  If given by telegraph, the notice shall be directed to
the director at his residence or usual place of business as the same appear on
the books of the Corporation not later than at any time during the day before
the meeting.  If given personally or by telephone, the notice shall be given not
later than the day before the meeting. 

     Section 3.8  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need not be
given to any director who shall have waived in writing notice of the meeting,
either before or after the meeting, or who shall attend such meeting, unless he
attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. 


                                          4
<PAGE>

     Section 3.9  ATTENDANCE BY TELEPHONE.  Directors may participate in
meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the
meeting can hear one another, and such participation shall constitute presence
in person in the meeting. 

     Section 3.10  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  A majority of the total number
of directors at the time provided for pursuant to Section 3.1 shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors
and, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, in the certificate of
incorporation or by statute, the act of a majority of the directors present at
any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.  A
majority of the directors present at any meeting, regardless of whether or not
they constitute a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to another time or place.  Any
business which might have been transacted at the original meeting may be
transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. 

     Section 3.11  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action which could be taken at
a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all of the
directors consent to the action in writing and the writing or writings are filed
with the minutes of the Board. 

     Section 3.12  RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS.  Any director may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation.  The resignation shall become
effective at the time specified in the notice and, unless otherwise provided in
the notice, acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.

     Section 3.13  VACANCIES AND REMOVAL.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors,
except vacancies created by removal of a director by the shareholders, may be
filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or
by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office
until a successor is elected at an annual or a special meeting of the
shareholders in accordance with these Bylaws.

     The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors.  If the Board of Directors
accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time,
the Board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective. 

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of
removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.


                                          5
<PAGE>

     A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that
meeting.  The Board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been
declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

     All the directors, or any individual director or directors, may be removed
from office, without cause, by the vote of the shareholders having a majority of
the voting power entitling them to elect directors in place of those to be
removed.  


                                      ARTICLE 4

                        Committees of the Board of Directors 

     Section 4.1  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  By resolution adopted by an affirmative
vote of the majority of the whole Board of Directors, the Board may appoint an
Executive Committee consisting of the chief executive officer of the
Corporation, EX OFFICIO, and two or more other directors and, if deemed
desirable, one or more directors as alternate members who may replace any
absentee or disqualified member at any meeting of the Executive Committee.  If
so appointed, the Executive Committee shall, when the Board is not in session,
have all the power and authority of the Board in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation not reserved to the Board by
Section 4.3 including, but not limited to, the power and authority to declare
dividends, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger.  The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts
and proceedings and shall report the same from time to time to the Board of
Directors. 

     Section 4.2  OTHER COMMITTEES.  By resolution adopted by an affirmative
vote of the majority of the whole Board of Directors, the Board may from time to
time appoint such other committees of the Board, consisting of one or more
directors and, if deemed desirable, one or more directors who shall act as
alternate members and who may replace any absentee or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee, and may delegate to each such committee any of the
powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs
of the Corporation not reserved to the Board pursuant to Section 4.3.  Each such
committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings. 


                                          6
<PAGE>

     Section 4.3  POWERS RESERVED TO THE BOARD.  No committee of the Board shall
take any action to amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a
committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board, fix any of
the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption,
dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion
into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes
or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation) or these bylaws, adopt any agreement to merge or consolidate the
Corporation, or recommend to the stockholders a sale, lease or exchange of all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation, a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution of the
Corporation; nor shall any committee of the Board take any action which is
required in these bylaws, in the certificate of incorporation or by statute to
be taken by a vote of a specified proportion of the whole Board of Directors. 

     Section 4.4  ELECTION OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS; VACANCIES.  So far as
practicable, members of the committees of the Board and their alternates (if
any) shall be appointed at each organization meeting of the Board of Directors
and, unless sooner discharged by an affirmative vote of the majority of the
whole Board, shall hold office until the next organization meeting of the Board
and until their respective successors are appointed.  In the absence or
disqualification of any member of a committee of the Board, the member or
members (including alternates) present at any meeting of the committee and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another director to act at a meeting in place of any absent
or disqualified member.  Vacancies in committees of the Board created by death,
resignation or removal may be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the
whole Board of Directors. 

     Section 4.5  MEETINGS.  Each committee of the Board may provide for regular
meetings of such committee.  Special meetings of each committee may be called by
any two members of the committee (or, if there is only one member, by that
member in concert with the chief executive officer) or by the chief executive
officer of the Corporation.  The provisions of Section 3 regarding the business,
time and place, notice and waivers of notice of meetings, attendance at meetings
and action without a meeting shall apply to each committee of the Board, except
that the references in such provisions to the directors and the Board of
Directors shall be deemed respectively to be references to the members of the
committee and to the committee. 

     Section 4.6  QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  A majority of the members of any
committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum


                                          7
<PAGE>

for the transaction of business at meetings of the committee, and the act of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the committee.  A majority of the members present at any
meeting, regardless of whether or not they constitute a quorum, may adjourn the
meeting to another time or place.  Any business which might have been transacted
at the original meeting may be transacted at any adjourned meeting at which a
quorum is present.

                                      ARTICLE 5

                                       Officers

     Section 5.1  ELECTION AND APPOINTMENT.  The elected officers of the
Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice
Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other elected officers as shall
from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Board shall
designate from among such elected officers a chief executive officer and a chief
financial officer of the Corporation, and may from time to time make, or provide
for, other designations it deems appropriate.  The Board may also appoint, or
provide for the appointment of, such other officers and agents as may from time
to time appear necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the
Corporation.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except no
person may at the same time be both the Chief Executive Officer and the chief
financial officer. 

     Section 5.2  DUTIES OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The chief executive
officer of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and
(unless the Board of Directors elects a separate Chairman) at all meetings of
the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee and, except to the extent
otherwise provided in these bylaws or by the Board, shall have general authority
to execute any and all documents in the name of the Corporation and general and
active supervision and control of all of the business and affairs of the
Corporation.  In the absence of the chief executive officer, his duties shall be
performed and his powers may be exercised by the chief financial officer or by
such other officer as shall be designated either by the chief executive officer
in writing or (failing such designation) by the Executive Committee or Board of
Directors. 

     Section 5.3  DUTIES OF OTHER OFFICERS.  The other officers of the
Corporation shall have such powers and duties not inconsistent with these bylaws
as may from time to time be conferred upon them in or pursuant to resolutions of
the Board of Directors, and shall have such additional powers and duties not
inconsistent with such resolutions as may from time to time be assigned to them
by any competent superior officer.  The Board shall assign to one or more of the
officers of the Corporation the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings
of the


                                          8
<PAGE>

stockholders and the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. 

     Section 5.4  TERM OF OFFICE AND VACANCY.  So far as practicable, the
elected officers shall be elected at each organization meeting of the Board, and
shall hold office until the next organization meeting of the Board and until
their respective successors are elected and qualified.  If a vacancy shall occur
in any elected office, the Board of Directors may elect a successor for the
remainder of the term.  Appointed officers shall hold office at the pleasure of
the Board.  Any officer may resign by written notice to the Corporation. 

     Section 5.5  REMOVAL OF ELECTED OFFICERS.  Elected officers may be removed
at any time, either for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the whole Board of Directors at a meeting called for that purpose. 

     Section 5.6  COMPENSATION OF ELECTED OFFICERS.  The compensation of all
elected officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors. 
 

                                      ARTICLE 6

                            Shares and Transfer of Shares

     Section 6.1  CERTIFICATES.  Every stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors,
or the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and by the Chief Financial
Officer or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the class and number of
shares owned by him in the Corporation; PROVIDED that, any and all signatures on
a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar
before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the
same effect as if he or it were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the
date of issue. 

     Section 6.2  TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS.  The Board of Directors may,
in its discretion, appoint one or more responsible banks or trust companies in
the City of New York or in such other city or cities (if any) as the Board may
deem advisable, from time to time, to act as transfer agents and registrars of
shares of the Corporation; and, when such appointments shall have been made, no
certificate for shares of the Corporation shall be valid until countersigned by
one of such transfer agents and registered by one of such registrars. 


                                          9
<PAGE>

     Section 6.3  TRANSFERS OF SHARES.  Shares of the Corporation may be
transferred by delivery of the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an
assignment in writing on the back of the certificates or by written power of
attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same, signed by the record holder
thereof; but no transfer shall affect the right of the Corporation to pay any
dividend upon the shares to the holder of record thereof, or to treat the holder
of record as the holder in fact thereof for all purposes, and no transfer shall
be valid, except between the parties thereto, until such transfer shall have
been made upon the books of the Corporation. 

     Section 6.4  LOST CERTIFICATES.  In case any certificate for shares of the
Corporation shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Board of Directors, in its
discretion, or any transfer agent thereunto duly authorized by the Board, may
authorize the issue of a substitute certificate in place of the certificate so
lost, stolen or destroyed, and may cause such substitute certificate to be
countersigned by the appropriate transfer agent (if any) and registered by the
appropriate registrar (if any); PROVIDED that, in each such case, the applicant
for a substitute certificate shall furnish to the Corporation and to such of its
transfer agents and registrars as may require the same, evidence to their
satisfaction, in their discretion, of the loss, theft or destruction of such
certificate and of the ownership thereof, and also such security or indemnity as
may by them be required.

     Section 6.5  RECORD DATES.  In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to action in writing without a
meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall be
not more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting of
stockholders, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action.  In such
case, those stockholders, and only those stockholders, who are stockholders of
record on the date fixed by the Board of Directors shall, notwithstanding any
subsequent transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation, be entitled to
notice of and to vote at such meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment
thereof, or to express consent to such corporate action in writing without a
meeting, or entitled to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution
or allotment of rights, or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any such
change, conversion or exchange of shares or to participate in any such other
lawful action.  


                                          10
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 7

                                    Miscellaneous

     Section 7.1  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. 

     Section 7.2  SIGNATURE ON NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS. All bills, notes, checks
or other instruments for the payment of money shall be signed or countersigned
in such manner as from time to time may be prescribed by resolution of the Board
of Directors. 

     Section 7.3  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND
FIDUCIARIES; INSURANCE.

     (a)  The Corporation may indemnify, in accordance with and to the full
extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws may be
amended from time to time, and shall so indemnify to the full extent permitted
by such laws, any person (and the heirs and legal representatives of any such
person) made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or
completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director,
officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of the Corporation or any constituent
corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, or serves or served as such
with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
at the request of the Corporation or any such constituent corporation. 

     (b)  By action of the Board of Directors notwithstanding any interest of
the directors in such action, the Corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance in such amounts as the Board of Directors deems appropriate on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation shall have power to indemnify
him against such liability under the provisions of this Section.   


                                          11
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 8

                                  Bylaw Amendments 

     Section 8.1  BY THE STOCKHOLDERS.  These bylaws may be amended by the
stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose in any manner not inconsistent
with any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation. 

     Section 8.2  BY THE DIRECTORS.  These bylaws may be amended by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors in any manner not
inconsistent with any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation.









                                          12

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.8.1


                                      RESTATED
                             ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                         OF
                         ELSINORE AEROSPACE SERVICES, INC.
                              a California corporation

                                                                         [STAMP]

     DAVID A. BANMILLER and BARBARA CLARK certify that:

     1.   They are the duly elected and acting chairman of the board and
secretary, respectively, of said corporation.

     2.   The articles of incorporation of this corporation are amended and
restated to read as follows:

     ONE:      The name of this corporation is Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc.

     TWO:      The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.

     THREE:    This corporation is authorized to issue one class of shares of
stock; the total number of said shares is one thousand (1,000).  Upon the
effective date hereof, each outstanding share of Class A stock and Class B stock
is converted into or reconstituted as 1/300 of a share of common stock.

     FOUR:     The liability of the directors of this corporation for monetary
damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California
law.

     FIVE:     This corporation is authorized to indemnify the directors and
officers of this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under California
law.

     3.   The foregoing restated articles of incorporation have been approved by
the Board of Directors of said corporation.

     4.   The foregoing restated articles of incorporation were approved by the
required vote of the shareholders of said corporation in accordance with Section
902 of the Corporations Code.  The total number of outstanding shares of Class A
stock of the corporation is 150,000 and the total number of outstanding shares
of Class B stock of the corporation is 150,000.  The number of Class A shares
and Class B shares voting in favor of the restatement of the articles of
incorporation was 150,000 of the Class A shares and 150,000 of the Class B
shares, which equaled or exceeded the vote required.

<PAGE>

     I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct
of my own knowledge.

Dated:  June 6, 1990


                                             /s/ David A. Banmiller
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             DAVID A. BANMILLER, Chairman


                                             /s/ Barbara Clark
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             BARBARA CLARK, Secretary


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.8.2

                                    BYLAWS
                                      OF
                       ELSINORE AEROSPACE SERVICES, INC.

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

      Section 1.  PRINCIPAL OFFICES.  The board of directors shall fix the 
location of the principal executive office of the corporation at any place 
within or outside the State of California. If the principal executive office 
is located outside this state, and the corporation has one or more business 
offices in this state, the board of directors shall fix and designate a 
principal business office in the State of California.

     Section 2.  OTHER OFFICES.  The board of directors may at any time 
establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the 
corporation is qualified to do business.

                                  ARTICLE II

                           MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 1.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of shareholders shall be held 
at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the 
board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders' 
meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

     Section 2.  ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be 
held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. 
At each annual meeting directors shall be elected, and any other proper 
business may be transacted.


<PAGE>

     Section 3.  SPECIAL MEETING.  A special meeting of the shareholders may 
be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the 
board, or by the president, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in 
the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

     If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the 
board of directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of 
such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be 
transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or 
by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, 
the president, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. The 
officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the 
shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4
and 5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested 
by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) 
nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice 
is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person 
or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in 
this paragraph of this Section 3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or 
affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the 
board of directors may be held.

     Section 4.  NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS.  All notices of meetings 
of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 5 
of this Article II not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days 
before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and 
hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general 
nature of the business to be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual 
meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving 
the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders. The notice of 
any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of 
any nominee or nominees whom, at the time of the notice, management intends 
to present for election.

     If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a 
contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect 
financial interest, pursuant to Sectin 310 of the Corporations Code of 
California,

                                       2


<PAGE>

(ii) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 
of that Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 
1201 of that Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant 
to Section 1900 of that Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than 
in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to 
Section 2007 of that Code, the notice shall also state the general nature of 
that proposal.

     Section 5.  MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE, AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.  Notice of any 
meeting of shareholders shall be given either personally or by first-class 
mail or telegraphic or other written communication, charges prepaid, 
addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on 
the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation 
for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation's 
books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that 
shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written communication 
to the corporation's principal executive office, or if published at least 
once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office 
is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when 
delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other 
means of written communication.

     If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that 
shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the 
corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the 
United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the 
shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to 
have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to 
the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal 
executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of 
the giving of the notice.

     An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any 
shareholders' meeting shall be executed by the secretary, assistant 
secretary, or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, and 
shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the corporation.

     Section 6.  QUORUM.  The presence in person or by proxy

                                       3


<PAGE>

of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of 
shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The 
shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is 
present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the 
withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action 
taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the 
shares required to constitute a quorum.

     Section 7.  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.  Any shareholders' meeting, 
annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from 
time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that 
meeting, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum, no 
other business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in 
Section 6 of this Article II.

     When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned 
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting 
if the time and place are announced at a meeting at which the adjournment is 
taken, unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, or unless 
the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for 
the original meeting, in which case the board of directors shall set a new 
record date.  Notice of any such adjourned meeting, if required, shall be 
given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting 
in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 of this Article II.  At 
any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might 
have been transacted at the original meeting.

     Section 8.  VOTING.  The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of 
shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 
11 of this Article II, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 to 704, 
inclusive, of the Corporations Code of California (relating to voting shares 
held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership).  
The shareholders' vote may be by voice vote or by ballot; provided, however, 
that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any 
shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter other than elections 
of directors, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the 
proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against 
the proposal, but, if the shareholder fails to

                                     4
<PAGE>

specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, 
it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder's approving vote is 
with respect to all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a 
quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares 
represented at the meeting and entitled to vote and voting on any matter 
(other than the election of directors) shall be the act of the shareholders, 
unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by 
California General Corporation Law or by the articles of incorporation.

     At a shareholders' meeting at which directors are to be elected, no 
shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate 
a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such shareholder 
normally is entitled to cast) unless the candidates' names have been placed 
in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and a shareholder has given 
notice prior to commencement of the voting of the shareholder's intention to 
cumulate votes.  If any shareholder has given such a notice, than every 
shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination 
and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to 
be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder's 
shares are normally entitled, or distribute the shareholder's votes on the 
same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the shareholder thinks 
fit.  The candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number 
of directors to be elected, shall be elected.

     Section 9.  WAIVER OF NOTICE OR CONSENT BY ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS.  The 
transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, 
however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though 
had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be 
present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the 
meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by 
proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the 
meeting, or an approval of the minutes.  The waiver of notice or consent need 
not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual 
or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or 
proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the 
second paragraph of Section 4 of this Article II, the waiver of notice or 
consent shall state the general nature of the proposal.  All such waivers, 
comments or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a 
part of the minutes of the meeting.

                                    5
<PAGE>

     Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of 
notice of that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of 
the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not 
lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not 
a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included 
in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the 
meeting.

     Section 10.  SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.  
Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of 
shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a 
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the 
holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of 
votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting 
at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.  
In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only 
if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the 
selection of directors; provided, however, that a director may be elected at 
any time to fill a vacancy on the board of directors that has not been filled 
by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the 
outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. All such 
consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be 
maintained in the corporate records.  Any shareholder giving a written 
consent, or the shareholder's proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares or
a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy 
holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the 
corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to 
authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.

     If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been 
solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such 
shareholders shall not have been received, the secretary shall give prompt 
notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a 
meeting. This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 5 of 
this Article II.  In the case of approval of (i) contracts or transactions in 
which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to 
Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California, (ii) indemnification of 
agents of the corporation, pursuant to Section 317 of that Code, (iii) a 
reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of that Code, and 
(iv) a distribution in dissolution either than in accordance with the rights 
of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of

                                   6

<PAGE>

that Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the 
consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

     Section 11.  RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE, VOTING, AND GIVING 
CONSENTS.  For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of 
any meeting or to vote or entitled to give consent to corporate action 
without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, 
which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than (10) days before 
the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such 
action without a meeting, and in this event only shareholders of record on 
the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as 
the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of 
the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the 
California General Corporation Law.

     If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

     (a)  The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of 
or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on 
the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if 
notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding 
the day on which the meeting is held.

     (b)  The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give
consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior 
action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first 
written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action of the board has been 
taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts 
the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the 
date of such other action, whichever is later.

     Section 12.  PROXIES.  Every person entitled to vote for directors or on 
any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or 
more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with 
the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the 
shareholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, 
typewriter, telegraphic transmission, or otherwise) by the shareholder or the 
shareholder's attorney in fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state 
that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) 
revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, 
by a

                                       7


<PAGE>

writing delivered to the corporation stating the proxy is revoked, or by a 
subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in 
person by, the person executing the proxy, or (ii) written notice of the 
death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation 
before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no 
proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date 
of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The revocability of a 
proxy  that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by 
the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Corporations Code of 
California.

        Section 13. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  Before any meeting of 
shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any person other than 
nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its 
adjournment. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of 
the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder's 
proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.  The number of 
inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If inspectors are appointed 
at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the 
holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall 
determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors shall be appointed.  If any 
person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the 
chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a 
shareholder's proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

        These inspectors shall:

            (a) Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting 
power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a 
quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

            (b) Receive votes, ballots, or consents;

            (c) Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way 
arising in connection with the right to vote;

            (d) Count and tabulate all votes or consents;

            (e) Determine when the polls shall close;

            (f) Determine the result; and


                                       8
<PAGE>

          (g)  Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election 
or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

     If there are three inspectors, the decision of a majority shall be 
effective in all respects as the decision of all.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                   DIRECTORS

     Section 1.  POWERS.  Subject to the provisions of the California General 
Corporation Law and any limitations in the articles of incorporation and 
these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders 
or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation 
shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the 
direction of the board of directors.

     Without prejudice to these general powers, and subject to the same 
limitations, the directors shall have the power to:

          (a)  Select and remove all officers, agents, and employees of the 
corporation; prescribe any powers and duties for them that are consistent 
with law, with the articles of incorporation, and with these byLaws; fix 
their compensation; and require from them security for faithful service.

          (b)  Change the principal executive office or the principal 
business office in the State of California from one location to another; 
cause the corporation to be qualified to do business in any other state, 
territory, dependency, or country and conduct business within or without the 
State of California; and designate any place within or without the State of 
California for the holding of any shareholders' meeting, or meetings, 
including annual meetings.

          (c)  Adopt, make, and use a corporate seal; prescribe the forms of 
certificates of stock; and alter the form of the seal and certificates.

          (d)  Authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation 
on any lawful terms, in consideration of money paid, labor done, services 
actually rendered, debts or securities cancelled, or tangible or intangible 
property actually received.

                                       9


<PAGE>

          (e)  Borrow money and incur indebtedness on behalf of the 
corporation, and cause to be executed and delivered for the corporation's 
purposes, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of 
trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations, and other evidences of debt and 
securities.

     Section 2.  NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.  The authorized 
number of directors shall be three (3) until changed by a duly adopted 
amendment to the articles of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw 
adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the 
outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment 
reducing the number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be 
adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares 
not consenting in the case of action by written consent, are equal to more 
than 16-2/3% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

     Section 3.  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.  Directors shall 
be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders to hold office until 
the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill 
a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which 
elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

     Section 4.  VACANCIES.  Vacancies in the board of directors may be 
filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, 
or by a sole remaining director, except that a vacancy created by the removal 
of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court 
order may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to 
vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by 
the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares 
entitled to vote. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next 
annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and 
qualified.

     A vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors shall be deemed to 
exist in the event of the death, resignation, or removal of any director, or 
if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a 
director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or 
convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is increased,
or if the shareholders

                                      10


<PAGE>

fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are 
elected, to elect the number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

     The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill 
any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by 
written consent shall require the consent of a majority of the outstanding 
shares entitled to vote.

     Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the 
chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the board of 
directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to 
become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future 
time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the 
resignation becomes effective.

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect 
of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

     Section 5.  PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.  Regular 
meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside 
the State of California that has been designated from time to time by 
resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular 
meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. 
Special meetings of the board shall be held at any place within or outside 
the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting 
or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, at the principal 
executive office of the corporation. Any meeting, regular or special, may be 
held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as 
all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all such 
directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

     Section 6.  ANNUAL MEETING.  Immediately following each annual meeting 
of the shareholders, the board of directors shall hold a regular meeting for 
the purpose of organization, any desired election of officers, and the 
transaction of other business. Notice of this meeting shall not be required.

     Section 7.  OTHER REGULAR MEETINGS.  Other regular meetings of the board 
of directors shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to 
time be fixed by

                                       11

<PAGE>

the board of directors. Such regular meetings may be held without notice.

     Section 8.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the board of 
directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the 
chairman of the board or the president or any vice president or the secretary 
or any two directors.

     Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered 
personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or 
telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's 
address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. In case the notice 
is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) 
days before the time of the holding of the meeting. In case the notice is 
delivered personally, or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered 
personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight 
(48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice 
given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director 
or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice 
has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The 
notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting nor the place if the 
meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

     Section 9.  QUORUM.  A majority of the authorized number of directors 
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn 
as provided in Section 11 of this Article III. Every act or decision done or 
made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a 
quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, 
subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Corporation Code of 
California (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director 
has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311 of that 
Code (as to appointment of committees), and Section 317(e) of that Code (as 
to indemnification of directors). A meeting at which a quorum is initially 
present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of 
directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the 
required quorum for that meeting.

     Section 10.  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The transactions of any meeting of the 
board of directors, however called and

                                      12



<PAGE>

noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly 
held after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either 
before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a 
written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of 
the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of 
the meeting. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with 
the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of 
a meeting shall also be deemed given to any director who attends the meeting 
without protesting before or at its commencement, the lack of notice to that 
director.

     Section 11.  ADJOURNMENT.  A majority of the directors present, whether 
or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and 
place.

     Section 12.  NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.  Notice of the time and place of 
holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is 
adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, in which case notice of the time 
and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting, in the 
manner specified in Section 8 of this Article III, to the directors who were 
not present at the time of the adjournment.

     Section 13.  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Any action required or permitted 
to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if all 
members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to 
that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and 
effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent or 
consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

     Section 14.  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Directors and members 
of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and 
such reimbursement of expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution 
of the board of directors. This Section 14 shall not be construed to preclude 
any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an 
officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation for those 
services.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                      COMMITTEES

     Section 1.  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.  The board of


                                           13
<PAGE>

directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorised number 
of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two or 
more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may, by a 
vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors, appoint members to 
such committees, and may appoint alternate members who may replace any absent 
member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee, to the extent provided 
in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, 
except with respect to:

     (a)  the approval of any action which, under the General Corporation Law 
of California, also requires shareholders' approval or approval of the 
outstanding shares;

     (b)  the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or in any 
committee;

     (c)  the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the 
board or on any committee;

     (d)  the amendment or repeal of bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;

     (e)  the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board of directors 
which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

     (f)  a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a 
rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the board 
of directors; or

     (g)  the appointment of any other committees of the board of directors 
or the members of these committees.

     Section 2.  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.  Meetings and action of 
committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the 
provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Sections 9 (place of meetings), 7 
(regular meetings), 8 (special meetings and notice), 9 (quorum), 10 (waiver 
of notice), 11 (adjournment), 12 (notice of adjournment), and 13 (action 
without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are 
necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of 
directors and its members, except that the time of regular meetings of 
committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors 
or by resolution of the committee; special meetings of committees may also 
be called by resolution of the board of directors; and notice of special


                                      14
<PAGE>

meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who 
shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of 
directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not 
inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1.  OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation shall be a 
president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may 
also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the 
board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, 
one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such 
other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 3 of this Article V. Any number of offices may be held by the same 
person.

     Section 2.  ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation, 
except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article V, shall be chosen annually by the 
board of directors, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the board, 
subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

     Section 3.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The board of directors may appoint, 
and may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business 
of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such 
period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the 
bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

     Section 4.  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.  Subject to the rights, 
if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be 
removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors, at any 
regular or special meeting of the board, or, except in case of an officer 
chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of 
removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

     Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the 
corporation. Any resignation shall take effect


                                      15

<PAGE>

at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in 
that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance 
of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any 
resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation 
under any contract to which the officer is a party.

     Section 5.  VACANCIES IN OFFICES.  A vacancy in any office because of 
death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be 
filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to 
that office.

     Section 6.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The chairman of the board, if such 
an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of 
directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be 
from time to time assigned to him by the board of directors or prescribed by 
the bylaws. If there is no president, the chairman of the board shall in 
addition be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have 
the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article V.

     Section 7.  PRESIDENT.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as 
may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there 
be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the 
corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have 
general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers 
of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, 
in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all 
meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and 
duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a 
corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed 
by the board of directors or the bylaws.

     Section 8.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence or disability of the 
president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by 
the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the 
board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president, and when 
so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the 
restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other 
powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed 
for them respectively by the board of directors or the bylaws, and the 
president, or the chairman of the board.


                                      16
<PAGE>

     Section 9.  SECRETARY.  The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at 
the principal executive office or such other place as the board of directors 
may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, 
committees of directors, and shareholders, with the time and place of 
holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the 
notice given, the names of those present at directors' meetings or committee 
meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders' 
meetings, and the proceedings.

     The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal 
executive office or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or 
registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share 
register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all 
shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by 
each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number 
and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings 
of the shareholders and of the board of directors required by the bylaws or 
by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the corporation if one be 
adopted, in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such 
other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by the bylaws.

     Section 10.  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.  The chief financial officer shall 
keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct 
books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of 
the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, 
disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The 
books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any 
director.

     The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables 
in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as 
may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of 
the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to 
the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of 
his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of 
the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as 
may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.


                                      17
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VI

                  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
                        EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

     Section 1.  AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS, AND EXPENSES.  For the purposes of this 
Article, "agent" means any person who is or was a director, officer, 
employee, or other agent of this corporation, or is or was serving at the 
request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of 
another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or 
other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign 
or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of this 
corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor 
corporation; "proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action 
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and 
"expenses" includes, without limitation, attorneys' fees and any expenses of 
establishing a right to indemnification under Section 4 in any proceeding or 
arbitration authorized in the manner provided in Section 5 of this Article.

     Section 2.  ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY THE CORPORATION.  This corporation 
shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made 
a party, to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this 
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that 
such person is or was an agent of this corporation, against expenses, 
judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably 
incurred in connection with such proceeding if that person acted in good 
faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in the best 
interests of this corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had 
no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful. The 
termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or 
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create 
a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which 
the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this 
corporation or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the 
person's conduct was unlawful.

     Section 3.  ACTIONS BY THE CORPORATION.  This corporation shall 
indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a 
party, to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of 
this corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of


                                      18
<PAGE>

the fact that that person is or was an agent of this corporation, against 
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with 
the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, 
in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this 
corporation and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an 
ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar 
circumstances. No indemnification shall be made under this Section 3:

     (a)  In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person 
shall have been adjudged to be liable to this corporation in the performance 
of that person's duty to this corporation, unless and only to the extent that 
the court in which that proceeding is brought shall determine upon 
application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, that person 
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the 
court shall determine;

     (b)  Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened 
or pending action, with or without court approval; or

     (c)  Of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending action 
which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

     Section 4.  SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT.  To the extent that an agent of 
this corporation has been successful on the merits in defense of any 
proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article, or in the defense 
of any claim, issue, or matter therein, the agent shall be indemnified 
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection 
therewith.

     Section 5.  REQUIRED APPROVAL.  Except as provided in Section 4 of this 
Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this 
corporation only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that 
indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent 
has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of 
this Article, by:

     (a)  A majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not 
parties to the proceeding;

     (b)  Approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of 
this corporation entitled to vote and voting, which shares voting 
affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum, 
represented at a duly held


                                      19
<PAGE>

meeting at which a quorum is present or by the written consent of holders of 
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. For this purpose, the 
shares owned by the person to be indemnified shall not be considered 
outstanding or entitled to vote thereon; or

     (c)  The court in which the proceeding is or was pending, on application 
made by this corporation or the agent or the attorney or other person 
rendering services in connection with the defense, whether or not such 
application by the agent, attorney, or other person is opposed by this 
corporation.

     Section 6.  ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in defending any 
proceeding may be advanced by this corporation before the final disposition 
of the proceeding on receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the agent 
to repay the amount of the advance unless it shall be determined ultimately 
that the agent is entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article.

     Section 7.  OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS.  Nothing contained in this Article 
shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than 
directors and officers of this corporation or any subsidiary hereof may be 
entitled by contract or otherwise.

     Section 8.  LIMITATIONS.  No indemnifications or advance shall be made 
under this Article, except as provided in Section 4 or Section 5(c), in any 
circumstance where it appears:

     (a)  That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the articles, a 
resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of the 
accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which 
the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or 
otherwise limits indemnification; or

     (b)  That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed 
by a court in approving a settlement.

     Section 9.  INSURANCE.  Upon and in the event of a determination by the 
board of directors of this corporation to purchase such insurance, this 
corporation shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of 
the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by the 
agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent's status as such whether 
or not this corporation would have the power to indemnify the agent against 
that liability under the provisions of this section.

     Section 10.  FIDUCIARIES OF CORPORATE EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN.  This 
Article does not apply to any proceeding against any trustee, investment 
manager, or other fiduciary of an


                                      20
<PAGE>

employee benefit plan in that person's capacity as such, even though that 
person may also be an agent of the corporation as defined in Section 1 of 
this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to 
indemnification to which such a trustee, investment manager, or other 
fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise, which shall be 
enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this 
Article. The corporation shall have power to indemnify such a trustee, 
instrument manager or other fiduciary to the extent permitted by 
subdivision (f) of Section 207 of the Corporations Code of California.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                             RECORDS AND REPORTS

     Section 1.  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER. The 
corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of 
its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by 
resolution of the board of directors, a record of its shareholders, giving 
the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of 
shares held by each shareholder.

     A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five 
percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the 
corporation may (i) inspect and copy the records of shareholders' names and 
addresses and shareholders during usual business hours on five days' prior 
written demand on the corporation, and (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of 
the corporation, on written demand and on the tender of such transfer agent's 
usual charges for such list, a list of the shareholders' names and 
addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their 
shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which that list has been 
compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder after the date of 
demand. This list shall be made available to any such shareholder by the 
transfer agent on or before the later of five (5) days after the demand is 
received or the date specified in the demand as the date as of which the list 
is to be compiled. The record of shareholders shall also be open to 
inspection on the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting 
trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose 
reasonably related to the holder's interests as a shareholder or as the 
holder of a voting trust certificate. Any inspection and copying under this 
Section 1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder 
or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

     Section 2.  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.  The


                                      21
<PAGE>

corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or if its principal 
executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business 
office in this state, the original or a copy of the bylaws as amended to 
date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable 
times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the 
corporation is outside the State of California and the corporation has no 
principal business office in this state, the Secretary shall, upon the 
written request of any shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of the 
bylaws as amended to date.

     Section 3.  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS.  The 
accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders 
and the board of directors and any committee or committees of the board of 
directors shall be kept at such place or places designated by the board of 
directors, or, in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive 
office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the 
accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any 
other form capable of being converted into written form. The minutes and 
accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written 
demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any 
reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably 
related to the holder's interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a 
voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent 
or attorney, and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. These 
rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary 
corporation of the corporation.

     Section 4.  INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.  Every director shall have the 
absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and 
documents of every kind and the physical properties of the corporation and 
each of its subsidiary corporations. This inspection by a director may be 
made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection 
includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

     Section 5.  ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.  The annual report to 
shareholders referred to in Section 1501 of the California General 
Corporation Law is expressly dispensed with, but nothing herein shall be 
interpreted as prohibiting the board of directors from issuing annual or 
other periodic reports to the shareholders of the corporation as they 
consider appropriate.


                                      22
<PAGE>

     Section 6.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  A copy of any annual financial 
statement and any income statement of the corporation for each quarterly 
period of each fiscal year, and any accompanying balance sheet of the 
corporation as of the end of each such period, that has been prepared by the 
corporation shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the 
corporation for twelve (12) months and each such statement shall be exhibited 
at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of any 
such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such shareholder.

     If a shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of 
the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a 
written request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation 
for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the then current 
fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request, 
and a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, the 
chief financial officer shall cause that statement and balance sheet to be 
prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail that 
statement or statements and balance sheet to the person making the request 
within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request. If the corporation 
has not sent to the shareholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, 
this report shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the shareholder or 
shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.

     The corporation shall also, on the written request of any shareholder, 
mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semi-annual, or quarterly 
income statement which it has prepared, and a balance sheet as of the end of 
that period.

     The income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section 
shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants 
engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the 
corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from 
the books and records of the corporation.

     Section 7.  ANNUAL STATEMENT OF GENERAL INFORMATION.  The corporation 
shall within the time periods specified in Section 1502 of the Corporations 
Code of California file with the Secretary of State of the State of 
California, on


                                      23
<PAGE>

the prescribed form, a statement setting forth the authorized number of 
directors, the names and complete business or residence addresses of all 
incumbent directors, the names and complete business or residence addresses 
of the chief executive officer, secretary, and chief financial officer, the 
street address of its principal executive office or principal business office 
in this state, and the general type of business constituting the principal 
business activity of the corporation, together with a designation of the 
agent of the corporation for the purpose of service of process, all in 
compliance with Section 1502 of the Corporations Code of California.

                                 ARTICLE III

                         GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

     Section 1.  RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING.  For 
purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any 
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to 
exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than action 
by shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the board of directors 
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) 
days before any such action, and in that case only shareholders of record at 
the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the 
dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as 
the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of 
the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided 
in the California General Corporation Law.

     If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, the record date 
for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of 
business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or 
the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

     Section 2.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.  All checks, 
drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of 
indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be 
signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time 
to time, shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors.


                                      24
<PAGE>

     Section 3. CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED.  The board 
of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any 
officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute 
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and this 
authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so 
authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of 
an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority 
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit 
or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

     Section 4. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  A certificate or certificates for 
shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be issued to each 
shareholder when any of these shares are fully paid, and the board of 
directors may authorize the issuance of certificates or shares as partly paid 
provided that these certificates shall state the amount of the consideration 
to be paid for them and the amount paid.  All certificates shall be signed in 
the name of the corporation by the chairman of the board or vice chairman of 
the board or the president or vice president and by the chief financial 
officer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant 
secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares 
owned by the shareholder.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate 
may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has 
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall 
have ceased to be that officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that 
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same 
effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the 
date of issue.

     Section 5. LOST CERTIFICATES.  Except as provided in this Section 5, no 
new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate 
unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same 
time.  The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or 
certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize 
the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as 
the board may require, including provision for indemnification of the 
corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to 
protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, 
including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft, or 
destruction of the certificates or the issuance of the replacement 
certificate.

                                       25

<PAGE>

     Section 6. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The chairman 
of the board, the president, or any vice president, or any other person 
authorized by resolution of the board of directors or by any of the foregoing 
designated officers, is authorized to vote on behalf of the corporation any 
and all shares of any other corporation or corporations, foreign or domestic, 
standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted to these 
officers to vote or represent on behalf of the corporation any and all shares 
held by the corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be 
exercised by any of these officers in person or by any person authorized to 
do so by a proxy duly executed by these officers.

     Section 7. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context requires 
otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in 
the California General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these 
bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular 
number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the 
term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.

                                    ARTICLE IX

                                    AMENDMENTS

     Section 1. AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS. New bylaws may be adopted or these 
bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of 
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, 
that if the articles of incorporation of the corporation set forth the 
number of authorized directors of the corporation, the authorized number of 
directors may be changed only by an amendment of the articles of 
incorporation.

     Section 2. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of the 
shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article IX, bylaws, other than 
a bylaw or an amendment of a bylaw changing the authorized number of 
directors, may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the board of directors.

                                     ARTICLE X

                                  OTHER PROVISIONS

     Section 1. EXCESSIVE COMPENSATION. If the Internal Revenue Service 
disallows as a business deduction to the corporation any part of the salary 
or other compensation paid by it to any officer, director, or employee, as 
being excessive compensation, that part disallowed shall be repaid to the 
corporation by the officer, director, or employee.

                                           26


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.9.1


                            CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                         OF

                                EE ACQUISITION, INC.

                                     * * * * *

     1.  The name of the corporation is EE Acquisition, Inc..

     2.  The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

     3.  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     4.  The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have
authority to issue is Seven Hundred Fifty (750); all of such shares shall be
without par value.

     5.  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

     NAME                                    MAILING ADDRESS
     ----                                    ---------------

     T. L. Ford                         Corporation Trust Center
                                        1209 Orange Street
                                        Wilmington, Delaware 19801

     6.  The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the
by-laws of the corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written
ballot.

     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the
purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying
that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and
accordingly have hereunto set my hand this Seventh day of November, 1996.



                                        /s/ T. L. Ford
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        T. L. Ford
<PAGE>

                               CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                          OF

                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                                 EE ACQUISITION, INC.

                                    ------------

     EE Acquisition, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by
virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,


     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:


     1.   EE Acquisition, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation")
was originally incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 7, 1996.


     2.   By written consent of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the
Corporation, this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation was
duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 228 and 241 of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


     3.   Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


          1.   The name of the corporation is Elsinore Engineering, Inc. 


     4.   The capital of the Corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason
of said amendment.


                                          1
<PAGE>

     5.   In accordance with the provisions of Section 104 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment shall
become effective upon its filing date.



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed in its name and attested
by its duly authorized officer, this 24th day of December, 1996.


                                   EE ACQUISITION, INC.


                              By:  /s/ R.G. MacDonald
                                   --------------------------------
                                   R.G. MacDonald, President



ATTEST




By:  /s/ Robert Rankin
     ------------------------------
     Robert Rankin, Secretary



                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 3.9.2

                                        BYLAWS
                                          OF
                                 EE ACQUISITION, INC.
                                A DELAWARE CORPORATION


                                      ARTICLE I
                                  CORPORATE OFFICES


     Section 1.     REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office in the State of
Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City
Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     Section 2.     PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  The principal office of the Corporation
is hereby located at: Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington,
Delaware  19801.

     The Board of Directors (herein referred to as the "Board") is hereby
granted the full power and authority, by a resolution of a majority of the
directors, to change the principal office from one location to another. Any such
change shall be noted in these Bylaws opposite this section, and this section
may be amended to state the new location.

     Section 3.     OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may establish any additional
offices, at any place or places, as the Board may designate, or as the business
of the Corporation shall require.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

     Section 1.     PLACE OF MEETING.  Meetings of the Stockholders of the
Corporation shall be held at the principal office or at such place, within or
without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be designated for that
purpose either by the Board or by the written consent of all persons entitled to
vote thereat and not present at the meeting, given either before or after the
meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

     Section 2.     ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of the Stockholders
shall be held on such date and at such time designated, from time to time, by
resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such designation, on the 31st day
of March at 10:00 a.m., eastern time; provided, however, that if such day is a
legal holiday, then at the same time and place on the next day thereafter which
is a full business day.

     Section 3.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Stockholders for
the purpose of taking any action which the Stockholders are permitted to take
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (herein, as the same
may from time to time be amended, referred to as the "General Corporation Law")
may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or
the Board.


                                          1
<PAGE>

     Section 4.     NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise provided by
statute, written or printed notice of each meeting of the Stockholders of the
Corporation, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten nor
more than sixty days prior to the date upon which the meeting is to be held to
each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting by leaving such notice with
him personally at, or by transmitting such notice with confirmed delivery
(including telex, telegraph, cable or other form of recorded communication,
provided that delivery of such notice in written form is confirmed in a writing)
to, his residence or usual place of business.  If mailed, such notice shall be
deemed delivered when deposited in the United States mail in a sealed envelope
addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock records
of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  Such notice shall state the
place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If a meeting is adjourned
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if
the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is taken and, at the adjourned meeting, such business may be transacted as might
properly have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is
for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  

     Notice of a Stockholders' meeting or adjournment thereof is waived upon the
occurrence of the following:   

     (a)  A Stockholders' meeting is adjourned and a time and place for
readjournment is announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and
such date of readjustment is no more than 30 days from the date of adjournment.


     (b)  Receipt by the Corporation of a written notice of waiver, signed by
the person entitled to notice before or after the time stated therein.   

     (c)  Attendance by the person entitled to notice and failure of such person
to object to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.

     Whenever notice is required to be given under any statute or the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to any Stockholder to whom (a)
notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of meetings or of the
taking of action by written consent without a meeting to such person during the
period between such two consecutive annual meetings or (b) all, and at least
two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on
securities during a twelve month period, have been mailed addressed to such
person at his address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been
returned undeliverable, the giving of notice to such person shall not be
required.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to
such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly
given.  If any such person shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice
setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be given to
such person shall be reinstated.  In the event that the action taken by the
Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any of the
other sections of the General Corporation Law, the certificate need not state
that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given
pursuant to this Section 4.


                                          2
<PAGE>

     Section 5.     QUORUM.  On all questions, the presence of the holders of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Stockholders.  On
all questions, the Stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at
which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Stockholders to leave less than a
quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a
majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

     Section 6.     ADJOURNED MEETING.  Any Stockholders' meeting, annual or
special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned by vote of a
majority of the shares present, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence
of a quorum no other business may be transacted at such meeting, except as
expressly provided in Section 5 of this Article.

     Section 7.     VOTING.

     (a)  The Stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote at such
meeting shall only be persons whose names stand on the stock records of the
Corporation on the record date determined in accordance with the provisions of
Section 12 of this Article, provided, however, that if no such record date shall
be fixed by the Board, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock
records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next
preceding the day on which  notice of the meeting is given or if such notice is
waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on
which the meeting of Stockholders is held, shall be entitled to vote at such
meeting, and such day shall be the record date for such meeting.

     (b)  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of Sections 217
and 218 of the Delaware Corporation law (relating to voting of shares held by
fiduciaries, or pledges, held in joint ownership, and voting of shares by voting
trusts or in accordance with other voting agreements).

     (c)  At each meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, holders of a
majority of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat,
present either in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business.  In the absence of quorum, the Stockholders of the
Corporation present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting
may, by majority vote, or, in the absence of all Stockholders, any officer
entitled to preside or act as Secretary at such meeting, shall have the power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time until Stockholders holding the requisite
amount of stock shall be present in person or by proxy.  At any such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum may be present, any business may be transacted which
might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. 

     (d)  On all questions, other than election of directors, each Stockholder
of the Corporation entitled to vote on such questions shall be entitled to vote
in person or by proxy one vote for each share of Common Stock of the Corporation
held by such Stockholder.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation or by statute, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares
represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall
be the act of the Stockholders.  Unless demanded by a Stockholder present in
person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote thereat, the vote on any
question need


                                          3
<PAGE>

not be by ballot.  Upon demand for a vote by ballot upon any question by any
Stockholder present in person or by proxy at any meeting and entitled to vote
thereat, such vote shall be taken by ballot.  On any vote taken by ballot, each
ballot shall be signed by the Stockholder voting, or by his lawful proxy, and
shall state the number and kind of shares voted.

     (e)  Notwithstanding Section 7(d) hereinabove, every Stockholder complying
with the provisions of this Section 7(e) and entitled to vote at any election of
directors may cumulate his votes and shall be entitled to as many votes as shall
equal the number of votes which (except for this provision as to cumulative
voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors to be elected
by him, and he may cast all of such  votes for a single candidate for director
or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more
of them, as he may see fit.  No Stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes
and cast them for a candidate for director unless such candidate's name shall
have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the Stockholder shall
have given notice at the meeting prior to the voting for directors of the
Stockholder's intention to cumulate his votes.  If any one Stockholder has given
such notice, all Stockholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in
nomination.  

     Section 8.     PROXIES.  Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
Stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by
proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its
date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  Any such proxy shall be
delivered to the secretary of such meeting, at or prior to the time designated
in the order of business for so delivering such proxies.  A duly elected proxy
shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only so
long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an
irrevocable power.  A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the
interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an
interest in the Corporation generally.  

     Section 9.     STOCKHOLDER LIST.  The officer who has charge of the stock
ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting of Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
Stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for
any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period
of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city
where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of
the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be
held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Stockholder
who is present.

     Section 10.    CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING.  Any action
required to be taken, or that may be taken, at any annual or special meeting of
the Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without
prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the
action to be taken, shall have been signed by the holders of outstanding stock,
eligible to vote on such action, having not less than the  minimum number of
votes of each class of stock that would be necessary to authorize or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares of each class of stock entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.


                                          4
<PAGE>

     The Secretary shall give prompt notice of the taking of any corporate
action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those
Stockholders who have not consented in writing.

     Section 11.    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  In advance of any meeting of the
Stockholders, the Board may appoint any person, other than nominees for office
as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If
no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting
may, and on the request of any Stockholder or his proxy shall, make such
appointment at the meeting.  The number of such inspectors of election shall be
one or three.  If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more
Stockholders or proxies, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in
person or by proxy shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be
appointed.  In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or refuses
to act, the vacancy may, and on the request of any Stockholder or a
Stockholder's proxy shall, be filled by appointment by the Board in advance of
the meeting, or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.

     The duties of such inspector shall include:  determining the number of
shares outstanding and voting power of each; the shares represented at the
meeting; the existence of a quorum; the authenticity, validity and effect of
proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining when the polls
shall close; determining the result; and performing such acts as may be proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Stockholders.  If there are
three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is
effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

     Section 12.    RECORD DATE.  In order that the Corporation may determine
the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall
not be more than  sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting,
nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.

     If no record date is fixed:

     (a)  The record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at
the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held;

     (b)  The record date for determining Stockholders entitled to express
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action
by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent
is expressed;

     (c)  The record date for determining Stockholders for any other purpose
shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the
resolution relating thereto.


                                          5
<PAGE>

     A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.  

     Section 13.    PROCEDURES FOR MEETINGS.  All meetings of Stockholders shall
be conducted according to such rules and procedures as the Board of Directors
may establish by resolution from time to time as being in the best interests of
the Stockholders and as may be deemed appropriate for insuring that such
meetings are conducted in a fair and orderly manner and in accordance with the
Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section 1.     POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed by, or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise
provided by the General Corporation Law or in the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws.  Without prejudice to such powers, but subject to the same
limitation, it is hereby expressly declared that the directors shall have the
following powers in addition to other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:   

     (a)  To select and remove all officers, agents and employees of the
Corporation; prescribe any powers and duties for them that are consistent with
law, with the Certificate of Incorporation, and with these Bylaws; fix their
compensation; and require from them security for faithful service;  

     (b)  To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the
Corporation, and to make rules and regulations therefor consistent with law,
with the Certificate of Incorporation and with these Bylaws;   

     (c)  To change the offices of the Corporation from one location to another;
to fix and locate from time to time one or more other offices of the Corporation
within or without the State of Delaware; to cause the Corporation to be
qualified to do business and to conduct business in any other state, territory,
dependency or country; and to designate any place within or without the State of
Delaware for the holding of any Stockholders meeting or meetings, including
annual meetings;   

     (d)  To adopt, make and use a corporate seal; to prescribe the forms and
certificates of stock; and to alter the form of the seal and certificates;   

     (e)  To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation from
time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may be lawful;   

     (f)  To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the
Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,
pledges, hypothecations, and other evidences of debt and securities therefor.  


                                          6
<PAGE>

     Section 2.     NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The number of directors of the
Corporation shall be five (5).  Directors need not be Stockholders of the
Corporation unless required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

     Section 3.     ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  Members of the initial Board
of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of Stockholders
and until their successors have been elected and qualified.  The directors of
the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Stockholders, but
if such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat the
directors may be elected at a special meeting held for that purpose.  Each
director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until a successor
is elected and qualified.  

     Section 4.     VACANCIES.

     (a)  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,
vacancies and newly created directorships  resulting from any increase in the
authorized number of directors elected by all of the Stockholders having the
right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors
then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. 

     (b)  If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the
Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any
Stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a Stockholder,
or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate
of a Stockholder, may call a special meeting of Stockholders in accordance with
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws or may apply
to the Delaware Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as
provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law.

     (c)  If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created
directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority
of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the
Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any Stockholder or
Stockholders holding at least 10 percent of the total number of shares at the
time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an
election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships,
or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid,
which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the General Corporation Law.

     (d)  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when
one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a
majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned,
shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take
effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each
director so chosen shall hold office as provided in these Bylaws.

     (e)  Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or
without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote
at an election of directors, except that if less than the entire Board is to be
removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his
removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an
election of the entire Board of Directors.


                                          7
<PAGE>

     (f)  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the
Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board, unless the
notice specifies a later date for the effectiveness of such resignation.  

     Section 5.     PLACE OF MEETING.  Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, or by unanimous written consent of all acting
directors, meetings, both regular and special, of the Board shall be held at the
Corporation's principal executive offices within the State of California or at
such other place or places within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board
may from time to time determine. 

     Section 6.     REGULAR MEETINGS.  Immediately following each annual meeting
of the Stockholders the Board shall hold a regular meeting at the same place at
which such Stockholders' meeting is held, or any other place as may be fixed
from time to by the Board of Directors.  Notice of such meeting need not be
given.

     Other regular meetings of the Board shall be held without call at such time
and place as the Board may from time to time by resolution determine.  If any
day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the place where the
meeting is to be held, then the meeting which would otherwise be held on that
day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day not a
legal holiday.  Notice of a regular meeting need not be given.  

     Section 7.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board for any purpose or
purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President,
the Secretary or by any three directors.

     Written notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally to each director or communicated to each director by telephone or
telegraph or telex or cable or mail or other form of recorded communication,
charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's address as it is
shown on the records of the Corporation or, if it is not so shown on such
records or is not readily ascertainable, at that director's residence or usual
place of business.  In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the
United States mail at least seven days prior to the time of the holding of the
meeting.  In case such notice is delivered personally or by other form of
written communication, it shall be delivered at least 48 hours before the time
of the holding of the meeting.  The notice shall state the time of the meeting,
but need not specify the place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held at
the principal executive office of the Corporation.  The notice need not state
the purpose of the meeting unless expressly provided otherwise by statute.

     Section 8.     MEETINGS BY COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT.  Members of the Board
of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in
a meeting of the Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons  participating in the
meeting can hear each other.  Participation in a meeting pursuant to this
section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.  



                                          8
<PAGE>

     Section 9.     QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING.  The presence of a majority to
the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held shall be the act of the Board.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of
the directors present may adjourn any meeting from time to time until a quorum
is present.  Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given.

     Section 10.    VALIDATION OF DEFECTIVELY CALLED OR NOTICED MEETINGS.  The
transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called and noticed or wherever
held, shall be as valid as though made or performed at a meeting duly held after
regular call and notice, if, either before or after the meeting, each of the
directors not present or who, though present, has prior to the meeting or at its
commencement protested the lack of proper notice to such director, signs a
written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or approval of the
minutes thereof.  All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with
the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

     Section 11.    ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken
without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  

     Section 12.    COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Directors and members of
committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such
reimbursement for expenses incurred by them, as may be fixed or determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 13.    COMMITTEES.  The Board may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  Any
such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall
have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the
management of the business and  affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending
the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or
consolidation, recommending to the Stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of
all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, recommending
to the Stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a
dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the
resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or
authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to
adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.  Any director may be removed from a
committee with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
entire Board of Directors.


                                          9
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                       OFFICERS

     Section 1.     OFFICERS.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a
Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. 
The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, one or more Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers,
and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 of this Article.  Any number of offices may be held by the same
person.

     Section 2.     ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation,
except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board,
and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if
any, of an officer under any contract of employment.  

     Section 3.     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board may appoint, and may
empower the Chief Executive Officer to appoint, such other officers as the
business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such
period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these
Bylaws or as the Board or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time
determine.

     Section 4.     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.  Without prejudice to
the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer
may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board, at any regular or
special meeting of the Board, or by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may be conferred by the Board.  

     Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; the acceptance of the
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is
without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract
to which the officer is a party.  

     Section 5.     VACANCIES IN OFFICES.  A vacancy in any office because of
death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled
in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to
such office.

     Section 6.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if such
an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board
and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to
time assigned to him by the Board.  

     Section 7.     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  Subject to such supervisory
powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, the
Chief Executive Officer, if such an officer be elected, shall, subject to the
control of the Board and the Chairman, have general supervision, direction and
control of the business and the officers of the Corporation.  The Chief


                                          10
<PAGE>

Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and, in the
absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of
the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer shall exercise and perform such other
powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board.

     Section 8.     PRESIDENT.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as
may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive
Officer, if there be such officers, the President shall be the chief operating
officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have
general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of
the Corporation (other than the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer).  The
President shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders in the absence of
the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, and, in the absence of the
Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, at all meetings of the Board.  The
President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested
in the office of president and general manager of a Corporation, and shall have
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board and the Chief
Executive Officer.

     Section 9.     VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence or disability of the
Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice Presidents, if
any, in order of their rank as  fixed by the Board, or, if not ranked, the Vice
President designated by the Board shall perform all the duties of such officer,
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon, such offices.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other
powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for
them respectively by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.  

     Section 10.    SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept,
at the principal executive office or such other place as the Board may direct, a
book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of
directors, and Stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular
or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of
those present at directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares
present or represented at Stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings.  

     The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the Stockholders and of the Board required by the Bylaws or by law to be given,
and he shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe
custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Board.  

     Section 11.    TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause
to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of
the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts
of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital,
retained earnings and shares, and shall send or cause to be sent to the
Stockholders of the Corporation such financial statements and reports as are by
law or these Bylaws required to be sent to them.  The books of account shall at
all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.  


                                          11
<PAGE>

     The Treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name or
to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by
the Board.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions undertaken as Chief Financial Officer
and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other
powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.  


                                      ARTICLE V
                            INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,
                         OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

     Section 1.     AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES.  For the purposes of this
Article, "agent" means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
other agent of the corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or
other agent of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or
domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or
of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation;
"proceeding" means any threatened, pending or complete action or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative; and "expenses"
includes, without limitation, attorneys' fees and any expenses of establishing a
right to indemnification under Section 2 or Section 3 of this Article.

     Section 2.     ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY THE CORPORATION.  The Corporation
shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened
to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
a action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.  

     Section 3.     ACTIONS BY THE CORPORATION.  The Corporation shall have
power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the 
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other


                                          12
<PAGE>

enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or
suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to
the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of
Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.  

     Section 4.     SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT.  To the extent that a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
Sections 2 and 3, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall
be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

     Section 5.     REQUIRED APPROVAL.  Any indemnification under Sections 1 and
2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 and 3.  Such
determination shall be made (a) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum
consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
or (b) if such disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion, or (c) by the affirmative vote of a majority of
Stockholders.

     Section 6.     ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil
or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance
of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the
Board in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such expenses incurred by other
employees and agents may be so  paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as
the Board deems appropriate. 

     Section 7.     CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS.  The indemnification provided by this
Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of Stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators
of such a person.

     Section 8.     LIMITATIONS.  No indemnification or advance shall be made
under this Article, except as provided in Section 4, in any circumstances where
it appears:


                                          13
<PAGE>

     (a)  That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation, a resolution of the Stockholders or an agreement in effect at the
time of accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in
which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or
otherwise limits indemnification; or

     (b)  That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by
a court in approving a settlement.

     Section 9.     INSURANCE.  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase
and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the
power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this
Article.  

     Section 10.    CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS.  For purposes of this Article,
references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the Corporation,
any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent)
absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had
continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors,
officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this
Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have
with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had
continued.

     Section 11.    DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article, references to
"other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines"
shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee
benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation"
shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director,
officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its
participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a
manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in
this Article.  


                                      ARTICLE VI
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 1.     INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS BY STOCKHOLDERS.  Any
Stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon
written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the
usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation's
stock ledger, a list of its Stockholders, and its other books and records, and
to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose
reasonably related to such person's interest as a Stockholder.  In every
instance where an


                                          14
<PAGE>

attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection,
the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other
writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the
Stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its
registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of
business.  

     Section 2.     INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS BY DIRECTORS. Any director
shall have the right to examine the Corporation's stock ledger, a list of its
Stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to
his position as a director.  Such right to examine the records and books of the
Corporation shall include the right to make copies and extract therefrom.  

     Section 3.     CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.  All checks,
drafts, or other orders for payment of money,  notes, or other evidences of
indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be
signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to
time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board.  

     Section 4.     CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED. The
Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaw, may authorize any officer or
officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument
in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and this authority may be
general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified
by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or
employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any
contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any
purpose or for any amount.  

     Section 5.     CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Every holder of stock in the
Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of
the Corporation by the Chairman or the President or a Vice-President, and by the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of the Corporation representing the number of shares owned by him in the
Corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a
facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 6.     TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Transfers of shares of the capital
stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by
the holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by a power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or a
transfer agent of the Corporation, if any, and on surrender of the certificate
or certificates for such shares properly endorsed.  A person in whose name
shares of stock and on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner
thereof as regards the Corporation, and upon any transfer of shares of stock the
person or persons into whose name or names such shares shall have been
transferred, with respect to all rights, privileges and obligations of holders
of stock of the Corporation and as against the Corporation or any other person
or persons.  The term "person" or "persons" wherever used herein shall be deemed
to


                                          15
<PAGE>

include any partnership, corporation, association or other entity.  Whenever any
transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely,
such fact, if known to the Secretary or to such transfer agent, shall be so
expressed in the entry of transfer.

     Section 7.     LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.  The Corporation may
issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore
issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the
Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate,
or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to
indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of
such new certificate.  

     Section 8.     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The Chairman
of the Board, the President, or any vice president or any person designated by
any of such officers, is authorized, in the absence of authorization by the
Board, to vote on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares of any other
corporation or corporations, foreign or domestic, for which the Corporation has
the right to vote.  The authority granted to these officers to vote or represent
on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any
other corporation or corporations may be exercised by any of these officers in
person or by any person authorized to do so by proxy duly executed by these
officers.  

     Section 9.     CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.  Unless the context requires
otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the
General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.  Without
limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the
plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes
both a corporation and a natural person.  

     Section 10.    AMENDMENTS.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, the power to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws of the Corporation
shall be in the Stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote.

     Section 11.    CONFORMANCE TO THE LAW.  In the event that it is determined
that these Bylaws, as now written or as amended, conflict with the General
Corporation Law, or any other applicable law, as now enforced or as amended,
these Bylaws shall be deemed amended, without action of the Board or the
Stockholders, to conform with such law.  Such amendment to be so interpreted as
to bring these Bylaws within minimum compliance. For purposes of this section
"amendment" shall include a repeal of, or a change in interpretation of, the
relevant compendium.

     Section 12.    SEAL.  The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate
seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon
the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware."  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

     Section 13.    FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin
on the first day of January of each year.



                                          16
<PAGE>

     Section 14.    DIVIDENDS; SURPLUS.  Subject to the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation and any restrictions imposed by statute, the Board
of Directors may declare dividends out of the net assets of the Corporation in
excess of its capital or, in case there shall be no such excess, out of the net
profits of the Corporation for the fiscal year then current and/or the preceding
fiscal year, or out of any funds at the time legally available for the
declaration of dividends (hereinafter referred to as "surplus or net profits")
whenever, and in such amounts as, in its sole discretion, the conditions and
affairs of the Corporation shall render advisable.  The Board of Directors in
its sole discretion may, in accordance with law, from time to time set aside
from surplus or net profits such sum or sums as it may think proper as a reserve
fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for the purpose of
maintaining or increasing the property or business of the Corporation, or for
any other purpose as it may think conducive to the best interests of the
Corporation.






                                          17


<PAGE>
                                                                        [STAMP]

                            AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                          HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                        AND

                          HOLLINGSEAD AIRCRAFT CORPORATION


          This Agreement and Plan of Merger is made this 30th day of October,
1990, by and between Hollingsead Aircraft Corporation, an Ohio corporation
("Aircraft"), and Hollingsead International, Inc., a California corporation
("Hollingsead"; both corporations, collectively, the "Merging Corporations").

          WHEREAS, Hollingsead was incorporated under the laws of the State of
California;

          WHEREAS, Aircraft was incorporated under the laws of the State of
Ohio;

          WHEREAS, Aircraft owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Hollingsead; and

          WHEREAS, the Directors of each of the Merging Corporations deem a
merger of the corporations to be in the best interests of both;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained,
the Merging Corporations, having complied with all the conditions of Sections
1701.79 and 1701.801 of the Ohio General Corporation Law and Sections 1103,
1108, and 1201 of the California General Corporation Law, have agreed and do
hereby agree that Aircraft shall be and is hereby merged with and into
Hollingsead, and Hollingsead shall be the surviving corporation (the "Surviving
Corporation") pursuant to and upon the authority of Sections 1701.79 and
1701.801 of the Ohio General Corporation Law and Sections 1103, 1108, and 1201
of the California General Corporation Law, such merger (the "Merger") to be
effective at the close of business on October 30, 1990 (the "Effective Date").

          FIRST:  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.  The Articles of Incorporation of
Hollingsead shall be Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.

          SECOND:  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The directors and officers of
Aircraft on the date hereof shall continue as the directors and officers of the
Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Date of the Merger until
their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified.

          THIRD:  BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be the
Bylaws of Hollingsead as in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date.

<PAGE>

          FOURTH:  SHARES OF HOLLINGSEAD.  The Common Shares, without par value,
of Hollingsead shall be unaffected by the Merger.

          FIFTH:  SHARES OF AIRCRAFT.  Each outstanding Common Share, no par
value, of Aircraft is hereby cancelled, and the rights of the holder thereof
extinguished.

          SIXTH:  CONTINUED AUTHORITY.  The separate existence of Aircraft shall
cease on the effective date set forth above and thereupon it shall be merged
into Hollingsead in accordance with this Agreement, except that whenever a
conveyance, assignment, transfer, deed or other instrument, or act, is necessary
to vest property or rights in the Surviving Corporation, the officers of
Aircraft shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, and do such
acts; for such purposes, the existence of Aircraft and the authority of its
officers and directors shall be deemed continued notwithstanding the Merger.

     SEVENTH:  RIGHTS OF SURVIVING CORPORATION.  Upon the Effective Date of the
Merger and thereafter, the Surviving Corporation shall have all the rights,
privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority, and shall be subject
to all the obligations of a corporation formed under the California General
Corporation Law; and all property of every description and every interest
therein, and all obligations of or belonging to or due Aircraft shall thereafter
be taken and deemed to be transferred to and vested in the Surviving Corporation
without further act or deed; and title to any real estate or any interest
therein vested in Aircraft shall not revert or in any way be impaired by reason
of the Merger.  Hollingsead shall henceforth be liable for all of the
obligations of the Merging Corporations; and any claim existing or action or
proceeding pending by or against the Merging Corporations may be prosecuted to
judgment, with the right of appeal as in other cases, as if the Merger had not
taken place, or Hollingsead may be substituted in its place, and all rights and
creditors of the Merging Corporations shall be preserved unimpaired, and all
liens upon the property of the Merging Corporation shall be preserved
unimpaired, limited in lien to the property affected by such liens immediately
prior to the Effective Date of the Merger.

          EIGHTH:  PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  The principal office of Hollingsead in the
State of California shall be Santa Fe Springs.

          NINTH:  SERVICE OF PROCESS.  Hollingsead hereby appoints the Secretary
of State of the State of Ohio as its agent to accept service of process in any
proceeding in the State of Ohio to enforce against the surviving corporation any
obligation of Aircraft or to enforce the rights of a dissenting shareholder.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Merging Corporations have caused this
Agreement and Plan of Merger to be signed in their respective corporate names by
their respective officers thereunto duly authorized on the date first above
written.

HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL,                   HOLLINGSEAD AIRCRAFT CORPORATION
  INC.

By: /s/ R. Jack DeCrane                      By: /s/ R. Jack DeCrane
   --------------------------------             --------------------------------
   R. Jack DeCrane                              R. Jack DeCrane, President



and By: /s/ W. Scott Seeley                       and By: /s/ W. Scott Seeley
       ----------------------------                      -----------------------
       W. Scott Seeley                                   W. Scott Seeley,
                                                            Secretary


                                         -3-
<PAGE>

                         ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                  OF
                    HOLLINGSEAD-PRYOR ENTERPRISES, INC.
                    -----------------------------------

                            ARTICLE FIRST:

                               Name
                               ----

      The name of the corporation is HOLLINGSEAD-PRYOR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                             ARTICLE SECOND:

                                Purposes
                                --------

The corporation's purposes are:

        (a)  Primarily to engage in the specific business of the engineering, 
design and manufacture of components for the air space industry and related 
industries;

        (b)  To engage generally in the business of the engineering, design, 
manufacturing, selling, using, leasing and otherwise dealing with components 
for the air space industry and related industries;

        (c)  To engage in any business related or unrelated to those 
described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Article SECOND and from time to time 
authorized or approved by the board of directors of this corporation;

        (d)  To act as partner or joint venturer or in any other legal 
capacity in any transaction;

        (e)  To do business anywhere in the world; and

        (f)  To have and exercise all rights and powers from time to time 
granted to a corporation by law.

<PAGE>

    The above purpose clauses shall not be limited by reference to or 
inference from one another, but each such purpose clause shall be construed 
as a separate statement conferring independent purposes and powers upon the 
corporation.

                               ARTICLE THIRD:

                                  Location
                                  --------

     The County in the State of California where the principal office for the 
transaction of the business of the corporation is located in the County of 
Los Angeles.

                                ARTICLE FOURTH:

                             Number and Names of Directors
                             ----------------------------

        (a)  The number of directors of the corporation is three.

        (b)  The names and addresses of the persons who are appointed to act as 
first directors are:

                KEITH W. MILLER,    305 Bank of America Building
                                    Whittier, California

                FRED A. SWIDE,      305 Bank of America Building
                                    Whittier, California

                VERA H. GREENWALT,  305 Bank of America Building
                                    Whittier, California

                              ARTICLE FIFTH:

                                  Stock
                                  -----

     The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue 
is Twenty Five Thousand (25,000.00) shares.


<PAGE>

        (a)  The aggregate par value of said shares is Twenty Five Thousand 
($25,000) Dollars and the par value of each share is One ($1.00) Dollar.

     No distinction shall exist between the shares of the corporation or the 
holders thereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned and above-named incorporators and 
first directors of this corporation have executed these articles of 
incorporation on December 16, 1966.

                                          Keith W. Miller
                                          -----------------
                                          KEITH W. MILLER


                                          Fred A. Swide
                                          -----------------
                                          FRED A. SWIDE


                                          Vera H. Greenwalt
                                          -----------------
                                          VERA H. GREENWALT


STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
                       )  ss.
COUNTRY OF LOS ANGELES )

     On December 16, 1966, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and 
for said County and State, personally appeared KEITH W. MILLER, FRED A. SWIDE 
and VERA H. GREENWALT, known to me to be the persons whose names are 
subscribed to the foregoing articles of incorporation, and acknowledged to me 
that they executed the same.

     WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                          Virginia A. Gray
                                          --------------------
                                          Notary Public in and for
                                          said County and State


<PAGE>
                                                         Exhibit 99.22


                         CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                    OF
                        ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                    OF
                     HOLLINGSEAD-PRYOR ENTERPRISES, INC.
                     -----------------------------------

     Robert A. Hollingsead and Harold H. Benjamin certify that:

     1.   They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of 
Hollingsead-Pryor Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation.

     2.   Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation of said 
corporation shall be amended to read in full as follows:

          "Article First

                    Name
                    ----

           The name of the corporation
           is Hollingsead International, Inc."

     3.   The amendment has been approved by the Board of Directors.

     4.   The amendment has been approved by the required vote of the 
shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations 
Code. The corporation has only one class of shares. Each outstanding share is 
entitled to one vote. The corporation has 1,500 shares outstanding and, 
hence, the total number of shares entitled to vote with respect to the 
amendment was 1,500. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment 
exceeded the vote required, in that the affirmative vote of a majority, that 
is, more than 50 percent of the outstanding shares was required for approval 
of the amendment and the amendment was approved by the affirmative vote of 
1,500 shares, or exactly 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares.



                                 /s/ Robert A. Hollingsead
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Robert A. Hollingsead,
                                 President


                                 /s/ Harold H. Benjamin,
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Harold H. Benjamin,
                                 Secretary


<PAGE>

     Each of the undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the 
matters set forth in the foregoing certificate are true and correct of his 
own knowledge and that this declaration was executed on February 19, 1979,
at Santa Fe Springs, California.



                                 /s/ Robert A. Hollingsead
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Robert A. Hollingsead


                                 /s/ Harold H. Benjamin
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Harold H. Benjamin



<PAGE>

                                                                    Ex. 99.29 

                                     BYLAWS 
                                       OF 
                          HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
                              a California corporation 


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE I

                                      OFFICES

     SECTION 1.1  PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  The board of directors shall fix, and 
from time to time may change, the location of the principal executive office 
of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If 
the principal executive office is located outside such state, and the 
corporation has one or more business offices in such state, the board of 
directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the State of 
California.

     SECTION 1.2  OTHER OFFICES.  The board of directors may at any time, and 
from time to time as it deems appropriate, establish one or more branch or 
other subordinate offices at such place or places within or without the State 
of California where the corporation is qualified to do business.

                                    ARTICLE II                                

                                    DIRECTORS                                 

     SECTION 2.1  EXERCISE OF CORPORATE POWERS.  Except as otherwise provided 
by these bylaws, by the articles of incorporation of the corporation, or by 
the laws of the State of California now or hereafter in force, all corporate 
powers of the corporation shall be vested in and exercised by or under the 
authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be 
controlled by, the board of directors.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.2  NUMBER.  The authorized number of directors of the 
corporation shall be three (3) until changed by a duly adopted amendment of 
the articles of incorporation or by an amendment of this Section 2.2.

     SECTION 2.3  NEED NOT BE SHAREHOLDERS.  The directors of the corporation 
need not be shareholders of the corporation.

     SECTION 2.4  COMPENSATION.  Directors shall not receive any stated 
salary or compensation for their services as directors or as members of any 
committee, but may receive such compensation for their services and such 
reimbursement for their expenses as may be fixed from time to time by 
resolution of the board of directors. Nothing contained herein shall be 
construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other 
capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and from receiving 
compensation therefor.

     SECTION 2.5  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  Directors shall be elected at 
each annual meeting of the shareholders; provided that, if for any reason 
said annual meeting or any adjournment thereof is not held or the directors 
are not elected thereat, then the directors may be elected at any special 
meeting of the shareholders called and held for that purpose. The term of 
office of the directors shall begin immediately after their election and 
shall continue until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until 
their respective successors are elected and qualified.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.6  VACANCIES.  Vacancies in the board of directors may be 
filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, though less than a 
quorum, or by a sole remaining director, except that a vacancy created by the 
removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or 
by court order may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the shares 
represented at a duly held shareholders' meeting at which a quorum is 
present, or by the written consent of all of the outstanding shares; 
provided, however, that no director may be removed except by an order of 
court pursuant to Section 304 of the California Corporations Code, or by the 
shareholders pursuant to the provisions of Section 303 of the California 
Corporations Code. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next 
annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and 
qualified.

     If, after the filling of any vacancy by the directors, the directors 
then in office who have been elected by the shareholders shall constitute 
less than a majority of the directors then in office, then either (1)  any 
holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent or more of the total number 
of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those 
directors may call a special meeting of shareholders, or (2) the superior 
court of the proper county shall, upon application of such shareholder or 
shareholders, summarily order a special meeting of shareholders, to be held 
to elect the entire board. The term of office of any director shall terminate 
upon that election of a successor.

     A vacancy or vacancies on the board of directors shall be deemed to 
exist in the event of the death, resignation, or removal of


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

any director, or if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the 
office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of 
court or convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is 
increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at 
which any director or directors are elected, to elect the number of directors 
to be voted for at that meeting.

     The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill 
any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors. Any such election by 
written consent of the shareholders, other than to fill a vacancy created by 
removal, shall require the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares 
entitled to vote.

     Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the 
chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, the secretary, or the 
board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that 
resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is 
effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when 
the resignation becomes effective.

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect 
of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

                             ARTICLE III                                      

                              OFFICERS                                        

     SECTION 3.1  OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation shall be a 
president, a secretary and a chief financial officer, who may also be 
referred to as the treasurer. The corporation may also have such other 
officers, including a chairman of the board of directors, one or


                                       -5-                                    
<PAGE>

more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more 
assistant chief financial officers (or treasurers), as the board of 
directors shall determine. Any two or more of any such offices may be held by 
the same person.

     SECTION 3.2  ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The board of directors shall elect 
each of the officers of the corporation and, subject to any rights under a 
contract of employment, each of the officers shall serve at the pleasure of 
the board of directors.

     SECTION 3.3  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  All officers of the corporation, 
except those whose duties are defined in these bylaws, shall have such 
authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to 
time determine. In case of the absence, disability or death of either the 
secretary or the chief financial officer, the assistant secretary and the 
assistant chief financial officer shall, respectively, exercise all the 
powers and perform all the duties and be subject to all the restrictions upon 
the secretary and the chief financial officer.

     SECTION 3.4  COMPENSATION.  The salary of the officers of the 
corporation and the manner and time of the payment thereof shall be fixed and 
determined by the board of directors.

     SECTION 3.5  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.  Any officer may resign at any 
time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take 
effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time 
specified in that notice. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, 
if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>

     Subject to the rights, if any, of any officer under any contract of 
employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the 
board of directors.

     SECTION 3.6  VACANCIES IN OFFICE.  A vacancy in any office of the 
corporation because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any 
other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in Section 3.2 of these 
bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     SECTION 4.1  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The chairman of the board of directors, 
if there be one, shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the board 
of directors and shall have such other powers and shall perform such other 
duties as these bylaws or the board of directors may from time to time 
prescribe.


                                        -7-
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE V

                                      PRESIDENT

     SECTION 5.1  POWERS AND DUTIES.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if 
any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, 
if there be such an officer, the president shall be the general manager and 
chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control 
of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of 
the business, officers, agents, employees and property of the corporation. He 
shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of the 
chairman of the board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the board of 
directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually 
vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other 
powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these 
bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the president has 
the power to affix the signature of the corporation to all deeds, 
conveyances, mortgages, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other 
papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the board of 
directors or which, in the judgment of the president, should be executed on 
behalf of the corporation.

                                        ARTICLE VI

                                      VICE PRESIDENT

     SECTION 6.1  POWERS AND DUTIES.  In case of the absence, disability or 
death of the president, the vice president, if one has been elected, shall 
exercise all the powers and perform all the duties of, and be subject to all 
the restrictions upon, the president. If 


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

there is more than one vice president, the order in which the vice presidents 
shall succeed to the powers and duties of the president shall be as fixed by 
the board of directors, or, in the absence of such designation by the board 
of directors, the order of succession shall be the same as the order of their 
election as vice president. The vice president, or vice presidents, as the 
case may be, shall each have such other powers and perform such other duties 
as may be granted or prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

     SECTION 6.2  PRESIDENT PRO TEMPORE.  If neither the chairman of the 
board, the president nor any vice president is present at any meeting of the 
board of directors, an officer of the corporation may be chosen by the board 
of directors to be president pro tempore to preside and act at such meeting. 
If neither the president nor any vice president is present at any meeting of 
the shareholders, an officer of the corporation may be chosen by the 
shareholders to be president pro tempore to preside at such meeting.

                                    ARTICLE VII

                                     SECRETARY

     SECTION 7.1  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The secretary shall keep, or cause to 
be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation, or such other 
place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings 
and written actions without a meeting of the directors, the committees of 
directors, and the shareholders with the time and place of holding, whether 
annual, regular, special, or adjourned, and if special, how authorized, the 
notice thereof given, the


                                        -9-
<PAGE>

names of those present at directors' meetings or committee meetings, the 
number of shares present or represented at shareholders' meetings and the 
proceedings thereof.

     The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal 
executive office of the corporation, or at the office of the corporation's 
transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of 
directors, a share register, or duplicate share register, showing the names 
of the shareholders and their addressses, the number of shares held by each, 
the number and date of certificates issued for shares, and the number and 
date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a supply of certificates 
for shares of the corporation, shall fill in, or cause to be filled in, all 
certificates issued, and shall make, or cause to be made, a proper record of 
each such issuance; provided, that so long as the corporation shall have one 
or more duly appointed and acting transfer agents of the shares, or series of 
shares, of the corporation, such duties with respect to such shares shall be 
performed by such transfer agent or agents.

     The secretary shall transfer, or cause to be transferred, upon the share 
books of the corporation any and all shares of the corporation; provided, 
that so long as the corporation shall have one or more duly appointed and 
acting transfer agents of the shares, or series of shares, of the 
corporation, such duties with respect to such shares shall be performed by 
such transfer agent or agents, and the method of transfer of each certificate 
shall be subject to the


                                       -10-
<PAGE>

reasonable regulations of the transfer agent to which the certificate is 
presented for transfer, and also, if the corporation then has one or more 
duly appointed and acting registrars, to the reasonable regulations of the 
registrar to which the new certificate is presented for registration; and 
provided, further, that no certificate for shares of stock shall be issued or 
delivered or, if issued or delivered, shall have any validity whatsoever 
until and unless it has been signed or authenticated in the manner provided 
in Section 12.1 hereof.

     The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings 
of the shareholders and of the board of directors required by law or by these 
bylaws to be given, and shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe 
custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as 
may be prescribed by the board of directors or by the bylaws.

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                               CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

     SECTION 8.1  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The chief financial officer shall 
supervise and control the keeping and maintaining of adequate and correct 
books and records of the accounts of the corporation's properties and 
business transactions, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, 
receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and 
shares. The books of account shall, at all reasonable times, be open to 
inspection by any director.

     The chief financial officer shall have the custody of all funds, 
securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuable documents of the 
corporation and, at his discretion, shall cause any or


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

all thereof to be deposited in the name and for the account of the 
corporation with such depository or depositories as may be designated from 
time to time by the board of directors. He shall receive or cause to be 
received, and shall give or cause to be given, receipts and acquittances for 
moneys paid in for the account of the corporation, and shall disburse, or 
cause to be disbursed, the funds of the corporation as may be directed by the 
board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He shall 
render to the president and to the board of directors, whenever they may 
require, an account of all his transactions as the chief financial officer 
and of the financial condition of the corporation.

     He shall also have such other powers and do and perform all such other 
duties as may be required by the board of directors or these bylaws.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE IX

                                     COMMITTEES

     SECTION 9.1  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.  The board of directors may, by 
resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, 
designate and appoint members to one or more committees, each consisting of 
two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may 
likewise appoint one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, 
who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any 
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, or in these 
bylaws, shall have all the authority of the board, except with respect to:

          (a)  the approval of any action which, under the California 
     Corporations Code, also requires shareholders' approval or approval of 
     the outstanding shares;

          (b)  the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or in any 
     committee;

          (c)  the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the 
     board or on any committee;

          (d)  the amendment or repeal of bylaws or the adoption of new 
     bylaws;

          (e)  the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board of 
     directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

          (f)  a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except 
     at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by 
     the board of directors; or


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

          (g)  the appointment of any other committees of the board of 
     directors or the members thereof.

     SECTION 9.2  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.  Meetings and action of 
committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the 
provisions of Article XI hereof, with such changes in the context of those 
bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the 
board of directors and its members, except that a committee need not have a 
regular meeting after the adjournment of the annual shareholders' meeting; 
the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by 
resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee; 
special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board 
of directors; and notice of special meetings of committees shall also be 
given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all 
meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the 
government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these 
bylaws.

                                     ARTICLE X

                             MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     SECTION 10.1  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings (whether annual, special or 
adjourned) of the shareholders of the corporation shall be held at the 
principal executive office of the corporation as specified in Section 1.1 
hereof, or at such other place within or without the State of California that 
has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board of directors 
or by written consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote thereat.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     SECTION 10.2  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meeting of the shareholders 
shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of 
directors, provided that the date so designated shall be within five (5) 
months after the end of the fiscal year of the corporation, and within 
fifteen (15) months after the last annual meeting. Annual meetings shall be 
held for the purpose of electing directors, making reports of the affairs of 
the corporation and transacting such other business as may come before the 
meeting.

     SECTION 10.3  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the shareholders 
may be called at any time by the president, by the board of directors, the 
chairman of the board of directors, if there be one, or by one or more 
shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than 10% of the voting power 
of the corporation.

     Upon written request delivered in person or by registered or certified 
mail to the chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, any 
vice-president or the secretary by any persons (other than the board of 
directors) entitled to call a meeting of shareholders, specifying the date 
and time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to 
be conducted, such officer shall forthwith cause notice, in accordance with 
Section 10.4 hereof, to be given to all the shareholders entitled to vote at 
such a meeting that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person 
or persons calling the meeting, which shall not be less than thirty-five (35) 
nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of such request. If the 
notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice, the 
person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing in this


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

paragraph of Section 10.3 shall be construed as limiting, affecting, or 
fixing the time of holding a shareholders' meeting called by action of the 
board of directors.

     SECTION 10.4  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Notice of any meeting of shareholders 
(annual or special) shall be given shareholders entitled to vote at that 
meeting by the secretary, assistant secretary or by such other person as may 
be charged with that duty, or if there be no such officer or person, or in 
case of his neglect or refusal, by any director or shareholder. Notice shall 
be given by the corporation to any shareholder either personally or by 
first-class mail or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, 
addressed to such shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the 
corporation or at such other address given by him to the corporation for the 
purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation's books or 
none is provided by the shareholder, notice shall be deemed to have been 
given to the shareholder if sent by mail or other means of written 
communication addressed to the shareholder at the place where the principal 
executive office of the corporation is situated, or if published at least 
once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which said office 
is located. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given when personally 
delivered or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and 
addressed as hereinbefore provided or when actually sent by other means of 
written communication.

     If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of such 
shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the 
corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to


                                    -16-
<PAGE>

indicate that the Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder 
at such address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been 
duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the 
shareholder upon written demand at the principal executive office of the 
corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of such 
notice or report to all other shareholders. An affidavit of the mailing or 
other means of giving notice of any shareholders' meeting shall be executed 
by the secretary, assistant secretary, or any transfer agent of the 
corporation giving the notice, and shall be filed and maintained in the 
corporation's minute book.

     Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given to each shareholder 
entitled thereto not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before 
the date of such a meeting. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall 
specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and (i) in the case 
of special meetings, the general nature of the business to be transacted, or 
(ii) in the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the board of 
directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by 
the shareholders. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be 
elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees whom, at the time 
of the notice, the board of directors intends to present for election. If 
action is proposed to be taken at any meeting with respect to any matter to 
which Sections 310 (directors' conflicts of interest), 902 (amendment of 
articles of incorporation), 1201 (merger, exchange or sale-of-assets 
reorganizations), 1900 (voluntary dissolution), or 2007 (plan of distribution 
on dissolution) of the California Corporations Code


                                       -17-
<PAGE>

applies, the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.

     SECTION 10.5  WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CONSENT TO SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING. The 
transactions of any meeting of shareholders (annual, special or adjourned), 
however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though 
had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be 
present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the 
meeting, each of the shareholders entitled to vote, who was not present in 
person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the 
holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof; provided, 
that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those 
matters specified in the last sentence of Section 10.4 hereof, the written 
waiver, consent to holding the meeting or approval of the minutes shall 
specify the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents or 
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the 
minutes of the meeting.

     Attendance by a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of that 
person's right to notice of that meeting, except when the person objects, at 
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the 
meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a 
meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of 
matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so 
included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

     SECTION 10.6  QUORUM.  The presence in person or by proxy of


                                   -18-
<PAGE>

the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at that meeting. Shares 
shall not be counted to make up a quorum for the meeting if the voting of 
those shares at the meeting has been enjoined or if for any reason they 
cannot be lawfully voted at the meeting. The shareholders present at a duly 
called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do 
business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough 
shareholders to leave less than a quorum, but no action other than 
adjournment may be taken unless approved by a majority of the shares 
necessary to constitute a quorum.

     SECTION 10.7  ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  Any shareholders' meeting, annual or 
special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to 
time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented at that meeting, 
either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum no other 
business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in Section 
10.6. When a meeting is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days, or if 
after adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, 
notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record 
entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions 
of Section 10.4. Except as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any 
notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the business to 
be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which such 
adjournment is taken.

     SECTION 10.8  VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 
702-704 of the California Corporations Code (shares held by a


                                    -19-
<PAGE>

fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership), only persons 
in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the 
corporation on the day fifteen (15) days prior to any meeting of shareholders 
or action without a meeting, or on such other day as may be fixed by the 
board of directors for the determination of shareholders of record, which 
shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the 
date of any such meeting or action without a meeting, shall be entitled to 
notice of any meeting, to vote at such meeting, or give this consent to 
action without a meeting. Except as provided in Section 708 of the California 
Corporations Code and Section 10.11 of these bylaws, each share shall be 
entitled to one vote. A fraction of a share shall not be entitled to any 
voting rights whatsoever.

     SECTION 10.9  VOTING.  The shareholders' vote may be by voice vote or by 
ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot 
if demanded by any shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter 
other than the election of directors, any shareholder may vote part of the 
shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares 
or vote them against the proposal, but, if the shareholder fails to specify 
the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will 
be conclusively presumed that the shareholder's approving vote is with 
respect to all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum 
is present, the affirmative vote on any matter (other than the election of 
directors) of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and 
entitled to vote shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote


                                   -20-
<PAGE>

of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the California 
Corporations Code or by the articles of incorporation.

     SECTION 10.10  SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action which 
may be taken at any meeting (annual, special or adjourned) of shareholders 
may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in 
writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of 
outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that 
would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all 
shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted. In the case of 
election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by 
the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of 
directors; provided that, except in the case of a vacancy created by removal, 
a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board of 
directors that has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent 
of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for 
the election of directors. All such consents shall be filed with the 
secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporation 
records. When written consents are given with respect to any shares, they 
shall be given by, and accepted from, the persons in whose names such shares 
stand on the books of the corporation, or their proxies, at the time provided 
in Section 10.8 above. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or his 
proxy, or his transferee or personal representative, or their respective 
proxies, may revoke the written consent by a writing received by the 
corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares 
required to authorize the


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

proposed action have been filed with the secretary of the corporation, but 
may not do so thereafter.

     If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been 
solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such 
shareholders has not been received, the secretary shall give prompt notice of 
the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting, to those 
shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. In the case 
of approval of actions to which Section 310, 317, 1201, or 2007 of the 
California Corporations Code applies, the notice shall be given at least ten 
(10) days before the consummation of the action authorized by that approval.

     SECTION 10.11  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Provided a shareholder has given 
notice, prior to the commencement of the voting for the election of directors 
of his intention to cumulate votes, any shareholder entitled to vote at any 
election of directors may cumulate his votes for any candidate whose name has 
been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and give one 
candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected 
multiplied by the number of votes to which his shares are entitled, or 
distribute his votes on the same principle among as many candidates as he 
thinks fit. If any shareholder has given notice of his intention to cumulate 
his votes, then every shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate his votes for 
candidates in nomination. The candidates receiving the highest number of 
affirmative votes up to the number of directors to be elected shall be, and 
be declared, elected. Votes cast against a director and votes withheld shall 
have no legal effect. Elections for directors need


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

not be by ballot except upon demand made by a shareholder who holds shares 
entitled to vote at the meeting and before the voting begins.

     SECTION 10.12  PROXIES.  Every person entitled to vote shall have the 
right to do so by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed 
by such person or his duly authorized agent and filed with the secretary of 
the corporation. Except in the case of proxies identified as irrevocable 
proxies, the revocability of which is governed by Sections 705(e) and 705(f) 
of the California Corporations Code, a validly executed proxy shall remain in 
full force and effect until either (i) revoked by the person executing it, 
before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the 
corporation stating that the proxy is revoked, or by a subsequent proxy 
executed by, or by attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the 
person executing the proxy, or (ii) receipt by the corporation, before the 
vote pursuant to that proxy is counted, of written notice of the death or 
incapacity of the maker of that proxy; provided, however, that no proxy shall 
be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the 
proxy, unless otherwise provided on the proxy.

                                    ARTICLE XI

                              MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 11.1  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings (whether regular, special or 
adjourned) of the board of directors of this corporation shall be held at the 
principal executive office of the corporation, as specified in Section 1.1 
hereof, or at such other place within or without the State of California 
which has been designated in the notice of the meeting. Any meeting (regular, 
special or adjourned) may be held


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all 
directors participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all 
participating directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the 
meeting.

     SECTION 11.2  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the board of 
directors shall be held promptly after the adjournment of each annual meeting 
of the shareholders and at such other times as may be designated from time to 
time by resolution of the board of directors. Notice of regular meetings 
shall not be required, unless the meeting is to be held at a place other than 
the principal executive office of the corporation, as specified in Section 
1.1 hereof, in which case notice of the different meeting place shall be 
given in the same manner as that specified below for giving notice of special 
meetings.

     SECTION 11.3  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of 
directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the 
chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, any vice president, 
the secretary, or by any two or more of the directors.

     SECTION 11.4  NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Notice of the time and place 
of special meetings of the board of directors shall be delivered personally 
or by telephone or sent by first-class mail or by other form of written 
communication, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's 
address as it appears on the records of the corporation. In case the notice 
is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) 
days before the time of the holding of the meeting. In case the notice is 
delivered personally, or by telephone, telegram, telex or similar means of 
communication, it shall


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

be delivered personally, by telephone, or to the common carrier for 
transmission at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of 
the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be 
communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the 
director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly 
communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of 
the meeting nor the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal 
executive office of the corporation.

     SECTION 11.5  ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  A majority of the directors present, 
whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting of the board of 
directors to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of holding 
an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for 
more than twenty-four (24) hours, in which case notice of the time and place 
of holding the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner specified in 
Section 11.4, to the directors who were not present at the time of the 
adjournment.

     SECTION 11.6  QUORUM.  Except to adjourn as provided in Section 11.5 
hereof, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a 
quorum of the board of directors for the transaction of business; provided, 
however, that if and for so long as the authorized number of directors is 
one, one director shall constitute a quorum. Subject to the provisions of 
Sections 310, 311 and 317(e) of the California Corporations Code, every act 
or decision done or made by not less than a majority of the directors present 
at a meeting duly held and at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as 
an act of the board of directors. A meeting at which a quorum is initially 
present


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of 
directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the 
required quorum for such meeting.

     SECTION 11.7  WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CONSENT.  The transactions of any 
meeting of the board of directors, however called and noticed or wherever 
held, shall be as valid as though transacted at a meeting duly held after 
regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if either before or after 
the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of 
notice, a consent to holding such meeting, or an approval of the minutes 
thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the 
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Notice of a 
meeting shall be deemed given to any director who attends a meeting without 
protesting, either before or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such 
director.

     SECTION 11.8  WRITTEN CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING.  Any action required 
or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a 
meeting, if all members of the board shall individually or collectively 
consent in writing to such action. Such action by written consent shall have 
the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors at a meeting 
duly called and noticed. Each such written consent or consents shall be filed 
with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors.

                              ARTICLE XII

                           SHARES OF STOCK

     SECTION 12.1  CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.  There shall be issued to each 
holder of fully paid shares of the corporation a certificate or 


                                  -26-                                   
<PAGE>

certificates for such shares. Every such certificate shall be signed in the 
name of the corporation by the chairman of the board of directors or the 
president or any vice president and by the secretary or an assistant 
secretary or the chief financial officer or any assistant chief financial 
officer of the corporation and countersigned by a transfer agent of the 
corporation (if the corporation shall then have a transfer agent) and 
registered by the registrar of the shares of the corporation (if the 
corporation shall then have a registrar).

     SECTION 12.2  LOST CERTIFICATES.  The board of directors may by 
resolution provide that in the event any certificate or certificates for 
shares or any other security of the corporation shall be alleged to have been 
lost, stolen or destroyed, no new certificate or certificates shall be issued 
in lieu thereof until an indemnity bond in such form and in such amount as 
shall be approved by the board of directors shall have been furnished. The 
board of directors may adopt such other provisions and restrictions with 
reference to lost certificates as it shall in its discretion deem appropriate.

                              ARTICLE XIII

                            SUNDRY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 13.1  INSTRUMENTS IN WRITING.  All checks, drafts, demands for 
money and notes of the corporation, and all written contracts of the 
corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such officer or officers, agent 
or agents, as provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may 
designate from time to time by resolution. No officer, agent or employee of 
the corporation shall have power to bind the corporation by contract or 
otherwise unless authorized to do


                                       -27-                                   
<PAGE>

so by these bylaws or by the board of directors.

     SECTION 13.2  FISCAL YEAR.  The board of directors may by resolution 
adopt for the corporation a fiscal year other than the calendar year, and may 
by resolution change the same from time to time.

     SECTION 13.3  SHARES HELD BY THE CORPORATION.  Shares in other 
corporations standing in the name of the corporation may be voted or 
represented and all rights incident thereto may be exercised on behalf of the 
corporation by any officer of this corporation authorized so to do by 
resolution of the board of directors, or in the absence of such a resolution, 
by the chairman of the board of directors, the president or any vice 
president.

     SECTION 13.4  ANNUAL REPORT.  The annual report to shareholders referred 
to in Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is expressly dispensed 
with, but nothing herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the board of 
directors from issuing annual or other periodic reports to the shareholders 
of the corporation as they consider appropriate.

     SECTION 13.5  INDEMNIFICATION.  The corporation shall, to the maximum 
extent permitted by the California Corporations Code, have the power to 
indemnify each of its agents against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements 
and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any 
proceeding arising by reason of the fact any such person is or was an agent 
of the corporation, and shall have power to advance to each such agent 
expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent 
permitted by that law. For purposes of this Section 13.5, an "agent" of the 
corporation includes any person


                                     -28-
<PAGE>

who is or was a director, officer, employee, or other agent of the 
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as 
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, 
joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, 
employee, or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of 
the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor 
corporation.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                     CONSTRUCTION OF BYLAWS WITH REFERENCE TO
                               PROVISIONS OF LAW

     SECTION 14.1  BYLAW PROVISIONS ADDITIONAL AND SUPPLEMENTAL TO PROVISIONS 
OF LAW.  All restrictions, limitations, requirements and other provisions of 
these bylaws shall be construed, insofar as possible, as supplemental and 
additional to all provisions of law applicable to the subject matter thereof 
and shall be fully complied with in addition to the said provisions of law 
unless such compliance shall be illegal.

     SECTION 14.2  BYLAW PROVISIONS CONTRARY TO OR INCONSISTENT WITH 
PROVISIONS OF LAW.  Any article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, 
clause or phrase of these bylaws which, upon being construed in the manner 
provided in Section 14.1 hereof, shall be contrary to or inconsistent with 
any applicable provision of law, shall not apply so long as said provisions 
of law remain in effect, but such result shall not affect the validity or 
applicability of any other portions of these bylaws, it being hereby declared 
that these bylaws would have been adopted and each article, section, 
subsection, subdivision, sentence,


                                     -29-
<PAGE>

clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more 
articles, sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses or phrases 
is or are illegal.

     SECTION 14.3  CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.  Unless the context 
otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and 
definitions in the California Corporations Code shall govern the construction 
of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 
singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, 
and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person. All 
references in these bylaws to the California Corporations Code or to sections 
of the Code shall be deemed to be to such Law or sections as they may be 
amended and in effect and, if renumbered, to such renumbered provisions at 
the time of any action taken under the bylaws.


                                     -30-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XV

                   ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR REPEAL OF BYLAWS

     SECTION 15.1  BY SHAREHOLDERS.  New bylaws may be adopted, and these 
bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written assent of 
shareholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the 
corporation.

     SECTION 15.2  BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the right of 
shareholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws, bylaws other than a bylaw or 
amendment thereof changing the authorized number of directors may be adopted, 
amended or repealed by the board of directors. A bylaw adopted by the 
shareholders may limit or restrict the power of the directors to adopt, amend 
or repeal bylaws, or may deprive them of the power.


                                     -31-


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 3.11.1

                   ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                              OF

           TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL II, INC.

                            *****


      FIRST:   That the name of the corporation is Tri-Star Electronics 
               International II, Inc.


      SECOND:  This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of 
               shares of stock; and the total number of shares which this 
               corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) 
               at no par value.


      THIRD:   The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act 
               or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the 
               General Corporation Law of California other than the banking 
               business, the trust company business or the practice of a 
               profession permitted to be incorporated by the California 
               Corporations Code.


      FOURTH:  The name of this corporation's initial agent for service of 
               process in the State of California.


                              CT Corporation System


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles this 29th day 
of December, 1997.

                                     /s/ Christie L. Gomez
                                     -----------------------------------
                                         Christie L. Gomez Incorporator

<PAGE>


                        CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                    OF
                       ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                 TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL II, INC.

The undersigned certify that:

1.   They are the chairman of the board and the secretary, respectively, of 
     Tri-Star Electronics International II, Inc., a California corporation.

2.   Article First of the Articles of Incorporation of the above corporation 
     is amended to read as follows:

                     The name of this corporation is Tri-Star Electronics 
                     International, Inc.

3.   The foregoing amendment has been duly approved by the sole director of 
     the corporation.

4.   The foregoing amendment has been duly approved by the affirmative (100%)
     vote of the sole shareholder of the corporation in accordance with the 
     requirements of Section 902, California Corporations Code. The total
     number of outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote is 100.

We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of 
California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct 
of our own knowledge.

DATE: 3-31-98                       /s/ R. Jack DeCrane
                                    -------------------------------------
                                    R. Jack DeCrane, Chairman of the Board

                                    /s/ Robert A. Rankin
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    Robert A. Rankin, Secretary and Treasurer

<PAGE>

                                     B Y L A W S

                                          OF

                       TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                      ARTICLE I
                                       OFFICES

     Section 1.  PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  The Board of Directors by
resolution shall designate a principal executive office for the corporation at
any place where the corporation is qualified to do business.

     Section 2.  PRINCIPAL BUSINESS OFFICE.  If the principal executive office
is located outside California, and the corporation has one or more business
offices in California, the Board of Directors shall designate a principal
business office in the State of California. 

                                      ARTICLE II
                               MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 1.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of shareholders shall be held
either at the principal executive office or at any other place within or without
the State of California which may be designated by the Board of Directors or by
the written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting given
either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the
corporation.

     Section 2.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meetings of shareholders shall be
held on such date as may be set by the Board of Directors therefor.  At such
meetings directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the corporation
shall be considered and any other business may be transacted which is within the
powers of the shareholders.

     Section 3.  NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETINGS.  Written notice of each annual
meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote, either personally
or by mail or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed
to such shareholder at the address of the shareholder appearing on the books of
the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose
of notice.  If no address appears on the records of the corporation or is so
given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent by mail or other means
of written communication addressed to the place where the principal executive
office of the corporation is situated or if published at least once in some
newspaper of general circulation in the county in which such


                                          1
<PAGE>

office is located.  All such notices shall be sent to each shareholder entitled
thereto not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before each annual meeting, and
shall specify the place, the day and the hour of such meeting, and shall state
those matters which the Board, at the time of mailing of the notice, intends to
present for action by the shareholders.  If any notice or report addressed to
the shareholder at the shareholder's address appearing on the books of the
corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service
marked to indicate that it is unable to deliver the notice or report to the
shareholder, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly
given if they are made available to the shareholder at the principal executive
office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving
of the notice or report to all other shareholders. 

     An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving notice of any
shareholders' meeting shall be executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary,
or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, and shall be filed
and maintained in the minute book of the corporation or with the corporate
records. 

     Section 4.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the shareholders, for
any purpose or purposes whatsoever, may be called at any time by the Chief
Executive Officer, or by the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman of the Board
(if any), or by one or more shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than
one-tenth of the voting power of the corporation.  Notice of such special
meeting shall be given in the same manner as for annual meetings of
shareholders.  Notices of any special meeting shall specify the place, day and
hour of such meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted,
and no other business may be transacted. 

     If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the
Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such
meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and
shall be delivered personally or sent by mail or by telegraphic or other
facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board (if any), the President (if
any), the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the corporation.  The time
specified for such meeting shall be not less than 35 nor more than 60 days after
the date of receipt of such request by one of the officers specified in the
preceding sentence.  The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be
promptly given to all shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting that a
meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the
meeting. 

     Section 5.  SPECIAL NOTICE REQUIRED.  The notice of any meeting at which
directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the
time of notice to be presented


                                          2
<PAGE>

by management for election.  If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting to
obtain the approval of the shareholders pursuant to Section 310 (transactions
between the corporation and one or more of the directors), Section 902
(amendment of the Articles of Incorporation), Section 1201 (reorganization),
Section 1900 (voluntary dissolution), or Section 2007 (plan of distribution upon
dissolution) of the California General Corporation Law, the notice of meeting
shall state the general nature of that proposal. 

     Section 6.  ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF.  Any shareholders'
meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned
from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented thereat
either in person or by proxy. 

     It shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the
business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at
the meeting at which such adjournment is taken; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.  If
any meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days from the date set for the
original meeting, a new record date shall be fixed or established in accordance
with Section 1 of Article VI of these Bylaws. 

     Section 7.  VOTING.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704
of the California General Corporation Law, the only persons entitled to vote at
any meeting of the shareholders are those persons in whose names shares entitled
to vote stand on the share records of the corporation at the close of business
on the record date for voting purposes as fixed or established in accordance
with Section 1 of Article VI of these Bylaws.  Such vote may be by voice or by
ballot; provided, however, that all elections for directors must be by ballot
upon demand made by a shareholder at any election and before the voting begins. 
Subject to the following two sentences, every shareholder entitled to vote at
any election for directors shall have the right to cumulate votes and give one
candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied by the number of votes to which the shares held by such shareholder
are normally entitled, or to distribute votes on the same principle among as
many candidates as the shareholder shall think fit.  No shareholders shall be
entitled to cumulate votes unless such candidate's or candidates' names have
been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has given
notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of the shareholder's intention to
cumulate votes.  If any shareholder has given such notice, all shareholders may
cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.  The candidates receiving the
highest number of


                                          3
<PAGE>

votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected. 

     Section 8.  QUORUM.  A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented
in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business.  The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a
quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding
the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action
taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares
required to constitute a quorum.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote
of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at
which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at
least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the shareholders,
unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or
the Articles of Incorporation. 

     Section 9.  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The transactions of any meeting of
shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed and wherever
held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call
and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either
before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present
in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the
holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof.  Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by law to be included in the
notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting. 
The Secretary shall cause all such waivers, consents or approvals to be filed
with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. 
Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or
special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any shareholder approval at a meeting, other
than by unanimous approval of those entitled to vote, pursuant to those sections
of the California General Corporation Law specified in Section 5 of Article II
of the Bylaws shall be valid only if the general nature of the proposal so
approved is stated in any written waiver of notice.
 
     Section 10.  SHAREHOLDERS' CONSENT TO ACTION.  Any action which, under any
provision of the California General Corporation Law, may be taken at a meeting
of the shareholders may be taken


                                          4
<PAGE>

without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted.  Directors may not be elected by written consent except
by unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of
directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a director may be elected to fill a vacancy
on the Board of Directors, however caused, by the written consent of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of
directors.  The Secretary shall cause all such consents to be filed with the
corporate records.  Any shareholder giving a written consent, a transferee of
such shareholder, a personal representative of such shareholder or their
respective proxyholders may revoke the written consent of such shareholder by a
writing received by the Secretary of the corporation before written consents of
the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed
with the Secretary. 

     If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been
solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such
shareholders shall not have been received, the Secretary shall give prompt
notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. 
In the case of shareholder approval pursuant to Section 310 (transactions
between the corporation and one or more of the directors), Section 317
(indemnification of an officer, director or employee), Section 1201
(reorganization), or Section 2007 (plan of distribution upon dissolution) of the
California General Corporation Law, the notice shall be given at least 10 days
before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval. 

     Section 11.  PROXIES.  Every person entitled to vote shares may authorize
another person or persons to act by proxy with respect to such shares.  No proxy
shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date of its execution
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. 

     Section 12.  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  Before any meeting of 
shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons other than 
nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its 
adjournment.  If the Board of Directors does so appoint inspectors of 
election, it shall determine whether the number of such inspectors shall be 
one or three.  If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of 
the meeting may, and on the request of any person entitled to vote at the 
meeting shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.  If inspectors 
are appointed by the chairman of the meeting 

                                          5
<PAGE>

without a request from a person entitled to vote at the meeting, the chairman 
shall determine if the number of inspectors shall be one or three.  If 
inspectors are appointed at a meeting at the request of one or more persons 
entitled to vote thereat, the majority of shares represented in person or by 
proxy shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.  
If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to 
act, the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any person 
entitled to vote at the meeting shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy. 

     These inspectors shall:

          (a)  Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power
     of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum
     and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies. 

          (b)  Receive votes, ballots or consents. 

          (c)  Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way
     arising in connection with the right to vote. 

          (d)  Count and tabulate all votes or consents.

          (e)  Determine when the polls shall close.

          (f)  Determine the result.

          (g)  Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or
     vote with fairness to all shareholders. 

                                     ARTICLE III
                                      DIRECTORS

     Section 1.  POWERS.  Subject to the limitations of the Articles of
Incorporation, these Bylaws and the California General Corporation Law, the
business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate
powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. 
The Board may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the
business of the corporation to a management company or any other person provided
that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all
corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board. 

     Section 2.  COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.  The Board of Directors may designate,
by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, one
or more committees, consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the
pleasure of the Board.  The Board may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee, and such alternate members


                                          6
<PAGE>

may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.  The appointment
of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority
of the authorized number of directors.  Any such committee, to the extent
provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have all the authority of the
Board except with respect to: 

          (a)  The approval of any plan to lend money to, or guarantee any
     obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or director of the
     corporation. 

          (b)  The approval of any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation
     after any shares have been issued. 

          (c)  The approval of any sale, lease, conveyance, exchange, transfer
     or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
     corporation other than in the usual and regular course of its business. 

          (d)  The approval of a plan of reorganization or any amendment
     thereto. 

          (e)  The approval of a plan of distribution upon the winding up of the
     corporation if both preferred and common shares are outstanding and the
     plan of distribution is not in accordance with the liquidation rights of
     the preferred shares as specified in the Articles of Incorporation. 

          (f)  The filling of vacancies on the Board or on any committee of the
     Board. 

          (g)  The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the
     Board or on any committee of the Board. 

          (h)  The amendment or repeal of Bylaws or the adoption of new Bylaws. 

          (i)  The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by
     its express terms is not so amendable or repealable. 

          (j)  A distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at
     a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the
     Board. 

          (k)  The appointment of other committees of the Board or members
     thereof. 

          (l)  The approval of any action for which the California General
     Corporation Law also requires


                                          7
<PAGE>

     shareholders' approval or approval of the outstanding shares.

     Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken
in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Sections 4
(quorum), 7 (place of meetings), 9 (regular meetings), 10 (special meetings and
notice), 11 (notice of adjournment), 12 (adjournment), and 14 (action without
meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to
substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its
members, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be
determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of
the committee.  Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution
of the Board of Directors, and notice of special meetings of committees shall
also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all
meetings of the committee.  The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the
government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these
Bylaws. 

     Section 3.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The authorized number of directors of the
corporation shall be no less than one and no more than five, and shall be set by
the Board of Directors by adoption of a resolution with respect thereto.

     Section 4.  QUORUM.  Except as hereinafter provided, a majority of the
then-authorized number of directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.  Every act or decision done or made by a
majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is
present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater
number be required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  A
meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business
notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors if any action taken is approved by
at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.  Members of the
Board may participate in a meeting through the use of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such
meeting can hear one another.  Participation in a meeting in this manner shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

     Section 5.  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The directors shall be elected at
each annual meeting of shareholders, but if any such annual meeting is not held,
or the directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any
special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose.  All directors shall hold
office until their respective successors are elected and qualified. 


                                          8
<PAGE>

     Section 6.  RESIGNATIONS, VACANCIES AND REMOVAL.  Any director may resign
at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  The resignation shall
become effective at the time specified in the notice and, unless otherwise
provided in the notice, acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to
make it effective.    

     Vacancies in the Board of Directors, except vacancies created by removal of
a director by the shareholders, may be filled by a majority of the remaining
directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until a successor is elected at an annual
or a special meeting of the shareholders in accordance with these Bylaws.
 
     The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors.  If the Board of Directors
accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time,
the Board or the shareholders may elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective. 

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of
removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.

     A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that
meeting.  The Board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been
declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

     All the directors, or any individual director or directors, may be removed
from office, without cause, by the vote of the shareholders having a majority of
the voting power entitling them to elect directors in place of those to be
removed.  

     Section 7.  PLACE OF MEETING.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at any place within or without the State of California which has
been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board or by written
consent of all members of the Board.  In the absence of such designation,
regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation.  Special meetings of the Board may be held at a place so
designated, at a place designated in the notice of the meeting or, in the
absence of such designation, at the principal executive office.  Directors may
participate in any meeting,


                                          9
<PAGE>

regular or special, through the use of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment as provided in Section 4 of this Article III.

     Section 8.  ORGANIZATION MEETING.  Immediately following each annual
meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting for
the purpose of organization, election of officers, appointment of an agent of
the corporation for service of process and the transaction of other business. 
Notice of such meeting is hereby dispensed with. 

     Section 9.  OTHER REGULAR MEETINGS.  Other regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held without call at such time as has been designated from
time to time by resolution of the Board, or by written consent of all members of
the Board.  Notice of all such regular meetings of the Board of Directors is
hereby dispensed with. 

     Section 10.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President, the
Chairman of the Board, if there is such an officer, any Vice-President, the
Secretary or any two directors. 

     Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally or by telephone or facsimile to each director or sent by first-class
mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's
address as it is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the notice is
mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least 96 hours before
the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally,
or by facsimile, telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by
telephone or to the telegraph company at least 48 hours before the time of the
holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be
communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director
who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate
it to the director.  The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting nor,
if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation, the place of the meeting.  No notice need be given to a director
who either before or after the meeting signs a written waiver of notice, a
consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes of the meeting or
who attends the meeting without protesting the lack of proper notice before or
at the commencement of the meeting.  The Secretary shall cause all such waivers,
consents and approvals to be filed with the corporate records or made a part of
the minutes of the meeting. 

     Section 11.  NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.  If a meeting is adjourned for more
than 24 hours, notice of any adjournment to


                                          10
<PAGE>

another time and place shall be given to the directors who were not present at
the time of the adjournment.  Such notice shall be given prior to the time of
the adjourned meeting.

     Section 12.  ADJOURNMENT.  A majority of the directors present, whether or
not a quorum is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and
place. 

     Section 13.  FEES AND COMPENSATION.  Directors shall not receive any salary
for their services as directors, but, by resolution of the Board, a fixed fee,
with or without expenses of attendance, may be allowed for attendance at each
meeting.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director
from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent,
employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor. 

     Section 14.  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the Board of Directors under any provision of the California General
Corporation Law and under these Bylaws may be taken without a meeting if all of
the directors of the corporation shall individually or collectively consent in
writing to such action.  The Secretary shall cause such written consent or
consents to be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of
Directors.  Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect
as the unanimous vote of such directors.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                       OFFICERS

     Section 1.  OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation shall be a Chief
Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and Chief Financial Officer (who may
also be called the "Treasurer").  The corporation may also have, at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers
and such other officers as may be elected in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 of this Article IV.  One person may hold any two or more offices. 

     Section 2.  ELECTION.  The officers of the corporation, except such
officers as may be elected in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or
Section 5 of this Article IV, shall be elected annually by the Board of
Directors, and each shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board until
resignation, removal, disqualification or until a successor is elected and
qualified. 

     Section 3.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors may elect such
other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom
shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board for such period, have such
authority and perform such


                                          11
<PAGE>

duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.

     Section 4.  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.  Any officer may be removed, with or
without cause, by a majority of the directors at the time in office at any
regular or special meeting of the Board, or, except in case of an officer
elected by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of
removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors. 

     Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the corporation.  Any
such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or
at any later time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. 

     Section 5.  VACANCIES.  A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in the Bylaws for regular election to such office.  

     Section 6.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if there is
such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as from time to
time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the Bylaws. 

     Section 7.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  Subject to the supervisory powers, if
any, delegated by the Board of Director to the Chairman of the Board, if there
is such an officer, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive
officer of the corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall supervise, direct
and control the President, and shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders
and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there is not such an
officer, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer
President shall be an ex officio member of all of the standing committees of the
Board, including the executive committee, if any.

     Section 8.  PRESIDENT.  Subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief
Executive Officer and the control of the Board of Directors, the President shall
be the general manager and chief operating officer of the corporation and shall
have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of
the corporation.  The President shall be an ex officio member of all of the
standing committees of the Board, including the executive committee, if any. 
The President shall also have the general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of the president of a corporation and shall have
such


                                          12
<PAGE>

other powers and duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors or the Bylaws. 

     Section 9.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a book
of minutes at the principal executive office or such other place as the Board of
Directors may order of all meetings of the Board of Directors, committees of the
Board and shareholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or
special, and if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of
those present at directors' meetings, the number of shares present or
represented at shareholders' meetings and the proceedings thereof.  Such minutes
shall be kept in written form. 

     The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive
office or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent, as determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register or a duplicate share
register showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number
and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued
for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate
surrendered for cancellation.  Such record shall be kept either in written form
or in any other form capable of being converted into written form. 

     The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all of the meetings
of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required by the Bylaws or by
law to be given, shall keep the seal of the corporation, if there is one, in
safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as
from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws. 

     Section 10.  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.  The Chief Financial Officer (who may
also be called the "Treasurer") shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and
maintained adequate and correct books and records of account of the properties
and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets,
liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings
and shares.  The books of account shall be open to inspection by any director at
all reasonable times. 

     The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in
the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be
designated by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Financial Officer shall
disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request
it, an account of all of the transactions of the Chief Financial Officer and of
the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and
perform such


                                          13
<PAGE>

other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or
the Bylaws. 

                                      ARTICLE V
                                   INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 1.  EXTENT.  The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted
by the California General Corporation Law, indemnify each director, officer,
employee and agent of the corporation and all other persons whom the corporation
is authorized to indemnify (other than fiduciaries of any employee benefit plan
in their capacity as such fiduciaries) against (a) all expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements), judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding
(other than an action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor), whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, or in connection with any appeal therein, or otherwise, and (b)
all expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements)
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense
or settlement of any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, or in
connection with any appeal therein, or otherwise. 

     Section 2.  FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  The corporation shall
have the power to indemnify any trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary
of any employee benefit plan established by the corporation to the fullest
extent permitted by law. 

     Section 3.  CONSTRUCTION OF BYLAWS.  No provision of these Bylaws shall be
construed as prohibiting, denying or abrogating any of the general or specific
powers or rights conferred by the California General Corporation Law upon the
corporation or any court to furnish or award indemnification as otherwise
authorized by the California General Corporation Law or any other law now or
hereafter in effect. 

                                      ARTICLE VI
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 1.  RECORD DATE.  The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a
record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and
to vote at any meeting of shareholders or entitled to receive any dividend or
distribution, or any allotment of rights, or to exercise any rights in respect
to any other lawful action.  The record date so fixed shall be not more than 60
nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than 60 days
prior to any other action. 


                                          14
<PAGE>

     If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date shall
be determined as provided in this paragraph.  The record date for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall
be at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on
which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the
business day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  The
record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board has been
taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.  The record
date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto,
or the sixtieth day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later. 

     Except as otherwise provided in the California General Corporation Law,
only shareholders of record as of the record date are entitled to notice of and
to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of
rights or to exercise the rights as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date. 

     A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting
unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  The Board
shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days
from the date set for the original meeting.  


     Section 2.  INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.  A shareholder or shareholders
of the corporation holding at least five percent in the aggregate of the
outstanding voting shares of the corporation may (i) inspect and copy the
records of shareholders' names and addresses and shareholdings during usual
business hours on five days' prior written demand on the corporation and
(ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on
the tender of such transfer agent's usual charges for such list, a list of the
names and addresses of shareholders who are entitled to vote for the election of
directors, and the shareholdings of such shareholders, as of the most recent
record date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by
the shareholder after the date of demand. This list shall be made available to
any such shareholder by the transfer agent on or before the later of five
business days after the demand is received or the date specified in the demand
as the date as of which the list is to be compiled. 


                                          15
<PAGE>

     The share register or duplicate share register, the books of account and
minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and of
committees of directors shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of
any shareholder or the holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable
time, if for a purpose reasonably related to such holder's interests as a
shareholder or as the holder of such voting trust certificate.  Such inspection
may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and shall include the right to
make copies or extracts. 

     Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect all books, records and documents of every kind and the physical
properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations.  Such
inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and
the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of
documents. 

     Section 3.  INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.  The corporation shall keep at its
principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in the
State of California, at its principal business office in the State of
California, the original or a copy of the Bylaws as amended to date, which shall
be open to inspection by any shareholder at all reasonable times during office
hours.  If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the
State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in the
State of California, the Secretary shall, upon the written request of any
shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of the Bylaws as amended to
date.

     Section 4.  CHECKS, DRAFTS.  All checks, drafts or other orders for payment
of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or
payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons and in such manner as from time to time shall be determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 5.  ANNUAL REPORT.  The annual report to shareholders referred to
in Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law is hereby dispensed
with, but the Board of Directors may cause to be sent to the shareholders annual
or other periodic reports in such form as they may deem appropriate. 

     Section 6.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  A copy of any annual financial statement
and any income statement of the corporation for each quarterly period of each
fiscal year, and any accompanying balance sheet of the corporation as of the end
of each such period, that has been prepared by the corporation shall be kept on
file in the principal executive office of the corporation for 12 months, and
each such statement shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any
shareholder demanding an


                                          16
<PAGE>

examination of any such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such
shareholder. 

     A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent in the
aggregate of the outstanding shares of any class of the corporation may make a
written request for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month,
six-month or nine-month period (of the then current fiscal year) ended more than
30 days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the corporation
as of the end of such period and, in addition, if no annual report for the last
fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, an annual report for the last fiscal
year containing the statements required by Section 1501 (a) of the California
General Corporation Law.  If such a request is made, the Chief Financial Officer
shall cause the requested statement or statements to be prepared, if not already
prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail the statement or statements to
the person making the request within 30 days after the receipt of the request.

     The corporation shall also, on the written request of any shareholder, mail
to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semi-annual, or quarterly income
statement which it has prepared, and a balance sheet as of the end of that
period. 

     The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this
Section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent
accountants engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an authorized
officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without
audit from the books and records of the corporation. 

     Section 7.  CONTRACTS, HOW EXECUTED.  The Board of Directors, except as
otherwise provided in the Bylaws, may authorize any officer, officers, agent or
agents to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.  If any person, acting without such authority, causes the
corporation to be liable to any third person by virtue of California General
Corporation Law Section 313, the corporation may seek to hold such person liable
to the corporation. 

     Section 8.  SHARE CERTIFICATES.  A share certificate or certificates of the
corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any such shares are fully
paid.  All such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, if
there is such an officer, or the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by
the Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile.


                                          17
<PAGE>

     Certificates for shares may be issued prior to full payment under such
restrictions and for such purposes as the Board of Directors or the Bylaws may
provide; provided, however, that any such certificate so issued prior to full
payment shall state the total amount of consideration to be paid therefor and
the amount paid thereon. 

     Section 9.  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.  The Chairman
of the Board, if there is such an officer, the President, any Vice-President or
any other person authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors or by any of
the foregoing designated officers is authorized to vote on behalf of the
corporation any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations, foreign
or domestic, standing in the name of the corporation.  The authority granted to
such officers to vote or represent on behalf of the corporation any and all
shares held by the corporation of any other corporation or corporations may be
exercised by any of these officers in person or by any person authorized to do
so by a proxy duly executed by these officers. 

     Section 10.  AMENDMENTS.  These Bylaws may be amended or repealed either by
approval of the outstanding shares or by the approval of the Board of Directors;
provided, however, that a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number or the
maximum or minimum number of directors or changing from a fixed to a variable
number of directors or vice versa may be adopted only by approval of the
outstanding shares complying, if applicable, with Section 212 of the California
General Corporation Law. 






                                          18

<PAGE>
                                       
                              BOOK 87   PAGE 376
                                  PATS, INC.
                             A CLOSE CORPORATION
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

        THIS IS TO CERTIFY:  That I, the undersigned, Harvey O. Patrick, whose 
post office address is 5229 Windmill Lane, Columbia, Howard County, Maryland 
21044, being at least eighteen (18) years of age do hereby form a corporation 
under the general laws of the State of Maryland.

        FIRST: That the name of the Corporation (which is hereafter called the 
"Corporation") is: PATS, INC.

        SECOND: The Corporation shall be a close corporation as authorized by 
the Annotated Code of Maryland, Corporations and Associations, and shall exist 
as same until such time as the stockholders by unanimous consent shall file 
Articles of Amendment to change such status.

        THIRD: The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are as 
follows:

        (a) To carry on research and development and provide consulting 
services for aircraft and affiliated industries; to develop and hold 
workshops, develop and write guidelines, and provide management services.

        (b) To provide maintenance and construction services for aircraft and 
affiliated industries.

        (c) To do everything necessary, proper, advisable or convenient for 
the accomplishment of the foregoing purposes, and to do all other things 
incidental or connected with them which are not forbidden by governing law or 
by the Annotated Code of Maryland, Corporations and Associations.

        FOURTH: The post office address of the principal office of the 
Corporation in Maryland is P.O. Box 8686 Baltimore/Washington International 
Airport, Anne Arundel County, Maryland 21240. The name and post office 
address of the resident agent of the Corporation in Maryland is Harvey O. 
Patrick, 5229 Windmill Lane, Columbia, Howard County, Maryland 21044. Said 
Resident Agent is an adult citizen of Maryland and actually resides therein.

                                      -1- 
<PAGE>

        FIFTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has 
authority to issue is 100,000 shares of the par value of $1.00 per share, all 
of one class and having an aggregate par value of One Hundred Thousand 
Dollars ($100,000.00).

        SIXTH:  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be one (1), 
which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the by-laws of the 
Corporation, but shall never be less than one. The name of the director who 
shall act until the first annual meeting or until his successor is duly chosen 
and qualified is:

                                 Harvey O. Patrick      

        SEVENTH: The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual. 

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Incorporation 
this 27th day of August, 1976 and acknowledge the same to be my act.

WITNESS:


  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                                  /s/ Harvey O. Patrick
- -------------------------------                ---------------------------------
                                                Harvey O. Patrick


                                      -2- 

<PAGE>

                                  PATS, INC.

                                   BY-LAWS



                                  ARTICLE I.

                                 STOCKHOLDERS


          SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The Corporation shall hold each 
year, commencing with the year 1977, an annual meeting of the stockholders 
for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the 
powers of the Corporation, on the second Friday of September in each year if 
not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the first day following 
which is not a Sunday or a legal holiday. Any business of the Corporation may 
be transacted at an annual meeting without being specially designated in the 
notice, except such business as is specifically required by statute or by the 
charter to be stated in the notice. Failure to hold an annual meeting at the 
designated time shall not, however, invalidate the corporation existence or 
affect otherwise valid corporate acts.

          SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  At any time in the interval 
between annual meetings, special meetings of the stockholders may be called 
by the President or by a majority of the Board of Directors by vote at a 
meeting or in writing with or without a meeting.

          SECTION 1.03.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of stockholders 
shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in Howard County, 
Maryland, except in cases in which the notice thereof designates dome other 
place; but all such meetings shall be held within the State of Maryland.

          SECTION 1.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Not less than ten days nor more 
than ninety days before the date of every stockholders' meeting, the Secretary 
shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, written or 
oral notice stating the time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, 
either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by leaving it at his 
residence or usual place of business.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed 
to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the 
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the 
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provision, a waiver of notice in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to such notice and filed with the records of the meeting, whether 
before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance at the meeting in 
person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice 
to such persons. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn 
from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice 
need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

          SECTION 1.05.  VOTES REQUIRED.  Actions required to be voted on by 
the stockholders in accordance with the "Corporation and Association" Article 
of the Maryland Annotated Code, shall be passed by the majority vote of 
stockholders entitled to vote.


<PAGE>

                                                                           2.

          SECTION 1.06.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  At each meeting of 
stockholders a full, true and complete list in alphabetical order, or in 
alphabetical order by classes of stock, or all stockholders entitled to vote 
at such meeting, certifying the number of class of shares held by each, shall 
be furnished by the Secretary.

          SECTION 1.07.  VOTING FOR DIRECTORS.  Directors shall be elected 
by the majority vote of all stockholders entitled to vote. Each stockholder 
will have one and only one vote (cumulative voting is prohibited) for each 
position on the Board of Directors for which an election is being held.


                                 ARTICLE II.

                             BOARD OF DIRECTORS


          SECTION 2.01.  POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation 
shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may 
exercise all the powers of the Corporation, except such as are by statute or 
the charter or by By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders. The 
Board of Directors shall keep full and fair accounts of its transactions.

          SECTION 2.02.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors of the 
Corporation shall be FOUR (4). By vote of three which constituted a majority 
of the entire Board of Directors, the number of directors may be increased or 
decreased, from time to time, to not exceeding twenty nor less than three 
directors.

          SECTION 2.03.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Until the first annual 
meeting of a stockholders or until successors are duly elected and qualify, 
the Board shall consist of the persons named as such in the Charter. At the 
first annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, 
the stockholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next 
succeeding annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualify. 
At any meeting of stockholders, duly called, the stockholders may, by the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be 
cast thereon, remove any director or directors from office and may elect a 
successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancies for the unexpired 
terms of removed directors.

          SECTION 2.04.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of 
Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of 
directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board 
of Directors, even if such remaining members do not constitute a quorum. Any 
vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be 
filled by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. A director 
elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until 
his successor is elected and qualifies.

          SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  After each meeting of 
stockholders at which a Board of Directors shall have been elected, the board 
of Directors so elected shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose of 
organization and the transaction of other business at such time as may be 
designated by the stockholders at such meeting. The first meeting shall be 
held at the place designated by the Board of Directors for such first regular 
meeting or at the office of the Corporation in Howard county, Maryland. No 
notice of such first meeting shall be necessary if held as hereinabove 
provided. Other regular meetings of the Board of


<PAGE>

                                                                           3.

Directors shall be held on such dates and at such places within or without 
the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by the Board of 
Directors.

          SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the 
Board of Directors by vote at a meeting, or in writing with or without a 
meeting. Such special meetings shall be held at such place or places within 
or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by 
the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 2.07.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as provided in Section 
2.05, notice of he place, day and hour of every regular and special meeting 
shall be given to each Director two days (or more) before the meeting, by 
delivering the same to him personally, or by sending the same to him by 
telegraph, or by leaving the same at his residence or usual place of 
business, or, in the alternative, by mailing such notice three days (or more) 
before the meeting, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his last known 
post office address, according to the records of the Corporation. Unless 
required by these By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, no 
notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need state the business to be 
transacted thereat. No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need 
be given to any Director who attends, or to any Director who, in writing 
executed and filed with the records of the meeting either before or after the 
holding thereof, waives such notice. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, 
regular or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or 
some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting 
other than by announcement.

          SECTION 2.08.  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors 
the presence of a two-thirds majority of the entire Board of Directors shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which 
it is by statute, by the Charter or by the By-Laws otherwise provided, the 
vote of a simple majority of such quorum at a duly constituted meeting shall 
be sufficient to elect and pass any measure. In the absence of a quorum, the 
Directors present by majority vote and without notice other than by 
announcement may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall 
attend.

          SECTION 2.09.  INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action required 
or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to 
such action is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as 
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of 
proceedings of the Board of Committee.


                                 ARTICLE III.

                                   OFFICERS


          SECTION 3.01.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors shall 
choose a President from among the Directors; and a Secretary and a Treasurer 
who need not be directors. The Board of Directors may choose one or more Vice 
Presidents. Any two or more of the above-mentioned offices, except those of 
President and a Vice President, may be held by the same person; but no 
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any Instructrument in more than 
one capacity. If such instrument be required by statute, by the Charter, by 
the By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, 
acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers. Each such officer shall 
hold office until the first meeting of the

<PAGE>

                                                                           4.

Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding 
his election, and until his successor shall have been duly chosen and 
qualified, or until he shall have resigned or shall have been removed. Any 
vacancy in any of the above offices may be filled for the unexpired portion 
of the term of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

     SECTION 3.02. PRESIDENT. The President shall preside at all meetings of 
the stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he shall be present; 
he shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the 
Corporation; he may sign and execute, in the name of the Corporation, all 
authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in 
cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly 
delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, 
he shall perform all duties incident to the office of a president of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.03. VICE PRESIDENTS. The Vice President or Vice Presidents, at 
the request of the President or in his absence or during his inability to 
act, shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the President, 
and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there be more 
than one Vice President, the President may determine which one or more of the 
Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties or exercise any of such 
functions; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any of such 
duties or exercise any of such functions. The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may 
be assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.04. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the 
meetings of stockholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any committees, 
in books provided for the purpose; he shall see that all notices are duly 
given in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws or as required by law; 
he shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation; and, in general, he 
shall perform all duties incident to the office of a secretary of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.05. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have charge of and be 
responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the 
Corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the 
Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks trust 
companies or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by 
the Board of Directors; he shall render to the President and to the Board of 
Directors whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the 
Corporation, and, in general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the 
office of a treasurer of a corporation, and such other duties as may be 
assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.06. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may from time 
to time appoint such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such 
officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the 
Board of Directors or the President may prescribe. The Board of Directors, 
may from time to time authorize any committee or officer to appoint and 
remove subordinate officers and prescribe the duties thereof.

     SECTION 3.07. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall have power to 
fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation.


<PAGE>

                                                                           5.

     SECTION 3.08. REMOVAL. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be 
removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgement, the best 
interest of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be 
without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so 
removed.

                                    ARTICLE IV.

                                      STOCK

     SECTION 4.01. CERTIFICATES. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a 
certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number and 
kind of shares of stock owned by him in the Corporation. Such certificates 
shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and countersigned by the 
Secretary or the Treasurer. Stock certificates shall be in such form, not 
inconsistent with law or with the Charter, as shall be approved by the Board 
of Directors. In case any officer of the Corporation who has signed any 
certificate ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, whether because of 
death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate is issued, the 
certificate may nevertheless be issued and delivered by the Corporation as if 
the officer had not ceased to be such officer as of the date of its issue.

     SECTION 4.02. TRANSFERS. The Board of Directors shall have power and 
authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient 
concerning the issue and transfer of certificates of stock.

     SECTION 4.03. STOCK LEDGERS. Original or duplicate stock ledgers, 
containing the names and addresses of the stockholders of the Corporation and 
the number of shares of each class held by them respectively, shall be kept 
at an office of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4.04. RECORD DATES. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered 
to fix, in advance, a date as the record date of the purpose of determining 
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of 
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of 
stockholders for any other proper purpose.

     SECTION 4.05. NEW CERTIFICATES. In case any certificate of stock is 
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize 
the issuance of a new certificate in place thereof upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem advisable; or the Board of Directors may delegate 
such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation; but the Board of 
Directors or such officer or officers, in their discretion, may refuse to 
issue such new certificate save upon the order of some court having 
jurisdiction in the premises.

                                ARTICLE V.

                                 FINANCE

     SECTION 5.01. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. Checks, drafts, and orders for the 
payment of money, notes and other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of the Corporation in the amount of One Hundred Thousand  Dollars 
($100,000) or less, shall, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the 
Board of Directors, be signed by either the President, Vice President of 
Finance or the Treasurer.


<PAGE>

                                                                           6.

     Checks, drafts, and orders for the payment of money, notes and other 
evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation in an amount 
in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), shall, unless 
otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, be signed by both 
the President, Vice President of Finance or the Treasurer jointly.

     SECTION 5.02. ANNUAL REPORTS. There shall be prepared annually a full 
and correct statement of the affairs of the Corporation, including a balance 
sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal year, 
which shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and 
filed within twenty days thereafter at the principal office of the 
Corporation in this State.

                              ARTICLE VI.

                           SUNDRY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.01. AMENDMENTS. Any and all provisions of these By-Laws may be 
altered or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted at any annual meeting of 
the stockholders, or at any special meeting called for that purpose. In 
addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any regular or 
special meeting thereof, to make and adopt new by-laws or to amend, alter or 
repeal any by-law of the Corporation.


<PAGE>

                  Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
                                   of

                               PATS, INC.

                       a Maryland Close Corporation


     THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the undersigned, being the sole stockholder 
(there being no holders of subscriptions for stock) of PATS, INC., a Maryland 
close corporation (the "Corporation"), amends the Articles of Incorporation 
for the Corporation, filed with the Department of Assessments and Taxation of 
the State of Maryland (the "SDAT") on August 27, 1976 in Film 2314, at folio 
0526 (the "Articles"), as follows:

     Article SECOND thereof, electing to be a close corporation as set 
     out in the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated 
     Code of Maryland (the "Act") is hereby deleted, the sole 
     stockholder having determined, by action in lieu of a meeting taken 
     after waiver of any right to statutory notice, under the Act or the 
     bylaws of the Corporation, all pursuant to Section 2-505 of the Act.

Attached hereto is a copy of the Action of the Sole Stockholder in lieu of a 
Meeting, authorizing the Amendment to the Articles.

All other terms and provisions of the Articles, except as specifically 
modified hereby are hereby readopted and affirmed.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized corporate officer of 
the sole stockholder of PATS, INC. has executed these Articles of Amendment 
and acknowledge them to be the act of the said sole stockholder, as of this 
22nd day of January, 1999.


WITNESS                          DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
                                 Sole Shareholder


/s/ Steve Tepper                 By: /s/ John R. Hinson (SEAL)
- ---------------------------          -----------------------------
Steve Tepper                         John R. Hinson
                                     Chief Financial Officer

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS OF PATS, INC.

     The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of PATS, Inc., a Maryland 
corporation, hereby amends the By-Laws of the Corporation as follows:

     a.  by deleting from Article III Section 3.01. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS the 
         words "from among the Directors;" from the second line thereof.

     b.  by adding the following sentence between the first and second
         sentence thereof:

              The Board of Directors may also elect a chief executive
              officer and a chief financial officer, each to perform
              such duties as may be ascribed to the office by the Board
              of Directors.

     In all other respects the By-Laws shall remain unchanged.

     This Amendment has been adopted by the sole shareholder in lieu of a 
special meeting called for that purpose pursuant to Section 2-408(c) of the 
Corporations and Associations Article of the MARYLAND ANNOTATED CODE (1993
Repl. Vol., as amended).


WITNESS:                                    DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
                                            Sole Shareholder

   /s/ Steve Tepper                         By:     /s/ John R. Hinson
- ----------------------                           ------------------------ (SEAL)
     Steve Tepper                                 John R. Hinson
                                                  Chief Financial Officer

<PAGE>

                              FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.

                               A CLOSE CORPORATION

                             ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

     THIS IS TO CERTIFY: That I, the undersigned, Richard L. Scott, whose 
post office address is 103 Talloway Court, Sykesville, Carroll County, 
Maryland 21784, being at least eighteen (18) years of age do hereby form a 
corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland.

     FIRST: That the name of the Corporation (which is hereafter called the 
"Corporation" is: FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.

     SECOND: The Corporation shall be a close corporation as authorized by 
the Annotated Code of Maryland, Corporations and Associations, and shall 
exist as same until such time as the stockholders by unanimous consent shall 
file Articles of Amendment to change such status.

     THIRD: The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are as follows:

     (a) To carry on research and development and provide consulting services 
for aircraft and affiliated industries and government contracts; to develop 
and hold workshops, develop and write guidelines, and provide Management 
services.

     (b) To provide maintenance and construction services for aircraft and 
affiliated industries, and government agencies.

     (c) To do everything necessary, proper, advisable or convenient for the 
accomplishment of the foregoing purposes, and to do all other things 
incidental or connected with them which are not forbidden by governing law or 
by the Annotated Code of Maryland, Corporations and Associations.

     FOURTH: The post office address of the principal office of the 
Corporation in Maryland is 7190-8 Oakland Mills Road, Howard County, Maryland 
21046. The name and post office address of the resident agent of the 
Corporation in Maryland is Richard L. Scott, 103 Talloway Court, Carroll 
County, Maryland 21784. Said Resident Agent is an adult citizen of Maryland 
and actually resides therein.


                                   -1-
<PAGE>


     FIFTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has 
authority to issue is 10,000 shares of the par value of $1.00 per share, all 
of one class and having an aggregate par value of Ten Thousand Dollars 
($10,000).

     SIXTH: The number of directors of the Corporation shall be one (1), 
which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the by-laws of the 
Corporation, but shall never be less than one. The name of the director who 
shall act until the first annual meeting or until his successor is duly 
chosen and qualified is:

                             Richard L. Scott

     SEVENTH: The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual. 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Incorporation this 
27th day of February, 1978, and acknowledge the same to be my act.


WITNESS:


/s/ Kay P. Abernethy                   /s/ Richard L. Scott
- --------------------------------       ---------------------------------
Kay P. Abernethy                       Richard L. Scott


                                    -2-
<PAGE>

                              FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.


approved and received for record be the State Department of Assessments and 
Taxation of Maryland March 9, 1978, at 8:30 o'clock A.M. as in conformity 
with law and ordered recorded: 3

                               ------------------

     Recorded in Liber 2409, folio 000627, one of the Charter Records of the 
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

                               ------------------

Bonus tax paid $20.00   Recording fee paid $15.00     Special Fee paid $
                                                                         -----

                               ------------------

To the clerk of the Circuit Court of Howard County

     IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, that the within instrument, together with all 
indorsements thereon, has been received, approved and recorded by the State 
Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.


     AS WITNESS my hand and seal of the said Department at Baltimore.


                                             /s/ William J. Simmons
                                             -----------------------------
                                             William J. Simmons



             [STAMP]


<PAGE>

                             FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.

                                    BY-LAWS


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                                 STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The Corporation shall hold each year, 
commencing with the year 1978, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the 
election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers 
of the Corporation, on the second Friday of September in each year if not a 
legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the first day following which 
is not a Sunday or a legal holiday. Any business of the Corporation may be 
transacted at an annual meeting without being specially designated in the 
notice, except such business as is specifically required by statute or by the 
charter to be stated in the notice. Failure to hold an annual meeting at the 
designated time shall not, however, invalidate the corporation existence or 
affect otherwise valid corporate acts.

     SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  At any time in the interval between 
annual meetings, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the 
President or by a majority of the Board of Directors by vote at a meeting or 
in writing with or without a meeting.

     SECTION 1.03.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of stockholders shall be 
held at the principal office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland, 
except in cases in which the notice thereof designates some other place; but 
all such meetings shall be held within the State of Maryland.

     SECTION 1.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Not less than ten days nor more than 
ninety days before the date of every stockholders' meetings, the Secretary 
shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, written or 
oral notice stating the time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, 
either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by leaving it at his 
residence or usual place of business. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed 
to be given when deposited in the United States Mail addressed to the 
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the 
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provision, a waiver of notice in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to such notice and filed with the records of the meeting, whether 
before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance at the meeting in 
person or by proxy. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may 
adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and 
no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by 
announcement.

<PAGE>

                                      2.

     SECTION 1.05.  VOTES REQUIRED.  Actions required to be voted on by the 
stockholders in accordance with the "Corporation and Association" Article 
of the Maryland Annotated Code, shall be passed by the majority vote of 
stockholders entitled to vote.

     SECTION 1.06.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  At each meeting of stockholders a 
full, true and complete list in alphabetical order, or in alphabetical order 
by classes of stock, or all stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, 
certifying the number and class of shares held by each, shall be furnished 
by the Secretary.

     SECTION 1.07.  VOTING FOR DIRECTORS.  Directors shall be elected by the 
majority vote of all stockholders entitled to vote. Each stockholder will 
have one and only one vote (cumulative voting is prohibited) for each 
position on the Board of Directors for which an election is being held.


                                  ARTICLE II.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 2.01.  POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation 
shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may 
exercise all the powers of the Corporation, except such as are by statute or 
the charter or by By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders. The 
Board of Directors shall keep full and fair accounts of its transactions.

     SECTION 2.02.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors of the 
Corporation shall be FOUR (4). By vote of three which constitute a majority 
of the entire Board of Directors, the number of directors may be increased or 
decreased, from time to time, to not exceeding twenty nor less than three 
directors.

     SECTION 2.03.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Until the first annual meeting of 
stockholders or until successors are duly elected and qualify, the Board 
shall consist of the persons named as such in the Charter. At the first 
annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the 
stockholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding 
annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualify. At any 
meeting of stockholders, duly called, the stockholders may, by the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be 
cast thereon, remove any director or directors from office and may elect a 
successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancies for the unexpired 
terms of removed directors.

     SECTION 2.04.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of 
Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of 
directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board 
of Directors, even if such remaining members do not constitute a quorum. Any 
vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be 
filled by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. A director 
elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold 
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor 
is elected and qualifies.

<PAGE>

                                      3.

     SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  After each meeting of stockholders at 
which a Board of Directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors so 
elected shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose or organization and 
the transaction of other business at such time as may be designed by the 
stockholders at such meeting. The first meeting shall be held at the place 
designated by the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or at the 
office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland. No notice of such first 
meeting shall be necessary if held as hereinabove provided. Other regular 
meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such 
places within or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time 
to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the 
Board of Directors by vote at a meeting, or in writing with or without a 
meeting. Such special meetings shall be held at such place or places within 
or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by 
the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.07.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as provided in Section 2.05, 
notice of the place, day and hour of every regular and special meeting shall 
be given to each Director two days (or more) before the meeting, by 
delivering the same to him personally, or by sending the same to him by 
telegraph, or by leaving the same at his residence or usual place of 
business, or, in the alternative, by mailing such notice three days (or more) 
before the meeting, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his last known 
post office address, according to the records of the Corporation. Unless 
required by these By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, no 
notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need state the business to be 
transacted thereat. No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need 
by given to any Director who attends, or to any Director who, in writing 
executed and filed with the records of the meeting either before or after the 
holding thereof, waives such notice. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, 
regular or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or 
some other place, and no notice need by given of any such adjourned meeting 
other than by announcement.

     SECTION 2.08.  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors the 
presence of a two-thirds' majority of the entire Board of Directors shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which 
it is by stature, by the Charter or by the By-Laws otherwise provided, the 
vote of a simple majority of such quorum at a duly constituted meeting shall 
be sufficient to elect and pass any measure. In the absence of a quorum, the 
Directors present by majority vote and without notice other than by 
announcement may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall 
attend.

     SECTION 2.09.  INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to 
such action is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as 
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of 
proceedings of the Board or committee.

<PAGE>

                                      4.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

     SECTION 3.01.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors shall choose 
a President from among the Directors, and a Secretary and a President who 
need not be directors. The Board of Directors may choose one or more Vice 
Presidents. Any two or more of the above-mentioned offices, except those of 
President and a Vice President, may be held by the same person; but no 
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one 
capacity if such instrument be required by statute, by the Charter, by the 
By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, 
acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers. Each such officer shall 
hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the 
annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election, and until his 
successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until he shall have 
resigned or shall have been removed. Any vacancy in any of the above offices 
may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the Board of Directors 
at any regular or special meeting.

     SECTION 3.02.  The President shall preside at all meetings of the 
stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he shall be present; he 
shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation; 
he may sign and execute, in the name of the Corporation, all authorized 
deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in cases in 
which the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly delegated 
to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, he shall 
perform all duties incident to the office of a president of a corporation, 
and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to him by the 
Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.03.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents, 
at the request of the President or in his absence or during his inability to 
act, shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the President, 
and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there by more 
than one Vice President, the President may determine which one or more of the 
Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties or exercise any of such 
functions; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any of such 
duties or exercise any of such functions. The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may 
be assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.04.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the 
meetings of stockholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any committees, 
in books provided for the purpose; he shall see that all notices are duly 
given in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws or as required by law; 
he shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation; and, in general, he 
shall perform all duties incident to the office of a secretary of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors or by the President.


<PAGE>

                                      6.

     SECTION 4.04.  RECORD DATES.  The Board of Directors is hereby empowered 
to fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of determining 
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of 
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of 
stockholders for any other proper purpose.

     SECTION 4.05.  NEW CERTIFICATES.  In case of any certificate of stock is 
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize 
the issuance of a new certificate in place thereof upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem advisable; or the Board of Directors may delegate 
such power to any officer or officers, in their discretion, may refuse to 
issue such new certificate save upon the order of some court having 
jurisdiction in these premises.

                                ARTICLE V.

                                 FINANCE

     SECTION 5.01.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  Checks, drafts, and orders for the 
payment of money, notes and other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of the Corporation in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or 
less, shall, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of 
Directors, be signed by either the President, Vice President-Finance, or the 
Treasurer.

     Checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other 
evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation in an amount 
in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), shall, unless otherwise 
provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, be signed by both the 
President, Vice President-Finance, or the Treasurer jointly.

     SECTION 5.02.  ANNUAL REPORTS.  There shall be prepared annually a full 
and correct statement of the affairs of the Corporation, including a balance 
sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding financial 
year, which shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the Board of 
Directors and filed within twenty days thereafter at the principal office of 
the Corporation in this State.

                                ARTICLE VI.

                             SUNDRY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.01.  AMENDMENTS.  Any and all provisions of the By-Laws may be 
altered or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted at any annual meeting of 
the stockholders, or at any special meeting called for that purpose. In 
addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power, at any regular or 
special meeting thereof, to make and adopt new by-laws or to amend, alter or 
repeal any by-law of the Corporation.


<PAGE>

                  AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS OF FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.

     The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of Flight Refueling, Inc., a 
Maryland corporation, hereby amends the By-Laws of the Corporation as follows:

     a. by deleting from Article III Section 3.01. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS the 
        words "from among the Directors;" from the second line thereof.

     b. by adding the following sentence between the first and second sentence 
        thereof:

             The Board of Directors may also elect a chief executive officer 
             and a chief financial officer, each to perform such duties as 
             may be ascribed to the office by the Board of Directors.

     In all other respects the By-Laws shall remain unchanged.

     This Amendment has been adopted by the sole shareholder in lieu of a 
special meeting called for that purpose pursuant to Section 2-408(c) of the 
Corporations and Associations Article of the MARYLAND ANNOTATED CODE (1993 
Repl. Vol., as amended).

WITNESS:                               PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
                                       Sole Shareholder
 
 /s/ Steve Tepper                      By:  /s/ John R. Hinson
- --------------------                      ----------------------- (SEAL)
  Steve Tepper                             John R. Hinson
                                           Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                      PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.

     WE, the undersigned HARVEY O. PATRICK, whose post office address is 5229 
Windmill Lane, Columbia, Maryland 21044, RICHARD L. SCOTT, whose post office 
address is 103 Talloway Court, Sykesville, Maryland 21784 and LAWRENCE G. 
SMITH, JR. whose post office address is 10 Lefferts Ct., Middletown, N.J. 
07748, each being at least twenty-one years of age, do hereby associate 
ourselves as incorporators with the intention of forming a corporation under 
and by virtue of the general laws of the State of Maryland.

                               ARTICLE I - NAME

     The name of the Corporation, hereinafter called the Corporation, is 
PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.

                             ARTICLE II - PURPOSES

     The general nature of its business, and the purposes for which the 
Corporation is formed, are as follows:

     FIRST: The specific business in which the corporation is primarily to 
engage is the manufacture, purchasing, sale, design, and service of aircraft 
fuel systems.

     SECOND: To engage in the manufacture, purchase and sale of aircraft 
parts and equipment, and as such to service, manufacture, hold, purchase or 
otherwise acquire, buy and sell both retail and wholesale, produce, secure, 
receive, procure, make or otherwise dispose of, and generally deal in 
aircraft equipment and supplies of all types and to conduct such business 
either for its own account or as agent, factor, broker, middleman, commission 
man or representative of others.

     THIRD: To apply for, obtain, purchase, or otherwise acquire any patents, 
copyrights, licenses, trademarks, tradenames, rights, processes, formulae and 
the like which might be used for any of the purposes of the Corporation; and 
to use, exercise, develop, grant licenses in respect of, sell and otherwise 
turn to account the same.


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

[____] part of the property, rights, businesses, contracts, goodwill, 
franchises and assets of every kind of any corporation, co-partnership or 
individual (including the estate of a decedent), carrying on or having 
carried on in whole or in part any of the aforesaid businesses or any other 
businesses that the Corporation may be authorized to carry on, and to 
undertake, guarantee, assume and pay the indebtedness and liabilities 
thereof, and to pay for any such property, rights, business, contracts, 
goodwill, franchises or assets by the issue, in accordance with the laws of 
Maryland of stock, bonds or other securities of the Corporation or otherwise.

     FIFTH: To acquire by purchase, or lease, or otherwise, lands and 
interests in lands and to own, hold, improve, develop, and manage any real 
estate so acquired and to erect or cause to be erected on any lands owned, 
held or occupied by the Corporation buildings or other structures with their 
appurtenances and to rebuild, enlarge, alter or improve any buildings or 
other structures now or hereafter erected an any lands so owned, held or 
occupied and to mortgage, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any lands 
or interests in lands and in buildings or other structures and any stores, 
shops, suites, rooms or parts of any buildings or other structures at any 
time or held by the Corporation.

     SIXTH: To manage, sell, assign, transfer, lease, mortgage, pledge or 
otherwise dispose of or turn to account or deal with all or any part of the 
property of the Corporation, and from time to time to vary any investment or 
employment of capital of the Corporation.

     SEVENTH: To carry on and transact for itself or for account of others 
the business of general merchants, general agents, manufacturers, buyers and 
sellers of or dealers in natural products, raw materials, manufactured 
products, marketable goods, wares and merchandise of every description.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     EIGHTH: To purchase or otherwise acquire, hold and reissue shares of its 
capital stock of any class; and to purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, 
exchange, lease, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock 
or of voting trust certificates for any shares of stock of or any bonds or 
other securities or evidences of indebtedness issued or created by any other 
corporation or association organized under the laws of the State of Maryland 
or of any other state, territory, district, colony or dependency of the 
United States of America or of any foreign country and while the owner or 
holder of any such shares of stock, voting trust certificates, bonds or other 
obligations to possess and exercise in respect thereof any and all rights, 
powers and privileges of ownership including the right to vote on any shares 
of stock so held or owned and upon a distribution of the assets or a division 
of the profits of this Corporation, to distribute any such shares of stock, 
voting trust certificates, bonds or other obligations or the proceeds thereof 
among the stockholders of this Corporation.

     NINTH: To carry out all or any part of the aforesaid purposes and to 
conduct its business in all or any of its branches in any or all states, 
territories, districts, colonies and dependencies of the United States of 
America and in foreign countries and to maintain offices and agencies in any 
or all states, territories, districts, colonies and dependencies of the 
United States of America and in foreign countries.

     The aforegoing enumeration of the purposes, objects and business of the 
Corporation is made in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers 
conferred upon the Corporation by law and is not intended by the mention of 
any particular purpose, object or business in any manner to limit or restrict 
the generality of any other purpose, object or business mentioned or to limit 
or restrict any of the powers of the Corporation. The Corporation is formed 
upon the articles, conditions and provisions herein expressed and subject in 
all particulars to the limitations relative to corporations which are 
contained in the general laws of this State.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

                 ARTICLE III - ADDRESS AND RESIDENT AGENT

     The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation in 
Maryland is 7190 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, Maryland 21046, and the name 
and post office address of the resident agent of the Corporation in Maryland 
is RICHARD L. SCOTT of 7190 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, Maryland, County of 
Howard, 21046. The resident agent is a citizen of Maryland and actually 
resides therein.

                             ARTICLE IV - STOCK

     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority 
to issue is One Hundred Thousand Shares at a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) 
each of common voting stock.

                            ARTICLE V - DIRECTORS

     The number of directors of the Corporation shall be three (3), which 
number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the by-laws of the 
Corporation but shall never be less than three. The names of the directors 
who shall act until the first meeting or until their successors are duly 
chosen and take office are HARVEY O. PATRICK, RICHARD L. SCOTT and LAWRENCE 
G. SMITH, JR.

     The Directors of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the 
stockholders at the regular annual meeting, and each stockholder shall be 
entitled to cast as many votes as shall equal the number of his shares of 
stock; cumulative voting shall be allowed at all meetings of stockholders. 
Stockholders may vote by proxy. The Board of Directors of the Corporation 
shall have such powers as are necessary and incidental to carrying out the 
purposes of the Corporation, except as otherwise limited by the by-laws of 
the Corporation.

                            ARTICLE VI - OFFICERS

     The executive officers of the Corporation shall be a president, 
vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer and any two of these offices may 
be held by the same person except that the offices of president and 
vice-president may not be held by the same person. Additional officers may be 
appointed in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Executive officers 
shall be elected by the Board of Directors by majority vote at the annual 
meeting of the stockholders. The Officers of the Corporation shall have only 
such powers as are granted to them by the by-laws of the Corporation or by 
the Board of Directors by action taken at any regular or special meeting 
thereof.


                                    -4-


<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE VII - BY-LAWS

     The by-laws of the Corporation shall be made and enacted by the 
stockholders at their first annual meeting, and no additions or amendments 
thereto shall thereafter be made except by majority vote of the stockholders 
at any annual or special meeting.

                           ARTICLE VIII - DURATION

     The duration of the Corporation shall by perpetual.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto affixed our hands and seals this
4th day of June, 1980.

/s/ Evelyn Regal                          /s/ Harvey O. Patrick
- --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                          HARVEY O. PATRICK

/s/ Evelyn Regal                          /s/ Richard L. Scott
- --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                          RICHARD L. SCOTT

/s/ Evelyn Regal                          /s/ Lawrence G. Smith, Jr.
- --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                          LAWRENCE G. SMITH, JR.


STATE OF MARYLAND, COUNTY OF HOWARD, TO WIT:

     I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this 4th day of JUNE, 1980, before me, the 
Subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and for the County 
aforesaid, personally appeared HARVEY O. PATRICK, RICHARD L. SCOTT and 
LAWRENCE G. SCOTT, JR. and they actually acknowledged the aforegoing ARTICLES 
OF INCORPORATION to be their act.

AS WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.



[Seal]                                    /s/ Eric P. Van Swol
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          NOTARY PUBLIC

my COMMISSION EXPIRES: July 2, 1982


<PAGE>


                      ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                 OF
                  PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.






approved and received for record by the State Department of Assessments and
Taxation of Maryland June 6, 1980 at 9:00 o'clock A.M. as in conformity with 
law and ordered recorded.

     Recorded in Liber 2,478, folio 000703, one of the Charter Records of the 
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

                            -----------------

Bonus tax paid $20.00  Recording fee paid $20.00   Special Fee paid $_______


                                                               RECD FEE 4.63
                                                                     98621 #
                                                      #56034 C940 R02 T09:36
                                                                   H01/19/81


To the clerk of the Circuit Court of Howard County

     IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, that the within instrument, together with all 
indorsments thereon, has been received, approved and recorded by the State 
Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

     AS WITNESS my hand and seal of the said Department at Baltimore.

                                         /s/ William J. Simmons
                                         ----------------------


   [SEAL]                         A 98621

                        Mailed to Pats, Inc.
                              7190 Oakland Mills Rd
                              Columbia, MD 21046




<PAGE>

                      PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.

                                   BY-LAWS


                                  ARTICLE I.

                                 STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The Corporation shall hold each year, 
commencing with the year 1980, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the 
election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers 
of the Corporation, on the second Friday of September in each year if not a 
legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the first day following which 
is not a Sunday or a legal holiday. Any business of the Corporation may be 
transacted at an annual meeting without being specifically required by 
statute or by the charter to be stated in the notice. Failure to hold an 
annual meeting at the designated time shall not, however, invalidate the 
corporation existence or affect otherwise valid corporate acts.

     SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  At any time in the interval between 
annual meetings, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the 
President or by a majority of the Board of Directors by vote at a meeting or 
in writing with or without a meeting.

     SECTION 1.03.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of stockholders shall be 
held at the principal office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland, 
except in cases in which the notice thereof designates some other place; but 
all such meetings shall be held within the State of Maryland.

     SECTION 1.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Not less than ten days nor more than 
ninety days before the date of every stockholders' meetings, the Secretary 
shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, written or 
oral notice stating the time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, 
either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by leaving it at his 
residence or usual place of business. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed 
to be given when deposited in the United States Mail addressed to the 
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the 
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provision, a waiver of notice in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to such notice and filed with the records of the meeting, whether 
before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance at the meeting in 
person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice 
to such persons. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn 
from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice 
need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
<PAGE>

                                      2.

     SECTION 1.05.  VOTES REQUIRED.  Actions required to be voted on by the 
stockholders in accordance with the "Corporation and Association" Article 
of the Maryland Annotated Code, shall be passed by the majority vote of 
stockholders entitled to vote.

     SECTION 1.06.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  At each meeting of stockholders a 
full, true and complete list in alphabetical order, or in alphabetical order 
by classes of stock, or all stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, 
certifying the number and class of shares held by each, shall be furnished 
by the Secretary.

     SECTION 1.07.  VOTING FOR DIRECTORS.  Directors shall be elected by the 
majority vote of all stockholders entitled to vote. Each stockholder will 
have one and only one vote (cumulative voting is prohibited) for each 
position on the Board of Directors for which an election is being held.


                                  ARTICLE II.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 2.01.  POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation 
shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may 
exercise all the powers of the Corporation, except such as are by statute or 
the charter or by By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders. The 
Board of Directors shall keep full and fair accounts of its transactions.

     SECTION 2.02.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors of the 
Corporation shall be FOUR (4). By vote of three which constitute a majority 
of the entire Board of Directors, the number of directors may be increased or 
decreased, from time to time, to not exceeding twenty nor less than three 
directors.

     SECTION 2.03.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Until the first annual meeting of 
stockholders or until successors are duly elected and qualify, the Board 
shall consist of the persons named as such in the Charter. At the first 
annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the 
stockholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding 
annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualify. At any 
meeting of stockholders, duly called, the stockholders may, by the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be 
cast thereon, remove any director or directors from office and may elect a 
successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancies for the unexpired 
terms of removed directors.

     SECTION 2.04.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of 
Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of 
directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board 
of Directors, even if such remaining members do not constitute a quorum. Any 
vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be 
filled by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. A director 
elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold 
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor 
is elected and qualifies.

<PAGE>

                                      3.

     SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  After each meeting of stockholders at 
which a Board of Directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors so 
elected shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose or organization and 
the transaction of other business at such time as may be designed by the 
stockholders at such meeting. The first meeting shall be held at the place 
designated by the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or at the 
office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland. No notice of such first 
meeting shall be necessary if held as hereinabove provided. Other regular 
meetings of the Board of Directors of Maryland as may be designated from time 
to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the 
Board of Directors by vote at a meeting, or in writing with or without a 
meeting. Such special meetings shall be held at such place or places within 
or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by 
the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.07.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as provided in Section 2.05, 
notice of the place, day and hour of every regular and special meeting shall 
be given to each Director two days (or more) before the meeting, by 
delivering the same to him personally, or by sending the same to him by 
telegraph, or by leaving the same at his residence or usual place of 
business, or, in the alternative, by mailing such notice three days (or more) 
before the meeting, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his last known 
post office address, according to the records of the Corporation. Unless 
required by these By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, no 
notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need state the business to be 
transacted thereat. No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need 
by given to any Director who attends, or to any Director who, in writing 
executed and filed with the records of the meeting either before or after the 
holding thereof, waives such notice. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, 
regular or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or 
some other place, and no notice need by given of any such adjourned meeting 
other than by announcement.

     SECTION 2.08.  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors the 
presence of a two-thirds' majority of the entire Board of Directors shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which 
it is by stature, by the Charter or by the By-Laws otherwise provided, the 
vote of a simple majority of such quorum at a duly constituted meeting shall 
be sufficient to elect and pass any measure. In the absence of a quorum, the 
Directors present by majority vote and without notice other than by 
announcement may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall 
attend.

     SECTION 2.09.  INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to 
such action is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as 
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of 
proceedings of the Board or committee.

<PAGE>

                                       4.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                                    OFFICERS

     SECTION 3.01.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors shall choose 
a President from among the Directors, and a Secretary and a Treasurer who 
need not be directors. The Board of Directors may choose one or more Vice 
Presidents. Any two or more of the above-mentioned offices, except those of 
President and a Vice President, may be held by the same person; but no 
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one 
capacity if such instrument be required by statute, by the Charter, by the 
By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, 
acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers. Each such officer shall 
hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the 
annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election, and until his 
successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until he shall have 
resigned or shall have been removed. Any vacancy in any of the above offices 
may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the Board of Directors 
at any regular or special meeting.

     SECTION 3.02.  PRESIDENT.  The President shall preside at all meetings 
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he shall be 
present; he shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the 
Corporation; he may sign and execute, in the name of the Corporation, all 
authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in 
cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly 
delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, 
he shall perform all duties incident to the office of a president of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.03.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents, 
at the request of the President or in his absence or during his inability to 
act, shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the President, 
and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there be more 
than one Vice President, the President may determine which one or more of the 
Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties or exercise any of such 
functions; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any of such 
duties or exercise any of such functions. The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may 
be assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.04.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the 
meetings of stockholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any committees, 
in books provided for the purpose; he shall see that all notices are duly 
given in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws or as required by law; 
he shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation; and, in general, he 
shall perform all duties incident to the office of a secretary of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors or the President.

<PAGE>

                                      5.

     SECTION 3.05.  TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have charge of and be 
responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the 
Corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the 
Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust 
companies or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by 
the Board of Directors; he shall render to the President and to the Board of 
Directors whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the 
Corporation, and, in general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the 
office of a treasurer of a corporation, and such other duties as may be 
assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.06.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors may from 
time to time appoint such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each 
such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the 
Board of Directors or the President may prescribe. The Board of Directors, 
may from time to time authorize any committee or officer to appoint and 
remove subordinate officers and prescribe the duties thereof.

     SECTION 3.07.  COMPENSATION.  The Board of Directors shall have power to 
fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation.

     SECTION 3.08.  REMOVAL.  Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be 
removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best 
interest of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be 
without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.


                                 ARTICLE IV.

                                    STOCK

     SECTION 4.01.  CERTIFICATES.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a 
certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number and 
kind of shares of stock owned by him in the Corporation. Such certificates 
shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and countersigned by the 
Secretary or Treasurer. Stock certificates shall be in such form, not 
inconsistent with law or with the Charter, as shall be approved by the Board 
of Directors. In case any officer of the Corporation who has signed any 
certificate ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, whether because of 
death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate is issued,the 
certificate may nevertheless be issued and delivered by the Corporation as if 
the officer had not ceased to be such officer as of the date of its issue.

     SECTION 4.02.  TRANSFERS.  The Board of Directors shall have power and 
authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient 
concerning the issue and transfer of certificates of stock.

     SECTION 4.03.  STOCK LEDGERS.  Original or duplicate stock ledgers 
containing the names and addresses of the stockholders of the Corporation and 
the number of shares of each class held by them respectively, shall be kept 
at an office of the Corporation.

<PAGE>

                                      6.

     SECTION 4.04.  RECORD DATES.  The Board of Directors is hereby empowered 
to fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of determining 
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of 
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of 
stockholders for any other proper purpose.

     SECTION 4.05.  NEW CERTIFICATES.  In case of any certificate of stock is 
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize 
the issuance of a new certificate in place thereof upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem advisable; or the Board of Directors may delegate 
such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation; but the Board of 
Directors or such officer or officers, in their discretion, may refuse to 
issue such new certificate save upon the order of some court having 
jurisdiction in these premises.

                                ARTICLE V.

                                 FINANCE

     SECTION 5.01.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  Checks, drafts and orders for the 
payment of money, notes and other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of the Corporation in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or 
less, shall, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of 
Directors, be signed by either the President, Vice President-Finance, or the 
Treasurer.

     Checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other 
evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation in an amount 
in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), shall, unless otherwise 
provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, be signed by both the 
President, Vice President-Finance, or the Treasurer jointly.

     SECTION 5.02.  ANNUAL REPORTS.  There shall be prepared annually a full 
and correct statement of the affairs of the Corporation, including a balance 
sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal year, 
which shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and 
filed within twenty days thereafter at the principal office of the 
Corporation in this State.

                                ARTICLE VI.

                             SUNDRY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.01.  AMENDMENTS.  Any and all provisions of the By-Laws may be 
altered or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted at any annual meeting of 
the stockholders, or at any special meeting called for that purpose. In 
addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power, at any regular or 
special meeting thereof, to make and adopt new by-laws or to amend, alter or 
repeal any by-law of the Corporation.

<PAGE>

                  AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS OF 
            PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.

     The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK 
SYSTEMS, INC., a Maryland corporation, hereby amends the By-Laws of the 
Corporation as follows:

     a. by deleting from Article III Section 3.01. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS the 
        words "from among the Directors;" from the second line thereof.

     b. by adding the following sentence between the first and second sentence 
        thereof:

             The Board of Directors may also elect a chief executive officer 
             and a chief financial officer, each to perform such duties as 
             may be ascribed to the office by the Board of Directors.

     In all other respects the By-Laws shall remain unchanged.

     This Amendment has been adopted by the sole shareholder in lieu of a 
special meeting called for that purpose pursuant to Section 2-408(c) of the 
Corporations and Associations Article of the MARYLAND ANNOTATED CODE (1993 
Repl. Vol., as amended).

WITNESS:                               PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
                                       Sole Shareholder
 
 /s/ Steve Tepper                      By:  /s/ John R. Hinson
- --------------------                      ----------------------- (SEAL)
  Steve Tepper                             John R. Hinson
                                           Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>

                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF 
                 PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION


approved and received for record by the State Department of Assessments and 
Taxation of Maryland February 23, 1977 at 8:30 o'clock A.M. as in conformity 
with law and ordered recorded.


A  58872


                                --------------

     Recorded in Liber 2370, folio 174, one of the Charter Records of the 
State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

                                --------------

Bonus tax paid $150.00 Recording fee paid $15.00

                                --------------

To the clerk of the Circuit Court of Howard County

     IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED, that the within instrument, together with all 
indorsements thereon, has been received, approved and recorded by the State 
Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

     AS WITNESS my hand and seal of the said Department at Baltimore.




                                       --------------------------------------

[SEAL]

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                   PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION


     WE, the undersigned HARVEY C. PATRICK, whose post office address is 5229 
Windmill Lane, Columbia, Maryland 21044, RICHARD L. SCOTT, whose post office 
address is 103 Talloway Court, Sykesville, Maryland 21784 and EDWARD G. 
TINDELL, whose post office address is 566 Shipley Road, Linthicum, Maryland 
21090, each being at least twenty-one years of age, do hereby associate 
ourselves as incorporators with the intention of forming a corporation under 
and by virtue of the general laws of the State of Maryland.

                                ARTICLE I - NAME

     The name of the Corporation, hereinafter called the Corporation, is: 
PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION.

                              ARTICLE II - PURPOSES

     The general nature of its business, and the purposes for which the 
Corporation is formed, are as follows:

     FIRST: The specific business in which the corporation is primarily to 
engage is the manufacture, purchasing, sale and service of aircraft parts and 
equipment.

     SECOND: To engage in the manufacture, purchase and sale of aircraft 
parts and equipment, and as such to service, manufacture, hold, purchase or 
otherwise acquire, buy and sell both retail and wholesale, produce, secure, 
receive, procure, make or otherwise dispose of, and generally deal in 
aircraft equipment and supplies of all types and to conduct such business 
either for its own account or as agent, factor, broker, middleman, commission 
man or representative of others.

     THIRD: To apply for, obtain purchase, or otherwise acquire any patents, 
copyrights, licenses, trademarks, tradenames, rights, processes, formulae and 
the like which might be used for any of the purposes of the Corporation; and 
to use, exercise, develop, grant licenses in respect of, sell and otherwise 
turn to account the same.


<PAGE>

     FOURTH: To purchase, lease or otherwise acquire, all or any part of the 
property, rights, businesses, contracts, goodwill, franchise and assets of 
every kind of any corporation, co-partnership or individual (including the 
estate of a decedent), carrying on or having carried on in whole or in part 
any of the aforesaid business or any other business that the Corporation may 
be authorized to carry on, and to undertake, guarantee, assume and pay the 
indebtedness and liabilities thereof, and to pay for any such property, 
rights, business, contracts, goodwill, franchises or assets by the issue, in 
accordance with the laws of Maryland of stock, bonds or other securities of 
the Corporation or otherwise.

     FIFTH: To acquire by purchase, or lease, or otherwise, lands and 
interests in lands and to own, hold, improve, develop, and manage any real 
estate so acquired and to erect or cause to be erected on any lands owned, 
held or occupied by the Corporation buildings or other structures with their 
appurtenances and to rebuild, enlarge, alter or improve any buildings or 
other structures now or hereafter erected on any lands so owned, held or 
occupied and to mortgage, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any lands or 
interests in lands and in buildings or other structures and any stores, 
shops, suites, rooms or parts of any buildings or other structures at any 
time owned or held by the Corporation.

     SIXTH: To manage, sell, assign, transfer, lease, mortgage, pledge or 
otherwise dispose of or turn to account or deal with all or any part of the 
property of the Corporation, and from time to time to vary any investment or 
employment of capital of the Corporation.

     SEVENTH: To carry on and transact for itself or for account of others 
the business of general merchants, general agents, manufacturers, buyers and 
sellers of or dealers in natural products, raw materials, manufactured 
products, marketable goods, wares and merchandise of every description.

     EIGHTH: To purchase or otherwise acquire, hold and reissue shares of its 
capital stock of any class; and to purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, 
exchange, lease, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock 
or of voting trust certificates for any shares of stock of or any bonds or 
other securities or evidences of indebtedness issued or created by any other 
corporation or association organized under the laws of the State of Maryland 
or of any other state, territory,

<PAGE>

district, colony or dependency of the United States of America or of any 
foreign country and while the owner or holder of any such shares of stock, 
voting trust certificates, bonds or other obligations to possess and exercise 
in respect thereof any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership 
including the right to vote on any shares of stock so held or owned and upon 
a distribution of the assets or a division of the profits of this 
Corporation, to distribute any such shares of stock, voting trust 
certificates, bonds or other obligations or the proceeds thereof among the 
stockholders of this Corporation.

     NINTH: To carry out all or any part of the aforesaid purposes and to 
conduct its business in all or any of its branches in any or all states, 
territories, districts, colonies and dependencies of the United States of 
America and in foreign countries and to maintain offices and agencies in any 
or all states, territories, districts, colonies and dependencies of the 
United States of America and in foreign countries.

     The aforegoing enumeration of the purposes, objects and business of the 
Corporation is made in furtherance and no in limitation of the powers 
conferred upon the Corporation by law and is not intended by the mention of 
any particular purpose, object or business in any manner to limit or restrict 
the generality of any other purpose, object or business mentioned or to limit 
or restrict any of the powers of the Corporation. The Corporation is formed 
upon the articles, conditions and provisions herein expressed and subject 
in all particulars to the limitations relative to corporations which are 
contained in the general laws of this State.


                  ARTICLE III - ADDRESS AND RESIDENT AGENT

     The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation in 
Maryland is 7190 Oakland Hills Road, Columbia, Maryland 21046, and the name 
and post office address of the resident agent of the Corporation in Maryland 
is RICHARD L. SCOTT of 103 Talloway Court, Sykesville, Maryland, County of 
Carroll, 21784. The resident agent is a citizen of Maryland and actually 
resides therein.

<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE IV - STOCK

     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority 
to issue is Five Hundred Thousand Shares at a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) 
each of common voting stock, and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Shares of One 
Dollar ($1.00) par value Class A preferred non voting stock, non cumulative.

                         ARTICLE V - DIRECTORS

     The number of directors of the Corporation shall be three (3), which 
number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the by-laws of the 
Corporation but shall never be less than three. The names of the directors 
who shall act until the first meeting or until their successors are duly 
chosen and take office are HARVEY O. PATRICK, RICHARD D. SCOTT and EDWARD C. 
TINDELL.

     The Directors of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the 
stockholders at the regular annual meeting, and each stockholder will be 
entitled to cast as many votes as shall equal the number of his shares of 
stock; cumulative voting shall be allowed at all meetings of stockholders. 
Stockholders may vote by proxy. The Board of Directors of the Corporation 
shall have such powers as are necessary and incidental to carrying out the 
purposes of the Corporation, except as otherwise limited by the by-laws of 
the Corporation.

                         ARTICLE VI - OFFICERS

     The executive officers of the Corporation shall be a president, a 
vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer and any two of three offices may 
be held by the same person except that the offices of president and 
vice-president may not be held by the same person. Additional officers may be 
appointed in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Executive officers 
shall be elected by the Board of Directors by majority vote at the annual 
meeting of the stockholders. The Officers of the Corporation shall have only 
such powers as are granted to them by the by-laws of the Corporation or by 
the Board of Directors by action taken at any regular or special meeting 
thereof.

                         ARTICLE VII - BY-LAWS

     The by-laws of the Corporation shall be made and enacted by the 
stockholders at their first annual meeting, and no additions or amendments 
thereto shall thereafter be made except by majority vote of the stockholders 
at any annual or special meeting.


                                  -4-
<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE VIII - DURATION

     The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto affixed our hands and seals this 
16th day of February, 1997.

WITNESS:

/s/ Richard L. Scott                    /s/ Harvey O. Patrick (SEAL)
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------
                                        HARVEY O. PATRICK


/s/ Roy P. Abernathy                    /s/ Richard L. Scott  (SEAL)
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------
                                        RICHARD L. SCOTT


/s/ Richard L. Scott                    /s/ Edward C. Tindell (SEAL)
- ----------------------------            ----------------------------
                                        EDWARD C. TINDELL


STATE OF MARYLAND, COUNTY OF HOWARD, TO WIT.

     I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this 16th day of February, 1997, before me, the 
Subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and for the County 
aforesaid, personally appeared HARVEY O. PATRICK, RICHARD L. SCOTT and EDWARD 
G. TINDELL and they actually acknowledged the aforegoing ARTICLES OF 
INCORPORATION to be their act.

     AS WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal.


                                        /s/ Edna L. Fulton
                                        ----------------------------
                                        NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:

July 1, 1978


<PAGE>

                   PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION

                                  BY-LAWS


                                  ARTICLE I.

                                 STOCKHOLDERS


     SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The Corporation shall hold each year, 
commencing with the year 1978, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the 
election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers 
of the Corporation, on the second Friday of September in each year if not a 
legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the first day following which 
is not a Sunday or a legal holiday. Any business of the Corporation may be 
transacted at an annual meeting without being specially designated in the 
notice, except such business as is specifically required by statute or by the 
charter to be stated in the notice. Failure to hold an annual meeting at the 
designated time shall not, however, invalidate the corporation existence or 
affect otherwise valid corporate acts.

    SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  At any time in the interval between 
annual meetings, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the 
President or by a majority of the Board of Directors by vote at a meeting or 
in writing with or without a meeting.

     SECTION 1.03.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  All meetings of stockholders shall be 
held at the principal office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland, 
except in cases in which the notice thereof designates some other place; but 
all such meetings shall be held within the State of Maryland.

     SECTION 1.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Not less than ten days nor more than 
ninety days before the date of every stockholders' meeting, written or oral 
notice stating the time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, 
either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by leaving it at his 
residence or usual place of business. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed 
to be given when deposited in the United States Mail addressed to the 
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the 
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provision, a waiver of notice in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to such notice and filed with the records of the meeting, whether 
before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance at the meeting in 
person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice 
to such persons. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn 
from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice 
need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

<PAGE>

                                                                              2.


     SECTION 1.05.  VOTES REQUIRED.  Actions required to be voted on by the 
stockholders in accordance with the "Corporation and Association" Article of 
the Maryland Annotated Code, shall be passed by the majority vote of 
stockholders entitled to vote.

     SECTION 1.06.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  At each meeting of stockholders a 
full, true and complete list in alphabetical order, or in alphabetical order 
by classes of stock, or all stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, 
certifying the number and class of shares held by each, shall be furnished by 
the Secretary.

     SECTION 1.07.  VOTING FOR DIRECTORS.  Directors shall be elected by the 
majority vote of all stockholders entitled to vote. Each stockholder will 
have one and only one vote (cumulative voting is prohibited) for each 
position on the Board of Directors for which an election is being held.


                                  ARTICLE II.

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 2.01.  POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation 
shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may 
exercise all the powers of the Corporation, except such as are by statute or 
the charter or by By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders. The 
Board of Directors shall keep full and fair accounts of its transactions.

     SECTION 2.02.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors of the 
Corporation shall be FOUR (4). By vote of a three (3) majority of the entire 
Board of Directors, the number of directors may be increased or decreased, 
from time to time, to not exceeding twenty nor less than three directors.

     SECTION 2.03.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  Until the first annual meeting of 
stockholders or until successors are duly elected and qualify, the Board 
shall consist of the persons named as such in the Charter. At the first 
annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the 
stockholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding 
annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualify. At any 
meeting of stockholders, duly called, the stockholders may, by the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be 
cast thereon, remove any director or directors from office and may elect a 
successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancies for the unexpired 
terms of removed directors.

     SECTION 2.04.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of 
Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of 
directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board 
of Directors, even if such remaining members do not constitute a quorum. Any 
vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be 
filled by 

<PAGE>

                                                                              3.


action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. A director elected by 
the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office 
until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor is 
elected and qualifies.

     SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  After each meeting of stockholders at 
which a Board of Directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors so 
elected shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose or organization and 
the transaction of other business at such time as may be designated by the 
stockholders at such meeting. The first meeting shall be held at the place 
designated by the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or at the 
office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland. No notice of such first 
meeting shall be necessary if held as hereinabove provided. Other regular 
meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such 
places within or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time 
to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the 
Board of Directors by vote at a meeting, or in writing with or without a 
meeting. Such special meetings shall be held at such place or places within 
or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by 
the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.07.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as provided in Section 2.05, 
notice of the place, day and hour of every regular and special meeting shall 
be given to each Director two days (or more) before the meeting, by 
delivering the same to him personally, or by sending the same to him by 
telegraph, or by leaving the same at his residence or usual place of 
business, or, in the alternative, by mailing such notice three days (or more) 
before the meeting, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his last known 
post office address, according to the records of the Corporation. Unless 
required by these By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, no 
notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need state the business to be 
transacted thereat. No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need 
be given to any Director who attends, or to any Director who, in writing 
executed and filed with the records of the meeting either before or after the 
holding thereof, waives such notice. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, 
regular or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or 
some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting 
other than by announcement.

     SECTION 2.08.  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors the 
presence of a two-thirds' majority of the entire Board of Directors shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which 
it is by statute, by the Charter or by the By-Laws otherwise provided, the 
vote of a simple majority of such quorum at a duly constituted meeting shall 
be sufficient to elect and pass any measure. In the absence of a quorum, the 
Directors present by majority vote and without notice other than by 
announcement may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall 
attend.

<PAGE>

                                                                        4.

        SECTION 2.09.  INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to 
such action is signed by all members of the Board of or such committee, as 
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of 
proceedings of the Board or committee.

                                 ARTICLE III.

                                   OFFICERS

        SECTION 3.01.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors shall 
choose a President from among the Directors, and a Secretary and a Treasurer 
who need not be directors. The Board of Directors may choose one or more Vice 
Presidents. Any two or more of the above-mentioned offices, except those of 
President and a Vice President, may be held by the same person; but no 
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one 
capacity if such instrument be required by statute, by the Charter, by the 
By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, 
acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers. Each such officer shall 
hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the 
annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election, and until his 
successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until he shall have 
resigned or shall have been removed. Any vacancy in any of the above offices 
may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the Board of Directors 
at any regular or special meeting.

        SECTION 3.02.  PRESIDENT.  The President shall preside at all meetings 
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he shall be 
present; he shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the 
Corporation; he may sign and execute, in the name of the Corporation, all 
authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in 
cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly 
delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, 
he shall perform all duties incident to the office of a president of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 3.03.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents, at the request of the President or in his absence or during his 
inability to act, shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the 
President, and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If 
there by more than one Vice President, the President may determine which one 
or more of the Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties or exercise 
any of such functions; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any 
of such duties or exercise any of such functions. The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may 
be assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors or the President.

<PAGE>

                                                                        5.

        SECTION 3.04.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of 
the meetings of stockholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any 
committees, in books provided for the purpose; he shall see that all notices 
are duly given in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws or as 
required by law; he shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation; 
and, in general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of a 
secretary of a corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may 
be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

        SECTION 3.05.  TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have charge of and be 
responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the 
Corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the 
Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust 
companies or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by 
the Board of Directors; he shall render to the President and to the Board of 
Directors whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the 
Corporation, and, in general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the 
office of a treasurer of a corporation, and such other duties as may be 
assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

        SECTION 3.06.  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors may from 
time to time appoint such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each 
such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the 
Board of Directors or the President may prescribe. The Board of Directors, 
may from time to time authorize any committee or officer to appoint and 
remove subordinate officers and prescribe the duties thereof.

        SECTION 3.07.  COMPENSATION.  The Board of Directors shall have power 
to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation.

        SECTION 3.08.  REMOVAL.  Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be 
removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best 
interest of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be 
without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                     STOCK

        SECTION 4.01.  CERTIFICATES.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a 
certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number and 
kind of shares of stock owned by him in the Corporation. Such countersigned 
by the Secretary or the Treasurer. Stock certificates shall be signed by the 
President or a Vice President and countersigned by the Secretary or the 
Treasurer. Stock certificates shall be in such form, not inconsistent with 
law or with the Charter, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. In 
case any officer of the Corporation who has signed any certificate ceases to 
be an officer of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or 
otherwise, before such certificate is issued, the certificate may 
nevertheless be issued and delivered by the Corporation as if the officer had 
not ceased to be such officer as of the date of its issue.

<PAGE>

                                                                         6.

        SECTION 4.02.  TRANSFERS.  The Board of Directors shall have power 
and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient 
concerning the issue and transfer of certificates of stock.

        SECTION 4.03.  STOCK LEDGERS.  Original or duplicate stock ledgers 
containing the names and addresses of the stockholders of the Corporation and 
the number of shares of each class held by them respectively, shall be kept 
at an office of the Corporation.

        SECTION 4.04.  RECORD DATES.  The Board of Directors is hereby 
empowered to fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of 
determining stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of 
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of 
stockholders for any other proper purpose.

        SECTION 4.05.  NEW CERTIFICATES.  In case any certificate of stock is 
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize 
the issuance of a new certificate in place thereof upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem advisable; or the Board of Directors may delegate 
such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation; but the Board of 
Directors or such officer or officers, in their discretion, may refuse to 
issue such new certificate save upon the order of some court having 
jurisdiction in the premises.

                                   ARTICLE V.

                                    FINANCE

        SECTION 5.01.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  Checks, drafts, and orders for 
the payment of money, notes and other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of the Corporation in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or 
less, shall, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of 
Directors, be signed by either the President, Vice President-Finance, or the 
Treasurer.

        Checks, drafts, and orders for the payment of money, notes and other 
evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation in an amount 
in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), shall, unless otherwise 
provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, be signed by both the 
President, Vice President, of the Treasurer jointly.

        SECTION 5.02.  ANNUAL REPORTS.  There shall be prepared annually a 
full and correct statement of the affairs of the Corporation, including a 
balance sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding 
fiscal year, which shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the Board of 
Directors and filed within twenty days thereafter at the principal office of 
the Corporation in this State.

                                  ARTICLE VI.

                               SUNDRY PROVISIONS

        SECTION 6.01.  AMENDMENTS.  Any and all provisions of these

<PAGE>

                                                                          7.

By-Laws may be altered or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted at any 
annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any special meeting called for that 
purpose. In addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power, at any 
regular or special meeting thereof, to make and adopt new by-laws or to 
amend, alter or repeal any by-law of the Corporation.

<PAGE>

                  AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS OF           
       PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION 

     The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of PATS AIRCRAFT AND 
ENGINEERING CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, hereby amends the By-Laws of 
the Corporation as follows:

     a. by deleting from Article III Section 3.01. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS the 
        words "from among the Directors;" from the second line thereof.

     b. by adding the following sentence between the first and second sentence 
        thereof:

             The Board of Directors may also elect a chief executive officer 
             and a chief financial officer, each to perform such duties as 
             may be ascribed to the office by the Board of Directors.

     In all other respects the By-Laws shall remain unchanged.

     This Amendment has been adopted by the sole shareholder in lieu of a 
special meeting called for that purpose pursuant to Section 2-408(c) of the 
Corporations and Associations Article of the MARYLAND ANNOTATED CODE (1993 
Repl. Vol., as amended).

WITNESS:                               PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
                                       Sole Shareholder
 
 /s/ Steve Tepper                      By:  /s/ John R. Hinson
- --------------------                      ----------------------- (SEAL)
  Steve Tepper                             John R. Hinson
                                           Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>

                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                     OF

                              PATS Support Inc.

FIRST:

     I, L. Roland Sturm, whose post office address is Reese and Carney, LLP, 
10715 Charter Drive, Columbia, Maryland 21044, being at least eighteen (18) 
years of age, hereby form a corporation under and by virtue of the General 
Laws of the State of Maryland.

SECOND:

     The name of the corporation (which is hereafter referred to as the 
"Corporation") is:

     PATS Support, Inc.

THIRD:

     The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are:

     (1)  To engage in the assembling, manufacturing, purchasing, sales, 
design, and service of aircraft components such as auxiliary power units, 
auxiliary fuel tanks, cooling systems, and other aircraft components.

     (2)  To engage in and carry on any other business which may conveniently 
be conducted in conjunction with any of the business of the Corporation.

     (3)  To acquire all or any part of the good will, rights, property and 
business of any person, firm, association or corporation heretofore or 
hereafter engaged in any business similar to any business which the 
corporation has the power to conduct, and to hold, utilize, and enjoy in any 
manner, dispose of the whole or any part of the rights, property

<PAGE>

and business so acquired, and to assume in connection therewith any 
liabilities of any such person, firm, association, or corporation.

     (4)  To apply for, obtain, purchase or otherwise acquire, any patents, 
copyrights, licenses, trademarks, trade names, rights, processes, formulas, 
and the like, which may become capable of being used for any of the purposes 
of the Corporation; and to use, exercise, develop, grant licenses in 
respect of, sell and otherwise turn to account, the same.

     (5)  To acquire by purchase, subscription, or in any other manner, take, 
receive, hold, use, employ, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, pledge, 
mortgage, lease, dispose of any otherwise deal in and with, any shares of 
stock, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages and other obligations, and 
any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments evidencing rights 
or options to receive, purchase or subscribe for the name or representing any 
other rights or interests therein or in any property or assets, issued or 
created by any persons, firms, associations, corporations, syndicates, or by 
any governments or subdivisions thereof; and to possess and exercise in 
respect thereof any and all the rights, powers and privileges of individual 
holders.

     (6)  To aid in any manner any person, firm, association, corporation or 
syndicate, of which any shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, or other 
obligations, or any certificates, receipts, warrants, or other instruments 
evidencing right or options to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, 
or representing any other rights or interests therein, are held by or for 
this Corporation, or in the welfare of which this Corporation shall have any 
interest, and to do any acts or things designed to protect, preserve, 
improve, enhance the value of any such property or interest, or any other 
property of this Corporation.

                                    - 2 -
<PAGE>

     (7)   To guarantee the payment of dividends upon any shares of stock or 
shares in, or the performance of any contract by, any other corporation or 
association in which this Corporation has an interest, and to endorse or 
otherwise guarantee the payment of the principal and interest, or either, of 
any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness created or 
issued by any such other corporation or association.

     (8)   To carry out all or any part of the foregoing objects as 
principal, factor, agent, contractor, or otherwise, either alone or through 
or in conjunction with any person, firm, association or corporation, and, in 
carrying on its business and for the purpose of attaining or furthering any 
of its objects and purposes, to make and perform any contracts and to do any 
acts or things and to exercise any powers suitable, convenient or proper for 
the accomplishment of any of the objects and purposes herein enumerated or 
incidental to the powers herein specified, or which at any time may appear 
conducive to or expedient for the accomplishment of any of such objects and 
purposes.

     (9)   To carry out all or any part of the aforesaid objects and 
purposes, and to conduct its business in all or any of its branches, in any 
or all states, territories, districts and possessions of the United States of 
America and in foreign countries; and to maintain offices and agencies in any 
or all states, territories, districts, and possessions of the United States 
of America and foreign countries.

     (10)  The foregoing objects and purposes shall, except when otherwise 
expressed, be in no way limited or restricted by reference to or inference 
from the terms of any other clause of this or any other article of these 
Articles of Incorporation or of any amendment thereto, and shall each be 
regarded as independent, and construed as powers as well as objects and 
purposes.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>

     (11)  The Corporation shall be authorized to exercise and enjoy all the 
powers, rights, and privileges granted to, or conferred upon, corporations of 
a similar character by the General Laws of the State of Maryland now or 
hereafter in force, and the enumeration of the foregoing powers shall not be 
deemed to exclude any powers, rights or privileges so granted or conferred.

     FOURTH:

           The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation 
in this State is 10715 Charter Drive, Columbia, Maryland 21044. The name and 
post office address of the Resident Agent of the Corporation in this State is 
L. Roland Sturm, 10715 Charter Drive, Columbia, Maryland 21044. Said Resident 
Agent is an individual actually residing in this State.

     FIFTH:

           The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation 
has authority to issue is five thousand (5,000) shares of Common Stock 
without par value.

     SIXTH:

           The number of directors of the Corporation shall be three (3), 
which number may be increased pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, 
but, shall never be less than three (3), unless there are less than three 
(3) stockholders, in which event the number of directors shall be equal to 
the number of stockholders. The names of the Directors who shall act until 
the first annual meeting or until their successors are duly chosen and 
qualified are:

           Harvey O. Patrick
           Larry Ohler
           Glenn Frost


                                     -4-
<PAGE>

     SEVENTH:

          The following provisions are hereby adopted for the purpose of 
defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and of the 
directors and stockholders:

     (1) The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby empowered to 
authorize the issuance from time-to-time of shares of its stock of any class 
or classes, whether now or hereafter authorized or securities convertible 
into shares of its stock of any class or classes, whether now or hereafter 
authorized.

     (2) The Board of Directors of the Corporation may classify or reclassify 
any unissued shares by fixing or altering in any one or more respects, from 
time-to-time before issuance of such shares, the preferences, rights, voting 
powers, restrictions and qualifications of, the dividends on, the times and 
prices of redemption of, and the conversion rights of, such shares.

     The enumeration and definition of a particular power of the Board of 
Directors included in the foregoing shall in no way be limited or restricted 
by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause of this or 
any other article of the Charter of the Corporation, or construed as or 
deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit any powers 
conferred upon the Board of Directors under the General Laws of the State of 
Maryland now or hereinafter in force.

     EIGHTH:

          Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board of Directors of 
the Corporation, no holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation shall 
have any preemptive right to purchase, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire 
any shares of stock of the 


                                     -5-
<PAGE>

Corporation of any class now or hereafter authorized, or any securities 
exchangeable for or convertible into such shares, or any warrants or other 
instruments evidencing rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or 
otherwise acquire such shares.

     NINTH:

          The duration of the corporation shall be perpetual.

     TENTH:

          (1) As used in this Article TENTH, any word or words that are 
defined in Section 2-418 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the 
ANNOTATED CODE OF MARYLAND (the "Indemnification Section"), as amended from 
time-to-time, shall have the same meaning as provided in the Indemnification 
Section.

          (2) The Corporation shall indemnify a present or former director or 
officer of the Corporation in connection with a proceeding to the fullest 
extent permitted by and in accordance with the Indemnification Section.

          (3) With respect to any corporate representative other than a 
present or former director or officer, the Corporation may indemnify such 
corporate representative in connection with a proceeding to the fullest 
extent permitted by and in accordance with the Indemnification Section; 
provided however, that the extent a corporate representative other than a 
present or former director or officer successfully defends on the merits or 
otherwise any proceeding referred to in subsections (b) or (c) of the 
Indemnification Section or any claim, issue or matter raised in such 
proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify such corporate representative 
other than a present or former director of officer under the Indemnification 
Section unless and until it shall have been determined and authorized in the 
specific case by (i) an affirmative vote, at a duly constituted meeting of a 


                                     -6-
<PAGE>

majority of the Board of Directors who were not parties to the proceeding; or 
(ii) an affirmative vote, at a duly constituted meeting of a majority of all 
the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote who were not parties to the 
proceeding, that indemnification of such corporate representative other than 
a present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Incorporation and 
acknowledge same to be my act this 26th day of November, 1996.



WITNESS

/s/ Billie Van Wagener                      /s/ L. Roland Sturm
- ------------------------------------        ----------------------------------


Please return to:
L. Roland Sturm, Esquire
Reese and Carney, LLP
10715 Charter Drive - Suite 200
Columbia MD 21044
(410) 740-4600


                                     -7-

<PAGE>
                                       
                              PATS Support, Inc.

                                    BY-LAWS


                                   ARTICLE I.

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETINGS. The Corporation shall hold each year, 
commencing with the year 1978, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the 
election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers 
of the Corporation, on the second Friday of September in each year if not a 
legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the first day following which 
is not a Sunday or a legal holiday. Any business of the Corporation may be 
transacted at an annual meeting without being specially designated in the 
notice, except such business as is specifically required by statute or by the 
charter to be stated in the notice. Failure to hold an annual meeting at the 
designated time shall not, however, invalidate the corporation existence or 
affect otherwise valid corporate acts.

     SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. At any time in the interval between 
annual meetings, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the 
President or by a majority of the Board of Directors by vote at a meeting or 
in writing with or without a meeting.

     SECTION 1.03.  PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of stockholders shall be 
held at the principal office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland, 
except in cases in which the notice thereof designates some other place; but 
all such meetings shall be held within the State of Maryland.

     SECTION 1.04.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Not less than ten days nor more than 
ninety days before the date of every stockholders' meeting, the Secretary 
shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, written or 
oral notice stating the time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a 
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, 
either by mail or by presenting it to him personally or by leaving it at his 
residence or usual place of business. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed 
to be given when deposited in the United States. Mail addressed to the 
stockholder at his post office address as it appears on the records of the 
Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provision, a waiver of notice in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to such notice and filed with the records of the meeting, whether 
before or after the holding thereof, or actual attendance at the meeting in 
person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice 
to such persons. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn 
from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice 
need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1.05.  VOTES REQUIRED. Actions required to be voted on by the 
stockholders in accordance with the "Corporation and Association" Article 
of the Maryland Annotated Code, shall be passed by the majority vote of 
stockholders entitled to vote.

     SECTION 1.06.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. At each meeting of stockholders a 
full, true and complete list in alphabetical order, or in alphabetical order 
by classes of stock, or all stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, 
certifying the number and class of shares held by each, shall be furnished by 
the Secretary.

     SECTION 1.07.  VOTING FOR DIRECTORS. Directors shall be elected by the 
majority vote of all stockholders entitled to vote. Each stockholder will 
have one and only one vote (cumulative voting is prohibited) for each 
position on the Board of Directors for which an election is being held.


                                   ARTICLE II.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 1.02.  POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall 
be managed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all 
the powers of the Corporation, except such as are by statute or the charter 
or by By-Laws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders. The Board of 
Directors shall keep full and fair accounts of its transactions.

     SECTION 2.02.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors of the 
Corporation shall be FOUR (4). By vote of three which constitute a majority 
of the entire Board of Directors, the number of directors may be increased or 
decreased, from time to time, to not exceeding twenty nor less than three 
directors.

     SECTION 2.03.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Until the first annual meeting of 
stockholders or until successors are duly elected and qualify, the Board 
shall consist of the persons named as such in the Charter. At the first 
annual meeting of stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the 
stockholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding 
annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualify. At any 
meeting of stockholders, duly called, the stockholders may, by the 
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be 
cast thereon, remove any director or directors from office and may elect a 
successor or successors to fill any resulting vacancies for the unexpired 
terms of removed directors.

     SECTION 2.04.  VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of 
Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of 
directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board 
of Directors, even if such remaining members do not constitute a quorum. Any 
vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be 
filled by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. A director 
elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold 
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor 
is elected and qualifies.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS. After each meeting of stockholders at 
which a Board of Directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors so 
elected shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose or organization and 
the transaction of other business at such time as may be designed by the 
stockholders at such meeting. The first meeting shall be held at the place 
designated by the Board of Directors for such first regular meeting or at the 
office of the Corporation in Howard County, Maryland. No notice of such first 
meeting shall be necessary if held as hereinabove provided. Other regular 
meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such 
places within or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time 
to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of 
Directors may be called at any time by the President or by a majority of the 
Board of Directors by vote at a meeting, or in writing with or without a 
meeting. Such special meetings shall be held at such place or places within 
or without the State of Maryland as may be designated from time to time by 
the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.07.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as provided in Section 2.05, 
notice of the place, day and hour of every regular and special meeting shall 
be given to each director two days (or more) before the meeting, by 
delivering the same to him personally, or by sending the same to him by 
telegraph, or by leaving the same at this residence or usual place of 
business, or, in the alternative, by mailing such notice three days (or more) 
before the meeting, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his last known 
post office address, according to the records of the Corporation. Unless 
required by these By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors, no 
notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need state the business to be 
transacted thereat. No notice of any meeting either before or after the 
holding thereof, waives such notice. Any meeting of the Board of Directors, 
regular or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or 
some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting 
other than by announcement.

     SECTION 2.08.  QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors the 
presence of a two-thirds' majority of the entire Board of Directors shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except in cases in which 
it is by statute, by the Charter or by the By-Laws otherwise provided, the 
vote of a simple majority of such quorum at a duly constituted meeting shall 
be sufficient to elect and pass any measure. In the absence of a quorum, the 
Directors present by majority vote and without notice other than by 
announcement may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall 
attend.

     SECTION 2.09.  INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or 
permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any 
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to 
such action is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as 
the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of 
proceedings of the Board or committee.


<PAGE>

                                                                         4.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                                   OFFICERS.

     SECTION 3.01.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors shall choose 
a President from among the Directors, and a Secretary and a Treasurer who 
need not be directors. The Board of Directors may choose one or more Vice 
Presidents. Any two or more of the above-mentioned offices, except those of 
President and a Vice President, may be held by the same person; but no 
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one 
capacity if such instrument be required by statute, by the Charter, by the 
By-Laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, 
acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers. Each such officer shall 
hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the 
annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his election, and until his 
successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until he shall have 
resigned or shall have been removed. Any vacancy in any of the above offices 
may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the Board of Directors 
at any regular or special meeting.

     SECTION 3.02.  PRESIDENT.  The President shall preside at all meetings 
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors at which he shall be 
present; he shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the 
Corporation; he may sign and execute, in the name of the Corporation, all 
authorized deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in 
cases in which the signing and execution thereof shall have been expressly 
delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, 
he shall perform all duties incident to the office of a president of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.03.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents, 
at the request of the President or in his absence or during his inability to 
act, shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the President, 
and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there by more 
than one Vice President, the President may determine which one or more of the 
Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties or exercise any of such 
functions; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any of such 
duties or exercise any of such functions. The Vice President or Vice 
Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may 
be assigned to him or them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     SECTION 3.04.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the 
meetings of stockholders, of the Board of Directors, and of any committees, 
in books provided for the purpose; he shall see that all notices are duly 
given in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws or as required by law; 
he shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation; and, in general, he 
shall perform all duties incident to the office of a secretary of a 
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to 
him by the Board of Directors or by the President.

<PAGE>

                                                                           6.

     SECTION 4.04.  RECORD DATES.  The Board of Directors is hereby empowered 
to fix, in advance, a date as the record date for the purpose of determining 
stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of 
stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or 
the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of 
stockholders for any other proper purpose.

     SECTION 4.05.  NEW CERTIFICATES.  In case any certificate of stock is 
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize 
the issuance of a new certificate in place thereof upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem advisable; or the Board of Directors may delegate 
such power to any officer or officers, in their discretion, may refuse to 
issue such new certificate save upon the order of some court having 
jurisdiction in the premises.


                                   ARTICLE V.

                                    FINANCE

     SECTION 5.01.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  Checks, drafts, and orders for the 
payment of money, notes and other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the 
name of the Corporation in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or 
less, shall, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of 
Directors, be signed by either the President Vice President-Finance, or the 
Treasurer.

     Checks, drafts, and orders for the payment of money, notes and other 
evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation in an amount 
in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), shall, unless otherwise 
provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, be signed by both the 
President, Vice President-Finance, or the Treasurer jointly.

     SECTION 5.02.  ANNUAL REPORTS.  There shall be prepared annually a full 
and correct statement of the affairs of the Corporation, including a balance 
sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal year, 
which shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and 
filed within twenty days thereafter at the principal office of the 
Corporation in this State.


                                  ARTICLE VI.

                               SUNDRY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.01.  AMENDMENTS.  Any and all provisions of these By-Laws may 
be altered or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted at any annual meeting 
of the stockholders, or at any special meeting called for that purpose. In 
addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power, at any regular or 
special meeting thereof, to make and adopt new by-laws or to amend, alter or 
repeal any by-law of the Corporation.

<PAGE>


                  AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS OF PATS SUPPORT, INC.

     The undersigned, being the sole shareholder of PATS Support, Inc., a 
Maryland corporation, hereby amends the By-Laws of the Corporation as follows:

     a. by deleting from Article III Section 3.01. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS the 
        words "from among the Directors;" from the second line thereof.

     b. by adding the following sentence between the first and second sentence 
        thereof:

             The Board of Directors may also elect a chief executive officer 
             and a chief financial officer, each to perform such duties as 
             may be ascribed to the office by the Board of Directors.

     In all other respects the By-Laws shall remain unchanged.

     This Amendment has been adopted by the sole shareholder in lieu of a 
special meeting called for that purpose pursuant to Section 2-408(c) of the 
Corporations and Associations Article of the MARYLAND ANNOTATED CODE (1993 
Repl. Vol., as amended).

WITNESS:                               PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
                                       Sole Shareholder
 
 /s/ Steve Tepper                      By:  /s/ John R. Hinson
- --------------------                      ----------------------- (SEAL)
  Steve Tepper                             John R. Hinson
                                           Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                          DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.


                       12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008


                    Guaranteed to the extent set forth herein by

                          AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, INC.
                             AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 AVTECH CORPORATION
                               CORY COMPONENTS, INC.
                             DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC.
                         ELSINORE AEROSPACE SERVICES, INC.
                             ELSINORE ENGINEERING, INC.
                          HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                            ---------------------------

                                     INDENTURE

                            Dated as of October 5, 1998

                            ---------------------------


                        STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                      TRUSTEE


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

                              --------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Trust Indenture Act Section                                 Indenture Section
<S>                                                         <C>
310 (a)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(a)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(a)(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(a)(4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(a)(5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
311(a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
312 (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.05
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.03
(iv)(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.03
313(a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06
(b)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(b)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06;
                                                                          7.07
(v)(c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06;
                                                                          11.02
(vi)(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06
314(a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.03;
                                                                          11.02
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(c)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.04
(c)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.04
(c)(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(vii)(e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.05
(f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NA
315 (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.05,
                                                                          11.02
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11
316 (a)(last sentence). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.09
(a)(1)(A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.05
(a)(1)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.04
(a)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.07
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12
317 (a)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.08
(a)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.09
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
318 (a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.01
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.01

</TABLE>
N.A. means not applicable.
*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE 1.       DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . 1

  SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
  SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 1.03.  INCORPORATION OF TIA PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
  SECTION 1.04.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE 2.       THE NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

  SECTION 2.01.  FORM AND DATING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
  SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
  SECTION 2.03.  REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
  SECTION 2.04.  PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
  SECTION 2.05.  HOLDER LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
  SECTION 2.06.  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
  SECTION 2.07.  REPLACEMENT NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
  SECTION 2.08.  OUTSTANDING NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
  SECTION 2.09.  TREASURY NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
  SECTION 2.10.  TEMPORARY NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
  SECTION 2.11.  CANCELLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
  SECTION 2.12.  DEFAULTED INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

ARTICLE 3.       REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

  SECTION 3.01.  NOTICES TO TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
  SECTION 3.02.  SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
  SECTION 3.03.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
  SECTION 3.04.  EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
  SECTION 3.05.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
  SECTION 3.06.  NOTES REDEEMED IN PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
  SECTION 3.07.  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
  SECTION 3.08.  MANDATORY REDEMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
  SECTION 3.09.  OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS. . . . . 38

ARTICLE 4.       COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

  SECTION 4.01.  PAYMENT OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
  SECTION 4.02.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
  SECTION 4.03.  REPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
  SECTION 4.04.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 4.05.  TAXES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 4.06.  STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 4.07.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  SECTION 4.08.  DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
                 SUBSIDIARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
  SECTION 4.09.  INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK . 46
  SECTION 4.10.  ASSET SALES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
  SECTION 4.11.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
  SECTION 4.12.  LIENS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51


                                          i
<PAGE>

  SECTION 4.13.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
  SECTION 4.14.  OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL . . . . . . . . . 51
  SECTION 4.15.  NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
  SECTION 4.16.  SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
  SECTION 4.17.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
  SECTION 4.18.  ADDITIONAL NOTE GUARANTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

ARTICLE 5.       SUCCESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

  SECTION 5.01.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . 53
  SECTION 5.02.  SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

ARTICLE 6.       DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

  SECTION 6.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
  SECTION 6.02.  ACCELERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  SECTION 6.03.  OTHER REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  SECTION 6.04.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  SECTION 6.05.  CONTROL BY MAJORITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
  SECTION 6.06.  LIMITATION ON SUITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
  SECTION 6.07.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT. . . . . . . . 57
  SECTION 6.08.  COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
  SECTION 6.09.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
  SECTION 6.10.  PRIORITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
  SECTION 6.11.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

ARTICLE 7.       TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

  SECTION 7.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
  SECTION 7.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
  SECTION 7.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  SECTION 7.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  SECTION 7.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  SECTION 7.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . 61
  SECTION 7.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
  SECTION 7.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
  SECTION 7.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  SECTION 7.10.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  SECTION 7.11.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER . . . . . . 64

ARTICLE 8.       LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE . . . . . . . . . . 64

  SECTION 8.01.  OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE . . 64
  SECTION 8.02.  LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
  SECTION 8.03.  COVENANT DEFEASANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
  SECTION 8.04.  CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE . . . . . . . . . 65
  SECTION 8.05.  DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST;
                 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
  SECTION 8.06.  REPAYMENT TO ISSUER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
  SECTION 8.07.  REINSTATEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67


                                          ii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 9.       AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

  SECTION 9.01.  WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
  SECTION 9.02.  WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
  SECTION 9.03.  COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  SECTION 9.04.  REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  SECTION 9.05.  NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  SECTION 9.06.  TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

ARTICLE 10.      SUBORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

  SECTION 10.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  SECTION 10.02. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
  SECTION 10.03. LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
  SECTION 10.04. DEFAULT ON DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . 72
  SECTION 10.05. ACCELERATION OF SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
  SECTION 10.06. WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
  SECTION 10.07. NOTICE BY ISSUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
  SECTION 10.08. SUBROGATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
  SECTION 10.09. RELATIVE RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
  SECTION 10.10. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY ISSUER. . . . . . . . . 74
  SECTION 10.11. DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE . . . . . . . . . . 74
  SECTION 10.12. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
  SECTION 10.13. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 74
  SECTION 10.14. NO WAIVER OF SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . 75
  SECTION 10.15. AMENDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

ARTICLE 11.      NOTE GUARANTEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

  SECTION 11.01. GUARANTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
  SECTION 11.02. SUBORDINATION OF NOTE GUARANTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
  SECTION 11.03. LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
  SECTION 11.04. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF NOTE GUARANTEE . . . . . . . . . . 77
  SECTION 11.05. GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS . . . . . 77
  SECTION 11.06. RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

ARTICLE 12.      MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

  SECTION 12.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
  SECTION 12.02. NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
  SECTION 12.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF
                 NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
  SECTION 12.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . . . . . 79
  SECTION 12.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION. . . . . . . . 80
  SECTION 12.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
  SECTION 12.07. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
                 STOCKHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
  SECTION 12.08. GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
  SECTION 12.09. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . 81
  SECTION 12.10. SUCCESSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
  SECTION 12.11. SEVERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
  SECTION 12.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
  SECTION 12.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
</TABLE>


                                         iii
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A:     FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B:     FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT C:     FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT D:     FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL
               ACCREDITED INVESTOR
EXHIBIT E:     FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE


                                          iv
<PAGE>

     INDENTURE dated as of October 5, 1998, by and among DeCrane Aircraft
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the "ISSUER"), Aerospace Display
Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Audio International, Inc., an Arkansas
corporation, Avtech Corporation, a Washington corporation, Cory Components,
Inc., a California corporation, Dettmers Industries, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc., a California corporation,
Elsinore Engineering, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Hollingsead International,
Inc., a California corporation and Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc., a
California corporation (collectively, the "GUARANTORS") and State Street Bank
and Trust Company, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

     The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit
of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Issuer's 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "SENIOR SUBORDINATED
NOTES") and the new 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "NEW SENIOR
SUBORDINATED NOTES" and, together with the Senior Subordinated Notes, the
"NOTES") to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement
(defined below).

                                     ARTICLE 1.
                     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.

     "144A GLOBAL NOTE" means the form of the Notes initially sold to QIBs.

     "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SUBSIDIARY" means an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells any of
its accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Facility.

     "ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any specified Person, (a)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering an asset acquired by such specified Person at the time such asset is
acquired by such specified Person.

     "ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by an indirect subsidiary of Holdings
of at least majority of the outstanding stock of the Issuer, the merger of such
subsidiary into the Issuer, the repayment of certain indebtedness of the Issuer,
the payment of certain related fees and expenses and the Finance Merger.

     "ACQUISITION FINANCING" means (i) the issuance and sale by the Issuer of
the Notes, (ii) the execution and delivery by the Issuer (or its predecessor)
and certain of its subsidiaries of the New Credit Facility and the borrowing
thereunder and the issuance and sale by the Issuer (or its predecessor) of
bridge notes to finance the Acquisition and (iii) the issuance and sale by
Holdings of common stock and preferred stock for consideration, the proceeds of
each of which were used to fund the purchase price for the Acquisition.

     "ADDITIONAL NOTES" means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes)
issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof.


                                          1
<PAGE>

     "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person which, directly
or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under direct or indirect common
control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control,"
when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

     "APPLICABLE PROCEDURES" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of
or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the
Depositary, Euroclear and Cedel that apply to such transfer or exchange.

     "ASSET SALE" means (a) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other
transfer (a "disposition") of any properties, assets or rights (including,
without limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback) (provided that the sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Sections
4.14 and/or 5.01 and not by Section 4.10), and (b) the issuance, sale or
transfer by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests
of any of the Issuer's Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause
(a) or (b), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions
(i) that have a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million or (ii) for net
proceeds in excess of $5.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following
items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: (a) dispositions in the ordinary
course of business; (b) a disposition of assets by the Issuer to a Restricted
Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted
Subsidiary; (c) a disposition of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to
the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary; (d) the sale and leaseback of
any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof; (e) foreclosures on
assets; (f) any exchange of like property pursuant to Section 1031 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for use in a Permitted Business;
(g) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; (h) a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment that
is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; and (i) sales of accounts receivable, or
participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility.

     "ATTRIBUTABLE INDEBTEDNESS" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction
means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate
of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term
of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended).

     "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state
law for the relief of debtors.

     "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Board of Directors of the Issuer, or any
authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

     "BRIDGE NOTES" means the $100.0 million of Senior Subordinated Increasing
Rate Notes issued by DeCrane Finance Co. to DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.


                                          2
<PAGE>

     "CAPITAL EXPENDITURE INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness incurred by any
Person to finance the purchase or construction or any property or assets
acquired or constructed by such Person which have a useful life or more than one
year so long as (a) the purchase or construction price for such property or
assets is included in "addition to property, plant or equipment" in accordance
with GAAP, (b) the acquisition or construction of such property or assets is not
part of any acquisition of a Person or line of business and (c) such
Indebtedness is incurred within 90 days of the acquisition or completion of
construction of such property or assets.

     "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.

     "CAPITAL STOCK" means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (d) any
other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing
Person.

     "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) Government Securities, (ii) any certificate of
deposit maturing not more than 365 days after the date of acquisition issued by,
or demand deposit or time deposit of, an Eligible Institution or any lender
under the New Credit Facility, (iii) commercial paper maturing not more than 365
days after the date of acquisition of an issuer (other than an Affiliate of the
Issuer) with a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made,
of "A-3" (or higher) according to S&P or "P-2" (or higher) according to Moody's
or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if
both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments,
(iv) any bankers acceptances of money market deposit accounts issued by an
Eligible Institution and (v) any fund investing exclusively in investments of
the types described in clauses (i) through (iv) above and (vi) in the case of
any Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside the
United States, investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in
which such Subsidiary is organized or has its principal place of business which
are similar to the items specified in clauses (i) through (v) above (including
without limitation any deposit with any bank that is a lender to any such
Subsidiary).

     "CEDEL" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, to any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) of
the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties; (b) the
adoption of a plan for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; (c) the
consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" or "group" (as such
terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals
and their Related Parties, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is
defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of 50% or more of the voting
power of the outstanding voting stock of the Issuer;  or (d) the first day on
which a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Issuer are not
Continuing Members.


                                          3
<PAGE>

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period plus, to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income,
(a) an amount equal to any extraordinary or non-recurring loss plus any net loss
realized in connection with an Asset Sale, (b) provision for taxes based on
income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, (c) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period, (d) depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and all
other non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period),
including charges related to non-cash minority interests of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (e) net periodic post-retirement
benefits, (f) other income or expense net as set forth on the face of such
Person's statement of operations, (g) expenses and charges of the Issuer related
to the Acquisition, the New Credit Facility and the application of the proceeds
thereof which are paid, taken or otherwise accounted for within 180 days of the
consummation of the Acquisition, and (h) any non-capitalized transaction costs
incurred in connection with actual or proposed financings, acquisition or
divestitures (including, but not limited to, financing and refinancing fees and
costs incurred in connection with the Acquisition), in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Fixed
Charges of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of,
a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to
compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion)
that Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person.

     "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the interest expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,
determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to
Attributable Indebtedness, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and
net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations; PROVIDED that in no event
shall any amortization of deferred financing costs be included in Consolidated
Interest Expense); and (b) the consolidated capitalized interest of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued;
PROVIDED, however, that Receivables Fees shall be deemed not to constitute
Consolidated Interest Expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Consolidated
Interest Expense with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent (and in the
same proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included
in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

     "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
PROVIDED that (a) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof, (b) the Net Income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary other than a
Subsidiary organized or having its principal place of business outside the
United States shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net


                                          4
<PAGE>

Income (or loss) is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly,
by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment,
decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition shall be excluded, (d) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles shall be excluded and (e) expenses and charges related to
the Acquisition, the New Credit Facility and the application of the proceeds
thereof which are paid, taken or otherwise accounted for within 180 days of the
consummation of the Acquisition shall be excluded.

     "CONTINUING MEMBERS" means, as of any date of determination, any member of
the board of directors of the Issuer who (a) was a member of such board of
directors immediately after consummation of the Acquisition or (b) was nominated
for election or elected to such board of directors with the approval of, or
whose election to the board of directors was ratified by, at least a majority of
the Continuing Members who were members of such board of directors at the time
of such nomination or election or any successor Continuing Directors appointed
by such Continuing Directors (or their successors).

     "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE OF THE TRUSTEE" shall be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the
Trustee may give notice to the Issuer.

     "CUSTODIAN" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar
official under any Bankruptcy Law.

     "DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

     "DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a certificated Note registered in the name of the
Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in the form of
Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend
and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note"
attached thereto.

     "DEPOSITARY" means The Depository Trust Company.

     "DESIGNATED NONCASH CONSIDERATION" means the fair market value of non-cash
consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate, setting forth the basis of
such valuation, executed by the principal executive officer and the principal
financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents
received in connection with a sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

     "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event (other than any event solely
within the control of the issuer thereof), matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, is exchangeable for
Indebtedness (except to the extent exchangeable at the option of such Person
subject to the terms of any debt instrument to which such Person is a party) or
redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior
to the date on which the Notes mature; provided that any Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the
right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock
if the


                                          5
<PAGE>

terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem
any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or
redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and provided further that, if such
Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer
or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock
shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be
repurchased by the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory
obligations.

     "DLJMB" means DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates.

     "DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws
of the United States or any State, district or territory thereof other than
Audio International Sales, Inc., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation.

     "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" means a commercial banking institution that has
combined capital and surplus not less than $100.0 million or its equivalent in
foreign currency, whose short-term debt is rated "A-3" or higher according to
Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") or "P-2" or higher according to Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's") or carrying an equivalent rating by a
nationally recognized rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies
cease publishing ratings of investments.

     "EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

     "EUROCLEAR" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "EXCHANGE NOTES" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.

     "EXCHANGE OFFER" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     "EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility) in
existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

     "FINANCE MERGER" means the merger of DeCrane Finance Co. with and into
DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.

     "FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (a) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for
such period and (b) all dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of
such Person (other than dividends payable solely in Equity Interests that are
not Disqualified Stock), in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance
with GAAP.


                                          6
<PAGE>

     "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
(exclusive of amounts attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, or operations and businesses disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date (as defined)) to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such
period (exclusive of amounts attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, or operations and businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date). In the event that the referent Person or any of
its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other
than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred stock
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of preferred stock and the use of the proceeds therefrom,
as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
reference period. In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred
to above, acquisitions that have been made by the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries, including all mergers or consolidations and any related financing
transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated
Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated to include the
Consolidated Cash Flow of the acquired entities on a pro forma basis after
giving effect to cost savings resulting from employee terminations, facilities
consolidations and closings, standardization of employee benefits and
compensation practices, consolidation of property, casualty and other insurance
coverage and policies, standardization of sales and distribution methods,
reductions in taxes other than income taxes and other cost savings reasonably
expected to be realized from such acquisition, as determined in good faith by
the principal financial officer of the Issuer (regardless of whether such cost
savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements under GAAP,
Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission or any other regulation or policy
of the Commission) and without giving effect to clause (c) of the proviso set
forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.

     "GLOBAL NOTES" means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted
Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A hereto
issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f)
hereof.

     "GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii),
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     "GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the
United States pledges its full faith and credit.

     "GTP" means Global Technology Partners, LLC and its Affiliates.


                                          7
<PAGE>

     "GTP INVESTMENT" means the sale by Holdings to GTP of its common stock,
preferred stock or warrants to purchase common stock, the purchase price of
which will be partially financed by the GTP Loan, and the granting by Holdings
to GTP of options to purchase shares of its common stock.

     "GTP LOANS" means one or more loans by the Issuer or Holdings to GTP to
finance GTP's purchase of common stock, preferred stock or warrants to purchase
common stock of Holdings; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount
of all such GTP Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed $2 million.

     "GUARANTEE" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

     "GUARANTORS" means (i) each of the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Issuer that
is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary on the date of the Indenture and (ii)
any other Subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture.

     "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (a) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (b) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates and (c) agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in exchange rates.

     "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

     "HOLDINGS" means DeCrane Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the
corporate parent of the Issuer, or its successors.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or
similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof) or banker's acceptances or representing Capital Lease Obligations or
the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or
representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes
an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing
Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear
as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with
GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of
such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to
the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any
Indebtedness of any other Person, PROVIDED that Indebtedness shall not include
the pledge by the Issuer of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer to secure Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary. The
amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted
value thereof (together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past
due), in the case of any Indebtedness that does not require current payments of
interest, and (b) the principal amount thereof, in the case of any other
Indebtedness; PROVIDED that the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is
denominated in any currency other than United States dollars shall be the amount
thereof, as determined pursuant to the foregoing provision, converted into
United States dollars at the Spot Rate in effect on the date that such
Indebtedness was incurred (or, if such indebtedness was incurred prior to the
date of the Indenture, the Spot Rate in effect on the date of this Indenture).

     "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time.


                                          8
<PAGE>

     "INDIRECT PARTICIPANT" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a
Global Note through a Participant.

     "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" means an institution that is an
"accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

     "INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees by the referent Person of, and Liens on any
assets of the referent Person securing, Indebtedness or other obligations of
other Persons), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would
be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with
GAAP, PROVIDED that an investment by the Issuer for consideration consisting of
common equity securities of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be an Investment.
If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise
disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition,
such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed
to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to
the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not
sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph
of Section 4.07 hereof.

     "LEGAL HOLIDAY" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York or the city in which the principal
corporate trust office of the Trustee is located, or at a place of payment, are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment
date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

     "LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL" means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by
the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in
connection with the Exchange Offer.

     "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

     "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to
Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

     "MANAGEMENT LOANS" means one or more loans by the Issuer or Holdings to
officers and/or directors of the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to finance the purchase by such officers and directors of common stock of
Holdings; PROVIDED, however, that the aggregate principal amount of all such
Management Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed $5.0 million.

     "NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (a) any gain (or
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or


                                          9
<PAGE>

loss), realized in connection with (i) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or
(ii) the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or
nonrecurring gain (or loss).

     "NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of, without duplication,
(a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, recording
fees, title transfer fees and appraiser fees and cost of preparation of assets
for sale) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (b) taxes
paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (c) amounts required to
be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than revolving credit
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the New Credit Facility) secured by a Lien on
the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and (d) any reserve
established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either
case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets until
such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated,
in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so
reversed or the amount returned to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries
from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

     "NEW CREDIT FACILITY" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of
August 28, 1998 among the Issuer, various financial institutions party thereto,
DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., as syndication agent, and The First National Bank of
Chicago, as administrative agent, including any related notes, guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced
or refinanced from time to time, including any agreement (i) extending or
shortening the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated
thereby, (ii) adding or deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder,
(iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to
be borrowed thereunder, PROVIDED that on the date such Indebtedness is incurred
it would not be prohibited by clause (i) of Section 4.09 hereof or (iv)
otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.  Indebtedness under the New
Credit Facility outstanding on the date of this Indenture shall be deemed to
have been incurred on such date in reliance on the first paragraph of Section
4.09 hereof.

     "NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i) no default with respect to,
which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity; and (ii) as to which the lenders have been notified in
writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock (other than the stock
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary pledged by the Issuer to secure debt of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary) or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that in no event shall Indebtedness of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary fail to be Non-Recourse Debt solely as a result of any default
provisions contained in a guarantee thereof by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary was
otherwise permitted to incur such guarantee pursuant to this Indenture.

     "NON-U.S. PERSON" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.


                                          10
<PAGE>

     "NOTE CUSTODIAN" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes
in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

     "NOTE GUARANTEE" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer's
payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, including any subsequent
Guarantees executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

     "NOTES" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.

     "OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

     "OFFERING" means the offering of the Notes by the Issuer.

     "OFFICER" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the
Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

     "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer
by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom must be the principal executive
officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal
accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements of Sections 12.04
and 12.05 hereof.

     "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Sections 12.04 and
12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any
Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Trustee.

     "PARI PASSU INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Issuer that ranks PARI
PASSU in right of payment to the Notes.

     "PARTICIPANT" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel, a
Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel, respectively
(and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and
Cedel).

     "PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

     "PERMITTED BUSINESS" means the avionics manufacturing industry and any
business in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the
date of this Indenture or any business reasonably related, incidental or
ancillary thereto.

     "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (a) any Investment in the Issuer or in a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (b) any Investment in cash or Cash
Equivalents, (c) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (i) such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) such Person is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially
all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (d) any Investment made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof, (e) any Investment acquired solely
in exchange for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the


                                          11
<PAGE>

Issuer, (f) any Investment in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business (other
than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
clause (f) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 15% of Total Assets
at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment
being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes
in value), (g) Investments relating to any special purpose Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in connection with a Receivables Facility
that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of the Issuer,
are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility and (h) the
Management Loans and GTP Loans.

     "PERMITTED LIENS" means: (i) Liens on property of a Person existing at the
time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, PROVIDED that such Liens were not incurred in
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not secure any property or
assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
assets subject to the Liens prior to such merger or consolidation; (ii) Liens
existing on the date of this Indenture; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness
consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money Indebtedness,
mortgage financings, industrial revenue bonds or other monetary obligations, in
each case incurred solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction or installation of assets used in the
business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or repairs, additions or
improvements to such assets, PROVIDED that (A) such Liens secure Indebtedness in
an amount not in excess of the original purchase price or the original cost of
any such assets or repair, additional or improvement thereto (plus an amount
equal to the reasonable fees and expenses in connection with the incurrence of
such Indebtedness), (B) such Liens do not extend to any other assets of the
Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of repair, addition or
improvements to any such assets, such Lien extends only to the assets (and
improvements thereto or thereon) repaired, added to or improved), (C) the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 4.09 hereof and (D) such
Liens attach within 365 days of such purchase, construction, installation,
repair, addition or improvement; (iv) Liens to secure any refinancings,
renewals, extensions, modification or replacements (collectively, "refinancing")
(or successive refinancings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured
by Liens referred to in the clauses above so long as such Lien does not extend
to any other property (other than improvements thereto); (v) Liens securing
letters of credit entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past business practice; (vi) Liens on and pledges of the capital stock of
any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary; (vii) Liens securing Indebtedness (including all Obligations) under
the New Credit Facility; and (viii) other Liens securing Indebtedness that is
permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding having an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50.0 million.

     "PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued within 60 days after repayment of,
in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance,
renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that (a) the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed
the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus premium, if
any, and accrued interest on the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred
in connection therewith), (b) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a
final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded, and (c) if the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is


                                          12
<PAGE>

subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least
as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

     "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including
any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity or substantially all of
the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business).

     "PRINCIPALS" means DLJMB.

     "PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i)
to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise
permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

     "PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means any issuance of common stock by the Issuer
(other than to Holdings and other than Disqualified Stock) or common stock or
preferred stock by Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) registered pursuant
to the Securities Act, other than issuances registered on Form S-8 and issuances
registered on Form S-4, excluding issuances of common stock pursuant to employee
benefit plans of Holdings or the Issuer or otherwise as compensation to
employees of the Issuer or Holdings.

     "QUALIFIED PROCEEDS" means any of the following or any combination of the
following: (i) cash; (ii) Cash Equivalents; (iii) assets that are used or useful
in a Permitted Business; and (iv) the Capital Stock of any Person engaged in a
Permitted Business if, in connection with the receipt by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of such Capital Stock, (A) such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

     "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

     "RECEIVABLES FACILITY" means one or more receivables financing facilities,
as amended from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to an Accounts Receivable
Subsidiary.

     "RECEIVABLES FEES" means distributions or payments made directly or by
means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or sold in
connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

     "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of October 5, 1998, by and among the Issuer and the other parties named
on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one
or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties
thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional
Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

     "REGULATION S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.


                                          13
<PAGE>

     "REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE" means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or
Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

     "REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE" means a permanent global Note in the
form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend, if applicable, and deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

     "REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE" means a temporary global Note in the
form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903
of Regulation S.

     "RELATED PARTY" means, with respect to any Principal, (i) any controlling
stockholder or partner of such Principal on the date of this Indenture, or (ii)
any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding (directly or
through one or more Subsidiaries) a 51% or more controlling interest of which
consist of the Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the
immediately preceding clauses (i) or (ii).

     "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter,
any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject.

     "RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a Definitive Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend.

     "RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend.

     "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

     "RESTRICTED PERIOD" means the 40-day restricted period as defined in
Regulation S.

     "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     "RULE 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     "RULE 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Shelf Registration Statement as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.


                                          14
<PAGE>

     "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date
hereof.

     "SPOT RATE" means, for any currency, the spot rate at which such currency
is offered for sale against United States dollars as determined by reference to
the New York foreign exchange selling rates, as published in The Wall Street
Journal on such date of determination for the immediately preceding business day
or, if such rate is not available, as determined in any publicly available
source of similar market data.

     "STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (b) any partnership or limited liability company (i) the sole
general partner or the managing general partner or managing member of which is
such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (ii) the only general partners or
managing members of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person (or any combination thereof).

     "TAX SHARING AGREEMENT" means any tax sharing agreement or arrangement
between the Issuer and Holdings, as the same may be amended from time to time;
PROVIDED that in no event shall the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to all
such agreements and/or arrangements exceed the amount the Issuer would be
required to pay for income taxes were it to file a consolidated tax return for
itself and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as if it were a corporation
that was a parent of a consolidated group.

     "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections
 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA.

     "TOTAL ASSETS" means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet (excluding
the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "TREASURY RATE" means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as
of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is
no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most
nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2003;
PROVIDED that if the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2003 is
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.


                                          15
<PAGE>

     "TRUSTEE" means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
means the successor serving hereunder.

     "UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE" means a permanent global Note in the form of
Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the
"Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto, and
that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

     "UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE" means one or more Definitive Notes that do
not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

     "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that is designated by the
board of directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution,
but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness other than
Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer unless
the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no
less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might
be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer; (c)
is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for
additional Equity Interests (other than Investments described in clause (g) of
the definition of Permitted Investments) or (ii) to maintain or preserve such
Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified
levels, of operating results; and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly
or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the board of directors
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of
the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers'
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing
conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer shall be in
default of such covenant). The board of directors of the Issuer may at any time
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED
that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof and (ii) no Default or Event
of Default would be in existence following such designation.

     "U.S. PERSON" means (i) any individual resident in the United States,
(ii) any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of
the United States, (iii) any estate of which an executor or administrator is a
U.S. Person (other than an estate governed by foreign law and of which at least
one executor or administrator is a non-U.S. Person who has sole or shared
investment discretion with respect to its assets), (iv) any trust of which any
trustee is a U.S. Person (other than a trust of which at least one trustee is a
non-U.S. Person who has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to its
assets and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settler, if the trust is
revocable) is a U.S. Person), (v) any agency or branch of a foreign entity
located in the United States, (vi) any non-discretionary or similar account
(other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the
benefit or account of a U.S. Person, (vii) any discretionary or similar account
(other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized,
incorporated or (if an individual) resident in the United States (other than
such an account held


                                          16
<PAGE>

for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. Person), (viii) any partnership or
corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction
and formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in
securities not registered under the Securities Act (unless it is organized or
incorporated and owned, by "accredited investors" within the meaning of Rule
501(a) under the Securities Act who are not natural persons, estates or trusts);
provided that the term "U.S. Person" shall not include (A) a branch or agency of
a U.S. Person that is located and operating outside the United States for valid
business purposes as a locally regulated branch or agency engaged in the banking
or insurance business, (B) any employee benefit plan established and
administered in accordance with the law, customary practices and documentation
of a foreign country and (C) the international organizations set forth in
Section 902(o)(7) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and any other similar
international organizations, and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.

     "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

     "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person
all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which
(other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

     "WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership
interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time
be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Defined in
          Term                                                 Section
       <S>                                                   <C>
       "Affiliate Transaction" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
       "Asset Sale". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
       "Asset Sale Offer". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.09
       "Authentication Order". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.02
       "Bankruptcy Law". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.01
       "Change of Control Offer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15
       "Change of Control Payment" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15
       "Change of Control Payment Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15
       "Covenant Defeasance" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.03
       "Designated Senior Indebtedness". . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.02
       "Event of Default". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.01
       "Excess Proceeds" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
       "incur" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.09
       "Legal Defeasance"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.02


                                          17
<PAGE>

       "Offer Amount". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.09
       "Offer Period". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.09
       "Paying Agent". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.03
       "Permitted Junior Securities" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.02
       "Permitted Indebtedness". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.09
       "Purchase Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.09
       "Registrar" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.03
       "Restricted Payments" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.07
       "Representative". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.02
       "Senior Indebtedness" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.02
</TABLE>

SECTION 1.03.  INCORPORATION OF TIA PROVISIONS.

     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     "INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Notes;

     "INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER" means a Holder of a Note;

     "INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Indenture;

     "INDENTURE TRUSTEE" or "INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE" means the Trustee; and

     "OBLIGOR" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Issuer and the
Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note
Guarantees, respectively.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA
have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

                         (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                         (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the
                    meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                         (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

                         (4)  words in the singular include the plural, and in
                    the plural include the singular;

                         (5)  provisions apply to successive events and
                    transactions; and


                                          18
<PAGE>

                         (6)  references to sections of or rules under the
                    Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
                    replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the
                    Commission from time to time.

                                     ARTICLE 2.
                                     THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.  FORM AND DATING.

      (a) GENERAL.  The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or
usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes
shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, except that
Notes used to pay Liquidated Damages may be in other denominations.

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors
and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly
agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the
extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this
Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

     (b)  GLOBAL NOTES.  Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

     (c)  TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTES.  Notes offered and sold in reliance on
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of Exhibit A-2 attached
hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for
the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of
the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of
Euroclear or Cedel Bank, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon
the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate from the Depositary,
together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Cedel Bank certifying
that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership
of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an
interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from
registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial
ownership interest in a 144A Global Note, all as contemplated by Section 
2.06 (a)(ii) hereof), and (ii) an Officers' Certificate from the Issuer.
Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Temporary


                                          19
<PAGE>

Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.  Simultaneously
with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Trustee
shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.  The aggregate principal
amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent
Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made
on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may
be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

     (d)  EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL PROCEDURES APPLICABLE.  The provisions of the
"Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank"
and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank shall be applicable to transfers of
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the
Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through
Euroclear or Cedel Bank.

SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

     One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile
signature.  The Issuer's seal may be reproduced on the Notes and may be in
facsimile form.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at
the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

     A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of
the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under this Indenture.

     The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer
(an "AUTHENTICATION ORDER"), authenticate Notes for original issue up to the
aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes plus Notes issued
to pay Liquidated Damages pursuant to paragraph 2 of the Notes.  The aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount,
plus (i) any additional series of Notes permitted to be issued pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) hereof and (ii) except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to
authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the
Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the
Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the
same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

SECTION 2.03.  REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

     The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for registration of transfer or for exchange ("REGISTRAR") and an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("PAYING AGENT").  The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The
Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying
agents.  The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying
Agent" includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying
Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the


                                          20
<PAGE>

Trustee shall act as such.  The Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries
may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

     The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act
as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

     The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

SECTION 2.04.  PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

     The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree
in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders
or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal,
premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify
the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  While any
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the
Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have
no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the
benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy
or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as
Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05.  HOLDER LISTS.

     The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee
is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the
Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

SECTION 2.06.  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

     (a)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.  A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the
Depositary, the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a
nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the
Issuer for Definitive Notes if (i) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice
from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the
Issuer within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii)
the Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but
not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written
notice to such effect to the Trustee; PROVIDED that in no event shall the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive
Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt
by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B)
under the Securities Act or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a
default or an Event of Default and the Trustee receives a request from the
Depositary to issue Definitive Notes.  Upon the occurrence of either


                                          21
<PAGE>

of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued
in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also
may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07
and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in
lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or
Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form
of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another
Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial
interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in
Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

     (b)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTES.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted
Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those
set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with
either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

          (i)   TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE SAME GLOBAL NOTE.
     Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to
     Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
     the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
     restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of
     beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may not be
     made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other
     than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
     Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
     form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written
     orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar
     to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

          (ii)  ALL OTHER TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
     GLOBAL NOTES.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial
     interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor
     of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a
     written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the
     Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
     Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
     another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
     transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the
     Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant
     account to be credited with such increase or (B)(1) a written order from a
     Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
     accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause
     to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
     interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the
     Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in
     whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer
     or exchange referred to in (1) above; PROVIDED that in no event shall
     Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial
     interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the
     expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of
     any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.
     Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with
     Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall


                                          22
<PAGE>

     be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the
     instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder
     of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon
     satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
     beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the
     Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
     adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
     Section 2.06(h) hereof.

          (iii) TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS TO ANOTHER RESTRICTED GLOBAL
     NOTE.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
     transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
     beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
     complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the
     Registrar receives the following:

                (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
          beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must
          deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (1) thereof; and

                (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
          beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the
          Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
          certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (2) thereof.

          (iv)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED
     GLOBAL NOTE FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  A
     beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any
     holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
     transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
     beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or
     transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

                (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
          Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
          and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the
          case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
          certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
          broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
          Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule
          144) of the Issuer;

                (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
          Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
          pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
          with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                    (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
                Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
                interest for a beneficial interest in an


                                          23
<PAGE>

                Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the
                form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
                (1)(a) thereof; or

                    (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
                Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
                interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
                of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a
                certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

          and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
          Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
          Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
          the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
          Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
          and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
          maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above
at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D)
above.

     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged
for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

     (c)  TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.

          (i)   BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO RESTRICTED
     DEFINITIVE NOTES.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
     Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
     Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
     takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
     upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

                (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
          Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
          Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form
          of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a)
          thereof;

                (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
          accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to
          the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
          in item (1) thereof;

                (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
          Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
          or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
          forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
          thereof;

                (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to
          an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
          in accordance with Rule 144 under the


                                          24
<PAGE>

          Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
          hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

                (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
          Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
          registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
          listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the
          effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
          certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
          applicable;

                (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
          Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
          forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b)
          thereof; or

                (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to
          an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
          certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable 
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and 
the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to 
the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the 
appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a 
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 
2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized 
denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall 
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the 
Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such 
Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a 
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the 
Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer 
contained therein.

          (ii)  Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a
     beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be
     exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes
     delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the
     expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of
     any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the
     Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption
     from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule
     903 or Rule 904.

          (iii) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED
     DEFINITIVE NOTES.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive
     Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
     delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

                (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
          Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
          and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an
          exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in
          the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
          broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
          Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule
          144) of the Issuer;


                                          25
<PAGE>

                (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
          Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
          pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
          with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                    (1)  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
                Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
                interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private
                Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
                Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b)
                thereof; or

                    (2)  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
                Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
                interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
                of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
                Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
                hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

                and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
                the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
                require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
                the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
                compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
                transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend
                are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
                Securities Act.

          (iv)  BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES TO
     UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in
     an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
     for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
     who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
     satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the
     Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global
     Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the
     Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
     Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
     principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
     interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such
     name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the
     holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through
     instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
     Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
     Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note
     issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
     2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (d)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS.

               (i)   RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
          RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive 
          Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a 
          Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive 
          Notes to a Person


                                          26
<PAGE>

     who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
     Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
     following documentation:

                (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
          exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
          Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
          including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

                (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a
          QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
          certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (1) thereof;

                (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a
          Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
          or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
          forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
          thereof;

                (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
          pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
          Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
          certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

                (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
          an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
          the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
          listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the
          effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
          certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
          applicable;

                (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
          the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
          forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b)
          thereof; or

                (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
          pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
          Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
          including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

     the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause
     to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause
     (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause
     (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (c) above, the
     Regulation S Global Note.

               (ii)  RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
          UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note 
          may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted 
          Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person 
          who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an 
          Unrestricted Global Note only if:

                (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
          Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
          and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the
          case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of


                                          27
<PAGE>

          Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
          participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a
          Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

                (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
          Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
          pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
          with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                    (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
                exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
                Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
                form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
                (1)(c) thereof; or

                    (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
                transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof
                in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
                Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B
                hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
     Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and
     increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
     Unrestricted Global Note.

               (iii) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
          UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive 
          Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an 
          Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a 
          Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial 
          interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt 
          of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall 
          cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or 
          cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the 
          Unrestricted Global Notes.

     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial
interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above
at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
Definitive Notes so transferred.


                                          28
<PAGE>

     (e)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.  Upon
request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the
provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as
applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.06(e).

          (i)   RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES.  Any
     Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name
     of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive
     Note if the Registrar receives the following:

                (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the
          Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
          form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
          thereof;

                (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule
          904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
          Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
          and

                (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption
          from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
          transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
          including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
          required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

          (ii)  RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES.
     Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for
     an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who
     take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

                (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
          Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
          and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the
          case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal
          that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
          distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate
          (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

                (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
          Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
          Agreement;

                (C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating
          Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
          accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                (D) the Registrar receives the following:


                                          29
<PAGE>

                    (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
                proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
                Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C
                hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

                    (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes
                proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
                delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
                a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
     Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
     the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
     and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
     maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

               (iii) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE 
          NOTES. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such 
          Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an 
          Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register 
          such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted 
          Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

     (f)  EXCHANGE OFFER.  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the
Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not
broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange
Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer,
and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted
Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with
the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and
the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive
Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

     (g)  LEGENDS.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global
Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically
stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

          (i)   Private Placement Legend.

                (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global
          Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
          therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in
          substantially the following form:

     "THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND,
     ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE


                                          30
<PAGE>

     TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT
     OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS
     ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: (1)
     REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN
     RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A "QIB"), (B) IT HAS ACQUIRED THIS
     NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS
     DEFINED IN RULE 501(A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OR REGULATION D UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT (AN "IAI")), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE
     TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B)
     TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS
     OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION
     MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
     IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
     CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER
     OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF
     SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS
     THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH
     TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
     ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
     (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER) OR (G)
     PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
     STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL
     DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS
     TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  AS USED
     HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" AND "UNITED STATES" HAVE THE
     MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO
     REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING."

                (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive
          Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
          (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and
          all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall
          not bear the Private Placement Legend.

          (ii)  GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
     substantially the following form:

     "THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
     GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
     BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY
     CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE


                                          31
<PAGE>

     MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07
     OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT
     IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL
     NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
     2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
     SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF DECRANE AIRCRAFT
     HOLDINGS, INC."

          (iii) REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND.  The Regulation S
     Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following
     form:

     "THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
     CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES,
     ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).  NEITHER THE HOLDER
     NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL
     BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

     (h)  CANCELLATION AND/OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTES.  At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note
is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

     (i)  GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

          (i)   To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer
     shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
     Definitive Notes upon the Issuer's order or at the Registrar's request.

          (ii)  No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial
     interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
     registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of
     a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge
     payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
     similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to
     Sections 3.06, 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof).


                                          32
<PAGE>

          (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of
     or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except
     the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

          (iv)  All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
     registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes
     shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and
     entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
     Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
     exchange.

          (v)   The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the
     transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the
     opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for
     redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on
     the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any
     Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
     portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (c) to register the transfer
     of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding
     Interest Payment Date.

          (vi)  Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of
     any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the
     Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such
     Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest and
     Liquidated Damages, if any, on such Notes and for all other purposes, and
     none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to
     the contrary.

          (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

          (viii)All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel
     required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
     effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by
     facsimile.

SECTION 2.07.   REPLACEMENT NOTES.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer and the
Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft
of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's
requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced.  The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall
be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08.   OUTSTANDING NOTES.

     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the
Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation,
those reductions in the interest in a Global Note


                                          33
<PAGE>

effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those
described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section
2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an
Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or a
Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of
Section 3.07 hereof.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01
hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

     If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of
any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to
pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be
deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.09.   TREASURY NOTES.

     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

SECTION 2.10.   TEMPORARY NOTES.

     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the
form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers
appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

     Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture.

SECTION 2.11.   CANCELLATION.

     The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act).  Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered
to the Issuer.  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has
paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12.   DEFAULTED INTEREST.


                                          34
<PAGE>

     If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay
the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest
payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a
subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date
of the proposed payment.  The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such
special record date and payment date, PROVIDED that no such special record date
shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted
interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon
the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of
the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the
special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to
be paid.

                                     ARTICLE 3.
                             REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.01.   NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

     If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers'
Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

SECTION 3.02.   SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of
Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; PROVIDED
that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of
Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of
$1,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03.   NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered
address.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption
that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.


                                          35
<PAGE>

     The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

     (a)  the redemption date;

     (b)  the redemption price;

     (c)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

     (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (e)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;

     (f)  that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;

     (g)  the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (h)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     At the Issuer's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in
the Issuer's name and at its expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an
Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph.

SECTION 3.04.   EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption
date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

SECTION 3.05.   DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

     One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit
with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all
Notes to be redeemed.

     If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on
and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or
the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after
an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any
Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon


                                          36
<PAGE>

surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the
preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the
redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, not paid on such unpaid principal, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

SECTION 3.06.   NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue
and, upon the Issuer's written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

SECTION 3.07.   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

     (a)  Except as provided below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the
Issuer's option prior to September 30, 2003.  Thereafter, the Notes will be
subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in
part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, in cash at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on September 30 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               YEAR                           PERCENTAGE
               ----                           ----------
               <S>                            <C>
               2003. . . . . . . . . . . . .   106.000%

               2004. . . . . . . . . . . . .   104.000%

               2005. . . . . . . . . . . . .   102.000%

               2006 and thereafter . . . . .   100.000%

</TABLE>

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to September 30, 2001, the
Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes ever
issued under this Indenture in cash at a redemption price of 112% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Public Equity Offerings; PROVIDED that at least 65% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes ever issued under this Indenture remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption; and PROVIDED further
that such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of
any such Public Equity Offering.

     In addition, at any time prior to September 30, 2003, the Issuer may, at
its option upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, redeem the Notes, in
whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice
(but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 60 days after the
occurrence of such Change of Control), in cash at a redemption price equal to
(i) the present value of the sum of all the remaining interest (excluding
accrued and unpaid interest, if any), premium and principal payments that would
become due on the Notes as if the Notes were to remain outstanding and be
redeemed on September 30, 2003, computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption.


                                          37
<PAGE>

     (b)  Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

SECTION 3.08.  MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

     The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption of, or sinking fund
payments with respect to, the Notes.

SECTION 3.09.  OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS.

     In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an "ASSET SALE
OFFER"), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

     The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the "OFFER PERIOD").  No later than five
Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "PURCHASE DATE"),
the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased
pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the "OFFER AMOUNT") or, if less than the Offer
Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale
Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as
interest payments are made.

     If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall
be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by
first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy
to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

     (a)  that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09
and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain
open;

     (b)  the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

     (c)  that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to
accrete or accrue interest;

     (d)  that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or
accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

     (e)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect
to have only a portion of such Note purchased;


                                          38
<PAGE>

     (f)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset
Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
"Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, or
transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by
the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
three days before the Purchase Date;

     (g)  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not
later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (h)  that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a PRO RATA basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or
integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

     (i)  that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

     On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, on a PRO RATA basis to the extent necessary, the Offer
Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,
or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Notes or
portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the
terms of this Section 3.09.  The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as
the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after
the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to
the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the
Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the
Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer shall authenticate and mail or
deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be
promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.  The Issuer
shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase
Date.

     Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

                                     ARTICLE 4.
                                     COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.  PAYMENT OF NOTES.

     The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date
due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds
as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in
immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all
principal, premium, if any, and interest then


                                          39
<PAGE>

due.  The Issuer shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on
the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to
1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the
extent lawful; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same
rate to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

     The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New
York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The
Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any
change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee.

     The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of
its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York for such purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the
location of any such other office or agency.

     The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

SECTION 4.03.  REPORTS.

     Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so
long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of
Notes (a) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect
to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuer's certified
independent accountants (PROVIDED that the Issuer may deliver financial
information with respect to its (direct or indirect) parent if the Issuer
delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying that such financial
information is substantially equivalent to the financial information with
respect to the Issuer) and (b) all current reports that would be required to be
filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such
reports, in each case, within the time periods specified in the Commission's
rules and regulations. In addition, following the consummation of the exchange
offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required
by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of
all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability
within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations
(unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information
available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In
addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long


                                          40
<PAGE>

as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to
securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the
information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

SECTION 4.04.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.

     (a)  The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the
activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year
have been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Issuer have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the
Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant
contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or,
if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such
Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what
action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that
to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in
existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest
or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

     (b)  So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Issuer's independent public accountants (which shall be
a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Issuer has violated any
provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has
occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

     (c)  The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver
to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or
Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.

SECTION 4.05.  TAXES.

     The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or
where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect
to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.06.  STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

     The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may
lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force,


                                          41
<PAGE>

that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant
that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.07.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) declare or pay any dividend or make
any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer's or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions
payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or
dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer); (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or any other Affiliate of the Issuer (other than any such Equity Interests owned
by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); (c) make any
principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, except in accordance with the
mandatory redemption or repayment provisions set forth in the original
documentation governing such Indebtedness (but not pursuant to any mandatory
offer to repurchase upon the occurrence of any event); or (d) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

               (i)   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

               (ii)  the Issuer would, immediately after giving pro forma effect
          thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning
          of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at
          least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
          Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09
          hereof; and

               (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount
          of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted
          Payments permitted by clauses (a) (to the extent that the declaration
          of any dividend referred to therein reduces amounts available for
          Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (iii)), (b) through (i),
          (k), (l), (o), (p) and (r) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less
          than the sum, without duplication, of (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net
          Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period)
          commencing October 1, 1998 to the end of the Issuer's most recently
          ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
          available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
          Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of
          such deficit), plus (B) 100% of the Qualified Proceeds received by the
          Issuer on or after the date of this Indenture from contributions to
          the Issuer's capital or from the issue or sale on or after the date of
          this Indenture of Equity Interests of the Issuer or of Disqualified
          Stock or convertible debt securities of the Issuer to the extent that
          they have been converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity
          Interests, Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities sold to a
          Subsidiary of the Issuer and other than Disqualified Stock or
          convertible debt securities that


                                          42
<PAGE>

          have been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus (C) the amount
          equal to the net reduction in Investments in Persons after the date of
          this Indenture who are not Restricted Subsidiaries (other than
          Permitted Investments) resulting from (x) Qualified Proceeds received
          as a dividend, repayment of a loan or advance or other transfer of
          assets (valued at the fair market value thereof) to the Issuer or any
          Restricted Subsidiary from such Persons, (y) Qualified Proceeds
          received upon the sale or liquidation of such Investment and (z) the
          redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (excluding any increase in
          the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (j) or
          (n) below arising from the redesignation of such Restricted
          Subsidiary) whose assets are used or useful in, or which is engaged
          in, one or more Permitted Business as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued
          (proportionate to the Issuer's equity interest in such Subsidiary) at
          the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time
          of such redesignation).

     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

     (a)  the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have
complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (b)  (i) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Issuer
(the "RETIRED CAPITAL STOCK") in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds
of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer)
of, other Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock)
(the "REFUNDING CAPITAL STOCK"), PROVIDED that the amount of any such net cash
proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement,
defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (iii)(B) of the
preceding paragraph;

     (c)  the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer with the net cash
proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness;

     (d)  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or Holdings held by any member of
Holdings' or the Issuer's (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries') management
pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option
agreement and any dividend to Holdings to fund any such repurchase, redemption,
acquisition or retirement, PROVIDED that (i) the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed (x) $4.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any
calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a
maximum (without giving effect to the following clause (y)) of $7.0 million in
any calendar year), plus (y) the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer
during such calendar year from any reissuance of Equity Interests by the Issuer
or Holdings to members of management of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing immediately after such transaction;

     (e)  payments and transactions in connection with the Acquisition, the
Acquisition Financing, the Offering, the New Credit Facility (including
commitment, syndication and arrangement fees payable thereunder) and the
application of the proceeds thereof (including the purchase of shares of common
stock of the Issuer and any payment therefor by way of dissenting rights or
otherwise) and the payment of fees and expenses with respect thereto;


                                          43
<PAGE>

     (f)  the payment of dividends or the making of loans or advances by the
Issuer to Holdings not to exceed $3.0 million in any fiscal year for costs and
expenses incurred by Holdings in its capacity as a holding company or for
services rendered by Holdings on behalf of the Issuer;

     (g)  payments or distributions to Holdings pursuant to any Tax Sharing
Agreement;

     (h)  the payment of dividends by a Restricted Subsidiary on any class of
common stock of such Restricted Subsidiary if (i) such dividend is paid pro rata
to all holders of such class of common stock and (ii) at least 51% of such class
of common stock is held by the Issuer or one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

     (i)  the repurchase of any class of common stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
if (i) such repurchase is made pro rata with respect to such class of common
stock and (ii) at least 51% of such class of common stock is held by the Issuer
or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (j)  any other Restricted Investment made in a Permitted Business which,
together with all other Restricted Investments made pursuant to this clause (j)
since the date of this Indenture, does not exceed $25.0 million (in each case,
after giving effect to all subsequent reductions in the amount of any Restricted
Investment made pursuant to this clause (j), either as a result of (i) the
repayment or disposition thereof for cash or (ii) the redesignation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued proportionate to the
Issuer's equity interest in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation)
at the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of
such redesignation), in the case of clause (i) and (ii), not to exceed the
amount of such Restricted Investment previously made pursuant to this clause
(j); PROVIDED that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing immediately after making such Restricted Investment;

     (k)  the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or
series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued
on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
PROVIDED that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing immediately after making such Restricted Payment;

     (l)  repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock
options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of
such options;

     (m)  the payment of dividends or distributions on the Issuer's common
stock, following the first public offering of the Issuer's common stock or
Holdings' common stock after the date of this Indenture, of up to 6.0% per annum
of (i) the net proceeds received by the Issuer from such public offering of its
common stock or (ii) the net proceeds received by the Issuer from such public
offering of Holdings' common stock as common equity or preferred equity (other
than Disqualified Stock), other than, in each case, with respect to public
offerings with respect to the Issuer's common stock or Holdings' common stock
registered on Form S-8; PROVIDED that no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing immediately after any such payment of dividends or
distributions;

     (n)  any other Restricted Payment which, together with all other Restricted
Payments made pursuant to this clause (n) since the date of this Indenture, does
not exceed $10.0 million (in each case, after giving effect to all subsequent
reductions in the amount of any Restricted Investment made pursuant to this
clause (n) either as a result of (i) the repayment or disposition thereof for
cash or (ii) the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary (valued proportionate to the Issuer's equity interest in


                                          44
<PAGE>

such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation) at the fair market value of
the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation), in the
case of clause (i) and (ii), not to exceed the amount of such Restricted
Investment previously made pursuant to this clause (n); PROVIDED that no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after
making such Restricted Payment;

     (o)  the pledge by the Issuer of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer to secure Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary;

     (p)  the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the date of
this Indenture, PROVIDED that the aggregate price paid for any such repurchased,
redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (i)
the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received by such Restricted Subsidiary
from the issue or sale thereof and (ii) any accrued dividends thereon the
payment of which would be permitted pursuant to clause (k) above;

     (q)  any Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is funded by
Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer on or after the date of the Indenture
from contributions to the Issuer's capital or from the issue and sale on or
after the date of this Indenture of Equity Interests of the Issuer or of
Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities to the extent they have been
converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests, Disqualified
Stock or convertible debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer and
other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that have been
converted into Disqualified Stock) in an amount (measured at the time such
Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)
that does not exceed the amount of such Qualified Proceeds; and

     (r)  distributions or payments of Receivables Fees.

     The board of directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause
a Default. For purposes of making such designation, all outstanding Investments
by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in
cash) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments
at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for
Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this Section 4.07.  All such
outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute Restricted Investments in
an amount equal to the greater of (i) the net book value of such Investments at
the time of such designation and (ii) the fair market value of such Investments
at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if such
Restricted Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     The amount of (i) all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the
fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment and (ii)
Qualified Proceeds (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date
of receipt thereof by the Issuer of such Qualified Proceeds. The fair market
value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the board of
directors of the Issuer whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered
to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the
Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed.


                                          45
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.08.  DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES.

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (a)(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) on its Capital Stock or (B)
with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. However, the foregoing
restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of this Indenture,
(b) the New Credit Facility as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, and
any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, (c) this Indenture and the
Notes, (d) applicable law and any applicable rule, regulation or order, (e) any
agreement or instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to
the extent created in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired, PROVIDED that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was
permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (f) customary
non-assignment provisions in leases and contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices, (g) purchase money
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions of the nature described in clause (e) above on the property so
acquired, (h) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation,
customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement
that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (i) Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness, PROVIDED that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are, in the good faith
judgment of the Issuer's board of directors, not materially less favorable,
taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Notes than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (j) secured Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof
that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such
Indebtedness, (k) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (l)
other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to
be incurred subsequent to the Issuance Date pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4.09 hereof, (m) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and
other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and
(n) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in
the good faith determination of the board of directors of the Issuer, are
necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

SECTION 4.09.  INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK.

     (a)  the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "INCUR") any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness), (b) the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and (c) the
Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of
preferred stock; PROVIDED that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified
Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio


                                          46
<PAGE>

for the Issuer's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a consolidated pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had
been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

     The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not apply
to the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
"PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS"):

     (i)    the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility; PROVIDED that the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer
and such Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) then classified as having been
incurred in reliance upon this clause (i) that remains outstanding under the New
Credit Facility after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount
equal to $150.0 million;

     (ii)   the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Existing Indebtedness;

     (iii)  the incurrence by the Issuer of Indebtedness represented by the
Notes and this Indenture and by the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by
the Note Guarantees;

     (iv)   the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness denominated in Swiss francs (or a European common currency as a
result of the implementation of European Monetary Union and the cessation of use
of Swiss francs as the lawful currency of Switzerland) in an aggregate principal
amount (or accreted value, as applicable) not to exceed $4.0 million outstanding
after giving effect to such incurrence;

     (v)    the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Indebtedness represented by Capital Expenditure Indebtedness, Capital Lease
Obligations or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business
of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount
(or accreted value, as applicable) not to exceed $15.0 million outstanding after
giving effect to such incurrence;

     (vi)   Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or
similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the
disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition; PROVIDED that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance
sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations
referred to in a footnote or footnotes to financial statements and not otherwise
reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such
balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable
liability in respect of such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash
proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any
subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and/or such
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;


                                          47
<PAGE>

     (vii)  the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred;

     (viii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and/or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that (i) if the Issuer is the obligor on such
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment
in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes and (ii)(A) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness
to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof
shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness
by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not
permitted by this clause (viii);

     (ix)   the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging
(A) interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is
permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding and (B) exchange rate
risk with respect to agreements or Indebtedness of such Person payable
denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, PROVIDED that such agreements
do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other
than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest
rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

     (x)    the guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

     (xi)   the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Acquired Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as
applicable) not to exceed $10.0 million outstanding after giving effect to such
incurrence;

     (xii)  obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and
completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business; and

     (xiii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value,
as applicable) outstanding after giving effect to such incurrence, including all
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii), not to exceed $20.0
million.

     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xiii)
above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of
Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such item of
Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of
such clauses or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09. In
addition, the Issuer may, at any time, change the classification of an item of
Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) to any other clause or to the first
paragraph hereof PROVIDED that the Issuer would be permitted to incur such item
of Indebtedness (or such portion thereof) pursuant to such other clause or the
first paragraph of this Section 4.09, as the case


                                          48
<PAGE>

may be, at such time of reclassification. Accrual of interest, accretion or
amortization of original issue discount will not be deemed to be an incurrence
of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09.

     All Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility outstanding on the date of
this Indenture shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on
the first paragraph of this Section 4.09.

SECTION 4.10.  ASSET SALES

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (a) the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of
such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a
resolution of the board of directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or
otherwise disposed of and (b) at least 75% of the consideration therefor
received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of (i) cash
or Cash Equivalents or (ii) property or assets that are used or useful in a
Permitted Business, or the Capital Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted
Business if, as a result of the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED that
the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet), of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their
terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by
the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement
that releases the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability,
(y) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any
such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously
(subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash
or Cash Equivalents received), and (z) any Designated Noncash Consideration
received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated
Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (z) that is at that time
outstanding, not to exceed 15% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of
such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item
of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be
cash for purposes of this Section 4.10; and PROVIDED further that the 75%
limitation referred to in clause (b) above will not apply to any Asset Sale in
which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received
therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or
greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale
complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation.

     Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply such Net Proceeds, at
its option (or to the extent the Issuer is required to apply such Net Proceeds
pursuant to the terms of the New Credit Facility), to (a) repay or purchase
Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Indebtedness
of any Restricted Subsidiary, PROVIDED that, if the Issuer shall so repay or
purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer, it will equally and ratably
reduce Indebtedness under the Notes if the Notes are then redeemable, or, if the
Notes may not then be redeemed, the Issuer shall make an offer (in accordance
with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of
Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of purchase, the Notes that would otherwise be redeemed or
(b) an investment in property, the making of a capital expenditure or the
acquisition of assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business, or
Capital Stock of any Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business if (i) as
a result of the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof,
such Person becomes a Restricted


                                          49
<PAGE>

Subsidiary or (ii) the Investment in such Capital Stock is permitted by clause
(f) of the definition of Permitted Investments. Pending the final application of
any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute
"Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0
million, the Issuer shall be required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes
(an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that
any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer
may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders
thereof in connection with an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased as set forth in
Section 3.02 hereof. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of
Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

     The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture relating to such Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 4.11.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an "AFFILIATE
TRANSACTION"), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no
less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (b) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee,
with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $7.5 million, either
(i) a resolution of the board of directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the board of directors or (ii) an opinion as to the
fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed to
be Affiliate Transactions:

     (a) customary directors' fees, indemnification or similar arrangements or
any employment agreement or other compensation plan or arrangement entered into
by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business (including ordinary course loans to employees not to exceed (i) $5.0
million outstanding in the aggregate at any time and (ii) $2.0 million to any
one employee) and consistent with the past practice of the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary; (b) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) payments of customary fees by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to DLJMB and its Affiliates made for any financial
advisory, financing,


                                          50
<PAGE>

underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking
activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or
divestitures which are approved by a majority of the board of directors in good
faith; (d) any agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture or any
amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated
thereby; (e) payments and transactions in connection with the Acquisition, the
New Credit Facility and the Bridge Notes (including commitment, syndication and
arrangement fees payable thereunder) and the Offering (including discounts and
commissions in connection therewith) and the application of the proceeds
thereof, and the payment of the fees and expenses with respect thereto; (f)
Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and any Permitted
Investments; (g) payments and transactions in connection with the GTP
Investment, and the payment of fees and expenses with respect thereto; and (h)
sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility.

SECTION 4.12.  LIENS.

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, that secures obligations under any
Pari Passu Indebtedness or subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer on any asset
or property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey
any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes are equally and ratably
secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are
no longer secured by a Lien; PROVIDED that, in any case involving a Lien
securing subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, such Lien is subordinated to
the Lien securing the Notes to the same extent that such subordinated
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

SECTION 4.13.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) the
corporate, partnership or other existence of itself and each of its
Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the
same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Subsidiary and
(ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer
and its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer shall not be required
to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership
or other existence of itself and any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of
Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable
in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.14.  OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

     (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER") at an offer price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (the
"CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT").  Within 60 days following any Change of Control,
the Issuer will (or will cause the Trustee to) mail a notice to each Holder
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control
and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which
date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date
such notice is mailed (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENT DATE"), pursuant to


                                          51
<PAGE>

the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The
Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws
and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as
a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture
relating to such Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent
lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Issuer. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder
a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.  Prior to complying with the
provisions of this Section 4.14, but in any event within 90 days following a
Change of Control, the Issuer shall either repay all outstanding Senior
Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements
governing outstanding Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of Notes
required by this Section 4.14. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of
the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date.

     (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the
Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the
times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.

SECTION 4.15.  NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Issuer shall not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior
in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to
the Notes and no Guarantor shall Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or
junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness and senior in right of
payment to the Note Guarantees.

SECTION 4.16.  SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

     The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; PROVIDED that
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback
transaction if (a) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable
Indebtedness relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section
4.09 herein and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.12 hereof, (b) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback
transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good
faith by the board of directors and set forth in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the Trustee) of the property that is the subject of such sale and
leaseback transaction and (c) the transfer of


                                          52
<PAGE>

assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Issuer
applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10
hereof.

SECTION 4.17.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FACILITY

     No Accounts Receivable Subsidiary will incur any Indebtedness if
immediately after giving effect to such incurrence the aggregate outstanding
Indebtedness of all Accounts Receivable Subsidiaries (excluding any Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) would exceed $60.0 million.

SECTION 4.18.  ADDITIONAL NOTE GUARANTEES

     If any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Domestic
Subsidiary guarantees any Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility, then such
Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor by executing a Supplemental
Indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and deliver an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee to the effect that such Supplemental Indenture has been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and constitutes a
valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary, enforceable against such
Subsidiary in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).

                                     ARTICLE 5.
                                     SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.

     The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the
Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one
or more related transactions, to another Person unless (a) the Issuer is the
surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a
corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia, (b) the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in
a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, (c) immediately after such
transaction no Default or Event of Default exists and (d) the Issuer or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made (i) will, at the time of such transaction and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) would
(together with its Restricted Subsidiaries) have a higher Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio immediately after such transaction (after giving pro forma effect thereto
as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period) than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction. The foregoing
clause (d) will not prohibit (a) a merger between the Issuer and a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of Holdings created for the purpose of holding the Capital Stock of
the Issuer, (b) a merger between the Issuer and a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary or (c) a merger between the Issuer and an Affiliate incorporated
solely for the purpose of reincorporating the


                                          53
<PAGE>

Issuer in another State of the United States so long as, in each case, the
amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not
increased thereby.  The Issuer shall not lease all or substantially all of its
assets to any Person.

SECTION 5.02.  SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed
by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of
such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Issuer" shall refer instead to
the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right
and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes except in
the case of a sale of all of the Issuer's assets that meets the requirements of
Section 5.01 hereof.

                                     ARTICLE 6.
                               DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES


SECTION 6.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:

     (a)  default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes (whether or not prohibited by
Article 10 hereof);

     (b)  default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on
the Notes (whether or not prohibited by Article 10 hereof);

     (c)  failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30
days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with Sections 4.07,
4.09, 4.10, 4.14 or Article 5 hereof;

     (d)  failure by the Issuer for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to
comply with any of its other agreements in this Indenture or the Notes;

     (e)  default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for
money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the
payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created
after the date of this Indenture, which default (i) is caused by a failure to
pay Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any
applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness) (a "PAYMENT DEFAULT") or
(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final
maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which


                                          54
<PAGE>

there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so
accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

     (f)  failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million (net of any amounts with
respect to which a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged
liability in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days;

     (g)  except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be
held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person
acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under
its Note Guarantee; and

     (h)  the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of
Bankruptcy Law:

          (i)   commences a voluntary case,

          (ii)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
     involuntary case,

          (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
     substantially all of its property,

          (iv)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

          (v)   generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

     (i)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that:

          (i)   is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
     Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
     Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

          (ii)  appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
     Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
     Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
     group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a
     Significant Subsidiary; or

          (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
     Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
     Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02.  ACCELERATION.


                                          55
<PAGE>

     If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be
due and payable immediately; PROVIDED that, so long as any Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred pursuant to the New Credit Facility shall be
outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of
(a) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility or
(b) five business days after receipt by the Issuer and the administrative agent
under the New Credit Facility of written notice of such acceleration.  Upon any
such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or
(i) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Issuer, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee
may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences
if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all
existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium
or Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the
acceleration) have been cured or waived, PROVIDED that, in the event of a
declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness
described in clause (e) of Section 6.01 hereof, the declaration of acceleration
of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness
described in clause (e) have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in
respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and
if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with
any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all
existing Events of Default, except non-payment of principal or interest on the
Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been
cured or waived.

SECTION 6.03.  OTHER REMEDIES.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of
the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies
are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

     Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest
on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences,
including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).
Upon any


                                          56
<PAGE>

such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05.  CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

     Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred
on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts
with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in
personal liability.

SECTION 6.06.  LIMITATION ON SUITS.

     A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or
the Notes only if:

     (a)  the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;

     (b)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (c)  such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested,
provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense;

     (d)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
indemnity; and

     (e)  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request.

     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder of a Note.

SECTION 6.07.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08.  COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal
of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the
Notes and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on overdue principal and, to
the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to
cover the costs and expenses of


                                          57
<PAGE>

collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall
be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to
the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall
be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan
of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall
be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt
on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10.  PRIORITIES.

     If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay
out the money in the following order:

     FIRST:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
expenses of collection;

     SECOND:  to holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent required by
Article 10 or Section 11.02 hereof;

     THIRD:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and
interest, respectively; and

     FOURTH:  to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.


                                          58
<PAGE>

SECTION 6.11.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture
or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant
in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good
faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section does
not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes.

                                     ARTICLE 7.
                                      TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

     (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

     (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (i)   the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
     express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
     those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
     others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
     Indenture against the Trustee; and

          (ii)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However,
     the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that:

          (i)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
     this Section 7.01;

          (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
     in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
     Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.


                                          59
<PAGE>

     (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof.

     (e)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

     (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02.   RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

     (a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with
counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon.

     (c)  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

     (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand,
request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an
Officer of the Issuer.

     (f)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

     (g)  Except with respect to Section 4.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have no
duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuer's covenants in Article 4
hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any
Default or Event of Default except (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant
to Sections 6.01(a), 6.01(b) and 4.01 or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of
which the Trustee shall have received written notification or obtained actual
knowledge.

     (h)  The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent,


                                          60
<PAGE>

order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
document, but the Trustee may, in its discretion, make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and if the Trustee
shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be
entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or
by agent or attorney.

SECTION 7.03.   INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the
Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in
the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.
The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.04.   TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

     The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer's direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05.   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case
of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold
the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders
of the Notes.

SECTION 7.06.   REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.

     Within 60 days after each March 15 beginning with the March 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described
in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the
reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply
with TIA Section (b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports
as required by TIA Section 313(c).

     A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes
shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d).
The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange.

SECTION 7.07.   COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.


                                          61
<PAGE>

     The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or
made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee's agents and counsel.

     The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the
costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including
this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by
the Issuer or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with
the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to
the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its
negligence or bad faith.  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer
shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees
and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     To secure the Issuer's payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected
by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on
particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.

     When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

     The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.08.   REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

     A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section.

     The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may
remove the Trustee if:

     (a)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;


                                          62
<PAGE>

     (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (c)  a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or

     (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

     If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the
Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

     If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been
a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, PROVIDED all sums owing to the
Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section 7.08, the Issuer's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09.   SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the
successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10.   ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

     There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

     This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements
of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA Section
310(b).

SECTION 7.11.   PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER.


                                          63
<PAGE>

     The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                     ARTICLE 8.
                      LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE


SECTION 8.01.   OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

     The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a
resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.02.   LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

     Upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed
to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding
Notes and Notes Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, "LEGAL DEFEASANCE").  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have
satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which
shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

     (a)  the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust
referred to below,

     (b)  the Issuer's obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing
temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for
security payments held in trust,

     (c)  the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and
the Issuer's obligations in connection therewith and

     (d)  the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 8.03.   COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

     Upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and each Guarantor shall, subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released
from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08,
4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof with respect to
the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT DEFEASANCE"), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent


                                          64
<PAGE>

or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default
or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) through
6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04.   CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

     The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance,

     (a)  the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or
on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date;

     (b)  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee confirming that (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of
this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of
Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the
Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred;

     (c)  in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
occurred;

     (d)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting
from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or, insofar as Events
of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in
the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;


                                          65
<PAGE>

     (e)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or
instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound;

     (f)  the Issuer must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, after the
123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the
effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any analogous New
York State law provision or any other applicable federal or New York bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally;

     (g)  the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of
preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer
or others; and

     (h)  the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel (which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 8.05.   DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST;
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
"TRUSTEE") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law.

     The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and
interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

     Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the
Issuer any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in
Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06.   REPAYMENT TO ISSUER.


                                          66
<PAGE>

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for
two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated
Damages, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its
request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and
the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a secured creditor, look only to
the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying
Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as
trustees thereof, shall thereupon cease; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the
expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The
Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed
and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 8.07.   REINSTATEMENT.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars
or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Issuer's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the Issuer makes any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if
any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such
payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                     ARTICLE 9.
                          AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01.   WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

     Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or
the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

     (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (b)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any
Holder;

     (c)  to provide for the assumption of the Issuer's or Guarantor's
obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Issuer or a
Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof;

     (d)  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not materially adversely
affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note;

     (e)  to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;


                                          67
<PAGE>

     (f)  to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

     (g)  to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a
Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

     Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of their Board
of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of
any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of
this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations
that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter
into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties
or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02.   WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15
hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single
class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07
hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event
of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting
from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision
of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or
purchase of, the Notes).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any (i) amendment to or
waiver of Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, and (ii) amendment to Article 10 herein
will require the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding if such amendment would
materially adversely affect the rights of Holders of Notes.  Section 2.08 hereof
shall determine which Notes are considered to be "outstanding" for purposes of
this Section 9.02.

     Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the
Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by
the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture
unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case
the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
such amended or supplemental Indenture.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under
this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.


                                          68
<PAGE>

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of
the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the
Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or
waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):

     (a)  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver,

     (b)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than
Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof),

     (c)  reduce the rate of or extent the time for payment of interest on any
Note,

     (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes (except
a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration),

     (e)  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes,

     (f)  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults,

     (g)  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than
Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof,

     (h)  release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, or

     (i)  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

SECTION 9.03.   COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect.

SECTION 9.04.   REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it
by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as
the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of
revocation before the date the waiver,


                                          69
<PAGE>

supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every
Holder.

SECTION 9.05.   NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06.   TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

     The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuer
may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until its Board of Directors
approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section
11.04 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE 10.
                                   SUBORDINATION

SECTION 10.01.  AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.

     The Issuer agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the
payment of Subordinated Note Obligations are subordinated in right of payment,
to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Article 10, to the prior
payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness, whether
outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred and that the
subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness.  The
provisions of this Article 10 shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons
that, in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold
Senior Indebtedness, and they or each of them may enforce the rights of holders
of Senior Indebtedness hereunder, subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

SECTION 10.02.  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

     "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means Cash Equivalents of the type described in clause
(i) of the definition thereof maturing not more than 90 days after the date of
the acquisition thereof.

     "DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means (a) any Indebtedness outstanding
under the New Credit Facility and (b) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted
under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and
that has been designated by the Issuer in writing to the Trustee as "Designated
Senior Indebtedness."


                                          70
<PAGE>

     "PERMITTED JUNIOR SECURITIES" means Equity Interests in the Issuer or debt
securities of the Issuer that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and
any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially
the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are subordinated to
Senior Indebtedness.

     "REPRESENTATIVE" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or
representative for any Senior Indebtedness.

     "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, (a) all
Obligations of such Person outstanding under the New Credit Facility and all
Hedging Obligations payable to a lender or an Affiliate thereof or to a Person
that was a lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time the contract was entered
into under the New Credit Facility or any of its Affiliates, including, without
limitation, interest accruing subsequent to the filing of, or which would have
accrued but for the filing of, a petition for bankruptcy, whether or not such
interest is an allowable claim in such bankruptcy proceeding, (b) any other
Indebtedness, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred
expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to any other
Senior Indebtedness of such Person and (c) all Obligations with respect to the
foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior
Indebtedness will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or
other taxes, (ii) any Indebtedness of such Person (other than pursuant to the
New Credit Facility) to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (iii) any
trade payables or (iv) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this
Indenture.

     "SUBORDINATED NOTE OBLIGATIONS" means all Obligations with respect to the
Notes, including, without limitation, principal, premium (if any), interest and
Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to the terms of the Notes (including upon
the acceleration or redemption thereof), together with and including any amounts
received or receivable upon the exercise of rights of rescission or other rights
of action (including claims for damages) or otherwise.

     A "distribution" or "payment" may consist of a distribution, payment or
other transfer of assets by or on behalf of the Issuer (including, without
limitation, a redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes) from any
source, of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property,
by set-off or otherwise.

SECTION 10.03.  LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY.

     Upon any distribution to creditors of the Issuer in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property, an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the Issuer's
assets and liabilities, (a) the holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled
to receive payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Obligations due in
respect of such Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement
of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior
Indebtedness) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any
payment with respect to the Subordinated Note Obligations, and (b) until all
Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash or cash
equivalents, any distribution to which the Holders of Notes would be entitled
shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (except that Holders of
Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from
the trust described Section 8.04 hereof) as their interests appear.

SECTION 10.04.  DEFAULT ON DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.


                                          71
<PAGE>

     The Issuer may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any
Holder upon or in respect of the Subordinated Note Obligations (except in
Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described in Section 8.04 hereof)
until all principal and other obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness
have been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, if

     (a)  a default in the payment of the principal (including reimbursement
obligations in respect of letters of credit) of, premium, if any, or interest on
or commitment fees relating to, Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is
continuing beyond any applicable period of grace, or

     (b)  any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated
Senior Indebtedness that permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness
as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee
receives a notice of such default (a "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE") from the Issuer
or the holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness.

     Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment
default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and (b) in case
of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment
default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable
Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated
Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated.  No new period of payment blockage may
be commenced unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of
the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that
existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice
to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice unless such default shall have been waived or cured for a period of not
less than 90 days.

SECTION 10.05.  ACCELERATION OF SECURITIES.

     If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Issuer shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration.

SECTION 10.06.  WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.

     In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any
Subordinated Note Obligations at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as
applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by Section
10.03 or 10.04 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder,
in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered,
upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests
may appear or their Representative under the indenture or other agreement (if
any) pursuant to which Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their
respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent
necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of
Senior Indebtedness.

     With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes
to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically
set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with
respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty
to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and shall not be liable to any such
holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders
or the Issuer or any other Person money or assets to which any


                                          72
<PAGE>

holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10,
except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross
negligence of the Trustee.

SECTION 10.07.  NOTICE BY ISSUER.

     The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any
facts known to the Issuer that would cause a payment of any Obligations with
respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice
shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Indebtedness as
provided in this Article 10.

SECTION 10.08.  SUBROGATION.

     After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents
and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated
(equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness PARI PASSU with the Notes) to
the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable
to Senior Indebtedness to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the
Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness.  A
distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Indebtedness that
otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Issuer
and Holders, a payment by the Issuer on the Notes.

SECTION 10.09.  RELATIVE RIGHTS.

     This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders
of Senior Indebtedness.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

     (1)  impair, as between the Issuer and Holders of Notes, the obligation of
the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their
terms;

     (2)  affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the
Issuer other than its rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

     (3)  prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of
holders and owners of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions and payments
otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.

     If the Issuer fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of or
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on a Note on the due date, the failure
is still a Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 10.10.  SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY ISSUER.

     No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination
of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or
failure to act by the Issuer or any Holder or by the failure of the Issuer or
any Holder to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 10.11.  DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE.


                                          73
<PAGE>

     Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of
Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative.

     Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer referred to in
this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any
certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or
other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes
for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such
distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of
the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

SECTION 10.12.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence
of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by
the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments
on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust
Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written
notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to
the Notes to violate this Article 10.  Only the Issuer or a Representative may
give the notice.  Nothing in this Article 10 shall impair the claims of, or
payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any
Agent may do the same with like rights.

SECTION 10.13.  AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

     Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes and
directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes.  If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of
claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in
Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file
such claim, the Representative is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim
for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 10.14.  NO WAIVER OF SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS.

     (a)  No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be
prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by any such holder.

      (b) Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this
Section 10.14, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time
to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or any Holder, without
incurring responsibility to any Holder and without impairing or releasing the
subordination provided in this Article 10 or the obligations hereunder of the
Holders to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the
following:  (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time
of payment of, or renew or alter, any Senior Indebtedness or any instrument
evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is
outstanding; (ii)


                                          74
<PAGE>

sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged
or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in
any manner for the collection of Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or
refrain from exercising any rights against either Issuer or any other Person.

SECTION 10.15.  AMENDMENTS.

     The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified without
the written consent of the holders of all Senior Indebtedness.

                                    ARTICLE 11.
                                  NOTE GUARANTEES

SECTION 11.01.  GUARANTEE.

     Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or
the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal
of and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be promptly
paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of
the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when
due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever
reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not
a guarantee of collection.

     The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions
hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action
to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

     If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or
other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the
Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

     Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each
Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Holders


                                          75
<PAGE>

and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the
purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors
for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such
right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

SECTION 11.02.  SUBORDINATION OF NOTE GUARANTEE.

     The Guarantors agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the
Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article
11 shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor
on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness of the Issuer as provided in Article 10 hereof.  For the purposes
of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to
receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as
they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this
Indenture, including Section 4.15 hereof.

SECTION 11.03.  LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY.

     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of
such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes
of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Note Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders
and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Article 11 shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such
laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result
in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 11.04.  EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF NOTE GUARANTEE.

     To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor
hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor
by one of its officers.

     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee shall
be valid nevertheless.

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

     In the event that the Issuer creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries
subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.20 hereof,
the Issuer shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute


                                          76
<PAGE>

supplemental indentures to this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.20 hereof
and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 11.05.  GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS.

     No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not
such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether or not affiliated
with such Guarantor unless:

     (a)  subject to Section 11.06 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Issuer)
unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set
forth herein or therein;

     (b)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default exists; and

     (c)  the Issuer would, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the
assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note
Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of
the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor,
such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with
the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses
(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes
shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer
or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of
a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or
another Guarantor.

SECTION 11.06.  RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS.

     In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any
Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor
(in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation
acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; PROVIDED that the Net Proceeds of
such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof.
Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by
the Issuer in


                                          77
<PAGE>

accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without
limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents
reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee.

     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee
shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any
Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

                                    ARTICLE 12.
                                   MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01.  TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the
duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.02.  NOTICES.

     Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to
the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex,
telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the
others' address.

     If to the Issuer and/or Guarantor:

          DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
          2361 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 180
          El Segundo, California 90245
          Telecopier No.:
          Attention:

     With a copy to:

          Davis Polk & Wardwell
          450 Lexington Avenue
          New York, New York 10017
          Telecopier No.: (212) 450-4800
          Attention: Richard Truesdell, Jr, Esq.

     If to the Trustee:

          State Street Bank and Trust Company
          225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
          Hartford, Connecticut 06103
          Telecopier No.: 860-244-1889
          Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

     (a)  The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.


                                          78
<PAGE>

     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be
deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage
prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next
Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

     Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall
not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a
copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 12.03.  COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES.

     Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section
312(c).

SECTION 12.04.  CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

      (a) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent
and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been satisfied; and

      (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions
precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05.  STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
Section 314(e) and shall include:

     (a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
read such covenant or condition;


                                          79
<PAGE>

     (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

     (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
satisfied; and

     (d)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such
condition or covenant has been satisfied.

SECTION 12.06.  RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.07.  NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
STOCKHOLDERS.

     No member, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 12.08.  GOVERNING LAW.

     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT
TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

SECTION 12.09.  NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.

SECTION 12.10.  SUCCESSORS.

     All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its
successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.

SECTION 12.11.  SEVERABILITY.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


                                          80
<PAGE>

SECTION 12.12.  COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.

     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

SECTION 12.13.  TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                            [Signatures on following page]

                                          81
<PAGE>

                                        SIGNATURES

Dated as of October 5, 1998

                                   DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   AVTECH CORPORATION


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   CORY COMPONENTS, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                          82
<PAGE>

                                   ELSINORE AEROSPACE SERVICES, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   ELSINORE ENGINEERING, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


                                   TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                   By:
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


By:
     ------------------------------
     Name:
     Title:


                                          83

<PAGE>
                                                                EXHIBIT 4.1.1

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

     SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of 
January 22, 1999 among PATS, Inc., Patrick Aircraft Tank Systems, Inc., PATS 
Support, Inc., PATS Aircraft and Engineering Corporation and Flight Refueling, 
Inc. (each a "Guarantor"), a subsidiary of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. 
(or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the "Issuer"), the 
other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and State 
Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture referred to 
below (the "Trustee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H 

     WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee 
an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of October 5, 1998 providing for the 
issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $100 million of 12% Senior 
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Notes");

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances each 
Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture, 
pursuant to which each Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the 
Issuer's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and 
conditions set forth herein (the "Note Guarantee"); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Indenture, the Trustee is 
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and 
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each 
Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and 
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows;


     1.  CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition 
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2.  AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

     (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and 
severally Guarantee to each holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by 
the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of 
the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the 
obligations of Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

          (i)  the principal of an interest on the Notes will be promptly paid
     in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or 
     otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the 
     Notes, if any, is lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the 
     Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in 
     full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; 
     and

         (ii)  in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any 
     Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid 
     in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the 
     extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or 
     otherwise. Failing 


<PAGE>
     payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any 
     performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be 
     jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.

     (b)  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of 
the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the 
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any 
Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the 
recovery of any judgment against Issuer, any action to enforce the same or 
any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable 
discharge or defense of a guarantor.

     (c)  The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of 
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or 
bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the 
Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

     (d)  This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete 
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

     (e)  If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise 
to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, trustee, 
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer 
or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, 
this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be 
reinstated in full force and effect.

     (f)  Each Guarantor shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in 
relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until 
payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

     (g)  As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the 
Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed 
hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the 
purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or 
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations 
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of 
such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations 
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by 
the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

     (h)  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any 
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the 
rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

     (i)  Pursuant to Section 11.03 of the Indenture, after giving effect to 
any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are 
relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and 
after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution 
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of 
the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantor not constituting a 
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

     3.  EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guarantor agrees that the Note 
Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure 
to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

                                      2

<PAGE>

     4.    GUARANTOR MAY CONSOLIDATE ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.

     (a)   No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether 
or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another corporation, Person 
or entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless:

           (i)   subject to Section 5(a) hereof, the Person formed by or 
     surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such 
     Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a 
     supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to 
     the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights 
     Agreement;

           (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no 
     Default or Event of Default exists; and

           (iii) Issuer would, at the time of such transaction and after 
     giving pro forma effect thereto and if such transaction had occurred at 
     the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to 
     incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed 
     Charger Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09 of the Indenture 
     by virtue of the Issuer's pro forma Cash Flow Coverage Ratio, 
     immediately after giving effect to such transaction, to incur at least 
     $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Cash Flow Coverage 
     Ratio test set forth in Section 4.07 of the Indenture;

PROVIDED THAT, the requirements of clause (iii) of this Section 4(a) will not 
apply in the case of a consolidation with or merger with or into the Issuer 
or another Guarantor.

     (b)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and 
upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental Indenture 
executed and delivered to the Trustee in the form of Exhibit E to the 
Indenture or otherwise satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note 
Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and 
conditions of the Indenture to be performed by each Guarantor, such successor 
Person shall succeed to and be substituted for each Guarantor with the same 
effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees 
so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under 
the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in 
accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note 
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

     (c)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and 
notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture 
or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a 
Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any 
sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or 
substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

     5.    RELEASES.

     (a)   In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets 
of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or 
other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, such 
Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a 
merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such 
Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale 
or other disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released 
and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee;


                                     3
<PAGE>

PROVIDED that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied 
in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including 
without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Issuer 
to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the 
effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in 
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including, 
without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute 
any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any 
Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

     (b)     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note 
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and 
interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under 
the Indenture as provided in Article 11 of the Indenture.

     6.      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, 
officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of each Guarantor, as 
such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any 
Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this 
Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason 
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting 
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are 
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be 
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is 
the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

     7.      NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT 
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE 
EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE 
REQUIRED THEREBY.

     8.      COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this 
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of 
them together represent the same agreement.

     9.      EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for 
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     10.     THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner 
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this 
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, 
all of which recitals are made solely by each Guarantor and the Issuer.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                       SIGNATURES

Dated as of January 22, 1999

                                       DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       AVTECH CORPORATION

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       CORY COMPONENTS, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                       ELSINORE AEROSPACE
                                       SERVICES, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       ELSINORE ENGINEERING, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS
                                       INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       PATS, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       PATS SUPPORT, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                       PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING
                                       CORPORATION

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


                                       FLIGHT REFUELING, INC.

                                       BY: /s/ John R. Hinson
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  John R. Hinson
                                           Title: CFO


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

BY: /s/ Steven Cimalore
    -------------------------------
    Name:  Steven Cimalore
    Title: Vice President

                                       7

<PAGE>

                              DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.


                                   [FORM OF]
                 CLASS A WARRANT FOR THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF
                      COMMON STOCK OF DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.

                                                            CLASS A
NO.[___]                                                    WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                                            [_______] SHARES
                                                               



     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
     AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT
     IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL
     RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, VOTING AND OTHER MATTERS AS SET FORTH IN THE
     INVESTORS' AGREEMENT (AS HEREIN DEFINED), COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED
     UPON REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY.



          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DECRANE HOLDINGS CO., a Delaware corporation 
(the "COMPANY"), hereby certifies that [_______________________________, 
L.P.,] its successor or permitted assigns (the "Holder"), is entitled, subject 
to the provisions of this Class A Warrant, to purchase from the Company, at 
the times specified herein, [_____] fully paid and non-assessable shares of 
common stock of the Company, par value $ 0.01 per share (the "WARRANT 
SHARES"), at a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price (as 
hereinafter defined).  The number of Warrant Shares to be received upon the 
exercise of this Class A Warrant and the price to be paid for a Warrant Share 
are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth.

     (a) DEFINITIONS.

     (1) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

     "AFFILIATE" shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 12b-2 
promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

<PAGE>

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on 
which commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized by law to close.

     "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the 
Company or other capital stock of the Company that is not preferred as to 
liquidation or dividends or any other security for which this Warrant may be 
exercised pursuant to Section (i) hereof after the occurrence of any of the 
transactions described in such Section.

     "DULY ENDORSED" means duly endorsed in blank by the Person or Persons in 
whose name a stock certificate is registered or accompanied by a duly 
executed stock assignment separate from the certificate with the signature(s) 
thereon guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member of a 
national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities 
Dealers, Inc.

     "EXERCISE PRICE" means $0.01 per Warrant Share, such Exercise Price to 
be adjusted from time to time as provided herein.

     "EXPIRATION DATE" means August 28, 2009 at 5:00 p.m. New York City time.

     "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, with respect to one share of Common Stock on 
any date, the Current Market Price Per Common Share as defined in paragraph 
(h)(6) hereof.

     "INVESTORS' AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Investors' 
Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company, DLJ Merchant Banking 
Partners II, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II-A, L.P., DLJ Offshore 
Partners II, C.V., DLJ Diversified Partners, L.P., DLJ Diversified 
Partners-A, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners-A, 
L.P., DLJMB Funding II, Inc., UK Investment Plan 1997 Partners, DLJ EAB 
Partners, L.P., DLJ ESC II L.P. and DLJ First ESC L.P.

     "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited 
liability company, association, trust, or other entity or organization, 
including a government or political subdivision or an agency or 
instrumentality thereof.

     "PRINCIPAL HOLDERS" means, on any date, the Holders of at least 50% of 
the Warrants.

     "SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT" means the Subscription Agreement dated as of 
the date hereof between the Company and the investors party thereto.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     "TRANSFER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 
Investors' Agreement.

     "Warrants" means the Class A Warrants issued to the subscribers under 
the Subscription Agreement.

     (2) Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the 
meanings assigned to such terms in the Investors' Agreement.

     (b) EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

          (1) The Holder is entitled to exercise this Warrant in whole or
     in part at any time, or from time to time, until the Expiration Date
     or, if such day is not a Business Day, then on the next succeeding day
     that shall be a Business Day.  To exercise this Warrant, the Holder
     shall execute and deliver to the Company a Warrant Exercise Notice
     substantially in the form annexed hereto. No earlier than ten days
     after delivery of the Warrant Exercise Notice, the Holder shall
     deliver to the Company this Warrant Certificate duly executed by the
     Holder, together with payment of the applicable Exercise Price;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in connection with a public offering of the
     Common Stock, a Holder may deliver the Warrant Exercise Notice and
     this Warrant Certificate to the Company simultaneously.  Upon such
     delivery and payment, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of
     record of the Warrant Shares subject to such exercise, notwithstanding
     that the stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed or
     that certificates representing such Warrant Shares shall not then be
     actually delivered to the Holder.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
     the contrary, in lieu of payment in cash of the applicable Exercise
     Price, the Holder may elect (i) to receive upon exercise of this
     Warrant, the number of Warrant Shares reduced by a number of shares of
     Common Stock having the aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the
     aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares, (ii) to deliver as
     payment, in whole or in part of the aggregate Exercise Price, shares
     of Common Stock having the aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the
     applicable portion of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant
     Shares or (iii) to deliver as payment, in whole or in part of the
     aggregate Exercise Price, such number of Warrants which, if exercised,
     would result in a number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate
     Fair Market Value equal to the applicable portion of the aggregate
     Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares.  Notwithstanding anything to
     the contrary in this paragraph (b)(1), if the aggregate Fair Market
     Value of the 

                                       3
<PAGE>

     Common Stock applied or delivered pursuant to (i), (ii) or (iii) above 
     exceeds the aggregate Exercise Price, in no event shall the Holder be 
     entitled to receive any amounts from the Company.

          (2) The Exercise Price may be paid in cash or by certified or
     official bank check or bank cashier's check payable to the order of
     the Company or by any combination of such cash or check.  The Company
     shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer
     taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of the Warrant
     Shares.

          (3) If the Holder exercises this Warrant in part, this Warrant
     Certificate shall be surrendered by the Holder to the Company and a
     new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for the unexercised
     number of Warrant Shares shall be executed by the Company.  The
     Company shall register the new Warrant Certificate in the name of the
     Holder or in such name or names of its transferee pursuant to
     paragraph (f) hereof as may be directed in writing by the Holder and
     deliver the new Warrant Certificate to the Person or Persons entitled
     to receive the same.

          (4) Upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate in conformity with
     the foregoing provisions, the Company shall transfer to the Holder of
     this Warrant Certificate appropriate evidence of ownership of the
     shares of Common Stock or other securities or property (including any
     money) to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed
     in, or payable to the order of, the name or names of the Holder or
     such transferee as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall
     deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or
     property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to
     receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any
     fraction of a share as provided in paragraph (e) below.

     (c) RESTRICTIVE LEGEND.  Certificates representing shares of Common 
Stock issued pursuant to this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially in 
the form of the legend set forth on the first page of this Warrant 
Certificate to the extent that and for so long as such legend is required 
pursuant to the Investors' Agreement.

     (d) RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company hereby agrees that at all times 
it shall reserve for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such 
number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or other 
securities of the Company from time to time issuable upon exercise of this 

                                       4
<PAGE>

Warrant as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant. 
All such shares shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such 
exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and 
clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or 
restrictions on sale and free and clear of all preemptive rights, except to 
the extent set forth in the Investors' Agreement.

     (e) FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares or scrip representing 
fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant and in 
lieu of delivery of any such fractional share upon any exercise hereof, the 
Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash equal to such fraction 
multiplied by the Current Market Price Per Common Share (as defined in 
paragraph (h)(6)) at the date of such exercise.

     The Company further agrees that it will not change the par value of the 
Common Stock from par value $0.01 per share to any higher par value which 
exceeds the Exercise Price then in effect, and will reduce the par value of 
the Common Stock upon any event described in paragraph (h) that (i) provides 
for an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock subject to purchase 
upon exercise of this Warrant, in inverse proportion to and effective at the 
same time as such number of shares is increased, but only to the extent that 
such increase in the number of shares, together with all other such increases 
after the date hereof, causes the aggregate Exercise Price of all Warrants 
(without giving effect to any exercise thereof) to be greater than $1,550.00 
or (ii) would, but for this provision, reduce the Exercise Price below the 
par value of the Common Stock.

     (f) EXCHANGE, TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANT.

          (1) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares are subject to the
     provisions of the Investors' Agreement, including the restrictions on
     transfer.  Each holder of this Warrant Certificate by holding the
     same, consents and agrees that the registered holder hereof may be
     treated by the Company and all other persons dealing with this Warrant
     Certificate as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the
     person entitled to exercise the rights represented hereby. The Holder,
     by its acceptance of this Warrant, will be subject to the provisions
     of, and will have the benefits of, the Investors' Agreement to the
     extent set forth therein, including the transfer restrictions and the
     registration rights included therein.

          (2) Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions set forth 
     in the Investors' Agreement, upon surrender of this Warrant to the 
     Company, together with the attached Warrant Assignment Form duly 
     executed, the Company shall, without charge, execute and deliver a new 
     Warrant in the name of the assignee or assignees 

                                       5
<PAGE>

     named in such instrument of assignment and, if the Holder's entire 
     interest is not being assigned, in the name of the Holder and this Warrant
     shall promptly be canceled.

     (g) LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF WARRANT.  Upon receipt by the Company of 
evidence satisfactory to it (in the exercise of its reasonable discretion) of 
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate, and 
(in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory 
indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant 
Certificate, if mutilated, the Company shall execute and deliver a new 
Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date.

     (h) ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS.  The Exercise Price of this Warrant and 
the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may be exercised 
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of 
certain events as provided in this paragraph (h); PROVIDED that 
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Exercise Price 
shall not be less than the par value of the Common Stock, as such par value 
may be reduced from time to time in accordance with paragraph (e).

          (1) In case the Company shall at any time after the date hereof
     (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on Common Stock payable
     in Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or split the outstanding Common Stock,
     (iii) combine or reclassify the outstanding Common Stock into a
     smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital
     stock in a reclassification of Common Stock (including any such
     reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which
     the Company is the surviving corporation), the Exercise Price in
     effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or
     distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, split,
     combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so
     that, after giving effect to paragraph  (h)(9), the exercise of this
     Warrant after such time shall entitle the holder to receive the
     aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the
     Company (or shares of any security into which such shares of Common
     Stock have been reclassified pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) above)
     which, if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such
     time, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and been
     entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, distribution,
     subdivision, split, combination or reclassification.  Such adjustment
     shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall
     occur.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          (2) In case the Company shall issue or sell any Common Stock
     (other than Common Stock issued (I) upon exercise of the Warrants,
     (II) upon exercise of any of the warrants to purchase an aggregate of
     155,000 shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation together with
     its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 on October 5, 1998 (the
     "PUBLIC WARRANTS"), (III) upon exercise of any options or warrants to
     purchase shares of Common Stock issued to any investor that becomes a
     party to the Investors' Agreement within 90 days of the date hereof
     (other than a DLJ Entity, as such term is defined in the Investors'
     Agreement), (IV) pursuant to any Common Stock related employee
     compensation plan of the Company approved by the Company's Board of
     Directors, or (V) upon exercise or conversion of any security the
     issuance of which caused an adjustment under paragraphs (h)(3) or
     (h)(4) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after such issuance
     or sale shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in
     effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction, the
     numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the time of such
     issuance or sale multiplied by the Current Market Price Per Common
     Share immediately prior to such issuance or sale and (y) the aggregate
     consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon such
     issuance or sale, and the denominator of which shall be the product of
     the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
     after such issuance or sale and the Current Market Price Per Common
     Share immediately prior to such issuance or sale but in no event will
     such fraction exceed 1.  In case any portion of the consideration to
     be received by the Company shall be in a form other than cash, the
     fair market value of such noncash consideration shall be utilized in
     the foregoing computation.  Such fair market value shall be determined
     by the Board of Directors of the Company; PROVIDED that if the
     Principal Holders shall object to any such determination, the Board of
     Directors shall retain an independent appraiser reasonably
     satisfactory to the Principal Holders to determine such fair market
     value.  The Holder shall be notified promptly of any consideration
     other than cash to be received by the Company and furnished with a
     description of the consideration and the fair market value thereof, as
     determined by the Board of Directors.

          (3)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance
     of rights, options or warrants to the holders of its Common Stock or
     other securities entitling such holders to subscribe for or purchase
     for a period expiring within 60 days of 

                                       7
<PAGE>

     such record date shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into 
     shares of Common Stock) at a price per share of Common Stock (or having 
     a conversion price per share of Common Stock, if a security convertible 
     into shares of Common Stock) less than the Current Market Price Per 
     Common Share on such record date, the maximum number of shares of Common 
     Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants (or 
     conversion of such convertible securities) shall be deemed to have been 
     issued and outstanding as of such record date and the Exercise Price 
     shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (h)(2) hereof, as though such 
     maximum number of shares of Common Stock had been so issued for an 
     aggregate consideration payable by the holders of such rights, options, 
     warrants or convertible securities prior to their receipt of such shares 
     of Common Stock.  In case any portion of such consideration shall be in 
     a form other than cash, the fair market value of such noncash 
     consideration shall be determined as set forth in paragraph (h)(2) 
     hereof.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such record 
     date is fixed; and in the event (i) that such rights, options or 
     warrants are not so issued or expire unexercised, or (ii) of a change in 
     the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders of such 
     rights, options or warrants are entitled (other than pursuant to 
     adjustment provisions therein which are no more favorable in their 
     entirety than those contained in this paragraph (h)), the Exercise Price 
     shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in 
     effect in the case of clause (i), if such record date had not been 
     fixed, or in the case of clause (ii), if such holders had initially been 
     entitled to such changed number of shares of Common Stock.

          (4)  In case the Company shall sell or issue rights, options
     (other than (I) options issued to any investor that becomes a party to
     the Investors' Agreement within 90 days of the date hereof (other than
     a DLJ Entity, as such term is defined in the Investors' Agreement), or
     (II) options issued pursuant to a plan described in clause (II) of
     paragraph (h)(2)) or warrants entitling the holders thereof to
     subscribe for or purchase Common Stock (or securities convertible into
     shares of Common Stock) (other than warrants to purchase shares of
     Common Stock issued to any investor that becomes a party to the
     Investors' Agreement within 90 days of the date hereof (other than a
     DLJ Entity, as such term is defined in the Investors' Agreement) and
     other than the Public Warrants) or shall issue convertible securities,
     and the price per share of Common Stock of such rights, options,
     warrants or convertible securities 

                                       8
<PAGE>


     (including, in the case of rights, options or warrants, the price at 
     which they may be exercised) is less than the Current Market Price Per 
     Common Share, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
     exercise of such rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of such 
     convertible securities shall be deemed to have been issued and 
     outstanding as of the date of such sale or issuance, and the Exercise 
     Price shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (h)(2) hereof as though 
     such maximum number of shares of Common Stock had been so issued for an 
     aggregate consideration equal to the aggregate consideration paid for 
     such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities and the 
     aggregate consideration payable by the holders of such rights, options, 
     warrants or convertible securities prior to their receipt of such shares 
     of Common Stock.  In case any portion of such consideration shall be in 
     a form other than cash, the fair market value of such noncash 
     consideration shall be determined as set forth in paragraph (h)(2) 
     hereof.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such 
     rights, options, warrants or convertible securities are issued; and in 
     the event (i) that such rights, options or warrants expire unexercised, 
     or (ii) of a change in the number of shares of Common Stock to which the 
     holders of such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities are 
     entitled (other than pursuant to adjustment provisions therein which are 
     no more favorable in their entirety than those contained in this 
     paragraph (h)), the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the 
     Exercise Price which would then be in effect in the case of clause (i), 
     if such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities had not been 
     issued, or in the case of clause (ii), if such holders had initially 
     been entitled to such changed number of shares of Common Stock.  No 
     adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made pursuant to this 
     paragraph (h)(4) to the extent that the Exercise Price shall have been 
     adjusted pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) upon the setting of any record 
     date relating to such rights, options, warrants or convertible 
     securities and such adjustment fully reflects the number of shares of 
     Common Stock to which the holders of such rights, options, warrants or 
     convertible securities are entitled and the price payable therefor.

          (5)  In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making
     of a distribution to holders of Common Stock (including any such
     distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in
     which the Company is the surviving corporation) of evidences of
     indebtedness, cash, assets or other property (other than dividends
     payable in Common Stock or rights, options or 

                                       9
<PAGE>


     warrants referred to in, and for which an adjustment is made pursuant 
     to, paragraph (h)(3) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after 
     such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price 
     in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the 
     numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price Per Common Share on 
     such record date, less the fair market value (determined as set forth in 
     paragraph (h)(2) hereof) of the portion of the assets, cash, other 
     property or evidence of indebtedness so to be distributed which is 
     applicable to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of which 
     shall be such Current Market Price Per Common Share.  Such adjustments 
     shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in 
     the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price 
     shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in 
     effect if such record date had not been fixed.

          (6)  For the purpose of any computation under paragraph  (e) or
     paragraph (h)(2), (3), (4) or (5) hereof, on any determination date,
     the Current Market Price Per Common Share shall be deemed to be the
     average (weighted by daily trading volume) of the Daily Prices (as
     defined below) per share of the Common Stock for the 20 consecutive
     trading days ending three days prior to such date. "DAILY PRICE" means
     (1) if the shares of Common Stock then are listed and traded on the
     New York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), the closing price on such day
     as reported on the NYSE Composite Transactions Tape; (2) if the shares
     of Common Stock then are not listed and traded on the NYSE, the
     closing price on such day as reported by the principal national
     securities exchange on which the shares are listed and traded; (3) if
     the shares of Common Stock then are not listed and traded on any such
     securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day on the
     National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
     Inc. Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ"); (4) if the shares of
     Common Stock then are not listed and traded on any such securities
     exchange and not traded on the NASDAQ National Market, the average of
     the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked price on such day
     as reported by NASDAQ; or (5) if such shares are not listed and traded
     on any such securities exchange, not traded on the NASDAQ National
     Market and bid and asked prices are not reported by NASDAQ, then the
     average of the closing bid and asked prices, as reported by The Wall
     Street Journal for the over-the-counter market.  If on any
     determination date the shares of Common Stock are not quoted by any
     such organization, the Current Market Price Per Common Share shall be

                                       10
<PAGE>

     the fair market value of such shares on such determination date as 
     determined by the Board of Directors, without regard to considerations 
     of the lack of liquidity, applicable regulatory restrictions or any of 
     the transfer restrictions or other obligations imposed on such shares 
     set forth in the Investors' Agreement.  If the Principal Holders shall 
     object to any determination by the Board of Directors of the Current 
     Market Price Per Common Share, the Current Market Price Per Common Share 
     shall be the fair market value per share of Common Stock as determined 
     by an independent appraiser retained by the Company at its expense and 
     reasonably acceptable to the Principal Holders.  For purposes of any 
     computation under this paragraph  (h), the number of shares of Common 
     Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or 
     held by or for the account of the Company or its subsidiaries.

          (7)  No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless
     such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one
     percent in such price; PROVIDED that any adjustments which by reason
     of this paragraph (h)(7) are not required to be made shall be carried
     forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All
     calculations under this paragraph (h) shall be made to the nearest one
     tenth of a cent or to the nearest hundredth of a share, as the case
     may be.

          (8)  In the event that, at any time as a result of the provisions
     of this paragraph (h), the holder of this Warrant upon subsequent
     exercise shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock
     or other securities of the Company other than Common Stock, the number
     of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall
     thereafter be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and
     on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions
     contained herein.

          (9)  Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of
     the calculations made in paragraphs (h)(1), (2), (3), (4) or (5)
     hereof, the number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable
     immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter
     evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that
     number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (i) multiplying the
     number of shares covered by this Warrant immediately prior to this
     adjustment of the number of shares by the Exercise Price in effect
     immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price and (ii)

                                       11
<PAGE>

     dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect
     immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.

          (10)  The Company shall notify all Holders of the fixing of a
     record date for the purpose of payment of a cash dividend to holders
     of Common Stock as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event
     less than 20 days prior to any such record date.

          (11)  Not less than 10 nor more than 30 days prior to the record
     date or effective date, as the case may be, of any action which
     requires or might require an adjustment or readjustment pursuant to
     this paragraph (h), the Company shall forthwith file in the custody of
     the secretary or any assistant secretary at its principal executive
     office and with its stock transfer agent or its warrant agent, if any,
     an officers' certificate showing the adjusted Exercise Price
     determined as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the
     facts requiring such adjustment and the manner of computing such
     adjustment.  Each such officers' certificate shall be signed by the
     chairman, president or chief financial officer of the Company and by
     the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Company.  Each such
     officers' certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times
     for inspection by the Holder or any holder of a Warrant executed and
     delivered pursuant to paragraph (f) and the Company shall, forthwith
     after each such adjustment, mail a copy, by first-class mail, of such
     certificate to the Holder.

          (12)  The Holder shall, at its option, be entitled to receive, in
     lieu of the adjustment pursuant to paragraph (h)(5) otherwise required
     thereof, on the date of exercise of the Warrants, the evidences of
     indebtedness, other securities, cash, property or other assets which
     such Holder would have been entitled to receive if it had exercised
     its Warrants for shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the
     record date with respect to such distribution.  The Holder may
     exercise its option under this paragraph (h)(12) by delivering to the
     Company a written notice of such exercise within seven days of its
     receipt of the certificate of adjustment required pursuant to
     paragraph (h)(11) to be delivered by the Company in connection with
     such distribution.

     (i) CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, OR SALE OF ASSETS. In case of any 
consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other 
Person, any merger of another Person into the Company (other than a merger 
which does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or 
cancellation 

                                       12
<PAGE>

of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or any sale or transfer of all or 
substantially all of the assets of the Company or of the Person formed by 
such consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquires such 
assets, as the case may be, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to 
exercise this Warrant for the kind and amount of securities, cash and other 
property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer by a 
holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may 
have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or 
transfer, assuming (i) such holder of Common Stock is not a Person with which 
the Company consolidated or into which the Company merged or which merged 
into the Company or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may 
be ("CONSTITUENT PERSON"), or an Affiliate of a constituent Person and (ii) 
in the case of a consolidation, merger, sale or transfer which includes an 
election as to the consideration to be received by the holders, such holder 
of Common Stock failed to exercise its rights of election, as to the kind or 
amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such 
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer (PROVIDED that if the kind or amount 
of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, 
merger, sale or transfer is not the same for each share of Common Stock held 
immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer by other 
than a constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof and in respect of which 
such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("NON-ELECTING SHARE"), 
then for the purpose of this paragraph (i) the kind and amount of securities, 
cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or 
transfer by each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount 
so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares).  
Adjustments for events subsequent to the effective date of such a 
consolidation, merger and sale of assets shall be as nearly equivalent as may 
be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant.  In any such 
event, effective provisions shall be made in the certificate or articles of 
incorporation of the resulting or surviving corporation, in any contract of 
sale, conveyance, lease or transfer, or otherwise so that the provisions set 
forth herein for the protection of the rights of the Holder shall thereafter 
continue to be applicable; and any such resulting or surviving corporation 
shall expressly assume the obligation to deliver, upon exercise, such shares 
of stock, other securities, cash and property.  The provisions of this 
paragraph (i) shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, 
sales, leases or transfers.

     (j) NOTICES. Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant 
Certificate shall be in writing and shall be given to the Holder or the 
Company as the case may be, at its address (or telecopier number) set forth 
below, or such other address (or telecopier number) as shall have been 
furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery:


                                       13
<PAGE>


     If to the Company:  DeCrane Holdings Co.
                         2361 Rosecrans Avenue
                         Suite 180
                         El Segundo, CA 90245
                         Telecopy: 310-643-0746
                         Attention: R. Jack DeCrane

     If to the Holder:   [________________________________]
                         [________________________________]
                         [________________________________]



     Each such notice, demand or delivery shall be effective (i) if given by 
telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified 
herein and the intended recipient confirms the receipt of such telecopy or 
(ii) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified 
herein.

     (k) RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER. Prior to the exercise of any Warrant, the 
Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a 
shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, 
to receive dividends or other distributions or to receive any notice of 
meetings of shareholders or any notice of any proceedings of the Company 
except as may be specifically provided for herein.

     (l) GOVERNING LAW. THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND ALL RIGHTS ARISING 
HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL 
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE PERFORMANCE THEREOF SHALL BE GOVERNED 
AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     (m) AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. Any provision of this Warrant Certificate may 
be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing 
and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Holder and the Company, or in 
the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be 
effective. No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power 
or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single 
or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or 
the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies 
herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or 
remedies provided by law.


                                       14
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly caused this Warrant Certificate 
to be signed by its duly authorized officer and to be dated as of October 2, 
1998.

     
                                       DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.     


          
                                       By 
                                         -------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title: 



Acknowledged and Agreed:

[________________________________]






By 
   -------------------------------
   Name:     
   Title:    


<PAGE>

WRNTRGRT.DOC


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

================================================================================

                                      WARRANT
                           REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                                DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.



                      ________________________________________


                Warrants to Purchase 155,000 Shares of Common Stock

                      ________________________________________


                            Dated as of October 5, 1998

                                ___________________


                            DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                               SECURITIES CORPORATION


================================================================================
<PAGE>

    This Warrant Registration Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and
entered into as of October 5, 1998, by and among DeCrane Holdings Co., a
Delaware corporation (the "ISSUER"), and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation (the "INITIAL PURCHASER"), which has agreed to purchase the Warrants
of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement (the "WARRANT AGREEMENT")
between the Issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as warrant agent
(the "WARRANT AGENT").

     The Warrants are being issued and sold in connection with the offering by
DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. ("DECRANE") of 100,000 Units each consisting of
(i) $1,000 principal amount at maturity of 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 (the "NOTES") of DeCrane and (ii) one Warrant.

     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated September
29, 1998 (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and between the Issuer, DeCrane, the
Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Initial Purchaser.  In
order to induce the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Warrants, the Issuer has
agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The
execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of
the Initial Purchaser set forth in Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning
assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.

     The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the
following meanings:

     ACT:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     AFFILIATE:  As defined in Rule 144.

     BLACK OUT NOTICE:  As defined in Section 4(b) hereof.

     BLACK OUT PERIOD:  As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

     CLOSING DATE:  The date hereof.

     COMMISSION:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

     EXCHANGE ACT:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     EXPIRATION DATE: 5:00 p.m. New York City time on September 30, 2008.

     HOLDERS:  As defined in Section 2 hereof.

     PROSPECTUS:  The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the
time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or
supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto,
including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference
into such Prospectus.

<PAGE>

     REGISTRATION STATEMENT:  Any registration statement of the Issuer relating
to the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities that is filed
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and including the Prospectus
included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including
post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by
reference therein.

     RULE 144:  Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

     TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES: (a) Each Warrant and Warrant Share held by
an Affiliate of the Issuer and (b) each other Warrant and Warrant Share until
the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which such Warrant or Warrant Share
(other than any Warrant Share issued upon exercise of a Warrant in accordance
with a Registration Statement) has been disposed of in accordance with a
Registration Statement and (ii) the date on which such Warrant or Warrant Share
(or the related Warrant) is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under
the Act.

2.   HOLDERS

     A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each,
a "HOLDER") whenever such Person is the holder of record of Transfer Restricted
Securities.

3.   SHELF REGISTRATION

     (a)  SHELF REGISTRATION.  The Issuer shall prepare and cause to be
filed with the Commission on or before 120 days from the Closing Date pursuant
to Rule 415 under the Securities Act a Registration Statement on the appropriate
form relating to resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders
thereof.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before
180 days after the Closing Date.

     To the extent necessary to ensure that the Registration Statement is
available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof
entitled to the benefit of this Section 3(a), the Issuer shall use its
reasonable best efforts to keep any Registration Statement required by this
Section 3(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as
required by and subject to the provisions of Section 4(a) hereof and in
conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies,
rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until
the later of (i) the second anniversary of the effective date of the
Registration Statement and (ii) the earlier of (A) the Expiration Date and (B)
the first date as of which all Warrants have been exercised by the Holders
thereof; PROVIDED that such obligation shall expire before such date if the
Issuer delivers to the Warrant Agent a written opinion of counsel to the Issuer
(which opinion of counsel shall be satisfactory to the Issuer) that all Holders
(other than Affiliates of the Issuer) of Warrants and Warrant Shares may resell
the Warrants and the Warrant Shares without registration under the Act and
without restriction as to the manner, timing or volume of any such sale; and
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Affiliate of the
Issuer may, with notice to the Issuer, require the Issuer to keep the
Registration Statement continuously effective for resales by such Affiliate for
so long as such Affiliate holds Warrants or Warrant Shares, including as a
result of any market-making activities or other trading activities of such
Affiliate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to
amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related prospectus or any
document incorporated therein by reference, for a period (a "BLACK OUT PERIOD")
not to exceed, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, an aggregate of 60
days in any calendar year, in the event that (i) an event occurs and is
continuing as a result of which the Registration Statement, any related
prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference as then amended or
supplemented would, in the Issuer's good faith judgment, contain an untrue
statement of a

<PAGE>

material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, and (ii)(A) the Issuer determines in its good faith
judgment that the disclosure of such event at such time would have a material
adverse effect on the business, operations or prospects of the Issuer or (B)
the disclosure otherwise relates to a material business transaction which has
not yet been publicly disclosed; PROVIDED that such Black Out Period shall be
extended for any period, not to exceed an aggregate of 30 days in any calendar
year, during which the Commission is reviewing any proposed amendment or
supplement to the Registration Statement, any related prospectus or any
document incorporated therein by reference which has been filed by the Issuer;
and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no Black Out Period may be in effect during the
three months prior to the Expiration Date.

     (b)  PROVISION BY HOLDERS OF CERTAIN INFORMATION IN CONNECTION WITH
THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may
include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Registration Statement
pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuer
in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information
specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act for
use in connection with any Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary
Prospectus included therein.  Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish
additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information
previously furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading.

4.   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     (a)  In connection with the Registration Statement and any related
Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Issuer shall:

          (i)   use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to
     permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in
     accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof
     (as indicated in the information furnished to the Issuer pursuant to
     Section 3(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Issuer will prepare and
     file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the
     registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be
     available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in
     accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof
     within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions
     hereof;

          (ii)  use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration
     Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial
     statements for the period specified in Section 3 of this Agreement.  Upon
     the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue
     statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
     to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
     which they were made, not misleading or (B) not to be effective and
     usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period
     required by this Agreement, the Issuer shall, subject to Section 3(a),
     file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement or
     a supplement to the Prospectus, as applicable, curing such defect, and,
     in the case of an amendment, use its reasonable best efforts to cause
     such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable;

          (iii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
     post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may
     be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
     applicable period set forth in Section 3; cause the

<PAGE>

     Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and
     as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to
     comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act
     in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with
     respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
     Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended
     method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in
     such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

          (iv)   advise the Initial Purchaser promptly and, if requested
     by the Initial Purchaser, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the
     Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has
     been filed, and, with respect to any applicable Registration Statement or
     any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective,
     (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration
     Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for
     additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the
     Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state
     securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted
     Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of
     any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the
     existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any
     statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the
     Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document
     incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of
     any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to
     make the statements therein not misleading, or that requires the making
     of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus in order to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
     were made, not misleading.  If at any time the Commission shall issue any
     stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or
     any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue
     an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky
     laws, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the
     withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

          (v)    subject to Section 4(a)(ii), if any fact or event
     contemplated by Section 4(a)(iv)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred,
     prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
     reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter
     delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the
     Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
     to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

          (vi)   furnish to the Initial Purchaser, before filing with the
     Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus
     included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such
     Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
     incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration
     Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of
     such Persons, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and
     the Issuer will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or
     any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or
     Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to
     which the Initial Purchaser shall reasonably object within five Business
     Days after the receipt thereof.  The Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to
     have reasonably objected to such filing if such Registration Statement,
     amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be
     filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
     any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the

<PAGE>

     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or
     fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act;

          (vii)  promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to
     be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus,
     provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchaser, make the
     Issuer's representatives available for discussion of such document and
     other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in
     such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchaser may
     reasonably request;

          (viii) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by
     the Initial Purchaser and any attorney or accountant retained by the
     Initial Purchaser, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
     documents of the Issuer and cause the Issuer's officers, directors and
     employees to supply all information reasonably requested by the Initial
     Purchaser, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration
     Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the
     filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;

          (ix)   if requested by the Initial Purchaser, promptly
     include in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a
     supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as
     the Initial Purchaser may reasonably request to have included therein,
     including, without limitation, information relating to the "Plan of
     Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the use of the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus for market-making activities; and make
     all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective
     amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of the
     matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective
     amendment;

          (x)    furnish to the Initial Purchaser and each Holder
     upon request, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration
     Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment
     thereto, including all documents incorporated by reference therein and all
     exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

          (xi)   deliver to the Initial Purchaser and each Holder,
     without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each
     preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as the
     Initial Purchaser or such Holder reasonably may request; the Issuer hereby
     consents to the use (in accordance with law and subject to Section 4(d)
     hereof) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each
     selling Person in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or
     supplement thereto and all market-making activities of the Initial
     Purchaser, as the case may be;

          (xii)  upon the request of the Initial Purchaser, enter into
     such agreements (including underwriting agreements) and make such
     representations and warranties and take all such other actions in
     connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition
     of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any applicable
     Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be
     reasonably requested by the Initial Purchaser in connection with any sale
     or resale pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement.  In such
     connection, the Issuer shall:

<PAGE>

               (A)  upon request of the Initial Purchaser, furnish (or in
          the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use its reasonable best efforts to
          cause to be furnished) to the Initial Purchaser, upon the
          effectiveness of the Registration Statement:

                    (1)  a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of
               the Issuer by (x) the President or any Vice President and (y) a
               principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuer,
               confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in
               Sections 6(ee), 9(a) and 9(b) of the Purchase Agreement and such
               other similar matters as such Person may reasonably request;

                    (2)  an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of
               the Registration Statement, of counsel for the Issuer
               covering matters similar to those set forth in Sections
               9(e), (f) and (g) of the Purchase Agreement and such other
               matters as the Initial Purchaser may reasonably request, and
               in any event including a statement to the effect that such
               counsel has participated in conferences with officers and
               other representatives of the Issuer, representatives of the
               independent public accountants for the Issuer and have
               considered the matters required to be stated therein and the
               statements contained therein, although such counsel has not
               independently verified the accuracy, completeness or
               fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises
               that, on the basis of the foregoing (relying as to
               materiality to the extent such counsel deems appropriate
               upon the statements of officers and other representatives of
               the Issuer) and without independent check or verification),
               no facts came to such counsel's attention that caused such
               counsel to believe that the applicable Registration
               Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any
               post-effective amendment thereto became effective contained
               an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
               material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
               make the statements therein not misleading, or that the
               Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of
               its date contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
               omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make
               the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
               under which they were made, not misleading.  Without
               limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that
               such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not
               independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or
               fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules
               and other financial data included in any Registration
               Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related
               Prospectus; and

                    (3)  a customary comfort letter, dated the date of
               effectiveness of the Registration Statement, from the
               Issuer's independent accountants, in the customary form and
               covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort
               letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten
               offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the
               comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 9(i) of the
               Purchase Agreement; and

               (B)  deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
          reasonably requested by the Initial Purchaser to evidence compliance
          with the matters covered in

<PAGE>

          clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in any
          agreement entered into by the Issuer pursuant to this clause;

          (xiii)  prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
     Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in
     connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
     jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request and do any and all other
     acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such
     jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
     applicable Registration Statement; PROVIDED that the Issuer shall not be
     required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not
     now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the
     service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and
     transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction
     where it is not now so subject;

          (xiv)   in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities
     that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted
     Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely
     preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted
     Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to
     register such Transfer Restricted Securities in such denominations and
     such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days
     prior to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities;

          (xv)    use its reasonable best efforts to cause the disposition of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement
     to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or
     authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof
     to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities,
     subject to the proviso contained in clause (xiii) above;

          (xvi)   provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities
     not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering
     such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Warrant Agent with
     printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in
     a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

          (xvii)  otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
     applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally
     available to its security holders with regard to any applicable
     Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings
     statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be
     audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective
     date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in Rule
     158(c) under the Act); and

          (xviii) provide promptly to the Initial Purchaser, upon request,
     each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of
     Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

<PAGE>

     (b)  RESTRICTIONS ON HOLDERS.  Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a
Transfer Restricted Security and the Initial Purchaser agrees that, upon receipt
of the notice from the Issuer of the commencement of a Black Out Period (in each
case, a "BLACK OUT NOTICE"), such Person will forthwith discontinue disposition
of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration
Statement until such Person is advised in writing by the Issuer of the
termination of the Black Out Period.  Each Person receiving a Black Out Notice
hereby agrees that it will either (i) destroy any Prospectuses, other than
permanent file copies, then in such Person's possession which have been replaced
by the Issuer with more recently dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the
Issuer (at the Issuer's expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies,
then in such Person's possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer
Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Black Out
Notice.

5.   REGISTRATION EXPENSES

     All expenses incident to the Issuer's performance of or compliance with
this Agreement will be borne by the Issuer, regardless of whether a Registration
Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration
and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with
federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of
printing (including printing Prospectuses (whether for sales, market-making or
otherwise), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Issuer; (v) all application and filing fees in
connection with listing the Warrant Shares on a national securities exchange or
automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all
fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuer
(including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or
incident to such performance).

     The Issuer will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including,
without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees
performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the
fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the
Issuer.

6.   INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its
directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments,
(including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in
connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that
could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments)
caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus
(or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Issuer to any Holder or
any prospective purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities, or caused by any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are
caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission that is based upon information relating to a Holder furnished in
writing to the Issuer by such Holder.

     (b)  Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally
and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, its directors and
officers, and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuer, to the same extent
as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuer set forth in Section 6(a) hereof, but
only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing
to the Issuer by such Holder expressly for use

<PAGE>

in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors,
officers or any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for
any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such
Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to
a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such
Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages that such
Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.

     (c)  In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in
respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b) (the
"INDEMNIFIED PARTY"), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person
against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing,
and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including
the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and
the payment of all fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that,
in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant
to both Sections 6(a) and 6(b), a Holder shall not be required to assume the
defense of such action pursuant to this Section 6(c), but may employ separate
counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Holder).
Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party, unless (i) the
employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized in writing by
the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume
the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any
impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying
party, and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that
there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from
or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of the indemnified party).  In any such case, the indemnifying party
shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially
similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for
all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as
they are incurred.  Such firm shall be designated in writing by a majority of
the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a),
and by the Issuer, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b).
The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments
by reason of any settlement of any action effected with its written consent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such settlement may be effected by the
Initial Purchaser without the Issuer's written consent if the settlement is
entered into more than twenty Business Days after the Issuer shall have received
a request from the Initial Purchaser for reimbursement for the fees and expenses
of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the
Issuer) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the Issuer shall have failed
to comply with such reimbursement request.  The Issuer shall not, without the
prior written consent of the Initial Purchaser, effect any settlement or
compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending
or threatened action in respect of which the Initial Purchaser is or could have
been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought
hereunder by the Initial Purchaser, unless such settlement, compromise or
judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the Initial Purchaser from all
liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such
action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Initial Purchaser.

<PAGE>

     (d)  To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this
Section 6 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer, on
the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Transfer
Restricted Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 6(d)(i) is
not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 6(d)(i) hereof but also the
relative fault of the Issuer, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other
hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Issuer, on the one hand,
and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Issuer, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the
other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments referred to above shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 6(a),
any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any
action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or judgments.

     The Issuer and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by PRO RATA
allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or
by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Holder, its directors, its
officers or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to
contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by
such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any
damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Holders' obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 6(d) are several in proportion to the respective
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder
and not joint.

     (e)  The Issuer agrees that the indemnity and contribution provisions
of this Section 6 shall apply to the Initial Purchaser to the same extent, on
the same conditions, as it applies to Holders.

7.   RULE 144

     The Issuer agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted
Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Issuer is
subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required
thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144.

<PAGE>

8.   MISCELLANEOUS

     (a)  REMEDIES.  The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that any failure by
the Issuer to comply with its obligations under Section 3 hereof may result in
material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchaser or the Holders for which
there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure
damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure,
the Initial Purchaser or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to
specifically enforce the Issuer's obligations under Section 3 hereof.  The
Issuer further agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific
performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

     (b)  NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS.  The Issuer will not, on or after the
date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities
that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The rights granted to the
Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with
the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer's securities under any agreement
in effect on the date hereof.

     (c)  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  The provisions of this Agreement may not
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of this
Section 8(c)(i), the Issuer has obtained the written consent of Holders of all
outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities, and (ii) in the case of all other
provisions hereof, the Issuer has obtained the written consent of Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities
(excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or its Affiliates);
provided that this Agreement may be amended without the consent of any Holder
pursuant to Section 11(l) of the Warrant Agreement.

     (d)  THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY.  The Holders shall be third party
beneficiaries to the agreements granting rights to Holders made hereunder
between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchaser, on the other
hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent
they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or
the rights of Holders hereunder.

     (e)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

               (i)  if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the
     records of the Warrant Agent, with a copy to the Warrant Agent; and

               (ii) if to the Issuer:

                    DeCrane Holdings Co.
                    c/o DLJ Merchant Banking Partners
                    277 Park Avenue
                    New York, New York 10172
                    Telecopier No.: (212) 892-3000
                    Attention:  Timothy White

<PAGE>

                    With a copy to:

                    Davis Polk & Wardwell
                    450 Lexington Avenue
                    New York, New York 10017
                    Telecopier No.: (212) 450-4000
                    Attention:  Richard D. Truesdell, Esq.

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

     Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Warrant Agent at the
address specified in Warrant Agreement.

     (f)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the
parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express
assignment, subsequent Holders; PROVIDED that nothing herein shall be deemed to
permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted
Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the
Warrant Agreement.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer
Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise,
such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of
this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities
such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to
perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the
restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the
Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits
hereof.

     (g)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     (h)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     (i)  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

     (j)  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     (k)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement is intended by the parties as a
final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein.  There are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein
with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer
Restricted Securities.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first written above.


                                       DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.


                                       By:
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
  SECURITIES CORPORATION


By:
   ---------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:



<PAGE>

               CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
           AND RIGHTS OF 14% SENIOR REDEEMABLE EXCHANGEABLE
                      PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2008

                                 of

                           DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.

         Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law
                        of the State of Delaware

     We, the undersigned, Thompson Dean, President and Treasurer, and Timothy 
White, Vice President and Secretary, of DeCrane Holdings Co., a Delaware 
corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"), pursuant to the 
provisions of Sections 103 and 151 of the General Corporation Law of the 
State of Delaware, do hereby make this Certificate of Designations and do 
hereby state and certify that pursuant to the authority expressly vested in 
the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the Certificate of 
Incorporation, the Board of Directors duly adopted the following resolutions:

     RESOLVED, that, pursuant to Article Fourth of the Certificate of 
Incorporation (which authorizes 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock, par 
value $0.01 per share ("PREFERRED STOCK"), of which no shares of Preferred 
Stock are currently issued and outstanding), the Board of Directors hereby 
fixes the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, 
optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and 
restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock.

     RESOLVED, that each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank 
equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:

     (1) NUMBER AND DESIGNATION. 1,360,000 shares of the Preferred Stock of 
the Corporation shall be designated as 14% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable 
Preferred Stock Due 2008 (the "SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK").

     (2) RANK. The Senior Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend 
rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up, rank prior to 
all classes of or series of common stock of the Corporation, including the 
Corporation's common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("COMMON STOCK"), and 
each other class of capital stock of the Corporation, the terms of which 
provide that such class shall rank junior to the Senior Preferred Stock or 
the terms of

                                                        STATE OF DELAWARE
                                                        SECRETARY OF STATE
                                                     DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
                                                     FILED 11:01 AM 08/27/1998
                                                        981337579 - 2919756

<PAGE>

which do not specify any rank relative to the Senior Preferred Stock. All 
equity securities of the Corporation to which the Senior Preferred Stock 
ranks prior (whether with respect to dividends or upon liquidation, 
dissolution, winding up or otherwise), including the Common Stock, are 
collectively referred to herein as the "JUNIOR SECURITIES." All equity 
securities of the Corporation with which the Senior Preferred Stock ranks on 
a parity (whether with respect to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution 
or winding up) are collectively referred to herein as the "PARITY 
SECURITIES." The respective definitions of Junior Securities and Parity 
Securities shall also include any rights or options exercisable for or 
convertible into any of the Junior Securities and Parity Securities, as the 
case may be. The Senior Preferred Stock shall be subject to the creation of 
Junior Securities.

      (3) DIVIDENDS. (a)(i) The holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of 
Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, 
(subject to Sections 3(a)(ii) and (iii) hereof) at a rate equal to 14% per 
annum (computed on the basis of a 360 day year) (the "DIVIDEND RATE") on the 
Liquidation Value of each share of Senior Preferred Stock on and as of the 
most recent Dividend Payment Date (as defined below). In the event the 
Corporation is unable or shall fail to discharge its obligation to redeem all 
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph 5(c) or 
5(d) hereof, the Dividend Rate shall increase by .25 percent per quarter 
(each, a "DEFAULT DIVIDEND") for each quarter or portion thereof following 
the date on which such redemption was required to be made until cured; 
PROVIDED that the aggregate increase shall not exceed 5%. Such dividends 
shall be payable in the manner set forth below in Sections 3(a)(ii) and (iii) 
quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year 
(unless such day is not a business day, in which event on the next succeeding 
business day) (each of such dates being a "DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE" and each 
such quarterly period being a "DIVIDEND PERIOD"). Such dividends shall be 
cumulative from the date of issue, whether or not in any Dividend Period or 
Periods there shall be funds of the Corporation legally available for the 
payment of such dividends.

          (ii) Prior to the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Senior 
     Preferred Stock (the "CASH PAY DATE"), dividends shall not be payable in 
     cash to holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock but shall, subject 
     to Section 3(b) hereof, accrete to the Liquidation Value in accordance 
     with Section 4(a) hereof.

          (iii) Following the Cash Pay Date, each such dividend shall be 
     payable in cash on the Liquidation Value per share of the Senior 
     Preferred Stock, in equal quarterly amounts (to which the Default 
     Dividend, if any, shall be added), to the holders of record of shares of 
     the Senior Preferred

                                       2

<PAGE>

     Stock, as they appear on the stock records of the Corporation at the 
     close of business on such record dates, not more than 60 days or less 
     than 10 days preceding the payment dates thereof, as shall be fixed by 
     the Board of Directors. Accrued and unpaid dividends for any past 
     Dividend Periods may be declared and paid at any time, without reference 
     to any Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on such date, not 
     more than 45 days preceding the payment date thereof, as may be fixed by 
     the Board of Directors.

     (b) At the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares of 
Senior Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, commencing on the first 
Dividend Payment Date after such request and ending on the Cash Pay Date, be 
required to pay all dividends on shares of Senior Preferred Stock by the 
issuance of additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock ("ADDITIONAL 
SHARES"). The Additional Shares shall be identical to all other shares of 
Senior Preferred Stock, except as set forth in Section 4. For the purposes of 
determining the number of Additional Shares to be issued as dividends 
pursuant to this Paragraph (b), such Additional Shares shall be valued at 
their Applicable Liquidation Value as provided in Section 4(c).

     (c) Holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to 
any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of the 
cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on the Senior Preferred Stock. 
Except as provided in this Section 3, no interest, or sum of money in lieu of 
interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on 
the Senior Preferred Stock that may be in arrears.

     (d) So long as any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are outstanding, 
no dividends, except as described in the next succeeding sentence, shall be 
declared or paid or set apart for payment on Parity Securities, for any 
period unless (to the extent such dividends are payable in cash) full 
cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or 
declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart of such 
payment on the Senior Preferred Stock for all Dividend Periods terminating on 
or prior to the date of payment of the dividend on such class or series of 
Parity Securities. When (to the extent such dividends are payable in cash) 
dividends are not paid in full or a sum sufficient for such payment is not 
set apart, as aforesaid, all dividends declared upon shares of the Senior 
Preferred Stock and all dividends declared upon any other class or series of 
Parity Securities shall (in each case, to the extent payable in cash) be 
declared ratably in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends 
accumulated and unpaid on the Senior Preferred Stock and accumulated and 
unpaid on such Parity Securities.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (e)  So long as any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock are 
outstanding, no dividends (other than dividends or distributions paid in 
shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares 
of, Junior Securities) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment or 
other distribution declared or made upon Junior Securities, nor shall any 
Junior Securities be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (other than a 
redemption, purchase or other acquisition of shares of Common Stock made for 
purposes of an employee incentive or benefit plan of the Corporation or any 
subsidiary) (all such dividends, distributions, redemptions or purchases 
being hereinafter referred to as a "JUNIOR SECURITIES DISTRIBUTION") for any 
consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund 
for the redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Corporation, 
directly or indirectly (except by conversion into or exchange for Junior 
Securities), unless in each case (i) the full cumulative dividends on all 
outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock and any other Parity 
Securities shall (to the extent payable in cash) have been paid or set apart 
for payment for all past Dividend Periods with respect to the Senior 
Preferred Stock and all past dividend periods with respect to such Parity 
Securities and (ii) (to the extent payable in cash) sufficient funds shall 
have been paid or set apart for the payment of the dividend for the current 
Dividend Period with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock and the current 
dividend period with respect to such Parity Securities.

     (4)  LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE. (a) In the event of any liquidation, 
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or 
involuntary, before any payment or distribution of the assets of the 
Corporation (whether capital or surplus) shall be made to or set apart for 
the holders of Junior Securities, the holders of the shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the 
Liquidation Value of such share plus any accrued and unpaid cash dividends to 
the date of distribution, "LIQUIDATION VALUE" on any date means, with respect 
to (x) any share of Senior Preferred Stock other than any Additional Shares, 
the sum of (1) $100.00 per share and (2) the aggregate of all dividends 
accreted on such share until the most recent Dividend Payment Date upon which 
an accretion to Liquidation Value has occurred (or if such date is a Dividend 
Payment Date upon which an accretion to Liquidation Value has occurred, such 
date); PROVIDED that in the event of an actual liquidation, dissolution or 
winding up of the Corporation or the redemption of any shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereunder, the amount referred to in 
(2) shall be calculated by including dividends accreting to the actual date 
of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or the redemption date, as the 
case may be, rather than the Dividend Payment Date referred to above and 
PROVIDED FURTHER that in no event will dividends accrete beyond the earlier 
of (i) the Cash Pay Date and (ii) the most recent Dividend Payment Date prior 
to the Dividend Payment Date on which dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock 
are payable in Additional


                                       4
<PAGE>
Shares and (y) any Additional Share, the Applicable Liquidation Value. All 
accretions to Liquidation Value will be calculated using compounding on the 
quarterly basis. Except as provided in the proceeding sentences, holders of 
shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any distribution in 
the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the 
Corporation. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, the assets of the Corporation, or proceeds thereof, distributable 
among the holders of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall be 
insufficient to pay in full the preferential amount aforesaid and liquidating 
payments on any Parity Securities, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, 
shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
and any such other Parity Securities ratably in accordance with the 
respective amounts that would be payable on such shares of Senior Preferred 
Stock and any such other stock if all amounts payable thereon were paid in 
full. For the purposes of this paragraph (4), (i) a consolidation or merger 
of the Corporation with one or more corporations, or (ii) a sale or transfer 
of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets, shall not be deemed 
to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of 
the Corporation.

     (b)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any Parity Securities, 
after payment shall have been made in full to the holders of the Senior 
Preferred Stock, as provided in this paragraph (4), any other series or class 
or classes of Junior Securities shall, subject to the respective terms and 
provisions (if any) applying thereto, be entitled to receive any and all 
assets remaining to be paid or distributed, and the holders of the Senior 
Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.

     (c)  The Applicable Liquidation Value of any Additional Shares shall be 
the Liquidation Value of Senior Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior 
to the first Dividend Payment Date occurring after a request for payment in 
Additional Shares has been made in accordance with Section 3(b).

     (5)  REDEMPTION. (a) Redemption Upon Consummation of Public Offering. 
The Corporation may, at its option, to the extent it shall have funds legally 
available for such payment, redeem, prior to September 30, 2001, in whole 
but not in part, shares of Senior Preferred Stock, at a redemption price per 
share equal to 114% of the Liquidation Value, in cash, plus accrued and 
unpaid cash dividends on such shares to the date fixed for redemption, 
without interest, PROVIDED that the Corporation shall not redeem any shares 
of Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to this Paragraph 5(a) unless (i) prior to 
such redemption a Public Offering shall have been consummated, and (ii) the 
aggregate redemption price of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock redeemed 
pursuant to this Section 5(a) does

                                       5
<PAGE>

not exceed the net proceeds received by the Corporation in such Initial 
Public Offering.

     "PUBLIC OFFERING" shall mean any underwritten public offering of Common 
Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, and shall, in addition, for the purposes of Section 
5(a) hereof, include any sale, pursuant to such an underwritten registered 
public offering, following the Closing Date of any common stock by any 
affiliate of the Corporation, the net proceeds of which are contributed or 
loaned to the Corporation in such a manner that such proceeds may lawfully be 
used for the redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock.

     "CLOSING DATE" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the 
Investors' Agreement.

     "INVESTORS' AGREEMENT" means the Investors' Agreement dated as of the 
Closing Date by and among DeCrane Holdings Co., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners 
II, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, II-A, L.P., DLJ Offshore Partners 
II, C.V., DLJ Diversified Partners L.P., DLJ Diversified Partners-A, L.P., 
DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners-A, L.P., DLJMB Funding 
II, Inc., DLJ EAB Partners, L.P., DLJ First ESC L.P., UK Investment Plan 1997 
Partners and DLJ ESC II L.P., (collectively, the "DLJMB Funds"), and certain 
other stockholders listed on the signature pages thereof.

     (b)  REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE CORPORATION.  On and after 
September 30, 2003, to the extent the Corporation shall have funds legally 
available for such payment, the Corporation may, at its option, redeem shares 
of Senior Preferred Stock, at any time in whole but not in part, at 
redemption prices per share in cash set forth in the table below, together 
with accrued and unpaid cash dividends thereon to the date fixed for 
redemption, without interest.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR BEGINNING SEPTEMBER 30       PERCENTAGE OF LIQUIDATION VALUE
      ---------------------------       -------------------------------
      <S>                               <C>
                 2003                               107.000%
                 2004                               104.667%
                 2005                               102.333%
                 2006                               100.000%
</TABLE>

     In addition, at any time prior to September 30, 2003, the Corporation 
may, at its option upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined 
below), redeem the Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, upon not less 
than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice (but in no event may any such 
redemption occur more than 60 days after the occurrence of such Change of 
Control), in cash at a


                                      6

<PAGE>

redemption price equal to the present value of the sum of all the remaining 
dividends, premium and Liquidation Preference payments that would become due 
on the Preferred Stock as if the Preferred Stock was to remain outstanding 
and be redeemed on September 30, 2003, computed using a discount rate equal 
to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.

     (c)  REDEMPTION IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL. In the event of a 
Change of Control, the Corporation shall, to the extent it shall have funds 
legally available for such payment, offer to redeem all of the shares of 
Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding, and shall redeem the shares of 
Senior Preferred Stock of any holder of such shares that shall consent to 
such redemption, upon a date no later than 30 days following the Change in 
Control, at a redemption price per share equal to 101% of the Liquidation 
Value, in cash, plus accrued and unpaid cash dividends thereon to the date 
fixed for redemption, without interest.

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means such time as: (a) a "person" or "group" 
(within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended), other than any person or group comprised solely of 
the Initial Investors, has become the beneficial owner, by way of merger, 
consolidation or otherwise, of 30% or more of the voting power of all classes 
of voting securities of the Corporation, and such person or group has become 
the beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the voting power of all 
classes of voting securities of the Corporation than that beneficially owned 
by the Initial Investors, or (b) a sale or transfer of all or substantially 
all of the assets of the Corporation to any person or group (other than any 
group consisting solely of the Initial Investors or their affiliates) has 
been consummated; or (c) during any period of two consecutive years, 
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation (together with any new directors whose election 
was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office, 
who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election 
or nomination for the election was previously so approved) cease for any 
reason to constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation, then in 
office.

     "INITIAL INVESTORS" means the Stockholders (determined as of the 
issuance of the Preferred Stock) and their Permitted Transferees, each as 
defined in the Investors' Agreement.

     "TREASURY RATE" means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity 
as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a 
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal 
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at 
least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such 
Statistical Release is no longer published,


                                       7
<PAGE>

any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to 
the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2003; PROVIDED that if 
the period from the redemption date to September 30, 2003 is less than one 
year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury 
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

        (d)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION. To the extent the Corporation shall have 
funds legally available for such payment, on September 30, 2008, if any 
shares of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation 
shall redeem all outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock, at a 
redemption price equal to the aggregate Liquidation Value, in cash, together 
with any accrued and unpaid cash dividends thereon to the date fixed for 
redemption, without interest.

        (e) STATUS OF REDEEMED SHARES. Shares of Senior Preferred Stock which 
have been issued and reacquired in any manner, including shares purchased or 
redeemed, shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws 
of the State of Delaware) have the status of authorized and unissued shares 
of the class of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series and may be 
redesignated and reissued as part of any series of the Preferred Stock; 
PROVIDED that no such issued and reacquired shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
shall be reissued or sold as Senior Preferred Stock.

        (f) FAILURE TO REDEEM. If the Corporation is unable or shall fail to 
discharge its obligation to redeem all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred 
Stock pursuant to paragraph (5)(c) or 5(d) (each, a "MANDATORY REDEMPTION 
OBLIGATION"), such Mandatory Redemption Obligation shall be discharged as soon 
as the Corporation is able to discharge such Mandatory Redemption Obligation. 
If and so long as any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to the 
Senior Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall 
not (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire any 
Parity Security or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking 
fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Securities (except 
in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to 
be satisfied pro rata with the Senior Preferred Stock) or (ii) in accordance 
with paragraph 3(e), declare or make any Junior Securities Distribution, or, 
directly or indirectly, discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, 
sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of the Junior Securities.

        (g) FAILURE TO PAY DIVIDENDS. Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provisions of this paragraph (5), unless full cumulative cash dividends 
(whether or not declared) on all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared and paid or set apart 
for payment for all divided periods terminating on or prior to the applicable 
redemtpion date, none

                                       8
<PAGE>

of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall be redeemed, and no sum shall 
be set aside for such redemption, unless shares of Senior Preferred Stock are 
redeemed pro rata.

        (6) PROCEDURE FOR REDEMPTION.  (a) In the event the Corporation shall 
redeem shares of Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 5(a), (b) or 
(d), notice of such redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage 
prepaid, mailed not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the 
redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed at 
such holder's address as the same appears on the stock register of the 
Corporation; PROVIDED that neither the failure to give such notice nor any 
defect therin shall affect the validity of the giving of notice for the 
redemption of any share of Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed except as to 
the holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give said notice or except 
as to the holder whose notice was defective. Each such notice shall state: 
(i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
to be redeemed; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where 
certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the 
redemption price; and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will 
cease to accrue on such redemption date.

        (b) In the case of any redemption pursuant to Sections 5(a), (b) or 
(d) hereof, notice having been mailed as provided in Section 6(b) hereof, 
from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by the 
Corporation in providing money for the payment of the redemption price of the 
shares called for redemption), dividends on the shares of Senior Preferred 
Stock so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and all rights of the 
holders thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to 
receive from the Corporation the redemption price) shall cease. Upon 
surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares 
so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), 
such share shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the redemption price 
aforesaid. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such 
certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the 
unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

        (c) In the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof, 
notice of such redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage 
prepaid, mailed not more than 10 days following the occurrence of the Change 
of Control and not less than 20 days prior to the redemption date, to each 
holder of record of the shares to be redeemed at such holder's address as 
the same appears on the stock register of the Corporation; PROVIDED that 
neither the failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect 
the validity of the giving of notice for the redemption of any share of 
Senior Preferred Stock to be redeemed except as to the holder to

                                       9
<PAGE>

whom the Corporation has failed to give said notice or except as to the 
holder whose notice was defective. Each such notice shall state: (i) that a 
Change of Control has occurred; (ii) the redemption date; (iii) the 
redemption price; (iv) that such holder may elect to cause the Corporation to 
redeem all or any of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock held by such 
holder; (v) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be 
surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (vi) that dividends on 
the shares the holder elects to cause the Corporation to redeem will cease 
to accrue on such redemption date.

     Upon receipt of such notice, the holder shall, within 20 days of receipt 
thereof, return such notice to the Corporation indicating the number of shares 
of Senior Preferred Stock such holder shall elect to cause the Corporation to 
redeem, if any.

     (d)  In the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof, notice 
having been mailed as provided in Section 6(d) hereof, from and after the 
redemption date (unless default shall be made by the Corporation in providing 
money for the payment of the redemption price of the shares called for 
redemption), dividends on such shares of Senior Preferred Stock as the holder 
elects to cause the Corporation to redeem shall cease to accrue, and all 
rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the 
right to receive from the Corporation the redemption price) shall cease. Upon 
surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares 
so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), 
such share shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the redemption price 
aforesaid. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such 
certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the 
unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

     (7)  EXCHANGE. (a) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph (7) the 
Corporation may, at its option, at any time and from time to time on any 
Dividend Payment Date, exchange, to the extent it is legally permitted to do 
so, all, but not less than all, outstanding shares (and fractional shares) of 
Senior Preferred Stock, for Exchange Debentures; PROVIDED that (i) on or 
prior to the date of exchange the Corporation shall have paid to or declared 
and set aside for payment to the holders of outstanding shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock all accrued and unpaid cash dividends on shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock through the exchange date in accordance with the next 
succeeding paragraph; and (ii) no event of default under the indenture (as 
defined in such indenture) governing the Exchange Debentures shall have 
occurred and be continuing; and (iii) no shares of Senior Preferred Stock are 
held on such date by the DLJMB Funds or any of their Affiliates, or any of 
their Permitted Transferees. The principal amount of Exchange Debentures

                                       10
<PAGE>

deliverable upon exchange of a share of Senior Preferred Stock, adjusted as 
hereinafter provided, shall be determined in accordance with the Exchange 
Ratio (as defined below).

     Cash dividends on any shares of Senior Preferred Stock exchanged for 
Exchange Debentures which have accrued but have not been paid as of the date 
of exchange shall be paid in cash. In no event shall the Corporation issue 
Exchange Debentures in denominations other than $1,000 or in an integral 
multiple thereof. Cash will be paid in lieu of any such fraction of an 
Exchange Debenture which would otherwise have been issued (which shall be 
determined with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Exchange 
Debentures to be issued to a holder upon any such exchange). Interest will 
accrue on the Exchange Debentures from the date of exchange.

     Prior to effecting any exchange hereunder, the Corporation shall appoint 
a trustee to serve in the capacity contemplated by an indenture between the 
Corporation and such trustee, containing customary terms and conditions.

     The Exchange Ratio shall be, as of any Dividend Payment Date, $1.00 (or 
fraction thereof) of principal amount of Exchange Debenture for each $1.00 of 
(i) Liquidation Value plus (ii) accrued and unpaid cash dividends, if any, per 
share of Senior Preferred Stock held by a holder on the applicable exchange 
date.

     "AFFILIATES" shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the Investors' 
Agreement.

     "EXCHANGE DEBENTURES" means 14% Senior Subordinated Exchange Debentures 
due 2008 of the Corporation, to be issued pursuant to an indenture between 
the Corporation and a trustee, containing customary terms and conditions 
approved by the Board of Directors.

     "PERMITTED TRANSFEREES" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in 
the Investors' Agreement.

     (a) PROCEDURE FOR EXCHANGE. (i) In the event the Corporation shall 
exchange shares of Senior Preferred Stock, notice of such exchange shall be 
given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 days nor 
more than 60 days prior to the exchange date, to each holder of record of the 
shares to be exchanged at such holder's address as the same appears on the 
stock register of the Corporation, PROVIDED that neither the failure to give 
such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the giving of 
notice for the exchange of any share of Senior Preferred Stock to be 
exchanged except as to the holder to whom the Corporation has failed to give 
said notice or except as to the holder

                                       11
<PAGE>

whose notice was defective. Each such notice shall state: (A) the exchange 
date; (B) the number of shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be exchanged and, 
if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be exchanged, the 
number of shares to be exchanged from such holder; (C) the Exchange Ratio; 
(D) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be 
exchanged for notes evidencing the Exchange Debentures to be received by the 
exchanging holder; and (E) that dividends on the shares to be exchanged will 
cease to accrue on such exchange date.

          (ii)  Prior to giving notice of intention to exchange, the 
     Corporation shall execute and deliver with a bank or trust company 
     selected by the Corporation an indenture containing customary terms and 
     conditions. The Corporation will cause the Exchange Debentures to be 
     authenticated on the Dividend Payment Date on which the exchange is 
     effective, and will pay interest on the Exchange Debentures at the rate 
     and on the dates specified in such indenture from the exchange date. 
 
          The Corporation will not give notice of its intention to exchange 
     under paragraph 6(b)(i) hereof unless it shall file at the place or 
     places (including a placing in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New 
     York) maintained for such purpose an opinion of counsel (who may be an 
     employee of the Corporation) to the effect that (i) the indenture has 
     been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation, has 
     been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (or that such 
     qualification is not necessary) and constitutes a valid and binding 
     instrument enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its 
     terms (subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, 
     reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or 
     affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles, and 
     subject to such other qualifications as are then customarily contained 
     as opinions of counsel experienced in such matters), (ii) the Exchange 
     Debentures have been duly authorized and, when executed and 
     authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the indenture and 
     delivered in exchange for the shares of Preferred Stock, will constitute 
     valid and binding obligations of the Corporation entitled to the 
     benefits of the indenture (subject as aforesaid), (iii) neither the 
     execution nor delivery of the indenture or the Exchange Debentures nor 
     compliance with the terms, conditions or provisions of such instruments 
     will result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions 
     of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of 
     trust or agreement or instrument, known to such counsel, to which the 
     Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any 
     of them is bound, or any decree, judgment, order, rule or regulation, 
     known to such counsel, of any court or governmental agency or body 
     having jurisdiction over the


                                      12
<PAGE>

     Corporation and such subsidiaries or any of their properties, (iv) the 
     Exchange Debentures have been duly registered for such exchange with the 
     Securities and Exchange Commission under a registration statement that 
     has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") or 
     that the exchange of the Exchange Debentures for the shares of Senior 
     Preferred Stock is exempt from registration under the Act, and (v) the 
     Corporation has sufficient legally available funds for such exchange 
     such that such exchange is permitted under applicable law.
 
          (iii)  Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the 
     exchange date (unless default shall be made by the Corporation in 
     issuing Exchange Debentures in exchange for the shares called for 
     exchange), dividends on the shares of Senior Preferred Stock so called 
     for exchange shall cease to accrue, and all rights of the holders 
     thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive 
     from the Corporation the Exchange Debentures and any rights such holder, 
     upon the exchange, may have as a holder of the Exchange Debenture) shall 
     cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificates 
     for any shares so exchanged (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, 
     if the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall so require and the 
     notice shall so state), such share shall be exchanged by the Corporation 
     for the Exchange Debentures at the Exchange Ratio. In case fewer than 
     all the shares represented by any such certificate are exchanged, a new 
     certificate shall be issued representing the unexchanged shares without 
     cost to the holder thereof.
 
          (iv)  Each exchange shall be deemed to have been effected 
     immediately after the close of business on the relevant Dividend Payment 
     Date, and the person in whose name or names any Exchange Debentures 
     shall be issuable upon such exchange shall be deemed to have become the 
     holder of record of the Exchange Debentures represented thereby at such 
     time on such Dividend Payment Date.
 
          (v)  Prior to the delivery of any securities which the Corporation 
     shall be obligated to deliver upon exchange of the Senior Preferred 
     Stock, the Corporation shall comply with all applicable federal and 
     state laws and regulations which require action to be taken by the 
     Corporation.

     (c)  The Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar 
issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of notices 
evidencing Exchange Debentures on exchange of the Senior Preferred Stock 
pursuant hereto; PROVIDED that the Corporation shall not be required to pay 
any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue 
or delivery


                                      13
<PAGE>

of Exchange Debentures in a name other than that of the holder of the Senior 
Preferred Stock to be exchanged and no such issue or delivery shall be made 
unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the 
Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the 
satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

     (8)  VOTING RIGHTS.  (a)  The holders of record of shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any voting rights except as 
hereinafter provided to this paragraph (8), as otherwise provided by law or 
as provided in the Investors' Agreement.

     (b)  If and whenever (i) four consecutive or six quarterly cash 
dividends payable on the Senior Preferred Stock have not been paid in full, 
(ii) for any reason (including the reason that funds are not legally 
available for a redemption), the Corporation shall have failed to discharge 
any Mandatory Redemption Obligation (including a redemption in the Event of a 
Change of Control pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof), (iii) the Corporation 
shall have failed to provide the notice required by Section 6(d) hereof 
within the time period specified in such section or (iv) the Corporation 
shall have failed to comply with Sections 3(d), 3(e) or 8(c) hereof, (1) the 
number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall be 
increased by two and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of 
Senior Preferred Stock, together with the holders of shares of every other 
series of preferred stock upon which like rights have been conferred and are 
exercisable (resulting from either the failure to pay dividends or the 
failure to redeem) (any such series is referred to as the "PREFERRED 
SHARES"), voting as a single class regardless of series, shall be entitled 
to elect the two additional directors to serve on the Board of Directors at 
any annual meeting of stockholders or special meeting held in place thereof, 
or at a special meeting of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and the 
Preferred Shares called as hereinafter provided. Whenever (i) all arrears in 
cash dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock and the Preferred Shares then 
outstanding shall have been paid and cash dividends thereon for the current 
quarterly dividend period shall have been paid or declared and set apart for 
payment, (ii) the Corporation shall have fulfilled its Mandatory Redemption 
Obligation, (iii) fulfilled its obligation to provide notice as specified in 
subsection (b)(iii) hereof, or (iv) the Corporation shall have complied with 
Sections 3(d), 3(e) or 8(c) hereof, as the case may be, then the right of the 
holders of the Senior Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors 
shall cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of 
such voting rights in the case of any similar future (i) arrearage in six 
consecutive quarterly cash dividends, (ii) failure to fulfill any Mandatory 
Redemption Obligation, (iii) failure to fulfill the obligation to provide the 
notice required by Section 6(d) hereof within the time period specified in 
such section or (iv) failure to comply with Sections 3(d), 3(e), or 8(c)) and 
the terms of office of all persons elected as directors by the holders of


                                    14
<PAGE>

the Senior Preferred Stock shall forthwith terminate and the number of the 
Board of Directors shall be reduced accordingly. At any time after such 
voting power shall have been vested in the holders of shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock and the Preferred Shares, the secretary of the Corporation 
may, and upon the written request of any holder of Senior Preferred Stock 
(addressed to the secretary at the principal office of the Corporation) 
shall, call a special meeting of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock 
and of the Preferred Shares for the election of the two directors to be 
elected by them as herein provided, such call to be made by notice similar to 
that provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation for a special meeting of the 
stockholders or as required by law. If any such special meeting required to 
be called as above provided shall not be called by the secretary within 20 
days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of shares of Senior 
Preferred Stock may call such meeting, upon the notice above provided, and 
for that purpose shall have access to the stock books of the Corporation. The 
directors elected at any such special meeting shall hold office until the 
next annual meeting of the stockholders or special meeting held in lieu 
thereof if such office shall not have previously terminated as above 
provided. If any vacancy shall occur among the directors elected by the 
holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and the Preferred Shares, a successor 
shall be elected by the Board of Directors, upon the nomination of the 
then-remaining director elected by the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock 
and the Preferred Shares or the successor of such remaining director, to 
serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or special meeting 
held in place thereof if such office shall not have previously terminated as 
provided above.

     (c)  Without the written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares 
of Senior Preferred Stock or the vote of holders of a majority of the 
outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock at a meeting of the holders of 
Senior Preferred Stock called for such purpose, the Corporation will not (i) 
amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (by 
merger or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the preferences, rights or 
powers of the Senior Preferred Stock; PROVIDED that any such amendment that 
decreases the dividend payable on or the Liquidation Value of the Senior 
Preferred Stock shall require the affirmative vote of holders of each share 
of Senior Preferred Stock at the meeting of holders of Senior Preferred Stock 
called for such purpose or written consent of the holder of each share of 
Senior Preferred Stock; or (ii) create, authorize or issue any class of stock 
ranking prior to, or on a parity with, the Senior Preferred Stock with 
respect to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, winding up or 
otherwise, or increase the authorized number of shares of any such class or 
series, or reclassify any authorized stock of the Corporation into any such 
prior or parity shares or create, authorize or issue any obligation or 
security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such prior 
or parity shares, except that the Corporation may, without such approval, 
create authorize and issue Parity Securities for the purpose


                                     15
<PAGE>

of utilizing the proceeds from the issuance of such Parity Securities for the 
redemption or repurchase of all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock 
in accordance with the terms hereof or of the Investors' Agreement.

     (d)  In exercising the voting rights set forth in this paragraph (8), 
each share of Senior Preferred Stock shall have one vote per share, except 
that when any other series of preferred stock shall have the right to vote 
with the Senior Preferred Stock as a single class on any matter, then the 
Senior Preferred Stock and such other series shall have with respect to such 
matters one vote per $100 of Liquidation Value or other liquidation 
preference. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or as set forth 
herein, the shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall not have any relative, 
participating, optional or other special voting rights and powers and the 
consent of the holders thereof shall not be required for the taking of any 
corporate action.

     (9)  REPORTS.  So long as any of the Senior Preferred Stock is 
outstanding, the Corporation will furnish the holders thereof with the 
quarterly and annual financial reports that the Corporation is required to 
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or in the event the 
Corporation is not required to file such reports, reports containing the same 
information as would be required in such reports.

    (10)  GENERAL PROVISIONS. (a) The term "PERSON" as used herein means any 
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, organization, 
association, other entity or individual.

     (b)  The term "OUTSTANDING", when used with reference to shares of 
stock, shall mean issued shares, excluding shares held by the Corporation or 
a subsidiary.

     (c)  The headings of the paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses and 
subclauses used herein are for the convenience of reference only and shall 
not define, limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

     (d)  Each holder of Senior Preferred Stock, by acceptance thereof, 
acknowledges and agrees that payments of dividends, interest, premium and 
principal on, and exchange, redemption and repurchase of, such securities by 
the Corporation are subject to restrictions on the Corporation contained in 
certain credit and financing agreements.


                                     16
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DeCrane Holdings Co. has caused this Certificate of 
Designations to be signed and attested by the undersigned this 27th day of 
August, 1998.

                                     DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.


                                     By:    /s/ Thompson Dean
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Name:  Thompson Dean
                                         Title: President and Treasurer


ATTEST:


   /s/ Timothy White
- -----------------------------------
Name:  Timothy White
Title: Vice President and Secretary


                                    17


<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              INVESTORS' AGREEMENT

                                  dated as of

                                October 2, 1998

                                  by and among

                            DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.,

                    DLJ MERCHANT BANKING PARTNERS, II, L.P.,

                   DLJ MERCHANT BANKING PARTNERS II-A, L.P.,

                        DLJ OFFSHORE PARTNERS II, C.V.,

                        DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS, L.P.

                      DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS -A, L.P.,

                        DLJ MILLENNIUM PARTNERS, L.P.

                       DLJ MILLENNIUM PARTNERS -A, L.P.

                           DLJMB FUNDING II, INC.,

                     UK INVESTMENT PLAN 1997 PARTNERS,

                          DLJ EAB PARTNERS, L.P.,

                            DLJ FIRST ESC L.P.,

                              DLJ ESC II L.P.

                  and certain other Stockholders named herein


<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                               ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                      <C>
                                  ARTICLE 1
                                 DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2

                                  ARTICLE 2
                            CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

SECTION 2.01  COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
SECTION 2.02  REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
SECTION 2.03  VACANCIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
SECTION 2.04  MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
SECTION 2.05  ACTION BY THE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
SECTION 2.06  CONFLICTING CHARTER OR BYLAW PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . .   11

                                  ARTICLE 3
                           RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

SECTION 3.01  GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
SECTION 3.02  LEGENDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
SECTION 3.03  PERMITTED TRANSFEREES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
SECTION 3.04  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BY MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS . . .   12
SECTION 3.05  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BY THE INVESTORS . . . . . . . .   13

                                  ARTICLE 4
                      TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS

SECTION 4.01  RIGHTS TO PARTICIPATE IN TRANSFER. . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
SECTION 4.02  RIGHTS TO COMPEL PARTICIPATION IN CERTAIN TRANSFERS. . . .   15
SECTION 4.03  CERTAIN RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17

                                  ARTICLE 5
                             REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 5.01  DEMAND REGISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
SECTION 5.02  INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
SECTION 5.03  HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
SECTION 5.04  REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
SECTION 5.05  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                      <C>
SECTION 5.06  INDEMNIFICATION BY PARTICIPATING STOCKHOLDERS. . . . . . .   25
SECTION 5.07  CONDUCT OF INDEMNIFICATION PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . .   26
SECTION 5.08  CONTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
SECTION 5.09  PARTICIPATION IN PUBLIC OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
SECTION 5.10  OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
SECTION 5.11  COOPERATION BY THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

                                  ARTICLE 6
                                MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.01  ENTIRE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
SECTION 6.02  BINDING EFFECT; BENEFIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
SECTION 6.03  EXCLUSIVE FINANCIAL AND INVESTMENT BANKING ADVISOR . . . .   29
SECTION 6.04  ASSIGNABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
SECTION 6.05  AMENDMENT; WAIVER; TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
SECTION 6.06  NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
SECTION 6.07  HEADINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
SECTION 6.08  COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
SECTION 6.09  APPLICABLE LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
SECTION 6.10  SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
SECTION 6.11  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
</TABLE>


                                      ii
<PAGE>

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             INVESTORS' AGREEMENT


     AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' AGREEMENT dated as of October 2, 1998 
among (i) DeCrane Holdings Co., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and 
(ii) DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, 
DLJ Offshore Partners II, C.V., a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership, 
DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, DLJ 
Diversified Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, DLJ Diversified 
Partners-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, DLJ EAB Partners, L.P., a 
Delaware limited partnership, DLJ Millenium Partners, L.P., a Delaware 
limited partnership, DLJ Millennium Partners-A, L.P., a Delaware limited 
partnership, DLJMB Funding II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, UK Investment 
Plan 1997 Partners, a Delaware partnership, DLJ First ESC L.P., a Delaware 
limited partnership and DLJ ESC II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, 
(each of the foregoing, a "DLJ ENTITY", and collectively, the "DLJ ENTITIES").


                                  WITNESSETH


     WHEREAS, in connection with the merger (the "MERGER") of DeCrane 
Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation and an indirect second tier 
subsidiary of the Company, with and into DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the 
"MERGER AGREEMENT") dated as of July 16, 1998 between the parties to the 
Merger certain parties hereto have acquired or will be acquiring equity 
securities of the Company;

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to 
govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations after consummation of 
the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements 
contained herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto agree as 
follows:

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 1
                                  DEFINITIONS


     SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  (a) The following terms, as used herein, 
have the following meanings:
 
     "ADVERSE PERSON" means any Person whom the Board determines is a 
competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries or to whom the Board determines a transfer of Shares would be 
inadvisable.

     "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly 
or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such 
Person; PROVIDED that no stockholder of the Company shall be deemed an 
Affiliate of any other stockholder of the Company solely by reason of any 
investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term 
"CONTROL" (including with correlative meanings, the terms "CONTROLLING", 
"CONTROLLED BY" and "UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH"), when used with respect to 
any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to 
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, 
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     "AFFILIATED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUST" means any trust that is a successor 
to the assets held by a trust established under an employee benefit plan 
subject to ERISA or any other trust established directly or indirectly under 
such plan or any other such plan having the same sponsor.

     "AGGREGATE OWNERSHIP" means, with respect to any Stockholder or group of 
Stockholders, and with respect to any class of Company Securities, the total 
number or amount of such class of Company Securities "beneficially owned" (as 
such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) (without 
duplication) by such Stockholder or group of Stockholders as of the date of 
such calculation (but adjusted in accordance with the proviso below), 
calculated on a Fully Diluted basis and taking into account any stock 
dividend, stock split or reverse stock split; PROVIDED that such number or 
amount of such class of Company Securities shall be increased (without 
duplication) with respect to any Stockholder, by any stock appreciation 
rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for Common 
Shares of such Other Stockholder as and when such stock appreciation rights, 
options, warrants or other rights have vested.

     "BOARD" means the board of directors of the Company.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

     "BYLAWS" means the Bylaws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means:

          (a)  any "person" or "group of persons" (within the meaning of Section
     13 or 14 of the Exchange Act), other than the DLJ Entities and/or their
     respective Permitted Transferees, acquires, directly or indirectly, by
     virtue of the consummation of any purchase, merger or other combination,
     beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the
     Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing more than 51% of
     the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting
     securities with respect to matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders
     generally; or

          (b)  a sale or transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
     substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries to an entity which is not an Affiliate of the Company prior to
     such sale or transfer.

     "CHARTER" means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
from time to time.

     "CLOSING DATE" means August 28, 1998.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "COMMON STOCK" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the
Company and any stock into which such Common Stock may thereafter be converted
or changed, and "COMMON SHARES" means shares of Common Stock.

     "COMPANY SECURITIES" means the Common Stock and securities convertible into
or exchangeable for Common Stock, the Preferred Stock and options, warrants
(including the Warrants) or other rights to acquire Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or any other equity security issued by the Company.

     "DRAG-ALONG PORTION" means, with respect to any Other Stockholder and any
class of Company Securities, the number of such class of Company Securities
beneficially owned by such Other Stockholder on a Fully Diluted basis multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of such class of Company


                                          3
<PAGE>

Securities proposed to be sold by the DLJ Entities on behalf of the DLJ Entities
and the Other Stockholders and the denominator of which is the total number of
such class of Company Securities beneficially owned by the Stockholders on a
Fully Diluted basis.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "FULLY DILUTED" means, with respect to Common Stock and without
duplication, all outstanding Common Shares and all Common Shares issuable in
respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, stock
appreciation rights, options, warrants (including the Warrants) and other rights
to purchase or subscribe for Common Shares or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for Common Shares; PROVIDED that, to the extent any of the
foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to
purchase or subscribe for Common Shares are subject to vesting, the Common
Shares subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of "FULLY DILUTED"
only upon and to the extent of such vesting.

     "INITIAL OWNERSHIP" means, with respect to any Stockholder and any class of
Company Securities, the number of shares or units of such class of Company
Securities beneficially owned (and (without duplication) which such Persons have
the right to acquire from any Person) as of the date hereof, or in the case of
any Person that shall become a party to this Agreement on a later date, as of
such date, taking into account any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock
split or similar event.

     "INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means the initial sale after the date hereof of
Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor
form).

     "INVESTORS" means each investor in the Company's equity (other than the DLJ
Entities, the Management Stockholders and their respective Permitted
Transferees), if any, who becomes a Stockholder after the date of this Agreement
for so long as such investor shall beneficially own any Company Securities.

     "MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS" means each of the members of management of the
Company (if any) who becomes a Stockholder after the date of this Agreement for
so long as such member of management shall beneficially own any Company
Securities.


                                          4
<PAGE>

     "Other Stockholders" means all Stockholders and their respective 
Permitted Transferees, other than the DLJ Entities and their respective 
Permitted Transferees.

     "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE" means:

          (i)  in the case of any DLJ Entity (A) any other DLJ Entity, (B) 
     any general or limited partner of any DLJ Entity (a "DLJ PARTNER"), and 
     any corporation, partnership, Affiliated Employee Benefit Trust or other 
     entity that is an Affiliate of any DLJ Partner (collectively, the "DLJ 
     AFFILIATES"), (C) any managing director, director, general partner, 
     limited partner, officer or employee of any DLJ Entity or of any DLJ 
     Affiliate, or the heirs, executors, administrators, testamentary 
     trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of any of the foregoing persons 
     referred to in this clause (C) (collectively, the "DLJ ASSOCIATES"), (D) 
     a trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation, limited 
     liability company or partnership, the stockholders, members or general 
     or limited partners of which, include only DLJ Entities, DLJ Affiliates, 
     DLJ Associates, their spouses or their lineal descendants or (E) a 
     voting trustee for one or more DLJ Entities, DLJ Affiliates or DLJ 
     Associates under the terms of a voting trust designed to conform with 
     the requirements of the Insurance Law of the State of New York; and

          (ii) in the case of any Other Stockholder (A) any Other 
     Stockholder, (B) a Person to whom Shares are transferred from such Other 
     Stockholder (1) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (2) 
     by gift without consideration of any kind; PROVIDED that, in the case of 
     clause (2), such transferee is the issue or spouse of such Other 
     Stockholder or (C) a trust that is for the exclusive benefit of such 
     Other Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees under (B) above.

     "PERSON" means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, 
partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a 
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

      "PREFERRED STOCK" means the 14% Senior Redeemable Exchangeable 
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and "PREFERRED 
SHARES" means shares of Preferred Stock.

      "PRO RATA PORTION" means the number of Common Shares a Stockholder 
holds multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of 
Common Shares to be sold by the DLJ Entities and their Permitted Transferees 
in a Public Offering and the denominator of which is the total number of 
Common Shares, on


                                       5
<PAGE>


a Fully Diluted basis, held in the aggregate by the DLJ Entities and their 
Permitted Transferees prior to such Public Offering.

     "PUBLIC OFFERING" means any primary or secondary public offering of 
Registrable Securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration 
statement under the Securities Act other than pursuant to a registration 
statement filed in connection with a transaction of the type described in 
Rule 145 of the Securities Act or for the purpose of issuing securities 
pursuant to an employee benefit plan.

     "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means at any time, with respect to any 
Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees, any Shares of Warrants and any 
securities issued or issuable in respect of such Shares or Warrants by way of 
conversion, exchange, stock dividend, split or combination, recapitalization, 
merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise until (i) a 
registration statement covering such Shares or Warrants has been declared 
effective by the SEC and such Shares or Warrants have been disposed of 
pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Shares or 
Warrants are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable 
conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the 
Securities Act are met or (iii) such Shares or Warrants are otherwise 
transferred, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of 
ownership for such Shares or Warrants not bearing the legend required 
pursuant to this Agreement and such Shares or Warrants may be resold without 
subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

     "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" means (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) 
fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including 
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky 
qualifications of the Registrable Securities registered), (iii) printing 
expenses, (iv) internal expenses of the Company (including, without 
limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees 
performing legal or accounting duties), (v) reasonable fees and disbursements 
of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent 
certified public accountants retained by the Company (including expenses 
relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by 
independent certified public accountants of any comfort letter requested 
pursuant to Section 5.04(h) hereof), (vi) the reasonable fees and expenses of 
any special experts retained by the Company in connection with the applicable 
registration, (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of up to one counsel for the 
Stockholders participating in the offering selected (A) by the DLJ Entities, 
in the case of any offering in which such entities participate, or (B) in any 
other case, by the Other Stockholders holding the majority of the Shares or 
Warrants to be sold for the account of all Other Stockholders in the offering, 
(viii) fees and expenses in connection with any review of underwriting 
arrangements by the


                                       6
<PAGE>

National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), including fees
and expenses of any "QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT UNDERWRITER", and (ix) fees and
disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of
securities; but shall not include any underwriting fees, discounts or
commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any
out-of-pocket expenses (except as set forth in clause (vii) above) of the
Stockholders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or any fees and expenses
of underwriter's counsel.

     "RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE" means the earlier to occur of (a) the second
anniversary of the First Public Offering and (b) the fifth anniversary of the
Closing Date.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     "SHARES" means the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares.

     "STOCKHOLDER" means each Person (other than the Company) who shall be a 
party to or bound by this Agreement, whether in connection with the execution 
and delivery hereof as of the date hereof, pursuant to Section 6.04 or 
otherwise, so long as such Person shall beneficially own any Company 
Securities.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which 
ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the 
board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the 
time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

     "TAG-ALONG PORTION" means with respect to any Tagging Person or the Selling
Person, as the case may be:

     (i)   where the Selling Person is selling Common Shares, the number of
Common Shares beneficially owned by such Tagging Person or the Selling Person,
as the case may be, on a Fully Diluted Basis multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of Common Shares proposed to be sold in the
Tag-Along Sale pursuant to Section 4.01 and the denominator of which is the
aggregate number of Common Shares beneficially owned by all Stockholders on a
Fully Diluted basis,

     (ii)  where the Selling Person is selling Preferred Shares, the number of
Preferred Shared beneficially owned by such Tagging Person or the Selling
Person, as the case may be, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of Preferred Shares proposed to be sold in the Tag-Along Sale
pursuant to


                                          7
<PAGE>

Section 4.01 and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Preferred
Shares beneficially owned by all Stockholders, and

     (iii) where the Selling Person is selling Warrants, the number of Common 
Shares beneficially owned (or, without duplication, acquirable under the 
Warrants) by such Tagging Person or the Selling Person, as the case may be, 
on a Fully Diluted Basis multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is 
the number of Common Shares for which the Warrants proposed to be sold in the 
Tag-Along Sale pursuant to Section 4.01 are exercisable and the denominator 
of which is the aggregate number of Common Shares beneficially owned by all 
Stockholders on a Fully Diluted Basis, PROVIDED that where a Tag-Along Right 
includes the right to sell Common Stock, any holder of Warrants may, in lieu 
of exercising Warrants, transfer Warrants for some or all of that number of 
Common Shares as would otherwise have constituted its Tag-Along Portion, in 
which event the price to be received with respect to each such Warrant shall 
be the price per Common Share applicable to the Tag-Along Offer, less the 
then applicable exercise price of the Warrants owned by such holder.

     "THIRD PARTY" means a prospective purchaser of Company Securities in an
arm's-length transaction from a Stockholder where such purchaser is not a
Permitted Transferee of such Stockholder.

     "UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING" means a firmly underwritten Public Offering.

     "WARRANTS" means the warrants issued by the Company to the Stockholders for
the purchase of an aggregate of 155,000 Common Shares (subject to adjustment as
provided for herein).

          (b)  The term "DLJ ENTITIES", to the extent such entities shall have
     transferred any of their Shares to "Permitted Transferees", shall mean the
     DLJ Entities and the Permitted Transferees of the DLJ Entities, taken
     together, and any right or action that may be taken at the election of the
     DLJ Entities may be taken at the election of the DLJ Entities and such
     Permitted Transferees.

          (c) The term "OTHER STOCKHOLDERS", to the extent such stockholders
     shall have transferred any of their Company Securities to "Permitted
     Transferees", shall mean the Other Stockholders and the Permitted
     Transferees of the Other Stockholders, taken together, and any right or
     action that may be taken at the election of the Other Stockholders may be
     taken at the election of the Other Stockholders and such Permitted
     Transferees.



                                          8
<PAGE>

     (d)  Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth 
opposite such term:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          TERM                                      SECTION
          <S>                                       <C>
          Applicable Holdback Period                5.03
          Demand Registration                       5.01(a)
          DLJMB                                     2.01
          DLJSC                                     6.03
          Drag-Along Rights                         4.02(a)
          Holders                                   5.01(a)(ii)
          Incidental Registration                   5.02(a)
          Indemnified Party                         5.07
          Indemnifying Party                        5.07
          Independent Director                      2.01(a)
          Inspectors                                5.04(g)
          Maximum Offering Size                     5.01(e)
          Merger                                    recitals
          Merger Agreement                          recitals
          Nominee                                   2.03(a)
          Public Offering Limitation                3.04(a)
          Records                                   5.04(g)
          Section 4.01 Response Notice              4.01(a)
          Section 4.02 Notice                       4.02(a)
          Section 4.02 Notice Period                4.02(a)
          Section 4.02 Sale                         4.02(a)
          Section 4.02 Sale Price                   4.02(a)
          Selling Person                            4.01(a)
          Selling Stockholder                       5.01(a)
          Tag-Along Notice                          4.01(a)
          Tag-Along Notice Period                   4.01(a)
          Tag-Along Offer                           4.01(a)
          Tag-Along Right                           4.01(a)
          Tag-Along Sale                            4.01(a)
          Tagging Person                            4.01(a)
          transfer                                  3.01(a)
</TABLE>

                                      9
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE 2

                            CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     SECTION 2.01.  COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD. (a) The Board shall consist 
initially of six directors, all of whom shall be designated by DLJ Merchant 
Banking Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMB") and one of whom shall not be either 
an "Affiliate" or an "Associate" (as such terms are used within the meaning of 
Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of any of the DLJ Entities (the 
"INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR").

     (b)  Each Stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors to 
the Board agrees that it will vote its Common Shares or execute written 
consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including 
causing the Company to call a special meeting of stockholders) in order to 
ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01.

     SECTION 2.02.  REMOVAL. Each Stockholder agrees that if, at any time, it 
is then entitled to vote for the removal of directors of the Company, it will 
not vote any of its Common Shares in favor of the removal of any director who 
shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Section 2.01 unless such 
removal shall be for cause or the Persons entitled to designate or nominate 
such director shall have consented to such removal in writing.

     SECTION 2.03.  VACANCIES. If, as a result of death, disability, 
retirement, resignation, removal (with or without cause) or otherwise, there 
shall exist or occur any vacancy of the Board:

     (a) the Person or Persons entitled under Section 2.01 to designate or 
nominate such director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or 
removal resulted in such vacancy may designate another individual (the 
"NOMINEE") to fill such capacity and serve as a director of the Company; and

     (b) each Stockholder then entitled to vote for the election of the 
Nominee as a director of the Company agrees that it will vote its Common 
Shares, or execute a written consent, as the case may be, in order to ensure 
that the Nominee is elected to the Board.

     SECTION 2.04.  MEETINGS. The Board shall hold a regularly scheduled 
meeting at least once every fiscal quarter.

     SECTION 2.05.  ACTION BY THE BOARD. (a) A quorum of the Board shall 
consist of three directors. All actions of the Board shall require the 
affirmative

                                     10
<PAGE>

vote of at least a majority of the directors present at a duly convened 
meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present or the unanimous written 
consent of the Board; PROVIDED that, in the event there is a vacancy on the 
Board and an individual has been nominated to fill such vacancy, the first 
order of business shall be to fill such vacancy.

     (b)  The Board may create executive, compensation and audit committees, 
as well as such other committees as it may determine.

     SECTION 2.06. CONFLICTING CHARTER OR BYLAW PROVISIONS. Each Stockholder 
shall vote its Common Shares or execute written consents, as the case may be, 
and take all other actions necessary, to ensure that the Company's Charter 
and Bylaws facilitate and do not at any time conflict with any provision of 
this Agreement.

                               ARTICLE 3

                      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     SECTION 3.01. GENERAL. (a) Each Stockholder understands and agrees that 
the Company Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable subscription 
agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act and are 
restricted securities. Each Stockholder agrees that it will not, directly or 
indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in, pledge or 
otherwise dispose of ("transfer") any Company Securities (or solicit any 
offers to buy or otherwise acquire, or take a pledge of any Company 
Securities) except in compliance with the Securities Act and the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement. Subject to the Securities Act and Section 4.01, 
Company Securities may be freely transferred by any DLJMB Entities.

     (b)  Any attempt to transfer any Company Securities not in compliance 
with this Agreement shall be null and void and the Company shall not, and 
shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company's stock 
records to such attempted transfer.

     SECTION 3.02. LEGENDS. In addition to any other legend that may be 
required, each certificate for Shares or Warrants that is issued to any 
Stockholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES 
     ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY

                                      11
<PAGE>

     STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN 
     COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO 
     ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE 
     AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 
     2, 1998. COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM 
     DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO.

If any Company Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities under 
clause (i) or clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Company shall, upon 
the written request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new 
certificate evidencing such securities without the first sentence of the 
legend required by this Section endorsed thereon. If any Company Securities 
shall cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on transfer set forth 
in this Agreement, the Company shall, upon the written request of the holder 
thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such securities 
without the second sentence of the legend required by this Section endorsed 
thereon.

     SECTION 3.03. PERMITTED TRANSFEREES. Notwithstanding anything in this 
Agreement to the contrary, any Stockholder may at any time transfer any or 
all of its Company Securities to one of more of its Permitted Transferees 
without the consent of the Board or any other Stockholder or group of 
Stockholders and without compliance with Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 4.01 so long 
as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by 
the terms of this Agreement and (b) the transfer to such Permitted Transferee 
is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities laws.

     SECTION 3.04. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BY MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS. (a) 
Each Management Stockholder and each Permitted Transferee of such Management 
Stockholder may transfer its Company Securities only as follows:

          (i)  in a transfer made in compliance with Section 4.01 or 4.02, or 
as permitted or required by any employment contract between the Company or 
any Subsidiary and an employee;

         (ii)  subject to the Public Offering Limitations, in a Public 
Offering in connection with the exercise of its rights under Section 5.02 
hereof;

        (iii)  in a transfer made at the conclusion of the Applicable 
Holdback Period (as defined in Section 5.03) following a Public Offering, in 
compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act;

                                     12
<PAGE>

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that until the Restriction Termination Date, the
     Aggregate Ownership of such Management Stockholder as a result of such 
     transfer shall be equal to or exceed the greater of (x) 50% of such 
     Management Stockholder's Initial Ownership and (y) the percentage of such 
     Management Stockholder's Initial Ownership that is equal to the Aggregate 
     Ownership of the DLJ Entities as a percentage of the DLJ Entities' Initial 
     Ownership; or

          (iv)  following the Restriction Termination Date, to any Third Party
     other than an Adverse Person for consideration consisting solely of cash;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of Common Shares transferred by such 
     Management Stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.04 (a)(iv) in any 
     twelve month period shall not exceed 20% of such Management 
     Stockholder's Aggregate Ownership at the beginning of such twelve month 
     period.

     For purposes of this Agreement, "PUBLIC OFFERING LIMITATIONS" means (A) 
no Management Stockholder shall be permitted to exercise its rights under 
Section 5.02 hereof (x) with respect to the Initial Public Offering and (y) 
until such time as the Aggregate Ownership of the DLJ Entities shall be less 
than 50% of their aggregate Initial Ownership and (B) in each Public Offering 
following the Initial Public Offering, such Management Stockholder shall be 
entitled to transfer a number of Shares not exceeding such Management 
Stockholder's Pro Rata Portion of such Management Stockholder's Shares.

     (b)  The provisions of Section 3.04(a) shall terminate upon the earliest 
to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) a Change 
of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the provisions of Section 
3.04(a) shall not terminate with respect to any Management Stockholder's 
Shares which shall have been pledged to the Company as security in connection 
with any indebtedness for borrowed money owed by such Management Stockholder 
to the Company unless the proceeds from the sale of such Shares are applied 
to repay such indebtedness in full.

     SECTION 3.05. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS BY THE INVESTORS. (a) Except as 
provided in Section 3.03, each of the Investors and its Permitted Transferees 
may transfer its Company Securities only as follows:

          (i)  in a transfer made in compliance with Section 4.01 or 4.02;

     or

         (ii)  in a Public Offering in connection with the exercise of its 
rights under Article 5 hereof.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     (b)  The provisions of Section 3.05(a) shall terminate upon the earlier 
to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) a Change 
of Control.



                                    ARTICLE 4

                      TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS 


     SECTION 4.01 RIGHTS TO PARTICIPATE IN TRANSFER. (a) If DLJ Entities 
(the "SELLING PERSON") propose to transfer (other than transfers of Common 
Shares (i) in a Public Offering or (ii) to any Permitted Transferee of any of 
the DLJ Entities) a number of Company Securities equal to or exceeding 20% of 
the Aggregate Ownership of the DLJ Entities in a single transaction or in a 
series of related transactions on the date of the proposed sale (a "TAG-ALONG 
SALE"), the Other Stockholders may, at their option, elect to exercise their 
rights under this Section 4.01 (each such Stockholder, a "TAGGING PERSON"). 
In the event of such a proposed transfer, the Selling Person shall provide 
each Other Stockholder written notice of the terms and conditions of such 
proposed transfer ("TAG-ALONG NOTICE") and offer each Tagging Person the 
opportunity to participate in such sale. The Tag-Along Notice shall identify 
the number and type of Company Securities subject to the offer ("TAG-ALONG 
OFFER"), the cash price at which the transfer is proposed to be made, and 
all other material terms and conditions of the Tag-Along Offer. Each Tagging 
Person shall have the right (a"TAG-ALONG RIGHT"), exercisable by written 
notice ("SECTION 4.01 RESPONSE NOTICE") given to the Selling Person within 10 
Business Days of the date of receipt of the Tag-Along Notice by such Tagging 
Person (the "TAG-ALONG NOTICE PERIOD"), to request that the Selling Person 
include in the proposed transfer the number and type of Company Securities 
held by such Tagging Person as is specified in such notice; PROVIDED that if 
the aggregate number of Company Securities proposed to be sold by the Selling 
Person and all Tagging Persons in such transaction exceeds the number of 
Company Securities which can be sold on the terms and conditions set forth in 
the Tag-Along Notice, then only the Tag-Along Portion of the Company 
Securities of each Tagging Person shall be sold pursuant to the Tag-Along 
Offer and the Selling Person shall sell its Tag-Along Portion of the Company 
Securities and such additional Company Securities as permitted by Section 
4.01(d). Each Tagging Person shall deliver to the Selling Person, together 
with its Section 4.01 Response Notice, the certificate or certificates 
representing the Company Securities of such Tagging Person to be included in 
the transfer, together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the 
Selling Person to transfer such Company Securities on the terms set forth in 
the Tag-Along Notice. Delivery of such certificate or certificates 
representing the Company Securities to be

                                       14
<PAGE>

transferred and the limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Selling 
Person to transfer such Company Securities shall constitute an irrevocable 
acceptance of the Tag-Along Offer by such Tagging Persons.  If, at the end of 
a 120 day period after such delivery, the Selling Person has not completed 
the transfer of all such Company Securities on substantially the same terms 
and conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, the Selling Person shall 
return to each Tagging Person the limited power-of attorney (and all copies 
thereof) together with certificates representing the unsold Company 
Securities which such Tagging Person delivered for transfer pursuant to this 
Section 4.01.

     (b)  Concurrently with the consumption of the Tag-Along Sale, the Selling 
Person shall notify the Tagging Persons thereof, shall remit to the Tagging 
Person the total consideration (by bank or certified check) for the Company 
Securities of the Tagging Person transferred pursuant thereto, and shall, 
promptly after the consummation of such Tag-Along Sale, furnish such other 
evidence of the completion and time of completion of such transfer and the 
terms thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Tagging Persons.

     (c)  If at the termination of the Tag-Along Notice Period any Tagging 
Person shall not have elected to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, such 
Tagging Person will be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 4.01(a) 
with respect to the transfer of its Company Securities pursuant to such 
Tag-Along Sale.

     (d)  If any Tagging Person declines to exercise its Tag-Along Rights or 
elects to exercise its Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than such 
Tagging Person's Tag-Along Portion, the DLJ Entities shall be entitled to 
transfer, pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer, a number and type of Company 
Securities held by the DLJ Entities equal to the number and type of Company 
Securities constituting the portion of such Tagging Person's Tag-Along 
Portion with respect to which Tag-Along Rights were not exercised.

     (e)  The DLJ Entities and any Tagging Person who exercise the Tag-Along 
Rights pursuant to this Section 4.01 may sell the Company Securities subject 
to the Tag-Along Offer on the terms and conditions set forth in the Tag-Along 
Notice (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the cash price payable in any such sale may 
exceed the cash price specified in the Tag-Along Notice by up to 10%) within 
120 days of the date on which Tag-Along Rights shall have been 
waived, exercised or expired.

     SECTION 4.02.  RIGHTS TO COMPEL PARTICIPATION IN CERTAIN TRANSFERS. (a) 
If (i) the DLJ Entities propose to transfer not less than 50% of their Initial 
Ownership of any class of Company Securities to a Third Party in a bona fide 
sale or (ii) the DLJ Entities propose a transfer in which the Company 
the Securities to be 

                                       15

<PAGE>

transferred by the DLJ Entities and their Permitted Transferees constitute 
more than 50% of such class of outstanding Company Securities (a "SECTION 
4.02 SALE"), the DLJ Entities may at their option require all Other 
Stockholders to sell the Drag-Along Portion of their Company Securities 
("DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS"). DLJMB shall provide written notice of such Section 
4.02 Sale to the Other Stockholders (a "SECTION 4.02 NOTICE") not later than 
15 days prior to the proposed Section 4.02 Sale. The Section 4.02 Notice 
shall identify the proposed transferee for the Section 4.02 Sale, the number 
and type of Company Securities proposed to be transferred pursuant to the 
Section 4.02 Sale, the proposed consideration for the Company Securities 
(the "SECTION 4.02 SALE PRICE") and all other material terms and conditions 
of the proposed Section 4.02 Sale. The number of Company Securities to be 
sold by each Other Stockholder will be the Drag-Along Portion of the Company 
Securities that such Other Stockholder owns. Subject to the Sections 4.02 and 
4.03, each Other Stockholder shall be required to participate in the Section 
4.02 Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Section 4.02 Notice 
and to tender the Drag-Along Portion of its Company Securities as set forth 
below. The price payable in such transfer shall be the Section 4.02 Sale 
Price. Not later than the 10th day following the date of the Section 4.02 
Notice (the "SECTION 4.02 NOTICE PERIOD"), each to the Other Stockholders 
shall deliver to a representative of DLJMB designated in the Section 4.02 
Notice certificates representing the Drag Along Portion of such Other 
Stockholder's Company Securities, duly endorsed, together with all other 
documents required to be executed in connection with such Section 4.02 Sale. 
If any Other Stockholder should fail to deliver such certificates to DLJMB, 
the Company shall cause the books and records of the Company to show that 
the Drag-Along Portion of such Other Stockholder's Company Securities are 
bound by the provisions of this Section 4.02 and Section 4.03 and that such 
Company Securities shall be transferred to the purchaser of the Company 
Securities subject to the Section 4.02 Sale immediately upon surrender for 
transfer by the holder thereof.

     (b) The DLJ Entities shall have a period of 90 days from the date of 
receipt of the Section 4.02 Notice to consummate the Section 4.02 Sale on the 
terms and conditions set forth in such Section 4.02 Sale Notice. If the 
Section 4.02 Sale shall not have been consummated during such period, DLJMB 
shall return to each of the Other Stockholders all certificates representing 
Company Securities that such Other Stockholder delivered for transfer 
pursuant hereto, together with any documents in the possession of DLJMB 
executed by the Other Stockholder in connection with such proposed Section 
4.02 Sale, and all the restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement 
or otherwise applicable at such time with respect to the Company Securities 
owned by the Other Stockholders shall again be in effect.

                                       16  

<PAGE>

     (c)  Concurrently with the consummation of any Section 4.02 Sale 
pursuant to this Section 4.02 and Section 4.03, DLJMB shall give notice 
thereof to all Stockholders, shall remit to each Stockholder who has 
surrendered certificates in connection with such Section 4.02 Sale the total 
consideration (by bank or certified check) for the Company Securities 
represented by such Stockholder's certificates and shall furnish such other 
evidence of the completion and time of completion of such Section 4.02 Sale 
and the terms thereof as may be reasonably requested by such Stockholders.

     SECTION 4.03. CERTAIN RIGHTS. It is understood and agreed that the 
employment agreements or associated restricted stock purchase agreements 
between one or more Management Stockholders and the Company or any Subsidiary 
may contain provisions permitting or requiring, under certain circumstances, 
such Management Stockholders to sell to the Company or a Subsidiary, and 
permitting or requiring, under certain circumstances, the Company or such 
Subsidiary to purchase from such Management Stockholder, Common Shares. Such 
provisions may, by the terms of such agreements, remain effective 
notwithstanding that the employment relationship created by such employment 
agreements has been terminated, in which event such provisions are deemed to 
be incorporated herein and made a part hereof, to the extent appropriate.



                                   ARTICLE 5

                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS

      SECTION 5.01. DEMAND REGISTRATION. (a) If the Company shall receive a 
written request by the DLJ Entities or their Permitted Transferees (any such 
requesting Person, a "SELLING STOCKHOLDER") that the Company effect the 
registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of such Selling 
Stockholder's Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of 
disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly give written notice of 
such requested registration (a "DEMAND REGISTRATION") at least 10 days prior 
to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such 
Demand Registration to the Other Stockholders and thereupon will use its 
best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the registration under 
the Securities Act of:

          (i)   the Registrable Securities then held by the Selling 
     Stockholders which the Company has been so requested to register by the 
     Selling Stockholders; and


                                       17


<PAGE>

          (ii)  subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.04, all 
     other Registrable Securities of the same type as that to which the 
     request by the Selling Stockholders relates which any Other Stockholder 
     entitled to request the Company to effect an Incidental Registration (as 
     such term is defined in Section 5.02) pursuant to Section 5.02 (all such 
     Stockholders, together with the Selling Stockholders, the "HOLDERS") has 
     requested the Company to register by written request received by the 
     Company within 5 days after the receipt by such Holders of such written 
     notice given by the Company,

all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the 
intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be 
registered; PROVIDED that, subject to Section 5.01(d) hereof, the Company 
shall not be obligated to effect more than six Demand Registrations for the 
DLJ Entities; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Company shall not be obligated to 
effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate proceeds expected to be 
received from the sale of the Common Stock to be included in such Demand 
Registration, in the reasonable opinion of DLJMB exercised in good faith, 
equal or exceed (x) $25,000,000 if such Demand Registration would constitute 
the First Public Offering, or (y) $10,000,000 in all other cases. In no 
event will the Company be required to effect more than one Demand 
Registration within any four-month period.

     (b)  Promptly after the expiration of the 5-day period referred to in 
Section 5.01(a)(ii) hereof, the Company will notify all the Holders to be 
included in the Demand Registration of the other Holders and the number of 
Registrable Securities requested to be included therein. The Selling 
Stockholders requesting a registration under this Section may, at any time 
prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such 
registration, revoke such request, without liability to any of the other 
Holders, by providing a written notice to the Company revoking such request, 
in which case such request, so revoked, shall be considered a Demand 
Registration unless the participating Stockholders reimburse the Company for 
all costs incurred by the Company in connection with such registration or 
unless such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company.

     (c)  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with 
any Demand Registration.

     (d)  A registration requested pursuant to this Section shall not be 
deemed to have been effected unless the registration statement relating 
thereto (A) has become effective under the Securities Act and (B) has 
remained effective for a period of at least 180 days (or such shorter period 
in which all Registrable Securities of the Holders included in such 
registration have actually been sold


                                      18
<PAGE>

thereunder); PROVIDED that if (i) after any registration statement requested 
pursuant to this Section becomes effective (x) such registration statement is 
interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement 
of the SEC or other governmental agency or court and (y) less than 75% of the 
Registrable Securities included in such registration statement is sold 
thereunder, or (ii) the Maximum Offering Size (as defined below) is reduced 
in accordance with Section 5.01(e) such that less than 66 2/3% of the 
Registrable Securities of the Selling Stockholders sought to be included in 
such registration are included, such registration statement shall be at the 
sole expense of the Company and shall not be considered a Demand Registration.

     (e)  If a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Public Offering 
and the managing underwriter shall advise the Company and the Selling 
Stockholders that, in its view, (i) the and/or type number of Registrable 
Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any 
securities which the Company proposes to be included which are not 
Registrable Securities) or (ii) the inclusion of some or all of the 
Registrable Securities owned by the Holders, in any such case, exceeds the 
largest number and/or type of securities which can be sold without having an 
adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such securities 
can be sold (the "MAXIMUM OFFERING SIZE"), the Company will include in such 
registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

               (A)  first, all Registrable Securities requested to be 
          registered by the Selling Stockholders (allocated, if necessary for 
          the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata 
          among such Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of 
          Registrable Securities so requested to be registered);

               (B)  second, all Registrable Securities requested to be 
          included in such registration by any other Holder and their 
          Permitted Transferees (allocated, if necessary for the offering not 
          to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Holders on 
          the basis of the relative number of shares of Registrable 
          Securities so requested to be included); and

               (C)  third, any securities proposed to be registered by the 
          Company.

     (f)  If, in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to this 
Section with respect to the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, any Selling 
Stockholder shall seek to transfer any Warrants together with Common Shares 
or Preferred Shares, the Company shall at the request of any such Selling


                                      19

<PAGE>

Stockholder effect a registration of such Warrants to which the provisions of 
this Article 5 shall apply MUTATIS MUTANDIS and a registration, pursuant to a 
shelf registration statement, so as to permit the resale of the Common Shares 
for which any Warrants so transferred may be exercisable. The Company shall 
maintain the effectiveness of any such shelf registration statement, and take 
all actions necessary to permit resale of such Common Shares as may be 
required by applicable state securities laws.

     SECTION 5.02  INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION.  (a) If the Company proposes to 
register any Company Securities under the Securities Act (other than a 
registration of Common Shares (A) issuable upon exercise of employee stock 
options or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan of the 
Company or (B) in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the 
Company of another company), whether or not for sale for its own account, it 
will each such time, subject to the provisions of Section 5.02(b), give 
prompt written notice at least 10 days prior to the anticipated filing date 
of the registration statement relating to such registration to each DLJ 
Entity and each Other Stockholder, which notice shall set forth such 
Stockholder's rights under this Section 5.02 and shall offer such 
Stockholders the opportunity to include in such registration statement such 
number of Registrable Securities of the same type as are proposed to be 
registered as each such Stockholder may request (an "INCIDENTAL 
REGISTRATION"). Upon the written request of any such Stockholder made within 
5 days after the receipt of notice from the Company (which request shall 
specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by 
such Stockholder), the Company will use its best efforts to effect the 
registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the 
Company has been so requested to register by such Stockholders, to the extent 
requisite to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be 
registered; PROVIDED that (1) if such registration involves an Underwritten 
Public Offering, all such Stockholders requesting to be included in the 
Company's registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the 
underwriters selected as provided in Section 5.04(f) on the same terms and 
conditions as apply to the Company and (2) if, at any time after giving 
written notice of its intention to register any stock pursuant to this 
Section 5.02(a) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement 
filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for 
any reason not to register such securities, the Company shall give written 
notice to all such Stockholders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its 
obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such 
registration (without prejudice, however, to the rights of any DLJ Entity 
under Section 5.01). No registration effected under this Section 5.02 shall 
relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the 
extent required by Section 5.01. The Company will pay all Registration 
Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities 
requested pursuant to this Section 5.02.

                                      20
<PAGE>

     (b)  If a registration pursuant to this Section 5.02 involves an 
Underwritten Public Offering (other than in the case of an Underwritten 
Public Offering requested by a Selling Stockholder in a Demand Registration, 
in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such 
offering set forth in Section 5.01(e) shall apply) and the managing 
underwriter advises the Company that, in its view, the number and/or type of 
shares of Registrable Securities which the Company and the Other Stockholders 
intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the 
Company will include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up 
to the Maximum Offering Size:

          (i)  first, so much of the securities proposed to be registered for 
the account of the Company as would not cause the offering to exceed the 
Maximum Offering Size; and
         (ii)  second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in 
such registration pursuant to Section 5.02 (allocated, if necessary for the 
offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such 
Stockholders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Registrable 
Securities requested to be so included).

     SECTION 5.03. HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS. If any registration of Registrable 
Securities shall be in connection with an Underwritten Public Offering, each 
Stockholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, including 
any sale pursuant to Rule 144, or any successor provision, under the 
Securities Act, of any Registrable Securities, and not to effect any such 
public sale or distribution of any Common Shares or of any stock convertible 
into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Common Shares (in each case, 
other than as part of such Underwritten Public Offering) during the 14 days 
prior to the effective date of such registration statement (except as part of 
such registration) or during the period after such effective date equal to 
the lesser of (i) such period of time as agreed between such managing 
underwriter and the Company and (ii) 180 days (such lesser period, the 
"APPLICABLE HOLDBACK PERIOD").

     SECTION 5.04. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Whenever Stockholders request 
that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 5.01 or 
5.02, the Company will, subject to the provisions of such Sections, use its 
best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable 
Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as 
quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

     (a)  The Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with 
the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then

                                      21

<PAGE>

qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which 
form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be 
registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution 
thereof, and use its best efforts to cause such filed registration statement 
to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 180 days.

     (b)  The Company will, if requested, prior to filing a registration 
statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to 
each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration 
statement and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered 
by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as 
proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company will furnish to such 
Stockholder and underwriter, if any, such number to copies of such 
registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case 
including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference 
therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including 
each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Stockholder or 
underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of 
the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder.

     (c)  After the filing of the registration statement, the Company will 
promptly notify each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by 
such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC 
and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop 
order or to remove it if entered.

     (d)  The Company will use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify 
the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such 
other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States 
as any Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light 
of such Stockholder's intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause 
such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other 
governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the 
business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and 
things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such 
Stockholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned 
by such Stockholder; PROVIDED that the Company will not be required to (A) 
qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not 
otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (d),(B) subject 
itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service 
of process in any such jurisdiction.

     (c)  The Company will immediately notify each Stockholder holding such 
Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
  
                                      22
<PAGE>

required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an 
event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such 
prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such 
Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement 
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated 
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and 
promptly prepare and make available to each such Stockholder any such 
supplement or amendment.

     (f)  (i) The DLJ Entities will have the right, in their sole discretion, to
select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering
resulting from the exercise by any such DLJ Entity or its Permitted Transferee
of a Demand Registration, which underwriter or underwriters may include any
Affiliate of any DLJ Entity and (ii) the Company will select an underwriter or
underwriters in connection with any other Public Offering.  In connection with
any Public Offering, the Company will enter into customary agreements (including
an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are
reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of
Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of
a "qualified independent underwriter" in connection with the qualification of
the underwriting arrangements with the NASD.

     (g)  Upon the execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company, the Company will make available for inspection by
any Stockholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to
a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section
5.04 and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such
Stockholder or underwriter (collectively, the "INSPECTORS"), all financial and
other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company
(collectively, the "RECORDS") as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to
exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers,
directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any
Inspectors in connection with such registration statement.  Records that the
Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the
Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i)
the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement
or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records
is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent
jurisdiction.  Each Stockholder agrees that information obtained by it as a
result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by
it as the basis for any market transactions in the Company Securities or its
Affiliates unless and until such is made generally available to the public.
Each Stockholder further agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of
such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the
Company

                                          23
<PAGE>

and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to
prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

     (h)  The Company will furnish to each such Stockholder and to each such
underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such underwriter, of (i)
an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or
comfort letters from the Company's independent public accountants, each in
customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by
opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as a majority of such
Stockholders or the managing underwriter therefor reasonably requests.

     (i)  The Company will otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its
stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering
a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of
the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

     The Company may require each such Stockholder to promptly furnish in
writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the
Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request
and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such
registration.

     Each such Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the
Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5.04(e),
such Stockholder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable
Securities until such Stockholder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or
amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5.04(e), and, if so directed by the
Company, such Stockholder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than any
permanent file copies then in such Stockholder's possession, of the most recent
prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such
notice.  In the event that the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall
extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained
effective (including the period referred to in Section 5.04(a)) by the number of
days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice
pursuant to Section 5.04(e) to the date when the Company shall make available to
such Stockholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the
requirements of Section 5.04(e).

     SECTION 5.05.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities


                                          24
<PAGE>

covered by a registration statement, its officers, directors and agents, and 
each person, if any, who controls such Stockholder within the meaning of 
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and 
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities caused by any 
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in 
any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable 
Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished 
any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or 
caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact 
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are 
caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement 
or omission based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by 
such Stockholder or on such Stockholder's behalf expressly for use therein; 
PROVIDED that with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged 
untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus, or in any 
prospectus, as the case may be, the indemnity agreement contained in this 
paragraph shall not apply to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, 
liability or expense results from the fact that a current copy of the 
prospectus (or, in the case of a prospectus, the prospectus as amended or 
supplemented) was not sent or given to the person asserting any such loss, 
claim, damage, liability or expense at or prior to the written confirmation 
of the sale of the Registrable Securities concerned to such person if it is 
determined that the Company has provided such prospectus and it was the 
responsibility of such Stockholder to provide such person with a current copy 
of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case 
may be) and such current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or 
supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) would have cured the defect 
giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense. The Company 
also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, 
their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters 
on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the 
Stockholders provided in this Section 5.05.

     SECTION 5.06.  INDEMNIFICATION BY PARTICIPATING STOCKHOLDERS. Each 
Stockholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration 
statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless 
the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who 
controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the 
foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Stockholder, but only (i) with 
respect to information furnished in writing by such Stockholder or on such 
Stockholder's behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or 
prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or 
supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus or (ii) to the extent that 
any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense described in Section 5.05


                                      25

<PAGE>

results from the fact that a current copy of the prospectus (or, in the case 
of a prospectus, the prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or 
given to the Person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or 
expense at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the 
Registrable Securities concerned to such Person if it is determined that it 
was the responsibility of such Stockholder to provide such Person with a 
current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, 
as the case may be) and such current copy of the prospectus (or such amended 
or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) would have cured the defect 
giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense. Each such 
Stockholder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless underwriters of the 
Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who 
controls such underwriters on substantially the same basis as that of the 
indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 5.06. As a condition 
to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in 
accordance with Article 5 hereof, the Company may require that it shall have 
received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to 
indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by 
underwriters with respect to similar securities.

     SECTION 5.07.  CONDUCT OF INDEMNIFICATION PROCEEDINGS. In case any 
proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted 
involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to 
this Article 5, such Person (an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall promptly notify 
the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING 
PARTY") in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense 
thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such 
Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; 
PROVIDED that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the 
Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its 
obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is 
materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any 
Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the 
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified 
Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have 
mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable 
judgment of such Indemnified Party representation of both parties by the same 
counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests 
between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in 
connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same 
jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one 
separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for 
all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be 
reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for 
the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the 
Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying


                                      26
<PAGE>

Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected 
without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be 
a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify 
and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or 
liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or 
judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of 
the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened 
proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a 
party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified 
Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such 
Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

     SECTION 5.08.  CONTRIBUTION.  If the indemnification provided for in 
this Article 5 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then each such 
Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall 
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a 
result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) as between the 
Company and the Stockholders holding a Registrable Securities covered by a 
registration statement on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, in 
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received 
by the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and the underwriters on 
the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such 
allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is 
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative 
fault of the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and of such 
underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions 
which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any 
other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) as between the Company on 
the one hand and each such Stockholder on the other, in such proportion as is 
appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each such 
Stockholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any 
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by 
the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and such underwriters on 
the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds 
from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before 
deducting expenses) received by the Company and such Stockholders bear to the 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such underwriters, 
in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus. 
The relative fault of the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and 
of such underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among 
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material 
fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by the Company and such Stockholders or by such 
underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each 
such


                                      27
<PAGE>

Stockholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other 
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or 
the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
information supplied by such party, and the parties' relative intent, 
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such 
statement or omission.

     The Company and the Stockholders agree that it would not be just and 
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.08 were determined by 
pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for 
such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take 
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately 
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a 
result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the 
immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the 
limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred 
by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any 
such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.08, no 
underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the 
amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities 
underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public 
exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been 
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or 
omission or alleged omission, and no Stockholder shall be required to 
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at 
which the Registrable Securities of such Stockholder were offered to the 
public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Stockholder has otherwise 
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or 
omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent 
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) 
shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such 
fraudulent misrepresentation. Each such Stockholder's obligation to 
contribute pursuant to this Seton 5.08 is several in the proportion that the 
proceeds of the offering received by such Stockholder bears to the total 
proceeds of the offering received by all such Stockholders and not joint.

     SECTION 5.09.  PARTICIPATION IN PUBLIC OFFERING.  No Person may 
participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to 
sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any underwriting 
arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such 
arrangements and (b) complete and executes all questionnaires, powers of 
attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably 
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions 
of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.


                                      28
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.10.  OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.  Indemnification similar to that 
specified herein (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the 
Company and each Stockholder participating therein with respect to any 
required registration to other qualification of securities under any federal 
or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the 
Securities Act.

     SECTION 5.11.  COOPERATION BY THE COMPANY.  In the event any Stockholder 
shall transfer any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the 
Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate, to the extent commercially 
reasonable, with such Stockholder and shall provide to such Stockholder such 
information as such Stockholder shall reasonably request.

                               ARTICLE 6

                             MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 6.01.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire 
agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and 
understandings, oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to 
the subject matter hereof.

     SECTION 6.02.  BINDING EFFECT; BENEFIT.  This Agreement shall inure to 
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective 
heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in 
this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall confer on any Person other than 
the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal 
representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or 
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.03.  EXCLUSIVE FINANCIAL AND INVESTMENT BANKING ADVISOR.  
During the period from and including the date hereof through and including 
the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
Securities Corporation ("DLJSC"), or any Affiliate of DLJSC that the DLJ 
Entities may choose in their sole discretion, shall be engaged as the 
exclusive financial and investment banking advisor of the Company. DLJSC or 
such Affiliate shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for all 
expenses incurred by DLJSC or such Affiliate (including, without limitation, 
fees and expenses of counsel) as financial and investment banking advisor of 
the Company.

     SECTION 6.04.  ASSIGNABILITY.  This Agreement shall not be assignable by 
any party hereto, except that any Person acquiring Shares who is required by 
the


                                     29
<PAGE>

terms of this Agreement or any employment agreement or stock purchase, 
option, stock option or other compensation plan of the Company or any 
Subsidiary to become a party hereto shall (unless already bound hereby) 
execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to be bound by this Agreement 
and shall thenceforth be a "STOCKHOLDER". Any Stockholder who ceases to own 
beneficially any Shares shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other 
than the provisions of Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, and 5.10 applicable 
to such Stockholder with respect to any offering of Registrable Securities 
completed before the date such Stockholder ceased to own any Shares).

     SECTION 6.05.  AMENDMENT; WAIVER; TERMINATION.  No provision of this 
Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the 
party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this 
Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in 
writing executed by the Company with the approval of the Board and 
Stockholders holding at least 75% of the outstanding Shares.

     SECTION 6.06.  NOTICES.  All notices, requests and other communications 
to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmissions 
and shall be given,

     if to the Company, to:

          DeCrane Holdings Co.
          2361 Rosecrans Avenue
          Suite 180
          El Segundo, CA 90245
          Attention: R. Jack DeCrane
          Fax: (310) 643-0746

     if to the DLJ Entities, to:

          DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P.
          277 Park Avenue
          New York, New York 10172
          Attention: Thompson Dean
          Fax: (212) 892-7272


                                     30
<PAGE>

     with a copy to:

          Davis Polk & Wardwell
          450 Lexington Avenue
          New York, New York 10017
          Attention: George R. Bason, Jr., Esq.
          Fax: (212) 450-4800

     All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received 
on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5 p.m. 
in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of 
receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed 
not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place 
of receipt. Any notice, request or other written communication sent by 
facsimile transmission shall be confirmed by certified mail, return receipt 
requested, posted within one Business Day, or by personal delivery, whether 
courier or otherwise, made within two Business Days after the date of such 
facsimile transmission.

     Any Person who becomes a Stockholder shall provide its address and fax 
number to the Company, which shall provide such information to each other 
Stockholder.

     SECTION 6.07.  HEADINGS.  The headings contained in this Agreement are 
for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of 
this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.08.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts,each of which shall be deemed to be an original and 
all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 6.09.  APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT 
REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES OF SUCH STATE.

     SECTION 6.10.  SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT.  Each party hereto acknowledges 
that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened 
breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this 
fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition 
to all other remedies which may be available, shall be entitled to obtain 
equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining 
order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy 
which may then be available.


                                    31
<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.11.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  Any suit, action or proceeding 
seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or 
in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby 
shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern 
District of New York or any other New York State Court sitting in New York 
City, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction 
of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any 
such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent 
permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the 
laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court, 
or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such 
court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, 
action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, 
whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without 
limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such 
party as provided in Section 6.06 shall be deemed effective service of 
process on such party.


                                     32
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be 
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year 
first above written.

                                          DECRANE HOLDINGS CO.

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ MERCHANT BANKING
                                             PARTNERS II, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ MERCHANT BANKING II, INC.
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ MERCHANT BANKING
                                             PARTNERS II-A, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ MERCHANT BANKING II, INC.,
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ OFFSHORE PARTNERS II, C.V.

                                          BY DLJ MERCHANT BANKING II, INC.,
                                             Advisory General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

<PAGE>

                                          DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS, INC.,
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS-A, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ DIVERSIFIED PARTNERS, INC.,
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJMB FUNDING II, INC.

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ EAB PARTNERS, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ LBO PLANS MANAGEMENT
                                             CORPORATION, General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

<PAGE>

                                          DLJ MILLENNIUM PARTNERS, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ MERCHANT BANKING II, INC.,
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          UK INVESTMENT PLAN 1997 PARTNERS

                                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE, INC.,
                                             General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ FIRST ESC L.P.

                                          BY DLJ LBO PLANS MANAGEMENT
                                             CORPORATION, as General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          DLJ ESC II L.P.

                                          BY DLJ LBO PLANS MANAGEMENT
                                             CORPORATION, as General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

<PAGE>

                                          DLJ MILLENNIUM PARTNERS-A, L.P.

                                          BY DLJ MERCHANT BANKING II, INC.,
                                             Managing General Partner

                                          By: _______________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:





<PAGE>

10.2  TAX SHARING AGREEMENT, DATED MARCH 15, 1993, BY AND AMONG D.A.H., INC., 
TSH AND HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                              TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
                                     between
                         DeCRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.
                                       and
                           ITS SUBSIDIARY CORPORATIONS

Agreement dated March 15, 1993 by and among D.A.H., Inc. ("Parent") and each of
its undersigned subsidiaries:

                                   WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are members of an affiliated group ("Affiliated
Group") as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"); and

WHEREAS, such Affiliated Group has filed a U.S. consolidated income tax return
for its taxable year ended August 31, 1991 and is required to file consolidated
income tax returns for subsequent years; and

WHEREAS, it is the intent and desire of the parties hereto that a method be
established for allocating the consolidated income tax liability of the
Affiliated Group among its members, for:

          -    Reimbursing the Parent for payment of such tax liability;

          -    Establishing payables/receivables among members arising from the
               use of one member's losses or tax credits by other member(s) and
               defining the circumstances under which cash is to be exchanged,
               and;

          -    Providing for the allocation and payment of any refund arising
               from a carryback of losses or tax credits from subsequent taxable
               years;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   CONSENT TO FILE CONSOLIDATED TAX RETURN

          A U.S. consolidated income tax return has been filed by the Parent for
the taxable year ended August 31, 1991 and shall be filed for each subsequent
taxable period in respect of which this agreement is in effect and for which the
Affiliated Group is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return.
Each subsidiary shall execute and file such consent, elections, and other
documents that may be required or appropriate for the proper filing of such
return.

     2.   RESPONSIBILITY FOR PAYMENT OF CONSOLIDATED TAX LIABILITY

          If, in any taxable year, there is a consolidated tax liability, the
Parent shall be responsible for the payment to the Internal Revenue Service of
the consolidated tax liability.

<PAGE>

     3.   METHOD OF ALLOCATION OF CONSOLIDATED TAX LIABILITY
          
          (a)  The Parent and each Subsidiary agree that the consolidated tax
liability for each year shall be apportioned among them in accordance with the
provisions of Regulation Section 1.1552-1(a)(2) for tax return purposes.
Regulation Section 1.1552-1(a)(2) requires the consolidated tax liability of the
group to be allocated among the members of the Affiliated Group on the basis of
the percentage of the total tax which the tax of such member, if computed on a
separate return basis, would bear to the total amount of the tax for all members
computed on a separate return basis.

          (b)  In addition, for financial statement ("book") purposes, the
Parent and each Subsidiary agree to the immediate allocation of 100% of the tax
benefits utilized to those members who generated the benefits. In determining
the amount of tax benefits utilized, all profitable members will establish a Tax
Payable account in an amount which equals their separate return liability (as
defined under Section 4), and all loss members establish a Tax Receivable
account in a corresponding amount.

               In any year in which the total amount of tax benefits utilized by
the profitable members of the Affiliated Group are less than the total amount of
tax benefits available, the losses and credits of each member that has generated
such tax benefits will be deemed to be utilized in the same proportion as such
member's cumulative tax benefits bear to the total cumulative tax benefits of
all members.

          (c)  Each member of the group shall maintain a record of their tax
liability computed on a separate return basis for each year this agreement is in
effect for purposes of making the calculations under Section 3(a) and (b).

          (d)  If a member of the affiliated group is:

               (1)  merged into another member of the affiliated group, or

               (2)  liquidated into another member of the affiliated group,

then the successor corporation will assume any liability or succeed to any
benefit that the dissolving member would be obligated or entitled to under
Sections 3(a) and (b) if it had not been merged or liquidated.
 
     4.   DETERMINATION OF SEPARATE RETURN LIABILITY

          (a)  The term "separate tax liability" of each member, as it is used
in Section 3(b), means the amount of tax it would owe for each period in which
it is a member of the Affiliated Group, computed as if it had filed a separate
return for each period, adjusted as follows:


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>

               (1)  No surtax exemption will be allowed, and

               (2)  Net operating losses, tax credits (including the alternative
                    minimum tax credit) and other items which, under the Code,
                    could have been carried forward or back by a member if it
                    were filing a separate return shall be included in computing
                    its tax liability provided such attributes were generated in
                    a period in which it was a member of the Affiliated Group
                    and have not been deemed to be utilized by another member
                    under Section 3(b).

     5.   PAYMENT AMONG MEMBERS

          (a)  Each subsidiary shall pay to the Parent its share of tax
liability allocated under Section 3(a) UPON DEMAND FOR such payment from the
Parent.

          (b)  The only circumstances in which cash will be exchanged between
the subsidiaries with respect to the Tax Receivables/Payables established
pursuant to Section 3(b) are as follows:

               (1)  A previously non-profitable subsidiary AND the Affiliated
                    Group become profitable, or

               (2)  A subsidiary is sold.

Payments to members for benefits surrendered and utilized under Section 3(b),
will be paid UPON MEETING the conditions set forth in either (1) or (2) above.

          (c)  No interest will either accrue or be paid on the balances due
from one member to another which are attributable to Tax Payables/Receivables
arising under Section 3(b).

     6.   ESTIMATED TAX PAYMENTS

          In the event the Affiliated Group is required to make quarterly
estimated tax payments, each subsidiary shall pay to the Parent its share of
each payment, as determined by the Parent, UPON receiving notice from the
Parent. Any amount paid by a subsidiary will be included in determining the
payments due under Section 5.  Any overpayments of estimated tax will be
refunded to the subsidiary.

     7.   TERMINATION

          (a)  This agreement shall terminate with respect to any subsidiary on
the happening of any of the following events:


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>

               (1)  If the Parent and such subsidiary agree, in writing, to
                    terminate this agreement, or;

               (2)  Notwithstanding Section 3(d), if such subsidiary ceases to
                    be a member of the Affiliated Group.

          (b)  For purposes of this agreement, any subsidiary which is required
to recognize income or recapture credits as a result of an election made or
deemed to be made under IRC Section 338 shall be treated as if such income or
recaptured credits were generated after such subsidiary ceased being a member of
the affiliated group.

     8.   SUBSEQUENT ADJUSTMENTS

          If the consolidated tax liability is adjusted for any taxable period,
whether by means of an amended return claim for refund or after a tax audit by
the Internal Revenue Service, the liability of each member shall be recomputed
to give effect to such adjustments, and in the case of a refund, the Parent
shall make payment to each member for its share of the refund, determined in the
same manner as in Section 3 above, AS SOON AS THE refund is received by the
Parent. In the case of an increase in tax liability, each member shall pay to
the Parent its allocable share of such increased tax liability under Section
3(a) after receiving notice of such liability from the Parent and recompute any
Tax Receivables/Payables required under Section 3(b) as well as payments
required under Section 5(b) based upon the adjusted separate return liabilities
of the members of the group.

     9.   NEW MEMBERS OF THE AFFILIATED GROUP

          If, during a consolidated return period, the Parent or any subsidiary
acquires or organizes another corporation that is required to be included in the
consolidated return, then such corporation shall join in and be bound by this
agreement.

     10.  EFFECTIVE DATES

          This agreement shall apply to the taxable year ending August 31, 1991
and all subsequent taxable periods unless the Parent and the subsidiaries agree
to terminate the agreement. Notwithstanding such termination, this agreement
shall continue in effect with respect to any payment or refund due for all
taxable periods prior to termination.

     11.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefits of any
successor, whether by statutory merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to
any of the parties hereto, to the same extent as if the successor had been an
original party to the agreement.


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>

          For the purposes of this section, the term "successor" shall include
the direct parent corporation of a subsidiary corporation that dissolves without
distributing any net assets to the direct parent.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives on March 15, 1993.

D.A.H., INC.                                 TRI-STAR HOLDINGS, INC.


/s/ R. Jack DeCrane                          /s/ Robert Rankin
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------


                                             HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                             /s/ R. Jack DeCrane
                                             -----------------------------------


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>

                               EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into July
17, 1998 by and between DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and R.
Jack DeCrane ("Executive") based on the following facts:

     A.   Executive is currently employed by the Company in the capacity as
          Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and is a key executive of the Company.

     B.   The Company desires to employ Executive for the term of this Agreement
          on the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement; Executive
          desires to be employed and to perform the services described herein
          pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     C.   The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee")
          has recommended that Executive be employed pursuant to the terms of
          this Agreement and the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
          has approved the recommendation of the Committee.

     Based on the foregoing facts and circumstances and for good and valuable
consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and
Executive agree as follows:

     1.   TERM OF AGREEMENT.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of
          this Agreement shall commence effective July 1, 1998 and shall 
          continue through June 30, 2001 (the "Term").

     2.   DUTIES.   Executive agrees to be employed as the CEO of the Company
          during the Term and to devote his full business time and attention to
          the Company.  Executive may devote such of his time as reasonable to
          his personal investments and to civic and/or charitable activities. 
          Executive may serve as a director or trustee of any other corporation
          or trust with the consent of the Board, which consent will not
          unreasonably be withheld.  Executive's duties shall not be diminished,
          nor will the responsibilities be decreased from those currently in
          effect.  The Company will not assign duties to the CEO inconsistent
          with those attendant to the position of a Chief Executive Officer and
          a director of the Company.  Except as specified by the terms of this
          Agreement, the powers and duties of Executive may be more specifically
          determined by the Board from time to time.

                                      1
<PAGE>

     3.   COMPENSATION.  During the Term, Executive shall receive the following
          compensation and benefits:

          A.   SALARY.  During the first year of the Term, the Company shall 
               pay Executive an annual base salary of $310,000 payable on the 
               regular payroll dates for employees of the Company; for each 
               subsequent year during the Term, Company shall pay Executive an 
               annual salary in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 
               Executive's annual base salary for the preceding year, plus 
               (ii) an additional amount as favorable to Executive as pay 
               increases paid by the Company for other executives of the 
               Company;

          B.   BONUS.  During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive bonus
               payments annually (said bonus payments, together with
               Executive's salary as provided in Section 3.A., being sometimes
               collectively referred to herein as "Compensation"), as a
               percentage of his annual base salary in effect at the time of the
               payment of such bonus payment based upon the Company's
               achievement of mutually agreed performance goals as set forth in
               the Company's operation plan approved by the Board for such year.
               For the calendar year 1998, the bonus payment shall be based upon
               the Company's achievement of earnings before taxes, depreciation
               and amortization ("EBITDA") as specified in Executive's
               Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1994 (the 1994 Employment
               Agreement) and at the percentages specified in the chart below;
               provided, however, no portion of the bonus shall be based upon
               EBITDA of any business for any period prior to the date such
               business was acquired by the Company.  During each subsequent
               year during the Term, the bonus payments shall be based upon the
               Company's achievement of earnings per share ("EPS") as determined
               pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")
               consistently applied and followed in connection with the 
               preparation of the Company's audited financial statements, as 
               follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Level of Achievement as a               Bonus as a Percentage of
               Percentage of Performance Goal          Annual Base Salary                           
               <S>                                     <C>
               EPS equals 80%                               55%
               EPS equals 90%                               65%
               EPS equals 100%                              75%
               EPS equals 110%                              85%
               EPS equals 120%                             100%

</TABLE>

                                     2
<PAGE>

Said bonus shall be deemed earned on a pro rata basis throughout the year;

          C.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Pursuant to the Company 1993 Share
               Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), the Company shall from time to time
               make awards to Executive and  Executive shall receive options to
               purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock subject to the
               terms of the Plan.  The Executive is hereby awarded options to
               purchase 50,000 shares at the Designated Current Price,
               specified below (the "1998 Award").  As used herein, "Designated
               Current Price" means the closing price of the Company's Common
               Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on July 16, 1998 as notified
               to the Holder by the Company in a separate writing, based upon
               the price therefor as reported in the Wall Street Journal issue
               dated July 17, 1998. Subject to earlier vesting as provided in
               the Option Agreement, the options granted pursuant to this
               Section 3.C. shall vest 1/2 on July 31, 1998, and 1/2 on July 31,
               1999;

          D.   AVTECH BONUS.  In consideration for the services performed by 
               Executive in the Company's acquisition of Avtech Corporation 
               on June 26, 1998, Company shall concurrent with the execution 
               of this Agreement pay to Executive $500,000.
               

          E.   EXECUTION BONUS.  To induce Executive to enter into this
               Employment Agreement, Company shall concurrent with the execution
               of this Agreement, pay Executive $250,000.

          F.   CONTINUATION BONUS.  So long as Executive is employed by the 
               Company on January 1, 1999, Company shall pay to Executive on
               January 2, 1999 the sum of $150,000.

          G.   BENEFITS.  During the Term, the Company shall provide to
               Executive, his spouse and his eligible dependents and maintain in
               full force and effect throughout the Term, group insurance
               (including conversion features) and benefits, including life,
               major medical, dental, vision and the related benefits as have
               been provided to Executive, his spouse and his eligible
               dependents during the immediately preceding year (the "Health
               Care Benefits").  Without limiting the Health Care Benefits
               provided in the foregoing sentence, the Company shall provide to
               Executive life insurance with a death benefit of not less than $1
               million.  Without limiting the Health Care Benefits to be
               provided to Executive, the Company may provide the Health Care
               Benefits 

                                      3
<PAGE>

               pursuant to group insurance plans if available to the Company on 
               such basis;

          H.   PROFIT SHARING PLAN.  The Company agrees that Executive will be a
               participant, on the same basis as other executives, in any profit
               sharing or other deferred compensation or qualified retirement
               plan adopted or maintained during the Term;

          I.   TRAVEL. The Company shall reimburse or pay directly all business-
               related travel, entertainment and other expenses of Executive at
               a level of accommodation as provided to Executive during the
               immediately preceding year;

          J.   VACATION.  Executive shall provide Executive annually not less
               than four weeks of paid vacation but not less than the amount of
               vacation provided to employees of the Company or any of its
               subsidiaries with tenure equal to that of Executive.

     4.   TERMINATION. The Company may terminate the employment of Executive at
          any time with or without "Cause."  Except as provided in Section 4C,
          in the event that the Company terminates the employment of Executive
          without Cause, the Company shall be obligated to pay Executive
          compensation and provide benefits pursuant to Sections 3.A, 3.B and
          3.G. for eighteen months.  Executive's right to receive Compensation
          and Health Care Benefits from the Company pursuant to the foregoing
          sentence, shall not be diminished by Executive's receipt of
          compensation in connection with employment by any person or entity
          other than the Company.  In the event of termination for Cause,
          Executive shall not be entitled to Compensation following the last
          date of Executive's employment by the Company.

          A.   FOR CAUSE.  As used in this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) any
               material act of dishonesty constituting a felony (of which
               Executive is convicted or pleads guilty) which results or is
               intended to result directly or indirectly in substantial gain or
               personal enrichment to Executive at the expense of the Company,
               or (ii) after notice of breach delivered to Executive specifying
               in reasonable detail and a reasonable opportunity for Executive
               to cure the breaches specified in the notice, the Board, acting
               by a two thirds vote, after a meeting held for the purpose of
               making such determination and after reasonable notice to
               Executive and an opportunity for him together with his counsel to
               be heard before the Board, determines, in good faith, other than
               for


                                      4
<PAGE>

               reasons of physical or mental illness, Executive willfully
               and continually fails to substantially perform his duties
               pursuant to this Agreement and such failure results in
               demonstrable material injury the Company.  The following shall
               not constitute Cause: (i) Executive's bad judgment or negligence,
               (ii) any act or omission by Executive without intent of gaining
               therefrom directly or indirectly a profit to which Executive was
               not legally entitled, (iii) any act or omission by Executive with
               respect to which a determination shall have been made that
               Executive met the applicable standard of conduct prescribed for
               indemnification or reimbursement of payment of expenses under the
               By-Laws of the Company or the laws of the State of Delaware as in
               effect at the time of such act or omission.  

          B.   The Company may terminate this Agreement without Cause at any
               time by giving Executive 90 days notice, subject to Executive's
               right to receive Compensation and Health Care Benefits as
               provided in this Section 4.

          C.   COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CHANGE OF CONTROL.  In
               addition to the rights and benefits accruing to Executive as
               otherwise described in this Agreement, in the event that (i) a
               Change of Control shall have occurred while Executive is employed
               hereunder and (ii) the Executive's employment hereunder shall be
               involuntarily terminated for any reason other than Cause, death
               or disability or Executive shall terminate his employment
               hereunder for Good Reason, then the Company shall make the
               following payments to Executive within 15 days following the date
               of such termination of employment (the "Termination Date") (in
               the case of (i) and (ii) below) and provide the following
               benefits to Executive after the Termination Date (in the case of
               (iii), (iv) (v), (vi) and (vii) below), subject in each case to
               any applicable payroll or other taxes required to be withheld and
               subject to the provisions of Section 5 relating to limitations on
               parachute payments:
     
               (1)  The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash
                    equal to $1 less than three times the sum of (a) Executive's
                    average base salary and (b) Executive's average bonus, in 
                    each case, during the five calendar years immediately 
                    preceding the Termination Date.

                                      5
<PAGE>

               (2)  The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash
                    equal to accrued but unpaid salary and bonus through the
                    Termination Date, and unpaid salary with respect to any
                    vacation days accrued but not taken as of the Termination
                    Date.

               (3)  The Company shall continue to provide Executive Health Care
                    Benefits on terms no less favorable to Executive and his
                    dependents covered thereby (including with respect to any
                    costs borne by Executive) than the greater of (i) the
                    coverage provided on the date of the Change of Control or
                    (ii) the coverage provided by the Company immediately prior
                    to the Termination Date.  Such benefits shall be provided
                    for the period beginning on the Termination Date and ending
                    on the first to occur of (i) the date of Executive's
                    employment (including self-employment) in a position
                    providing substantially the same or greater benefits as
                    Executive's assignment with the Company on the Termination
                    Date, or (ii) the second anniversary of the Termination
                    Date.

               (4)  The Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount in cash
                    equal to the invested portion of the Company's contributions
                    to Executive's account under any of the Company's plans that
                    are "qualified" under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
                    Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), to which the Company
                    makes contributions to employee accounts in effect as of the
                    Termination Date (the "Savings Plans"), plus an amount in
                    cash equal to two times an amount equal to the amount of the
                    Company's annual contribution on behalf of Executive
                    pursuant to the Savings Plans as in effect on the date of
                    the Change of Control or the Termination Date, whichever is
                    greater.  For purposes of this Section, the Company's
                    matching contributions to the Savings Plans shall be deemed
                    to be at the maximum percentage contribution to which
                    Executive could be entitled under the Savings Plans.

                    In addition, within five days following the Termination
                    Date, Executive shall be paid in cash an amount equal to the
                    Company's matching contributions determined pursuant to the
                    Savings Plans as in effect on the date of the Change of
                    Control or the Termination Date, whichever is greater, 

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    which would have accrued to the benefit of Executive had he
                    continued his participation in, and elected to make the
                    maximum contributions under, the Savings Plans for the
                    period of 24 months from the Termination Date or until
                    December 31 of the year in which Executive would reach age
                    65, whichever is the shorter period.  The benefits received
                    by Executive pursuant to this Section are in addition to any
                    benefits that were vested prior to the Termination Date in
                    accordance with the terms of the Savings Plans.

               (5)  Within five days following the Termination Date, the Company
                    shall pay to Executive (i) an amount in cash equal to the
                    vested and invested amounts that have been credited to
                    Executive's account or accounts under any deferred
                    compensation plan that the Company maintains for its
                    employees as of the Termination Date whether or not then
                    vested, plus (ii) an amount equal to the total amount
                    required to be, or actually, credited to Executive's
                    account, including interest equivalents, for the year in
                    which the Termination Date occurs.

               (6)  Within five days following the Termination Date, the Company
                    shall select and engage at Company's expense a nationally
                    recognized executive placement firm reasonably satisfactory
                    to Executive to provide outplacement consulting services to
                    Executive until the first to occur of the date of
                    Executive's employment (including self-employment) and the
                    second anniversary of the Termination Date.

               (7)  Notwithstanding anything set forth in this 
                    Section 4(C), if the benefits payable pursuant to this
                    Agreement, either alone or together with other payments 
                    which the Executive has the right to receive either directly
                    or indirectly from the Employer or any of its Affiliates, 
                    would constitute an excess parachute payment (the "Excess 
                    Payment") under Section 280G of the Code, the Executive 
                    hereby agrees that the benefit payable pursuant to this 
                    Agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the 
                    amount necessary to prevent any such payments to the 
                    Executive from constituting an Excess Payment, as 
                    determined by such independent public accounting firm with 
                    a national 

                                       7
<PAGE>

                    reputation as the Employer shall select.

     Executive is not required to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate 
the amount of any payments to be made by the Company pursuant to this 
Agreement.

     As used in this Agreement, "Change of Control" shall mean an event 
involving the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in 
response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), assuming 
that such Schedule, Regulation and Act applied to the Company, provided that 
such a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as: 
(i) any "person" (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the 
Exchange Act) (other than an Excluded Person (as defined below)) becomes, 
directly or indirectly, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 
under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20% or more of the 
combined voting power for election of members of the Board of Directors of 
the then outstanding voting securities of the Company or any successor of the 
Company, excluding any person whose beneficial ownership of securities of the 
Company or any successor is obtained in a merger or consolidation not 
included in paragraph (iii) below; (ii) during any period of two consecutive 
years or less, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted 
the Board of Directors of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at 
least a majority of the Board, unless the appointment, election or nomination 
for election of each new member of the Board (other than a director whose 
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened 
election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, 
relating to the election of directors of the Company) was approved by a vote 
of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then still in 
office who were members of the Board at the beginning of the period or whose 
appointment, election or nomination was so approved since the beginning of 
such period; (iii) there is consummated any merger, consolidation or similar 
transaction to which the Company is a party as a result of which the persons 
who were equity holders of the Company immediately prior to the effective date 
of the merger or consolidation shall have beneficial ownership of less than 
50% of the combined voting power for election of members of the Board of 
Directors (or equivalent) of the surviving entity or its parent following the 
effective date of such merger or consolidation; (iv) any sale or other 
disposition (or similar transaction) (in a single transaction or series of 
related transactions) of (x) 50% or more of the assets or earnings power of 
the Company or (y) business operations which generated a majority of the 
consolidated revenues (determined on the basis of the Company's four most 
recently completed fiscal quarters for which reports have been completed) of 
the Company and its subsidiaries immediately prior thereto, other than a 
sale, other disposition, or similar transaction to an Excluded Person or to 
an entity of which equityholders of the Company beneficially own at least 50% 
of the combined voting power; (v) any liquidation of the Company.  For 
purposes of this definition of Change 

                                     8
<PAGE>

of Control, the term "Excluded Person" shall mean and include (i) any 
corporation beneficially owned by shareholders of the Company in 
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of shares of the Company 
and (ii) the Company.

     As used in this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence, 
following a Change of Control, of any one of the following events without 
Executive's consent: (i) the Company assigns Executive to any duties 
substantially inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities, 
status or reporting responsibility with the Company immediately prior to the 
Change of Control, or assigns Executive to a position that does not provide 
Executive with substantially the same or better compensation, status, 
responsibilities and duties as Executive enjoyed immediately prior to the 
Change of Control; (ii) the Company reduces the amount of Executive's base 
salary as in effect as of the date of the Change of Control or as the same 
may be increased thereafter from time to time, except for across-the-board 
salary reductions similarly affecting all senior executives of the Company; 
(iii) the Company fails to pay Executive an annual bonus consistent with this 
Agreement and bonuses consistent with past practices are paid to any other 
senior executives of the Company; (iv) the Company modifies Executive's 
annual bonus attributable to the performance levels; (v) the Company changes 
the location at which Executive is employed by more than 50 miles from the 
location at which Executive is employed as of the date of this Agreement; or 
(vi) the Company breaches this Agreement in any material respect, including 
without limitation failing to obtain a succession agreement from any 
successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

          D.   DEATH.  In the event of Executive's death, the Company shall pay
               to Executive's personal representative for a period of one year
               following the death of Executive (i) Executive's annual base
               salary and (ii) Executive's bonus and the Company shall provide
               to Executive's widow and eligible dependents Health Care Benefits
               for such one year period.

          E.   DISABILITY.  The Company may terminate the Executive if the
               Executive is unable for a period of 180 consecutive days to
               perform his duties as a result of being "disabled" as defined in
               this Section 4.E.  "Disabled" shall mean (i) a determination by a
               physician selected by Executive and approved by the Board that
               Executive is suffering from total disability and (ii) the Company
               has given Executive 30 days notice of potential termination and
               within such 30 day period Executive has not returned to the full
               time performance of his duties. 



                                        9
<PAGE>

     5.   MITIGATION.  Executive is not required to seek other employment or
          otherwise mitigate the amount of any payments to be made by the
          Company pursuant to this Agreement.  

     6.   ASSIGNMENT.  Neither Company nor Executive shall have the right to
          assign its respective rights pursuant to this Agreement.  The Company
          shall require any proposed successor (whether direct or indirect, by
          purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially
          all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form
          and substance reasonably satisfactory to Executive, to expressly
          assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same manner and to
          the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no
          such succession had taken place, concurrent with the execution of a
          definitive agreement with the Company to engage in such transaction.

     7.   This Agreement shall be binding on the inure to the benefit of
          Executive and his heirs and the Company and any permitted assignee. 
          The Company shall not engage in any transaction, including a merger or
          sale of assets unless, as a condition to such transaction such
          successor organization assumes the obligations of the Company pursuant
          to this Agreement.

     8.   NOTICES. 

          If to Company:      DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.
                              2361 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 180
                              El Segundo, CA 90245
                              Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                              Fax: (310) 643-0746

          If to Executive:    R. Jack DeCrane
                              14020 Old Harbor Lane, Unit 208
                              Marina del Rey, CA 90292
                              Fax: (310) 822-1159

     9.   FACSIMILE SIGNATURES, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.  This Agreement shall be
          effective upon transmission of a signed facsimile by one party to the
          other.

     10.  MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement supersedes and, except as incorporated
          herein, makes void any prior agreement between the parties (including
          but not limited to the 1994 Employment Agreement), and sets forth the
          entire agreement and understanding of the parties 

                                     10
<PAGE>

          hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, except for 
          changes in Compensation as provided in this Agreement by 
          action of the Committee and may not otherwise be amended or 
          modified except by written agreement executed by the Company 
          and the Executive.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of 
          California. The Company has retained special counsel to 
          review this Agreement and consented to the firm of Spolin & 
          Silverman advising Executive; this Agreement has been authorized by 
          resolution of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors 
          of the Company.

     This Agreement has been executed on the date specified in the first
     paragraph.

                                        DeCRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Authorized Signatory


                                        Executive 


                                        /s/ R. Jack DeCrane
                                        -------------------------------
                                        R. Jack DeCrane 


                                    11

<PAGE>

                               401(k) SALARY REDUCTION
                                ----------------------
                                   NON-STANDARDIZED
                                ----------------------
                                  ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                                ----------------------


                                 IRS Serial #D359971a

                               Approved April 30, 1992


                                        [LOGO]

                   1300 South Clinton Street  Fort Wayne, IN  46801

<PAGE>

         Internal Revenue Service           Department of the Treasury
Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA
FFN: 50337598001-007 Case: 9100610  EIN: 35-0472300
GFD: 01  Plan: 007  Letter Serial No:
0359971a                                    Washington DC 20224

    LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE CO      Person to Contact Mr. Wolf

                                            Telephone Number (202) 566-6421
    1300 SOUTH CLINTON STREET
    PO BOX 2340                             Refer Reply to: E:EP:Q:1
    FORT WAYNE     IN      46801
                                            Date            04/30/92


Dear Applicant:

In our opinion, the form of the plan identified above is acceptable under
section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code for use by employers for the benefit of
their employees.  This opinion relates only to the acceptability of the form of
the plan under the Internal Revenue Code.  It is not an opinion of the effect of
other Federal or local statutes.

You must furnish a copy of this letter to each employer who adopts this plan. 
You are also required to send a copy of the approved Form of the plan, any
approved amendments and related documents to each Key District Director of
Internal Revenue Service in whose jurisdiction there are adopting employers.

Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or
determination as to whether an employer's plan qualifies under Code section
401(a).  Therefore, an employer adopting the form of the plan should apply for a
determination letter by filing an application with the Key District Director of
Internal Revenue Service on Form 5307, Short Form Application for Determination
for Employee Benefit Plan.

If you, the sponsoring organization, have any questions concerning the IRS
processing of this case, please call the above telephone number.  This number is
only for use of the sponsoring organization.  Individual participants and/or
adopting employers with questions concerning the plan should contact the
sponsoring organization.  The plan's adoption agreement must include the
sponsoring organization's address and telephone number for inquiries by adopting
employers.

If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone
number and the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more
information.  Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial
Number and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.

You should keep this letter as a permanent record.  Please notify us if you
modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan.

                             Sincerely yours,


                             /s/ John Diveca
                             Chief, Employee Plans Qualifications Branch

<PAGE>

                     THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                   NON-STANDARDIZED
                401(k) SALARY REDUCTION PLAN AND TRUST PROTOTYPE PLAN
                                  ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                                      PLAN #007
                      IRS SERIAL #D359971A  DATE APRIL 30, 1992

The     De Crane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. oka DAH, Inc.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (exact legal name of Employer)

(hereinafter referred to as the Employer), having its principal place of

business in        El Segundo,                             California
           -------------------------------------------------------------------
                      (City)                               (State)

hereby adopts The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company Non-Standardized
401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust Prototype Plan, and further appoints as:

Trustee(s),     Robert A. Rankin
           -------------------------------------------------------------------

           ------------------------------------------------------------------;

Named Fiduciary*,    Same
                 ------------------------------------------------------------;

Plan Administrator*,    Same
                   ------------------------------------------------------; and

Agent for Legal Service of Process*,    Same
                                    -----------------------------------------;

    * If same as Employer, write 'Same'.

The Employer's Tax Year begins    January 1      and ends    December 31     .
                             --------------------        --------------------

Employer Telephone Number    (310) 536-0444       .
                        -------------------------

Business Code Number (same as shown on 1120)    3725           .
                                           -------------------

Date Business Commenced    December 15, 1989    .
                       ------------------------

In connection herewith, the Employer makes the following statements and
selections:

         This Plan shall be known as    DAR Retirement Plan
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                            (name of Employer)

                                            401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and
         -----------------------------------

         Trust which shall be identified by Employer I.D. #    34-1645569
                                                           -------------------

         and Plan Serial #    001       (001, 002, etc. - assign sequentially).
                          --------------

<PAGE>

The employer maintains, or has maintained, the following qualified plans: (List
all plans, including this Plan, ever maintained by the Employer starting with
Plan Serial #001.)

                                                                 Status
    Plan                                                         ------
   Serial #                       Type of Plan             In Force  Terminated
  ---------                       ------------             --------  ----------

    001              401(k)                                 [X]           [ ]
  ---------        ------------------------------------
    002                                                     [ ]           [ ]
  ---------        ------------------------------------
    003                                                     [ ]           [ ]
  ---------        ------------------------------------
    004                                                     [ ]           [ ]
  ---------        ------------------------------------
    005                                                     [ ]           [ ]
  ---------        ------------------------------------

         This Employer is:             Sole Proprietor
                                  ----
                                       Partnership
                                  ----
                                    X  Corporation
                                  ----
                                       S Corporation
                                  ----
                                       Professional Corporation
                                  ----
                                       Non Profit Corporation

[X] Yes  [ ] No    Is the Employer a member of a Controlled Group of
                   Corporations, a group of businesses under common control, or
                   an Affiliated Service Group as defined below.  This question
                   must be answered "yes" or "no".  If yes, complete the rest
                   of this section.

In the case of a group of employers which constitutes a Controlled Group of
Corporations, or an Affiliated Service Group [as defined in Sections 414(b) and
414(m), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code], or which constitutes one or
more trades or businesses whether or not incorporated which are under common
control [as defined in Section 414(c)], all such employers shall be considered a
single employer for purposes of determining plan qualification, minimum
participation, benefit accrual, vesting standards, and limitations on benefits
and contributions.  The employers listed below are required to be aggregated
with the adopting employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o), and
shall participate in this Plan to the extent indicated as evidenced by written
resolution adopting this Plan.  (If there are no affiliated employers, indicate
None.)
- ----
         Employer            Employer       Participating       Participation
           Name                I.D. #         Employer          Effective Date
         --------            --------       -------------       --------------
Tri-Star Electronics
International, Inc.               34-1687242     [X] Yes [ ] No
- -----------------------------     ----------     --------------
Cory Components                   95-3938746     [X] Yes [ ] No
- -----------------------------     ----------     --------------
Hollingsead International         95-2500766     [X] Yes [ ] No
- -----------------------------     ----------     --------------

- -----------------------------     ----------     --------------

- -----------------------------     ----------     --------------

If this Plan and Trust is adopted by more than one member of the aggregation
group, this Plan

[X] (a)  shall be administered as one plan (i.e., contributions, and
         forfeitures shall not be separated for each participating Employer).

[ ] (b)  shall be administered as a single employer plan for each participating
         Employer [i.e., contributions shall be made by each Employer only for
         those Participants employed by such Employer and forfeitures shall be
         used to reduce the contribution made by the applicable Employer - each
         asset pool shall be considered a separate plan which must
         independently satisfy Code Section 401(a) (26)].

[ ] (c)  N/A


                                          2

<PAGE>

Any Employee of a participating Employer must receive credit for service while
employed by any member of the aggregation group (including non-participating
employers) for purposes of vesting and eligibility under this Plan from the date
such Employer became a member of the aggregation group.

A-1.22   The adoption of this Plan constitutes:  (check appropriate statement
         and provide information)

         [ ]  (a)  The initial adoption of this Plan and Trust by the

                   Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is
                                                                --------------

                   -----------------------------------------.
                             (month/day/year)

         [X]  (b)  An [X] amendment and restatement, or [ ] merger of the

                   following Plan(s) known as     DAH Retirement Plan       ,
                                              ------------------------------

                   ---------------------------------------------------------

                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                             (name of Plans and Trusts)

                   with the original effective date(s) of

                             January 1, 1993
                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                             (month/day/year)


                   The effective date of this amendment and restatement is

                             January 1, 1996
                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                             (month/day/year)


                          I.      DEFINITIONS

A-1.38        Hours of Service:  Hours of Service shall be determined on the
              basis of the method selected below.  The method selected shall be
              applied to all Employees.  If the Elapsed Time Method is selected
              in A-1.74, Hours of Service as designated below shall be
              applicable for eligibility purposes only.  (Select one)


              [X]  (a)  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is
                        paid or entitled to payment.

              [ ]  (b)  On the basis of days worked.  An Employee shall be
                        credited with ten (10) Hours of Service if, under
                        Section 1.38 of the Plan, such Employee would be
                        credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during
                        such day.

              [ ]  (c)  On the basis of weeks worked.  An Employee shall be
                        credited with 45 Hours of Service if, under Section
                        1.38 of the Plan, such Employee would be credited with
                        at least one (1) Hour of Service during such week.


                                          3
<PAGE>
         [ ]  (d)  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods.  An Employee
                   shall be credited with 95 Hours of Service if, under Section
                   1.38 of the Plan, such Employee would be credited with at
                   least one (1) Hour of Service during such semi-monthly
                   period.

         [ ]  (e)  On the basis of months worked.  An Employee shall be
                   credited with 190 Hours of Service if under Section 1.38 of
                   the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one
                   (1) Hour of Service during such month.

A-1.54   Plan Year:  (Select one and complete)

         [X]  (a)  Shall be the consecutive 12 month period for which records
                   for this Plan shall be maintained beginning each
                    January 1     and ending each   December 31.

         [ ]  (b)  There shall be a short Plan Year beginning              and
                   ending                .  (The Plan must retain its qualified
                   status during this period.)

                   All subsequent Plan Years shall begin each              and
                   end each                 .

                   The previous Plan Year prior to this amendment began
                                       and ended each               .

                   Adjustments for eligibility and vesting shall be made as
                   required by Section 11.04 if the Plan Year is changed.

A-1.55   For purposes of establishing Present Value to compute the Top-Heavy
         Ratio, any benefit (under a Defined Benefit Plan) shall be discounted
         for mortality and interest based on the following: (If the Employer
         maintains a Defined Benefit plan, this section must be completed.)

              Interest Rate          %      Mortality Table


              [X]  N/A  The Employer has no Defined Benefit plan.

A-1.64   Years of Service with predecessor employer:

         Years of Service with                                  , for whom
         this Employer does not maintain a predecessor plan shall be considered
         under the Plan for purposes of:  (select as desired)

         [ ]  (a)  Vesting

         [ ]  (b)  Eligibility

         [X]  (c)  None of the above

A-1.71   For purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio, the Valuation Date
         shall be 12-31 of each year.


                                          4

<PAGE>

A-1.73   Vesting Years of Service:  Years of Service credited for vesting shall
         exclude the years checked below subject to Section 11.03:  (select as
         desired)

         [ ]  (a)  Years of Service before the Employee's        (cannot exceed
                   18) birthday.  (If Regular Method is used, the Plan Year in
                   which the Employee attains age 18 shall not be excluded.)

         [ ]  (b)  Years of Service prior to the original Effective Date of
                   this Plan or a predecessor plan.

         [ ]  (c)  Years of Service prior to                  .  (Date selected
                   may not be later than the original effective date of this
                   Plan or a predecessor plan.)

         [ ]  (d)  Years of Service during a period for which the Employee
                   declined to contribute to a plan requiring Employee
                   Contributions.  In the case of a plan using the elapsed time
                   method, the Service which shall be disregarded is the period
                   with respect to which the mandatory contribution is not
                   made.

         [X]  (e)  No exclusions.

         Note:     In general, a predecessor plan is a plan which terminates
                   within the five (5) year period immediately preceding or
                   following the establishment of this Plan.

A-1.74   Years of Service shall be computed under the following method:
         (select one)

         [X]  (a)  Regular Method--based on Hours of Service credited under the
                   method selected in A-1.38.

         [ ]  (b)  Elapsed Time Method--based on total time an Employee is
                   employed without regard to actual hours credited as
                   explained in Section 1.74 of this Plan.


                                   II. ELIGIBILITY

A-2.01   (a)  For purposes of plan coverage and benefits, employees of 
              affiliated employers required to be aggregated with the Employer
              under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code shall NOT be
              treated as Employees of the Employer unless such affiliated
              employers are identified as Participating Employers on page 2 of
              this Adoption Agreement.

              For purposes of plan coverage and benefits, the term "Employee"

              [ ]  (1) shall include

              [X]  (2) shall not include

              [ ]  (3) N/A (Employer has no "leased employees.")

              "leased employees" who are required to be considered employees 
              of the Employer under Code Section 414(n) or (o).


                                          5

<PAGE>

         (b)  The following classes of Employees of the Employer shall be 
              eligible to participate in the Plan:

              [X]  (1)  All Employees

              [ ]  (2)  Hourly paid Employees

              [ ]  (3)  Salaried Employees

              [ ]  (4)  All Employees except Employees included in a unit of 
                        Employees covered by a collective bargaining 
                        agreement between the Employer and Employee 
                        representatives, if retirement benefits were the 
                        subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent 
                        or less of the Employees of the Employer who are 
                        covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals 
                        as defined in Section 1.410(b)-9(g) of the 
                        Regulations.  For this purpose, the term "employee 
                        representatives" does not include any organization 
                        more than half of whose members are Employees who are 
                        owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

              [ ]  (5)  Other
                              -------------------------------------------

                              -------------------------------------------

              The above classes of Employees

              [ ]  (6)  shall

              [X]  (7)  shall not

              include Employees who are non-resident aliens 
              [within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(B)] and who receive 
              no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2)] from 
              the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the 
              United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3)].

         (c)  Minimum age and service requirements: (select one)

              [X]  (1)  An Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry 
                        Date coincident with or next following Age 21 (cannot 
                        exceed 21) and the completion of 3 MOS. (cannot 
                        exceed 1 year) Eligibility Year of Service. MUST HAVE 
                        AT LEAST 2 ENTRY DATES, I.E., CANNOT ELECT (e)(1) 
                        BELOW.

                        If the Eligibility Year of Service includes a 
                        fractional year, an Employee shall not be required to 
                        complete any specified number of Hours of Service to 
                        receive credit for such fractional year.

              [X]  (2)  An Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry 
                        Date coincident with or next following Age _____ (cannot
                        exceed 20 1/2) and the completion of _____ [cannot 
                        exceed 1/2 year (6 months)] Eligibility Year of 
                        Service. USE  THIS PROVISION ONLY WHEN (e)(1) (ONE 
                        ENTRY DATE) IS ELECTED BELOW.


                                          6

<PAGE>

                        If the Eligibility Year of Service includes a 
                        fractional year, an Employee shall not be required to 
                        complete any specified number of Hours of Service to 
                        receive credit for such fractional year.

         (d)  The preceding election in A-2.01(o) notwithstanding, Employees 
              who are actively employed on              shall be deemed to 
              have satisfied the

              [ ]  (1)  Age requirement as of the Effective Date.

              [ ]  (2)  Service requirement as of the Effective Date.

              [ ]  (3)  Age and service requirements as of the Effective Date.

              [X]  (4)  N/A  (Age and Service requirements in A-2.01(c) apply 
                        to all Employees.)

         (e)  Entry Date:  Shall mean: (select one)

              [ ]  (1)  First day of Plan Year.

              [X]  (2)  First day of Plan Year and the date 6 months after the 
                        first day of the Plan Year.

              [ ]  (3)  The first day of the Plan Year and the dates which
                        are 3, 6 and 9 months after the first day of the
                        Plan Year. (Not Recommended)

              [ ]  (4)  First day of each month.  (Not recommended.)


             III.  PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

A-3.01   Contributions

         (a)  The Employer shall contribute [select (1), (2) or (3)]

              [ ]  (1)  out of current or accumulated profits.

              [X]  (2)  without regard to current or accumulated profits.

              [ ]  (3)  N/A [A-3.01(a)(6) is elected]

              The amount of such contribution shall be: [select (4),(5) or (6)]

              [X]  (4)  As determined by the Board of Directors each year.

              [ ]  (5)  Other
                               -----------------------------------------------

                               -----------------------------------------------

              [ ]  (6)  The Employer will make no contribution under this
                        Section A-3.01(a).  [Do not complete Sections
                        A-3.01(b), (d) and (e).  Section A-3.01(c) must still
                        be completed.]


                                          7

<PAGE>

         (b)  Allocation of contributions under A-3.01(a), above, shall be made
              for all Participants who are credited with at least [select (1),
              (2), or (3)]

              [X]  (1)  1,000 Hours of Service

              [ ]  (2)  500 Hours of Service

              [ ]  (3)  one Hour of Service

              during the Plan Year and [select (4) or (5)]

              [ ]  (4)  regardless of employment on the last day of the Plan
                        Year.

              [X]  (5)  who is employed with the Employer on the last day of
                        the Plan Year.

              The preceding notwithstanding, for Plan Years beginning after
              December 31, 1989, if the Plan would otherwise fail to satisfy
              the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26) or 410(b) because
              the Employer contributions have not been allocated to a
              sufficient number of percentage of Participants for a Plan Year,
              then the following rules shall apply:

                   (6)  The group of Participants eligible to share in the
                        Employer's contribution shall be expanded to include
                        all Participants who are employed on the last day of
                        the Plan Year and who are credited with at least 500
                        Hours of Service.

                   (7)  If after the application of paragraph (6) above, the
                        applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group
                        of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's
                        contribution shall be further expanded to include all
                        Participants who are credited with at least 500 Hours
                        of Service regardless of employment on the last day of
                        the Plan year.

              Note:     Employer includes all employers who are required to
                        be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections
                        414(b), (c), (m) or (o)

         (c)  If a participant dies, retires, or becomes disabled during the
              Plan Year and does not complete the hours requirement for a
              contribution, an allocation

              [X]  (1)  shall not be made on such Participant's behalf for
                        such Plan Year.

              [ ]  (2)  shall be made on such Participant's behalf for such
                        Plan Year regardless of any last day requirement
                         elected under A-301(b)(5).

              Note:     The above election applies to Profit Sharing
                        Contributions under Section A-3.01(a), Matching
                        Contributions under A-4.02 and Qualified Non-elective
                        Contributions under A-4.03.


                                          8

<PAGE>

          (d)  Employer contributions under this Section and forfeitures, if
               applicable, shall be allocated to Participant's Accounts as
               follows:

               [X]  (1)  NON-INTEGRATED FORMULA

                         On a pro-rata basis to all Participants in the
                         proportion that a Participant's Compensation bears to
                         the total of all Participant's Compensation.

               [ ]  (2)  INTEGRATED FORMULA (INTEGRATED WITH SOCIAL SECURITY)

                         Note:  This Plan may not provide for permitted
                         disparity (integration with Social Security) if the
                         Employer maintains any other plan that provides for
                         permitted disparity and benefits any of the same
                         Participants.

                         STEP ONE:  In any Plan Year the Plan is Top-Heavy
                         contributions and forfeitures (if applicable) shall be
                         allocated to all Participants in the ratio that each
                         Participant's Compensation bears to all Participant's
                         Compensation, but not in excess of 3% of such
                         compensation.

                         (If the plan is not top-heavy, proceed to step two.)

                         STEP TWO:  Any contributions and forfeitures not
                         allocated in STEP ONE shall be allocated to each
                         Participant's Account in the ratio that the sum of each
                         Participant's total Compensation plus Compensation in
                         excess of the integration level bears to the sum of all
                         Participants total Compensation plus Compensation in
                         excess of the integration level, but not in excess of
                         the maximum disparity rate.

                         STEP THREE:  Any remaining Employer contributions or
                         forfeitures shall be allocated to each Participant's
                         Account in the ratio that each Participant's total
                         Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all
                         Participants' total Compensation for that year.

                         For the purpose of this Section, Compensation shall
                         mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.13 of the
                         Plan.

                         The integration level shall be:

                         [ ]  (i)  The Taxable Wage Base [The maximum amount of
                                   earnings which may be considered wages for a
                                   year under Section 3121(a)(1) of the Code in
                                   effect as of the first day of the Plan Year.]

                         [ ]  (ii) $____________(Must be less than the Taxable
                                   Wage Base.)


                                          9

<PAGE>

                         The maximum profit sharing disparity rate is equal to
                         the lesser of:

                         (a)  5.7%, or

                         (b)  The applicable percentage determined in accordance
                              with the table below:

                              If the integration level:

                              Is more          But not more      The applicable
                                than               than          percentage is
                              -------          ------------      --------------

                              $0.00            $X*                    5.7%
                               X*               80% of TWB***         4.3%
                               80% of TWB***    Y**                   5.4%

                                *  X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of the
                                       TWB.
                               **  Y = any amount more than 80% of the TWB but
                                       less than 100% of the TWB.
                              ***TWB = Taxable Wage Base at the beginning of the
                                       Plan Year.  The TWB for 1989 is $48,000.
                                       The TWB for 1990 is $51,300.

          (e)  Is any Employee who is eligible to participate under this Plan
               covered by any other plan [including plans of non-participating
               employers required to be aggregated under Section 414(b), (c),
               (m) or (o) of the Code] which is integrated with Social Security?

               [X]  (1)  No

               [ ]  (2)  Yes [may not elect A-3.01(d)(2)]

A-3.03    (a)  Rollover contributions:

          [ ]  (1)  shall not be permitted under this Plan.

          [X]  (2)  shall be permitted under this Plan.

          (b)  Rollover contributions shall be accepted from:

          [ ]  (1)  Participants only.

          [X]  (2)  Participants and non-Participants (otherwise eligible
                    Employee who have not yet satisfied the age and/or service
                    requirements for participation).

A-3.07    ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS shall be based on the Account balance as of the
          beginning of the allocation period plus 1/2 of the contribution
          allocated at the end of the allocation period, less all withdrawals,
          plus investment transfers in, and less investment transfers out,
          unless otherwise specified.

             This plan utilizes daily accounting.
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------


                                          10

<PAGE>

A-3.08    ALL FORFEITURES occurring at the end of Plan Year:    (select one)

          [X]  (a)  shall be used to reduce the Employer's contribution for the
                    current Plan Year.  If the Employer does not make a
                    contribution for a Plan Year, any available forfeitures
                    shall be treated as Employer Contributions.

          [ ]  (b)  shall be allocated in the same manner as Employer
                    contributions under Section 3.01 for the current Plan Year. 
                    However, forfeitures shall not be allocated to Participants
                    who are not employed on the last day of the Plan Year unless
                    such allocation is required to satisfy the requirements of
                    Code Sections 401(a) (26) and/or 410(b). (Do not elect if no
                    Profit Sharing contribution is specified in A-3.01).

                    IV.  CASH OR DEFERRED ARRANGEMENT (CODA)

A-4.01    ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

          (a)  An eligible Employee may elect to have his or her annual
               Compensation reduced by

               [X]  (1)  from     1     % to      20     %
                              ----------     ------------

               [ ]  (2)
                        -------------------------------------------------------
                         (Specify)

               Such election shall be in writing and in a form and manner
               specified by the Plan Administrator.

          (b)  A participant may elect to commence, or to modify the amount of,
               Elective Deferrals as of:

               [ ]  (1)  the first day of each Plan Year.

               [X]  (2)  the first day of each Plan Year and the date 6
                         months after the first day of each Plan Year.

               [ ]  (3)  the first day of each Plan Year quarter.

               The Plan Administrator may permit an additional election in the
               event an Actual Deferral Percentage Test, performed during the
               Plan Year, permits or requires an adjustment in the deferral
               percentages.

A-4.02    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a)  The Employer [select (1) or (2)]

               [X] (1) shall

               [ ] (2) shall not

               make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of all
               Participants who elect to have Elective Deferrals made under the
               Plan and who are credited with at least [select (3), (4) or (5)]

               [X]  (3)  1,000 Hours of Service


                                          11

<PAGE>

               [ ]  (4)  500 Hours of Service

               [ ]  (5)  one Hour of Service

               during the Plan Year and [select (6) or (7)]

               [ ]  (6)  regardless of employment on the last day of the Plan
                         Year.

               [X]  (7)  who is employed with the Employer on the last day of
                         the Plan Year.

               The preceding notwithstanding, for Plan Years beginning after
               December 31, 1989, if the Plan would otherwise fail to satisfy
               the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(26) or 410(b) because the
               Employer contributions have not been allocated to a sufficient
               number or percentage of Participants for a Plan Year, then the
               following rules shall apply:

                    (1)  The group of Participants eligible to share in the
                         Employer's contribution shall be expanded to include
                         all Participants who are employed on the last day of
                         the Plan Year and who are credited with at least 500
                         Hours of Service.

                    (2)  If after the application of paragraph (1) above, the
                         applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group
                         of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's
                         contribution shall be further expanded to include all
                         Participants who are credited with at least 500 Hours
                         of Service regardless of employment on the last day of
                         the Plan year.

               Note:     Employer includes all employers which are required to
                         be aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections
                         414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

          (b)  The employer shall contribute and allocate to each Participant's
               Matching Contribution Account:

               [ ]  (1)  an amount equal to ___________ percent of the
                         Participant's Elective Deferrals.

               [X]  (2)  a discretionary matching contribution equal to a
                         percentage (to be determined each year by the Employer)
                         of each Participant's Elective Deferrals.

          (c)  The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals in excess of
                    6.0    percent of a Participant's
               -----------

               [ ]  (1)  compensation per pay period.
               [X]  (2)  annual compensation.

          (d)  The Matching Contribution allocated to any Participant's account
               for the Plan Year shall not exceed

               [ ]  (1)  $
                           --------------

               [X]  (2)  N/A


                                          12

<PAGE>

          (e)  Matching Contributions shall be vested in accordance with the
               following schedule:

               [ ]  (1)  100% vested at all times.

               [X]  (2)  The vesting schedule as elected in A-11.02 of the
                         Adoption Agreement.

          (f)  Matching contributions shall be made

               [ ]  (1)  only from current or accumulated profits.

               [X]  (2)  without regard to current or accumulated profits.

A-4.03    (a)  Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall be allocated to the
               accounts of Non-highly Compensated Participants who are credited
               with at least [select (1), (2) or (3)]

               [X]  (1)  1,000 Hours of Service

               [ ]  (2)  500 Hours of Service

               [ ]  (3)  one Hour of Service

               during the Plan Year and [select (4) or (5)]

               [ ]  (4)  regardless of employment on the last day of
                         the Plan Year.

               [X]  (5)  who is employed with the Employer on the last day of
                         the Plan Year.

               The preceding notwithstanding, for Plan Years beginning after
               December 31, 1989, if the Plan would otherwise fail to satisfy
               the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26) or 410(b) because
               the Employer contributions have not been allocated to a
               sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a Plan Year,
               then the following rules shall apply:

                    (1)  The group of Participants eligible to share in the
                         Employer's contribution shall be expanded to include
                         all Participants who are employed on the last day of
                         the Plan Year and who are credited with at least 500
                         Hours of Service.

                    (2)  If after the application of paragraph (1) above, the
                         applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group
                         of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's
                         contribution shall be further expanded to include all
                         Participants who are credited with at least 500 Hours
                         of Service regardless of employment on the last day of
                         the Plan year.

               Note:     Employer includes all employers required to be
                         aggregated with the Employer under Code Sections
                         414(b), (c), (m) or (o).


                                          13

<PAGE>

A-4.13   Pre-retirement distributions of a Participant's entire Account
         balance, including Elective Deferrals and Qualified Non-elective
         Contributions, upon attainment of age 59 1/2 (may not be less than 59
         1/2)

         [X]  (a)  shall

         [ ]  (b)  shall not

         be permitted provided the Participant is 100% vested, and the balance
         in the Participant's Account has accumulated for at least two (2)
         years or the Participant has completed five (5) years of participation
         in the Plan.

A-4.14   Distributions on account of financial hardship

         [X]  (a)  shall

         [ ]  (b)  shall not

         be permitted to the extent provided in Section 4.14, and subject to
         applicable regulations.

         Distributions on account of financial hardship shall be made only
         from:

         [X]  (c)  Elective Deferrals (and any earnings credited to a
                   Participant's Elective Deferral account as of the end of the
                   last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989.)  The amount
                   available for distribution shall include the amount credited
                   to the Participant's Qualified Matching Contribution and
                   Qualified Non-elective Contribution accounts as of the end
                   of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989.

         [X]  (d)  Account balances which are not subject to the withdrawal
                   restrictions of Section 4.13 provided the Participant is
                   100% vested, and the funds have accumulated for at least two
                   (2) years or the Participant has completed five (5) years of
                   participation in the Plan.

         Note:     Hardship withdrawal provisions for funds described in (d)
                   above, are protected benefits under Code Section 411(d)(6).
                   If the conditions described in Section 4.14 are more
                   restrictive than those in effect immediately prior to the
                   adoption of this Plan, the prior conditions shall continue
                   to apply to all such funds including those which have
                   accrued after the date this Plan is adopted, and the
                   Employer should attach to this Adoption Agreement a hardship
                   withdrawal policy statement fully describing the objective
                   and nondiscriminatory conditions applicable to such
                   withdrawals.


                                          14

<PAGE>

                            V. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any
Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could become a
Participant, the Employer must complete this Section.  The Employer must also
complete this Section if it maintains a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
Section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in
Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are treated as Annual
Additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

A-5.11   If the Participant is covered under another qualified Defined
         Contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
         Prototype plan:

         [ ]  (a)  The provisions of Sections 5.05 through 5.10 of Article V
                   shall apply as if the other plan were a Master or Prototype
                   plan.

         [ ]  (b)  Provide the method under which the plans shall limit total
                   Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and
                   shall properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that
                   precludes Employer discretion.

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

         [X]  (c)  N/A   The Employer maintains no other plan which provides an
                   Annual Addition as defined under Section 5.13(a).

A-5.12   If the participant is or has ever been a participant in a Defined
         Benefit plan maintained by the Employer:

         [ ]  (a)  The Annual Additions which may be credited to the
                   Participant's Account under this Plan shall not be limited
                   other than by the Maximum Permissible Amount as defined in
                   Section 5.13(k).  If the sum of the Defined Benefit Fraction
                   and the Defined Contribution Fraction would otherwise exceed
                   1.0, such sum shall be reduced to not exceed 1.0 by
                   adjusting the Participant's Projected Annual Benefit under
                   the Defined Benefit plan.

         [ ]  (b)  Provide language which shall satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
                   Section 415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude
                   Employer discretion.


                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

         [X]  (c)  N/A The Employer does not and has never maintained a Defined
                   Benefit plan.


                                          15

<PAGE>

                           VI.  INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

A-6.02   Life Insurance:  The Trustee may, at the direction of the Participant
         and subject to the requirements of Section 6.02, use a portion of each
         contribution to purchase life insurance.

         [ ]  (a)  Yes, subject to the guidelines outlined below, if any.


                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

                   ----------------------------------------------------------

         [X]  (b)  No

A-6.03   Participants may direct the Trustee as to the investment of their
         individual Account balances which are attributable to:  (check all
         which apply)

         [ ]  (a)  Elective Deferrals

         [ ]  (b)  Employer Matching Contributions

         [ ]  (c)  Rollovers

         [X]  (d)  All contributions regardless of source

         [ ]  (e)  None of the above--Participants may not direct the
                   investment of their accounts

A-6.05   Participant Loans

         [X}  (a)  shall be permitted in accordance with the Employer's written
                   loan policy.

         [ ]  (b)  shall not be permitted.

                                    VIII. BENEFITS

A-8.01   Normal Retirement Date: (select one)

         [X]  (a)  The later of the first day of the month (select one)

                   [ ]  nearest

                   [X]  on or following

                   a Participant's 65th (cannot be less than 55) birthday
                   or the first day of the month on or following the 5th
                   (1st - 7th or N/A) anniversary in which (select one)

                   [ ]  participation commenced

                   [X]  the Employee first performed an Hour of Service

                   but in no event later than the first day of the month
                   on or following a Participant's N/A birthday.


                                          16

<PAGE>

         [ ]  (b)  The later of the first day of the Plan Year nearest a
                   Participant's _________________ (cannot be less than 55)
                   birthday, or the first day of the Plan Year nearest the
                   ________________ (1st-7th or N/A) anniversary in which
                   (select one)

                   [ ]  participation commenced

                   [ ]  the Employee first performed an Hour of Service

                   but in no event later than the first day of the Plan Year
                   nearest a Participant's _____________________ birthday.

A-8.02   (a)  Early Retirement Date:   Shall mean:   (select one)

              [ ]  (1)  None--no Early Retirement Date.

              [X]  (2)  First day of any [X] month [ ] Plan Year on or
                        following a Participant's 55th (cannot be less than 55)
                        birthday or after 57 (1-7 or N/A) [X] Vesting Years of
                        Service [ ] years of participation in the Plan,
                        whichever date is later.

         (b)  Early Retirement Benefit:  Upon satisfaction of the age and
              service requirements for Early Retirement, a Participant shall:
              (select one)

              [ ]  (1)  automatically become 100% vested in the Account.

              [X]  (2)  be entitled to the vested Account based on the vesting
                        schedule designated in the Adoption Agreement.

A-8.04   Disability Retirement Benefit:

         (a)  In the event of total and permanent disability, a Participant
              shall:  (select one)

              [ ]  (1)  automatically become 100% vested in the Account.

              [ ]  (2)  be entitled to the vested Account based on the vesting
                        schedule designated in the Adoption Agreement.

         (b)  Disability shall mean a physical or mental impairment which is
              expected to result in death or blindness or which can be expected
              to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months
              resulting in:  (select one)

              [X]  (1)  an inability to engage in any substantial gainful
                        activity for which the Participant is reasonably suited
                        by reason of training, education and experience as
                        determined by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan
                        Administrator may require that the Participant be
                        examined by physician(s) selected by the Plan
                        Administrator.

              [ ]  (2)  the Participant being entitled to Social Security
                        Disability Benefits.  In the event a Participant has
                        applied for Social Security Disability Benefits, the
                        disability benefits provided by this Plan shall
                        commence upon qualifying for Social Security Disability
                        Benefits.


                                          17

<PAGE>

              [ ]  (3)  an inability to perform the normal duties for the
                        Employer as determined by the Plan Administrator.  The
                        Plan Administrator may require that the Participant be
                        examined by physician(s) selected by the Plan
                        Administrator.

A-8.09   Benefits shall be distributed:

         [ ]  (a)  only in the form of a single lump-sum payment.  (May not
                   elect if other forms were available immediately preceding
                   the adoption of this Plan.)

         [X]  (b)  in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.08.

                             XI.  TERMINATION OF SERVICE

A-11.02  The vesting schedule for benefits (derived from the Employer's
         contributions pursuant to Article III) upon termination of employment
         shall be determined according to the selection based on Vesting Years
         of Service as credited in accordance with A-1.73:  (select one)

         [ ]  (a)  100% vested at all times

         [ ]  (b)  100% vested after ______ (not to exceed 5) years of service.

         [ ]  (c)  20% vested after 2 years of service
                   40% vested after 3 years of service
                   60% vested after 4 years of service
                   80% vested after 5 years of service
                  100% vested after 6 years of service

         [ ]  (d)  20% vested after 3 years of service
                   40% vested after 4 years of service
                   60% vested after 5 years of service
                   80% vested after 6 years of service
                  100% vested after 7 years of service

         [X]  (e)  Specify:  (Must in all years be as favorable as the schedule
                   in (b) above, or as favorable as the schedule in (d) above.)

                     20  % vested after  1  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     40  % vested after  2  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     60  % vested after  3  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     80  % vested after  4  years of service
                    ----                ---
                    100  % vested after  5  years of service
                    ----                ---
                         % vested after     years of service
                    ----                ---
                         % vested after     years of service
                    ----                ---

         Note:     If this is a restated plan and the vesting schedule has been
                   amended, enter the pre-amended schedule below:

         [X]  (f)    20  % vested after  3  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     40  % vested after  4  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     60  % vested after  5  years of service
                    ----                ---
                     80  % vested after  6  years of service
                    ----                ---
                    100  % vested after  7  years of service
                    ----                ---
                         % vested after     years of service
                    ----                ---
                         % vested after     years of service
                    ----                ---

         [ ]  (g)  Vesting schedule has not been amended.


                                          18
<PAGE>
A-11.05  Distributions upon termination of Service shall be made as soon as
         administratively feasible following:

         [X]  (a)  Termination of employment.

         [ ]  (b)  The end of the Plan Year following termination of
                   employment.

         [ ]  (c)  The end of the Plan Year during which a One-Year Break in
                   Service occurs.

         [ ]  (d)  Early or Normal Retirement Date, Death, or Disability.

         Note:     May not be more restrictive than the provision in effect
                   immediately preceding the adoption of this Plan.

A-11.09  Benefits which are no longer immediately distributable

         [ ]  (a)  shall not be distributed without the consent of the
                   Participant and/or Beneficiary prior to the time required by
                   Article X.

         [X]  (b)  shall, subject to the requirements of Article IX, be
                   distributed as soon as administratively feasible following
                   the date on which they cease to be immediately
                   distributable.

         Note:     An Account balance is immediately distributable if any 
                   part of the Account balance could be distributed to the 
                   Participant (or Surviving Spouse) before the Participant
                   attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later
                   of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.


                                    XV.  TOP-HEAVY

Before completing this Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer should
carefully read Article XV of the Basic Plan Document paying particular attention
to Sections 15.03 thru 15.05.

A-15.02  Minimum Top-heavy Allocations: The purpose of this Section A-15.02 is
         to coordinate Top-Heavy minimum contributions or benefits when two or
         more plans of the Employer are involved.  If the Employer maintains
         only this plan, and has never maintained a Defined Benefit plan, the
         Employer is required to complete only Section (d).  If the Employer
         maintains (or has maintained) a Defined Benefit plan, this Section
         should be completed only with the advice of that plan's actuary.  If
         the Employer maintains two Defined Contribution plans, and has never
         maintained a Defined Benefit plan, the Employer is required to
         complete only Sections (c) or (d).

         (a)  If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit plan, this Section or
                              --------- - ------- ------- ----
              Section (d) below must be completed.

              If a non-key Employee participates in both a Defined Benefit plan
              and a Defined Contribution plan which are part of a Required
              Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
              Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60% (but does not exceed 90%), Top-Heavy
              minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:


                                          19

<PAGE>

              [ ]  (1)  In the Defined Contribution Plan, with a minimum
                        allocation of:

                        [ ]  (i)  5%   of total compensation (Defined Benefit
                                       and Defined Contribution Fractions
                                       computed using 100% of the dollar
                                       limitation)

                        [ ]  (ii) 7.5% of total compensation (Defined Benefit
                                       and Defined Contribution Fractions
                                       computed using 125% of the dollar
                                       limitation)

              [ ]  (2)  In the Defined Benefit Plan, with a minimum annual
                        accrual of:

                        [ ]  (i)  2%   of the highest 5 consecutive year
                                       average compensation (Defined Benefit
                                       and Defined Contribution fractions
                                       computed using 100% of the dollar
                                       limitation)

                        [ ]  (ii) 3%   of the highest 5 consecutive year
                                       average compensation (Defined Benefit
                                       and Defined Contribution Fractions
                                       computed using 125% of the dollar
                                       limitation)

              If the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90%, the minimum benefit shall be
              provided in:

              [ ]  (3)  the Defined Contribution plan with a minimum allocation
                        of 5% of total compensation.

              [ ]  (4)  the Defined Benefit plan with a minimum accrual of 2%
                        of the highest 5 consecutive year average compensation

              Note:     When the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90%, the Defined
                        Benefit and Defined Contribution Fractions shall be
                        computed using 100% of the dollar limitation.

         (b)  If the Employer maintains (or has maintained) a Defined Benefit
                              ---------  -- --- ----------  - ------- -------
              plan, this Section or Section (d) below must be completed.

              If the Employer maintains both a Defined Benefit plan and a
              Defined Contribution plan which are part of a Required
              Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
              Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 60% (but does not exceed 90%), a non-key
              Employee who participates only in the Defined Contribution plan
              shall receive a minimum allocation of:

              [ ]  (1)  3%   of total compensation (Defined Benefit and Defined
                             Contribution Fractions computed using 100% of the
                             dollar limitation)

              [ ]  (2)  4%   of total compensation (Defined Benefit and Defined
                             Contribution Fractions computed using 125% of the
                             dollar limitation)

              If the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90% each non-key Employee who
              participates only in the Defined Contribution plan shall receive


                                          20

<PAGE>

              a minimum allocation of 3% of total compensation.

         (c)  If the Employer maintains two Defined Contribution plans, this
                              --------- --- ------- ------------
              Section or Section (d) below must be completed.

              If a non-key Employee participates in two Defined Contribution
              plans maintained by the Employer, the Defined Contribution
              minimum allocation requirement shall be met

              [ ]  (1)  in this plan.

              [ ]  (2)  in the other plan.
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                      (Name of Plan)

         (d)  Complete this Section only if (a), (b) and/or (c) have not been
              -------- ---- ------- ---- -- ---  --- ------ --- ---- --- ----
              completed.
              ---------

              [ ]  (1)  Specify how the plans shall provide Top-Heavy minimum
                        benefits for non-key Employees precluding Employer
                        discretion and avoiding inadvertent omissions.

                        ------------------------------------------------------

                        ------------------------------------------------------

                        ------------------------------------------------------

              [X]  (2)  The Employer maintains only this Plan and has never
                        maintained a Defined Benefit Plan.

A-15.06  TOP HEAVY VESTING...If this Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, the
         following vesting schedule for such Plan Year and each succeeding Plan
         Year, whether or not Top-Heavy, shall be effective and shall be
         treated as a Plan amendment pursuant to this Agreement.

         [ ]  (a)  100% vested after        (not to exceed 3) years of service.
                                     -------

         [ ]  (b)   20% vested after 2 years of service
                    40% vested after 3 years of service
                    60% vested after 4 years of service
                    80% vested after 5 years of service
                   100% vested after 6 years of service

         [ ]  (c)  Specify:  (Must in all years be as favorable as the schedule
                   in (a) above, or as favorable as the schedule in (b) above.)

                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----
                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----
                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----
                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----
                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----
                         % vested after      years of service
                   ------               -----

         [X]  (d)  N/A, Vesting schedule in A-11.02 is equal to or more
                   favorable than (a) or (b) above.

         However, this Section does not apply to the Account balances of any
         Participant who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has
         initially become Top-Heavy.  Such Participant's Account balance
         attributable to Employer contributions and forfeitures shall be
         determined without regard to this section.


                                          21

<PAGE>

The adopting Employer may not rely on an Opinion Letter issued by the National
Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified
under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.  In order to obtain reliance
with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the appropriate
key district office for a Determination Letter.

This adoption agreement may not be used only in conjunction with basic plan
document #01.

Provided the adoption of this Plan is properly registered with the Prototype 
Sponsor, the Prototype Sponsor shall inform the adopting Employer of any 
amendments made to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the 
Plan. The adoption of the Plan is not properly registered unless the attached 
registration form along with the applicable registration fee is returned to:

                   Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
                   1300 South Clinton Street
                   P.O. Box #2248
                   Ft. Wayne, IN  46801-2248

Inquiries by adopting Employers regarding the adoption of this Plan, the
intended meaning of any Plan provisions, or the effect of the Opinion Letter may
be directed to the Prototype Sponsor at the above address or phone
(219) 455-4940.


                                          22

<PAGE>

Use of this Plan Document without proper registration and payment of the
applicable registration fee constitutes an unauthorized use.

The Employer represents that it has consulted with its attorney with respect to
its adoption of this Plan, and agrees to the provisions of the Plan and Trust.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Employer has caused this Agreement to be signed by its
duly authorized Officer and the Trustee(s) have accepted the appointment and
signed this Agreement.

                                       De Crane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. oka
                                       ---------------------------------
                                          (Legal Name of Employer) DAH, Inc.

                                       BY:

                                       /s/ Robert A. Rankin
                                       ---------------------------------
                                          (Signature of Officer)

              3-29-96                  Robert A. Rankin, CFO
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
              (Date)                        (Typed or Printed Name
                                             and Title of Officer)

                                       Accepted By:


- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
              (Date)                    (Signature of Trustee) Robert A. Rankin


- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
              (Date)                     (Signature of Trustee)


- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
              (Date)                     (Signature of Trustee)


Participating Employer               Authorized Signature           Date
- ----------------------               --------------------           ----

Tri-Star Electronics, Int'l, Inc.    /s/ Robert A. Rankin          3/29/96
- -------------------------------    ------------------------    ---------------

Cory Components                      /s/ Robert A. Rankin          3/29/96
- -------------------------------    ------------------------    ---------------

Hollingsead, Int'l.                  /s/ Robert A. Rankin          3/29/96
- -------------------------------    ------------------------    ---------------


- -------------------------------    ------------------------    ---------------


Failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in
disqualification of the Plan.


                                          23
<PAGE>

                                  REGISTRATION
                                       OF
                   THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                NON-STANDARDIZED
              401(k) SALARY REDUCTION PLAN AND TRUST PROTOTYPE PLAN
                         PLAN #007  IRS SERIAL #D359971a


Adopting Employer:    De Crane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. oka DAH, Inc.
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
Address:              2201 Rosecrans Avenue
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                      El Sequndo, CA  90245
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                    ------------------------------------------------------------

Telephone:          (310) 536-0444  FAX (310) 536-9322
                    ---------------------

List all investment contract and plan numbers assigned by Lincoln, if any:

     GSA #52212     PL-45374
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Adopting Employer agrees to provide Lincoln with any changes to its current
mailing address and to give Lincoln written notification of any plan amendment
(as outlined in Section 12.02 of the Defined Contribution Prototype Plan Basic
Plan #01), restatement or termination.

In consideration of the above, and of the registration fee of $150, Lincoln
agrees to:

     *provide the Adopting Employer with a copy of the current Defined
      Contribution Prototype Plan Basic Plan #01 and Adoption Agreement; and

     *advise the Adopting Employer of any amendments made to the Prototype
      Plan; and

     *inform the Adopting Employer of any changes in the Prototype Plan's
      qualified status; and

     *inform the Adopting Employer of any discontinuance or abandonment of
      the Prototype Plan.

This registration does not effect the rights and obligations of Lincoln or the
Adopting Employer under any other arrangement, including (but not limited to)
Lincoln's right to charge an additional fee for providing an updated Prototype
Plan and/or Adoption Agreement.

Continued reliance by the Adopting Employer upon the Prototype Plan's favorable
Opinion Letter from the IRS is dependant upon the Adopting Employer adopting the
current version of the Prototype Plan.

Please sign and return this registration form, together with the registration
fee, to:
               Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
               1300 South Clinton Street
               P.O. Box 2248
               Fort Wayne, IN  46801-2248
               Attention:  Kathy Spillson

/s/ Robert A. Rankin                              CFO                 3/29/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature of Adopting Employer)                  (Title)             (Date)
Robert A. Rankin                                  CFO


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   LOAN POLICY


Plan #  PS-45374    Plan Name  DAH Retirement Plan
       ------------           --------------------------------------------------

1)   Name of fiduciary responsible for the loan program
                                                        ------------------------
     (Specific person or position responsible for overseeing program)

2)   Loan application procedures:

     (*)  Participation must fill out appropriate loan application (Lincoln
          National form #223598) including required spousal consent.
     (*)  Participant must sign promissory note (SAMPLE attached).
     (*)  Trustee or fiduciary must sign application, assign reasonable rate and
          keep promissory note on file.
     (*)  Application must be submitted to Lincoln National for processing.
          Loans will be funded first from the source of money containing the
          largest dollar balance in the participant's account.

3)   Basis for approval or denial of loans:

     (*)  Loans will be approved if all policy specifications are met and
          requested loan amount is available.
     (*)  Loans will be denied if any policy specifications are not met. It 
          is the Trustee's responsibility to notify the participant if a loan
          is denied.

4)   Limitations on types and amounts of loans:

     a.   Loans will be granted for the following reasons:
                    Financial Hardship
               -----
                    Purchase of a Primary Residence
               -----
                    Other (please specify):
               -----                       -------------------------------------
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

     b.   Loan amounts will be limited as follows:
               (*)  1,000 minimum loan amount.
               50%  Maximum loan amount is 50% of vested account balance unless
               ---  otherwise specified below.  Please note:  if over 50%, it is
                    the responsibility of the fiduciary named in #1 above to
                    obtain collateral, process foreclosures (as necessary), and
                    make the participant aware of possible immediate taxation
                    penalties.
                               -------------------------------------------------
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

     c.   Other loan provisions:
               (*)  Participant may have one loan outstanding at any time.
                    Exception: a second loan may be granted provided one of the
                    loans is a home mortgage.
               (*)  A period of one month from the date the original loan is
                    repaid in full is required before applying for a subsequent
                    loan.
               (*)  Loans may not be renegotiated (e.g. loan amount, interest
                    rate or repayment period).
               (*)  Length of loan may not exceed 5 years (except for purchase
                    of primary residence).


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

               (*)  Loans for active participants must be repaid through payroll
                    deduction at least monthly.
               (*)  Loans for participants on leave of absence must be repaid by
                    personal check at least monthly.
               (*)  Loans for terminated participants or beneficiaries with
                    deferred vested balances must be paid by personal check at
                    least monthly.
                    Other (i.e. administrative fees, higher rates, credit
               ---  reports, etc.):
                                   ---------------------------------------------

5)   Procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest:

     (*)  Rate must be commensurate with interest rates currently charges at
          commercial institutions for similar loans at that time.
     ---  Rate of interest charged will take into effect "appropriate regional
          factors" and reflect rates of local or regional commercial
          institutions (i.e. banks, credit unions, savings & loan associations,
          etc.).
     ---  Other (list any specific formulas for determining reasonable rate):
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

6)   Types of collateral acceptable for a loan:

     (*)  Up to 50% of the participant's vested account balance.
          Other (please specify type of collateral acceptable and required
     ---  
          paperwork, i.e. home mortgages, certificates of deposit, etc.).
          Fiduciaries are responsible for obtaining and holding all collateral
          other than vested account balances.
                                             -----------------------------------
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

7)   Events constituting default of a loan and procedures which will be taken to
     preserve plan assets in the event of default:

     (*)  For loans collateralized by vested account balances:  if three (3)
          months transpire and a loan payment remains due and unpaid, the loan
          is in default and a taxable event occurs.  The outstanding loan
          balance will be reported as income on Form 1099R to the participant
          and the IRS.  No interest will be accrued following the default.  The
          defaulted loan remains an obligation of the participant and still
          needs to be repaid.
     (*)  If a participant has a defaulted loan, another loan will not be
          granted.
          For loans collateralized by other means of collateral:  if three (3)
     ---
          months transpire and a loan payment remains due and unpaid, the loan
          is in default and the trustee will (please specify steps to be taken):
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Other (please specify):
     ---                         -----------------------------------------------
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>

Please note, if you are using the Defined Contribution Prototype Plan Document
sponsored by the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, a 5% or more owner-
employee of an S corporation, a sole proprietor, a more than 10% owner of a
partnership, and a 10% or more stockholder owner in a corporation, unless the
stockholder is also a plan participant, (and their spouses and certain other
relatives) are ineligible to receive loans from this qualified plan.

The above policy is designed to meet DOL requirements as specified under Section
2550.408b-1, as modified by DOL Advisory Opinion 89-30A, regarding written loan
policies.  Any changes in this policy must be submitted in writing prior to
being considered for the approval of a loan.


Effective Date:                         (first day of the current Plan Year 
               -------------------------
                                         unless otherwise specified)


Date    3/29/96     Trustee(s) signature(s)   /s/ Robert A. Rankin
     --------------                          -----------------------------------
                                             -----------------------------------


                                     Page 7

<PAGE>
                               AGREEMENT #1 AMENDING

                               DAH Retirement Plan
                      401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust


THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 25th day of September, 1996, by and
                                           ----        ----------
between DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. oka DAH, Inc. organized under the laws
of California with principal offices at El Segundo, California (hereinafter
called the "Employer" or the "Company") and Robert A. Rankin (hereinafter
referred to as the Trustee);

                               W I T N E S S E T H:
                               - - - - - - - - - -

That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on the 25th
day of September, 1996, certain amendments to the 401(k) Salary Reduction 
Prototype Plan were authorized and directed;

Now, therefore, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto that the
aforementioned 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and Trust Agreement be and it is
hereby amended effective September 19, 1996 as follows:

     Section A-1.64 shall be amended to read as follows:

          "Years of Service with a predecessor employer:  Years of Service with
          any Company acquired by DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. through
          acquisition, for whom this Employer does not maintain a predecessor
          plan shall be considered under the Plan for purposes of vesting and 
          eligibility."

     Section A-2.01(e) shall be amended to read as follows:

          "Entry Date:  Shall mean: The first day of the Plan Year and the dates
          which are 3, 6 and 9 months after the Plan Year."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the employer has caused this agreement to be signed by its
duly authorized officer and the Trustees have also signed this amendment.

                              DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. oka DAH, Inc.
                              ---------------------------------------------
                                             Name of Employer


                                   BY:  /s/ Robert Rankin
                                   --------------------------------------
                                        Signature of Officer


9-25-96
- --------                           --------------------------------------
Date                                   Typed or Printed Name and
                                       Title of Officer


                                   Accepted By:


9-25-96                                 /s/ Robert Rankin
- -------                            ----------------------------------------
Date                                   Signature of Trustee


Participating Employer          Authorized Signature           Date
- -----------------------         ---------------------          -----

Tri-Star Electronics
- --------------------
International, Inc.              /s/ Robert Rankin             9-25-96
- --------------------             ---------------------         -------

Cory Components                  /s/ Robert Rankin             9-25-96
- --------------------             ---------------------         --------
 
Hollingsead International        /s/ Robert Rankin             9-25-96
- --------------------------       -----------------------       -------- 

<PAGE>

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


     SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") dated as of December 8, 1998, 
by and among DeCrane Holdings Co., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY") and 
[          ] (the "INVESTOR").

     WHEREAS, the Investor desires to subscribe for, and the Company desires 
to issue to the Investor, the number of shares of common stock, par value 
$0.01 per share (the "COMMON STOCK"), and the number of shares of preferred 
stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "PREFFERED STOCK"), of the Company set 
forth on Exhibit A hereto (such shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock to 
be subscribed for by the Investor and issued to the Investor by the Company, 
the "SHARES").

     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     ISSUANCE OF SHARES; CONSIDERATION


     Section 1.01. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Upon the terms set forth in this 
Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to issue to the Investor, and the 
Investor hereby subscribes for, the Shares.

     Section 1.02. SUBSCRIPTION. In consideration for the issuance by the 
Company of the Shares, the Investor shall:

             (a) pay to the Company, by wire transfer of immediately 
     available funds to an account specified by the Company, an amount equal 
     to 50% of the aggregate subscription price set forth on Exhibit A 
     hereto; and

             (b) execute and deliver to the Company a Promissory Note and 
     Pledge Agreement (the "PROMISSORY NOTE AND PLEDGE") in the form of 
     Exhibit C hereto in a principal amount equal to 50% of the aggregate 
     subscription price set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

     Section 1.03. INVESTORS' AGREEMENT. As a condition to the issuance of 
the Shares, the Investor shall execute and deliver to the Company an 
agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto, pursuant to which the Investor 
agrees to be bound by the terms of the Amended and Restated Investors' 
Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1998, by and among the Company and the 
stockholders of the Company named therein (the "DLJ ENTITIES").

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                       REPRESENTATIONS OF THE COMPANY


     Section 2.01. CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND POWER. The Company is a 
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under 
the laws of the State of Delaware. The company has all corporate power to own 
its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.

     Section 2.02. AUTHORITY AND APPROVAL. The execution and delivery of this 
Agreement are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly 
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This 
Agreement constitutes a legal, valued and binding agreement of the Company, 
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that 
its enforceability may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, 
reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of 
creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles.

     Section 2.03. SHARES. When issued to the Investor in accordance with the 
terms hereof, the Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid 
and non-assessable.

     Section 2.04. CAPITALIZATION. As of November 9, 1998, the authorized 
capital stock of the Company consisted of (i) 3,500,00 shares of Common Stock, 
of which 2,826,087 shares were issued and outstanding as of such date, and 
(ii) 2,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 340,000 shares were issued 
and outstanding as of such date. Except for (i) the Preferred Stock, and (ii) 
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 155,000 shares of Common Stock issued to 
the DLJ Entities on October 2, 1998 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 
155,000 shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Company's 12% 
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 on October 5, 1998, as of November 9, 1998 
there were no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for the 
capital stock of the Company and no outstanding options, rights or warrants 
to purchase or subscribe for any shares of the capital stock of the Company.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III
                        REPRESENTATIONS OF THE INVESTOR


     Section 3.01. AUTHORIZATION. The Investor has full power and authority 
to enter into this Agreement and the Promissory Note and Pledge and to 
perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder.

     Section 3.02. ENFORCEABILITY. Each of this Agreement and the Promissory 
Note and Pledge has been duly executed and delivered by the Investor and 
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Investor, 
enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms, except to the 
extent that its  enforceability may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, 
insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights 
generally and by general equitable principles.

     Section 3.03. PRIVATE PLACEMENT. (a) The Investor understands that the 
offering and sale of the Shares to the Investor as contemplated hereby is 
intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended (the "1933 ACT") pursuant to Regulation D and Section 4(2) thereunder.

             (b) The Shares to be acquired by the Investor pursuant to this 
     Agreement are being acquired for his own account for investment and 
     without a view to the public distribution of the shares or any interest 
     therein. The Investor understands that the Shares may not be transferred 
     or sold unless registered under the 1933 Act or an exemption from such 
     registration becomes available.

             (c) The Investor has sufficient knowledge and experience in 
     financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the 
     merits and risks of his investment in the Shares and the Investor is 
     capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment, including a 
     complete loss of his investment in the Shares.

             (d) The Investor has been given the opportunity to ask questions 
     of and receive answers from the Company concerning the Company, the 
     Shares and other related matters. The Investor further represents and 
     warrants to the Company that he has been furnished with all information 
     he deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks of the 
     acquisition of the Shares and that the Company has made available to the 
     Investor or his agents all documents and information relating to an 
     investment in the Shares requested by or on behalf of the Investor. In 
     evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Shares, the Investor 
     has not relied upon any other representations or other information 
     (other than

                                       3

<PAGE>

     as contemplated by the preceding sentences) whether oral or written made 
     by or on behalf of the Company.

             (e) The Investor is an "Accredited Investor" as such term is 
     defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 4.01. NOTICES. All notices, requests and other communications to 
any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission to 
the recipient's then current facsimile number) and shall be given,

     if to the Investor, to:

             [             ]
             c/o Global Technology Partners, LLC
             1300 I Street, N.W.
             Suite 220 East
             Washington, D.C. 20005
             Fax: (202) 289-3222
 
     if to the Company, to:

             DeCrane Holdings Co.
             2361 Rosecrans Avenue
             Suite 180
             El Segundo, Ca 90245
             Attn: R. Jack DeCrane 
             Fax: (310) 643-0746

     Section 4.02. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. Any provision of this Agreement 
may be amended modified, supplemented or waived if, but only if, such 
amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, 
by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party 
against whom the waiver is to be effective.

     Section 4.03. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement 
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and 
their respective successors and assigns; PROVIDED that no party may assign, 
delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this 
Agreement without the consent of each other party hereto.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     Section 4.05. COUNTERPARTS; THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement 
may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were 
upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each 
party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other 
party hereto. No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer upon any 
person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

     Section 4.06. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire 
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this 
AGreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and 
written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this 
Agreement.

     Section 4.04. CAPTIONS. The captions herein are included for convenience 
of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation 
hereof.
     
     Section 4.08. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with laws of the State of New York.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Investor has executed this Agreement and the 
Company has caused its corporate name to be hereunto subscribed by its 
officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above 
written.
    

                                       DECRANE HOLDINGS. CO.


                                       By: 
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       INVESTOR
 
                       
                                       By: 
                                          -------------------------------
                                          Name:



                                       5





<PAGE>

                                DECRANE FINANCE CO.
                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT

       This CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of August 28, 1998, and entered into by
and among DECRANE FINANCE CO., a Delaware corporation ("FINANCE CO."), THE
LENDERS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF (each individually referred to
herein as a "LENDER" and collectively as "LENDERS"), DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC.
("DLJ"), as syndication agent hereunder for Lenders (in such capacity,
"SYNDICATION AGENT"), and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as administrative
agent for Lenders (in such capacity, "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"). 
                                          
                                  R E C I T A L S

       WHEREAS, DLJMB has formed Parent, Finance Co. and Acquisition Co. for the
purpose of tendering in the Tender Offer for the purchase of all the outstanding
DAH Common Stock and to acquire any DAH Common Stock not so purchased in the
Tender Offer in the Merger (capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings set forth therefor in subsection 1.1 of this Agreement);

       WHEREAS, as soon after the consummation of the Tender Offer as practical,
Acquisition Co. and DAH will consummate the Merger and as soon thereafter as
practical Finance Co. and DAH will consummate the Second Merger, all with the
effect that DLJMB and management of DAH and its Subsidiaries will indirectly own
all of the outstanding capital stock of DAH;

       WHEREAS, Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to
Company to be used for the purposes of providing funds for (x) the Acquisition
Financing Requirements, (y) working capital and/or other general purposes of
Company and its Subsidiaries and (z) financing Permitted Acquisitions;

       WHEREAS, Parent and Acquisition Co. have agreed to guarantee the
Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and Parent has agreed
to secure its guaranty by granting to Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders,
a first priority Lien on all of the capital stock of Company;

       WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger and the Second Merger, Company
will secure all of the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents
by granting to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a first priority Lien
on substantially all of its personal property and its real property, including a
pledge of all of the capital stock of its Domestic Subsidiaries and a pledge of
65% of the capital stock of its Foreign Subsidiaries that are owned by Company
or a Domestic Subsidiary;

       WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger and the Second Merger, each of
Company's Domestic Subsidiaries will guarantee the Obligations hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents and secure its guaranty by granting to
Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders, a first priority Lien on
substantially all of its personal property and real property, 

                                      1

<PAGE>

including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of its Domestic 
Subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of each of its direct Foreign 
Subsidiaries;

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, Company, Lenders, Syndication Agent
and Administrative Agent agree as follows:

SECTION 1.    DEFINITIONS

1.1    DEFINED TERMS.

The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

       "ACQUIRED CONTROLLED PERSON" means any Person (i) in which Company or 
any of its Subsidiaries has made an Investment permitted under subsection 
7.3(viii) and (ii) as to which Company or such Subsidiary exercises control.  
For purposes hereof, "control" means the power to appoint a majority of the 
board of directors (or other equivalent governing body) of such Person or to 
otherwise direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such 
Person, whether by contractual arrangement or otherwise.

       "ACQUISITION CO." means DeCrane Acquisition Co., a Delaware corporation. 

       "ACQUISITION CO. GUARANTY" means the Acquisition Co. Guaranty executed 
and delivered by Acquisition Co. on the Closing Date, substantially in the 
form of EXHIBIT XVII hereto, as such Acquisition Co. Guaranty may be amended, 
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "ACQUISITION FINANCING REQUIREMENTS" means the aggregate of all amounts
necessary (i) to finance the purchase price of the DAH Common Stock in the
Tender Offer and the Merger, (ii) to repay in full the Existing DAH Debt and
(iii) to pay Transaction Costs.

       "ACQUISITION LENDER" means a Lender having an Acquisition Loan
Commitment.

       "ACQUISITION LOANS" means the Loans made by Acquisition Lenders to
Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(v).

       "ACQUISITION LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of an Acquisition 
Lender to make Acquisition Loans to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(v), 
and "ACQUISITION LOAN COMMITMENTS" means such commitments of all Lenders in 
the aggregate. 

       "ACQUISITION LOAN COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means September 30, 2004.

       "ACQUISITION LOAN EXPOSURE" means, with respect to any Acquisition Lender
as of any date of determination (i) prior to the termination of the Acquisition
Loan Commitments, that Acquisition Lender's Acquisition Loan Commitment and
(ii) after the termination of the Acquisition Loan Commitments, the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Acquisition Loans of that Acquisition
Lender.

                                     2

<PAGE>

       "ACQUISITION NOTES" means (i) the promissory notes of Company issued 
pursuant to subsection 2.1D(v) on the Closing Date and (ii) any promissory 
notes issued by Company pursuant to the last sentence of subsection 10.1B(i) 
in connection with assignments of the Acquisition Loan Commitments and 
Acquisition Loans of any Acquisition Lenders, in each case substantially in 
the form of EXHIBIT VIII annexed hereto, as they may be amended, supplemented 
or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan for the relevant Interest Period, the sum of (i) the quotient of (a) the 
Eurodollar Base Rate applicable to such Interest Period, divided by (b) one 
minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such 
Interest Period.  The Eurodollar Rate shall be rounded to the next higher 
multiple of 1/100 of 1% if the rate is not such a multiple.

       "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" has the meaning assigned to that term in the 
introduction to this Agreement and also means and includes any successor 
Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to subsection 9.3A.

       "AFFECTED LENDER" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection 
2.6C.

       "AFFILIATE", as applied to any Person, means any other Person directly 
or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that 
Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with 
correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under 
common control with"), as applied to any Person, means the possession, 
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the 
management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of 
voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

       "AFFILIATED FUND" means, with respect to any Lender that is a fund 
that invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial 
loans and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an 
Affiliate of such investment advisor.

       "AGENTS" means, collectively, the Syndication Agent and the 
Administrative Agent.

       "AGREEMENT" means this Credit Agreement dated as of August 28, 1998, 
as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "ANNUALIZED" means (i) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter of Company 
ending December 31, 1998, the applicable amount for such Fiscal Quarter 
multiplied by four, (ii) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter of Company ending 
March 31, 1999, the applicable amount for such Fiscal Quarter and the 
immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter multiplied by two, and (iii) with 
respect to the Fiscal Quarter of Company ending June 30, 1999, the applicable 
amount for such Fiscal Quarter and the immediately preceding two Fiscal 
Quarters multiplied by one and one-third.

       "ARRANGER" means Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, 
as arranger of the credit facilities described herein.

       "ASSET SALE" means the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer 
(whether voluntary or involuntary) for value (collectively, a "transfer") by 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person other than Company or any of 
its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of (i) any of the equity 

                                      3

<PAGE>

ownership of any of Company's Subsidiaries, (ii) substantially all of the 
assets of any division or line of business of Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries, or (iii) any other assets (whether tangible or intangible) of 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than (a) inventory and obsolete or 
worn out equipment sold in the ordinary course of business, (b) Cash 
Equivalents, and (c) any such other assets to the extent that the aggregate 
value of such assets transferred in any single transaction or related series 
of transactions is equal to $250,000 or less).

       "ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT" means an Assignment Agreement in substantially 
the form of EXHIBIT XII annexed hereto.

       "ASSUMED INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of a Person which (i) is in 
existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Company, or (ii) is 
assumed in connection with an Investment in or acquisition of such Person, 
and has not been incurred or created by such Person in connection with, or in 
anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary of 
Company.

       "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, relative to any Loan Party, its chief 
executive officer, president, treasurer, chief financial officer or chief 
accounting officer and any of its other officers whose signatures and 
incumbency shall have been certified to Administrative Agent and the Lenders 
pursuant to Sections 4.1A(iv) and 4.2A(iv).

       "AVTECH" means Avtech corporation, a Washington corporation, and its 
successors.

       "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled 
"Bankruptcy", as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

       "BASE RATE" means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to 
the higher of (i) the Corporate Base Rate for such day and (ii) the sum of 
the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2% per annum.

       "BASE RATE LOANS" means Loans bearing interest at rates determined by 
reference to the Base Rate as provided in subsection 2.2A.

       "BUSINESS DAY" means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate
selection of Eurodollar Base Rate, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
which banks generally are open in Chicago, New York and Los Angeles for the
conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which
dealings in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market
and (ii) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
which banks generally are open in Chicago and Los Angeles for the conduct of
substantially all of their commercial lending activities.

       "CAPITAL LEASE", as applied to any Person, means any lease of any 
property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in 
conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance 
sheet of that Person and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the 
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the 
first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without 
payment of a penalty.

                                      4

<PAGE>

       "CASH" means money, currency or a credit balance in a Deposit Account.

       "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means, as at any date of determination, (i) 
marketable securities (a) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed 
as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (b) issued by 
any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the 
full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one 
year after such date; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state 
of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such 
state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one 
year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, the 
highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") 
or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("MOODY'S"); (iii) commercial paper 
maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and having, 
at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or 
at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' 
acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted 
by any Lender or by any commercial bank (including a U.S. branch of a foreign 
bank) that is a member of the Federal Reserve and has a combined capital and 
surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000); (v) repurchase 
agreements which (a) are entered into with any entity referred to in clauses 
(iii) or (iv) above or any other financial institution whose unsecured 
long-term debt (or the unsecured long-term debt of whose holding company) is 
rated at least A- or better by S&P or A3 or better by Moody's and maturing 
not more than one year after such time; and (b) are secured by a fully 
perfected security interest in securities of a type referred to in clauses 
(i) or (ii) above and which have a market value at the time such repurchase 
agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation 
of such counterparty entity with whom such repurchase agreement has been 
entered into; (vi) short-term tax exempt securities that are rated not lower 
than MIG-1/1+ or either Moody's or S&P with provisions for liquidity or 
maturity accommodations of 183 days or less;  (vii) shares of any money 
market mutual fund that (a) has at least 95% of its assets invested 
continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (i) through 
(vi) and as to which withdrawals are permitted at least every 90 days and 
(viii) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company organized or having its 
principal place of business outside the United States, investments 
denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Subsidiary is 
organized or has its principal place of business which are similar to the 
items specified in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

       "CERTIFICATE RE NON-BANK STATUS" means a certificate substantially in 
the form of EXHIBIT XIII annexed hereto delivered by a Lender to 
Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iv).

       "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means (i) the failure of Parent at any time to 
own, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens and encumbrances 
(other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and Liens described in 
clauses (i) and (iv) of the definition of "Permitted Encumbrances"), all 
right, title and interest in 100% of the capital stock of the Company; (ii) 
the failure of the DLJMB and the Affiliates of any entity included in the 
definition of "DLJMB" to own at least 51% (on a fully diluted basis) of the 
economic and voting interest in the voting stock of Parent; (iii) the failure 
of DLJMB and the Affiliates of any entity included in the definition of 
"DLJMB" at any time to have the right to designate or nominate at least 51% 
of the Board of Directors of Parent; or (iv) the occurrence of a "Change of 
Control" as defined under any 

                                      5

<PAGE>

agreement governing any Subordinated Indebtedness issued by Company or the 
PIK Preferred Stock or PIK Notes issued by Parent.

       "CLOSING DATE" means the date on or before October 31, 1998 on which 
the Tranche B Term Loans are made.

       "CO" means the United States Copyright Office or any successor or 
substitute office in which filings are necessary or, in the opinion of 
Administrative Agent, desirable in order to create or perfect Liens on any IP 
Collateral.

       "COLLATERAL" means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed
property (including capital stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted
pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

       "COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
Collateral Account Agreement.

       "COLLATERAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the Collateral Account Agreement
executed and delivered by Company and Administrative Agent on the Closing Date,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XXIII annexed hereto, as such Collateral
Account Agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.

       "COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means (i) prior to the consummation of the Merger
and the Second Merger, the Parent Pledge Agreement, the Finance Co. Pledge
Agreement, the Collateral Account Agreement and the Investment Account Agreement
and (ii) from and after the consummation of the Merger and the Second Merger,
the Parent Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the DAH Pledge Agreement,
the Subsidiary Pledge Agreements and the Mortgages, and all other instruments or
documents delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents in order to grant to Administrative Agent, on behalf of
Lenders, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as
security for the Obligations.

       "COMMITMENTS" means the commitments of Lenders to make Loans as set forth
in subsection 2.1A.

       "COMPANY" means (i) until the consummation of the Second Merger, Finance
Co. and (ii) upon and after the consummation of the Second Merger, DAH.

       "COMPANY EXCESS CASH FLOW AMOUNT" means, at any date, the portion of
Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for each Fiscal Year ending prior to such date
(commencing with the Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 1999) not required to be
applied to prepay the Loans in accordance with subsection 2.4B(iii)(d).

       "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT IX annexed hereto delivered to Agents and Lenders by Company pursuant to
subsection 6.1(iii).

       "CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any period, the sum of the
aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or
accrued as a liability and 

                                      6

<PAGE>

including that portion of Capital Leases which is capitalized on the 
consolidated balance sheet of Company and its Subsidiaries) by Company and 
its Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are 
included in "additions to property, plant or equipment" or comparable items 
reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Company and its 
Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not 
include any such expenditures (x) made from the proceeds of (i) Net 
Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as permitted under Section 7.7(ix) or (ii) 
proceeds from Assets Sales permitted pursuant to Section 7.7(xi) or (iii) 
proceeds from assets dispositions permitted by subsection 7.7(iii) , or 
dispositions of assets excluded from the definition of Asset Sales pursuant 
to clause (c) of the definition of "Asset Sale" or (y) that constitute an 
Investment made under subsection 7.3 (other than subsection 7.3(vii)).

       "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" means, as at any date of determination, the
total assets of Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which may
properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding Cash
and Cash Equivalents.

       "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, as at any date of
determination, the total liabilities of Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities in
conformity with GAAP, excluding the current portion of any Indebtedness that by
its terms or by the terms of any instrument or agreement relating thereto
matures more than one year from, or is renewable or extendable at the option of
Company or a Subsidiary from, the date of creation thereof.

       "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, for any period, subject to subsections 
1.2(b) and 1.2(c), the sum (without duplication) of the amounts for such 
period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, (ii) any amount deducted on account of 
minority interests in determining Consolidated Net Income, (iii) Consolidated 
Interest Expense, (iv) any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred in 
connection with actual or proposed financings, acquisitions or divestitures 
(including, but not limited to, financing and refinancing fees and costs 
incurred in connection with the Transaction), (v) all amounts deducted on 
account of income taxes in determining Consolidated Net Income, (vi) total 
depreciation expense, (vii) total amortization expense, (viii) the amount 
deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income representing any net loss (or 
less any net gain) realized in connection with any sale, lease, conveyance or 
other disposition of any asset (other than in the ordinary course of business 
and other than from Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Company or any of 
its Subsidiaries), (ix) the amount deducted in determining Consolidated Net 
Income representing any extraordinary or non-recurring loss, (x) foreign 
currency translation and transaction losses (or minus foreign currency 
translation and transaction gains) and (xi) any other non-cash items reducing 
Consolidated Net Income LESS (a) other items increasing Consolidated Net 
Income constituting extraordinary gains and (b) Restricted Junior Payments of 
the type referred to in clause (iii)(x) of Subsection 7.5 made during such 
period, all of the foregoing as determined on a consolidated basis for 
Company and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP.

       "CONSOLIDATED EXCESS CASH FLOW" means, for any period, an amount (if
positive) equal to (i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such
period of (a) Consolidated EBITDA and (b) the Consolidated Working Capital
Adjustment MINUS (ii) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such
period of (a) mandatory and scheduled repayments of the Loans and scheduled,
mandatory and optional repayments of other Consolidated Total Debt (excluding

                                      7

<PAGE>

repayments of Working Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans except to the 
extent the Working Capital Loan Commitments or the Acquisition Loan 
Commitments, as the case may be, are permanently reduced in connection with 
such repayments) in each case to the extent actually made during such period, 
(b) Consolidated Capital Expenditures paid in cash (without duplication, net 
of any proceeds of any related financings with respect to such expenditures), 
(c) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash, (d) the amount of taxes based 
on income of Company and its Subsidiaries paid or payable in cash during such 
period, (e) the amount paid for Permitted Acquisitions permitted and actually 
made under subsection 7.7(viii) and Investments permitted and actually made 
under subsection 7.3(xiii) but only to extent paid in cash from Company's or 
its Subsidiaries cash balances; (f) any payments with respect to Earn-Outs 
actually paid during such period, (g) gains on any sale, lease, conveyance, 
or other disposition of any asset (other than in the ordinary course of 
business), and (h) any distributions with respect to minority interests made 
during such period.

       "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, at the end of any 
Fiscal Quarter, subject to subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c), the ratio computed 
for the period consisting of such Fiscal Quarter and each of the three 
immediately preceding Fiscal Quarters of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated 
Fixed Charges; PROVIDED that with respect to Consolidated Fixed Charges for 
the Fiscal Quarters ending December 31, 1998, March 31, 1999 and June 30, 
1999, Consolidated Interest Expense and scheduled principal payments on 
Consolidated Total Debt shall be determined on an Annualized basis.

       "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" means, for any period, the sum (without 
duplication) of the amounts for such period of (i)  the cash portion of 
Consolidated Interest Expense (net of cash interest income), (ii)  taxes 
based on income actually paid or payable, (iii) scheduled principal payments 
in respect of Consolidated Total Debt, (iv) Consolidated Capital Expenditures 
actually made pursuant to clause (i) of subsection 7.8 (excluding the portion 
of such Consolidated Capital Expenditures constituting Indebtedness under a 
Capital Lease or purchase money Indebtedness and excluding the portion of 
such Consolidated Capital Expenditures made pursuant to clause (i) of 
subsection 7.8 in reliance on the $10,000,000 incremental basket provided 
therein), and (v) dividend payments made by Company to Parent to enable 
Parent to pay cash interest or dividends on the Parent P-I-K Securities 
pursuant to subsection 7.5(iv), all of the foregoing as determined on a 
consolidated basis for Company and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP.

       "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, at the end of any Fiscal 
Quarter, subject to subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c), the ratio computed for the 
period consisting of such Fiscal Quarter and each of the three immediately 
preceding Fiscal Quarters of Consolidated EBITDA to the cash portion of 
Consolidated Interest Expense other than commitment fees to the extent 
included therein (net of cash interest income); PROVIDED that for the Fiscal 
Quarters ending December 31, 1998, March 31, 1999 and June 30, 1999, 
Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined on an Annualized basis.

       "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, total interest
expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance
with GAAP and capitalized interest) of Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Company and
its Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing
and net 

                                      8

<PAGE>

costs under Interest Rate Agreements determined in accordance with GAAP, but 
excluding, to the extent included in such total interest expense, up-front 
fees and expenses and the amortization of all deferred financing costs.

       "CONSOLIDATED LEVERAGE RATIO" means, at the end of any Fiscal Quarter, 
subject to subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c), the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total 
Debt (less Cash and Cash Equivalents) as of the last day of such Fiscal 
Quarter to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the consecutive four Fiscal Quarters 
ending on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter.

       "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income (or 
loss) of Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period 
taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP.

       "CONSOLIDATED TOTAL DEBT" means, as at any date of determination, the 
aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness and Contingent 
Obligations with respect to letters of credit (other than letters of credit 
issued in connection with trade payables) of Company and its Subsidiaries, 
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

       "CONSOLIDATED WORKING CAPITAL" means, as at any date of determination, 
the excess (or deficit) of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated 
Current Liabilities.

       "CONSOLIDATED WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT" means, for any period on a 
consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which 
Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or 
is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period.

       "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION", as applied to any Person, means any direct or 
indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (i) with respect 
to any Indebtedness of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by 
the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the 
obligee of such Indebtedness of another that such Indebtedness of another 
will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be 
complied with, or that the holders of such Indebtedness will be protected (in 
whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof, (ii) with respect to any 
letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that 
Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings, or (iii) under 
Hedge Agreements. Contingent Obligations shall include (a) the direct or 
indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in 
the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or 
sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, (b) the 
obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of 
non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, and (c) any 
liability of such Person for the obligation of another through any agreement 
(contingent or otherwise) (X) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire 
such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment 
or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, 
stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (Y) to maintain the 
solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of 
another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (X) or 
(Y) of this sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described 
in the preceding sentence.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be 
equal to 

                                      9

<PAGE>

the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if 
less, the amount to which such Contingent Obligation is specifically limited.

       "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION", as applied to any Person, means any 
provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any material indenture, 
mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument 
to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is 
bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

       "CORPORATE BASE RATE" means  a rate per annum equal to the corporate 
base rate of interest announced by First Chicago from time to time, changing 
when and as said corporate base rate changes.

       "CURRENCY AGREEMENT" means any foreign exchange contract, currency 
swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other 
similar agreement or arrangement to which Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
is a party.

       "DAH" means DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

       "DAH COMMON STOCK" means the common stock, $0.01 par value, of DAH.

       "DAH PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the DAH Pledge Agreement executed and 
delivered by DAH on the Merger Date with respect to DAH's Subsidiaries on the 
Merger Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XV annexed hereto, as such 
DAH Pledge Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time.

       "DEPOSIT ACCOUNT" means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like 
account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like 
organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of 
deposit.

       "DLJ" has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to 
this Agreement. 

       "DLJMB" means DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P., certain 
affiliated funds and entities described in the Tender Offer Materials and 
shall include Global Technology Partners, L.L.C.

       "DOLLARS" and the sign "$" mean the lawful money of the United States 
of America.

       "DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of 
the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of 
Columbia.

       "EARN-OUTS" means any obligations by Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries to pay any amounts constituting the payment of deferred purchase 
price with respect to any acquisition of a business (whether through the 
purchase of assets or shares of capital stock), the amount of which payments 
is calculated on the basis of, or by reference to, bona fide financial or 
other operating performance of such business or specified portion thereof or 
any other similar arrangement.

       "ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (A) (i) a commercial bank organized under 
the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) a savings and loan 
association or savings bank organized 

                                      10

<PAGE>

under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (iii) a commercial 
bank organized under the laws of any other country or a political subdivision 
thereof; PROVIDED that (x) such bank is acting through a branch or agency 
located in the United States or (y) such bank is organized under the laws of 
a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and 
Development or a political subdivision of such country; and (iv) any other 
entity which extends credit or buys or invests in loans as one of its 
businesses including insurance companies, mutual funds and lease financing 
companies; and (B) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Affiliated 
Fund of any Lender; PROVIDED that no Affiliate of Company shall be an 
Eligible Assignee.

       "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" means any "employee benefit plan" as defined 
in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was maintained or contributed to by 
Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

       "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any investigation, notice, notice of 
violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other 
order or directive, by any governmental authority or any other Person, 
arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation 
of any Environmental Law, (ii) in connection with any Hazardous Materials or 
any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity, or (iii) in connection 
with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to natural 
resources or the environment.

       "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any and all current or future statutes,
ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations,
or any other requirements of governmental authorities relating to
(i) environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials
Activity, (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of
Hazardous Materials, or (iii) the effect of the environment on human, plant or
animal health or welfare, in any manner applicable to Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or any Facility, including the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET SEQ.), the
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 ET SEQ.), the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ.), the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 ET SEQ.), the Clean
Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15
U.S.C. Section 2601 ET SEQ.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide
Act (7 U.S.C. Section 136 ET SEQ.), the Oil Pollution Act (33 U.S.C. Section
2701 ET SEQ.) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (42
U.S.C. Section 11001 ET SEQ.), each as amended or supplemented, any analogous
present or future state or local statutes or laws, and any regulations
promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.

       "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

       "ERISA AFFILIATE" means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation
which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of
Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member;
(ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a
group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section
414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and
(iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section
414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation
described in 

                                      11

<PAGE>

clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a 
member.  Any former ERISA Affiliate of Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of Company or such 
Subsidiary within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period 
such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of Company or such Subsidiary and with 
respect to liabilities arising after such period for which Company or such 
Subsidiary could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA.

       "ERISA EVENT" means (i) a "reportable event" within the meaning of 
Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to 
any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice 
to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the 
minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with 
respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 
412(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a 
required installment under Section 412(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with 
respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution 
to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any 
Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to 
terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of 
ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of 
their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more 
contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting 
in liability pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution 
by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence 
of any event or condition which could reasonably constitute grounds under 
ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, 
any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Company, any of its 
Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 
4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) 
of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of 
their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within 
the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan 
if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Company, any 
of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice 
from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency 
pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or 
has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of 
an act or omission which could reasonably give rise to the imposition on 
Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates 
of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the 
Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or 
Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the 
assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) 
against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the 
assets thereof, or against Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their 
respective ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) 
receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any 
Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified 
under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 
401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part 
of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 
501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien 
pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code or 
pursuant to ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan. 

                                      12

<PAGE>

       "EURODOLLAR BASE RATE" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan 
for the relevant Interest Period, the rate determined by Administrative Agent 
to be the rate at which First Chicago offers to place deposits in U.S. 
dollars with first-class banks in the London interbank market at 
approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first 
day of such Interest Period, in the approximate amount of First Chicago's 
relevant Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity equal to such Interest 
Period.

       "EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS" means Loans bearing interest at rates 
determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as provided in 
subsection 2.2A.

       "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means each of the events set forth in Section 8.

       "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time, and any successor statute.

       "EXCLUDED EQUITY PROCEEDS" means any proceeds received by Parent, 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries from the issuance or sale or exercise of 
their respective equity Securities, in each case pursuant to any such sale or 
issuance or exercise constituting or resulting from (i) capital contributions 
to Company, or equity Securities issuances by Parent, Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries, including without limitation, the issuance of the PIK Preferred 
Stock and any such issuances as payment of accrued dividends on the PIK 
Preferred Stock (excluding any such contributions or issuance resulting from 
a public offering or a widely distributed private offering of common equity 
exempted from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended ("Section 5") other than any such issuances (A) the 
proceeds of which are required to be and are applied to refinance the Senior 
Subordinated Bridge Notes then outstanding, in accordance with their terms or 
(B) resulting from or in connection with any resale by DLJMB of the PIK 
Preferred Stock, or any subsequent registration thereof under Section 5), 
(ii) any subscription agreements, incentive plan or similar arrangements with 
any officer, employee or director of Parent, the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries, (iii) any loan made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
pursuant to Section 7.3(xi), (iv) the sale of any equity Securities of Parent 
to any officer, director or employee of Parent, the Company or any of their 
Subsidiaries; PROVIDED such proceeds do not exceed $5,000,000 in the 
aggregate, (v) the exercise of any options or warrants issued to any officer, 
employee or director of Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to 
any purchasers of the PIK Preferred Stock, or (vi) issuances by any 
Subsidiary of Company to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company or by 
Company to Parent or any Subsidiary of Company.

       "EXISTING DAH DEBT" means the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
April 15, 1997, as amended, among DAH, Bank of America Illinois, as Agent and
the lenders signatory thereto.

       "FACILITIES" means any and all real property (including all buildings,
fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore
owned, leased, operated or used by Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of
their respective predecessors.

       "FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" means, for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions with members of the 

                                      13

<PAGE>

Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as 
published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the 
immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 
or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the 
average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on such 
day on such transactions received by Administrative Agent from three Federal 
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Administrative Agent in its 
sole discretion. 

       "FINANCE CO." means DeCrane Finance Co., a Delaware corporation.

       "FINANCE CO. PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Finance Co. Pledge Agreement
executed and delivered by Finance Co. on the Closing Date with respect to
Acquisition Co, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XIV annexed hereto, as such
Finance Co. Pledge Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.

       "FINANCIAL PLAN" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
6.1(xi).

       "FIRST CHICAGO" means The First National Bank of Chicago in its
individual capacity, and its successors.

       "FIRST PRIORITY" means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created
in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that (i) such Lien has
priority over any other Lien on such Collateral (other than Permitted
Encumbrances and other Liens permitted pursuant to subsections 7.2A(iii), (iv),
(vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (to the extent arising in connection with Capital
Leases and purchase money Indebtedness and applying to the assets whose
acquisition or improvement was financed therewith) (x) and (ii) such Lien is the
only Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted pursuant to
subsection 7.2A) to which such Collateral is subject.

       "FISCAL QUARTER" means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

       "FISCAL YEAR" means the fiscal year of Company and its Subsidiaries
ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

       "FLOOD HAZARD PROPERTY" means a Mortgaged Property located in an area
designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or
mud slide hazards.

       "FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary.

       "FUNDING AND PAYMENT OFFICE" means (i) the office of Administrative Agent
and Swing Line Lender located at One First National Plaza, Chicago, Illinois,
60670 or (ii) such other office of Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender as
may from time to time hereafter be designated as such in a written notice
delivered by Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to Company and each
Lender.

       "FUNDING DATE" means the date of the funding of a Loan.

       "GAAP" means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set
forth in subsection 1.2, generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
opinions and 

                                      14

<PAGE>

pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute 
of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board, in each case as the same are applicable 
to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

       "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION" means any permit, license, authorization,
plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any federal, state
or local governmental authority, agency or court.

       "GUARANTIES" means the Parent Guaranty, the Acquisition Co. Guaranty and
the Subsidiary Guaranty.

       "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means (i) any chemical, material or substance at
any time defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances",
"hazardous wastes", "hazardous materials", "extremely hazardous waste", "acutely
hazardous waste", "radioactive waste", "biohazardous waste", "pollutant", "toxic
pollutant", "contaminant", "restricted hazardous waste", "infectious waste",
"toxic substances",  or any other term or expression intended to define, list or
classify substances by reason of properties harmful to health, safety or the
indoor or outdoor environment (including harmful properties such as
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive
toxicity, "TCLP toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar import under any
applicable Environmental Laws); (ii) any oil, petroleum, petroleum fraction or
petroleum derived substance; (iii) any drilling fluids, produced waters and
other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude
oil, natural gas or geothermal resources; (iv) any flammable substances or
explosives; (v) any radioactive materials; (vi) any asbestos-containing
materials; (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation; (viii) electrical equipment
which contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls;
(ix) pesticides; and (x) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to
which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority or which
may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or
any Persons at the Facilities or to the indoor or outdoor environment.

       "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ACTIVITY" means any activity, event or occurrence
involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession,
storage, holding, presence, Release, discharge, generation, transportation,
processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal,
disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or
response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

       "HEDGE AGREEMENT" means an Interest Rate Agreement or a Currency
Agreement designed to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates or currency
values, respectively.

       "IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means each Subsidiary of Company that (a) 
accounted for no more than 3% of the consolidated gross revenues of Company 
and its Subsidiaries  for the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter with 
respect to which, pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or 6.1(ii), financial statements 
have been, or are required to have been, delivered by Company on or before 
the date as of which any such determination is made, as reflected in such 
financial statements; and (b) has assets which represent no more than 3% of 
the consolidated gross assets of Company and its Subsidiaries as of the last 
day of the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter with respect to which, 
pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or 6.1(ii), financial statements have been, or are 
required to 

                                      15

<PAGE>

have been, delivered by Company on or before the date as of which any such 
determination is made, as reflected in such financial statements.

       "IMPERMISSIBLE QUALIFICATION" means, relative to the opinion or
certification of any independent public accountant as to any  financial
statement of Company, any qualification or exception to such opinion or
certification (i) which is of a "going concern" or similar nature, (ii) which
relates to the limited scope of examination of matters relevant to such
financial statement (except, in the case of matters relating to any acquired
business or assets, in respect of the period prior to the acquisition by Company
of such business or asset), or (iii) which relates to the treatment or
classification of any item in such financial statement and which, as a condition
to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which
would be to cause Company to be in default of any of its obligations under
Section 7.6.

       "INDEBTEDNESS", as applied to any Person, means (i) all indebtedness for
borrowed money, (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases
that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with
GAAP, (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit
whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money, (iv) any obligation
owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services
(excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA), which purchase price is
(a) except in the case of accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business, due more than six months from the date of incurrence of the obligation
in respect thereof or (b) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument
(including in respect of Earn-Outs, but solely to the extent included as
liabilities in accordance with GAAP), and (v) all obligations of the types
referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, secured by any Lien on any
property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the
indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is
nonrecourse to the credit of that Person.  Obligations under Interest Rate
Agreements and Currency Agreements constitute (X) in the case of Hedge
Agreements, Contingent Obligations, and (Y) in all other cases, Investments, and
in neither case constitute Indebtedness.

       "INDEMNITEE" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection 10.3.

       "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" means all patents, trademarks, tradenames,
copyrights, technology, know-how and processes used in or necessary for the
conduct of the business of Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted
that are material to the condition (financial or otherwise), business or
operations of Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

       "INTERCOMPANY NOTE RELATING TO TRANCHE A TERM LOANS AND WORKING CAPITAL
LOANS" means the Promissory Note executed by DAH in favor of Finance Co. on the
Closing Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XXVIII annexed hereto,
evidencing the borrowings made by DAH from Finance Co. from time to time (other
than borrowings evidenced by the Intercompany Note Relating to Tranche B Term
Loans), as such Intercompany Note may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.

       "INTERCOMPANY NOTE RELATING TO TRANCHE B TERM LOANS" means the Promissory
Note executed by DAH in favor of Finance Co. on the Closing Date, substantially
in the form of EXHIBIT XXIV annexed hereto, evidencing the borrowings made by
DAH from Finance Co. from 

                                      16

<PAGE>

the proceeds of Tranche B Term Loans, as such Intercompany Note Relating to 
Tranche B Term Loans may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from 
time to time.

       "INTERCOMPANY NOTES" means, collectively, the Intercompany Note Relating
to Tranche A Term Loans and Working Capital Loans and the Intercompany Note
Relating to Tranche B Term Loans.

       "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means (i) with respect to any Base Rate Loan,
each Quarterly Date, commencing on the first such Quarterly Date to occur after
the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last
day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; PROVIDED that in the case
of each Interest Period of longer than three months "Interest Payment Date"
shall also include each date that is three months, or an multiple thereof, after
the commencement of such Interest Period.

       "INTEREST PERIOD" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
2.2B.

       "INTEREST RATE AGREEMENT" means any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar
agreement or arrangement to which Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

       "INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to any Interest
Period, the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

       "INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor
statute.

       "INVESTMENT" means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other 
acquisition by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial 
interest in, any Securities of any other Person (including any Subsidiary of 
Company), (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or 
other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of Company from any Person 
other than Company or any of its Subsidiaries, of any equity Securities of 
such Subsidiary, or (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than 
advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing 
accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or 
capital contribution by Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any other 
Person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Company).  The amount of any 
Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment PLUS the cost of all 
additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in 
value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such 
Investment.

       "INVESTMENT ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the Investment Account Agreement
executed and delivered by Company and Administrative Agent on the Closing Date,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XXVII annexed hereto, as such Investment
Account Agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time.

       "INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS" means the "Investments Accounts" as defined in the
Investment Account Agreement.

                                      17

<PAGE>

       "IP COLLATERAL" means, collectively, the Intellectual Property 
Collateral under the Security Agreement.

       "ISSUING LENDER" means, First Chicago in its capacity as issuer of a 
Letter of Credit or, if First Chicago declines to issue such Letter of Credit 
in accordance with subsection 3.1B(ii), then any other Working Capital Lender 
that at the request of Company agrees to issue a Letter of Credit pursuant to 
subsection 3.1B(ii).

       "LC REFUNDING LOAN" has the meaning assigned to that term in 
subsection 2.1B.

       "LEASEHOLD PROPERTY" means any leasehold interest of any Loan Party as 
lessee under any lease of real property.

       "LENDER" and "LENDERS" means the persons identified as "Lenders" and 
listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, together with their 
successors and permitted assigns pursuant to subsection 10.1, and the term 
"Lenders" shall include Swing Line Lender unless the context otherwise 
requires.

       "LETTER OF CREDIT" or "LETTERS OF CREDIT" means Letters of Credit 
issued or to be issued by Issuing Lenders for the account of Company pursuant 
to subsection 3.1.

       "LETTER OF CREDIT USAGE" means, as at any date of determination, the 
sum of (i) the maximum aggregate amount which is available for drawing under 
all Letters of Credit then outstanding (whether or not any conditions to any 
such drawing can then be met), PLUS (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings 
under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing Lenders and not theretofore 
reimbursed by Company.

       "LIEN" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security 
interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale 
or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any 
agreement to give any security interest) and any option, trust or other 
preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing.

       "LOAN" or "LOANS" means one or more of the Tranche A Term Loans, 
Tranche B Term Loans, Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans or Acquisition 
Loans or any combination thereof.

       "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of 
Credit (and any applications for, or reimbursement agreements or other 
documents or certificates executed by Company in favor of an Issuing Lender 
relating to, the Letters of Credit), the Guaranties and the Collateral 
Documents.

       "LOAN PARTY" means each of Parent, Acquisition Co., Company and any of 
Company's Subsidiaries from time to time executing a Loan Document, and "LOAN 
PARTIES" means all such Persons, collectively.

       "MARGIN DETERMINATION CERTIFICATE" means an Officer's Certificate of
Company delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv) setting forth in reasonable
detail, and calculating in accordance with subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c), the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the 

                                       18
<PAGE>

four-Fiscal Quarter period ending as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter 
with respect to which such Officer's Certificate is delivered.

       "MARGIN STOCK" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation U 
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from 
time to time.

       "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (i) a material adverse effect upon the 
business, operations, properties, assets, financial condition or prospects of 
Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or of DAH and its Subsidiaries 
taken as a whole or (ii) the material impairment of the ability of the Loan 
Parties to perform, or of Agents or Lenders to enforce, the Obligations.

       "MATERIAL CONTRACT" means any contract or other arrangement to which 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan Documents) 
for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could 
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

       "MERGER" means the merger of Acquisition Co. with and into DAH 
pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

       "MERGER AGREEMENT" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of 
July 16, 1998 between Acquisition Co. and DAH, as in effect on the date 
hereof and as such agreement may be amended from time to time to the extent 
permitted under subsection 7.15.

       "MERGER DATE" means the date upon which the Merger and the Second 
Merger are consummated.

       "MERGER DATE FEE MORTGAGED PROPERTY" means each owned property listed 
on Schedule 6.8.

       "MERGER DATE LEASEHOLD MORTGAGED PROPERTY" means each leased property 
listed on Schedule 6.8 to the extent that DAH or the applicable Subsidiary is 
able to obtain the agreement of the applicable lessor referred to in 
subsection 6.8C.

       "MERGER DATE MORTGAGED PROPERTY" means, collectively, the Merger Date 
Fee Mortgaged Properties and the Merger Date Leasehold Mortgaged Properties.

       "MINIMUM SHARES" means, at the date of determination, a majority of 
the total number of shares of DAH Common Stock outstanding on a fully diluted 
basis but not less than a sufficient number of such shares to permit 
Acquisition Co. acting alone to cause the Merger to be approved by the 
stockholders of DAH.

       "MORTGAGE" means (i) a security instrument (whether designated as a 
deed of trust or a mortgage or by any similar title) executed and delivered 
by any Loan Party, substantially in such form as may be reasonably approved 
by Agents in their sole discretion, in each case with such changes thereto as 
may be recommended by Administrative Agent's local counsel based on local 
laws or customary local mortgage or deed of trust practices, or (ii) at the 
option of Agents, in the case of any future Mortgaged Property, an amendment 
to an existing Mortgage or a new Mortgage, in form satisfactory to Agents, 
adding such future Mortgaged Property to the Real Property Assets encumbered 
by such existing Mortgage, in either case as such security 

                                       19
<PAGE>

instrument or amendment may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified 
from time to time.  "MORTGAGES" means all such instruments, including any 
future Mortgages, collectively.

       "MORTGAGED PROPERTY" means a Merger Date Mortgaged Property (as 
defined in subsection 6.13) or a property mortgaged in the future pursuant to 
subsection 6.8.

       "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a 
"multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

       "NET ASSET SALE PROCEEDS" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, Cash 
payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, 
or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when 
so received) received from such Asset Sale, net of any bona fide direct costs 
incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, including (i) income taxes and 
all other governmental costs and expenses reasonably estimated to be actually 
payable in connection with such Asset Sale (including, in the event of any 
Asset Sale with respect to non-U.S. assets, any such taxes, costs, and 
expenses resulting from repatriating such proceeds to the U.S.), (ii) payment 
of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and 
interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien 
on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under 
the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, (iii) all reasonable and 
customary fees and expenses with respect to legal, investment banking, 
brokerage, accounting and other professional fees, sales commissions and 
disbursements, (iv) reserves for purchase price adjustments and retained 
liabilities reasonably expected to be payable by Company and its Subsidiaries 
in cash in connection therewith and (v) solely with respect to any Asset Sale 
consummated by a Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of any such Cash payments 
required to be distributed to any shareholders of such Subsidiary or any 
other Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, holds the capital stock of 
such Subsidiary (but excluding in each case Company and its Subsidiaries).

       "NET INSURANCE/CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS" means any Cash payments or 
proceeds received by Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) under any 
casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (ii) as 
a result of the taking of any assets of Company or any of its Subsidiaries by 
any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or 
otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such 
power under threat of such a taking, in each case net of any actual and 
reasonable documented costs incurred by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in 
connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of Company or such 
Subsidiary in respect thereof, but excluding (x) any such payments or 
proceeds thereunder required to be paid to a creditor (other than the holders 
of the Loans) secured by such assets that is required to be repaid under the 
terms thereof as a result of the relevant covered loss or taking, (y) any 
income taxes and all other taxes, governmental costs and expenses reasonably 
estimated to be actually payable in connection with the receipt of such Net 
Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds and (z) solely with respect to any Net 
Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by a Subsidiary, the pro rata 
portion of any such Cash payments required to be distributed to any 
shareholders of such Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary that, directly or 
indirectly, holds the capital stock of such Subsidiary (but excluding in each 
case Company and its Subsidiaries).

                                       20
<PAGE>

       "NET SECURITIES PROCEEDS " has the meaning set forth in subsection 
2.4B(iii)(c).

       "NON-CONSENTING LENDER" means any Lender that, in response to any 
request by Company or Administrative Agent to a departure from, waiver of or 
amendment to any provision of any Loan Document that requires the agreement 
of all Lenders or all Lenders holding Commitments or Loans (and , if 
applicable, participations in letters of credit) of a particular type, which 
departure , waiver or amendment received the consent of the Required Lenders 
or the holders of a majority of the Commitments or (if the applicable 
Commitments of such type shall have expired or been terminated) outstanding 
Loans of such type, and, if applicable, participations in letters of credit, 
as the case may be, shall not have given its consent to such departure, 
waiver or amendment.

       "NON-FUNDING LENDER" means a Lender that shall have failed to fund any 
Loan hereunder that it was required to have funded in accordance with the 
terms hereof, which Loan was included in any borrowings in respect of which a 
majority of the aggregate amount of all Loans included in such borrowings 
were funded by the Lenders party hereto (other than any Lender not required 
to do so as a result of the provisions of Section 2.6C or 2.6D being 
applicable to such Lender with respect to such borrowing).

       "NON-WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of Company that is 
not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

       "NOTES" means one or more of the Tranche A Term Notes, Tranche B Term 
Notes, Working Capital Notes, Swing Line Notes or Acquisition Notes or any 
combination thereof.

       "NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a notice substantially in the form of 
EXHIBIT I annexed hereto delivered by Company to Administrative Agent 
pursuant to subsection 2.1B with respect to a proposed borrowing.

       "NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" means a notice substantially in 
the form of EXHIBIT II annexed hereto delivered by Company to Administrative 
Agent pursuant to subsection 2.2D with respect to a proposed conversion or 
continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with 
respect to the Loans specified therein.

       "NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT" means a notice substantially 
in the form of EXHIBIT III annexed hereto delivered by Company to 
Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 3.1B(i) with respect to the 
proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit.

       "OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations of every nature of each Loan Party 
from time to time owed to Agents, Lenders or any of them under the Loan 
Documents, whether for principal, interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn 
under Letters of Credit, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

       "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means, as applied to any corporation, a 
certificate executed on behalf of such corporation by its chief executive 
officer, president, treasurer or its chief financial officer (or if there is 
no chief financial officer, its chief accounting officer).

                                       21
<PAGE>

       "OPERATING LEASE" means, as applied to any Person, any lease 
(including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any 
property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is not a Capital Lease in 
accordance with GAAP other than any such lease under which that Person is the 
lessor.

       "PARENT" means DeCrane Holdings Co., a Delaware corporation.

       "PARENT GUARANTY" means the Parent Guaranty executed and delivered by 
Parent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XXI annexed 
hereto, as such Parent Guaranty may be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time.

       "PARENT P-I-K SECURITIES" means the PIK Notes and the PIK Preferred 
Stock.

       "PARENT PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Pledge Agreement executed and 
delivered by Parent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 
XX annexed hereto, as such Parent Pledge Agreement may be amended, 
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor 
thereto.

       "PENSION PLAN" means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a 
Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue 
Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

       "PERMITTED ACQUISITION" means the acquisition of a business (whether 
through the purchase of assets or of shares of capital stock) by Company or 
one of its Subsidiaries (w) which is in a line of business similar or related 
to the lines of business of Company and its Subsidiaries, (x) for total 
consideration (including without limitation, cash purchase price, deferred or 
financed purchase price and the assumption of Indebtedness, including Assumed 
Indebtedness, and other liabilities) of not more than $25,000,000 for any 
single acquisition or series of related acquisitions and, which 
consideration, when aggregated with the consideration for all other Permitted 
Acquisitions, does not exceed $50,000,000; PROVIDED that such aggregate total 
consideration for Permitted Acquisitions of or by Subsidiaries that are not 
Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed an aggregate of $30,000,000 plus the 
Company Excess Cash Flow Amount; AND PROVIDED FURTHER that such aggregate 
total consideration for Permitted Acquisitions of or by Non-Wholly-Owned 
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed an aggregate 
of $10,000,000 plus the Company Excess Cash Flow Amount, (y) at a time at 
which no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall exist or shall 
occur as a result of giving effect to such proposed acquisition, and (z) 
after giving effect to such acquisition, including without limitation giving 
effect to the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness or any other costs 
and expenditures or the making of any distributions and other payments in 
connection with or otherwise relating to such Permitted Acquisition, Company 
shall be in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants set 
forth in subsection 7.6 for the immediately preceding four Fiscal Quarter 
period prior to such date of determination. 

                                       22
<PAGE>

       "PERMITTED ACQUISITION COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means an Officer's 
Certificate substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XXVI annexed hereto 
delivered to Administrative Agent by Company pursuant to subsection 7.7(vii).

       "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means the following types of Liens:

       (i)    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims 
the payment of which is not, at the time, required by subsection 6.3;

       (ii)   Liens of landlords (except as may be waived or released as more 
particularly described in subsection 6.8), Liens of banks and rights of 
set-off, statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, 
workmen, contractors and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law, in each 
case incurred in the ordinary course of business (a) for amounts not yet 
overdue or (b) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such 
amounts overdue for a period in excess of 30 days) are being contested in 
good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other 
appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been 
made for any such contested amounts;

       (iii)  Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of 
business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and 
other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, 
statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government 
contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other 
similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed 
money), so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been 
commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

       (iv)   any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event of 
Default under subsection 8.8;

       (v)    leases or subleases granted to third parties and not 
interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business 
of Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

       (vi)   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and 
other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and 
will not materially detract from the value or impair the use by the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary conduct of the business of Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries;

       (vii)  any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any 
permitted lease, (b) restriction or encumbrance to which the interest or 
title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to, or (c) subordination of 
the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restriction 
or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (b);

       (viii) Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements relating 
solely to leases not prohibited by this Agreement;

       (ix)   Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a 
matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the 
importation of goods;

                                       23
<PAGE>

       (x)    any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any 
governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real 
property;

       (xi)   Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing 
Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or 
similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of Company 
and its Subsidiaries;

       (xii)  licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property 
rights granted by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course 
of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary 
conduct of the business of Company or such Subsidiary; and

       (xiii) the general and special exceptions approved by Agents, which 
exceptions appear on the mortgagee title insurance policies with respect to 
the owned and leased properties to be encumbered by a Mortgage, pursuant to 
subsections 6.8B, 6.8C and 6.13.

       "PERSON" means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited 
partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited 
liability partnerships, joint stock companies, associations, companies, 
trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other 
organizations, whether or not legal entities, and governments (whether 
federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, and including political 
subdivisions thereof) and agencies or other administrative or regulatory 
bodies thereof.

       "PIK NOTES" means Senior Pay-in-Kind Notes, if any, issued by Parent, 
in exchange for PIK Preferred Stock which notes shall (i) provide for the 
payment of interest by accretion of the original face amount thereof or by 
the issuance of additional PIK Notes for a period of not less than five years 
after the Closing Date, (ii) not provide for any scheduled redemptions or 
prepayments or any sinking fund installment payments or maturities prior to a 
date which is seven and one-half years after the Closing Date, and (iii) have 
terms and conditions not less favorable to Parent and Lenders than those set 
forth in the draft "Description of Exchange Debentures" dated August 27, 
1998, a copy of which has been distributed to the Lenders. 

       "PIK PREFERRED STOCK" means Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock issued by 
Parent, the face amount thereof to be issued on the Closing date being not 
less than $34,000,000, providing for the payment of dividends thereon by the 
issuance of additional shares of such Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock or by 
accretion of the original face amount thereof for a period of not less than 
five years from the Closing Date, which Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock shall be 
unsecured and unguaranteed, shall not provide for any scheduled redemptions 
or prepayments prior to a date which is seven-and-a-half years after the 
Closing Date, as amended from time to time to the extent permitted under the 
Parent Guaranty.

       "PLEDGED COLLATERAL" means, collectively, at any time, the "Pledged 
Collateral" as defined in any of the Finance Co. Pledge Agreement, the DAH 
Pledge Agreement, the Parent Pledge Agreement and the Subsidiary Pledge 
Agreements as is a Collateral Document at such time.

                                       24
<PAGE>

       "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means a condition or event that, after 
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

        "PROPERTY REINVESTMENT APPLICATION" means the application of Net 
Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may 
be, to the acquisition by Company or its Subsidiaries of tangible or 
intangible property or assets (other than property or assets that constitute 
current assets under GAAP, unless the acquisition thereof is incidental to 
the acquisition of a materially greater amount of non-current assets) that is 
to be used in the business of Company and its Subsidiaries.

       "PRO RATA SHARE" means (i) with respect to all payments, computations 
and other matters relating to the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment or the 
Tranche A Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by DIVIDING (x) 
the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of that Lender BY (y) the aggregate Tranche 
A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (ii) with respect to all payments, 
computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment 
or the Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by DIVIDING 
(x) the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender BY (y) the aggregate 
Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (iii) with respect to all 
payments, computations and other matters relating to the Working Capital Loan 
Commitment or the Working Capital Loans of any Lender or any Letters of 
Credit issued or participations therein purchased by any Lender or any 
participations in any Swing Line Loans purchased or deemed purchased by any 
Working Capital Lender, the percentage obtained by DIVIDING (x) the Working 
Capital Loan Exposure of that Lender BY (y) the aggregate Working Capital 
Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (iv) with respect to all payments, computations 
and other matters relating to the Acquisition Loan Commitment or the 
Acquisition Loans of any Lender, the percentage obtained by DIVIDING (x) the 
Acquisition Loan Exposure of that Acquisition Lender BY (y) the aggregate 
Acquisition Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and (v) for all other purposes with 
respect to each Lender, the percentage obtained by DIVIDING (x) the sum of 
the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of that Lender PLUS the Tranche B Term Loan 
Exposure of that Lender PLUS the Working Capital Loan Exposure of that Lender 
plus the Acquisition Loan Exposure of that Lender BY (y) the sum of the 
aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders PLUS the aggregate 
Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders PLUS the aggregate Working 
Capital Loan Exposure of all Lenders PLUS the aggregate Acquisition Loan 
Exposure of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be 
adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to subsection 10.1. The initial 
Pro Rata Share of each Lender for purposes of each of clauses (i), (ii), 
(iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence is set forth opposite the name of 
that Lender in SCHEDULE 2.1 annexed hereto.

       "PTO" means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any 
successor or substitute office in which filings are necessary or, in the 
opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable in order to create or perfect 
Liens on any IP Collateral.

       "QUARTERLY DATE" means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and 
December 31.

       "REAL PROPERTY ASSET" means, at any time of determination, any 
interest then owned by any Loan Party in any real property.

                                       25
<PAGE>

       "REFUNDED SWING LINE LOANS" has the meaning assigned to that term in 
subsection 2.1A(iv).

       "REGULATION D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

       "REIMBURSEMENT DATE" has the meaning assigned to that term in 
subsection 3.3B.

       "RELATED AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, the Intercompany Notes, the 
Merger Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Bridge Note Agreement, if any, the 
Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes, if any, any guaranties related thereto and, 
if and when executed, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the Senior 
Subordinated Notes and any guaranties related to any of the foregoing, the 
Parent PIK Securities and the agreements or other instruments pursuant to 
which the Parent PIK Securities have been issued or are governed, including 
without limitation any note purchase agreement, any indenture or any 
certificate of designation and all other agreements or instruments delivered 
pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing including any 
registration rights agreement.

       "RELEASE" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, 
pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, 
dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or 
outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, 
containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials), 
including the movement of any Hazardous Materials through the air, soil, 
surface water or groundwater.

       "REQUISITE LENDERS" means on any date, Lenders having or holding more 
than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all 
Lenders PLUS (ii) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders 
PLUS (iii) the aggregate Working Capital Loan Exposure of all Lenders PLUS 
(iv) the aggregate Acquisition Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in each case on 
such date.

       "RESERVE REQUIREMENT" means, with respect to an Interest Period, the 
maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, 
marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on 
Eurocurrency liabilities.

        "RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENT" means (i) any distribution, direct or 
indirect, on account of any class of stock of Company now or hereafter 
outstanding, except a distribution payable solely in shares of that class or 
a junior class of stock payable solely to holders of that class, (ii) any 
redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other 
acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any class of stock of Company 
now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain 
the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to 
acquire shares of any class of stock of Company now or hereafter outstanding, 
and (iv) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or 
interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including 
in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with 
respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

       "SECOND MERGER" means the merger of Finance Co. with and into DAH.

                                       26
<PAGE>

       "SECURITIES" means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting 
trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any 
profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, 
debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, 
convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments 
commonly known as "securities" or any certificates of interest, shares or 
participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or 
acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the 
foregoing.

       "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from 
time to time, and any successor statute.

       "SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement executed and 
delivered on the Merger Date by Company and each then existing Subsidiary 
Guarantor on the Merger Date or executed and delivered by any additional 
Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter in accordance with 
subsection 6.7, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XVI annexed hereto, as 
such Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time.

       "SENIOR SUBORDINATED BRIDGE NOTE AGREEMENT" means that certain 
Securities Purchase Agreement, if any, pursuant to which the Senior 
Subordinated Bridge Notes, if any, are issued, as in effect on the date of 
execution of this Agreement and as such agreement may be amended from time to 
time thereafter to the extent permitted under subsection 7.15.

       "SENIOR SUBORDINATED BRIDGE NOTES" means the senior subordinated 
increasing rate notes, if any, issued by Company on the Closing Date, which 
notes (i) are unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations, (ii) mature at 
least one year after the Closing Date; and (iii) provide that the maturity 
thereof will be automatically extended to the date which is seven and 
one-half years after the Closing Date, subject to satisfaction of certain 
conditions, as such notes may be amended from time to time thereafter to the 
extent permitted under subsection 7.15.

       "SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE INDENTURE" means the senior subordinated 
note indenture, if any, executed by Company and a trustee named thereunder 
pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any, are issued, as such 
indenture may be amended from time to time to the extent permitted under 
subsection 7.15.

       "SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES" means the senior subordinated notes, if 
any, issued by Company which notes shall be unsecured and shall not provide 
for any scheduled redemptions or prepayments or any sinking fund installment 
payments or maturities prior to a date which is seven and one-half years 
after the Closing Date, which shall have terms and conditions substantially 
as set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum dated August 12, 1998 or 
otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Agents, as such notes may be 
amended from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.15.  
"Senior Subordinated Notes" shall also refer to the registered Securities, if 
any, having the same terms and conditions as the notes described above which 
are issued by Company in exchange for such notes upon exercise of the 
customary registration rights accompanying such notes.

                                       27
<PAGE>

       "SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE" means an  Officer's Certificate substantially 
in the form of EXHIBIT XXII annexed hereto.

       "SOLVENT" means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of 
determination (i) the then fair value of the property of such Person is 
greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent 
liabilities) of such Person and (ii) the then fair saleable value of the 
property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to 
pay the probable liabilities on such Person's then existing debts as they 
become absolute and matured considering all financing alternatives and 
potential asset sales reasonably available to such Person; (iii) such 
Person's capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business; and 
(iv) such Person does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it 
reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such 
debts as they become due.  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any 
contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in 
light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents 
the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured 
liability.

       "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT" means any standby letter of credit or 
similar instrument issued for the purpose of supporting (i) Indebtedness of 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) workers' compensation liabilities of 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the obligations of third party 
insurers of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) obligations with respect 
to Capital Leases or Operating Leases of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, 
and (v) performance, payment, deposit, surety or other obligations of Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries.

       "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of Company subordinated 
in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to documentation containing 
maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults, remedies, 
subordination provisions and other material terms in form and substance 
satisfactory to Agents and Requisite Lenders.

       "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, 
partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other 
business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of 
stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence 
of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether 
directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) 
constituting members of the governing body of such entity is at the time 
owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more 
of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For 
purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any Acquired 
Controlled Person shall be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" of Company for 
purposes of subsections 5.1, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.9, 5.10, 6.4A and the first 
sentence of 6.4B, 6.6, 6.9, 7.1, 7.2A, 7.2C, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.7, 7.10, 7.11, 
7.12 and 7.14 and, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it relates to 
any of the foregoing subsections, Section 8.

       "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR" means (i) at any time prior to the consummation 
of the Merger, Acquisition Co. and (ii) any time upon and after the 
consummation of the Merger, any Subsidiary of Company that executes and 
delivers a counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty on the Merger Date or from 
time to time thereafter pursuant to subsection 6.7; PROVIDED that prior to 

                                       28
<PAGE>

the consummation of the Merger, DAH and the Wholly-Owned Domestic 
Subsidiaries of DAH shall be deemed to be Subsidiary Guarantors.

       "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY" means the Subsidiary Guaranty executed and 
delivered by Acquisition Co. on the Closing Date and by existing Subsidiaries 
of Company on the Merger Date and to be executed and delivered by additional 
Subsidiaries of Company from time to time thereafter in accordance with 
subsection 6.7, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XVIII annexed hereto, as 
such Subsidiary Guaranty may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time.

       "SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means each Subsidiary Pledge Agreement 
executed and delivered by an existing Subsidiary Guarantor on the Merger Date 
or executed and delivered by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor from time to 
time thereafter in accordance with subsection 6.7, in each case substantially 
in the form of EXHIBIT XIX annexed hereto, as such Subsidiary Pledge 
Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to 
time, and "SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENTS" means all such Subsidiary Pledge 
Agreements, collectively.

       "SUPPLEMENTAL COLLATERAL AGENT" has the meaning assigned to that term 
in subsection 9.1B.

       "SWING LINE LENDER" means First Chicago, or any Person serving as a 
successor Administrative Agent hereunder, in its capacity as Swing Line 
Lender hereunder.

       "SWING LINE LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of Swing Line Lender 
to make Swing Line Loans to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv).

       "SWING LINE LOANS" means the Loans made by Swing Line Lender to 
Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv).

       "SWING LINE NOTE" means (i) the promissory note of Company issued 
pursuant to subsection 2.1D(iv) on the Closing Date and (ii) any promissory 
note issued by Company to any successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line 
Lender pursuant to the last sentence of subsection 9.3B, in each case 
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT VII annexed hereto, as it may be 
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "SYNDICATION AGENT" has the meaning assigned to that term in the 
introduction to this Agreement.

       "TAX" or "TAXES" means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty,
charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, imposed
by any taxing authority, from or through which payments originate or are made or
deemed made by or to the Company, but excluding any income, excise, stamp or
franchise taxes and other similar taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other
charges imposed on any Lender or any Agent as a result of a present or former
connection between the applicable lending office (or, in the case of any Agent,
the office through which it performs any of its actions as Agent) of such Lender
or Agent, and the jurisdiction of the governmental authority imposing such tax
or any political subdivision or 

                                       29
<PAGE>

taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising 
solely from such Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed 
its obligations or received a payment under, or taken any action to enforce, 
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents).

       "TENDER OFFER" means the offer by Acquisition Co. to purchase for 
$23.00 per share in cash all of the outstanding shares of DAH Common Stock 
pursuant to the Tender Offer Materials.

       "TENDER OFFER MATERIALS" means the Tender Offer Statement on Schedule 
14D-1 filed by Acquisition Co. on July 22, 1998 with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 14(d)(1) of the Exchange Act, 
together with all exhibits, supplements and amendments thereto entered into 
on or prior to the date hereof and any amendments entered into after the date 
hereof that relate only to any extension of time during which the offer to 
purchase set forth therein remains outstanding and other amendments that are 
approved by Requisite Lenders.

       "TERM LOANS" means, collectively, the Tranche A Term Loans and the 
Tranche B Term Loans.

       "TITLE COMPANY" means one or more title insurance companies selected 
by Company and reasonably satisfactory to Agents.

       "TOTAL UTILIZATION OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENTS" means, as at 
any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of 
all outstanding Working Capital Loans PLUS (ii) the aggregate principal 
amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans PLUS (iii) the Letter of Credit 
Usage.

       "TRADE LETTERS OF CREDIT" means Letters of Credit issued for the 
purpose of providing the principal payment mechanism for the purchase of 
goods through the presentation of documents to the Issuing Lender.

       "TRANCHE A TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of a Lender to 
make Tranche A Term Loans to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i), and 
"TRANCHE A TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS" means such commitments of all Lenders in 
the aggregate.

       "TRANCHE A TERM LOAN EXPOSURE" means, with respect to any Tranche A 
Term Loan Lender as of any date of determination the sum, without 
duplication, of (i)  that Lender's unused Tranche A Term Loan Commitment and 
(ii) the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans of that 
Lender.

       "TRANCHE A TERM LOAN LENDER" means any Lender who holds a Tranche A 
Term Loan Commitment, or who has made a Tranche A Term Loan hereunder and any 
assignee of such Lender pursuant to subsection 10.1B.

       "TRANCHE A TERM LOANS" means the Tranche A Term Loans made by Tranche 
A Term Loan Lenders to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i).

       "TRANCHE A TERM NOTES" means (i) the promissory notes of Company 
issued pursuant to subsection 2.1D(i) on the Closing Date and (ii) any 
promissory notes issued by Company 

                                       30
<PAGE>

pursuant to the last sentence of subsection 10.1B(i) in connection with 
assignments of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments or Tranche A Term Loans of 
any Tranche A Term Loan Lenders, in each case substantially in the form of 
EXHIBIT IV annexed hereto, as they may be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time.

       "TRANCHE B TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of a Lender to 
make a Tranche B Term Loan to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and 
"TRANCHE B TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS" means such commitments of all Lenders in 
the aggregate.

       "TRANCHE B TERM LOAN EXPOSURE" means, with respect to any Tranche B 
Term Loan Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior to the funding of 
the Tranche B Term Loans, that Lender's Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and 
(ii) after the funding of the Tranche B Term Loans, the outstanding principal 
amount of the Tranche B Term Loan of that Lender.

       "TRANCHE B TERM LOAN LENDER" means any Lender who holds a Tranche B 
Term Loan Commitment or who has made a Tranche B Term Loan hereunder, and any 
assignee of such Lender pursuant to subsection 10.1B.

       "TRANCHE B TERM LOANS" means the Tranche B Term Loans made by Tranche 
B Term Loan Lenders to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii).

       "TRANCHE B TERM NOTES" means (i) the promissory notes of Company 
issued pursuant to subsection 2.1D(ii) on the Closing Date and (ii) any 
promissory notes issued by Company pursuant to the last sentence of 
subsection 10.1B(i) in connection with assignments of the Tranche B Term Loan 
Commitments or Tranche B Term Loans of any Tranche B Term Loan Lenders, in 
each case substantially in the form of EXHIBIT V annexed hereto, as they may 
be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

       "TRANSACTION" means the Tender Offer, the Merger, the Second Merger 
and the financings thereof pursuant to this Agreement, the Senior 
Subordinated Bridge Notes, if any, the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any, and 
the PIK Preferred Stock.

       "TRANSACTION COSTS" means the fees, costs and expenses payable by any 
Loan Party in connection with the Tender Offer, the Mergers and the related 
financing and other transactions contemplated hereby.

       "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent 
legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

       "WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of Company all of the 
equity interests (except directors' qualifying shares) and voting interests 
of which are owned by Company and/or one or more of Company's other 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

       "WORKING CAPITAL LENDER" means a Lender having a Working Capital Loan 
Commitment.

                                       31
<PAGE>

       "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of a Lender to 
make Working Capital Loans to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii), and 
"WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENTS" means such commitments of all Lenders in 
the aggregate.

       "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENT" means the commitment of a Working 
Capital Lender to make Working Capital Loans to Company pursuant to 
subsection 2.1A(iii), and "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENTS" means such 
commitments of all Working Capital Lenders in the aggregate.

       "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means September 30, 
2004.

       "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN EXPOSURE" means, with respect to any Working 
Capital Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior to the termination 
of the Working Capital Loan Commitments, that Working Capital Lender's 
Working Capital Loan Commitment and (ii) after the termination of the Working 
Capital Loan Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal 
amount of the Working Capital Loans of that Working Capital Lender PLUS (b) 
in the event that Working Capital Lender is an Issuing Lender, the aggregate 
Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that 
Working Capital Lender (in each case net of any participations purchased by 
other Working Capital Lenders in such Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed 
drawings thereunder) PLUS (c) the aggregate amount of all participations 
purchased by that Working Capital Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit 
or any unreimbursed drawings under any Letters of Credit PLUS (d) in the case 
of Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing 
Line Loans (net of any participations therein purchased by other Working 
Capital Lenders) PLUS (e) the aggregate amount of all participations 
purchased by that Working Capital Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans. 

       "WORKING CAPITAL LOANS" means the Loans made by Working Capital 
Lenders to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii).

       "WORKING CAPITAL NOTES" means (i) the promissory notes of Company 
issued pursuant to subsection 2.1D(iii) on the Closing Date and (ii) any 
promissory notes issued by Company pursuant to the last sentence of 
subsection 10.1B(i) in connection with assignments of the Working Capital 
Loan Commitments and Working Capital Loans of any Working Capital Lenders, in 
each case substantially in the form of EXHIBIT VI annexed hereto, as they may 
be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

1.2    ACCOUNTING TERMS; UTILIZATION OF GAAP FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATIONS 
UNDER AGREEMENT.

       (a)  Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used herein or 
in any other Loan Document shall be interpreted, all accounting 
determinations and computations hereunder or thereunder shall be made, and 
all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder 
(including under subsection 7.6) shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP, 
as in effect in the United States on December 31, 1997 and, unless expressly 
provided herein, shall be computed or determined on a consolidated basis and 
without duplication.

       (b)  For purposes of computing the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage 
Ratio, 

                                       32
<PAGE>

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Leverage Ratio (and any 
financial  calculations required to be made or included within such ratios) 
as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter and for purposes of computing 
Consolidated EBITDA in connection with subsection 7.6C (but not for purposes 
of computing Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any period), as at the end of 
any Fiscal Quarter, all components of such ratios (other than Consolidated 
Capital Expenditures) or Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four Fiscal 
Quarters ending at the end of such Fiscal Quarter shall include or exclude, 
as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such ratios or 
Consolidated EBITDA attributable to any business or assets that have been 
acquired or disposed of by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including 
through mergers or consolidations) after the first day of such period of four 
Fiscal Quarters and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good 
faith by the Company on a pro forma basis for such period of four Fiscal 
Quarters as if such acquisition or disposition had occurred on such first day 
of such period (including, whether or not such inclusion would be permitted 
under GAAP or Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission, cost 
savings that would have been realized had such acquisition occurred on such 
day.

       (c)  All calculations of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Fixed 
Charge Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (and related 
definitions) for any period ending prior to or including the Merger Date 
shall be made on a pro-forma basis assuming the Tender Offer and the Merger 
were consummated on the first day of such period and all calculations of 
Consolidated Interest Expense and interest expense included in the 
calculation of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Fixed 
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if the 
Merger were consummated on the Closing Date and Annualized as set forth in 
the definitions of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  All calculations of Consolidated Total Debt on 
any date prior to the Merger Date shall be made on a pro forma basis assuming 
the Merger was consummated on such date.

1.3    OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

     A.       Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context 
otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the 
reference.

     B.       References to "Sections" and "subsections" shall be to Sections 
and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise 
specifically provided.

     C.       The use in any of the Loan Documents of the word "include" or 
"including", when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not 
be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or 
matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or 
matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation" or 
"but not limited to" or words of similar import) is used with reference 
thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters 
that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term 
or matter.


                                       33
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.    AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

2.1    Commitments; Making of Loans; Notes.

     A.       COMMITMENTS.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Company 
herein set forth, each Tranche A Term Loan Lender hereby severally agrees to 
make the Tranche A Term Loans described in subsection 2.1A(i), each Tranche B 
Term Loan Lender hereby severally agrees to make the Tranche B Term Loans 
described in subsection 2.1A(ii), each Working Capital Lender hereby 
severally agrees to make the Working Capital Loans described in subsection 
2.1A(iii), Swing Line Lender hereby agrees to make the Swing Line Loans 
described in subsection 2.1A(iv) and each Acquisition Lender hereby severally 
agrees to make the Acquisition Loans described in subsection 2.1A(v).

              (i)    TRANCHE A TERM LOANS.  Each Tranche A Term Loan Lender
       severally agrees to lend to Company on the Closing Date and on the Merger
       Date an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the
       aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments to be used for
       the purposes identified in subsection 2.5A; PROVIDED that prior to, or
       simultaneously with the funding of the initial Tranche A Term Loans, the
       Tranche B Term Loans shall have been funded in full.  The amount of each
       Tranche A Term Loan Lender's Tranche A Term Loan Commitment is set forth
       opposite its name on SCHEDULE 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate amount
       of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments is $35,000,000; PROVIDED that the
       Tranche A Term Loan Commitments of the Tranche A Term Loan Lenders shall
       be adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the Tranche A Term Loan
       Commitments pursuant to subsection 10.1B and to any reductions thereof
       pursuant to Section 2.4B(ii).  Each Tranche A Term Loan Lender's Term
       Loan Commitment (i) shall expire immediately and without further action
       on October 31, 1998, if the initial Tranche A Term Loans are not made on
       or before that date, (ii) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
       principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loan, if any, made by such Tranche
       A Term Loan Lender on the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect
       thereto on the Closing Date, and (iii) to the extent unused, shall expire
       on the close of business on the Merger Date.  Company may make a
       borrowing under the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments on the Closing Date
       and on the Merger Date.  Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(i)
       and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

              (ii)   TRANCHE B TERM LOANS.  Each Tranche B Term Loan Lender
       severally agrees to lend to Company on the Closing Date an amount not
       exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Tranche B
       Term Loan Commitments to be used for the purposes identified in
       subsection 2.5A.  The amount of each Tranche B Term Loan Lender's Tranche
       B Term Loan Commitment is set forth opposite its name on SCHEDULE 2.1
       annexed hereto and the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan
       Commitments is $45,000,000; PROVIDED that the Tranche B Term Loan
       Commitments of Tranche B Term Loan Lenders shall be adjusted to give
       effect to any assignments of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments pursuant
       to subsection 10.1B.  Each Tranche B Term Loan Lender's Tranche B Term
       Loan Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on
       the earlier of (i) October 31, 1998, if the Tranche B Term Loans are not
       made on or before that date and (ii) at the close of business on the
       Closing Date.  

                                       34
<PAGE>

       Company may make only one borrowing under the Tranche B Term Loan 
       Commitments.  Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(ii) and 
       subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

              (iii)  WORKING CAPITAL LOANS.  Each Working Capital Lender
       severally agrees, subject to the limitations set forth below with respect
       to the maximum amount of Working Capital Loans permitted to be
       outstanding from time to time, to lend to Company from time to time
       during the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Working
       Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date an aggregate amount not
       exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Working
       Capital Loan Commitments to be used for the purposes identified in
       subsection 2.5B.  The original amount of each Working Capital Lender's
       Working Capital Loan Commitment is set forth opposite its name on
       SCHEDULE 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate original amount of the
       Working Capital Loan Commitments is $25,000,000; PROVIDED that the
       Working Capital Loan Commitments of the Working Capital Lenders shall be
       adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the Working Capital Loan
       Commitments pursuant to subsection 10.1B; PROVIDED FURTHER the Working
       Capital Loan Commitments may be increased pursuant to the immediately
       succeeding paragraph of this subsection 2.1A(iii); and PROVIDED STILL
       FURTHER that the amount of the Working Capital Loan Commitments shall be
       reduced from time to time by the amount of any reductions thereto made
       pursuant to subsection 2.4B(ii).  Each Working Capital Lender's Working
       Capital Loan Commitment shall expire on the Working Capital Loan
       Commitment Termination Date and all Working Capital Loans and all other
       amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Working Capital Loans and the
       Working Capital Loan Commitments shall be paid in full no later than that
       date; PROVIDED that each Working Capital Lender's Working Capital Loan
       Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on
       October 31, 1998, if the Tranche B Term Loans are not made on or before
       that date.  Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(iii) may be
       repaid and, at any time to but excluding the Working Capital Loan
       Commitment Termination Date, reborrowed.

              At any time that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default
       has occurred and is continuing, the Company may, by notice to the Agents,
       request that, on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in
       this Agreement, the Lenders and/or other financial institutions not then
       a party to this Agreement that are satisfactory to the Agents provide up
       to an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 in additional Working Capital Loan
       Commitments.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Syndication Agent shall
       use all commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for the Lenders or
       other financial institutions to provide such additional Working Capital
       Loan Commitments; PROVIDED that the Syndication Agent will first offer
       each of the Lenders that then has a Pro Rata Share of any Working Capital
       Loan Commitments a pro rata portion (based upon the aggregate amount of
       the Working Capital Loan Commitments at such time) of any such additional
       Working Capital Loan Commitment.  Alternatively, any Lender may commit to
       provide the full amount of the requested additional Working Capital Loan
       Commitments and then offer portions of such additional Working Capital
       Loan Commitments to the other Lenders or other financial institutions,
       subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.  Nothing
       contained in this paragraph or otherwise in this Agreement 

                                       35
<PAGE>

       is intended to commit any Lender or any Agent to provide any portion 
       of any such additional Working Capital Loan Commitments.  If and to 
       the extent that any Lenders and/or other financial institutions agree, 
       in their sole discretion, to provide any such additional Working 
       Capital Loan Commitments, (i) the aggregate amount of the Working 
       Capital Loan Commitments shall be increased by the amount of the 
       additional Working Capital Loan Commitments agreed to be so provided, 
       (ii) the Pro Rata Shares of the respective Lenders in respect of the 
       Working Capital Loan Commitments shall be proportionally adjusted, 
       (iii) at such time and in such manner as Company and the Syndication 
       Agent shall agree (it being understood that Company and the Agents 
       will use all commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the prepayment 
       or assignment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last 
       day of the Interest Period applicable thereto), the Lenders shall 
       assign and assume outstanding Working Capital Loans and participations 
       in outstanding Letters of Credit so as to cause the amount of such 
       Working Capital Loans and participations in Letters of Credit held by 
       each Lender to conform to the respective percentages of the applicable 
       Working Capital Loan Commitments of the Lenders and (iv) Company shall 
       execute and deliver any additional Notes or other amendments or 
       modifications to this Agreement or any other Loan Document as the 
       Agents may reasonably request.

       Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
       no event shall the Total Utilization of Working Capital Loan Commitments
       at any time exceed the Working Capital Loan Commitments then in effect.

              (iv)   SWING LINE LOANS.  Swing Line Lender hereby agrees, subject
       to the limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum amount of
       Swing Line Loans permitted to be outstanding from time to time, to make a
       portion of the Working Capital Loan Commitments available to Company from
       time to time during the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the
       Working Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date by making Swing Line
       Loans to Company in an aggregate amount not exceeding the amount of the
       Swing Line Loan Commitment to be used for the purposes identified in
       subsection 2.5B, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans,
       when aggregated with Swing Line Lender's outstanding Working Capital
       Loans and Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit
       Usage then in effect, may exceed Swing Line Lender's Working Capital Loan
       Commitment.  The original amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment is
       $5,000,000; PROVIDED that any reduction of the Working Capital Loan
       Commitments made pursuant to subsection 2.4B(ii) which reduces the
       aggregate Working Capital Loan Commitments to an amount less than the
       then current amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall result in an
       automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Loan Commitment to
       the amount of the Working Capital Loan Commitments, as so reduced,
       without any further action on the part of Company, Administrative Agent
       or Swing Line Lender.  The Swing Line Loan Commitment shall expire on the
       Working Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans
       and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans
       shall be paid in full no later than that date; PROVIDED that the Swing
       Line Loan Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action
       on October 31, 1998, if the Tranche B Term Loans are not made on or
       before that date.  Amounts borrowed under this 

                                       36
<PAGE>

       subsection 2.1A(iv) may be repaid and, at any time to but excluding 
       the Working Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date, reborrowed.

              Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
       notwithstanding, the Swing Line Loans and the Swing Line Loan Commitment
       shall be subject to the limitation that in no event shall the Total
       Utilization of Working Capital Loan Commitments at any time exceed the
       Working Capital Loan Commitments then in effect.

              With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not been
       voluntarily prepaid by Company pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i), Swing Line
       Lender may, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver to
       Administrative Agent (with a copy to Company), no later than 9:00 A.M.
       (Chicago time) on the first Business Day in advance of the proposed
       Funding Date, a notice (which shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing
       given by Company) requesting Working Capital Lenders to make Working
       Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans on such Funding Date in an amount
       equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans (the "REFUNDED SWING LINE
       LOANS") outstanding on the date such notice is given which Swing Line
       Lender requests Working Capital Lenders to prepay.  Anything contained in
       this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the proceeds of such
       Working Capital Loans made by Working Capital Lenders other than Swing
       Line Lender shall be immediately delivered by Administrative Agent to
       Swing Line Lender (and not to Company) and applied to repay a
       corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans and (ii) on the
       day such Working Capital Loans are made, Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata
       Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid with
       the proceeds of a Working Capital Loan made by Swing Line Lender, and
       such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer
       be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall no longer be due under the
       Swing Line Note of Swing Line Lender but shall instead constitute part of
       Swing Line Lender's outstanding Working Capital Loans and shall be due
       under the Working Capital Note of Swing Line Lender and the
       participations of each Working Capital Lender in such Refunded Swing Line
       Loan shall be extinguished without further action.  Company hereby
       authorizes Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to charge Company's
       accounts with Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (up to the
       amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay Swing
       Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the
       proceeds of such Working Capital Loans made by Working Capital Lenders,
       including the Working Capital Loan deemed to be made by Swing Line
       Lender, are not sufficient to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line
       Loans.  If any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to
       Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf of Company from
       Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of
       creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be
       ratably shared among all Working Capital Lenders in the manner
       contemplated by subsection 10.5.

              Immediately upon funding of any Swing Line Loan, each Working
       Capital Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a
       participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to
       its Pro Rata Share of the principal amount of such Swing Line Loans. 
       Upon one Business Day's notice from Swing Line Lender, each Working
       Capital Lender shall deliver to Swing Line Lender an amount 

                                       37
<PAGE>

       equal to its respective participation in any outstanding Swing Line 
       Loans in same day funds at the Funding and Payment Office. Each such 
       amount so delivered by any Working Capital Lender shall be deemed to 
       be a Base Rate Working Capital Loan of such Working Capital Lender, 
       and the Swing Line Lender's participation, in its capacity as a 
       Working Capital Lender, in any outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be 
       deemed to be converted to a Working Capital Loan of the Swing Line 
       Lender made in its capacity as a Working Capital Lender.  In the event 
       any Working Capital Lender fails to make available to Swing Line 
       Lender the amount of such Working Capital Lender's participation as 
       provided in this paragraph, Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to 
       recover such amount on demand from such Working Capital Lender 
       together with interest thereon at the rate customarily used by Swing 
       Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks for three 
       Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate.  In the event Swing 
       Line Lender receives a payment of any amount in which other Working 
       Capital Lenders have purchased participations as provided in this 
       paragraph, Swing Line Lender shall promptly distribute to each such 
       other Working Capital Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment.

              Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each
       Working Capital Lender's obligation to make Working Capital Loans for the
       purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the second
       preceding paragraph and each Working Capital Lender's obligation to
       purchase a participation in Swing Line Loans pursuant to the immediately
       preceding paragraph shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be
       affected by any circumstance, including (a) any set-off, counterclaim,
       recoupment, defense or other right which such Working Capital Lender may
       have against Swing Line Lender, Company or any other Person for any
       reason whatsoever; (b) the occurrence or continuation of an Event of
       Default or a Potential Event of Default (subject to the proviso set forth
       below); (c) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties,
       assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Company or any
       of its Subsidiaries; (d) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan
       Document by any party thereto; or (e) any other circumstance, happening
       or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;
       PROVIDED that such obligations of each Working Capital Lender are subject
       to satisfaction of one of the following conditions (X) Swing Line Lender
       believed in good faith that all conditions under Section 4 to the making
       of the applicable Refunded Swing Line Loans were satisfied at the time
       such Refunded Swing Line Loans or unpaid Swing Line Loans were made or
       (Y) the satisfaction of any such condition not satisfied had been waived
       in accordance with subsection 10.6.

              (v)    ACQUISITION LOANS.  Each Acquisition Lender severally 
       agrees, subject to the limitations set forth below with respect to the 
       maximum amount of Acquisition Loans permitted to be outstanding from 
       time to time, to lend to Company from time to time during the period 
       from the Merger Date to but excluding the Acquisition Loan Commitment 
       Termination Date an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share 
       of the aggregate amount of the Acquisition Loan Commitments to be used 
       for the purposes identified in subsection 2.5C.  The original amount 
       of each Acquisition Lender's Acquisition Loan Commitment is set forth 
       opposite its name on SCHEDULE 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate 
       original amount of the Acquisition Loan Commitments is $25,000,000; 
       PROVIDED that the Acquisition Loan Commitments of the Acquisition 

                                       38
<PAGE>

       Lenders shall be adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the 
       Acquisition Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection 10.1B; PROVIDED 
       FURTHER that the amount of the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be 
       reduced from time to time by the amount of any reductions thereto made 
       pursuant to subsections 2.4B(ii) and 2.4B(iii).  Each Acquisition 
       Lender's Acquisition Loan Commitment shall expire on the Acquisition 
       Loan Commitment Termination Date and all Acquisition Loans and all 
       other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Acquisition Loans and 
       the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be paid in full no later than 
       that date; PROVIDED that each Acquisition Lender's Acquisition Loan 
       Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on 
       October 31, 1998, if the Tranche B Term Loans are not made on or 
       before that date. Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(v) may 
       be repaid and reborrowed to but excluding the Acquisition Loan 
       Commitment Termination Date.

     B.       BORROWING MECHANICS. Loans made on any Funding Date (other than 
Working Capital Loans deemed made pursuant to a request by Swing Line Lender 
pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv) for the purpose of repaying any Refunded 
Swing Line Loans or Working Capital Loans made pursuant to subsection 3.3B 
for the purpose of reimbursing any Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing 
under a Letter of Credit issued by it ("LC REFUNDING LOANS")) shall be in an 
aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess of 
that amount. Swing Line Loans made on any Funding Date shall be in an 
aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and multiples of $10,000 in excess of 
that amount.  Whenever Company desires that Lenders make Loans (other than 
Swing Line Loans or LC Refunding Loans) it shall deliver to Administrative 
Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) at least 
three Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a 
Eurodollar Rate Loan, other than Eurodollar Loans to be made on the Closing 
Date or the Merger Date, if the Merger Date occurs on or prior to three 
Business Days after the Closing Date) or 12:00 Noon (Chicago time) on the 
proposed Funding Date (in the case of a Base Rate Loan).  Whenever Company 
desires that Swing Line Lender make a Swing Line Loan, it shall deliver to 
Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 Noon (Chicago 
time) on the proposed Funding Date.  The Notice of Borrowing shall specify 
(i) the proposed Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the 
amount and type of Loans requested, (iii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, 
that such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans, (iv) in the case of any other 
Loans, whether such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, 
and (v) in the case of any Loans requested to be made as Eurodollar Rate 
Loans, the initial Interest Period requested therefor. Term Loans and Working 
Capital Loans may be continued as or converted into Base Rate Loans and 
Eurodollar Rate Loans in the manner provided in subsection 2.2D.  In lieu of 
delivering the above-described Notice of Borrowing, Company may give 
Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed 
borrowing under this subsection 2.1B; PROVIDED that such notice shall be 
promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to 
Administrative Agent on or before the applicable Funding Date.  Any Loans 
made on the Closing Date and on the Merger Date (if the Merger Date occurs on 
or prior to three Business Days after the Closing Date) may be Eurodollar 
Loans regardless of whether this Agreement has been executed at least three 
Business Days prior to such date and so long as Company has delivered a 
Notice of Borrowing with respect thereto on or prior to three Business 

                                       39
<PAGE>

Days prior to such date and has also delivered an indemnity 
agreement covering broken funding losses in form and substance reasonably 
satisfactory to Agents.

              Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any 
liability to Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above 
that Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly 
authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of Company 
or for otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.1B, and upon 
funding of Loans by Lenders in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any 
such telephonic notice Company shall have borrowed Loans hereunder.

              Company shall notify Administrative Agent prior to the funding 
of any Loans in the event that any of the matters to which Company is 
required to certify in the applicable Notice of Borrowing as being true and 
correct on any applicable Funding Date is not true and correct as of the 
applicable Funding Date, and the acceptance by Company of the proceeds of any 
Loans shall constitute a certification by Company, as of the applicable 
Funding Date, as to the matters to which Company is required to certify in 
the applicable Notice of Borrowing as being true and correct on such Funding 
Date.

              Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 
2.6G, a Notice of Borrowing for a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice 
in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate 
Determination Date, and Company shall be bound to make a borrowing in 
accordance therewith or to pay the amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.6D 
as a result of the failure to make such borrowing.

     C.       DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS.  All Loans (other than Swing Line Loans)
under this Agreement shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately
to their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment, the
Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, the Working Capital Loan Commitment and the
Acquisition Loan Commitment, as the case may be, it being understood that no
Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in that other
Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor shall the Commitment
of any Lender to make the particular type of Loan requested be increased or
decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in that other Lender's
obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder.  Promptly after receipt by
Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to subsection 2.1B (or
telephonic notice in lieu thereof), Administrative Agent shall notify each
Lender or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, of the proposed borrowing. 
Each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Administrative Agent
not later than 1:00 P.M. (Chicago time) on the applicable Funding Date, in each
case in same day funds in Dollars, at the Funding and Payment Office.  Except as
provided in subsection 2.1A(iv) or subsection 3.3B with respect to Working
Capital Loans used to repay Refunded Swing Line Loans or to reimburse any
Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing under a Letter of Credit issued by
it, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified in
subsections 4.1 (in the case of Loans made on the Closing Date), 4.2 (in the
case of Loans made on the Merger Date), 4.3 (in the case of Acquisition Loans)
and 4.4 (in the case of all Loans (other than Tranche A Term Loans made on the
Merger Date)), Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Loans
available to Company on the applicable Funding Date by 2:00 P.M. (Chicago time),
by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all
such Loans received by Administrative 

                                       40
<PAGE>

Agent from Lenders or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, to be credited 
to the account of Company at the Funding and Payment Office.

              Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any 
Lender prior to the Funding Date for any Loans that such Lender does not 
intend to make available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender's 
Loan requested on such Funding Date, Administrative Agent may assume that 
such Lender has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on such 
Funding Date and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall 
not be obligated to, make available to Company a corresponding amount on such 
Funding Date.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to 
Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled 
to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with 
interest thereon, for each day from such Funding Date until the date such 
amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate 
for three Business Days and thereafter at the interest rate applicable to the 
relevant Loan.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount 
forthwith upon Administrative Agent's demand therefor, Administrative Agent 
shall promptly notify Company and Company shall immediately pay such 
corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, 
for each day from such Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to 
Administrative Agent, at the rate payable under this Agreement for Loans of 
the type made on the Funding Date on which, and with respect to which, 
Administrative Agent made available such amount.  Nothing in this subsection 
2.1C shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its 
Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Company may have 
against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.  

              Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by Company 
prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to Administrative 
Agent of a payment of principal, interest or fees to Administrative Agent for 
the account of Lenders that Company does not intend to make available to 
Administrative Agent such amount on such date, Administrative Agent may 
assume that Company has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on 
such date and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not 
be obligated to, make available to Lenders a corresponding amount on such 
date.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to 
Administrative Agent by Company, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to 
recover such corresponding amount on demand from Company together with 
interest thereon, for each day from such scheduled payment until the date 
such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the interest rate applicable 
to the relevant Loan.  If Company does not pay such corresponding amount 
forthwith upon Administrative Agent's demand therefor, Administrative Agent 
shall promptly notify Lenders and Lenders shall immediately pay such 
corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, 
for each day from the scheduled payment date until the date such amount is 
paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable under this Agreement for 
Loans of the type made on such scheduled payment date on which, and with 
respect to which, Administrative Agent made available such amount. 

     D.       NOTES.  Company shall execute and deliver on the Closing Date
(i) to each Tranche A Term Loan Lender (or to Administrative Agent for that
Lender) that has so requested at least one Business Day prior to the Closing
Date a Tranche A Term Note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT IV annexed
hereto to evidence that Lender's Tranche A Term Loan, in the principal amount of
that Lender's Tranche A Term Loan Commitment and with other appropriate

                                       41
<PAGE>

insertions, (ii) to each Tranche B Term Loan Lender (or to Administrative 
Agent for that Lender) that has so requested at least one Business Day prior 
to the Closing Date a Tranche B Term Note substantially in the form of 
EXHIBIT V annexed hereto to evidence that Lender's Tranche B Term Loan, in 
the principal amount of that Lender's Tranche B Term Loan and with other 
appropriate insertions, (iii) to each Working Capital Lender (or to 
Administrative Agent for that Lender) that has so requested at least one 
Business Day prior to the Closing Date a Working Capital Note substantially 
in the form of EXHIBIT VI annexed hereto to evidence that Lender's Working 
Capital Loans, in the principal amount of that Lender's Working Capital Loan 
Commitment and with other appropriate insertions, (iv) to Swing Line Lender 
(or to Administrative Agent for Swing Line Lender) if the Swing Line Lender 
has so requested at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date a Swing 
Line Note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT VII annexed hereto to evidence 
Swing Line Lender's Swing Line Loans, in the principal amount of the Swing 
Line Loan Commitment and with other appropriate insertions and (v) to each 
Acquisition Lender (or to Administrative Agent for that Lender) that has so 
requested at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date an Acquisition 
Note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT VIII annexed hereto to evidence 
that Lender's Acquisition Loan, in the principal amount of that Lender's 
Acquisition Loan Commitment and with other appropriate insertions.

     E.       REGISTER.  (a) Each Lender may maintain in accordance with its 
usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of Company 
to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender to Company, 
including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such 
Lender from time to time hereunder.  In the case of a Lender that does not 
request, pursuant to the preceding paragraph, execution and delivery of a 
Note or Notes evidencing the Loans made by such Lender to Company, such 
account or accounts shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the notations 
made by Administrative Agent in the Register (as defined below), be 
conclusive and binding on Company absent manifest error; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that the failure of any Lender to maintain such account or accounts shall not 
limit or otherwise affect any Obligations of Company or any other Loan Party. 

              (b)(i) Company hereby designates Administrative Agent to serve as
       its agent, solely for the purpose of this subsection (b)(i), to maintain
       a register (the "REGISTER") on which Administrative Agent will record
       each Lender's Commitments, the Loans made by each Lender to Company, the
       Interest Period, if any, with respect thereto and each repayment in
       respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each Lender to Company
       and annexed to which Administrative Agent shall retain a copy of each
       Assignment Agreement delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to
       Section 10.1.  Failure to make any recordation, or any error in such
       recordation, shall not affect Company's obligations in respect of such
       Loans.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence
       of manifest error, and Company, Administrative Agent and the Lenders
       shall treat each Person in whose name a Loan (and as provided in
       subsection (b)(ii), the Note evidencing such Loan, if any) is registered
       as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding
       notice or any provision herein to the contrary.  Any Commitment of any
       Lender and the Loans made pursuant thereto may be assigned or otherwise
       transferred in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment
       or transfer in the Register.  Any assignment or transfer of any
       Commitment of any Lender or the Loans made pursuant thereto shall be
       registered in the Register only upon delivery to Administrative Agent of

                                       42
<PAGE>

       an Assignment Agreement duly executed by the assignor thereof.  No
       assignment or transfer of any Commitment of any Lender or the Loans made
       pursuant thereto shall be effective, unless such assignment or transfer
       shall have been recorded in the Register by Administrative Agent as
       provided in this Section.

              (ii)   Company agrees that, upon the request by any Lender which
       becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof to Administrative
       Agent, Company will execute and deliver to such Lender a Note evidencing
       the Loans made by such Lender to Company.  Company authorizes each Lender
       to make (or cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grid attached
       to such Lender's Notes (or on any continuation of such grid), which
       notations, if made, shall evidence, INTER ALIA, the date of, the
       outstanding principal amount of, and the interest rate and Interest
       Period applicable to the Loans evidenced thereby.  Such notations shall,
       to the extent not consistent with the notations made by Administrative
       Agent in the Register, be conclusive and binding on Company absent
       manifest error; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of any Lender to make
       any such notations or any error in any such notations shall not limit or
       otherwise affect any Obligations of Company or any other Loan Party.  The
       Loans evidenced by any such Note and interest thereon shall at all times
       (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.1) be represented by
       one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein and its
       registered assigns. A Note and the obligations evidenced thereby may be
       assigned or otherwise transferred in whole or in part only by
       registration of such assignment or transfer of such Note and the
       obligation evidenced thereby in the Register (and each Note shall
       expressly so provide).  Any assignment or transfer of all or part of an
       obligation evidenced by a Note shall be registered in the Register only
       upon surrender for registration of assignment or transfer of the Note
       evidencing such obligation, accompanied by an Assignment Agreement duly
       executed by the assignor thereof, and thereupon, if requested by the
       assignee, one or more new Notes shall be issued by Company to the
       designated assignee marked "exchanged".  No assignment of a Note and the
       obligation evidenced thereby shall be effective unless it shall have been
       recorded in the Register by Administrative Agent as provided in this
       Section.
       
2.2    INTEREST ON THE LOANS.

     A.       RATE OF INTEREST.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.6, 
each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the 
date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate 
determined by reference to the Base Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  
Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount 
thereof from the date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or 
otherwise) at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.  The 
applicable basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any 
Loan shall be selected by Company initially at the time a Notice of Borrowing 
is given with respect to such Loan pursuant to subsection 2.1B, and the basis 
for determining the interest rate with respect to any Loan may be changed 
from time to time pursuant to subsection 2.2D.

                                       43
<PAGE>

              (i)    (a)    Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E, the
       Tranche A Term Loans, the Working Capital Loans and the Acquisition Loans
       shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

                     (1)      if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the
                Base Rate PLUS the Base Rate Margin set forth in the table
                below opposite the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth
                in the most recent Margin Determination Certificate
                delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv); or

                     (2)      if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of
                the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period
                applicable to such Loan PLUS the Eurodollar Rate Margin set
                forth in the table below opposite the Consolidated Leverage
                Ratio as set forth in the most recent Margin Determination
                Certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Applicable   
                                              Eurodollar Rate  Applicable Base
  Consolidated Leverage Ratio                      Margin         Rate Margin 
  ---------------------------                     --------       -------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>

  Greater than or equal to                         2.25%            1.00%
  5.00:1.00         

  Greater than or equal to                         2.00%            0.75%
  4.00:1.00 but less than
  5.00:1.00

  Greater than or equal to                         1.50%            0.25%
  3.00:1.00 but less than
  4.00:1.00

  Less than 3.00:1.00                              1.00%            0.00%

</TABLE>

PROVIDED that until the delivery of the first Margin Determination 
Certificate pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv) after the six-month anniversary of 
the Closing Date, the applicable margin for Tranche A Term Loans, Working 
Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be 
2.25% per annum and for Tranche A Term Loans, Working Capital Loans, Swing 
Line Loans and Acquisition Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be 1.00% per 
annum; PROVIDED FURTHER in the event that at any time during the period from 
the Closing Date until the consummation of the Merger, Acquisition Co. shall 
own less than the Minimum Shares, then for each day or part of a day that 
Acquisition Co. owns less than the Minimum Shares, the applicable margins 
shall be increased by an additional 1.00% per annum.

       Changes in the applicable margin for Tranche A Term Loans, Working 
Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans resulting from a change in the 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as provided in subsection 
2.3C.

                                      44
<PAGE>

       If at any time a Margin Determination Certificate is not delivered at 
the time required pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv), from the time such Margin 
Determination Certificate was required to be delivered until delivery of such 
Margin Determination Certificate, such applicable margins shall be the 
maximum percentage amount for the relevant Loan set forth above. 

                   (b)      Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E, the
              Tranche B Term Loans shall bear interest through maturity as
              follows:

                          (1)      if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the
                     Base Rate PLUS 1.25% per annum; or 

                          (2)      if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of
                     the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period
                     applicable to such Loan PLUS 2.50% per annum; 

PROVIDED that in the event that at any time during the period from the 
Closing Date until the consummation of the Merger, Acquisition Co. shall own 
less than the Minimum Shares, then for each day or part of a day that 
Acquisition Co. owns less than the Minimum Shares, the applicable margins 
shall be increased by an additional 1.00% per annum.

              (ii)   Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E, the Swing
       Line Loans shall bear interest through maturity at the sum of the Base
       Rate PLUS the Base Rate Margin for Working Capital Loans minus the
       commitment fee percentage then in effect for Working Capital Loans as
       determined pursuant to subsection 2.3A(i).

     B.       INTEREST PERIODS.  In connection with each Eurodollar Rate 
Loan, Company may, pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice 
of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, select an interest period 
(each an "INTEREST PERIOD") to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest 
Period shall be, at Company's option, either a one, two, three, six, or, if 
available, nine or twelve month period; PROVIDED that:

              (i)    the initial Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan
       shall commence on the Funding Date in respect of such Loan, in the case
       of a Loan initially made as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on the date
       specified in the applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the
       case of a Loan converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan;

              (ii)   in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods
       applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan continued as such pursuant to a
       Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall
       commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

              (iii)  if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that
       is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
       succeeding Business Day; PROVIDED that, if any Interest Period would
       otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the
       month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such
       Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

                                      45
<PAGE>


              (iv)   any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of
       a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
       corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
       Period) shall, subject to clause (v) of this subsection 2.2B, end on the
       last Business Day of a calendar month;

              (v)    no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the
       Tranche A Term Loans shall extend beyond September 30, 2004, no Interest
       Period with respect to any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans shall
       extend beyond September 30, 2005, no Interest Period with respect to any
       portion of the Working Capital Loans shall extend beyond the Working
       Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date and no Interest Period with
       respect to any portion of the Acquisition Loans shall extend the
       Acquisition Loan Commitment Termination Date;

              (vi)   no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the
       Tranche A Term Loans or the Tranche B Term Loans shall extend beyond a
       date on which Company is required to make a scheduled payment of
       principal of the Tranche A Term Loans or the Tranche B Term Loans, as the
       case may be, unless the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of
       Tranche A Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, that
       are Base Rate Loans PLUS (b) the aggregate principal amount of Tranche A
       Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, that are
       Eurodollar Rate Loans with Interest Periods expiring on or before such
       date equals or exceeds the principal amount required to be paid on the
       Tranche A Term Loans or Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, on such
       date;

              (vii)  there shall be outstanding at any time no more than four
       Interest Periods with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans, four Interest
       Periods with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans, six Interest Periods
       with respect to the Working Capital Loans and four Interest Periods with
       respect to the Acquisition Loans; and

              (viii) in the event Company fails to specify an Interest Period
       for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or
       Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Company shall be deemed to have
       selected an Interest Period of one month

; PROVIDED that with respect to each Term Loan made on the Closing Date or 
the Merger Date, the initial Interest Period will commence on the Business 
Day on which such Term Loan is made (or, if such Term Loan is made as a Base 
Rate Loan, the initial Interest Period will commence on the date specified in 
the Notice of Conversion delivered with respect thereto) and shall end on the 
last Business Day of the month following the month in which such Term Loan is 
made.

     C.       INTEREST PAYMENTS.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 
2.2E, interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on and to each 
Interest Payment Date applicable to that Loan, upon any prepayment of that 
Loan (to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity 
(including final maturity); PROVIDED that in the event any Swing Line Loans 
or any Working Capital Loans or any Acquisition Loans that are Base Rate 
Loans are prepaid pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i), interest accrued on such 
Swing Line Loans or Working Capital Loans or 

                                      46
<PAGE>

Acquisition Loans through the date of such prepayment shall be payable on the 
next succeeding Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate Loans (or, if 
earlier, at final maturity).

     D.       CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION.  Subject to the provisions of 
subsection 2.6, Company shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all 
or any part of its outstanding Loans equal to $1,000,000 and multiples of 
$100,000 in excess of that amount from Loans bearing interest at the Base 
Rate to Loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate or all or any part of 
its outstanding Loans equal to $1,000,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess 
of that amount from Loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate to Loans 
bearing interest at the Base Rate or (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest 
Period applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion 
of such Loan equal to $1,000,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess of that 
amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

              Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to 
Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on the proposed 
conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at 
least three Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation 
date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan). Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall specify (i) the proposed 
conversion/continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount 
and type of the Loan to be converted/continued, (iii) the nature of the 
proposed conversion/continuation, (iv) in the case of a conversion to, or a 
continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the requested Interest Period, and 
(v) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan, that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and 
is continuing as of the date of the proposed conversion/continuation.  In 
lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Conversion/Continuation, 
Company may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time 
of any proposed conversion/continuation under this subsection 2.2D; PROVIDED 
that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a 
Notice of Conversion/Continuation to Administrative Agent on or before the 
proposed conversion/continuation date.  Upon receipt of written or telephonic 
notice of any proposed conversion/continuation under this subsection 2.2D, 
Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit such notice by telefacsimile or 
telephone to each Lender.

              Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any 
liability to Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above 
that Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly 
authorized officer or other person authorized to act on behalf of Company or 
for otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.2D, and upon 
conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the 
interest rate with respect to any Loans in accordance with this Agreement 
pursuant to any such telephonic notice Company shall have effected a 
conversion or continuation, as the case may be, hereunder.

              Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 
2.6G, a Notice of Conversion/Continuation for conversion to, or continuation 
of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be 
irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and 
Company shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance 
therewith or to pay the amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.6D as a result 
of the failure to effect such continuation/conversion.

                                      47
<PAGE>

     E.       DEFAULT RATE. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation 
of any Event of Default, at the request of Administrative Agent, the 
outstanding principal amount of all Loans and, to the extent permitted by 
applicable law, any interest payments thereon not paid when due and any fees 
and other amounts then due and payable hereunder, shall thereafter bear 
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the 
Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable upon demand at a 
rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable 
under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of 
any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of 
the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans 
that are Working Capital Loans); PROVIDED that, in the case of Eurodollar 
Rate Loans, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time 
any such increase in interest rate is effective such Eurodollar Rate Loans 
shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest 
payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest 
rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans.  Payment or 
acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this subsection 
2.2E is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not 
constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit 
any rights or remedies of any Agent or any Lender.

     F.       COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.  Interest on the Loans shall be 
computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the basis of a 365-day or 
366-day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate 
Loans, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of 
days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.  In computing interest on 
any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest 
Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being 
converted from a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such 
Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be 
included, and the date of payment of such Loan (if payment is received prior 
to 2:00 P.M. (Chicago time)) or the expiration date of an Interest Period 
applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted 
to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to 
such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded, provided 
that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day's 
interest shall be paid on that Loan.

2.3    FEES.

     A.       COMMITMENT FEES.

              (i)    WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENTS.  Company agrees to pay to
       Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Working Capital Lender in
       proportion to that Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Working Capital Loan
       Commitments, commitment fees for each day during the period from and
       including the Closing Date to and excluding the Working Capital Loan
       Commitment Termination Date (or, if earlier, the date of termination of
       the Working Capital Loan Commitments in their entirety) on the excess on
       such day of the Working Capital Loan Commitments over the sum of (i) the
       aggregate principal amount of outstanding Working Capital Loans on such
       day plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage (but not including any
       outstanding Swing Line Loans) on such day at a rate per annum equal to
       the commitment fee percentage set forth below opposite the 

                                      48
<PAGE>

       Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Margin 
       Determination Certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Working Capital Loan
            Consolidated Leverage Ratio      Commitment Fee Percentage
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>
        Greater than or equal to 5.00:1.00           0.500%

        Greater than or equal to 4.00:1.00           0.375%
        but less than 5.00:1.00

        Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00           0.300%
        but less than 4.00:1.00

        Less than 3.00:1.00                          0.250%
</TABLE>

       such commitment fees to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year 
       and the actual number of days elapsed and to be payable quarterly in 
       arrears on each Quarterly Date of each year, commencing on the first 
       such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Working Capital 
       Loan Commitment Termination Date; PROVIDED that until the delivery of 
       the first Margin Determination Certificate pursuant to subsection 
       6.1(iv) after the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date the 
       applicable commitment fee percentage for the Working Capital Loan 
       Commitments shall be 0.50%. Changes in the applicable commitment fee 
       rate for Working Capital Loan Commitments resulting from a change in 
       the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective  as provided in 
       subsection 2.3C. In the event that Company fails to deliver a Margin 
       Determination Certificate timely in accordance with the provisions of 
       subsection 6.1(iv), from the time such Margin Determination 
       Certificate was required to be delivered until such date as such a 
       Margin Determination Certificate is actually delivered, the applicable 
       commitment fee percentage shall be the maximum percentage amount set 
       forth above per annum.

              (ii)   ACQUISITION LOAN COMMITMENTS.  Company agrees to pay to 
       Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Acquisition Lender in 
       proportion to that Acquisition Lender's Pro Rata Share of the 
       Acquisition Loan Commitments, commitment fees for each day during the 
       period from and including the Closing Date to and excluding the 
       Acquisition Loan Commitment Termination Date (or, if earlier, the date 
       of termination of the Acquisition Loan Commitments in their entirety) 
       on the excess on such day of the Acquisition Loan Commitments over the 
       aggregate principal amount of outstanding Acquisition Loans on such 
       date, (the "Unused Acquisition Loan Commitment Amount") at a rate per 
       annum equal to the commitment fee percentage set out below opposite 
       the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Margin 
       Determination Certificate delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv), 
       PROVIDED that on any date prior to the date of the delivery of the 
       first Margin Determination Certificate after the six month anniversary 
       of the Closing Date, if the Unused Acquisition Loan Commitment Amount 
       on such date is less than 50% of the aggregate Acquisition Loan 

                                      49
<PAGE>

       Commitments, the applicable commitment fee percentage on such date 
       shall be 0.75% per annum and if the Unused Acquisition Loan Commitment 
       Amount on such date is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate 
       Acquisition Loan Commitments, the applicable commitment fee percentage 
       on such date shall be 0.50% per annum:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Acquisition Loan
                                                      Commitment Fee Percentage
                                                 ------------------------------------
              Consolidated Leverage Ratio                           Utilization
                                                  Utilization     GREATER OR EQUAL 
                                                 LESS THAN 50%         TO 50%
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
        Greater than or equal to 5.00:1.00          0.750%          0.500%

        Greater than or equal to 4.00:1.00          0.625%          0.375%
        but less than 5.00:1.00

        Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00          0.550%          0.300%
        but less than 4.00:1.00           

        Less than 3.00:1.00                         0.500%          0.250%
</TABLE>

       such commitment fees to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and
       the actual number of days elapsed and to be payable quarterly in arrears
       on each Quarterly Date of each year, commencing on the first such date to
       occur after the Closing Date, and on the Acquisition Loan Commitment
       Termination Date.  Changes in the applicable commitment fee rate for
       Acquisition Loan Commitments resulting from a change in the Consolidated
       Leverage Ratio shall become effective as provided in Subsection 2.3c.. 
       In the event that Company fails to deliver a Margin Determination
       Certificate timely in accordance with the provisions of subsection
       6.1(iv), from the time such Margin Determination Certificate was required
       to be delivered until such date as such a Margin Determination
       Certificate is actually delivered, the applicable commitment fee
       percentage shall be the maximum percentage amount set forth above per
       annum.

              (iii)  TRANCHE A TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS.  Company agrees to pay to
       Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Tranche A Term Loan Lender
       in proportion to that Tranche A Term Loan Lender's Pro Rata Share of the
       Tranche A Term Loan Commitments, commitment fees for the period from and
       including the Closing Date to and excluding the Merger Date (or, if
       earlier, the date of termination of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments
       in their entirety) on the daily average unused Tranche A Term Loan
       Commitments during such period at a rate per annum equal to 2.25%; such
       commitment fees to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the
       actual number of days elapsed and to be payable quarterly on each
       Quarterly Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the
       Closing Date and on the Merger Date. 


                                      50
<PAGE>

     B.       OTHER FEES.  Company agrees to pay to Arranger and Agents such
other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between
Company, Agents and Arranger.

     C.       DETERMINATION OF APPLICABLE MARGINS.

              Subject to the last sentence of subsection 2.2A(i)(a), the last
sentence of subsection 2.3A(i) and the last sentence of subsection 2.3A(ii), the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio used to compute the applicable margin for Tranche A
Term Loans, Working  Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans for purposes of
subsection 2.2A(i) and subsection 3.2 and the applicable commitment fee rates
for the Working Capital Loan Commitments and the Acquisition Loan Commitments
for purposes of subsection 2.3A (such applicable margins and commitment fee
rates being referred to in this subsection 2.3C as the "APPLICABLE MARGINS") for
any day shall be the Consolidated Leverage Ratio set forth in the Margin
Determination Certificate most recently delivered by Company to Administrative
Agent on or prior to such day pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv).  Changes in the
Applicable Margins resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio
shall become effective on the first Business Day following delivery by Company
to Administrative Agent of a new Margin Determination Certificate pursuant to
subsection 6.1(iv).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company may, in its sole
discretion, within ten Business Days following the end of any Fiscal Quarter,
deliver to Administrative Agent a written estimate (the "LEVERAGE RATIO
ESTIMATE") setting forth Company's good faith estimate of the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio (based on calculations contained in a Margin Determination
Certificate) that will be set forth in the next Margin Determination Certificate
required to be delivered by Company to Administrative Agent pursuant to
subsection 6.1(iv).  In the event that the Leverage Ratio Estimate indicates
that there would be a change in the Applicable Margins resulting from a change
in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, such change will become effective on the
first Business Day following delivery of the Leverage Ratio Estimate.  In the
event that, once the next Margin Determination Certificate is delivered, the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in such Margin Determination
Certificate differs from that calculated in the Leverage Ratio Estimate
delivered for the Fiscal Quarter with respect to which such Margin Determination
Certificate has been delivered, and such difference results in Applicable
Margins which are greater or lesser than the Applicable Margins theretofore in
effect, then (A) such greater or lesser Applicable Margins shall be deemed to be
in effect for all purposes of this Agreement from the first Business Day
following the delivery of the Leverage Ratio Estimate and (B) if Company shall
have theretofore made any payment of interest, commitment fees or letter of
credit fees in respect of the period from the first Business Day following the
delivery of the Leverage Ratio Estimate to the Business Day following actual
date of delivery of the Margin Determination Certificate, then, on the next
Quarterly Date, either (x) if the new Applicable Margins are greater than the
Applicable Margins theretofore in effect, Company shall pay as a supplemental
payment of interest, commitment fees and/or letter of credit fees, as
applicable, an amount which equals the difference between the amount of
interest, commitment fees and/or letter of credit fees that would otherwise have
been paid based on such new Consolidated Leverage Ratio and the amount of
interest, commitment ees and/or letter of credit fees, as applicable, actually
so paid, or (y) if the new Applicable Margins are less than the Applicable
Margins theretofore in effect, an amount shall be deducted from the interest,
commitment fees and/or letter of credit fees, as applicable, then otherwise
payable in an amount which equals the difference between the amount of interest,
commitment fees and/or letter of credit fees, as applicable, so paid and the
amount of 

                                      51

<PAGE>

interest, commitment fees and/or letter of credit fees, as applicable,
that would otherwise have been paid based on such new Consolidated Leverage
Ratio (or, if no such payment is owed by Company to the applicable Lenders on
such next Quarterly Date, or if such amount owed by Company is less than such
difference, the applicable Lenders shall pay to Company on such next Quarterly
Date the amount of such difference less the amount, if any, owed by Company to
such Lenders on such Quarterly Date).

2.4    REPAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS IN LOAN COMMITMENTS; GENERAL
PROVISIONS REGARDING PAYMENTS.

     A.       SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF TRANCHE A TERM LOANS AND TRANCHE B TERM
LOANS.

              (i)    SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF TRANCHE A TERM LOANS.  Company shall
       make principal payments on the Tranche A Term Loans on each of the
       following dates in the aggregate amount, expressed as a percentage of the
       Tranche A Term Loan Lenders' aggregate original Tranche A Term Loan
       Commitments, set forth opposite such date in the table set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                    Scheduled Repayment Date        Scheduled Repayment
                                                   of Tranche A Term Loans
                 ----------------------------------------------------------
                 ----------------------------------------------------------
                 <S>                               <S>
                  December 31, 1999                         1.25%
                  March 31, 2000                            1.25%
                  June 30, 2000                             1.25%
                  September 30, 2000                        1.25%
                  December 31, 2000                         2.50%
                  March 31, 2001                            2.50%
                  June 30, 2001                             2.50%
                  September 30, 2001                        2.50%
                  December 31, 2001                         5.00%
                  March 31, 2002                            5.00%
                  June 30, 2002                             5.00%
                  September 30, 2002                        5.00%
                  December 31, 2002                         6.25%
                  March 31, 2003                            6.25%
                  June 30, 2003                             6.25%
                  September 30, 2003                        6.25%
                  December 31, 2003                         10.00%
                  March 31, 2004                            10.00%
                  June 30, 2004                             10.00%
                  September 30, 2004                        10.00%
                                                         ------------
                         Total                             100.00%
                                                         ------------
</TABLE>

                                      52

<PAGE>

       ; PROVIDED that the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche A
       Term Loans set forth above shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
       aggregate principal amount of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of
       the Tranche A Term Loans in accordance with subsection 2.4B(iv); and
       PROVIDED, FURTHER that the Tranche A Term Loans and all other amounts
       owed hereunder with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans shall be paid in
       full no later than September 30, 2004, and the final installment payable
       by Company in respect of the Tranche A Term Loans on such date shall be
       in an amount, if such amount is different from that specified above,
       sufficient to repay all amounts owing by Company under this Agreement
       with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans.

              (ii)   SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF TRANCHE B TERM LOANS.  Company shall
       make principal payments on the Tranche B Term Loans in installments on
       each of the following dates in the aggregate amount set forth opposite
       such date in the table set forth below:

                                      53

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                    Scheduled Repayment Date       Scheduled Repayment
                                                   of Tranche B Term Loans
                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                 <S>                               <C>
                  December 31, 1998                           $112,500
                  March 31, 1999                              $112,500
                  June 30, 1999                               $112,500
                  September 30, 1999                          $112,500
                  December 31, 1999                           $112,500
                  March 31, 2000                              $112,500
                  June 30, 2000                               $112,500
                  September 30, 2000                          $112,500
                  December 31, 2000                           $112,500
                  March 31, 2001                              $112,500
                  June 30, 2001                               $112,500
                  September 30, 2001                          $112,500
                  December 31, 2001                           $112,500
                  March 31, 2002                              $112,500
                  June 30, 2002                               $112,500
                  September 30, 2002                          $112,500
                  December 31, 2002                           $112,500
                  March 31, 2003                              $112,500
                  June 30, 2003                               $112,500
                  September 30, 2003                          $112,500
                  December 31, 2003                           $112,500
                  March 31, 2004                              $112,500
                  June 30, 2004                               $112,500
                  September 30, 2004                          $112,500
                  December 31, 2004                        $10,575,000
                  March 31, 2005                           $10,575,000
                  June 30, 2005                            $10,575,000
                  September 30, 2005                       $10,575,000
                                                      --------------------
                                       Total               $45,000,000
                                                      --------------------
</TABLE>


; PROVIDED that the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche B Term
Loans set forth above shall be reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B Term
Loans in accordance with subsection 2.4B(iv); and PROVIDED, FURTHER that the
Tranche B Term Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the
Tranche B Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than September 30, 2005, and
the final installment payable by Company in respect of the Tranche B Term Loans
on such date 

                                      54

<PAGE>

shall be in an amount, if such amount is different from that specified above, 
sufficient to repay all amounts owing by Company under this Agreement with 
respect to the Tranche B Term Loans.

     B.       PREPAYMENTS AND UNSCHEDULED REDUCTIONS IN COMMITMENTS.

              (i)    VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.  Company may, upon written or
       telephonic notice to Administrative Agent on or prior to 2:00 PM (Chicago
       time) on the date of prepayment, which notice, if telephonic, shall be
       promptly confirmed in writing, at any time and from time to time prepay
       any Swing Line Loan on any Business Day in whole or in part in an
       aggregate minimum amount of $250,000 and multiples of $10,000 in excess
       of that amount.  Company may, upon one Business Day's prior written or
       telephonic notice by 12:00 Noon (Chicago time), in the case of Base Rate
       Loans (other than Swing Line Loans), and three Business Days' prior
       written or telephonic notice, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in
       each case given to Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on
       the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed in
       writing to Administrative Agent (which original written or telephonic
       notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by telefacsimile or
       telephone to each Lender), at any time and from time to time prepay any
       such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate
       minimum amount of $1,000,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess of that
       amount, subject in the case of prepayments of Eurodollar Loans to
       compliance with subsection 2.6D if such prepayment is made on a date
       prior to the expiration of the applicable Interest Period.  Notice of
       prepayment having been given as aforesaid, the principal amount of the
       Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the
       prepayment date specified therein.  Any such voluntary prepayment shall
       be applied as specified in subsection 2.4B(iv).

              (ii)   VOLUNTARY REDUCTIONS OF LOAN COMMITMENTS.  Company may,
       upon not less than one Business Day's prior written or telephonic notice
       confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which original written or
       telephonic notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by
       telefacsimile or telephone to each Working Capital Lender or Acquisition
       Loan Lender, as the case may be), at any time and from time to time
       terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or
       penalty, (a) the Working Capital Loan Commitments in an amount up to the
       amount by which the Working Capital Loan Commitments exceed the Total
       Utilization of Working Capital Loan Commitments at the time of such
       proposed termination or reduction, (b) the Acquisition Loan Commitments
       in an amount up to the amount by which the Acquisition Loan Commitments
       exceed the outstanding Acquisition Loans at the time of such proposed
       termination or reduction; PROVIDED that any such partial reduction shall
       be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and multiples of $100,000
       in excess of that amount.  Company's notice to Administrative Agent shall
       designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or
       reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination
       or reduction of the Working Capital Loan Commitments and/or the
       Acquisition Loan Commitments, as the case may be, shall be effective on
       the date specified in Company's notice and shall reduce the Working
       Capital Loan Commitment of each Working Capital Lender and/or the
       Acquisition Loan 

                                      55

<PAGE>

       Commitments, as the case may be, of each Acquisition Loan Lender 
       proportionately to its Pro Rata Share.

              (iii)  MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS AND MANDATORY REDUCTIONS OF LOAN
       COMMITMENTS.  Upon and after the Merger Date, the Loans shall be prepaid
       and/or the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in
       the amounts and under the circumstances set forth below, all such
       prepayments and/or reductions to be applied as set forth below or as more
       specifically provided in subsection 2.4B(iv):

                   (a)      PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS FROM NET ASSET SALE
              PROCEEDS.  No later than 30 calendar days following the date of
              receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset
              Sale Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale consummated after the
              consummation of the Merger (other than any Asset Sale permitted
              under subsections 7.7(iv) and 7.7(x) or an Asset Sale to Company
              or a Subsidiary Guarantor), Company shall prepay the Loans and/or
              the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in
              an aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds;
              PROVIDED that if Company states in the Officers' Certificate
              delivered pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii)(e) that Company or the
              applicable Subsidiary intends to apply, within 365 days after the
              receipt of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds, all or a portion (as
              specified in such Officers' Certificate) of such Net Asset Sale
              Proceeds to a Property Reinvestment Application Company shall not
              be required to prepay the Loans and/or the Acquisition Loan
              Commitments shall not be reduced by such amount to be applied to a
              Property Reinvestment Application; provided further that to the
              extent such amount of  Net Asset Sale Proceeds is not applied to a
              Property Reinvestment Application within such 365-day period,
              Company shall, on the last day of such 365-day period prepay the
              Loans and/or the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be permanently
              reduced by the aggregate amount equal to such amount of Net Asset
              Sale Proceeds not so applied to Property Reinvestment Application.

                   (b)      PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS FROM NET
              INSURANCE/CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS.  No later than the first Business
              Day following the date of receipt by Administrative Agent or by
              Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the Merger Date of any
              Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $250,000 with
              respect to any loss or taking or series of related losses or
              takings, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Acquisition
              Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate
              amount equal to the amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation
              Proceeds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) no such prepayment and/or
              reduction shall be required to the extent under the terms of any
              lease or other agreement existing on the date hereof such Net
              Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds are required to be used to
              replace, rebuild or repair the asset so damaged, destroyed or
              taken and (ii) if Company states in the Officers' Certificate
              delivered pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii)(e) that Company or the
              applicable Subsidiary intends to apply, within 365 days after the
              receipt of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, all or a
              portion (as specified in such Officers' Certificate) of such Net
              Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to a Property 

                                      56

<PAGE>

              Reinvestment Application, Company shall not be required to 
              prepay Loans and/or the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall not 
              be reduced by such amount to be applied to a Property 
              Reinvestment Application; PROVIDED FURTHER that to the extent 
              such amount of Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds is not applied 
              to a Property Reinvestment Application within such 365-day 
              period, Company shall, on the last day of such 365-day period 
              prepay the Loans and/or the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall 
              be permanently reduced by the aggregate amount equal to such 
              amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds not so 
              applied to a Property Reinvestment Application.

                   (c)      PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS DUE TO ISSUANCE OF DEBT
              OR EQUITY SECURITIES.  On the date of receipt by Parent, Company
              or any of its Subsidiaries of the cash proceeds (any such cash
              proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other
              reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including
              investment banking, legal, brokerage, accounting fees and
              expenses, being "Net Securities Proceeds"), from the issuance of
              equity Securities of Parent, Company or any of its Subsidiaries
              after the Merger Date (other than Excluded Equity Proceeds) or of
              debt Securities of Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the
              Merger Date (other than the proceeds of the issuance of
              Indebtedness permitted by subsection 7.1 (including without
              limitation the proceeds from the sale of the Senior Subordinated
              Notes)), Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Acquisition
              Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate
              amount equal to such Net Securities Proceeds in the case of the
              proceeds of debt Securities and in an aggregate amount equal to
              50% of such Net Securities Proceeds in the case of the proceeds of
              equity Securities; PROVIDED the amount of such prepayment
              hereunder in respect of Net Securities Proceeds constituting the
              proceeds of the issuance and sale of equity Securities shall be
              limited to the amount necessary to reduce the amount of
              Indebtedness included in the calculation of the Consolidated
              Leverage Ratio to the amount that would result, on a pro forma
              basis after giving effect to such prepayment, in a Consolidated
              Leverage Ratio of 3.50:1.00 or less at the end of the Fiscal
              Quarter then most recently ended and (ii) no such prepayment in
              respect of Net Securities Proceeds constituting the proceeds of
              the issuance and sale of Equity Securities shall be required to be
              made at such times as the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the end
              of the most recent Fiscal Quarter (as evidenced by a Margin
              Determination Certificate delivered to Administrative Agent
              pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv)) is equal to or less than
              3.50:1.00.

                   (d)      PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS FROM CONSOLIDATED EXCESS
              CASH FLOW.  In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess
              Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year
              ending December 31,1999), Company shall, no later than the fifth
              Business Day after the delivery of financial statements for such
              Fiscal Year, prepay the Loans and/or the Acquisition Loan
              Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount
              equal to 50% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow less the
              aggregate amount of all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans
              actually made in such Fiscal Year pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i);

                                      57

<PAGE>

              PROVIDED that (i) the amount of such prepayment hereunder in
              respect of Excess Cash Flow shall be limited to the amount
              necessary to reduce the amount of Indebtedness included in the
              calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to the amount that
              would result, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such
              prepayment, in a Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.50:1 or less at
              the end of the Fiscal Quarter then most recently ended and (ii) if
              as of the last day of such Fiscal Year, the Consolidated Leverage
              Ratio (as evidenced by a Margin Determination Certificate
              delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv))
              is equal to or less than 3.50:1.00, no prepayments of any Loans
              and no reduction of the Acquisition Loan Commitments or amount of
              Consolidated Excess Cash Flow need be made.

                   (e)      CALCULATIONS OF NET PROCEEDS AMOUNTS; ADDITIONAL
              PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS BASED ON SUBSEQUENT CALCULATIONS. 
              Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans and/or reduction of
              the Acquisition Loan Commitments pursuant to subsections
              2.4B(iii)(a)-(d) and on the date any such prepayment and/or
              reduction would have been required to be made pursuant to
              subsections 2.4B(iii)(a) or 2.4B(iii)(b) but for the application
              of the provisos to such subsections, Company shall deliver to
              Administrative Agent an Officer's Certificate demonstrating the
              calculation of the amount (the "NET PROCEEDS AMOUNT") of the
              applicable Net Asset Sale Proceeds or Net Insurance/Condemnation
              Proceeds, or Net Securities Proceeds (as such term is defined in
              subsection 2.4B(iii)(c)), or the applicable Consolidated Excess
              Cash Flow, as the case may be (and which, in the case of
              Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, may be the Officer's Certificate
              delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(iii) with respect to the
              financial statements for the Fiscal Year to which such excess cash
              flow relates if such Officer's Certificate contains the required
              information).  In the event that Company shall subsequently
              determine that the actual Net Proceeds Amount was greater than the
              amount set forth in such Officer's Certificate, Company shall
              promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans (and/or, if
              applicable, the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall be permanently
              reduced) in an amount equal to the amount of such excess, and
              Company shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative
              Agent an Officer's Certificate demonstrating the derivation of the
              additional Net Proceeds Amount resulting in such excess. 

                   (f)      Company shall not be required to make any prepayment
              of Loans otherwise required by subsections 2.4B(iii)(a), (b), (c)
              or (d) (and no reduction of the Acquisition Loan Commitments shall
              take effect) unless and until the aggregate principal amount of
              the Loans to be prepaid and/or Acquisition Loan Commitments to be
              reduced is at least equal to $250,000.

              (iv)   APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS.

                   (a)      APPLICATION OF VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS BY TYPE OF
              LOANS AND ORDER OF MATURITY.  Any voluntary prepayments pursuant
              to subsection 2.4B(i) shall be applied to the Loans as specified
              by Company in the applicable notice of 

                                      58

<PAGE>

              prepayment; PROVIDED that in the event Company fails to 
              specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be 
              applied, such prepayment shall be applied FIRST to repay 
              outstanding Swing Line Loans to the full extent thereof, 
              SECOND to repay outstanding Term Loans to the full extent
              thereof and THIRD to repay outstanding Acquisition Loans to the
              full extent thereof and FOURTH to repay outstanding Working
              Capital Loans to the full extent thereof.  Any voluntary
              prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i)
              (whether the application thereof is specified by Company or not)
              shall be applied to prepay the Tranche A Term Loans and the
              Tranche B Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the
              respective outstanding principal amounts thereof) and to reduce
              the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche A Term
              Loans and Tranche B Term Loans set forth in subsection 2.4A(i) and
              2.4A(ii) in forward order of maturity.

                   (b)      APPLICATION OF MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS BY TYPE OF
              LOANS.  Any amount (the "Applied Amount") required to be applied
              as a mandatory prepayment of the Loans and/or a reduction of the
              Acquisition Loan Commitments pursuant to subsections 
              2.4B(iii)(a)-(d) shall be applied FIRST to prepay the Term Loans 
              to the full extent thereof, SECOND, to the extent of any 
              remaining portion of the Applied Amount, to prepay the 
              Acquisition Loans to the full extent thereof and to permanently 
              reduce the Acquisition Loan Commitments by the amount of such 
              prepayment, and THIRD, to the extent of any remaining portion of 
              the Applied Amount, to prepay the Swing Line Loans and thereafter 
              to prepay Working Capital Loans to the full extent thereof but in 
              either case without permanently reducing the Working Capital Loan 
              Commitments by the amount of such prepayments.

                   (c)      APPLICATION OF MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF TERM LOANS
              TO TRANCHE A TERM LOANS AND TRANCHE B TERM LOANS AND THE SCHEDULED
              INSTALLMENTS OF PRINCIPAL THEREOF.  Any mandatory prepayments of
              the Term Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii) shall be applied
              to prepay the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans on
              a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding
              principal amounts thereof) and to reduce the scheduled
              installments of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche
              B Term Loans set forth in subsection 2.4A(i) and 2.4A(ii) in
              forward order of maturity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
              case of any mandatory prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans,
              Company may elect to offer the Tranche B Term Loan Lenders the
              option to waive the right to receive the amount of such mandatory
              prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans.  If any Term B Lender or
              Lenders elect to waive the right to receive the amount of such
              mandatory prepayment, 50% of the amount that otherwise would have
              been applied to mandatorily prepay the Tranche B Term Loans of
              such Lender or Lenders shall be applied instead to the further
              prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans (and any such prepayment
              shall reduce scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche A
              Term Loans set forth in subsection 2.4A(i) in forward order of
              maturity) to the extent any are then outstanding and the remaining
              amount shall be retained by Company.

                                      59

<PAGE>

                   (d)      APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS TO BASE RATE LOANS AND
              EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.  Considering Tranche A Term Loans,
              Tranche B Term Loans, Working Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans
              being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied
              as specified by Company to Administrative Agent on or prior to the
              date of the relevant prepayment or, absent such specification,
              first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before
              application to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner
              which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by
              Company pursuant to subsection 2.6D.

       C. GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING PAYMENTS.

              (i)    MANNER AND TIME OF PAYMENT.  All payments by Company of
       principal, interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder and under the
       Notes shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff
       or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to
       Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 P.M. (Chicago time) on the date
       due at the Funding and Payment Office for the account of Lenders; funds
       received by Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall
       be deemed to have been paid by Company on the next succeeding Business
       Day.

              (ii)   APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS TO PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.  Except
       as provided in subsection 2.2C, all payments in respect of the principal
       amount of any Loan shall include payment of accrued interest on the
       principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in
       any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is
       due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the
       payment of interest before application to principal.

              (iii)  APPORTIONMENT OF PAYMENTS.  Aggregate principal and
       interest payments in respect of Loans  shall be apportioned among all
       outstanding Loans to which such payments relate, in each case
       proportionately to Lenders' respective Pro Rata Shares.  Administrative
       Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender, at its primary address
       set forth below its name on the appropriate signature page hereof or at
       such other address as such Lender may request, its Pro Rata Share of all
       such payments received by Administrative Agent and the commitment fees of
       such Lender when received by Administrative Agent pursuant to
       subsection 2.3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
       subsection 2.4C(iii), if, pursuant to the provisions of subsection 2.6C,
       any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is withdrawn as to any Affected
       Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro
       Rata Share of any Eurodollar Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall give
       effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

              (iv)   PAYMENTS ON BUSINESS DAYS.  Whenever any payment to be made
       hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day,
       such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such
       extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of
       interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as the case may
       be.

                                      60

<PAGE>

     D.       APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL AND PAYMENTS UNDER
GUARANTIES

              (i)    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL.  Except as provided
       in subsection 2.4B(iii)(a) with respect to prepayments from Net Asset
       Sale Proceeds or utilization thereof by Company, or subsection
       2.4B(iii)(b) with respect to prepayments from Net Insurance/Condemnation
       Proceeds or utilization thereof by Company, all proceeds received by
       Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other
       realization upon all or any part of the Collateral under any Collateral
       Document shall be applied, upon the occurrence and during the continuance
       of an Event of Default, against, the applicable Secured Obligations (as
       defined in such Collateral Document) in the following order of priority:

                   (a)      To the payment of all costs and expenses of such
              sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable fees
              and expenses of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel,
              and all other expenses and liabilities made or incurred by
              Administrative Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for
              which Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under
              such Collateral Document and all advances made by Administrative
              Agent thereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party, and
              to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by
              Administrative Agent in connection with the exercise of any right
              or remedy under such Collateral Document, all in accordance with
              the terms of this Agreement and such Collateral Document;
       
                   (b)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, 
              to the payment of all other such Secured Obligations then due 
              and payable for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof;

                   (c)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, 
              to the payment of cash collateral for Letters of Credit for the 
              ratable benefit of the Issuing Lenders thereof and holders of 
              participations therein; and

                   (d)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, 
              to the payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to 
              whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as
              a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

              (ii)   APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS UNDER GUARANTIES.  All payments
       received by Administrative Agent under any of the Guaranties at any time
       at which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall be
       applied promptly from time to time by Administrative Agent in the
       following order of priority:

                   (a)  to the payment of the costs and expenses of any 
              collection or other realization under the Guaranties, including
              reasonable fees and expenses of Administrative Agent and its
              agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances
              made or incurred by Administrative Agent in connection therewith,
              all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such
              Guaranty;


                                      61

<PAGE>

                   (b)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments,
              to the payment of all other Guarantied Obligations (as defined 
              in such Guaranty) then due and payable for the ratable benefit 
              of the holders thereof;

                   (c)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments,
              to the payment of cash collateral for Letters of Credit for the 
              ratable benefit of the Issuing Lenders thereof and holders of 
              participations therein; and

                   (d)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, 
              to the payment to Parent or to the applicable Subsidiary 
              Guarantor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive 
              the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

2.5  USE OF PROCEEDS.

     A. TERM LOANS.  The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with other 
funds available to Company, shall be applied by Company to pay the 
Acquisition Financing Requirements.  To the extent Company advances to DAH 
proceeds of the Term Loans on the Closing Date to repay the Existing DAH 
Debt, such advances shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note Relating to 
Tranche A Term Loans and Working Capital Loans and /or the Intercompany Note 
Relating to Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, which notes shall be 
pledged by Company to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Finance Co. Pledge 
Agreement.  To the extent the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans are not 
utilized on the Closing Date, the excess proceeds shall be deposited by 
Company into the Investment Accounts for the benefit of the Lenders and 
invested in Cash Equivalents specified in the Investment Account Agreement, 
as directed by Company, until the Merger Date.

     B. WORKING CAPITAL LOANS; SWING LINE LOANS.  The proceeds of the Working 
Capital Loans and any Swing Line Loans may be applied by Company for working 
capital and general and other corporate purposes, including the making of 
advances to DAH as described below.  Up to $10,600,000 of Working Capital 
Loans made on the Closing Date and/or the Merger Date may be used to pay the 
Acquisition Financing Requirements.  The Working Capital Loans may be 
advanced by Company to DAH during the period from and including the Closing 
Date to and including the Merger Date for working capital and general and 
other corporate purposes.  To the extent Company advances to DAH proceeds of 
the Working Capital Loans during such period, such advances shall be 
evidenced by the Intercompany Note Relating to Tranche A Term Loans and 
Working Capital Loans which note shall be pledged by Company to 
Administrative Agent pursuant to the Finance Co. Pledge Agreement.

     C. ACQUISITION LOANS.  The proceeds of the Acquisition Loans shall be 
applied by Company to finance directly or indirectly the costs of Permitted 
Acquisitions.

     D. MARGIN REGULATIONS.  No borrowing and no portion of the proceeds of 
any borrowing under this Agreement shall be used by Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries in any manner that is in violation of Regulation U or Regulation 
X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in effect on the 
date or dates of such borrowing and such use of proceeds.

                                      62

<PAGE>

2.6  SPECIAL PROVISIONS GOVERNING EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.

              Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to Eurodollar Rate
Loans as to the matters covered:

     A. DETERMINATION OF APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE.  As soon as practicable
after 11:00 A.M. (London time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date,
Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest
error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that
shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then
being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give
notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and
each Lender.

     B. INABILITY TO DETERMINE APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE.  In the event that 
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be 
final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest 
Rate Determination Date with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that 
deposits in U.S. Dollars for the relevant Interest Period are not available 
to Administrative Agent in the London interbank market or by reason of 
circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means 
do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on 
the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, 
Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by 
telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and each Lender of such 
determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, 
Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time as Administrative Agent notifies 
Company and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no 
longer exist and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of 
Conversion/Continuation given by Company with respect to the Loans in respect 
of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by 
Company or, at the sole option of Company, the proposed Loans requested to be 
made in such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion, Continuation, as 
the case may be, shall instead be made as, or converted to or continued as, 
Base Rate Loans.

     C. ILLEGALITY OR IMPRACTICABILITY OF EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.  In the
event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination
shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be
made only after consultation with Company and Administrative Agent) that the
making, maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans has become
unlawful as a result of the introduction of, or any change  in or in the
interpretation of, any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or
order (whether or not having the force of law even though the failure to comply
therewith would not be unlawful), in each case after the date hereof, then, and
in any such event, such Lender shall be an "AFFECTED LENDER" and it shall on
that day give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to
Company and Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice
Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender).  Thereafter
(a) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans
to, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice shall be
withdrawn by the Affected Lender (which such Affected Lender shall do promptly
upon obtaining actual knowledge that the circumstance giving rise to such
suspension no longer exist), (b) to the extent such determination by the
Affected Lender relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by
Company pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or convert

                                      63

<PAGE>

such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan (with interest thereon being
payable on the same date or dates on which interest is payable in respect of the
corresponding Loans of Lenders that are not Affected Lenders), (c) the Affected
Lender's obligation to maintain its outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the
"AFFECTED LOANS") shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration
of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when
required by law, and (d) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into
Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination (with interest thereon being
payable on the same date or dates on which interest is payable in respect of the
corresponding Loans of Lenders that are not Affected Lenders).  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described
above relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Company pursuant
to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Company shall
have the option, subject to the provisions of subsection 2.6D, to rescind such
Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation as to all Lenders by
giving notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to
Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender
gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission
Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender).  Except as
provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this subsection 2.6C
shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected Lender to make
or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     D. COMPENSATION FOR BREAKAGE OR NON-COMMENCEMENT OF INTEREST PERIODS. 
Company shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by that Lender (which
request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all
reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by that
Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurodollar Rate
Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by that Lender in connection
with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding any loss of
margin for any period after any failure to borrow, continue or convert any
Eurodollar Loans, or any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans described below) which
that Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by that
Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date
specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a telephonic request for
borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does
not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or
a telephonic request for conversion or continuation, (ii) if any prepayment
(including any prepayment pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i)) or other principal
payment or any conversion of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date
prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, or (iii) if
any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date
specified in a notice of prepayment given by Company.

     E. BOOKING OF EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.  Any Lender may make, carry or
transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch
offices or the office of an Affiliate of that Lender; provided that Company
shall not be liable for any additional amounts pursuant to subsection 2.7 as a
result thereof nor shall any such action, by itself, cause such Lender to become
an Affected Lender. 

     F. ASSUMPTIONS CONCERNING FUNDING OF EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS. Calculation 
of all amounts payable to a Lender under this subsection 2.6 and under 
subsection 2.7A shall be made as though that Lender had actually funded each 
of its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the 


                                      64

<PAGE>

purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained 
pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an 
amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity 
comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such 
Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that Lender to a domestic 
office of that Lender in the United States of America; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans in any manner it 
sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the 
purposes of calculating amounts payable under this subsection 2.6 and under 
subsection 2.7A.

     G.       EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS AFTER DEFAULT.  After the occurrence of 
and during the continuation of a Potential Event of Default or an Event of 
Default, Company may not elect to have a Loan be made or maintained as, or 
converted to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan after the expiration of any Interest 
Period then in effect for that Loan.

2.7    INCREASED COSTS; TAXES; CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

     A.       COMPENSATION FOR INCREASED COSTS AND TAXES.  Subject to the 
provisions of subsection 2.7B (which shall be controlling with respect to the 
matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender shall determine (which 
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and 
binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, 
regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, 
administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new 
law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation of order), or any determination 
of a court or governmental authority, in each case that becomes effective 
after the date hereof (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature 
pages hereof and in the case of any other Lender if such change shall have 
affected a class of Lenders generally) or after the date of the Assignment 
Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender (in the case of any 
other Lender if such change shall not have affected a class of Lenders 
generally), or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or 
directive issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other 
governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force 
of law):

              (i)    imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve
       (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other
       reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar
       requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in
       or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended
       by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender
       (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to
       Eurodollar Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Adjusted
       Eurodollar Rate); or

              (ii)   imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a
       tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending
       office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of
agreeing to make, making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder or to
reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable
lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Company shall pay
to such Lender, within 15 days after receipt of the statement 

                                      65
<PAGE>

referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts as may be 
necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction 
in amounts received or receivable hereunder.  Such Lender shall promptly 
deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, 
setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional 
amounts owed to such Lender under this subsection 2.7A, which statement shall 
be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

     B.       WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.

              (i)    PAYMENTS TO BE FREE AND CLEAR.  All sums payable by Company
       under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall (except to the
       extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any
       deduction on account of, any Tax .

              (ii)   GROSSING-UP OF PAYMENTS.  If Company is required by law to
       make any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum
       paid or payable by Company to Administrative Agent or any Lender under
       any of the Loan Documents:

                   (a)      Company shall pay any such Tax before the date on
              which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made for its
              own account;

                   (b)      the sum payable by Company in respect of which the
              relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be
              increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making
              of that deduction, withholding or payment, Administrative Agent or
              such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net
              sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction,
              withholding or payment been required or made; and

                   (c)      within 30 days after paying any sum from which it is
              required by law to make any deduction or withholding, or within 30
              days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required
              by clause (a) above to pay (whichever is later), Company shall
              deliver to Administrative Agent evidence available to the Company
              reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent of such deduction,
              withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the
              relevant taxing or other authority;

       PROVIDED that no such additional amount shall be required to be paid to
       any Lender or Agent under clause (b) above except to the extent that any
       change after the date hereof (in the case of each Lender and Agent listed
       on the signature pages hereof) or after the date of the Assignment
       Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender (in the case of
       each other Lender) in any such requirement for a deduction, withholding
       or payment as is mentioned therein shall result in an increase in the
       rate of such deduction, withholding or payment from that in effect at the
       date of this Agreement or at the date of such Assignment Agreement, as
       the case may be, in respect of payments to such Lender or Agent.

              (iii)  If any Taxes are directly asserted against either of the
       Agents or any Lender with respect to any payment received by such Agents
       or such Lender under the 

                                      66
<PAGE>

       Agreement, such Agents or such Lender may pay such Taxes and the Company 
       will promptly pay to such Person such additional amount (including any 
       penalties, interest or expenses) as is necessary in order that the net 
       amount received by such Person shall equal the amount of such Taxes paid 
       by such Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be 
       obligated to make payment to the Lenders or the Agents (as the case may 
       be) pursuant to this sentence in respect of penalties or interest 
       attributable to any Taxes, if written demand therefor has not been made 
       by such Lenders or the Agents within 60 days from the date on which such 
       Lenders or the Agents knew of the imposition of Taxes by the relevant 
       taxing authority or for any additional imposition which may arise from 
       the failure of the Lenders or Agents to apply payments in accordance 
       with the applicable tax law after the Company has made the payments 
       required hereunder; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the Company shall 
       not be required to pay any such additional amounts except to the extent 
       that any change after the date hereof (in the case of each Lender and 
       Agent listed on the signature pages hereof) or after the date of the 
       Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender (in 
       the case of each other Lender) in any such requirement for the deduction,
       withholding or payment of Taxes shall result in an increase in the rate 
       of such deduction, withholding or payment from that in effect at the 
       date of this Agreement or at the date of such Assignment Agreement, as 
       the case may be, in respect of payments to such Lender or Agent.  After 
       a Lender or an Agent (as the case may be) learns of the imposition of 
       Taxes, such Lender or Agent will act in good faith to notify the Company 
       of their obligations hereunder as soon as reasonably possible.

              (iv)   EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION FROM U.S. WITHHOLDING TAX.

                   (a)      Each Lender and Agent that is not (i) a citizen or
              resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or
              other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the
              United States, or any state or other political subdivision
              thereof, (iii) an estate that is subject to U.S. federal income
              taxation regardless of the source of its income or (iv) a trust,
              if any only if (A) a court within the United States is able to
              exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust
              and (B) one or more U.S. persons has the authority to control all
              substantial decisions of the trust (for purposes of this
              subsection 2.7B(iv), any such Person referred to in clauses (i)
              through (iv) being a "NON-US LENDER OR AGENT") shall deliver to
              Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver an original
              copy to Company) on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of
              each Lender and Agent listed on the signature pages hereof) or on
              or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which
              it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at
              such other times as may be necessary in the determination of
              Company or Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise
              of its discretion), (1) two or more (as Company or Administrative
              Agent reasonably request) original copies of Internal Revenue
              Service Form 1001 or 4224 (or any successor forms), properly
              completed and duly executed by such Lender, together with any
              other certificate or statement of exemption required under the
              Internal Revenue Code or the regulations issued thereunder to
              establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or
              withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to
              any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other

                                     67
<PAGE>

              amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents or (2) if such
              Lender is not a "bank" or other Person described in
              Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver
              either Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to
              clause (1) above, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status together with
              two or more (as Company or Administrative Agent reasonably
              request) original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or
              any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such
              Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of
              exemption required under the Internal Revenue Code or the
              regulations issued thereunder to establish that such Lender is not
              subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal
              income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of interest
              payable under any of the Loan Documents.

                   (b)      Each Lender required to deliver any forms,
              certificates or other evidence with respect to United States
              federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to subsection
              2.7B(iv)(a) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial
              delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other
              evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances
              renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or
              inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall on or
              before the date that any such form, certification or other
              evidence becomes obsolete or inaccurate (1) deliver to
              Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver an original
              copy to Company) two or more (as Company or Administrative Agent
              may reasonably request) new original copies of Internal Revenue
              Service Form 1001 or 4224, or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status and
              two or more (as Company or Administrative Agent may reasonably
              request) new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8,
              as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such
              Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of
              exemption required in order to confirm or establish that such
              Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States
              federal income tax with respect to payments to such Lender under
              the Loan Documents or (2) notify Administrative Agent and Company
              of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other
              evidence.  Each Lender and each Agent agrees, to the extent
              reasonable and without material cost to it, to provide to Company
              and Administrative Agent such other applicable forms or
              certificates that would reduce or eliminate any Tax.

                   (c)      Company shall not be required to pay any additional
              amount to any Non-US Lender or Agent under subsection 2.7B(ii) or
              2.7B(iii)if such Lender or Agent shall have failed to satisfy the
              requirements of clause (a) or (b)(1) of this subsection 2.7B(iv);
              PROVIDED that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirements
              of subsection 2.7B(iv)(a) on the Closing Date (in the case of each
              Lender listed on the signature pages hereof) or on the date of the
              Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender (in the
              case of each other Lender), nothing in this subsection 2.7B(iv)(c)
              shall relieve Company of its obligation to pay any additional
              amounts pursuant to subsection 2.7B(ii) in the event that, as a
              result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental
              rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation,
              administration or 

                                      68
<PAGE>

              application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to
              deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent 
              date establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to 
              withholding as described in subsection 2.7B(iv)(a).

              (v)    If Company determines in good faith that a reasonable basis
       exists for contesting the imposition of a Tax with respect to a Lender or
       either of the Agents, if requested by Company, the relevant Lender or
       Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably cooperate with Company in
       challenging such Tax at Company's expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
       nothing in this subsection 2.7B(v) shall require any Lender to submit to
       Company or any other Person any tax returns or any part thereof, or to
       prepare or file any tax returns other than as such Lender in its sole
       discretion shall determine.

              (vi)   If a Lender or an Agent shall receive a refund (including
       any offset or credits) from a taxing authority (as a result of any error
       in the imposition of Taxes by such taxing authority) of any Taxes paid by
       Company pursuant to subsection 2.7B(ii) and 2.7B(iii) above, such Lender
       or the Agent (as the case may be) shall promptly pay Company the amount
       so received, with interest, if any, from the taxing authority with
       respect to such refund, net of any tax liability incurred by such Lender
       or Agent that is attributable to the receipt of such refund and such
       interest; PROVIDED that such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall
       be entitled to use reasonable methods to calculate the allocation of any
       such refund payable to Company so long as such method does not result in
       a materially reduced amount being paid to Company as compared to
       similarly situated borrowers.

              (vii)  Each Lender and each Agent agrees, to the extent reasonable
       and without material cost to it, to cooperate with the Company to
       minimize any amounts payable by the Company under this Section 2.7B;
       PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this Section 2.7B shall require any
       Lender to take any action which, in the sole discretion of such Lender,
       is inconsistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory
       restrictions.

     C.       CAPITAL ADEQUACY ADJUSTMENT.  If any Lender shall have determined
that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the date
hereof (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof and in
the case of any other Lender if such change shall have affected a class of
Lenders generally) or after the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to
which such Lender became a Lender (in the case of any other Lender if such
change shall not have affected a class of Lenders generally) of any law, rule or
regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change
after such date therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its
applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency issued after such
date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital
of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of,
or with reference to, such Lender's Loans or Commitments or Letters of Credit or
participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans
or the Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such
controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption,
effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance 

                                      69
<PAGE>

(taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling 
corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within 
15 days after receipt by Company from such Lender of the statement referred 
to in the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Lender such additional 
amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling 
corporation for such reduction. Such Lender shall deliver to Company (with a 
copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in 
reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, 
which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto 
absent manifest error; provided that such Lender may not impose materially 
greater costs on Company than on similarly situated borrowers by the virtue 
of the methodology applied to calculate such additional amounts. 

     D.       PERIOD OF RECOVERY.  Company shall not be obligated to compensate
any Lender for any costs or additional amounts with respect to which such Lender
may request compensation pursuant to this subsection 2.7 or subsection 3.6 to
the extent such costs have accrued, or have been incurred, prior to 180 days
prior to the date on which such Lender demands compensation therefor hereunder.

2.8    OBLIGATION OF LENDERS AND ISSUING LENDERS TO MITIGATE; REPLACEMENT OF
LENDER.

     A.       MITIGATION.  Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees that, as
promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender or Issuing Lender
responsible for administering the Loans or Letters of Credit of such Lender or
Issuing Lender, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event
or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an
Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender or Issuing Lender to receive
payments under subsection 2.7 or subsection 3.6, it will, to the extent not
inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender or Issuing Lender and any
applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts (i) to make,
issue, fund or maintain the Commitments of such Lender or the affected Loans or
Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing Lender through another lending or
letter of credit office of such Lender or Issuing Lender, or (ii) take such
other measures as such Lender or Issuing Lender may deem reasonable, if as a
result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected
Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be
required to be paid to such Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to subsection 2.7
or subsection 3.6 would be reduced and if, as determined by such Lender or
Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or
maintaining of such Commitments or Loans or Letters of Credit through such other
lending or letter of credit office or in accordance with such other measures, as
the case may be, would not otherwise materially adversely affect such
Commitments or Loans or Letters of Credit or the interests of such Lender or
Issuing Lender; PROVIDED that such Lender or Issuing Lender will not be
obligated to utilize such other lending or letter of credit office pursuant to
this subsection 2.8 unless Company agrees to pay all incremental expenses
incurred by such Lender or Issuing Lender as a result of utilizing such other
lending or letter of credit office as described in clause (i) above.  A
certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to
this subsection 2.8 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting
such amount) submitted by such Lender or Issuing Lender to Company (with a copy
to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                                      70
<PAGE>

     B.       REPLACEMENT OF LENDER.  If Company receives a notice of amounts 
due pursuant to subsection 2.7A, subsection 2.7B or subsection 2.7C or 
subsection 3.6 from a Lender or a Lender becomes an Affected Lender, a 
Non-Funding Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender (any such Lender, a "Subject 
Lender"), so long as (i) Company has obtained a commitment from another 
Lender or an Eligible Assignee to purchase at par the Subject Lender's Loans 
and assume the Subject Lender's Commitments and all other obligations of the 
Subject Lender hereunder, and (ii) such Lender is not an Issuing Lender with 
respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding (unless all such Letters of 
Credit are terminated or arrangements acceptable to such Issuing Lender (such 
as a "back-to-back" letter of credit) are made, it being understood that a 
Standby Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall constitute such an 
arrangement acceptable to such Issuing Lender) upon written notice to the 
Subject Lender and Administrative Agent, Company may require the Subject 
Lender to assign all of its Loans and Commitments to such other Lender or 
Eligible Assignee pursuant to the provisions of subsection 10.1B; PROVIDED 
that, prior to or concurrently with such replacement (i) Company has paid to 
the Lender giving such notice all amounts under subsections 2.6D, 2.7 (if 
applicable)  and 3.6 (if applicable) through such date of replacement, (ii) 
Company or the applicable assignee has paid to Administrative Agent the 
processing fee required to be paid by subsection 10.1B(i) and (iii) all of 
the requirements for such assignment contained in subsection 10.1B, 
including, without limitation, the consent of Agents (if required) and the 
receipt by Administrative Agent of an executed Assignment Agreement and other 
supporting documents, have been fulfilled.

SECTION 3.    LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1    ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT AND LENDERS' PURCHASE OF PARTICIPATIONS
THEREIN.

     A.       LETTERS OF CREDIT.  In addition to Company requesting that Working
Capital Lenders make Working Capital Loans pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii) and
that Swing Line Lender make Swing Line Loans pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iv),
Company may request, in accordance with the provisions of this subsection 3.1,
from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the
Working Capital Loan Commitment Termination Date, that Issuing Lender issue
Letters of Credit for the account of Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(provided that Company shall be deemed to be the account party hereunder and
shall be fully liable under this Section 3 with respect to all Letters of Credit
issued for the account of its Subsidiaries) for the purposes specified in the
definitions of Standby Letters of Credit and Trade Letters of Credit.  Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the
representations and warranties of Company herein set forth, Issuing Lender
shall, subject to subsection 3.1B(ii), issue such Letters of Credit in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection 3.1; PROVIDED that Company
shall not request that Issuing Lender issue (and Issuing Lender shall not
issue):

              (i)    any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such
       issuance, the Total Utilization of Working Capital Loan Commitments would
       exceed the Working Capital Loan Commitments then in effect;

              (ii)   any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such
       issuance, the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $5,000,000;

                                      71
<PAGE>

              (iii)  any Standby Letter of Credit having an expiration date
       later than the earlier of (a) the Working Capital Loan Commitment
       Termination Date and (b) the date that is one year from the date of
       issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit; PROVIDED that the immediately
       preceding clause (b) shall not prevent Company from requesting and any
       Issuing Lender from agreeing that a Standby Letter of Credit will
       automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to
       exceed one year each unless such Issuing Lender elects not to extend for
       any such additional period (such Issuing Lender hereby agreeing that it
       shall only elect not to extend such Standby Letter of Credit if, but only
       if, it has knowledge that an Event of Default has occurred and is
       continuing); or

              (iv)   any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than
       Dollars.

       B.       MECHANICS OF ISSUANCE.

              (i)    NOTICE OF ISSUANCE.  Whenever Company desires the issuance
       of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Notice
       of Issuance of Letter of Credit substantially in the form of EXHIBIT III
       annexed hereto no later than 11:00 A.M. (Chicago time) at least three
       Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Issuing
       Lender in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of
       issuance.  The Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit shall specify
       (a) the proposed date of issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (b)
       the face amount of the Letter of Credit, (c) the expiration date of the
       Letter of Credit, (d) the name and address of the beneficiary, and
       (e) either the verbatim text of the proposed Letter of Credit or the
       proposed terms and conditions thereof, including a precise description of
       any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by
       the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit,
       would require the Issuing Lender to make payment under the Letter of
       Credit; PROVIDED that the Issuing Lender, in its reasonable discretion,
       may require changes in the text of the proposed Letter of Credit or any
       such documents; and PROVIDED, FURTHER that no Letter of Credit shall
       require payment against a conforming draft to be made thereunder on the
       same business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the office
       of the Issuing Lender to which such draft is required to be presented is
       located) that such draft is presented if such presentation is made after
       10:00 A.M. in the time zone of such office of the Issuing Lender) on such
       business day.

       Company shall notify the applicable Issuing Lender (and Administrative
Agent, if Administrative Agent is not such Issuing Lender) prior to the issuance
of any Letter of Credit in the event that any of the matters to which Company is
required to certify in the applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit as
being true and correct on the proposed date of issuance is not true and correct
as of the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, and upon the
issuance of any Letter of Credit Company shall be deemed to have re-certified,
as of the date of such issuance, as to the matters to which Company is required
to certify in the applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit as being
true and correct on the proposed date of issuance.

              (ii)   If Administrative Agent in its capacity as Issuing Lender
       determines that the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate
       applicable law or Administrative Agent's internal policies relating to
       Letters of Credit, Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to issue
       such Letter of Credit, and Company may request any other Working 

                                      72
<PAGE>

       Capital Lender to issue the Letter of Credit.  If such Working Capital 
       Lender agrees to issue such Letter of Credit, such Working Capital Lender
       shall be the Issuing Lender of such Letter of Credit.

              (iii)  ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT.  Upon satisfaction or waiver
       (in accordance with subsection 10.6) of the conditions set forth in
       subsection 4.5, the applicable Issuing Lender shall issue the requested
       Letter of Credit in accordance with the such Issuing Lender's standard
       operating procedures.

              (iv)   NOTIFICATION TO WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS.  Upon the issuance
       of any Letter of Credit the applicable Issuing Lender shall promptly
       notify Administrative Agent of such issuance, which notice shall be
       accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit.  Promptly after receipt
       of such notice (or, if Administrative Agent is the Issuing Lender, upon
       issuance of such Letter of Credit), Administrative Agent shall notify
       each Working Capital Lender of the amount of such Lender's respective
       participation in such Letter of Credit, determined in accordance with
       subsection 3.1B(vi).

              (v)    REPORTS TO WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS.  Within 15 days after
       the end of each calendar quarter ending after the Closing Date, so long
       as any Letter of Credit shall have been outstanding during such calendar
       quarter, each Issuing Lender shall deliver to Administrative Agent a
       report setting forth for such calendar quarter the daily aggregate amount
       available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing
       Lender that were outstanding during such calendar quarter. 
       Administrative Agent will promptly send copies of such reports to the
       Working Capital Lenders.

              (vi)   WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS' PURCHASE OF PARTICIPATIONS IN
       LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of
       Credit, each Working Capital Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees
       to, have irrevocably purchased from the Issuing Lender a participation in
       such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount
       equal to such Working Capital Lender's Pro Rata Share of the maximum
       amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn
       thereunder.

3.2    LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.

              Company agrees to pay the following amounts with respect to
Letters of Credit issued hereunder:

              (i)    (a) a fronting fee, payable directly to the applicable
       Issuing Lender for its own account, equal to 0.125% per annum of the
       daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and (b) a
       letter of credit fee, payable to Administrative Agent for the account of
       Working Capital Lenders (based upon their respective Pro Rata Shares),
       equal to (x) (1) in the case of Standby Letters of Credit, the applicable
       Eurodollar Rate Margin set forth in subsection 2.2A hereof for Working
       Capital Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) in the case of
       Trade Letters of Credit, 1.25%, in each case MULTIPLIED BY (y) the daily
       amount available from time to time to be drawn under such Letter of
       Credit, each such fronting fee or letter of credit fee to be payable in
       arrears on and to (but 

                                      73
<PAGE>

       excluding) each Quarterly Date and computed on the basis of a 360-day 
       year for the actual number of days elapsed; and

              (ii)   with respect to the issuance, amendment or transfer of each
       Letter of Credit and each payment of a drawing made thereunder (without
       duplication of the fees payable under clause (i) above), documentary and
       processing charges payable directly to the applicable Issuing Lender for
       its own account in accordance with such Issuing Lender's standard
       schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such issuance,
       amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be or as otherwise agreed
       upon between Company and such Issuing Lender.

For purposes of calculating any fees payable under clause (i) of this subsection
3.2, the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit shall be
determined as of the close of business on any date of determination.  Promptly
upon receipt by Administrative Agent of any amount described in clause (i)(b) of
this subsection 3.2, Administrative Agent shall distribute to each Working
Capital Lender its Pro Rata Share of such amount.

3.3  DRAWINGS AND REIMBURSEMENT OF AMOUNTS PAID UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.

     A.       RESPONSIBILITY OF ISSUING LENDER WITH RESPECT TO DRAWINGS.  In
determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the
beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to examine the
documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to
ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms
and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

     B.       REIMBURSEMENT BY COMPANY OF AMOUNTS PAID UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT. 
In the event an Issuing Lender has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter
of Credit issued by it, such Issuing Lender shall immediately notify Company and
Administrative Agent of the date payment thereunder shall be made (the
"Reimbursement Date"), and Company shall reimburse such Issuing Lender on the
Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars and in same day funds equal to the
amount of such honored drawing; PROVIDED that, anything contained in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless Company shall have
notified Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lender prior to 11:00 A.M.
(Chicago time) on the Reimbursement Date that Company intends to reimburse such
Issuing Lender for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the
proceeds of Working Capital Loans, Company shall be deemed to have given a
timely Notice of Borrowing to Administrative Agent requesting Lenders to make
Working Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an
amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such honored drawing and (ii) subject
to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in subsection 4.4, Working
Capital Lenders shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Working Capital Loans
that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of
which shall be applied directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse such
Issuing Lender for the amount of such honored drawing; and PROVIDED, FURTHER
that if for any reason proceeds of Working Capital Loans are not received by
such Issuing Lender on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount
of such honored drawing, Company shall reimburse such Issuing Lender, on demand,
but no earlier than one Business Day following the Reimbursement Date, in an
amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored
drawing over the aggregate amount of such Working Capital Loans, if 

                                      74
<PAGE>

any, which are so received.  Nothing in this subsection 3.3B shall be deemed 
to relieve any Working Capital Lender from its obligation to make Working 
Capital Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and 
Company shall retain any and all rights it may have against any Working 
Capital Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Working 
Capital Loans under this subsection 3.3B.

       C.     PAYMENT BY WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS OF UNREIMBURSED AMOUNTS PAID
UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.

              (i)    PAYMENT BY WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS.  In the event that
       Company shall fail for any reason to reimburse any Issuing Lender as
       provided in subsection 3.3B in an amount equal to the amount of any
       drawing honored by such Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by
       it, such Issuing Lender shall promptly notify each other Working Capital
       Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such
       other Working Capital Lender's respective participation therein based on
       such Working Capital Lender's Pro Rata Share.  Each Working Capital
       Lender shall make available to such Issuing Lender an amount equal to its
       respective participation, in Dollars and in same day funds, at the office
       of such Issuing Lender specified in such notice, not later than 11:00
       A.M. (Chicago time) on the first business day (under the laws of the
       jurisdiction in which such office of such Issuing Lender is located)
       after the date notified by such Issuing Lender.  In the event that any
       Working Capital Lender fails to make available to such Issuing Lender on
       such business day the amount of such Working Capital Lender's
       participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this subsection
       3.3C, such Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on
       demand from such Working Capital Lender together with interest thereon at
       the Federal Funds Effective Rate for three Business Days and thereafter
       at the Base Rate.  Nothing in this subsection 3.3C shall be deemed to
       prejudice the right of any Working Capital Lender to recover from any
       Issuing Lender any amounts made available by such Working Capital Lender
       to such Issuing Lender pursuant to this subsection 3.3C in the event that
       it is determined by the final judgment of a court of competent
       jurisdiction that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit by such
       Issuing Lender in respect of which payment was made by such Working
       Capital Lender constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the
       part of such Issuing Lender.

              (ii)   DISTRIBUTION TO WORKING CAPITAL LENDERS OF REIMBURSEMENTS
       RECEIVED FROM COMPANY.  In the event any Issuing Lender shall have been
       reimbursed by other Working Capital Lenders pursuant to subsection
       3.3C(i) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by such Issuing
       Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by it, such Issuing Lender shall
       distribute to each other Working Capital Lender which has paid all
       amounts payable by it under subsection 3.3C(i) with respect to such
       honored drawing such other Working Capital Lender's Pro Rata Share of all
       payments subsequently received by such Issuing Lender from Company in
       reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received. 
       Any such distribution shall be made to a Working Capital Lender at its
       primary address set forth below its name on the appropriate signature
       page hereof or at such other address as such Working Capital Lender may
       request.

                                      75
<PAGE>
 
       D.     INTEREST ON AMOUNTS PAID UNDER LETTERS OF CREDIT.

              (i)    PAYMENT OF INTEREST BY COMPANY.  Company agrees to pay to
       each Issuing Lender, with respect to drawings honored under any Letters
       of Credit issued by it, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing
       Lender in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing
       is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by Company
       (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Working Capital
       Loans pursuant to subsection 3.3B) at a rate equal to (a) for the period
       from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the Business Day
       following the Reimbursement Date, the rate then in effect under this
       Agreement with respect to Working Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans
       and (b) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of
       interest otherwise payable under this Agreement with respect to Working
       Capital Loans that are Base Rate Loans.  Interest payable pursuant to
       this subsection 3.3D(i) shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is
       made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit
       is reimbursed in full.

              (ii)   DISTRIBUTION OF INTEREST PAYMENTS BY ISSUING LENDER. 
       Promptly upon receipt by any Issuing Lender of any payment of interest
       pursuant to subsection 3.3D(i) with respect to a drawing honored under a
       Letter of Credit issued by it, (a) such Issuing Lender shall distribute
       to each other Working Capital Lender, out of the interest received by
       such Issuing Lender in respect of the period from the date such drawing
       is honored to but excluding the date on which such Issuing Lender is
       reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such
       reimbursement out of the proceeds of Working Capital Loans pursuant to
       subsection 3.3B), the amount that such other Working Capital Lender would
       have been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that
       would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such
       period pursuant to subsection 3.2 if no drawing had been honored under
       such Letter of Credit, and (b) in the event such Issuing Lender shall
       have been reimbursed by other Working Capital Lenders pursuant to
       subsection 3.3C(i) for all or any portion of such honored drawing, such
       Issuing Lender shall distribute to each other Working Capital Lender
       which has paid all amounts payable by it under subsection 3.3C(i) with
       respect to such honored drawing such other Working Capital Lender's Pro
       Rata Share of any interest received by such Issuing Lender in respect of
       that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by other Working
       Capital Lenders for the period from the date on which such Issuing Lender
       was so reimbursed by other Working Capital Lenders to but excluding the
       date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by
       Company.  Any such distribution shall be made to a Working Capital Lender
       at its primary address set forth below its name on the appropriate
       signature page hereof or at such other address as such Working Capital
       Lender may request.

3.4    OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

              The obligation of Company to reimburse each Issuing Lender for
drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and the obligations of
Working Capital Lenders under subsection 3.3C(i) shall be unconditional and
irrevocable and shall, to the fullest extent 

                                     76
<PAGE>

permitted under applicable law, be paid strictly in accordance with the terms 
of this Agreement under all circumstances, including any of the following 
circumstances:

              (i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
       Credit;

              (ii)   the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
       which Company or any Working Capital Lender may have at any time against
       a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons
       for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Lender or other
       Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against Company,
       whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated
       herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction
       between Company or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which
       any Letter of Credit was procured);

              (iii)  any draft or other document presented under any Letter of
       Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
       respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
       respect;

              (iv)   payment by the applicable Issuing Lender under any Letter
       of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does
       not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

              (v)    any adverse change in the business, operations, properties,
       assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Company or any
       of its Subsidiaries;

              (vi)   any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by
       any party thereto;

              (vii)  any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or
       not similar to any of the foregoing; or

              (viii) the fact that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
       Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

PROVIDED, in each case, that payment by the applicable Issuing Lender under the
applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender under the circumstances in question.

3.5  INDEMNIFICATION; NATURE OF ISSUING LENDERS' DUTIES.

     A.       INDEMNIFICATION.  In addition to amounts payable as provided in 
subsection 3.6, Company hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save 
harmless each Issuing Lender from and against any and all claims, demands, 
liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including 
reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) which such Issuing 
Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of 
(i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by such Issuing Lender, other than 
as a result of (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing 
Lender as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction 
or (b) subject to the following clause (ii), the wrongful dishonor by such 
Issuing 

                                    77
<PAGE>

Lender of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit 
issued by it or (ii) the failure of such Issuing Lender to honor a drawing 
under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether 
rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government 
or governmental authority (all such acts or omissions herein called 
"GOVERNMENTAL ACTS").

     B.       NATURE OF ISSUING LENDERS' DUTIES.  As between Company and any
Issuing Lender, Company assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or
misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender by, the respective
beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation
of the foregoing, such Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for (except to
the extent of its gross negligence or willful misconduct):  (i) the form,
validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document
submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of
any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all
respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the
validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or
purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or
benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to
be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of
any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order
to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or
delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph,
telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in
interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or
otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such
Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the
beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under
such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the
control of such Issuing Lender, including any Governmental Acts, and none of the
above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of such Issuing
Lender's rights or powers hereunder.

              In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific
provisions set forth in the first paragraph of this subsection 3.5B, any action
taken or omitted by any Issuing Lender under or in connection with the Letters
of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder,
if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put such Issuing Lender under any
resulting liability to Company.

              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
subsection 3.5, Company shall retain any and all rights it may have against any
Issuing Lender for any liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender or, subject to subsection 3.4, the
failure of such Issuing Lender to make payment upon the proper presentation to
it of documents strictly complying with the terms of any Letter of Credit.

3.6    INCREASED COSTS AND TAXES RELATING TO LETTERS OF CREDIT.

              Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.7B (which shall be
controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any
Issuing Lender or Working Capital Lender shall determine (which determination
shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all
parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order,
or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application
thereof (including the 

                                     78
<PAGE>

introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or 
order), or any determination of a court or governmental authority, in each 
case that becomes effective after the date hereof (in the case of each Lender 
listed on the signature pages hereof and in the case of any other Lender if 
such change shall have affected a class of Lenders generally) or after the 
date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a 
Lender (in the case of any other Lender if such change shall not have 
affected a class of Lenders generally), or compliance by any Issuing Lender 
or Working Capital Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or 
made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental or 
quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):

              (i)    imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve
       (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other
       reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar
       requirement in respect of any Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing
       Lender or participations therein purchased by any Working Capital Lender;
       or

              (ii)   imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a
       Tax matter) on or affecting such Issuing Lender or Working Capital Lender
       (or its applicable lending or letter of credit office) regarding this
       Section 3 or any Letter of Credit or any participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Issuing
Lender or Working Capital Lender of agreeing to issue, issuing or maintaining
any Letter of Credit or agreeing to purchase, purchasing or maintaining any
participation therein or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such
Issuing Lender or Working Capital Lender (or its applicable lending or letter of
credit office) with respect thereto; then, in any case, Company shall pay to
such Issuing Lender or Working Capital Lender, within 15 days after receipt of
the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or
amounts as may be necessary to compensate such Issuing Lender or Working Capital
Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or
receivable hereunder.  Such Issuing Lender or Working Capital Lender shall
deliver to Company a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the
basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Issuing Lender or
Working Capital Lender under this subsection 3.6, which statement shall be
conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

SECTION 4.    CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

              The obligations of Lenders to make Loans and the issuance of
Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions:

4.1    CONDITIONS TO INITIAL LOANS.

              The obligations of Lenders to make the initial Loans to be made on
the Closing Date are, in addition to the conditions precedent specified in
subsection 4.4, subject to prior or concurrent satisfaction of the following
conditions:

                                      79
<PAGE>

     A.       LOAN PARTY DOCUMENTS.  On or before the Closing Date, Company
shall, and shall cause Parent and Acquisition Co. to, deliver to Lenders (or to
Administrative Agent for Lenders with sufficient originally executed copies,
where appropriate, for each Lender) the following with respect to Company or
such Loan Party, as the case may be, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the
Closing Date:

              (i)    Certified copies of the Certificate or Articles of
       Incorporation of such Person, together with a good standing certificate
       from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation and each
       other state in which such Person does a material amount of business and
       is qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, to the extent
       applicable and generally available, a certificate or other evidence of
       good standing as to payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes
       from the appropriate taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each
       dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date;

              (ii)   Copies of the Bylaws of such Person, certified as of the
       Closing Date by an Authorized Officer of such Person or such Person's
       corporate secretary or assistant secretary;

              (iii)  Resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Person
       approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the
       Loan Documents and the Related Agreements to which it is a party, and the
       consummation of the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, certified
       as of the Closing Date by an Authorized Officer of such Person or such
       Person's corporate secretary or assistant secretary as being in full
       force and effect without modification or amendment;

              (iv)   Signature and incumbency certificates with respect to each
       Authorized Officer of such Person executing any Loan Document or
       authorized to execute any notice, request or other document that may be
       delivered pursuant thereto;

              (v)    Executed originals of the Credit Agreement, any Notes
       requested by any Lender at least one Business Day prior to the Closing
       Date, the Parent Guaranty, the Parent Pledge Agreement, the Finance Co.
       Pledge Agreement, the Acquisition Co. Guaranty, the Collateral Account
       Agreement and the Investment Account Agreement; and

              (vi)   Such other documents as Agents may reasonably request.

     B.       PARENT CAPITALIZATION.  Parent shall have received gross proceeds
of not less than $65,000,000 from the sales of its common stock to DLJMB and its
Subsidiaries and not less than $34,000,000 in gross proceeds from the sale of
the Parent P-I-K Securities and Parent shall have contributed all such proceeds
to Finance Co. as common equity.

     C.       SUBORDINATED DEBT; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.  Finance Co. shall have
received gross proceeds of not less than $100,000,000 from the sale of the
Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes.

                                      80

<PAGE>

       Finance Co. shall have contributed a portion of the proceeds received
from Parent from the issuance and the sale of its common stock and the Parent
PIK Securities, and the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Senior
Subordinated Bridge Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be,
together with the proceeds of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date, to
Acquisition Co. and shall have made a loan to DAH with the balance of such
proceeds, other than proceeds of Tranche B Term Loans deposited into the
Investment Accounts, if any, and proceeds applied to pay transaction costs on
the Closing Date, such loan to be evidenced by the Intercompany Notes which
shall be pledged by Company to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Finance Co.
Pledge Agreement), to be applied by DAH to repay in full the Existing DAH Debt
(together with accrued interest and fees thereon and expenses incurred in
connection therewith).  To the extent the proceeds of the Tranche B Term Loans
are not so utilized on the Closing Date, the excess proceeds shall be deposited
by Company into the Investment Accounts pursuant to the Investment Account
Agreement and invested in Cash Equivalents specified in the Investment Account
Agreement as directed by Company until the Merger Date.

     D.       TENDER OFFER MATTERS.

              (i)    TENDER OFFER MATERIALS.  Agents shall have received copies
       of all Tender Offer Materials and other documents in connection therewith
       filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Tender Offer
       Materials shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
       Agents and Requisite Lenders (it being understood that the Tender Offer
       Materials as in effect on August 28, 1998 are so satisfactory).

              (ii)   MERGER AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.  Agents shall
       have received copies of the Merger Agreement and the Merger Agreement
       shall be in full force and effect and no provision thereof shall have
       been modified or waived in any material respect (including, without
       limitation, any increase in the price to be paid for the DAH Common Stock
       to an amount in excess of $23.00 per share after the date hereof), in
       each case without the consent of Agents and Requisite Lenders, such
       consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

              (iii)  CONSUMMATION OF TENDER OFFER; MINIMUM SHARES.
       Contemporaneously with the application of the proceeds of the initial
       Loans to be made on the Closing Date, the Tender Offer shall have been
       consummated in all material respects in accordance with the Tender Offer
       Materials and no condition to the Tender Offer shall have been waived
       without the consent of Agents.  Not less than the Minimum Shares shall
       have been tendered and accepted for payment in the Tender Offer; the
       depository shall have delivered a certificate as to the number of shares
       of DAH Common Stock being held by it that have been validly tendered and
       not withdrawn as of the Closing Date and Company shall have delivered an
       Officer's Certificate as to the total number of shares of DAH Common
       Stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the Closing Date.

              (iv)   USE OF OTHER FUNDS.  Acquisition Co. shall have deposited
       with the depository not less than the purchase price for the DAH Common
       Stock to be purchased in the Tender Offer in immediately available funds
       contemporaneously with the application of the Term Loans to be made on
       the Closing Date.

                                       81

<PAGE>

              (v)    OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES.  Agents shall have an Officer's
       Certificate from Company to the effect that, to the best knowledge of
       Company, the representations and warranties of Acquisition Co. and DAH in
       the Merger Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material
       respects on and as of the date thereof.  Agents shall have received
       Officer's Certificates from Company to the effect that (a) the Merger
       Agreement is in full force and effect and no provision thereof has been
       modified or waived in any respect without the consent of Agents and
       Requisite Lenders and (b) to the best knowledge of Company, each of the
       parties to the Merger Agreement has complied with all agreements and
       conditions contained in the Merger Agreement and any agreements or
       documents referred to therein required to be performed or complied with
       by each of them on or before the Closing Date and none of such Persons
       are in default in their performance or compliance with any of the terms
       or provisions thereof.

              (vi)   NO MATERIAL LITIGATION.  Except as set forth on Schedule
       5.6 there shall be no material litigation pending which challenges the
       Tender Offer or the Merger in any respect.

              (vii)  REPAYMENT OF EXISTING DAH DEBT.  Contemporaneously with the
       application of the proceeds of the Loans to be made on the Closing Date,
       (a) Company shall have made an advance to DAH in an amount sufficient to,
       and DAH and its Subsidiaries shall have used the proceeds of such advance
       to, repay in full all Existing DAH Debt and Transaction Costs payable by
       DAH, (b) DAH and its Subsidiaries shall have terminated any commitments
       to lend or make other extensions of credit under the Existing DAH Debt
       and (c) DAH and its Subsidiaries shall have taken all action necessary to
       terminate or release all Liens securing the Existing DAH Debt in
       connection therewith, in each case on terms satisfactory to the Agents,
       or arrangements satisfactory to the Agents for the making of such
       advance, the repayment of such Existing DAH Debt, the termination of such
       commitments and the release of such Liens shall have been made.  There
       shall be no existing Indebtedness of Company or its Subsidiaries
       outstanding after consummation of the Closing Date transactions other
       than Indebtedness permitted under subsection 7.1.

              (viii) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The making of the Loans requested on
       the Closing Date shall not violate Regulation U or Regulation X of the
       Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     E.       RELATED AGREEMENTS.  The Agents shall have received copies of the
Related Agreements in effect on the Closing Date.  No provision of the Senior
Subordinated Bridge Note Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, as
the case may be, shall have been amended, modified or waived, from the most
recent version thereof provided to the Agents prior to their execution hereof,
in any respect determined by Agents to be material without the consent of Agents
and Requisite Lenders, except in accordance with subsection 7.15.

     F.       SECURITY INTERESTS IN SHARES OF FINANCE CO. AND ACQUISITION CO. 
Agents shall have received evidence satisfactory to each of them that Parent and
Company shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and
delivered or caused to be made all such filings and agreements, documents and
instruments, and made or caused to be made all such filings and 

                                       82

<PAGE>

recordings that may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agents, desirable in 
order to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, 
a valid and perfected First Priority security interest in all outstanding 
shares of the Finance Co. and Acquisition Co. pursuant to the Parent Pledge 
Agreement and the Finance Co. Pledge Agreement, respectively.  Such actions 
shall include the following:

              (i)    SCHEDULES TO COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.  Delivery to
       Administrative Agent of accurate and complete schedules to all of the
       applicable Collateral Documents; and

              (ii)   STOCK CERTIFICATES AND INSTRUMENTS.  Delivery to
       Administrative Agent of (a) certificates (which certificates shall be
       accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank
       and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Agents) representing
       all capital stock pledged pursuant to the Parent Pledge Agreement and the
       Finance Co. Pledge Agreement and (b) all promissory notes or other
       instruments (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in a manner satisfactory
       to Agents) evidencing any Collateral.

     G.       NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  No material adverse change in the
financial condition, operations, assets, business, properties or prospects of
DAH and its Subsidiaries (excluding Avtech and its Subsidiaries), taken as a
whole, since December 31, 1997, and of Avtech and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, since September 30, 1997, shall have occurred.  There shall exist no
pending or threatened material litigation, proceedings or investigations which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

     H.       LIEN SEARCHES.  Delivery to Administrative Agent of the results of
a recent search of all effective UCC financing statements and fixture filings
and all judgment and tax lien filings which may have been made with respect to
any personal or mixed property of DAH and any of its Domestic Subsidiaries,
together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search.

     I.       OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO LOAN PARTIES.  Lenders shall have received
(i) originally executed copies of one or more favorable written opinions of
Davis Polk & Wardwell, special New York counsel for Loan Parties, and of Spolin
& Silverman, counsel for Loan Parties, dated as of the Closing Date in the form
of EXHIBIT X-1 and X-2 annexed hereto and as to such other matters as Agents
acting on behalf of Lenders may reasonably request.

     J.       OPINIONS OF SYNDICATION AGENT'S COUNSEL.  Lenders shall have
received originally executed copies of one or more favorable written opinions of
O'Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel to Syndication Agent, dated as of the Closing
Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT XI annexed hereto and as to such
other matters as Syndication Agent acting on behalf of Lenders may reasonably
request.

     K.       SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE.  Company shall have delivered to Arranger
and Agents a Solvency Certificate dated the Closing Date.

     L.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Company shall have delivered to
Agents an Officer's Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Agents, to the effect that the representations and warranties in Section 5
hereof are true, correct and complete in all 

                                       83

<PAGE>

material respects on and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as though 
made on and as of that date (or, to the extent such representations and 
warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, that such representations 
and warranties were true, correct and complete in all material respects on 
and as of such earlier date).

     M.       NECESSARY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS AND CONSENTS; EXPIRATION OF
WAITING PERIODS, ETC.  Company shall have obtained all Governmental
Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are
necessary or advisable in connection with all transactions contemplated by the
Loan Documents and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect, in
each case other than those the failure to obtain or maintain which, either
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  All applicable waiting periods shall have expired
without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which
would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on all
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.  No action, request for stay,
petition for review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any
of the foregoing shall be pending.

     N.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Lenders shall have received (i) unaudited
financial statements of DAH and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Quarter ended
June 30, 1998, (ii) pro forma consolidated balance sheets of DAH and its
Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998, giving pro forma effect to the Closing Date
transactions and the Merger and (iii) projected financial statements (including
balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows) of DAH and its
Subsidiaries through and including December 31, 2005. 

     O.       FEES.  Company shall have paid to Agents, Lenders and Arranger the
fees payable on the Closing Date.

     P.       COMPLETION OF PROCEEDINGS.  All documents executed or submitted
pursuant hereto by or on behalf of Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
other Loan Parties shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
Agents and their counsel; Agents and their counsel shall have received all
information, approvals, opinions, documents or instruments that Agents or their
counsel shall have reasonably requested.

              Each Lender hereby agrees that by its execution and delivery of
its signature page hereto and by the funding of its Loans to be made on the
Closing Date, such Lender approves of and consents to each of the matters set
forth in this subsection 4.1 which must be approved by, or satisfactory to,
Requisite Lenders, provided that, in the case of any agreement or document which
must be approved by, or which must be satisfactory to, Requisite Lenders, a copy
of such agreement or document shall have been delivered to such Lender on or
prior to the Closing Date. 

4.2    CONDITIONS TO LOANS MADE ON MERGER DATE.

              The obligations of Lenders to make the Loans to be made on the
Merger Date are, in addition to the conditions precedent specified in subsection
4.4 (to the extent applicable in the case of such Loans), subject to the prior
or concurrent satisfaction of the following conditions:

                                       84

<PAGE>

     A.       DAH DOCUMENTS.  On or before the Merger Date, Company shall, or
shall cause DAH and its Domestic Subsidiaries to, as the case may be, deliver to
Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for Lenders with sufficient originally
executed copies, where appropriate, for each Lender) the following, each, unless
otherwise noted, dated the Merger Date:

              (i)    Certified copies of the Certificate or Articles of
       Incorporation of each of DAH and its Domestic Subsidiaries, together with
       a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of its
       jurisdiction of incorporation and each other state in which DAH or any of
       its Domestic Subsidiaries does a material amount of business and is
       qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, to the extent
       applicable and generally available, a certificate or other evidence of
       good standing as to payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes
       from the appropriate taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each
       dated a recent date prior to the Merger Date;

              (ii)   Copies of the Bylaws of each of DAH and its Domestic
       Subsidiaries, certified as of the Merger Date by an Authorized Officer of
       such Person or such Person's corporate secretary or an assistant
       secretary;

              (iii)  Resolutions of the Board of Directors of DAH and its
       Domestic Subsidiaries approving and authorizing the execution, delivery
       and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the
       consummation of the transactions contemplated by the foregoing, each
       certified as of the Merger Date by an Authorized Officer of such Person
       or the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of such Person as
       being in full force and effect without modification or amendment;

              (iv)   Signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of
       DAH and its Domestic Subsidiaries executing the Loan Documents to which
       it is a party or authorized to execute any notice, request or other
       document that may be delivered pursuant thereto; 

              (v)    Originals of the DAH Pledge Agreement, the Security
       Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Subsidiary Pledge Agreements,
       executed by Company and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries; and

              (vi)   Such other documents as Agent may reasonably request at
       least one Business Day prior to the Merger Date.

     B.       SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS IN SUBSECTION 4.1.  Lenders shall have
made the initial Loans on the Closing Date.

     C.       CONSUMMATION OF MERGER.

              (i)    All conditions to the Merger set forth in the Merger
       Agreement as in effect on the Merger Date shall have been satisfied or
       the fulfillment of any such conditions shall have been waived with the
       consent of Agents and Requisite Lenders;

              (ii)   the Merger shall have become effective in accordance with
       the terms of the Merger Agreement and the Delaware General Corporation
       Law;

                                       85

<PAGE>

              (iii)  Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory
       evidence of the filing of the documents with the Secretary of State of
       the State of Delaware effecting the Merger on the Merger Date;

              (iv)   the aggregate cash consideration for the shares of DAH
       Common Stock to be acquired in any manner whatsoever in connection with
       the Tender Offer and the Merger shall not exceed $182,100,000;

              (v)    Transaction Costs incurred as of the Merger Date (including
       any such amounts incurred on or before the Closing Date) shall not exceed
       $16,300,000; 

              (vi)   Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory
       evidence that the Second Merger will occur immediately after the Merger
       on the Merger Date; and

              (vii)  Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers'
       Certificate of Company to the effect set forth in clauses (i)-(vi) above.

     D.       SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL AND MIXED PROPERTY.  To the extent
not otherwise satisfied pursuant to subsection 4.1F, Administrative Agent shall
have received evidence satisfactory to each of them that Company and Subsidiary
Guarantors shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and
delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents
and instruments, and made or caused to be made all such filings and recordings
(other than the filing or recording of items described in clauses (iii), (iv)
and (v) below) that may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agents, desirable in
order to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a
valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First Priority security
interest in the entire personal and mixed property Collateral.  Such actions
shall include the following:

              (i)    SCHEDULES TO COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.  Delivery to
       Administrative Agent of accurate and complete schedules to all of the
       applicable Collateral Documents;

              (ii)   STOCK CERTIFICATES AND INSTRUMENTS.  Delivery to
       Administrative Agent of (a) certificates (which certificates shall be
       accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank
       and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Agents) representing
       all capital stock pledged pursuant to the DAH Pledge Agreement and the
       Subsidiary Pledge Agreements and (b) all promissory notes or other
       instruments (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in a manner satisfactory
       to Agents) evidencing any Collateral;

              (iii)  UCC FINANCING STATEMENTS AND FIXTURE FILINGS.  Delivery to
       Administrative Agent of UCC financing statements and, where appropriate,
       fixture filings, duly executed by Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as
       applicable, with respect to all personal and mixed property Collateral of
       such Loan Party, for filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or,
       in the opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the security
       interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral
       Documents; and

                                       86

<PAGE>

              (iv)   OPINIONS OF LOCAL COUNSEL.  Delivery to Agents of an
       opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to
       Agents) under the laws of the states of California, Washington, Arkansas
       and Pennsylvania with respect to the creation and perfection of the
       security interests in favor of Administrative Agent in such Collateral,
       in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agents
       dated as of the Merger Date and setting forth substantially the matters
       in the form of opinion annexed hereto as EXHIBIT XXV.

     E.       OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO LOAN PARTIES.  Lenders and their respective
counsel shall have received (i) originally executed copies of a written opinion
of Davis Polk & Wardwell, special New York counsel for Loan Parties, and Spolin
& Silverman, counsel for Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Agents and Lenders, dated as of the Merger Date and setting
forth substantially the matters in the opinions designated in EXHIBITS XXIV-1
and XXIV-2 annexed hereto.

     F.       COMPANY SHALL HAVE PAID TO AGENTS, LENDERS AND ARRANGER THE FEES
PAYABLE ON THE MERGER DATE.

4.3    CONDITIONS TO ACQUISITION LOANS.  

              The obligation of Acquisition Lenders to make Acquisition Loans on
each Funding Date are subject to the following further condition precedent that
Company delivers a Permitted Acquisition Compliance Certificate and is otherwise
in compliance subsection 7.7(vi).

4.4    CONDITIONS TO LOANS MADE ON EACH FUNDING DATE.

              The obligations of Lenders to make Loans on each Funding Date
(other than, as to subsection B below, any Tranche A Term Loans made on the
Merger Date) are subject to the following further conditions precedent:

     A.       Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with the
provisions of subsection 2.1B, an executed Notice of Borrowing signed by an
Authorized Officer of Company.

     B.       AS OF THAT FUNDING DATE:

              (i)    The representations and warranties contained herein and in
       the other Loan Documents (other than, at any Funding Date other than the
       Closing Date, any such representations and warranties in subsection 5.2,
       to the extent they relate to the Related Agreements) shall be true,
       correct and complete in all material respects on and as of that Funding
       Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to
       the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an
       earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall
       have been true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as
       of such earlier date; and

              (ii)   No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would
       result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice
       of Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential
       Event of Default.

                                       87

<PAGE>

4.5    CONDITIONS TO LETTERS OF CREDIT.

              The issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder (whether or not the
applicable Issuing Lender is obligated to issue such Letter of Credit) is
subject to the following conditions precedent:

     A.       On or before the date of issuance of the initial Letter of Credit
pursuant to this Agreement, the initial Loans shall have been made.

     B.       On or before the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit,
Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with the provisions of
subsection 3.1B(i), a Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit signed by an
Authorized Officer of Company, together with all other information specified in
subsection 3.1B(i) and such other documents or information as the applicable
Issuing Lender may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such
Letter of Credit.

     C.       On the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, all conditions
precedent described in subsection 4.4B shall be satisfied to the same extent as
if the issuance of such Letter of Credit were the making of a Loan and the date
of issuance of such Letter of Credit were a Funding Date.

SECTION 5.    COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

              In order to induce Lenders and the Agents to enter into this
Agreement and to make the Loans, to induce Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of
Credit and to induce other Lenders to purchase participations therein, Company
represents and warrants to each Lender and the Agents, on the Closing Date, on
each Funding Date and on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, that the
following statements are true, correct and complete:

5.1    ORGANIZATION, POWERS, QUALIFICATION, GOOD STANDING, BUSINESS AND
SUBSIDIARIES.

     A.       ORGANIZATION AND POWERS.  Each Loan Party is a corporation or
partnership duly organized, validly existing and, to the extent applicable, in
good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization as specified in Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto except to the extent
that the failure to be in good standing has not had and will not have a Material
Adverse Effect.  Each Loan Party has all requisite corporate or partnership
power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business
as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan
Documents and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and to carry out the
transactions contemplated thereby.

     B.       QUALIFICATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Each Loan Party is qualified to
do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are
located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except
in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has
not had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.       SUBSIDIARIES.  All of the Subsidiaries of Company as of the
Closing Date, after giving effect to the consummation of the Tender Offer and
pro forma effect to the consummation of the Merger and the Second Merger, are
identified in SCHEDULE 5.1 annexed hereto, as said SCHEDULE 5.1 may be
supplemented from time to time pursuant to the provisions of subsection
6.1(xii). Each of the Subsidiaries of Company identified in SCHEDULE 5.1 is a
corporation (or, in the case 

                                       88

<PAGE>

of Tri-Star Technologies, a general partnership) duly organized, validly 
existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization set forth therein, has all requisite 
corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry 
on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and is 
qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its 
assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and 
operations, in each case except where failure to be so qualified or in good 
standing or a lack of such corporate power and authority has not had and will 
not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 5.1 correctly sets forth the 
ownership interest of Company and each of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing 
Date, after giving effect to the consummation of the Tender Offer and pro 
forma effect to the consummation of the Merger and the Second Merger, in each 
of the Subsidiaries of Company identified therein.

5.2    AUTHORIZATION OF BORROWING, ETC.

     A.       AUTHORIZATION OF BORROWING.  The execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements have been duly
authorized by all necessary actions on the part of each Loan Party that is a
party thereto.

     B.       NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan
Parties of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements
do not and will not (i) violate any provision of (x) any law or any governmental
rule or regulation applicable to Company or any of its Subsidiaries where such
violations in the aggregate have had or could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (y) the Certificate or the Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws of Company or any of Company's Subsidiaries or (z) any order, judgment or
decree of any court or other agency of government binding on Company or any of
Company's Subsidiaries where such violations in the aggregate have had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) conflict with,
result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Contractual Obligation
of Company or any of its Subsidiaries where such conflict, breach or default in
the aggregate have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of the properties or assets of  Company or any of Company's
Subsidiaries (other than any Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in
favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv) require any
approval of or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Company
or any of Company's Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which
will be obtained on or before the Merger Date or such approvals or consents the
failure of which to obtain has not had and could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.       GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS.  The execution, delivery and performance by
Loan Parties of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the
Related Agreements do not and will not require any registration with, consent or
approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state or
other governmental authority or regulatory body other than any such
registrations, consents, approvals, notices or other actions (x) that have been
made, obtained or taken on or prior to the date on which such registrations,
consents, approvals, notices or other actions are required to be made, obtained
or taken, as the case may be, and are in full force and 

                                       89

<PAGE>

effect or (y) the failure of which to make, obtain or take has not had and 
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     D.       BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each of the Loan Documents and the Related
Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a
party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan
Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject
to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and
other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, general
equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)
and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

5.3    FINANCIAL CONDITION.

              Company has heretofore delivered to Lenders, at Lenders' request,
the following financial statements and information:  (i) the audited
consolidated balance sheets of DAH and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1997
and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity and cash flows of DAH and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet
of DAH and its Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998 and the related unaudited
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of DAH
and its Subsidiaries for the six months then ended and (iii) the audited
consolidated balance sheets of Avtech Corporation and its Subsidiaries as at
September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows of Avtech Corporation and its Subsidiaries
for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1997, 1996, and 1995, and (iv) the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Avtech Corporation and its Subsidiaries
as of June 25, 1998 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows of Avtech Corporation and its Subsidiaries
for the period since October 1, 1997 then ended.  All such statements were
prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects,
the financial position (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described in
such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of
operations and cash flows (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described
therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such
unaudited financial statements, to no footnote disclosure and changes resulting
from normal year-end adjustments.

5.4    NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE; NO RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.

              Since December 31, 1997, no event or change has occurred which
constitutes, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. 
Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has directly or indirectly declared,
ordered, paid or made, or set apart any sum or property for, any Restricted
Junior Payment except as permitted by subsection 7.5.

5.5    TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LIENS; REAL PROPERTY.

     A.       TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LIENS.  Except to the extent that failure to
do so has not had and  could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, Company and its Subsidiaries have (i) good, sufficient and legal
title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold
interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal 

                                     90

<PAGE>

property), or (iii) good title to (in the case of all other personal 
property), all of their respective properties and assets.  Except as 
permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and 
clear of Liens.

     B.       REAL PROPERTY.  As of the Closing Date, SCHEDULE 5.5 annexed
hereto contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all real property
owned by Company or any Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) all material leases,
subleases or assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications,
supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting each Real Property
Asset of any Loan Party, regardless of whether such Loan Party is the landlord
or tenant (whether directly or as an assignee or successor in interest) under
such lease, sublease or assignment.

5.6    LITIGATION; ADVERSE FACTS.

              Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.6 annexed hereto, there are no
actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or governmental investigations
(whether or not purportedly on behalf of Company or any of its Subsidiaries) at
law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims) that are pending or, to
the knowledge of Company, threatened against or affecting Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or any property of Company or any of its Subsidiaries and that,
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect or could reasonably be expected to prevent or unduly
delay the Merger or the consummation of the Tender Offer.  Neither Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable laws (including
Environmental Laws) which violations, individually or in the aggregate, could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7    PAYMENT OF TAXES.

              Except to the extent permitted by subsection 6.3, all tax returns
and reports of Company and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them
have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and
payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Company
and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income,
businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and
payable, except any such taxes or charges which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP have been established.

5.8    GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION.

              Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to
regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal
Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                       91

<PAGE>

5.9    SECURITIES ACTIVITIES.

              Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending
credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.


5.10   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

     A.       Company, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their respective
ERISA Affiliates are in substantial compliance with all applicable material
provisions and requirements of ERISA and the regulations and published
interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have
performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan except to the
extent that any such noncompliance or nonperformance could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is
intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is so
qualified except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     B.       No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.       Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal
Revenue Code, no Employee Benefit Plan provides health or welfare benefits
(through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former
employee of Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
Affiliates, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

     D.       As of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the
amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of
ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for
purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets
exceed benefit liabilities) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect

     E.       As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan
for which the actuarial report is available, the potential liability of Company,
its Subsidiaries and their respective ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal
from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA), when
aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all
Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e)
of ERISA could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.

              Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.11 annexed hereto and except as
to matters that, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect:

              (i)    neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of
       their respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding
       written order, consent decree or 

                                       92

<PAGE>

       settlement agreement with any Person relating to (a) any current 
       Environmental Law, (b) any Environmental Claim, or (c) any Hazardous
       Materials Activity;

              (ii)   neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
       received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the
       Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42
       U.S.C. Section  9604) or any comparable state law;

              (iii)  there are and, to Company's knowledge, have been no
       conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities at the
       Facilities or otherwise relating to the operation of the Company or any
       of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to form the basis
       of an Environmental Claim against Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

              (iv)   neither Company's nor its Subsidiaries' operations involve
       the transportation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials so as to
       require a permit for such operations under RCRA Part B (42 U.S.C. Section
       6925 and 40 C.F.R. 270.1 et seq.) or involve transporting hazardous
       materials generated by a third party for disposal; and

              (v)    compliance with all current requirements pursuant to or
       under Environmental Laws will not, individually or in the aggregate, have
       a reasonable possibility of giving rise to a  Material Adverse Effect.

5.12   EMPLOYEE MATTERS.

              There is no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened
affecting Company or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.13   SOLVENCY.

              On the Closing Date and on the Merger Date, after giving effect to
the consummation of the Tender Offer and the Mergers, respectively, each Loan
Party is Solvent.

5.14   MATTERS RELATING TO COLLATERAL.

     A.       CREATION, PERFECTION AND PRIORITY OF LIENS.  The execution and
delivery of the Collateral Documents by Loan Parties, together with actions
taken pursuant to subsections 4.1F, 4.2F, 4.2G, 6.8 and 6.9 are effective or, in
the case of subsections 4.2F and 4.2G as of the Merger Date, will be effective,
or in the case of subsections 6.8 and 6.9 at the time of the taking of such
actions, will be effective, once taken, to create in favor of Administrative
Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as security for the respective Secured
Obligations (as defined in the applicable Collateral Document in respect of any
Collateral), a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on the Collateral covered
thereby.

     B.       GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS.  No authorization, approval or other
action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or
regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party
of the Liens purported to be created in favor of Administrative Agent pursuant
to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by 

                                       93

<PAGE>

Administrative Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral 
(whether specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the Collateral 
Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except for filings 
or recordings contemplated by subsection 5.14A and except as may be required, 
in connection with the disposition of any Pledged Collateral, by laws 
generally affecting the offering and sale of securities.

     C.       ABSENCE OF THIRD-PARTY FILINGS.  On and after the Closing Date,
except (a) such as may have been filed in favor of Administrative Agent or with
respect to Liens permitted by this Agreement or (b) precautionary filings in
respect of operating leases, (i) no effective UCC financing statement, fixture
filing or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the
Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office and (ii) no effective
filing covering all or any part of the IP Collateral is on file in the PTO, in
each case other than filings in respect of which Administrative Agent shall have
received appropriate termination statements or releases.

     D.       MARGIN REGULATIONS.  The pledge of the Pledged Collateral pursuant
to the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation U or X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     E.       INFORMATION REGARDING COLLATERAL.  All information supplied to
Administrative Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party with respect to any of
the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to all Collateral) is
accurate and complete in all material respects.

5.15   DISCLOSURE.

     A.       LOAN DOCUMENTS.  No representation or warranty of any Loan 
Party contained in any Loan Document or in any other document, certificate or 
written statement furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Company or any of 
its Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to 
state a material fact (known to Company, in the case of any document not 
furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein 
or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which 
the same were made. Any term or provision of this Section to the contrary 
notwithstanding, insofar as any of the representations and warranties 
described above includes assumptions, estimates, projections or opinions, no 
representation or warranty is made herein with respect thereto; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that to the extent any such assumptions, estimates, projections or 
opinions are based on factual matters, Company has reviewed such factual 
matters and nothing has come to its attention in the context of such review 
which would lead it to believe that such factual matters were not or are not 
true and correct in all material respects or that such factual matters omit 
to state any material fact necessary to make such assumptions, estimates, 
projections or opinions not misleading in any material respect.

     B.       TENDER OFFER MATERIALS.  The Tender Offer Materials, taken as a
whole,  do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact (known to Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in the case of any
document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in
which the same were made.

                                     94

<PAGE>

5.16   YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.

              Company has (i) initiated a review and assessment of its and 
its Subsidiaries' business and operations (including those affected by 
suppliers and vendors) that Company believes could be adversely affected by 
the "Year 2000 Problem" (that is, the risk that computer applications used by 
Company or Subsidiaries may be unable to recognize and perform properly 
date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and any date after 
December 31, 1999), (ii) developed a plan and timeline for addressing the 
Year 2000 Problem on a timely basis, and (iii) to date, implemented that plan 
substantially in accordance with that timetable.  Company believes that its 
own computer applications that are material to its or its Subsidiaries' 
business and operations will on a timely basis be able to perform properly 
date-sensitive functions for all dates before and after January 1, 2000 (that 
is, be "Year 2000 compliant") except to the extent that a failure to do so 
could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.    COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

              Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the 
Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all 
of the Loans and other Obligations and the cancellation or expiration of all 
Letters of Credit, unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior 
written consent, Company shall perform, and shall cause each of its 
Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.

6.1    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER REPORTS.

              Company will maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to 
maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance 
with sound business practices to permit preparation of financial statements 
in conformity with GAAP.  Company will deliver to Agents and Lenders:

              (i)    QUARTERLY FINANCIALS:  as soon as available and in any
       event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, the
       consolidated balance sheet of Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end
       of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income
       and stockholders equity of Company and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
       Quarter and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows for
       the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end
       of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form
       the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous
       Fiscal Year (it being understood that the foregoing requirement may be
       satisfied by delivery of the Company's report to the Securities and
       Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q, if any), together with, if any pro
       forma financial information has been used in connection with determining
       compliance with this Agreement, a reconciliation of such pro forma
       financial information with the financial information contained in such
       financial statements, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
       president, chief executive officer, treasurer, or chief financial officer
       of Company that they fairly present, in all material respects, the
       financial condition of Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates
       indicated and the results of their operations and their cash 

                                      95
<PAGE>

       flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from 
       audit and normal year-end adjustments;

              (ii)   YEAR-END FINANCIALS:  as soon as available and in any event
       within 105 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (a) the consolidated
       balance sheet of Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such
       Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income,
       stockholders equity and cash flows of Company and its Subsidiaries for
       such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
       corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year (it being understood
       that the foregoing requirement may be satisfied by delivery of the
       Company's report to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K,
       if any) together with, if any pro forma financial information has been
       used in connection with determining compliance with this Agreement, a
       reconciliation of such pro forma financial information with the financial
       information contained in such financial statements, all in reasonable
       detail and reported on by one of the Big Five accounting firms or other
       independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing
       selected by Company and satisfactory to Agents, which report shall state
       (without Impermissible Qualification) that such consolidated financial
       statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated
       financial position of Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates
       indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
       the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis
       consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such
       financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in
       connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in
       accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

              (iii)  OFFICER'S AND COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES:  together with each
       delivery of financial statements pursuant to subdivisions (i) and (ii)
       above, (a) an Officer's Certificate of Company stating that the signers
       have reviewed the relevant terms of this Agreement and that no condition
       or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of
       Default exists, or, if any such condition or event existed or exists,
       specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action
       Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto
       and (b) a Compliance Certificate executed by the president, chief
       executive officer, treasurer, or chief financial officer of Company;

              (iv)   MARGIN DETERMINATION CERTIFICATE:  together with each
       delivery of financial statements pursuant to subdivisions (i) and (ii)
       above, a Margin Determination Certificate demonstrating in reasonable
       detail, and calculating in accordance with subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c),
       the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the last day of the accounting period
       covered by such financial statements;

              (v)    ACCOUNTANTS' CERTIFICATION:  together with each delivery 
       of consolidated financial statements of Company and its Subsidiaries 
       pursuant to subdivision (ii) above, a written statement by the 
       independent certified public accountants giving the report thereon (a) 
       stating that their audit examination has included a review of the 
       terms of subsections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 of this 
       Agreement as they relate to accounting matters, and (b) stating 
       whether, in connection with their audit examination, any condition or 
       event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of 
       Default 

                                      96
<PAGE>

       has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come 
       to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence 
       thereof; PROVIDED that such accountants shall not be liable by reason 
       of any failure to obtain knowledge of any such Event of Default or 
       Potential Event of Default that would not be disclosed in the course 
       of their audit examination; 

              (vi)   SEC FILINGS AND PRESS RELEASES:  promptly upon their
       becoming available, copies of (a) all financial statements, reports,
       notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by Parent
       or the Company to its security holders (other than DLJMB or Parent,
       respectively), and (b) all regular and periodic reports and all
       registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or a similar form) and
       prospectuses, if any, filed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with any
       national securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange
       Commission;

              (vii)  EVENTS OF DEFAULT, ETC.: promptly and in any event within
       seven (7) Business Days after the president, chief executive officer,
       treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller, chief financial officer or
       any other Authorized Officer of Company obtains knowledge of any
       condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
       Event of Default, an Officer's Certificate specifying the nature and
       period of existence of such Event of Default or Potential Event of
       Default and what action Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take
       with respect thereto;

              (viii) LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS:  (a) promptly upon the
       president, chief executive officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer,
       controller, chief financial officer or any other Authorized Officer of
       Company obtaining knowledge of (X) the institution of, or non-frivolous
       threat of, any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial
       or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration against or
       affecting Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Company
       or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, "PROCEEDINGS") not previously
       disclosed in writing by Company to Lenders or (Y) any material
       development in any Proceeding that, in any case:

                   (1)      has a reasonable possibility of giving rise to a
              Material Adverse Effect; or

                   (2)      seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the
              consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a
              result of, the transactions contemplated hereby;

       written notice thereof and promptly after request by Agents such other
       information as may be reasonably requested by Agents to enable Agents and
       their respective counsel to evaluate any of such Proceedings;

              (ix)   ERISA EVENTS:  promptly upon becoming aware of the
       occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event that could
       reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a written
       notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Company, any of its
       Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is
       taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any
       action taken or 

                                      97
<PAGE>

       threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or 
       the PBGC with respect thereto;

              (x)    ERISA NOTICES:  with reasonable promptness, copies of all
       notices received by Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
       respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning
       an ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
       Adverse Effect;

              (xi)   FINANCIAL PLANS:  as soon as practicable and in any event
       no later than 30 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a
       consolidated budget for such Fiscal Year, in the form prepared by Company
       consistent with its past practices (the "FINANCIAL PLAN");

              (xii)  NEW SUBSIDIARIES:  promptly upon any Person becoming a
       Subsidiary of Company, a written notice setting forth with respect to
       such Person (a) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of
       Company and (b) all of the data required to be set forth in SCHEDULE 5.1
       with respect to all Subsidiaries of Company (it being understood that
       such written notice shall be deemed to supplement SCHEDULE 5.1 for all
       purposes of this Agreement);

              (xiii) UCC SEARCH REPORT:  As promptly as practicable after the
       date of delivery to Administrative Agent of any UCC financing statement
       executed by any Loan Party pursuant to subsection 4.2D(iii) or 6.8A,
       copies of completed UCC searches evidencing the proper filing, recording
       and indexing of all such UCC financing statement and listing all other
       effective financing statements that name such Loan Party as debtor,
       together with copies of all such other financing statements not
       previously delivered to Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Company
       or such Loan Party;

              (xiv)  OTHER INFORMATION:  with reasonable promptness, such other
       information and data with respect to Company or any of its Subsidiaries
       as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any Lender.

6.2    LEGAL EXISTENCE, ETC.

              Except as permitted under subsection 7.7, Company will, and 
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in 
full force and effect its legal existence and all rights and franchises 
material to its business except where failure to keep in full force and 
effect such rights and franchises could not reasonably be expected to have a 
Material Adverse Effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that neither Company nor any of 
its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve the existence of any 
Subsidiary if Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no 
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Company and its 
Subsidiaries, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any 
material respect to Company or Lenders.

6.3    PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS; TAX CONSOLIDATION.  

              Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay 
all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon 
it or any of its properties or assets or 

                                      98
<PAGE>

in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty 
accrues thereon, and all material claims (including claims for labor, 
services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable 
and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or 
assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with 
respect thereto; PROVIDED that no such charge or claim need be paid if it is 
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted 
and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate 
provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have 
been made therefor.

6.4    MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; INSURANCE; APPLICATION OF NET 
INSURANCE/CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS.

     A.       MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  Except to the extent that the 
failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse 
Effect, Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or 
cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary 
wear and tear excepted, all material properties used or useful in the 
business of Company and its Subsidiaries (including all Intellectual 
Property) and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate 
repairs, renewals and replacements thereof unless Company determines in good 
faith that the continued maintenance of any of its Properties is no longer 
economically desirable.

     B.       INSURANCE.  Company will maintain or cause to be maintained, 
with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability 
insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption 
insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or 
damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Company and its 
Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar 
circumstances by corporations of established reputation engaged in similar 
businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), 
with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and 
conditions as shall be customary for corporations similarly situated in the 
industry.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company will 
maintain or cause to be maintained (i) flood insurance with respect to each 
Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the 
National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any 
applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System, and (ii) replacement value casualty insurance on the Collateral under 
such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, 
with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times 
satisfactory to Agents in their commercially reasonable judgment.  Each such 
policy of insurance shall (a) name Administrative Agent for the benefit of 
Lenders as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and 
(b) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable 
clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to Agents, that 
names Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders as the loss payee 
thereunder for any covered loss in excess of $250,000 and provides for at 
least 30 days prior written notice to Agents of any modification or 
cancellation of such policy.

     C.       EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE.  Upon request of Administrative Agent,
Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate from Company's
insurance broker or other evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance
required to be maintained pursuant to subsection 6.4B is in full 

                                      99
<PAGE>

force and effect and that Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders has been 
named as additional insured and/or loss payee thereunder to the extent 
required under subsection 6.4B.

6.5    INSPECTION RIGHTS.

              Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, 
permit any authorized representatives designated by any Lender to visit and 
inspect any of the properties of Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, to 
inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting 
records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its 
and their officers and, after notice to the Company and provision of an 
opportunity to participate in such discussions, independent public 
accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times and 
intervals during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be 
requested, but, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing not more frequently than once in each Fiscal Year. Subject to 
subsection 10.2, the cost and expenses of each such visit shall be borne by 
the applicable Lender.

6.6    COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.

     A.       GENERAL.  Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its 
Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with the requirements of 
all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental 
authority (including all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which could 
reasonably be expected to cause, individually or in the aggregate, a Material 
Adverse Effect.

     B.       ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANT.

              The Company will and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
              
              (i)    Use and operate all of its Facilities and properties in
       compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all necessary permits,
       approvals, certificates, licenses and other Governmental Authorizations
       relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in compliance
       therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all
       applicable Environmental Laws, in each case except where the failure to
       comply with the terms of this clause would not reasonably be expected to
       have a Material Adverse Effect;

              (ii)   Promptly notify the Agents and provide copies of all
       written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating to the
       condition of its Facilities or relating to compliance with Environmental
       Laws which relate to environmental matters which would have, or would
       reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and promptly
       cure and have dismissed with prejudice any material actions and
       proceedings relating to compliance with Environmental Laws, except to the
       extent being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate
       proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have
       been set aside on its books; and

              (iii)  Provide such information and certificates which the Agents
       may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this
       SECTION 6.7.

                                      100
<PAGE>

6.7    EXECUTION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AND PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL 
DOCUMENTS BY CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES AND FUTURE SUBSIDIARIES; IP COLLATERAL.

     A.       EXECUTION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AND PERSONAL PROPERTY 
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS. In the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary of 
Company after the Merger Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary and other than 
a Domestic Subsidiary that is a Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary), Company will 
promptly notify Administrative Agent of that fact and cause such Subsidiary 
to execute and deliver to Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, 
a counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty and an acknowledgement to the 
Security Agreement and to take all such further actions and execute all such 
further documents and instruments (including actions, documents and 
instruments comparable to those described in subsection 4.2D) as may be 
necessary or, in the opinion of Agents, desirable to create in favor of 
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a valid and perfected First 
Priority Lien on all of the personal and mixed property assets of such 
Subsidiary described in the applicable forms of Collateral Documents; 
PROVIDED that no such Subsidiary shall be required to pledge pursuant to a 
Subsidiary Pledge Agreement more than 65% of the total combined voting power 
of all classes of securities of any Foreign Subsidiary held by such 
Subsidiary entitled to vote.

     B.       SUBSIDIARY CHARTER DOCUMENTS, LEGAL OPINIONS, ETC.  Company 
shall deliver to Administrative Agent, together with such Loan Documents, (i) 
certified copies of such Subsidiary's Certificate or Articles of 
Incorporation, together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary 
of State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and each other state in 
which such Person is qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, 
to the extent generally available, a certificate or other evidence of good 
standing as to payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes from the 
appropriate taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each to be dated 
a recent date prior to their delivery to Administrative Agent, (ii) a copy of 
such Subsidiary's Bylaws certified by its secretary or an assistant secretary 
as of a recent date prior to their delivery to Administrative Agent, (iii) a 
certificate executed by the secretary or an assistant secretary of such 
Subsidiary as to (a) the fact that the attached resolutions of the Board of 
Directors of such Subsidiary approving and authorizing the execution, 
delivery and performance of such Loan Documents are in full force and effect 
and have not been modified or amended and (b) the incumbency and signatures 
of the officers of such Subsidiary executing such Loan Documents, and (iv) a 
favorable opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Agents and their respective counsel, as to (a) the due 
organization and good standing of such Subsidiary, (b) the due authorization, 
execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of such Loan Documents, (c) the 
enforceability of such Loan Documents against such Subsidiary, (d) such other 
matters (including matters relating to the creation and perfection of Liens 
in any Collateral pursuant to such Loan Documents) as Agents may reasonably 
request, all of the foregoing to be satisfactory in form and substance to 
Agents and their respective counsel.

     C.       IP COLLATERAL.  If any Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary
and Domestic Subsidiaries that are Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) becomes an
owner of any Intellectual Property after the Merger Date, Company shall cause
such Subsidiary to promptly execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an
acknowledgement to the Security Agreement and all cover sheets and executed
grants of trademark security interest, grants of patent security interest and
grants of copyright security interest and such other documents or instruments
required to be filed with the PTO and the CO as Administrative Agent shall deem
appropriate and take such further 

                                      101
<PAGE>

action and execute such further documents and instruments as may be 
necessary, or in the opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable to create in 
favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a valid and 
perfected First Priority Lien on such Intellectual Property.

6.8    FUTURE LEASED PROPERTY AND FUTURE ACQUISITIONS OF REAL PROPERTY:  
FUTURE ACQUISITION OF OTHER PROPERTY.

     A.       In connection with any Leasehold Property, Company shall, and 
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and 
Domestic Subsidiaries that are Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) to use its (and 
their) commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not require the 
expenditure of cash (other than the payment of the respective attorneys fees 
of Company and the lessor) or the making of any material concessions under 
the relevant lease) to deliver to Administrative Agent a waiver for the 
benefit of Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory 
to Administrative Agent executed by the lessor of any real property that is 
to be leased by Company or such Subsidiary for a term in excess of one year 
in any state which by statute grants such lessor a "landlord's" (or similar) 
Lien which is superior to Administrative Agent's and which grants to 
Administrative Agent a license to enter the leased property and remove any 
and all personal property, if the value of such personal property of Company 
or its Subsidiaries to be held at such leased property exceeds (or it is 
anticipated that the value of such personal property will, at any point in 
time during the term of such leasehold term, exceed) $2,000,000.

     B.       In the event that Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other 
than Foreign Subsidiaries or Domestic Subsidiaries that are Non-Wholly-Owned 
Subsidiaries) shall acquire any real property having a value as determined in 
good faith by Administrative Agent in excess of $2,000,000 (or in the case of 
leased property, in the event that Company is able to deliver the waivers and 
consents described in subsection 6.8C in connection with the leases described 
therein), Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall, promptly after such 
acquisition or consent, execute a Mortgage and provide Administrative Agent 
with (i) evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the 
completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgage as may be 
necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable 
effectively to create a valid, perfected, First Priority Lien, subject to the 
Liens permitted by subsection 7.2, against the property purported to be 
covered thereby, (ii) mortgagee's title insurance policy or policies in favor 
of Administrative Agent and the Lenders in amounts and in form and substance 
and issued by insurers, reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, with respect 
to the property purported to be covered by such Mortgage, insuring that title 
to such property is indefeasible and that the interests created by the 
Mortgage constitute valid first Liens thereon free and clear of all defects 
and encumbrances other than as permitted by Section 7.2 or as approved by the 
Agents, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available, a 
revolving credit endorsement and such other endorsements as the Agents shall 
reasonably request and shall be accompanied by evidence of the payment in 
full of all premiums thereon, and (iii) such other approvals, opinions, or 
documents as the Agents may reasonably request.

     C.       As soon as reasonably practical after the consummation of the
Merger, Company or its applicable Subsidiary shall, in respect of each of the
leased properties listed on Schedule 6.8, and in the event Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries or Domestic Subsidiaries that are
Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) shall become a lessee under any lease of 

                                      102
<PAGE>

real property covering 10,000 square feet of building space and having an 
unexpired lease term (including options to extend such lease term) of three 
years or longer, Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall, use its 
commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not require the expenditure of 
cash (other than the payment of the respective attorneys fees of Company and 
the lessor) or the making of any material concessions under the relevant 
lease) to cause the lessor to agree (during the negotiation of such lease if 
such lease is entered into after the Merger Date), for the benefit of 
Administrative Agent (i) to the matters set forth in subsection 6.8A, (ii) 
that without any further consent of such lessor or any further action on the 
part of the Loan Party holding the lessee's interest in such property, such 
lessee's interest in such property may be encumbered pursuant to a Mortgage 
and may be assigned to the purchaser at a foreclosure sale or in a transfer 
in lieu of such a sale (and to a subsequent third party assignee if any 
Agent, any Lender, or an Affiliate of either so acquires such lessee's 
interest in such property), and (iii) that such lessor shall not terminate 
such lease as a result of a default by such Loan Party thereunder without 
first giving Agents notice of such default and at least 60 days (or, if such 
default cannot reasonably be cured by Agents within such period, such longer 
period as may reasonably be required) to cure such default.

6.9    MERGER.

       Company shall cause Acquisition Co. and DAH to comply with all 
material covenants set forth in the Merger Agreement applicable prior to the 
consummation of the Merger.  Company shall cause the Merger to be consummated 
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the 
Tender Offer Materials and shall cause each of the conditions set forth in 
subsection 4.2 to be fulfilled as soon as practicable and, in any event, no 
later than 150 calendar days after the Closing Date.  In the event that the 
DAH Common Stock to be purchased concurrently with receipt of the proceeds of 
the Loans on the Closing Date shall represent, in the aggregate, not less 
than 90% of the outstanding shares of DAH Common Stock so as to permit 
Company to cause the Merger to occur in accordance with the terms of the 
Merger Agreement and Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, 
Company shall promptly cause the Merger to occur.

6.10   SECOND MERGER.

       Company shall cause the Second Merger to be consummated on the Merger 
Date immediately after the Merger. 

6.11   YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.

       Company will promptly notify Administrative Agent in the event Company 
discovers or determines that any computer application (including those of its 
suppliers and vendors) that is material to its or its Subsidiaries' business 
and operations will not be Year 2000 compliant as of January 1, 2000, except 
to the extent that such failure could not reasonably be expected to have a 
Material Adverse Effect.

                                      103
<PAGE>

6.12   PTO AND CO COVER SHEETS, ETC.

       Company will deliver to Agents no later than 7 days after the Merger 
Date instruments or documents, in appropriate form for filing with the PTO 
and/or the CO, sufficient to create and perfect a security interest in all IP 
Collateral owned as of the Merger Date by Company and its Subsidiaries (other 
than Foreign Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries that are Non-Wholly-Owned 
Subsidiaries).

6.13   MORTGAGES.

     A.       With respect to the Merger Date Leasehold Mortgaged Properties, 
as soon as practicable after Company or the applicable Subsidiary is able to 
obtain the agreement of the applicable lessor referred to in subsection 6.8C, 
and with respect to the Merger Date Fee Mortgaged Properties, as soon as 
practicable after the Merger Date but in no event later than 7 days after the 
Merger Date, Company shall deliver to Agents counterparts of the Mortgages 
covering such Merger Date Leasehold Mortgaged Properties or Merger Date Fee 
Mortgaged Properties, as the case may be, each dated as of the date of such 
delivery, duly executed by Company or the applicable Subsidiary in 
appropriate form for recording, together with such other documents and 
instruments in appropriate form for filing of such Mortgage as may be 
necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent, desirable 
effectively to create a valid, perfected, First Priority Lien, subject to 
Liens permitted by Section 7.2, against the properties purported to be 
covered thereby.

     B.       As soon as practicable after delivery of each Mortgage pursuant 
to subsection 6.13A, Company shall deliver to Agents (i) mortgagee's title 
insurance policies in favor of the Agents and the Lenders in amounts and in 
form and substance and issued by insurers, reasonably satisfactory to the 
Agents, with respect to the property purported to be covered by such 
Mortgage, insuring that title to such property is indefeasible and that the 
interests created by such Mortgage constitute valid First Priority Liens 
thereon free and clear of all defects and encumbrances other than as 
permitted by Section 7.2 or as approved by the Agents, and such policies 
shall also include, to the extent available, a revolving credit endorsement 
and such other endorsements as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request 
and shall be accompanied by evidence of the payment in full of all premiums 
thereon and (ii) and such other approvals, opinions or documents as the 
Agents may reasonably request.

Section 7.    COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS

              Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the 
Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all 
of the Loans and other Obligations and the cancellation or expiration of all 
Letters of Credit, unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior 
written consent, Company shall perform, and shall cause each of its 
Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 7.

                                      104
<PAGE>

7.1    INDEBTEDNESS.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise become or 
remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

              (i)    Company may become and remain liable with respect to the
       Obligations;

              (ii)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
       with respect to any obligations constituting Indebtedness and actually
       arising pursuant to Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant to Section
       7.4;

              (iii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
       with respect to Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases and other
       purchase money Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition or
       improvement of fixed assets, in an aggregate amount not exceeding
       $7,500,000; 

              (iv)   Intercompany Indebtedness (i) of Company or any Domestic
       Subsidiary of Company owing to Company or any Subsidiary of Company, and
       (ii) of any Foreign Subsidiary of Company owing to (x) any other Foreign
       Subsidiary or (y) Company or any Domestic Subsidiary of Company; PROVIDED
       that in respect of any such Indebtedness (other than any such
       Indebtedness incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition) described in
       this CLAUSE (ii)(y), the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness,
       when taken together with the aggregate amount at such time of all
       outstanding Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries made pursuant to
       subsection 7.3(xiii), shall not exceed at any time outstanding
       $10,000,000; PROVIDED that (a) if requested by Administrative Agent, all
       intercompany Indebtedness shall be evidenced by promissory notes which
       shall be delivered to Administrative Agent as Collateral hereunder,
       (b) all intercompany Indebtedness owed by Company or by a Subsidiary
       Guarantor to any Subsidiary of Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor
       shall be subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the
       Obligations pursuant to the terms of an intercompany subordination
       agreement in the form of Exhibit XXX attached hereto;

              (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may remain
       liable with respect to Indebtedness described in SCHEDULE 7.1 annexed
       hereto and refinancings and replacements thereof in a principal amount
       not exceeding the principal amount of the indebtedness so refinanced or
       replaced and with an average life to maturity of not less than the then
       average life to maturity of the Indebtedness so refinanced or replaced;

              (vi)   Company may become and remain liable with respect to up to
       $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness evidenced by
       the Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes (as well as any payment-in-kind
       Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes issued in lieu of cash interest thereon)
       and Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes, so long as,
       if Company issued the Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes on the Closing
       Date, all of the net proceeds of the Senior Subordinated Notes are used
       to 

                                      105
<PAGE>

       refinance in whole or in part an equal principal amount of the Senior
       Subordinated Bridge Notes then outstanding;

              (vii)  Indebtedness of Tri-Star Electronics Europe SA incurred
       pursuant to a working capital facility not to exceed U.S.$2,000,000 (of
       the equivalent thereof in Swiss Francs) at any time outstanding (except
       if such excess is caused solely by changes in exchange rates and is
       eliminated within five Business Days of its occurrence) and other
       Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding
       principal amount which does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time
       outstanding;

              (viii) Assumed Indebtedness of Company and its Subsidiaries in an
       aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
       $5,000,000; and

              (ix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
       with respect to other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not
       to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.

7.2    LIENS AND RELATED MATTERS.

     A.       PROHIBITION ON LIENS.  Company shall not, and shall not permit 
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or 
permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any 
kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts 
receivable) of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or 
hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except:

              (i)    Permitted Encumbrances;

              (ii)   Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents,
       including Liens securing payment of any Hedging Obligations owed to any
       Person that, at the time such Hedging Obligation was contracted for, was
       a Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender;

              (iii)  Liens described in Schedule 7.2 annexed hereto and Liens
       securing extensions, renewals or replacements of the Indebtedness or
       other obligations which such identified Liens secure; PROVIDED that no
       such extension, renewal or replacement shall increase the obligations
       secured by such Lien or extend such Lien to additional assets;

              (iv)   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
       subsection 7.1(iii); provided that the principal amount of such
       Indebtedness does not exceed at the time of acquisition or leasing of the
       related asset the fair market value of the asset so acquired or leased
       and that such Lien is limited solely to the asset so acquired or leased
       in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

              (v)    Liens on the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing the
       repayment of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection
       7.1(iv)(ii), 7.1(vii) or 7.1(ix);

              (vi)   Liens in the nature of trustees' Liens granted pursuant to
       any indenture governing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1, in
       each case in favor of the trustee 

                                      106
<PAGE>

       under such indenture and securing only obligations to pay compensation to
       such trustee, to reimburse its expenses and to indemnify it under the 
       terms thereof;

              (vii)  Liens of sellers of goods to Company and any of its
       Subsidiaries arising solely under Article 2 of the UCC or similar
       provisions of applicable law in the ordinary course of business, covering
       only the goods sold and securing only the unpaid purchase price for such
       goods and related expenses;

              (viii) Liens securing Assumed Indebtedness of Company and its
       Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(viii), provided, however,
       that (i) any such Liens attach only to the property of the Subsidiary
       acquired, or the property acquired, in connection with such Assumed
       Indebtedness and shall not attach to any assets of Company or any of its
       Subsidiaries theretofore existing and (ii) the Assumed Indebtedness and
       other secured Indebtedness of Company and its Subsidiaries secured by any
       such Lien shall not exceed 100% of the fair market value of the assets
       being acquired in connection with such Assumed Indebtedness; 

              (ix)   Liens securing reimbursement obligations in respect of
       trade letters of credit, which Liens are limited to the goods purchased
       with, or whose purchase was supported by, such letters of credit; and

              (x)    Other Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in
       an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 at any time outstanding.

       Nothing in this subsection 7.2 shall prohibit the sale, assignment, 
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of any Margin Stock owned by 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries at its fair value (as determined in good 
faith by its Board of Directors) so long as proceeds are held as Cash or Cash 
Equivalents or the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of any Lien 
on or with respect to any Margin Stock.

     B.       NO FURTHER NEGATIVE PLEDGES.  Except (x) with respect to 
specific property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or 
to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to an Asset Sale 
and (y) customary limitations in respect of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
contained in any agreement with respect to Indebtedness incurred in reliance 
on subsections 7.1(ii), (iv), (vi), (vii) or (viii), and (z) restrictions or 
limitations contained in any partnership agreement or joint venture agreement 
to which Company or any of its Subsidiaries are a party on the ability to 
create or assume Liens on any assets of the relevant partnership or joint 
venture, neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any 
agreement (other than an agreement prohibiting only the creation of Liens 
securing Subordinated Indebtedness) prohibiting the creation or assumption of 
any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter 
acquired.

     C.       NO RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSIDIARY DISTRIBUTIONS TO COMPANY OR OTHER 
SUBSIDIARIES.  Except (x) as provided herein, (y) customary limitations and 
prohibitions in any agreement with respect to Indebtedness incurred in 
reliance on Section 7.1(iv)(ii)(x), (vii), or (viii) and (z) any such 
encumbrance or restriction contained in any partnership or joint venture 
agreement to which Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its 

                                      107
<PAGE>

Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become 
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the 
ability of any such Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other 
distributions on any of such Subsidiary's capital stock owned by Company or 
any other Subsidiary of Company, (ii) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed 
by such Subsidiary to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company, or (iii) 
make loans or advances to Company or any other Subsidiary of Company.

7.3    INVESTMENTS.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, except:

              (i)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
       in Cash Equivalents (as determined on the date of acquisition thereof);

              (ii)   (a) Company and its Subsidiaries may continue to own the
       Investments owned by them as of the Closing Date in any Subsidiaries of
       Company; (b) Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries may make additional
       Investments in Company or Subsidiary Guarantors (including without
       limitation any such Investments necessary in order to consummate the
       Tender Offer in accordance with the Tender Offer Materials, the Merger in
       accordance with the Merger Agreement and the Second Merger) subject to
       compliance with subsections 6.7 and 6.8; (c) any Foreign Subsidiary may
       make additional Investments in any other Foreign Subsidiary; and (d)
       Acquisition Co. may purchase the DAH Common Stock pursuant to the Tender
       Offer in accordance with the Tender Offer Materials;

              (iii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may make intercompany loans to
       the extent permitted under subsection 7.1(iv) and incur Contingent
       Obligations permitted by subsection 7.4;

              (iv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in
       Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries in an aggregate
       amount not exceeding $22,000,000 in order to consummate an acquisition
       substantially on the terms described to the Syndication Agent prior to
       the date hereof.

              (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries may continue to own the
       Investments owned by them as of the Closing Date and described in
       Schedule 7.3 annexed hereto and extensions or renewals thereof, provided
       that no such extension or renewal shall be made in reliance on this
       clause (v) if it would (x) increase the amount of such Investment at the
       time of such renewal or extension or (y) result in a Potential Event of
       Default or an Event of Default hereunder;

              (vi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
       received in connection with Asset Sales permitted pursuant to subsection
       7.7(xii); 

                                      108
<PAGE>

              (vii)  Investments constituting Consolidated Capital Expenditures
       (and any capital expenditures excluded from the definition of
       Consolidated Capital Expenditures pursuant to clause (y) thereof);

              (viii) Investments made by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
       Permitted Acquisitions in accordance with subsection 7.7(viii); 

              (ix)   Investments arising under or in connection with Interest
       Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements entered into in the ordinary
       course of business and not for speculative purposes;

              (x)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
       received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization or suppliers
       and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of and other
       disputes with customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of
       business;

              (xi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
       in the form of loans (x) to officers, directors and employees of the
       Company and its Subsidiaries for the sole purpose of purchasing common
       stock of Parent (or purchases of such loans made by others) in an
       aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
       $5,000,000, so long as immediately before and after giving effect
       thereto, no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred
       and is continuing and (y) to Global Technology Partners in an aggregate
       principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 for the sole purpose of
       purchasing common stock of Parent;

              (xii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
       solely from the proceeds of capital contributions by Parent to the
       Company or sales of equity Securities by the Company to Parent, in each
       case only to the extent proceeds from such capital contribution or sale
       (x) are not required to be applied to repay the Term Loans or to reduce
       the Acquisition Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection 2.4(B)(iii)(c),
       (y) arise from the issuance by Parent of its equity Securities, and (z)
       are received after the Closing Date for the purpose of making an
       Investment identified in a notice delivered to the Agents on or prior to
       the date such capital contribution or sale or repayment is made, so long
       as immediately before and after giving effect to any such Investment, no
       Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
       continuing; and

              (xiii) Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own other
       Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $10,000,000.

7.4    CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, create or become or remain liable with respect to 
any Contingent Obligation, except:

              (i)    Company and its Subsidiaries of Company may become and
       remain liable with respect to Contingent Obligations in respect of the
       Obligations;

                                      109
<PAGE>

              (ii)   Company may become and remain liable with respect to
       Contingent Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and Company and
       its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Contingent
       Obligations in respect of other letters of credit in an aggregate amount
       at any time not to exceed $2,000,000 for Company and its Domestic
       Subsidiaries and $2,000,000 for Company's Foreign Subsidiaries;

              (iii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
       with respect to Contingent Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements and
       Currency Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and
       not for speculative purposes;

              (iv)   Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries may become and remain
       liable with respect to Contingent Obligations in respect of any
       Indebtedness of Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries permitted by
       subsection 7.1; PROVIDED that any such Contingent Obligations in respect
       of the Subordinated Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 7.1(vi)
       are subordinated to the payment of the Obligations to the same extent as
       such Subordinated Indebtedness; 

              (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may remain
       liable with respect to Contingent Obligations described in Schedule 7.4
       annexed hereto and extensions or renewals thereof, so long as such
       extension or renewal does not increase the amount of the Contingent
       Obligation being renewed or extended, as the case may be;

              (vi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
       with respect to other Contingent Obligations; PROVIDED that the maximum
       aggregate liability, contingent or otherwise, of Company and its
       Subsidiaries in respect of all such Contingent Obligations shall at no
       time exceed $2,000,000.

7.5    RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.

       Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, 
directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart any sum for 
any Restricted Junior Payment; PROVIDED that so long as no Potential Event of 
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would 
occur as a result thereof (except in the case of Restricted Junior Payments 
permitted by subsections 7.5(i), (iii), (v) and (vi) below):

       (i)    Company may (a) make payments of regularly scheduled interest 
in respect of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes and the Senior 
Subordinated Notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of and to the 
extent required by (and subject to the subordination provisions contained 
therein) the Senior Subordinated Bridge Note Agreement or the Senior 
Subordinated Indenture, (b) refinance the Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes 
with the proceeds of the Senior Subordinated Notes and (c) to make payments 
to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Notes or of the Senior 
Subordinated Notes in the form of equity Securities that the subordination 
provisions applicable thereto permit such holders to accept prior to the 
repayment in full of the Obligations;

       (ii)   so long as (A) after giving effect to the making of such 
Restricted Junior Payment, Company shall be in PRO FORMA compliance with the 
covenant set forth in Section 7.6B 

                                      110
<PAGE>

for the most recent full Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding the date of the 
making of such Restricted Payment for which the relevant financial statements 
have been delivered pursuant to subsections 6.1(i) or (ii) and (B) an 
Authorized Officer of Company shall have delivered a certificate to 
Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to 
Administrative Agent (including a calculation of Company's PRO FORMA 
compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.6B in reasonable detail) 
certifying as to the accuracy of clause (ii)(A) above, Company may make 
dividend payments to Parent the proceeds of which will be used by Parent to 
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any equity 
Securities of Parent, or any warrant, option or other right to acquire any 
such equity Securities, in each case held by any member of management or an 
employee of Parent, Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any 
employment agreement, management equity subscription agreement, restricted 
stock plan, stock option agreement or other similar arrangements so long as 
the total amount of such repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions, retirements 
and payments shall not exceed (I) $3,000,000 in any calendar year (with 
unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding 
calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following 
clause (II)) of $8,000,000 in any calendar year) PLUS (II) the aggregate cash 
proceeds received by Company during such calendar year from any reissuance of 
equity Securities of Parent and warrants, options and other rights to acquire 
equity Securities of Parent, by Parent or Company to members of management 
and employees of Company and its Subsidiaries (to the extent such proceeds 
are not otherwise required to be applied pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii) and 
have not been used to make Investments pursuant to subsection 7.3(xii) or 
Consolidated Capital Expenditures pursuant to subsection 7.8(ii)); 

       (iii)  Company may make dividend payments to Parent to the extent 
necessary to permit Parent to (x) pay corporate and other general 
administrative expenses (including fees in respect to advisors services) in 
an aggregate amount which does not exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and 
(y) to make payments in respect of taxes imposed on Company and its 
Subsidiaries;

       (iv)   on and after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, Company 
may make dividend payments to Parent to enable Parent to pay cash interest or 
dividends on the Parent P-I-K Securities in accordance with the terms of such 
Parent P-I-K Securities; PROVIDED that after giving effect to such payment, 
Company would be in compliance with subsection 7.6;

       (v)    the Company shall be permitted to make payments in respect of 
statutory appraisal rights (and any settlement thereof) exercised by holders 
of outstanding DAH Common Stock in connection with the Merger; and

       (vi)   Company may make any Restricted Junior Payment necessary in 
order to consummate the Tender Offer in accordance with the Tender Offer 
Materials, the Merger in accordance with the Merger Agreement and the Second 
Merger.

7.6    FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

     A.       MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter, beginning 

                                      111
<PAGE>

with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 1998, occurring during any period 
set forth below to be less than the correlative ratio indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MINIMUM FIXED
                    PERIOD                            CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO
    ------------------------------------              ---------------------
<S>                                                   <C>
    4th Fiscal Quarter, 1998 through 4th                     
           Fiscal Quarter, 2001                              1.10 x
    1st Fiscal Quarter, 2002 and                             
           thereafter                                        1.20 x
</TABLE>

     B.       MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, 
beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 1998, occurring during 
any period set forth below to exceed the correlative ratio indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          MAXIMUM CONSOLIDATED
                 PERIOD                      LEVERAGE RATIO
      ---------------------------       ------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 1998                  6.00 x
       1st Fiscal Quarter, 1999                  5.90 x
       2nd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                  5.75 x
       3rd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                  5.60 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 1999                  5.50 x
       1st Fiscal Quarter, 2000                  5.40 x
       2nd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                  5.25 x
       3rd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                  5.10 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 2000                  
              through 3rd Fiscal
              Quarter, 2001                      5.00 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 2001                  
              through 3rd Fiscal
              Quarter, 2002                      4.50 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 2002                  
              through 3rd Fiscal
              Quarter, 2003                      4.00 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 2003                  
              through 3rd Fiscal
              Quarter, 2004                      3.50 x
       4th Fiscal Quarter, 2004 and              
       thereafter                                3.00 x
</TABLE>

     C.       MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED EBITDA.  Company shall not permit 
Consolidated EBITDA for the consecutive four-Fiscal-Quarter period ending on 
the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending 
December 31, 1998, occurring during any period set forth below to be less 
than the correlative amount (the "MINIMUM EBITDA AMOUNT") indicated:

                                     112
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MINIMUM EBITDA
                   QUARTER ENDED                  AMOUNT
         ---------------------------       ---------------------
<S>                                         <C>
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 1998         $      30,000,000
           1st Fiscal Quarter, 1999                31,000,000
           2nd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                32,000,000
           3rd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                33,000,000
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 1999                34,000,000
           1st Fiscal Quarter, 2000                35,000,000
           2nd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                36,000,000
           3rd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                37,000,000
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2000
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter 2001                     38,000,000
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2001
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter 2002                     42,000,000
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2002
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter 2003                     46,000,000
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2003 and
           thereafter                              50,000,000

</TABLE>

; PROVIDED that

              (x)    the Minimum EBITDA Amount for the consecutive 
       four-Fiscal-Quarter period ending at the last day of any Fiscal 
       Quarter during any period set forth above shall be increased by an 
       amount equal to 80% of the Acquired Business EBITDA of each Acquired 
       Business whose Acquired Business Date falls during the period from and 
       including the Closing Date to and including the last day of such 
       Fiscal Quarter; and

              (y)    to the extent the amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the 
       immediately preceding consecutive four-Fiscal-Quarter period exceeds 
       the amount of EBITDA required to be maintained for such consecutive 
       four-Fiscal-Quarter period pursuant to this subsection, an amount 
       equal to 50% of such excess amount may be carried forward to (but only 
       to) the then current Fiscal Quarter (any such amount to be certified 
       to Administrative Agent in the Compliance Certificate delivered for 
       the last Fiscal Quarter of such consecutive four-Fiscal-Quarter 
       period).

              For purposes of this subsection 7.6C, the following terms have 
       the following meanings:

              "ACQUIRED BUSINESS" means any business acquired (whether 
       through the purchase of assets or shares of capital stock) by Company 
       or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date.

              "ACQUIRED BUSINESS DATE" means, with respect to any Acquired 
       Business, the date of consummation of the acquisition thereof by 
       Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

              "ACQUIRED BUSINESS EBITDA" means, with respect to any Acquired 
       Business, 

                                      113
<PAGE>

       (x) the consolidated net income of such Acquired Business for the 
       consecutive four-Fiscal-Quarter period ended on or most recently prior 
       to its Acquired Business Date and with respect to which financial 
       statements are available on the Acquired Business Date PLUS (y) to the 
       extent deducted in determining such consolidated net income for such 
       period, the sum of (i) consolidated interest expense, (ii) income 
       taxes, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization, (v) any extraordinary or 
       non-recurring losses, and (vi) any non-cash items MINUS (z) to the 
       extent included in such consolidated net income, extraordinary gains.

     D.       MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter,
beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 1998, occurring during any
period set forth below to be less than the correlative ratio indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   MINIMUM INTEREST
                      PERIOD                        COVERAGE RATIO
         ----------------------------             -------------------
<S>                                                <C>
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 1998                     1.65 x
           1st Fiscal Quarter, 1999                     1.65 x
           2nd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                     1.70 x
           3rd Fiscal Quarter, 1999                     1.75 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 1999                     1.80 x
           1st Fiscal Quarter, 2000                     1.85 x
           2nd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                     1.90 x
           3rd Fiscal Quarter, 2000                     1.95 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2000
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter, 2001                         2.00 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2001
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter, 2002                         2.25 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2002
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter, 2003                         2.50 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2003
                  through 3rd Fiscal
                  Quarter, 2004                         2.75 x
           4th Fiscal Quarter, 2004 and
           thereafter                                   3.00 x
</TABLE>

7.7    RESTRICTION ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES; ASSET SALES AND ACQUISITIONS.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of Company's
Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or
liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or
dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor),
transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or any part of its business, property or assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or acquire by purchase or otherwise all or
substantially all the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other
evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of
business of any Person, except:

                                      114
<PAGE>

              (i)    (a) any Domestic Subsidiary of Company may be merged with
       or into Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or be liquidated, wound up
       or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may
       be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one
       transaction or a series of transactions, to Company or any Subsidiary
       Guarantor; PROVIDED that, in the case of such a merger, Company or such
       Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and
       (b) any Foreign Subsidiary may be merged with or into another Foreign
       Subsidiary or, so long as the surviving corporation of such merger is
       Company or a Domestic Subsidiary, with or into the Company or any
       Domestic Subsidiary, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or
       any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold,
       leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of in one transaction or a
       series of transactions, to Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or another
       Foreign Subsidiary, PROVIDED, that notwithstanding the above, a
       Subsidiary may only liquidate or dissolve into, or merge with and into,
       another Subsidiary if, after giving effect to such combination or merger,
       Company continues to own (directly or indirectly), and Administrative
       Agent continues to have pledged to it pursuant to the DAH Pledge
       Agreement or Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, a percentage of the issued and
       outstanding equity Securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the
       Subsidiary surviving such combinations or merger that is equal to or in
       excess of the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of equity
       Securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the Subsidiary that does not
       survive such combinations or merger that was (immediately prior to the
       combination or merger) owned by the Company or pledged to Administrative
       Agent;

              (ii)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated Capital
       Expenditures permitted under subsection 7.8;

              (iii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may dispose of obsolete, worn
       out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;

              (iv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transfer,
       conveyance or other disposal that constitutes (a) an Investment permitted
       under subsection 7.3, (b) a Lien permitted under subsection 7.2, (c) a
       Restricted Junior Payment permitted under subsection 7.5 or (d) a sale
       and leaseback transaction permitted by subsection 7.10;

              (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise dispose
       of assets in transactions that do not constitute Asset Sales; 

              (vi)   Finance Co., Acquisition Co. and DAH may consummate the
       Merger and the Second Merger;

              (vii)  (x) Company and its Subsidiaries may make Permitted
       Acquisitions; PROVIDED that such Permitted Acquisitions result in the
       Company or the relevant Subsidiary acquiring a majority controlling
       interest in the Person (or its assets and businesses) acquired, or
       increasing any such controlling interest maintained by it in such Person
       or result in the Person acquired becoming an Acquired Controlled Person
       with respect to Company and its Subsidiaries; and (y) no later than five
       Business Days prior to the consummation thereof, Company delivers to
       Agents a Permitted Acquisition 

                                      115
<PAGE>

       Compliance Certificate demonstrating compliance with the requirements 
       of the definition of "Permitted Acquisition" and copies of all 
       acquisition agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith 
       to the extent available and requested by Administrative Agent; and 
       PROVIDED FURTHER that reasonably promptly following the consummation 
       of such Permitted Acquisition, Company shall have complied with the 
       provisions of subsections 6.8 and 6.9 with respect thereto to the 
       extent applicable; 

              (viii) Prior to the consummation of the Merger, Company or any of
       its Subsidiaries may convey, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
       Margin Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; PROVIDED that such
       disposition is for fair value and the proceeds are held in Cash or Cash
       Equivalents;

              (ix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise dispose
       of assets as a result of any taking of assets described in clause (ii) of
       the definition of "Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds", so long as the
       Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds resulting therefrom are applied or
       reinvested as required by subsection 2.4B(iii)(b);

              (x)    Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or discount overdue
       accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, but only in
       connection with the compromise or collection thereof;

              (xi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make Asset Sales to 
       Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors of 
       assets having a fair market value of not in excess of $10,000,000 over 
       the term of this Agreement; provided that (x) the consideration for 
       such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market 
       value thereof, and (y) any Investment in such Non-Wholly-Owned 
       Subsidiaries resulting from such Asset Sale shall be permitted by 
       subsection 7.3(xiii) or as a Permitted Acquisition pursuant to 
       subsection 7.3 (viii); and

              (xii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may make Asset Sales not 
       permitted by the foregoing clauses of assets having a fair market 
       value of not in excess of $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or of 
       $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sales made after the 
       Closing Date; PROVIDED that (x) the consideration received for such 
       assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value 
       thereof; (y) at least 75% of the consideration received therefor is in 
       the form of cash; and (z) the proceeds of such Asset Sale are applied 
       or reinvested as required by subsection 2.4B(iii)(a).

7.8    CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

              (i)    Company will not, and will not permit any of its 
       Subsidiaries to, make or commit to make Consolidated Capital 
       Expenditures in any Fiscal year, except Consolidated Capital 
       Expenditures which do not aggregate in excess of $8,000,000 in such 
       Fiscal Year PLUS an additional aggregate amount equal to $10,000,000 
       over the term of this Agreement; PROVIDED that (a) if the aggregate 
       amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures actually made in any such 
       Fiscal Year shall be less than the limit with respect thereto set 
       forth above (before giving effect to any increase therein pursuant to 

                                      116
<PAGE>

       this proviso) (the "BASE AMOUNT"), then the amount of such shortfall 
       (up to an amount equal to 50% of the Base Amount for such Fiscal Year, 
       without giving effect to this proviso) may be added to the amount of 
       such Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted for the immediately 
       succeeding Fiscal Year and any such amount carried forward to a 
       succeeding Fiscal Year shall be deemed to be used prior to Company and 
       its Subsidiaries using the amount of capital expenditures permitted by 
       this section in such succeeding Fiscal Year, without giving effect to 
       such carryforward and (b) for any Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) 
       following any acquisition of a business (whether through the purchase 
       of assets or of shares of capital stock) permitted under Article 7, 
       the Base Amount for such Fiscal Year (or portion) shall be increased, 
       for each such acquisition, by an amount equal to the product of (A) 
       the lesser of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 4% of revenues of the business 
       acquired in such acquisition for the period of four Fiscal Quarters 
       most recently ended on or prior to the date of such Business 
       Acquisition multiplied by (B) (x) in the case of any partial Fiscal 
       Year, a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days 
       remaining in such Fiscal Year after the date of such Business 
       Acquisition and the denominator of which is 365 (or 366 in a leap 
       year), and (y) in the case of any full Fiscal Year, 1.

              (ii)   The parties acknowledge and agree that the permitted
       Consolidated Capital Expenditure level set forth in clause (i) above
       shall be exclusive of the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures
       actually made with the proceeds of a cash capital contribution  to
       Company (including the proceeds of issuance of equity securities) made,
       by Parent from the issuance by Parent of its equity Securities after the
       Closing Date and specifically identified in a certificate delivered by an
       Authorized Officer of Company to Administrative Agent on or about the
       time such capital contribution is made; PROVIDED that, to the extent any
       such cash capital contributions constitute Net Securities Proceeds after
       the Merger Date, only that portion of such Net Securities Proceeds which
       is not required to be applied as a prepayment pursuant to
       Section 2.4B(iii)(c) may be used for Consolidated Capital Expenditures
       pursuant to this clause (ii).

7.9    FISCAL YEAR.

              Company shall not change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 
of each calendar year.

7.10   SALES AND LEASE-BACKS.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a 
guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an Operating 
Lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), 
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other 
Person (other than Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (ii) which Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same purpose 
as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease; PROVIDED that Company and 
its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable as lessee, guarantor or other 
surety with respect to any such lease if the 

                                      117
<PAGE>

property which is subject to such lease was acquired by Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries within 180 days of such sale or transfer of such property by the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.11   SALE OR DISCOUNT OF RECEIVABLES.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, sell with recourse, or discount or otherwise sell 
for less than the face value thereof, any of its notes or accounts 
receivable; provided that Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or discount 
overdue accounts receivable in the ordinary course business, but only in 
connection with the compromise or collection thereof.

7.12   TRANSACTIONS WITH STOCKHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES.

              Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction 
(including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the 
rendering of any service) with any holder of 10% or more of the voting 
Securities of Parent or Company or with any Affiliate of Parent or Company on 
terms that are less favorable to Company or that Subsidiary, as the case may 
be, than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not 
such a holder or Affiliate; PROVIDED that the foregoing restriction shall not 
apply to (i) any transaction between Company and any of its Wholly-Owned 
Subsidiaries or between any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; (ii) reasonable 
and customary fees paid to members of the Boards of Directors of Company and 
its Subsidiaries; (iii) any Restricted Junior Payment permitted under 
subsection 7.5; (iv) the entry into and performance of obligations under 
arrangements with DLJ and its Affiliates for underwriting, investment banking 
and advisory services on usual and customary terms (including payments of the 
fee in respect of advisory services contemplated in subsection 7.5(iii)); (v) 
the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses 
payable to directors of Parent; (vi) employment arrangements with respect to 
the procurement of services of directors, officers and employees in the 
ordinary course of business and the payment of reasonable fees in connection 
therewith; (vii) the issuance of equity Securities to Global Technology 
Partners, L.L.C. described in subsection 7.3; (viii) the execution, delivery 
and performance of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Tender 
Offer and the other transactions contemplated by the Tender Offer Materials; 
and (ix) the execution, delivery and performance of the agreements listed on 
Schedule 7.12.

7.13   ISSUANCE OF SUBSIDIARY EQUITY.

       Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or 
indirectly to issue any shares of its capital stock or other equity 
Securities except to Company, another Subsidiary of Company, to qualify 
directors if required by applicable law or in proportion to its existing 
equity Securities of any class. Company shall not permit DAH on and after the 
Closing Date to issue any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or 
acquire any equity interest in DAH if after giving effect thereto, Company 
would own less than the Minimum Shares.

                                      118
<PAGE>

7.14   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

       From and after the Closing Date, Company shall not, and shall not 
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than (i) the 
businesses engaged in by Company and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and 
similar or related businesses and (ii) such other lines of business as may be 
consented to by Requisite Lenders.

7.15   AMENDMENTS OR WAIVERS OF MERGER AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF DOCUMENTS 
RELATING TO SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS.

     A.       Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will agree to any 
material amendment to, or waive any of its material rights under, the Merger 
Agreement, or terminate or agree to terminate the Merger Agreement without in 
each case obtaining the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders to such 
amendment, waiver or termination.

     B.       Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or 
make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if 
the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest rate on 
such Subordinated Indebtedness, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon 
which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event of 
default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than 
to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related 
thereto), change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, 
change the subordination provisions thereof (or of any guaranty thereof), or 
change any collateral therefor (other than to release such collateral), or if 
the effect of such amendment or change, together with all other amendments or 
changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor 
thereunder to the detriment of Lenders or to confer any additional rights on 
the holders of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or a trustee or other 
representative on their behalf) which would be adverse to Lenders.

     C.       Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, designate any Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Debt" (as defined in any 
of the Senior Subordinated Bridge Note Agreement or the Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture) without the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders.

Section 8.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

              If any of the following conditions or events ("Events of 
Default") shall occur:

8.1    FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENTS WHEN DUE.

              Failure by Company to pay any installment of principal of any 
Loan when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of 
voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; failure by 
Company to pay when due any amount payable to an Issuing Lender in 
reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit; or failure by Company 
to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due under this 
Agreement within five days after the date due; or

                                      119
<PAGE>

8.2     DEFAULT IN OTHER AGREEMENTS.

              (i) Failure of Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when 
due any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of 
one or more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in 
subsection 8.1) or Contingent Obligations in either an individual or an 
aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or more, in each case beyond the end 
of any grace period provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any other material term of (a) one 
or more items of Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations in the individual or 
aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above or (b) any loan 
agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of 
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s), if the effect of such breach or 
default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness 
or Contingent Obligation(s) (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or 
holders) to cause, that Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) to become or 
be declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or the stated 
maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; or

8.3    BREACH OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

              Failure of Company to perform or comply with any term or 
condition contained in subsection 2.5, 6.2 (solely with respect to the 
continued existence of Company) or 6.1(vii) or Section 7 of this Agreement; or

8.4    BREACH OF WARRANTY.

              Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement 
made by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any Loan Document or in any 
statement or certificate at any time given by Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith 
or therewith shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which 
made; or

8.5    OTHER DEFAULTS UNDER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

              Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or 
compliance with any term contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan 
Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other subsection of 
this Section 8, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived 
within 30 days after receipt by Company and such Loan Party of notice from 
Administrative Agent at the direction of the Requisite Lenders of such 
default; or

8.6    INVOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.

              (i) A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a
decree or order for relief in respect of Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in an involuntary case under the
Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any
other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law;
or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) under the Bankruptcy Code or
under any other applicable bankruptcy, 

                                      120
<PAGE>

insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of 
a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a 
receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer 
having similar powers over Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any 
Immaterial Subsidiary), or over all or a substantial part of its property, 
shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary 
appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Company or 
any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) for all or a 
substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or 
similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the 
property of Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial 
Subsidiary), and any such event described in clauses (i) or (ii) shall 
continue for 60 days unless dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

8.7    VOLUNTARY BANKRUPTCY; APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER, ETC.

              (i) Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any 
Immaterial Subsidiary) shall have an order for relief entered with respect to 
it or commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other 
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, 
or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, 
or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any 
such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a 
receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its 
property; or Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial 
Subsidiary) shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii)  
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) 
shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its 
inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the Board of 
Directors of Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial 
Subsidiary) (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or 
otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to in 
clause (i) above or this clause (ii); or

8.8    JUDGMENTS AND ATTACHMENTS.

              Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment involving 
either in any individual case or in the aggregate at any time an amount in 
excess of $5,000,000 (in either case not adequately covered by insurance as 
to which a responsible insurance company is not denying its liability with 
respect thereto) shall be entered or filed against Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, 
unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

8.9    DISSOLUTION.

              Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) decreeing 
the dissolution or split up of Company or that Subsidiary (except as 
permitted under Sections 6.2 and 7.7 and such order shall remain undischarged 
or unstayed for a period in excess of 60 days; or

8.10   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

              There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually 
or in the aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in 
liability of Company, any of its 

                                      121
<PAGE>

Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in excess of 
$5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there shall exist an amount 
of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), 
individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for 
purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets 
exceed benefit liabilities), which exceeds $5,000,000; or

8.11   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

              Any Change in Control shall occur; or

8.12   INVALIDITY OF GUARANTIES; FAILURE OF SECURITY; REPUDIATION OF 
OBLIGATIONS.

              At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) any 
Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all 
Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in 
accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void, (ii) any 
Collateral Document shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than by 
reason of a release of Collateral thereunder in accordance with the terms 
hereof or thereof, the satisfaction in full of the Obligations or any other 
termination of such Collateral Document in accordance with the terms hereof 
or thereof) or shall be declared null and void, or Administrative Agent shall 
not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected First Priority Lien in 
any Collateral purported to be covered thereby, in each case for any reason 
other than the failure of any Agent or any Lender to take any action within 
its control or except to the extent that any such event is covered by a 
lender's title insurance policy and the relevant insurer promptly after the 
occurrence thereof shall have acknowledged in writing that the same is 
covered by such title insurance policy, or (iii) any Loan Party shall contest 
the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing; or

8.13   MERGERS.

              The Mergers shall be unwound, reversed or otherwise rescinded 
in whole or in part for any reason or, prior to the Merger Date, the Merger 
Agreement shall be terminated or the Merger shall not occur on or prior to 
the 150th day after the Closing Date; 

THEN (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsection 
8.6 or 8.7 (with respect to Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and, prior to 
the Merger, DAH), each of (a) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued 
interest on the Loans, (b) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at 
any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (whether or 
not any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or 
shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or 
certificates required to draw under such Letter of Credit), and (c) all other 
Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without 
presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which 
are hereby expressly waived by Company, and the obligation of each Lender to 
make any Loan, the obligation of any Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of 
Credit and the right of any Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit 
hereunder shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) upon the occurrence and during 
the continuation of any other Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall, 
upon the written request or with the written consent of Requisite Lenders, by 
written notice to Company, declare all or any portion of the amounts 
described in clauses (a) through (c) above to be, and the same shall 
forthwith become, immediately due and 

                                      122
<PAGE>

payable, and the obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, the obligation 
of any Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit and the right of any 
Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon 
terminate; PROVIDED that the foregoing shall not affect in any way the 
obligations of Working Capital Lenders under subsection 3.3C(i) or the 
obligations of Working Capital Lenders to purchase participations in any 
unpaid Swing Line Loans as provided in subsection 2.1A(iv).

              Any amounts described in clause (b) above, when received by 
Administrative Agent, shall be held by Administrative Agent and applied as 
follows:

If for any reason the aggregate amount delivered by Company as aforesaid is 
less than the amount described in clause (b) above (the "AGGREGATE AVAILABLE 
AMOUNT"), the aggregate amount so delivered shall be apportioned among all 
outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the ratio of the maximum 
amount available for drawing under each such Letter of Credit (as to such 
Letter of Credit, the "MAXIMUM AVAILABLE AMOUNT") to the Aggregate Available 
Amount.  Upon any drawing under any outstanding Letters of Credit in respect 
of which Company has delivered to Administrative Agent any amounts described 
above, Administrative Agent shall apply such amounts to reimburse the Issuing 
Lender for the amount of such drawing.  In the event of cancellation or 
expiration of any Letter of Credit in respect of which Company has delivered 
any amounts described above, or in the event of any reduction in the Maximum 
Available Amount under such Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall 
apply the amount then on deposit with it in respect of such Letter of Credit 
(LESS, in the case of such a reduction, the Maximum Available Amount under 
such Letter of Credit immediately after such reduction) first, to the extent 
of any excess, to the cash collateralization of any outstanding Letters of 
Credit in respect of which Company has failed to pay all or a portion of the 
amounts described above (such cash collateralization to be apportioned among 
all such Letters of Credit in the manner described above), second, to the 
extent of any further excess, to the payment of any other outstanding 
Obligations in such order as Administrative Agent shall elect, and third, to 
the extent of any further excess, to the payment to whomsoever shall be 
lawfully entitled to receive such funds.

              Notwithstanding anything contained in the second preceding
paragraph, if at any time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans
pursuant to clause (ii) of such paragraph Company shall pay all arrears of
interest and all payments on account of principal which shall have become due
otherwise than as a result of such acceleration (with interest on principal and,
to the extent permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in
this Agreement) and all Events of Default and Potential Events of Default (other
than non-payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each
case which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be
remedied or waived pursuant to subsection 10.6, then Requisite Lenders, by
written notice to Company, may at their option rescind and annul such
acceleration and its consequences; but such action shall not affect any
subsequent Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.  The provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to
bind Lenders to a decision which may be made at the election of Requisite
Lenders and are not intended, directly or indirectly, to benefit Company, and
such provisions shall not at any time be construed so as to grant Company the
right to require Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder or to
preclude Administrative Agent or Lenders from exercising any of 

                                      123

<PAGE>

the rights or remedies available to them under any of the Loan Documents, 
even if the conditions set forth in this paragraph are met.

SECTION 9. THE AGENTS

9.1 APPOINTMENT.

     A. APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS. First Chicago is hereby appointed 
Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and each 
Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to act as its contractual 
representative in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents.  DLJ is hereby appointed Syndication Agent hereunder and 
under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes Syndication 
Agent to act as its contractual representative in accordance with the terms 
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each of Syndication Agent 
and Administrative Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained 
in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  The 
provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of each of 
Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, and Lenders and Company shall 
have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. 
 Notwithstanding the use of the defined term "Agent," it is expressly 
understood and agreed that the no Agent shall have any fiduciary 
responsibilities to any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan 
Document and that the Agents are merely acting as the contractual 
representatives of the Lenders with only those duties as are expressly set 
forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  In their respective 
capacities as the Lenders' contractual representatives, the Agents (i) do not 
hereby assume any fiduciary duties to any of the Lenders, (ii) are 
"representatives" of the Lenders within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the 
Uniform Commercial Code and (iii) are acting as independent contractors, the 
rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to 
assert no claim against the Agents on any agency theory or any other theory 
of liability for breach of fiduciary duty, all of which claims each Lender 
hereby waives.  

     B. APPOINTMENT OF SUPPLEMENTAL COLLATERAL AGENTS.  It is the purpose of 
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation 
of any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking 
corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such 
jurisdiction.  It is recognized that in case of litigation under this 
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of 
the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case Administrative Agent 
deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may 
not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any 
of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable 
or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that Administrative 
Agent appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, 
co-trustee, collateral agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional 
individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a 
"SUPPLEMENTAL COLLATERAL AGENT" and collectively as "SUPPLEMENTAL COLLATERAL 
AGENTS").

              In the event that Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental
Collateral Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right,
power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in 

                                     124

<PAGE>

or conveyed to Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be 
exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, 
and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Collateral 
Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such 
Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and 
every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary 
to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Collateral Agent 
shall run to and be enforceable by either Administrative Agent or such 
Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 9 and 
of subsections 10.2 and 10.3 that refer to Administrative Agent shall inure 
to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral Agent and all references 
therein to Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to 
Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as the 
context may require.

              Should any instrument in writing from Company or any other Loan 
Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by 
Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming 
to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, Company shall, or 
shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all 
such instruments promptly upon request by Administrative Agent.  In case any 
Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become 
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges 
and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by 
law, shall vest in and be exercised by Administrative Agent until the 
appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.

9.2 POWERS AND DUTIES; GENERAL IMMUNITY.

     A. POWERS.  Each Agent shall have and may exercise such powers under
the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to such Agent by the terms
thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  No
Agent shall have any implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the
Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by
the Loan Documents to be taken by such Agent.

     B. GENERAL IMMUNITY.  No Agent nor any of their respective directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be liable to Company, the Lenders or any
Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or
under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith except to
the extent such action or inaction has arisen from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Person.

     C. NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS, RECITALS, ETC.  No Agent nor any of
their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible
for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (a) any statement,
warranty or representation made in connection with any Loan Document or any
borrowing hereunder; (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants
or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document, including, without
limitation, any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly to each
Lender; (c) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Section 4, except
receipt of items required to be delivered solely to Administrative Agent or
Syndication Agent, as the case may be; (d) the existence or possible existence
of any Event of Default or Potential of Default; (e) the validity,
enforceability, effectiveness, sufficiency or genuineness of any Loan Document
or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection therewith; (f) the
value, sufficiency, creation, perfection or 

                                     125

<PAGE>

priority of any Lien in any collateral security; or (g) the financial 
condition of Company or any guarantor of any of the Obligations or of any of 
Company's or any such guarantor's respective Subsidiaries.  No Agent shall 
have any duty to disclose to the Lenders information that is not required to 
be furnished by Company to such Agent at such time, but is voluntarily 
furnished by Company to such Agent (either in its capacity as Administrative 
Agent or Syndication Agent, as the case may be, or in its individual 
capacity).  Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising 
from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit 
Usage or the component amounts thereof.

     D. ACTION ON INSTRUCTIONS OF LENDER.  Each Agent shall in all cases
be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under
any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the
Requisite Lenders (or if required by the terms of subsection 10.6, all of the
Lenders), and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.  The Lenders hereby acknowledge
that each Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action
permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the
Requisite Lenders.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing
to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document unless it shall
first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders in proportion to their
Pro Rata Share against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur
by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

     E. EMPLOYMENT OF AGENTS AND COUNSEL.  Each Agent may execute any of
its duties as Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent, as the case may be,
hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through employees, agents, and
attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money
or securities received by it or its authorized agents, for the default or
misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.  Each Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning
the contractual arrangement between the Agents and the Lenders and all matters
pertaining to each Agent's duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

     F. RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS; COUNSEL.  Each Agent shall be entitled to
rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram,
statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect to
legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by any Agent, which counsel
may be employees of any Agent.

     G. AGENTS' REIMBURSEMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION.  The Lenders agree to
reimburse and indemnify each Agent ratably in proportion to their respective
Commitments (or, if the Commitments have been terminated, in proportion to their
Commitments immediately prior to such termination) (i) for any amounts not
reimbursed by Company for which any Agent is entitled to reimbursement by
Company under the Loan Documents, (ii) for any other expenses incurred by any
Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution,
delivery, administration and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including,
without limitation, for any expenses incurred  by any Agent in connection with
any dispute between the Agents, the Agents  and any Lender or between two or
more of the Lenders) and (iii) for any liabilities, 

                                     126

<PAGE>

obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, 
expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be 
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to 
or arising out of the Loan Documents or any other document delivered in 
connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby (including, 
without limitation, for any such amounts incurred by or asserted against any 
Agent in connection with any dispute between the Agents, the Agents and any 
Lender or between two or more of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of 
the terms of the Loan Documents or of any such other documents; PROVIDED that 
(i) no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent any of 
the foregoing is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of 
competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful 
misconduct of any Agent and (ii) any indemnification required pursuant to 
subsection 2.7 shall, notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, be 
paid by the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions thereof.  The 
obligations of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive payment of the 
Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

     H. NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or
notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default
hereunder unless such Agent has received written notice from a Lender or Company
referring to this Agreement describing such Event of Default or Potential Event
of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the event
that any Agent receives such a notice, such Agent shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Lenders.

     I. RIGHTS AS A LENDER.  In the event any Agent is a Lender, such Agent 
shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan 
Document with respect to its Commitment and its Loans as any Lender and may 
exercise the same as though it were not such Agent, and the term "Lender" or 
"Lenders" shall, at any time when any Agent is a Lender, unless the context 
otherwise indicates, include such Agent in its individual capacity.  Each 
Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and 
generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in 
addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, 
with Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which Company or such Subsidiary 
is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.

     J. LENDER CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, 
independently and without reliance upon any Agent, the Arranger or any other 
Lender and based on financial statements prepared by Company and such other 
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit 
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and 
without reliance upon any Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based 
on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, 
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action 
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     K. DELEGATION TO AFFILIATES.  Company and the Lenders agree that any
Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its
Affiliates.  Any such Affiliate (and such Affiliate's directors, officers,
agents and employees) which performs duties in connection with this Agreement
shall be entitled to the same benefits of the indemnification, waiver and other
protective provisions to which such Agent is entitled under Sections 9 and 10.

                                     127

<PAGE>

9.3 SUCCESSOR AGENTS AND SWING LINE LENDER.

     A. SUCCESSOR AGENTS.  The Syndication Agent may resign at any time
upon one Business Day's prior notice thereof to Company and Administrative
Agent, and the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Syndication Agent, the Lenders and Company, such
resignations to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Administrative
Agent or Syndication Agent, as the case may be, or, if no successor
Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent has been appointed, forty-five days
after the retiring Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent gives notice of its
intention to resign.  Administrative Agent may be removed at any time with or
without cause by written notice received by Administrative Agent from the
Requisite Lenders, such removal to be effective on the date specified by the
Requisite Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal, the Requisite Lenders
shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of Company and the Lenders, and, if
no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to the consent of
Company, a successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent, as the case may
be.  If no successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent shall have been
so appointed by the Requisite Lenders within thirty days after the resigning
Administrative Agent's or Syndication Agent's giving notice of its intention to
resign, then the resigning Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent, as the
case may be, may appoint, on behalf of Company and the Lenders, a successor
Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding
the previous sentence, Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent may at any time
without the consent of Company or any Lender, appoint any of its Affiliates
which is a commercial bank as the successor Administrative Agent or Syndication
Agent hereunder.  If Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent has resigned or
been removed and no successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent has been
appointed, the Lenders may perform all the duties of Administrative Agent or
Syndication Agent hereunder and Company shall make all payments in respect of
the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for all other purposes shall deal
directly with the Lenders.  No successor Administrative Agent or Syndication
Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor
Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent has accepted the appointment.  Any
such successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent shall be a commercial
bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $100,000,000.  Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent
hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent, such
successor Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent shall thereupon succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, power, privileges and duties of the
resigning or removed Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent.  Upon the
effectiveness of the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent or
Syndication Agent, the resigning or removed Administrative Agent or Syndication
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under
the Loan Documents.  After the effectiveness of the resignation or removal of
the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, as the case may be, the
provisons of this Section 9 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such
Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent in respect of any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent or
Syndication Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  In the event
that there is a successor to the Administrative Agent by merger, or the
Administrative Agent assigns its duties and obligations to an Affiliate pursuant
to this 

                                     128

<PAGE>

subsection, then the term "Corporate Base Rate" as used in this Agreement 
shall mean the prime rate, base rate or other analogous rate of the new 
Administration Agent.

     B. SUCCESSOR SWING LINE LENDER.  Any resignation or removal of 
Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 9.3A shall also constitute the 
resignation or removal of  First Chicago or its successor as Swing Line 
Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to 
subsection 9.3A shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the 
successor Swing Line Lender for all purposes hereunder.  In such event (i) 
the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender shall assign all of its rights and 
obligations with respect to the Swing Line Loans to the successor Swing Line 
Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement and such successor Swing Line 
Lender shall be entitled thereafter to all of the rights and immunities of 
the resigning or removed Swing Line Lender pursuant to subsection 2.1, (ii)  
the retiring or removed Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall 
surrender the Swing Line Note held by it to Company for cancellation, and 
(iii) Company shall issue a new Swing Line Note to the successor 
Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender substantially in the form of 
EXHIBIT VII annexed hereto, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan 
Commitment then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.

9.4 COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTIES.

     A. EXECUTION OF COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.  The Lenders hereby empower and 
authorize Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to Company on their 
behalf the Collateral and all related financing statements and any financing 
statements, agreements, documents or instruments as shall be necessary or 
appropriate to effect the purposes of the Collateral Documents and to be the 
agent for and representative of Lenders under each Guaranty, and each Lender 
agrees to be bound by the terms of each Collateral Document and Guaranty. 
Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary 
notwithstanding, Company, each Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (X) no 
Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the 
Collateral under any Collateral Document or to enforce any Guaranty, it being 
understood and agreed that all rights and remedies under the Collateral 
Documents and the Guaranties may be exercised solely by Administrative Agent 
for the benefit of Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, and (Y) in 
the event of a foreclosure by Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral 
pursuant to a public or private sale, any Agent or any Lender may, to the 
fullest extent that the same may be permitted under applicable law, be the 
purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and 
Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of Lenders (but not any 
Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless 
Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for 
the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price 
for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use 
and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price 
for any collateral payable by Administrative Agent at such sale.

     B. COLLATERAL RELEASES.  The Lenders hereby empower and authorize
Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to Company on their behalf any
agreements, documents or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to
effect any releases of Collateral which shall be permitted by the terms hereof
or of any other Loan Document or which shall otherwise have been 

                                     129

<PAGE>

approved by the Requisite Lenders (or, if required by the terms of subsection 
10.6, all of the Lenders) in writing.

Section 10.   MISCELLANEOUS

10.1  ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS IN LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.

      A. GENERAL.  Subject to subsection 10.1B, each Lender shall have the
right at any time to (i) sell, assign or transfer to any Eligible Assignee, or
(ii) sell participations to any Person in, all or any part of its Commitments or
any Loan or Loans made by it or participations in Letters of Credit hereunder or
any other interest herein or in any other Obligations owed to it; PROVIDED that
no such sale, assignment, transfer or participation shall, without the consent
of Company, require Company to file a registration statement with the Securities
and Exchange Commission or apply to qualify such sale, assignment, transfer or
participation under the securities laws of any state; PROVIDED, FURTHER that no
such sale, assignment, transfer or participation of any participation in Letters
of Credit hereunder may be made separately from a sale, assignment, transfer or
participation of a corresponding interest in the Working Capital Loan Commitment
and the Working Capital Loans of the Working Capital Lender effecting such sale,
assignment, transfer or participation; and PROVIDED, FURTHER that, anything
contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Swing Line Loan Commitment
and the Swing Line Loans of Swing Line Lender may not be sold, assigned or
transferred as described in clause (i) above to any Person other than a
successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to the extent contemplated
by subsection 9.3.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection 10.1, no
Lender shall, as between Company and such Lender, be relieved of any of its
obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment or transfer of, or any
granting of participations in, all or any part of its Commitments or the Loans,
the Letters of Credit or participations therein, or the other Obligations owed
to such Lender.

      B. ASSIGNMENTS.

              (i)    AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF ASSIGNMENTS.  Each Commitment, Loan or
       participation in Letters of Credit hereunder, or other Obligation may
       (a) be assigned in any amount to another Lender, or to an Affiliate or
       Affiliated Fund of the assigning Lender or another Lender, with the
       giving of notice to Company and Administrative Agent, or (b) be assigned
       in an aggregate amount of not less than $3,000,000 (or such lesser amount
       as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Commitments, Loans, and
       participations in Letters of Credit, and other Obligations of the
       assigning Lender or as may be consented to by Company and Agents) to any
       other Eligible Assignee with the consent of Company (which consent shall
       only be required if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing)
       and, with respect to all Lenders other than Syndication Agent,
       Administrative Agent (which consent of Company and Administrative Agent
       shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  To the extent of any
       such assignment in accordance with either clause (a) or (b) above, the
       assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to its
       Commitments, Loans or participations in Letters of Credit, or other
       Obligations or the portion thereof so assigned.  The parties to each such
       assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent, for its
       acceptance, an Assignment Agreement (which shall contain a representation
       by the Assignee to the 

                                     130

<PAGE>

       effect that none of the consideration used to make the purchase of the 
       Commitment, Loan or participation in Letters of Credit under the 
       applicable Assignment Agreement are "plan assets" as defined under 
       ERISA and that the rights and interests of the Assignee in and under 
       the Loan Documents will not be "plan assets" under ERISA), together 
       with a processing fee of $3,500 (or such other amount as may be agreed 
       to by Administrative Agent) and such forms, certificates or other
       evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax
       withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may
       be required to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection
       2.7B(iii)(a).  Upon such execution, delivery and acceptance from and
       after the effective date specified in such Assignment Agreement, (y) the
       assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that
       rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to
       such Assignment Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a
       Lender hereunder and (z) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the
       extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it
       pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than
       any rights which survive the termination of this Agreement under
       subsection 10.9B) and be released from its obligations under this
       Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or
       the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations
       under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto;
       PROVIDED that, anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the
       contrary notwithstanding, if such Lender is the Issuing Lender with
       respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit such Lender shall continue
       to have all rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender with respect to
       such Letters of Credit until the cancellation or expiration of such
       Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder).
       The Commitments hereunder shall be modified to reflect the Commitment of
       such assignee and any remaining Commitment of such assigning Lender and,
       if any such assignment occurs after the issuance to the assigning Lender
       of Notes hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of
       such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its
       applicable Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon
       new Notes shall be issued to the assignee and to the assigning Lender,
       substantially in the form of EXHIBIT IV, EXHIBIT V, EXHIBIT VI,
       EXHIBIT VII or EXHIBIT VIII annexed hereto, as the case may be, with
       appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Commitments and/or outstanding
       Term Loans, as the case may be, of the assignee and the assigning Lender.

              (ii)   ACCEPTANCE BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.  Upon its receipt of an
       Assignment Agreement executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee
       representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with the
       processing fee referred to in subsection 10.1B(i) and any forms,
       certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal
       income tax withholding matters that such assignee may be required to
       deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a),
       Administrative Agent shall, if Administrative Agent and Company have
       consented to the assignment evidenced thereby (in each case to the extent
       such consent is required pursuant to subsection 10.1B(i)), (a) accept
       such Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof as provided
       therein (which acceptance shall evidence any required consent of
       Administrative Agent to such assignment) and (b) give prompt notice
       thereof to Company.  Administrative Agent shall 

                                     131

<PAGE>

       maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to and accepted 
       by it as provided in this subsection 10.1B(ii).

       C. PARTICIPATIONS.  The holder of any participation, other than an
Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to
require the Lender that shall have granted such participation to it to take or
omit to take any action hereunder except action directly affecting (i) the
extension of the scheduled final maturity date of any Loan allocated to such
participation or (ii) a reduction of the principal amount of or the rate of
interest payable on any Loan allocated to such participation, and all amounts
payable by Company hereunder (including amounts payable to such Lender pursuant
to subsections 2.6D, 2.7 and 3.6) shall be determined as if such Lender had not
sold such participation.  Company and each Lender hereby acknowledge and agree
that, solely for purposes of subsections 10.4 and 10.5, to the fullest extent
permitted under applicable law, (a) any participation will give rise to a direct
obligation of Company to the participant and (b) the participant shall be
considered to be a "Lender".

       D. ASSIGNMENTS TO FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS.  In addition to the
assignments and participations permitted under the foregoing provisions of this
subsection 10.1, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its
Loans, the other Obligations owed to such Lender, and its Notes to any Federal
Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by
such Federal Reserve Bank; PROVIDED that (i) no Lender shall, as between Company
and such Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of
any such assignment and pledge and (ii) in no event shall such Federal Reserve
Bank be considered to be a "Lender" or be entitled to require the assigning
Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

       E. INFORMATION.  Each Lender may furnish any information concerning
Company and its Subsidiaries in the possession of that Lender from time to time
to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and
participants), subject to subsection 10.19.

       F. REPRESENTATIONS OF LENDERS.  Each Lender listed on the signature
pages hereof hereby represents and warrants (i) that it is an Eligible Assignee
described in clause (A) of the definition thereof; (ii) that it has experience
and expertise in the making of loans such as the Loans; and (iii) that it will
make its Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and
without a view to distribution of such Loans within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being
understood that, subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.1, the
disposition of such Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain
within its exclusive control).  Each Lender that becomes a party hereto pursuant
to an Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to agree that the representations and
warranties of such Lender contained in Section 2(c) of such Assignment Agreement
are incorporated herein by this reference.

10.2  EXPENSES.

              Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
consummated, Company agrees to pay promptly (i) all the actual and reasonable
costs and expenses of the Agents with respect to the preparation of the Loan
Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto;
(ii) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of a 

                                     132

<PAGE>

single counsel to Agents and Arranger (including the costs of local or 
foreign counsel, to the extent required) in connection with the negotiation, 
preparation, execution and administration of the Loan Documents and any 
consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other 
documents or matters requested by Company; (iii) all the actual costs and 
reasonable expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of 
Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to any Collateral 
Document, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or 
documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums, and reasonable 
fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents and of counsel 
providing any opinions that Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent or 
Requisite Lenders may request in respect of the Collateral Documents or the 
Liens created pursuant thereto; (iv)  the custody or preservation of any of 
the Collateral; (v) all other actual and reasonable costs and expenses 
incurred by Arranger, Syndication Agent or Administrative Agent (including 
the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants 
or appraisers and any environmental or other consultants, advisors and agents 
 employed or retained by Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent or their 
respective counsel) in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and 
the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan Documents and any 
consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the 
transactions contemplated thereby; and (vi) after the occurrence of an Event 
of Default, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and 
costs of settlement, incurred by Agents and Lenders in enforcing any 
Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Loan Party 
hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by reason of such Event of 
Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other 
realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranties 
or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit 
arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a "work-out" or 
pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings). 

10.3   INDEMNITY.

              In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to subsection
10.2, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated,
Company agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees' selection of counsel),
indemnify, pay and hold harmless Arranger, Agents and Lenders, and the officers,
directors, trustees, employees, agents and affiliates of Arranger, Agents and
Lenders (collectively called the "INDEMNITEES"), from and against any and all
Indemnified Liabilities (as hereinafter defined); PROVIDED that Company shall
not have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any
Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined by a
final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or to the extent that such
Indemnified Liabilities are Environmental Liabilities that arise solely out of
the actions of Administrative Agent or Lenders occurring after Administrative
Agent or Lenders shall have foreclosed on, or otherwise dispossessed Company and
its Subsidiaries of, the applicable Facility.

              As used herein, "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" means, collectively, any
and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource
damages), penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims (including Environmental
Claims), costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling,
testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action
necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials

                                     133

<PAGE>

Activity), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever 
(including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees 
in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding 
commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee 
shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or 
expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether 
direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or 
foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and 
commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on 
common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be 
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any 
manner relating to or arising out of (i) this Agreement or the other Loan 
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including 
Lenders' agreement to make the Loans hereunder or the use or intended use of 
the proceeds thereof or the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder or the 
use or intended use of any thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan 
Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon 
any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranties) or (ii)  any 
Environmental Claim or any Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or 
arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, 
operation, land ownership, or practice of Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

              To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and
hold harmless set forth in this subsection 10.3 may be unenforceable in whole or
in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall
contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under
applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities
incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

10.4   SET-OFF; SECURITY INTEREST IN DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.

              In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under
applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default referred to in Sections 8.6 or 8.7 or, with
the consent of the Requisite Lenders, upon the occurrence of any other Event of
Default, each Lender is, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
hereby authorized by Company at any time or from time to time, without notice to
Company or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived,
to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or
special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether
matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other
Indebtedness at any time held or owing by that Lender to or for the credit or
the account of Company against and on account of the obligations and liabilities
then due of Company to that Lender under this Agreement, the Letters of Credit
and participations therein and the other Loan Documents, including all claims of
any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement, the
Letters of Credit and participations therein or any other Loan Document,
irrespective of whether or not that Lender shall have made any demand hereunder.
Company hereby further grants to each Agent and each Lender a security interest
in all deposits and accounts maintained with such Agent or such Lender as
security for the Obligations.

10.5   RATABLE SHARING.

              Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if any of them shall,
whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made
and applied in accordance 

                                     134

<PAGE>

with the terms of this Agreement), by realization upon security, through the 
exercise of any right of set-off or banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross 
action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or 
otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral 
under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of 
the aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of 
Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to that Lender 
hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the "AGGREGATE 
AMOUNTS DUE" to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by 
any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other 
Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall 
(i) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such 
payment and (ii) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations 
(which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a 
participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion 
of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that 
all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders 
in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; PROVIDED that if all or 
part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing 
Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or 
reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded 
and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to 
such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without 
interest.  Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and 
agrees, to the fullest extent that it may do so under applicable law, that 
any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of 
banker's lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies 
owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that 
holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

10.6   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

              No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement or of the Notes, and no consent to any departure by Company
therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of
Requisite Lenders; PROVIDED that no such amendment, modification, termination,
waiver or consent which would: 
       
              (a)  modify any requirement hereunder that any particular action
       be taken by all the Lenders or by Requisite Lenders shall be effective
       unless consented to by each Lender;
       
              (b)  modify this subsection 10.6, change the definitions of
       "Requisite Lenders" or "Pro Rata Share", increase any Commitments (other
       than pursuant to the second paragraph of subsection 2.4A(iii)), reduce
       any fees described in subsection 2.3 (other than the fees to Agents
       referred to in subsection 2.3B), release any material Subsidiary
       Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, Parent from its
       obligations under the Parent Guaranty, or all or substantially all of the
       collateral security (except in each case as otherwise specifically
       provided for in the Loan Documents), or extend the Working Capital Loan
       Commitment Termination Date or the Acquisition Loan Commitment
       Termination Date, shall be made without the consent of each Lender
       adversely affected thereby;

                                     135

<PAGE>

              (c) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of, any
       scheduled repayment of principal of or interest on or fees payable in
       respect of any Loan or reduce the principal amount of or rate of interest
       on or fees payable in respect of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation
       in respect of any Letter of Credit (which shall in each case include the
       conversion of all or any part of the Obligations into equity of any Loan
       Party), shall be made without the consent of the Lender which has made
       such Loan or, in the case of a reimbursement obligation in respect of any
       Letter of Credit, the Issuer owed, and those Lenders participating in,
       such reimbursement obligation;
       
              (d)  affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any
       Agent, any Issuer or the Swing Line Lender (in its capacity as Agent,
       Issuer or Swing Line Lender), unless consented to by such Agent, Issuer
       or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be; or
       
              (e)  effect any amendment, modification or waiver that by its
       terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders participating in any
       tranche differently from those of Lenders participating in other
       tranches, without the consent of the holders of at least 51% of the
       aggregate amount of Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, outstanding
       under the tranche or tranches affected by such amendment, modification or
       waiver.

              Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with
the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or
consents on behalf of that Lender.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective
only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was
given.  No notice to or demand on Company in any case shall entitle Company to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any
amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance
with this subsection 10.6 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time
outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company.

10.7   INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS.

              All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that
if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants,
the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be
within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an
Event of Default or Potential Event of Default if such action is taken or
condition exists.

10.8   NOTICES.

              Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other
communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and
may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail
or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in
person or by courier service, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three
Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid
and properly addressed; PROVIDED that notices to Agents shall not be effective
until received.  For the purposes hereof, the address of each party hereto shall
be as set forth under such party's name on the signature pages hereof or (i) as
to Company and Agents, such other address as shall be designated by such Person
in a written notice delivered to the other parties hereto and (ii) as to 

                                     136

<PAGE>

each other party, such other address as shall be designated by such party in 
a written notice delivered to Administrative Agent.

10.9   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS.

       A. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans
and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

       B. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to
the contrary, the agreements of Company set forth in subsections 2.6D, 2.7,
3.5A, 3.6, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in
subsections 9.2C, 9.4 and 10.5 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the
cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any
amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination of this Agreement.

10.10  FAILURE OR INDULGENCE NOT WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

              No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the
exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a
waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further
exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and
remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

10.11  MARSHALLING; PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.

              None of Agents or Lenders shall be under any obligation to marshal
any assets in favor of Company or any other party or against or in payment of
any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that Company makes a payment or
payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for the
benefit of Lenders), or any of Agents or Lenders enforce any security interests
or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds
of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated,
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be
repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any
other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the
extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to
be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto,
shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or
payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

10.12  SEVERABILITY.

              In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement or the
Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or
obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


                                     137

<PAGE>

10.13  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL; INDEPENDENT NATURE OF LENDERS' RIGHTS.

              The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender 
shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender 
hereunder.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no 
action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to 
constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any 
other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each 
Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be 
entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and 
it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional 
party in any proceeding for such purpose.

10.14  HEADINGS.

       Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein 
for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this 
Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

10.15  APPLICABLE LAW.

              THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES 
HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING 
SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), 
WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

10.16  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

              This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and 
their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the 
parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders (it being understood 
that Lenders' rights of assignment are subject to subsection 10.1).  Neither 
Company's rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be 
assigned or delegated by Company without the prior written consent of all 
Lenders.

10.17  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS.

              ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY ARISING OUT OF 
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS 
THEREUNDER, MAY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, BE BROUGHT IN 
ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND 
CITY OF NEW YORK.  BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, FOR 
ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY

                                      138
<PAGE>

              (I)    ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE
              JURISDICTION AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW
              VENUE OF SUCH COURTS;

              (II)   TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES ANY
              DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS;

              (III)  AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING
              IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,
              RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN
              ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 10.8;

              (IV)   AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS
              SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY
              SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES
              EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT;

              (V)    AGREES THAT LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN
              ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST
              COMPANY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND

              (VI)   AGREES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBSECTION 10.17
              RELATING TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE SHALL BE BINDING AND
              ENFORCEABLE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMISSIBLE UNDER NEW YORK
              GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SECTION 5-1402 OR OTHERWISE.

10.18  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

              EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS
RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS
BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE
LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED.  The scope of this
waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be
filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction,
including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other
common law and statutory claims.  Each party hereto acknowledges that this
waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each
has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each
will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings.  Each
party hereto further warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver
with its legal counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury
trial rights following consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS
IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR 

                                      139
<PAGE>

IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO 
THIS SUBSECTION 10.18 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS 
WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR 
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY 
OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER.  In the 
event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a 
trial by the court.

10.19  CONFIDENTIALITY.

              Each Lender, Issuing Lender, Agent and Arranger shall hold all 
non-public information obtained in connection with this Agreement or obtained 
by it based on a review of the books and records of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries in accordance with such Lender's, Issuing Lender's, Agent's or 
Arranger's customary procedures for handling confidential information of this 
nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, it being 
understood and agreed by Company that in any event a Lender may make 
disclosures to Affiliates and professional advisors of such Lender or 
disclosures reasonably required by (a) any bona fide assignee, transferee or 
participant in connection with the contemplated assignment or transfer by 
such Lender of any Loans or any participations therein or (b) by any direct 
or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements or such contractual 
counterparties' professional advisors provided that such contractual 
counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees 
in writing to keep such information confidential to the same extent required 
of the Lenders hereunder, or disclosures required or requested by any 
governmental agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process; 
PROVIDED that, (x) unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court 
order, each Lender, Issuing Lender, Agent and Arranger shall promptly notify 
Company of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof 
(other than any request by the National Association of Insurance 
Commissioners or any request in connection with any examination of the 
financial condition of such Lender by any governmental agency) for disclosure 
of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information 
and (y) prior to any such disclosure pursuant to this Section 10.19 each 
Lender, each Issuing Lender, each Agent and the Arranger, as the case may be, 
shall require any such BONA FIDE transferee, participant and assignee to 
agree to be bound by this Section 10.19 and to require such Person to require 
any other Person to whom such Person discloses any such non-public 
information to be similarly bound by this Section 10.19; and PROVIDED, 
FURTHER that in no event shall any Lender be obligated or required to return 
any materials furnished by Company or any of its Subsidiaries except as may 
be required by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction and to the 
extent set forth therein.

10.20  COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.

              This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or
supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument;
signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached
to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to
the same document.  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of
a counterpart hereof by each of the 

                                      140
<PAGE>

parties hereto and receipt by Company and Agents of written or telephonic 
notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.
                                          
                    [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
                                          
                                      141
<PAGE>
                                          

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers 
thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

              COMPANY:

                     DECRANE FINANCE CO.

                     By:    
                            --------------------------------
                            President and
                            Chief Executive Officer

                     Notice Address:

                     --------------------------------

                     --------------------------------
                     Attention:  
                                 -----------------

              LENDERS:

                     THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, 
                     individually and as Administrative Agent

                     By:    
                            --------------------------------
                     Title: 
                            --------------------------------

                     Notice Address:

                     One First National Plaza
                     Chicago, Illinois  60670
                     Attention:  
                                -----------------

                     DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., individually and as 
                     Syndication Agent

                     By:    
                            --------------------------------
                     Title: 
                            --------------------------------

                     Notice Address:

                            2121 Avenue of the Stars
                            Los Angeles, CA 90067-5014
                            Attention:  
                                      ------------------

                                      142
<PAGE>

[Lenders Signature Blocks and Notice Addresses]


                                      143
<PAGE>

                                 U.S. $130,000,000
                                          
                                          
                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                          
                                          
                            DATED AS OF AUGUST 28, 1998
                                          
                                          
                                       AMONG
                                          
                                          
                                DECRANE FINANCE CO.,
                                          
                                    AS BORROWER,
                                          
                             THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,
                                          
                                    AS LENDERS,
                                          
                             DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC.,
                                          
                                          
                               AS SYNDICATION AGENT,
                                          
                                        AND
                                          
                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                          
                              AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
                                          
                                          
                                    ARRANGED BY:
                                          
                DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                          

<PAGE>

                                DECRANE FINANCE CO.
                                          
                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Section 1.    DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

       1.1    Defined Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

       1.2    Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes
                   of Calculations Under Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

       1.3    Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of
                   Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Section 2.    AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

       2.1    Commitments; Making of Loans; Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

       2.2    Interest on the Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

       2.3    Fees.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

       2.4    Repayments, Prepayments and Reductions in Loan Commitments; General 
                   Provisions Regarding Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

       2.5    Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

       2.6    Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans.. . . . . . . . . 63

       2.7    Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

       2.8    Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lenders to
                   Mitigate; Replacement of Lender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Section 3.    LETTERS OF CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

       3.1    Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders' Purchase
                   of Participations Therein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

       3.2    Letter of Credit Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

       3.3    Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Paid Under
                   Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

       3.4    Obligations Absolute.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

       3.5    Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lenders' Duties.. . . . . . . . . 77

       3.6    Increased Costs and Taxes Relating to Letters of
                   Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Section 4.    CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

       4.1    Conditions to Initial Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

       4.2    Conditions to Loans Made on Merger Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

       4.3    Conditions to Acquisition Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

                                       i
<PAGE>

       4.4    Conditions to Loans Made on Each Funding Date. . . . . . . . . . . . 87

       4.5    Conditions to Letters of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Section 5.    COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

       5.1    Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing,
                   Business and Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

       5.2    Authorization of Borrowing, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

       5.3    Financial Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

       5.4    No Material Adverse Change; No Restricted Junior
                    Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

       5.5    Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

       5.6    Litigation; Adverse Facts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

       5.7    Payment of Taxes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

       5.8    Governmental Regulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

       5.9    Securities Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

       5.10   Employee Benefit Plans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

       5.11   Environmental Protection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

       5.12   Employee Matters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

       5.13   Solvency.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

       5.14   Matters Relating to Collateral.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

       5.15   Disclosure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

       5.16   Year 2000 Compliance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Section 6.    COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

       6.1    Financial Statements and Other Reports.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

       6.2    Legal Existence, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

       6.3    Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation.. . . . . . . . . . . 98

       6.4    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Application of
                    Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

       6.5    Inspection Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

       6.6    Compliance with Laws, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

       6.7    Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral 
                    Documents by Certain Subsidiaries and Future Subsidiaries; 
                    IP Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

       6.8    Future Leased Property and Future Acquisitions of
                    Real Property:  Future Acquisition of
                    Other Property.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

                                      ii
<PAGE>


       6.9    Merger.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

       6.10   Second Merger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

       6.11   Year 2000 Compliance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

       6.12   PTO and CO Cover Sheets, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

       6.13   Mortgages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Section 7.    COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

       7.1    Indebtedness.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

       7.2    Liens and Related Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

       7.3    Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

       7.4    Contingent Obligations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

       7.5    Restricted Junior Payments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

       7.6    Financial Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

       7.7    Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales and
                    Acquisitions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

       7.8    Consolidated Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

       7.9    Fiscal Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

       7.10   Sales and Lease-Backs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

       7.11   Sale or Discount of Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

       7.12   Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . .118

       7.13   Issuance of Subsidiary Equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

       7.14   Conduct of Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

       7.15   Amendments or Waivers of Merger Agreement; Amendments of Documents 
                    Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Section 8.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

       8.1    Failure to Make Payments When Due. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

       8.2    Default in Other Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

       8.3    Breach of Certain Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

       8.4    Breach of Warranty.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

       8.5    Other Defaults Under Loan Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

       8.6    Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver,
                    etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

       8.7    Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.. . . . . . . . .121

       8.8    Judgments and Attachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

       8.9    Dissolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

                                      iii
<PAGE>


       8.10   Employee Benefit Plans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

       8.11   Change in Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

       8.12   Invalidity of Guaranties; Failure of Security;
                    Repudiation of Obligations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

       8.13   Mergers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Section 9.    THE AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

       9.1    Appointment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

       9.2    Powers and Duties; General Immunity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

       9.3    Successor Agents and Swing Line Lender.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

       9.4    Collateral Documents and Guaranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

Section 10.   MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

       10.1   Assignments and Participations in Loans and Letters
                    of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

       10.2   Expenses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

       10.3   Indemnity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

       10.4   Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts.. . . . . . . . . . .134

       10.5   Ratable Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

       10.6   Amendments and Waivers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

       10.7   Independence of Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

       10.8   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

       10.9   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . . . . . . .137

       10.10  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . .137

       10.11  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

       10.12  Severability.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

       10.13  Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights . . . . .138

       10.14  Headings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

       10.15  Applicable Law.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

       10.16  Successors and Assigns.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

       10.17  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.. . . . . . . . . . .138

       10.18  Waiver of Jury Trial.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

       10.19  Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

       10.20  Counterparts; Effectiveness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Signature pages                                                                   S-1

</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                       EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<S>           <C>
I.            FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

II.           FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

III.          FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT

IV.           FORM OF TRANCHE A TERM NOTE

V.            FORM OF TRANCHE B TERM NOTE

VI.           FORM OF WORKING CAPITAL NOTE

VII.          FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

VIII.         FORM OF ACQUISITION NOTE

IX.           FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

X-1.          FORM OF CLOSING DATE OPINION OF DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL

X-2           FORM OF CLOSING DATE OPINION OF SPOLIN & SILVERMAN

XI.           FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS LLP

XII.          FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

XIII.         FORM OF CERTIFICATE RE NON-BANK STATUS

XIV.          FORM OF FINANCE CO. PLEDGE AGREEMENT

XV.           FORM OF DAH PLEDGE AGREEMENT

XVI.          FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

XVII          FORM OF ACQUISITION CO. GUARANTY

XVIII.        FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

XIX.          FORM OF SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT

XX.           FORM OF PARENT PLEDGE AGREEMENT

XXI.          FORM OF PARENT GUARANTY

                                      v
<PAGE>


XXII.         FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

XXIII.        FORM OF COLLATERAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT

XXIV-1.       FORM OF MERGER DATE OPINION OF DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL

XXIV-2.       FORM OF MERGER DATE OPINION OF SPOLIN & SILVERMAN

XXV.          FORM OF MERGER DATE OPINION OF COMPANY LOCAL COUNSEL

XXVI.         FORM OF PERMITTED ACQUISITION COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

XXVII.        FORM OF INVESTMENT ACCOUNT AGREEMENT 

XXVIII.       FORM OF INTERCOMPANY NOTE RELATING TO TRANCHE A TERM LOANS AND
              WORKING CAPITAL LOANS

XXIX.         FORM OF INTERCOMPANY NOTE RELATING TO TRANCHE B TERM LOANS

XXX.          FORM OF INTERCOMPANY DEBT SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
</TABLE>

                                      vi
<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULES
<TABLE>
<S>           <C>
2.1           LENDERS' COMMITMENTS AND PRO RATA SHARES

5.1           SUBSIDIARIES OF COMPANY

5.5           REAL PROPERTY

5.6           LITIGATION

5.11          ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

6.8           MERGER DATE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

7.1           CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

7.2           CERTAIN EXISTING LIENS

7.3           CERTAIN EXISTING INVESTMENTS

7.4           CERTAIN EXISTING CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS

7.12          CERTAIN AGREEMENTS WITH AFFILIATES
</TABLE>

                                      vii



<PAGE>

                          DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.

                                  FIRST AMENDMENT
                                TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "AMENDMENT") is dated as of
January 22, 1999 and entered into by and among DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation ("COMPANY"), the financial institutions listed on the
signature pages hereof ("LENDERS"), DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., as syndication
agent for Lenders ("SYNDICATION AGENT") and The First National Bank of Chicago,
as administrative agent for Lenders ("ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and is made with
reference to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 28, 1998 (the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Company, the lenders listed on the signature
pages thereof, Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.  Capitalized terms
used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth
in the Credit Agreement.

                                      RECITALS

          WHEREAS, Company and Lenders desire to amend the Credit Agreement to
(i) increase the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loans from $45,000,000
to $65,000,000, (ii) increase the interest rate margins applicable to the Loans
and (iii) make certain other amendments as set forth below:

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

          .1   AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 1:  DEFINITIONS

          A.   Subsection 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
adding thereto the following definitions, which shall be inserted in proper
alphabetical order:

          "'ADDITIONAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN COMMITMENT' means the commitment of a
          Lender to make an Additional Tranche B Term Loan to Company on the
          First Amendment Closing Date pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and
          'ADDITIONAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS' means such commitments of
          all Lenders in the aggregate."

          "'ADDITIONAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN EXPOSURE' means, with respect to any
          Tranche B Term Loan Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior
          to the funding of the Additional Tranche B Term Loans, that Lender's
          Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and (ii) after the funding
          of the Additional Tranche B Term Loans, the outstanding principal
          amount of the Additional Tranche B Term Loan of that Lender."


<PAGE>

          "'ADDITIONAL TRANCHE B TERM LOANS' means only those Tranche B Term
          Loans made by Tranche B Term Loan Lenders to Company on the First
          Amendment Closing Date pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii)."

          "'ADDITIONAL TRANCHE B TERM NOTES' means the promissory notes of
          Company issued pursuant to subsection 2.1D on the First Amendment
          Closing Date, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT V annexed hereto,
          as they may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
          to time."

          "'FIRST AMENDMENT CLOSING DATE' means the date on or before February
          12, 1999 on which the Additional Tranche B Term Loans are made."

          "'ORIGINAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN COMMITMENT' means the commitment of a
          Lender to make a Tranche B Term Loan to Company on the Closing Date
          pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and 'ORIGINAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN
          COMMITMENTS' means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate."

          "'ORIGINAL TRANCHE B TERM LOAN EXPOSURE' means, with respect to any
          Tranche B Term Loan Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior
          to the funding of the Original Tranche B Term Loans, that Lender's
          Original Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and (ii) after the funding of
          the Original Tranche B Term Loans, the outstanding principal amount of
          the Original Tranche B Term Loan of that Lender."

          "'ORIGINAL TRANCHE B TERM LOANS' means only those Tranche B Term Loans
          made by Tranche B Term Loan Lenders to Company on the Closing Date
          pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii)."

          "'PATS ACQUISITION' means the acquisition by Company of 100% of the
          capital stock of PATS, Inc. for an equity purchase price of
          approximately $41,500,000 pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase and
          Sale Agreement dated as of December 15, 1998, by and among PATS, Inc.,
          the principal shareholders of PATS, Inc. and Company."

          B.   The definition of "Pro Rata Share" in Subsection 1.1 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subpart (ii) in its entirety and
substituting in the place of such language the following:

          "(ii)(A) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters
          relating to the Original Tranche B Term Loan Commitments or the
          Original Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by
          DIVIDING (1) the Original Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender
          BY (2) the aggregate Original Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all
          Lenders, (B) with respect to all payments, computations and other
          matters relating to the Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitments or
          the Additional Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage
          obtained by DIVIDING (1) the Additional Tranche B

                                          2
<PAGE>

          Term Loan Exposure of that Lender BY (2) the aggregate Additional
          Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders and (C) with respect to
          all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B
          Term Loan Commitments or the Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the
          percentage obtained by DIVIDING (1) the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure
          of that Lender BY (2) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of
          all Lenders,"

          and the definition of "Pro Rata Share" in Subsection 1.1 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the last sentence thereof in its
entirety and substituting in the place of such language the following:

          "The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender for purposes of each of
          clauses (i), (ii)(A), (ii)(B), (ii)(C), (iii) and (iv) of the
          preceding sentence is set forth opposite the name of that Lender in
          SCHEDULE 2.1 annexed hereto."

          C.   The definition of "Tranche B Term Loan Exposure" in Subsection
1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and
substituting the following therefor:

          "'TRANCHE B TERM LOAN EXPOSURE' means, with respect to any Tranche B
          Term Loan Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior to the
          First Amendment Closing Date, that Lender's Original Tranche B Term
          Loan Exposure on such date and (ii) on and after the First Amendment
          Closing Date, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Term
          Loan of that Lender."

          D.   The definition of "Tranche B Term Loan Lender" in Subsection 1.1
of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and
substituting the following therefor:

          "'TRANCHE B TERM LOAN LENDER' means any Lender who holds an Original
          Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or who holds an Additional Tranche B
          Term Loan Commitment or who has made a Tranche B Term Loan hereunder,
          and any assignee of such Lender pursuant to subsection 10.1B."

          E.   The definition of "Tranche B Term Loans" in Subsection 1.1 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after "means the
Tranche B Term Loans":

          ", including the Additional Tranche B Term Loans,".

          F.   The definition of "Tranche B Term Notes" in Subsection 1.1 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words "and (ii)" and
substituting in the place of such language the following:

          ", (ii) the Additional Tranche B Term Notes and (iii)".

                                          3
<PAGE>

          G.   The definition of "Permitted Acquisition" in Subsection 1.1 of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the period at the end of
said definition with a semicolon, and adding the following after such semicolon:

          "PROVIDED FURTHER that the PATS Acquisition shall be exempted from the
          dollar limits set forth in this definition and shall not be included
          at any time in any calculations to determine compliance with any such
          dollar limits, but the PATS Acquisition shall otherwise comply with
          all other requirements set forth in this Agreement pertaining to the
          acquisition of a business by Company or one of its Wholly-Owned
          Subsidiaries that is a Domestic Subsidiary, including, without
          limitation, the requirements set forth in this definition and the
          requirements set forth in subsections 6.7 and 6.8, and, subject to
          such compliance, the PATS Acquisition shall be deemed to be a
          Permitted Acquisition."

          .2   AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 2: AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND
LOANS

          A.   Subsection 2.1A(ii) is hereby amended by deleting it in its
entirety and substituting the following therefor:

               "(ii) TRANCHE B TERM LOANS.  Each Tranche B Term Loan Lender
          having an Original Tranche B Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to
          lend to Company on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro
          Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Original Tranche B Term Loan
          Commitments and each Tranche B Term Loan Lender having an Additional
          Tranche B Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to lend to Company on
          the First Amendment Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata
          Share of the aggregate amount of the Additional Tranche B Term Loan
          Commitments, in each case to be used for the purposes identified in
          subsection 2.5A.  The amounts of each Tranche B Term Loan Lender's
          Original Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and each Tranche B Term Loan
          Lender's Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitment are set forth
          opposite such Tranche B Term Loan Lender's name on SCHEDULE 2.1
          annexed hereto.  The aggregate amount of the Original Tranche B Term
          Loan Commitments is $45,000,000, the aggregate amount of the
          Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitments is $20,000,000 and the
          aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments is
          $65,000,000; PROVIDED that the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments of
          Tranche B Term Loan Lenders shall be adjusted to give effect to any
          assignments of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments pursuant to
          subsection 10.1B.  Each Tranche B Term Loan Lender's Original Tranche
          B Term Loan Commitment shall expire immediately and without further
          action on the earlier of (i) October 31, 1998, if the Tranche B Term
          Loans (other than the Additional Tranche B Term Loans) are not made on
          or before that date and (ii) at the close of business on the Closing
          Date.  Each Tranche B Term Loan


                                          4
<PAGE>

          Lender's Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitment shall expire
          immediately and without further action on the earlier of (i) February
          12, 1999, if the Additional Tranche B Term Loans are not made on or
          before that date and (ii) at the close of business on the First
          Amendment Closing Date.  Company may make only one borrowing under the
          Original Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and may make only one
          borrowing under the Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitments.
          Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(ii) and subsequently
          repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed."

          B.   Subsection 2.1D is hereby amended by adding the following
sentence after the last period of said subsection:

          "Company shall execute and deliver on the First Amendment Closing Date
          to each Tranche B Term Loan Lender with an Additional Tranche B Term
          Loan Commitment (or to Administrative Agent for that Lender) that has
          so requested at least one Business Day prior to the First Amendment
          Closing Date an Additional Tranche B Term Note substantially in the
          form of EXHIBIT V annexed hereto to evidence that Lender's Additional
          Tranche B Term Loan, in the principal amount of that Lender's
          Additional Tranche B Term Loan and with other appropriate insertions."

          C.   Subsection 2.2A(i)(a) is hereby amended by deleting the table set
forth following subsection 2.2A(i)(a)(2) in its entirety and substituting the
following therefor:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Consolidated Leverage Ratio        Applicable Eurodollar        Applicable Base
 ---------------------------                Rate                    Rate Margin
                                           Margin                  -------------
                                         ----------
<S>                                 <C>                          <C>
 Greater than or equal to                   2.75%                      1.50%
 5.00:1.00

 Greater than or equal to                   2.50%                      1.25%
 4.50:1.00 but less than
 5.00:1.00

 Greater than or equal to                   2.25%                      1.00%
 4.00:1.00 but less than
 4.50:1.00

 Greater than or equal to                   1.75%                      0.50%
 3.50:1.00 but less than
 4.00:1.00


                                          5
<PAGE>

 Greater than or equal to                   1.50%                      0.25%
 3.00:1.00 but less than
 3.50:1.00

 Less than 3.00:1.00                        1.00%                      0.00%

</TABLE>

          A.   Subsection 2.2A(i) is hereby further amended by deleting the
paragraph which begins "PROVIDED  that until the delivery" in its entirety and
substituting the following therefor:

          "PROVIDED that until the First Amendment Closing Date, the applicable
          margin for Tranche A Term Loans, Working Capital Loans and Acquisition
          Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be 2.25% per annum and for
          Tranche A Term Loans, Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans and
          Acquisition Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be 1.00% per annum;
          PROVIDED FURTHER that from the First Amendment Closing Date until the
          delivery of the first Margin Determination Certificate pursuant to
          subsection 6.1(iv) after the six-month anniversary of the First
          Amendment Closing Date, the applicable margin for Tranche A Term
          Loans, Working Capital Loans and Acquisition Loans that are Eurodollar
          Rate Loans shall be 2.75% per annum and for Tranche A Term Loans,
          Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans and Acquisition Loans that are
          Base Rate Loans shall be 1.50% per annum."

          B.   Subsection 2.2A(i)(b) is hereby amended by deleting it in its
entirety and substituting the following therefor:

          "(b)  Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E, the Tranche B Term
     Loans shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

               "(1) if a Base Rate Loan, then (A) from the Closing Date until
          the First Amendment Closing Date, at the sum of the Base Rate PLUS
          1.25% per annum and (B) from the First Amendment Closing Date until
          maturity, at the sum of the Base Rate PLUS 1.75% per annum; or

               "(2) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then (A) from the Closing Date
          until the First Amendment Closing Date, at the sum of the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period applicable to such Loan PLUS
          2.50% per annum and (B) from the First Amendment Closing Date until
          maturity, at the sum of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the Interest
          Period applicable to such Loan PLUS 3.00% per annum;"

          C.   Subsection 2.2B is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "if
available" contained in the fourth line from the beginning of said subsection
and substituting the phrase "if available to each Lender" therefor.


                                          6
<PAGE>

          D.   Subsection 2.2B is hereby further amended by replacing the period
at the end of said subsection with a semicolon and adding the following after
such semicolon:

          "PROVIDED, FURTHER that with respect to each Additional Tranche B Term
          Loan made on the First Amendment Closing Date, if the Administrative
          Agent shall agree, the initial Interest Period will commence on the
          Business Day on which such Additional Tranche B Term Loan is made and
          shall end on the last day of the then existing Interest Period in
          respect of the then outstanding Original Tranche B Term Loans."





                                          7
<PAGE>

          E.   Subsection 2.4A(ii) is hereby amended by deleting the table set
forth therein in its entirety and substituting the following therefor:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                           Scheduled Repayment Date     Scheduled Repayment
                                                      of Tranche B Term Loans
              ---------------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                     <C>
              December 31, 1998                                $112,500
              March 31, 1999                                   $162,500
              June 30, 1999                                    $162,500
              September 30, 1999                               $162,500
              December 31, 1999                                $162,500

              March 31, 2000                                   $162,500
              June 30, 2000                                    $162,500
              September 30, 2000                               $162,500
              December 31, 2000                                $162,500

              March 31, 2001                                   $162,500
              June 30, 2001                                    $162,500
              September 30, 2001                               $162,500
              December 31, 2001                                $162,500

              March 31, 2002                                   $162,500
              June 30, 2002                                    $162,500
              September 30, 2002                               $162,500
              December 31, 2002                                $162,500

              March 31, 2003                                   $162,500
              June 30, 2003                                    $162,500
              September 30, 2003                               $162,500
              December 31, 2003                                $162,500

              March 31, 2004                                   $162,500
              June 30, 2004                                    $162,500
              September 30, 2004                               $162,500
              December 31, 2004                             $15,287,500

              March 31, 2005                                $15,287,500
              June 30, 2005                                 $15,287,500
              September 30, 2005                            $15,287,500
                                                     ----------------------

                                         Total              $65,000,000

</TABLE>


                                          8
<PAGE>

          A.   Subsection 2.5A is hereby amended by:

               (i)   deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety and
          substituting the following therefor:

                     "The proceeds of the Term Loans (other than the Additional
                     Tranche B Term Loans), together with other funds available
                     to Company, shall be applied by Company to pay the
                     Acquisition Financing Requirements.",

               (ii)  deleting the reference to "Tranche B Term Loans" contained
          in the third sentence thereof and substituting the term "Original
          Tranche B Term Loans" therefor and

               (iii) adding the following sentence at the end of such
          subsection:

                     "The proceeds of the Additional Tranche B Term Loans shall
                     be applied by Company to finance directly or indirectly the
                     costs of the PATS Acquisition."

          B.   Subsection 7.3(viii) is hereby amended by deleting the reference
therein to "subsection 7.7(viii)" and substituting the phrase "subsection
7.7(vii)" therefor.

          .2   SUBSTITUTION AND MODIFICATION OF SCHEDULES

          A.   SCHEDULE 2.1:  LENDERS' COMMITMENTS AND PRO RATA SHARES.
SCHEDULE 2.1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its
entirety and substituting therefor the schedule attached as ANNEX A to this
Amendment.

          B.   SCHEDULE 5.1:  SUBSIDIARIES.  SCHEDULE 5.1 to the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding thereto the information contained in
ANNEX B to this Amendment.

          C.   SCHEDULE 5.11:  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  SCHEDULE 5.11 to the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the information contained in ANNEX
C to this Amendment.

     SECTION 2. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

          Section 1 of this Amendment shall become effective only upon, and the
obligations of Tranche B Term Loan Lenders to make Additional Tranche B Term
Loans are subject to, the satisfaction on or prior to February 12, 1999 of all
of the following conditions precedent and the conditions set forth in Section 5E
hereof (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred to herein as
the "FIRST AMENDMENT EFFECTIVE DATE"):

          A.   On or before the First Amendment Effective Date, Company shall
deliver to Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for Lenders with sufficient
originally executed copies,


                                          9
<PAGE>

where appropriate, for each Lender and its counsel) the following, each, unless
otherwise noted, dated the First Amendment Effective Date:

               1     Certified copies of its Certificate of Incorporation,
     together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of
     the State of Delaware, each dated a recent date prior to the First
     Amendment Effective Date;

               2     Copies of its Bylaws, certified as of the First Amendment
     Effective Date by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary;

               3     Resolutions of its Board of Directors approving and
     authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment,
     certified as of the First Amendment Effective Date by its corporate
     secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect
     without modification or amendment;

               4     Signature and incumbency certificates of its officers
     executing this Amendment; and

               5     Executed originals of this Amendment, executed by Company
     and by each Subsidiary Guarantor, and, subject to the provisions of
     subsection 2.1D, executed originals of any Additional Tranche B Term Notes
     requested by any Tranche B Term Loan Lender at least one Business Day prior
     to the First Amendment Closing Date.

          B.   Lenders shall have received originally executed copies of one or
more favorable written opinions of Davis Polk & Wardwell, Spolin & Silverman and
other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Agents, each counsel for Company, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its
counsel, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date and setting forth,
collectively, substantially the matters in the opinions designated in ANNEX D to
this Amendment.

          C.   All documents executed or submitted in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby by or on behalf of Company or any of its
Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Agents
and their counsel; Agents and their counsel shall have received all information,
approvals, opinions, documents or instruments that Agents or their counsel shall
have reasonably requested.

          D.   On or before the First Amendment Effective Date, the PATS
Acquisition shall have been consummated and, simultaneously therewith, PATS,
Inc. shall execute and deliver to Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for
Lenders with sufficient originally executed copies, where appropriate, for each
Lender and its counsel) all documents necessary to be signed upon such
consummation pursuant to subsection 6.7, including, but not limited to, a
Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, an acknowledgement to the Security Agreement and a
counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty, each dated the First Amendment Effective
Date, together with the other documents required by subsection 6.7.


                                          10
<PAGE>

          E.   On or before the First Amendment Effective Date, Company shall
have paid any and all (1) amendment fees due as set forth in the fee letter
entered into for purposes of this Amendment and (2) attorneys' fees, expenses
and disbursements of counsel to Agents incurred in connection with this
Amendment.

     Section 3.      COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to amend
the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Company represents and
warrants to each Lender that the following statements are true, correct and
complete on and as of the First Amendment Closing Date and on and as of the
First Amendment Effective Date:

          A.   CORPORATE POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each of Company and each of its
Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this
Amendment and to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and perform its
obligations under, the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment (the
"AMENDED AGREEMENT").

          B.   AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENTS.  The execution and delivery of this
Amendment and the performance of the Amended Agreement have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of Company and each of its
Subsidiaries.

          C.   NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and performance by each of
Company and each of its Subsidiaries of this Amendment and the performance by
Company of the Amended Agreement do not and will not (i) violate any provision
of (x) any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Company or
any of its Subsidiaries where such violations in the aggregate have had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (y) the Certificate or
the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Company or any of Company's
Subsidiaries or (z) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency
of government binding on Company or any of Company's Subsidiaries where such
violations in the aggregate have had or could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute
a default under any Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries
where such conflict, breach or default in the aggregate have had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) result in or
require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or
assets of Company or any of Company's Subsidiaries (other than Liens created
under any of the Loan Documents in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of
Lenders), or (iv) require any approval of or consent of any Person under any
Contractual Obligation of Company or any of Company's Subsidiaries, except for
such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Merger Date
or such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain has not had and
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          D.   GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS.  The execution, delivery and performance
by each of Company and each of its Subsidiaries of this Amendment and the
performance by Company of the Amended Agreement do not and will not require any
registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to,
with or by, any federal, state or other


                                          11
<PAGE>

governmental authority or regulatory body other than any such registrations,
consents, approvals, notices or other actions (x) that have been made, obtained
or taken on or prior to the date on which such registrations, consents,
approvals, notices or other actions are required to be made, obtained or taken,
as the case may be, and are in full force and effect or (y) the failure of which
to make, obtain or take has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.

          E.   BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each of this Amendment and the Amended
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a
party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan
Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective
terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

          F.   INCORPORATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES FROM CREDIT
AGREEMENT.  The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of the
Credit Agreement are and will be true, correct and complete in all material
respects on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as
though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations
and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were
true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier
date.

          G.   ABSENCE OF DEFAULT.  No event has occurred and is continuing or
will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Amendment that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
Default.

     Section 4.      ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT

          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a party to a Subsidiary Guaranty
and such Subsidiary Guarantor has guarantied the Obligations.

          Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the
terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and consents to
the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment.  Each
Subsidiary Guarantor hereby confirms that the Subsidiary Guaranty to which it is
a party or otherwise bound will continue to guaranty to the fullest extent
possible the payment and performance of all "Guarantied Obligations" as such
term is defined in the applicable Subsidiary Guaranty, including without
limitation the payment and performance of all such "Guarantied Obligations" in
respect of the Obligations of Company now or hereafter existing under or in
respect of the Amended Agreement.

          Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Subsidiary
Guaranty to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force
and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder shall be valid and
enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or
effectiveness of this Amendment.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and
warrants that all representations and warranties contained in the Amended


                                          12
<PAGE>

Agreement and in the Subsidiary Guaranty to which it is a party or otherwise
bound are true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
First Amendment Effective Date to the same extent as though made on and as of
that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically
relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in
all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

          Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that
(i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment,
such Subsidiary Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement
effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement,
this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent
of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

     Section 5.      MISCELLANEOUS

          A.   Reference to and effect on the Credit Agreement and the other
Loan Documents.

               (i)   On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each
          reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder",
          "hereof", "herein" or words of like import referring to the Credit
          Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the
          "Credit Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import
          referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the
          Amended Agreement.

               (ii)  Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the
          Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full
          force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
          shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of
          any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy
          of Agent or any Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other
          Loan Documents.

          B.   FEES AND EXPENSES.  Company acknowledges that all costs, fees and
expenses as described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement incurred by
Agents and their counsel with respect to this Amendment and the documents and
transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account of Company.

          C.   HEADINGS.  Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are
included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

          D.   APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF
THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND


                                          13
<PAGE>

SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES.

          E.   COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the
same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate
counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages
are physically attached to the same document.  This Amendment (other than the
provisions of Section 1 hereof, the effectiveness of which is governed by
Section 2 hereof) shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart
hereof by Company, Requisite Lenders, each of the Tranche B Term Loan Lenders
with an Additional Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and the Subsidiary Guarantors and receipt by Company and
Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization
of delivery thereof.

                     [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]




                                          14
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                   DECRANE AIRCRAFT HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                   a Delaware corporation


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   AEROSPACE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   AUDIO INTERNATIONAL, INC., an Arkansas
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   AVTECH CORPORATION, a Washington corporation
                                   (for purposes of Section 4 only) as a
                                   Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer


                                         S-1
<PAGE>

                                   CORY COMPONENTS, INC., a California
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   DETTMERS INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   ELSINORE AEROSPACE SERVICES, INC., a
                                   California corporation (for purposes of
                                   Section 4 only) as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   ELSINORE ENGINEERING, INC., a California
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer


                                         S-2
<PAGE>

                                   HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, INC., a California
                                   corporation (for purposes of Section 4 only)
                                   as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer



                                   TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a
                                   California corporation (for purposes of
                                   Section 4 only) as a Subsidiary Guarantor


                                   By:  /s/  JOHN R. HINSON
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name: John R. Hinson
                                   Title: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer




                                         S-3
<PAGE>

                                   DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as a Tranche B
                                   Term Loan Lender with an Additional Tranche B
                                   Term Loan Commitment, as a Lender and as
                                   Syndication Agent


                                   By:  /s/
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



                                         S-4
<PAGE>


                                   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as a
                                   Tranche B Term Loan Lender with an Additional
                                   Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, as a Lender
                                   and as Administrative Agent


                                   By:  /s/
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                         S-5


<PAGE>

                                      ANNEX B

                      INFORMATION TO BE ADDED TO SCHEDULE 5.1


PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
9570 Berger Road
Columbia, Maryland  21046-1569

PATS AIRCRAFT AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation
9570 Berger Road
Columbia, Maryland  21046-1569

FLIGHT REFUELING, INC., a Maryland corporation
9570 Berger Road
Columbia, Maryland  21046-1569

PATRICK AIRCRAFT TANK SYSTEMS, INC., a Maryland corporation
9570 Berger Road
Columbia, Maryland  21046-1569

PATS SUPPORT, Inc., a Maryland corporation
6 Nanticoke Avenue
Georgetown, Delaware  19947

                                         B-1




<PAGE>

                               LEASE AGREEMENT

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the "Lease"), made as of the first day of June, 
1991 by and between Botzler-Emery Associates Guilford Ten Limited 
Partnership, a Maryland partnership ("Landlord") and BATS, Inc., a Maryland 
corporation ("Tenant").
 
                                 WITNESSETH

1.  DEMISED PREMISES:  In consideration of the rent hereinafter reserved and 
of the covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, 
and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the space described on Exhibit A 
generally known as 9570 Berger Road, Columbia, Maryland, attached hereto, 
containing 65,923 square feet, more or less, which space is hereinafter 
referred to as the "Premises."

2.  TERM:  This Lease shall be for a term of ten (10) years, commencing on 
the first day of June, 1991, and ending on the last day of May, 2001 both 
dates inclusive, (the "Term") unless the Lease is sooner terminated or 
extended, provided, however, that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession 
of the Premises in substantially habitable condition on June 1, 1991, the 
Term shall be adjusted to commence with the delivery of possession of the 
Premises. In the event the Tenant shall take possession of the Premises on 
any day other than the first day of any calendar month, the Tenant shall pay 
PRO RATA rent until the end of that calendar month and the  Term of this 
Lease shall commence on the first day of the following month. 

3.  OPTION TO RENEW AND EXTENSION:  The term of years herein reserved may, at 
Tenants option, be renewed and extended for two (2) successive terms of five 
(5) years each for the same rent and subject to all terms, conditions and 
covenants applicable to the Term. Tenant shall give notice of its exercise of 
such option to renew and extend not later than one hundred eighty (180) days 
prior to the end of such term and, in the event Tenant shall fail to give 
such notice, the parties agree that it shall be conclusively deemed and 
presumed that Tenant has affirmatively exercised the option to renew and 
extend.

4.  MINIMUM RENT:  During the term hereof Tenant agrees to pay a minimum 
annual rent of three hundred and seventy five thousand dollars ($375,000), 
payable without diminution, counterclaim, deduction, set-off, or demand, in 
equal monthly installments of thirty one thousand, two hundred and fifty 
dollars ($31,250), the first installment payable upon commencement of the 
Term of this Lease and the remaining installments payable in advance on the 
first day of each calendar month during the Term. All rent and other payments 
due from Tenant to Landlord shall be paid to the Landlord at 9570 Berger Road, 
Columbia, MD 21046 during regular

                                       1

<PAGE>

business hours. If any installment of rent accruing hereunder or any other 
sums payable hereunder shall not be paid with five (5) days after the due 
date, the rental and such other sums due shall, without affecting any of 
Landlord's other rights under this Lease, be increased by a late charge of 
5%, or $75.00 whichever is greater, per month until paid, time being of the 
essence of this Lease. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a 
lesser amount than the monthly installment of the rent stipulated shall be 
deemed to be other than on account of the stipulated rent, nor shall any 
endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or 
payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept 
such check for payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the 
balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

     It is the intention of the parties to this Lease Agreement that the 
initial annual Minimum rent applicable to the premises shall be computed by 
multiplying the total number of square feet within the gross building area by 
$5.50, which sum shall be the initial Minimum Rent. 

5.  DEFINITIONS:  The following definitions shall apply to the terms used in 
this Lease:

    A.  The term "Tax Year" means the period from July 1 of any calendar year 
        through June 30 of the next calendar year, unless a different tax 
        year is adopted for Real Estate Taxes by any taxing authority, in 
        which event the term "Tax Year" shall mean the tax year so adopted.

    B.  The term "Building" means the structure on the Premises for use and 
        occupancy by the Tenant.

    C.  The term "Lease Year" shall mean the successive 12-month periods 
        during the term of the lease, each period commencing on the first day 
        of the calendar month in which the term commencement date of this 
        Lease falls.

    D.  The term "Minimum Rent" means the rental set forth in Paragraph 4 of 
        the Lease, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Paragraph 6
        below.

6.  RENT ADJUSTMENT:  Effective each and every Lease Year after the first 
Lease Year, the monthly Minimum Rent shall be increased by the rate of three 
percent (3%) of the Minimum Rent paid by the tenant during the year preceding 
each annual increase. For example, if the Minimum Rent for the preceding 
Lease Year was $1,000 than the Minimum Rent for the current Lease Year shall 
be increased to $1,030.00, the following year would be $1,060.90.

                                       2
<PAGE>

7.  TAXES, UTILITIES AND INSURANCE:  (a ) In addition to and not in lieu of 
all or any portion of the Minimum Rent, the Tenant shall pay as additional 
rent all State, County, City and other AD VALOREM real estate taxes, together 
with any sewer and water rent charges, including, without limitation, front 
foot benefit charges or metropolitan sanitary district charges from the date 
upon which the Landlord delivers possession to the Tenant. The Tenant shall 
deliver a copy of a receipted tax bill to Landlord on or before September 30 
of each year.

     (b) Tenant shall pay all charges for gas, electricity, light, heat, all 
public charges for sanitary sewage discharged from the Premises and for water 
consumed on the Premises, power and all other utilities and telephone or 
other communication services used, rendered or supplied upon or in connection 
with the Premises.

     (c) Tenant shall keep the Improvements insured throughout the term of 
this Lease, and any renewal term, against loss or damage by fire and such 
other risks as may be included in a special Multi-Peril Hazard Insurance 
Policy providing coverage in an amount at least equal to the full insurable 
replacement value of the Improvements. Such insurance shall be effected under 
an enforceable policy naming Landlord and any mortgagee as insured, as their 
respective interests may appear, issued by an insurer acceptable to Landlord 
and its mortgagee, licensed in the state where the policy is issued and where 
the property is located. The original of such policy shall be delivered to 
Landlord. Said policy shall contain an agreed amount clause and a waiver of 
subrogation clause and shall not contain any co-insurance provision. The 
policy must provide for 100% of the cost of replacement in the event of a 
claim. In the event of a mortgage on the Premises, the policy shall contain 
the standard mortgagee clause in favor of the mortgagee. Within 15 days after 
the premium on the policy shall be due and payable, the Landlord and its 
mortgagee(s) shall be furnished with satisfactory evidence of its payment. 
Said policy shall provide that cancellation shall not be made without 30 days 
written notice to Landlord and its mortgagee.

8.  SECURITY DEPOSITS:  Landlord will not require a Security Deposit of 
Tenant.

9.  REPAIRS:  The Tenant agrees to maintain the premises in good repair 
during the term of this Lease, at its own expense, including, without 
limitation, the floors, walls, ceiling, interior or exterior doors, inside 
plumbing, all heating, ventilating, and other equipment and fixtures installed 
by the Landlord. Tenant agrees that it will at its own expense maintain and 
replace when necessary all equipment, including but not limited, to doors 
and/or door closures, fixtures, windows and floor coverings and that it will 
redecorate the Premises when necessary. Tenant agrees that it will have done 
at its own expense any work at the Premises resulting from Tenant's 
occupancy which may be required by law or regulation or lawful

                                       3
<PAGE>

authority. Landlord agrees within a reasonable time after receipt of 
written notice from the Tenant to make all capital repairs reasonably 
necessary to the structural portion of the Premises and roof subject to 
Paragraph 13 hereof. The Tenant also agrees, at its own expense to repair any 
damage caused by the operation of its business or by the actions of its 
employees, agents or invitees on or about the Premises, the Building, Land or 
the common areas and facilities, including, without limitation, any damage to 
the parking areas caused by the operation (including, without limitation, the 
driving, loading or unloading) of delivery vans, trash, carts or vehicles of 
any sort servicing Tenant's business or the Premises.

10.  USE OF PREMISES:  Tenant covenants to use the Premises only for offices 
and production areas for carrying on the business of developing and 
manufacturing aircraft equipment and other lawful purposes and to permit 
Landlord to transmit heat, air conditioning and electric current through 
the Premises at all times at the discretion of Landlord, provided, however, 
that Landlord shall not exercise this right in such a way as to unreasonably 
inconvenience Tenant or intefere with Tenant's use of Premises.

11. TENANT'S AGREEMENTS:  Tenant covenants and agrees:

     A.  To pay to Landlord the Minimum rent, additional and other rent 
         amounts during the Term and until possession of the premises is 
         redelivered to Landlord free and clear of debris.

     B.  To save Landlord harmless and indemnified from all loss, damage, 
         liability or expense incurred, suffered or claimed by any person by 
         reason of Tenant's neglect or use of the Premises, Land or Building 
         or of anything therein, or of water, steam, electricity or other 
         utility; or by reason of any injury, loss or damage to any person or 
         property upon the Premises not caused by the gross negligence of 
         Landlord and to be answerable for all nuisances caused or suffered 
         on the Premises, or caused by Tenant in the Building, Land or common 
         areas and facilities or on the approaches thereto.

     C.  Not to strip or overload, damage or deface the Premises or 
         hallways, stairways, elevator, common areas and facilities or other 
         approaches thereto, of the Building, or fixtures therein or used 
         therewith, nor to permit any hole to be made in any of the same.

     D.  Not to suffer or permit any trade or occupation to be carried on or use
         made of the Premises which shall be unlawful, noisy, offensive or 
         injurious to any person or property, or such as to increase the 
         danger of fire or affect or make void or voidable any insurance on 
         the Building, or which may render any increased or extra premium 
         payable for such insurance, or which shall be 

                                       4
<PAGE>

         contrary to any law or ordinance, rule or regulation, from time to 
         time established by any public authority. Tenant expressly agrees to 
         conform to all rules and regulations from time to time established 
         by the Insurance Rating Bureau of the Jurisdiction in which the 
         Premises are located.

     E.  Not to place upon the interior or exterior of the Building or any 
         window or any part thereof or door of the Premises any placard, 
         sign, lettering, window covering or drapes, except such and in such 
         place and manner as shall have been first approved in writing by 
         Landlord; to have installed at Tenant's expense a building standard 
         sign, as determined by Landlord, for the entrance door to the 
         Premises; and not to use any floor adhesive in the installation of 
         any carpeting.

     F.  That all automobile parking areas, driveways and other facilities 
         furnished by Landlord including employee parking areas, pedestrian 
         sidewalks and ramps, landscaped areas, exterior stairways and other 
         common areas, facilities and improvements provided by Landlord for 
         the general use in common of tenants, their agents, employees, 
         invitees and customers shall at all times be subject to the 
         exclusive control and managment of Landlord.

     G.  Except upon written permission from Landlord, Tenant shall not, by 
         its agents, servants, employees, clients or invitees occupy a number 
         of parking spaces greater than two (2) for each 2000 square feet of 
         the Premises.

12.  LANDLORD'S RIGHT OF ACCESS: Landlord shall have the right to enter the 
Premises during usual business hours for the purpose of inspecting or making 
repairs to the Premises or Building. If the repairs necessitate the cutting 
of any carpeting belonging to Tenant, Landlord shall have no obligation to 
replace said carpeting but shall repair same. Landlord shall have the right 
to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last six (6) months of 
the Lease term.

13.  ALTERATIONS:  Tenant will not without the prior written consent of 
Landlord paint the exterior of the Premises or make or permit anyone to make 
any alterations in or additions to the exterior of the Premises, nor will 
Tenant install any equipment or any kind that will require any alterations or 
additions to or the use of the water system, heating system, plumbing system, 
air conditioning system or electrical system, nor will Tenant install a 
television antenna or air conditioning units of any type on the roof, in the 
windows or upon the exterior of the Premises. If any such alterations or 
additions are made without such consent, Landlord may correct or remove them, 
and Tenant shall be liable for any and all expenses incurred by Landlord in 
the performance

                                       5
<PAGE>

of this work. At the termination of this Lease all such alterations or 
improvements made to the Premises shall remain on the Premises and become 
property of the Landlord, unless Landlord directs that such alteration or 
improvements be resolved, in which event Tenant shall restore the Premises 
to their original condition.

14. DAMAGE TO BUILDING OR PREMISES:  If the Premises are damaged or destroyed 
by fire or other casualty from any cause, so as to render the Premises unfit 
for use and occupancy, and such damage and destruction was without the fault 
or neglect of Tenant, his servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees 
then a prop rata portion of the rent, in accordance with the nature and 
extent of the injury to Premises, shall be suspended or abated until the 
Premises have been repaired. Landlord will proceed at its expense, as 
expeditiously as practicable, to repair the damage, unless, because of the 
extent of the damage or destruction, Landlord should decide not to repair or 
restore the Premises or the Building, in which event and at Landlord's sole 
option, Landlord may terminate this Lease forthwith, by giving Tenant's a 
written notice of its intention to terminate with ninety (90) days after the 
date of the casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case the fire or 
other casualty shall be caused by the carelessness, negligence or improper 
conduct of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, visitors or licensees 
then, Tenant shall be liable for the full amount of rental during the period 
of restoration or until cancellation, and all required repairs shall be made 
at Tenants expense. In no event shall Landlord be required to repair, restore 
or rebuild any portions of the premises constituting a part of Tenant's 
leasehold improvements or other Tenant work, trade fixtures, equipment, or 
personal property. No compensation or claim will be paid by Landlord, or 
diminution of rent allowed by Landlord, by reason or inconvenience, annoyance 
or injury to business arising from the necessity of repairing any other 
portion of the Building, however the necessity may occur. Notwithstanding 
any provision contained in this Lease Agreement to the contrary, the Tenant 
shall have the right to terminate this Lease Agreement in the event the 
Premises are damaged to the extent that said premises cannot be restored 
within 210 days next following the date upon which the damage occurs.

15.  HOLD HARMLESS; INSURANCE:  (a) Tenant agrees that it will indemnify and 
save Landlord and its agent(s) harmless of and from any and all liabilities, 
damages, causes of action, suits, claims, judgments, costs and expenses of 
any kind (including attorney's fees) (i) relating to or arising from the 
possession, use, occupation, management, repair, maintenance or control of 
the Premises, or any portion thereof, or (ii) arising from or in connection 
with any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees or invitees, 
or (iii) resulting from any default, violation of nonperformance of this 
Lease by Tenant, or (iv) resulting from injury to person or property or loss 
of life sustained in or about the Premises. To assure such indemnity, Tenant 
shall carry and keep in full force and effect at all times

                                       6
<PAGE>

during the term of this Lease for the protection of Landlord, its agent(s) 
and Tenant herein, public liability insurance with limits of at least One 
Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for each accident and Five Hundred Thousand 
Dollars ($500,000.00) for each separate injury, and property damage insurance 
in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). Tenant certifies 
that Landlord and its agent(s) shall be maintained at all times as an 
additional names insured under such insurance policy. In the event Tenant 
shall fail to maintain such policy of insurance then Landlord may, after 
three (3) days' written notice to Tenant, obtain such policy and pay the 
premium thereon and the amount so paid shall be added to the next installment 
of Minimum Rent. (b) It is understood and agreed that all personal property, 
goods, wares and merchandise in the Premises shall be and remain at the sole 
risk of Tenant or those claiming through Tenant, and Landlord shall not be 
liable for any damage to or loss of such personal property, goods, wares and 
merchandise arising from bursting, overflowing or leaking of the roof or of 
water, sewer or steam pipes, or from heating or plumbing fixtures, or from any 
other cause whatsoever, unless said damages are caused through the gross 
negligence of Landlord. Tenant certifies that it has either obtained its own 
insurance coverage for losses to personal property of any kind which may be 
in or on the Premises or has decided to self-insure for such losses.

16.  SUBORDINATION:  Tenant covenants and agrees that all of its rights 
hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any first 
mortgage hereafter placed on the demised Premises or any part thereof, except 
the Tenant's property or trade fixtures, and to any and all renewals, 
modifications, consolidations, replacements, extensions or substitutions of 
any first mortgage (which is hereinafter termed the mortgage). Such 
subordination shall be automatic, without the execution of any further 
subordination agreement by Tenant. If, however, a written subordination 
agreement, consistent with this provision, is required by a mortgagee, Tenant 
agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver the same and in the event of 
failure so to do, Landlord may, in addition to other remedies for breach of 
covenant hereunder, execute, acknowledge and deliver the same as the agent or 
attorney in fact of Tenant, and Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes 
Landlord its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

17.  ATTORNMENT AND NONDISTURBANCE:  (a) If, at any time during the term of 
this Lease, the Landlord of the demised Premises shall be the holder of a 
leasehold estate covering premises which include the demised Premises, and if 
such leasehold shall terminate or be terminated for any reason, or if, at any 
time during the term of Lease a mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate 
shall be foreclosed, Tenant agrees at the election and upon demand of any 
owner of the premises which include the demised Premises, or of any mortgagee 
in possession thereof, or of any holder of a leasehold thereafter affecting 
premises which include the demised Premises, or of any purchaser

                                       7
<PAGE>

at foreclosure, to attorn, from time to time, to any such owner, mortgagee, 
holder or purchaser upon the terms and conditions set forth herein for the 
remainder of the term demised in this Lease. Provided however, that Tenant 
shall not be obligated to attorn unless, if Tenant shall so request in 
writing, such holder, owner, mortgagee or purchaser shall execute and deliver 
to Tenant an instrument wherein said holder, owner, mortgagee or purchaser 
agrees that so long as Tenant performs all the terms, covenants and conditions 
of this Lease, on Tenant's part to be performed, Tenant's possession under the 
provisions of this Lease shall not be disturbed by such holder, owner, 
mortgagee or purchaser.

     (b) The foregoing provisions shall inure to the benefit of any such 
owner, mortgagee, holder or purchaser and shall apply notwithstanding that 
this Lease may terminate upon the termination of any such leasehold estate or 
upon such foreclosure, and shall be self-operative upon any such demand, 
without requiring any further instrument to give effect to such provisions. 
Tenant, however, upon demand of any such owner, mortgagee, holder or 
purchaser, agrees to execute, from time to time, an instrument in 
confirmation of the foregoing provisions, satisfactory to any such owner, 
mortgagee, holder or purchaser, in which Tenant shall acknowledge such 
attornment and set forth herein and shall apply for the remainder of the term 
originally demised in this Lease. Nothing contained in this article shall be 
construed to impair any right otherwise exercisable by any

18. SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT: Tenant will not sublet the Premises or any 
part thereof or transfer possession or occupancy thereof or rent desk space 
therein to any person, firm or corporation or transfer or assign this Lease 
without the prior written consent of Landlord, nor shall any subletting or 
assignment thereof be effected by operation of law or otherwise without the 
prior written consent of Landlord. Further, no such assignment or subletting 
nor the consent of Landlord thereto shall release, discharge or affect the 
liability of Tenant, as provided in this Lease, for the full discharge or 
affect the liability of Tenant, as provided in this Lease, for the full term 
hereof. Any consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting of this Lease 
shall not constitute a waiver of the necessity for such consent as to any 
subsequent assignment or subletting. If Tenant shall, without the prior 
written consent of Landlord, transfer, assign or hypothecate any stock or 
interest in the Tenant, so as to result in a change in the control thereof by 
the person, persons or entities owning a controlling interest therein as of 
the date of this Lease, then Landlord shall have the option to terminate this 
Lease at any time after actual notice of such change by giving Tenant at 
least sixty (60) days prior written notice and, on the date fixed in such 
notice for termination of this Lease, this Lease shall expire and come to end 
with the same effect as if said date were originally set forth in this Lease 
for expiration of the term. The mere receipt by Landlord or rent from a party 
other than Tenant shall not be deemed actual notice of any change in control 
or ownership of

                                       8
<PAGE>

Tenant. This provision shall not be applicable to the transfer of any stock 
in the Tenant, to a member of the immediate family or any person(s) owning as 
of the date of this Lease a controlling interest therein (i.e., the spouse and 
direct lineal ancestor or descendant of such person or such person's spouse).

19. CONDEMNATION: This Lease shall terminate and the rental payable hereunder 
shall be abated to the date of such termination in the event of the forceable 
leasing in excess of one year or condemnation of the Premises or any part 
thereof by any competent authority under the right of eminent domain for any 
public or quasi-public use or purposes which renders the balance of the 
Premises economically unsuitable. If the nature, location or extent of any 
proposed condemnation affecting the Building is such that Landlord elects in 
good faith to demolish all or substantially all of the Building, the Landlord 
may terminate this Lease by giving at least sixty (60) days' written notice 
of termination to Tenant at any time after such condemnation, and this Lease 
shall terminate on the date specified in such notice. The forceable leasing 
by any competent authority of any portion of the Building other than the 
Premises shall have no effect whatever upon this Lease. In case of any taking 
or condemnation, whether or not the term of this Lease shall cease and 
terminate, the entire award shall be the property of Landlord, and Tenant 
hereby assigns to Landlord all of his right, title and interest in and to any 
such award. Tenant, however, shall be entitled to claim, prove and receive in 
the condemnation proceeding such awards as may be allowed for fixtures and 
other equipment installed by it, but only if such awards shall be made by the 
Court in addition to the award by it to Landlord for the Land and Building or 
part thereof so taken.

20. QUIET ENJOYMENT: Landlord covenants that, upon performance by Tenant of 
all covenants herein, Tenant shall have and hold the Premises free from 
any interference from Landlord, except as otherwise provided herein.

21. TENANT'S DEFAULT: Tenant shall be in default of this Lease upon 
the happening of any one of the following:

     A. Failure to pay the rent or any other sum required by the terms 
        of this Lease within five (5) days after the due date.

     B. The commencement of any action or proceeding or the dissolution or 
        liquidation of Tenant, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee 
        of Tenant's property, and the failure to discharge any such action 
        within twenty (20) days.

     C. The making of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if 
        Tenant is declared bankrupt.

     D. The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     E. Failure to perform or observe any other term, covenant or condition 
        of this Lease and the continuance therefore for twenty (20) days 
        after written notice from Landlord. In addition to any other remedies 
        contained herein the Landlord at his sole discretion may convert this 
        Lease to a month-to-month lease if the Tenant has been in default for 
        any rent or other amounts owned for over (30) days.

     Upon default, as hereinabove defined, Landlord, without notice to 
Tenant, may enter upon the Premises without terminating this Lease and do any 
acts which Landlord may deem necessary to cure such default, and Tenant 
agrees to pay Landlord any damage and/or expense incurred thereby. 
Furthermore, upon default Landlord may, on ten (10) days advance written notice 
to Tenant, terminate this Lease and, with or without legal process, take 
possession of the Premises and remove Tenant or any other occupant. Landlord 
shall be entitled to recover as damages from Tenant an amount equal to the 
balance of all rent due to the end of the Lease term, together with all legal 
and other expenses incurred, including the cost of reletting the Premises. 
Tenant shall be credited however, with any net amounts received by Landlord 
from the reletting of the Premises. No act of Landlord shall be considered 
an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless in writing. Landlord may 
maintain separate actions each month to recover the damages, without waiting 
to the end of the term of this Lease.

22. LEGAL EXPENSES: If any action or proceeding is commenced in which Landlord 
intervenes or is made a party by reason of being the Landlord under the 
Lease, or if Landlord shall deem it necessary to engage attorneys or institute 
any suit against Tenant in connection with the enforcement of Landlord's 
rights under the Lease, the violation of any term of the Lease, the 
declaration of Landlord's rights hereunder, or the protection of Landlord's 
interests under the Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its expenses 
incurred as a result thereof including, without limitation, court costs and 
reasonable attorneys' fees.

23. SURRENDER OF PREMISES: Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, 
Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in 
good order ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall remove all of its 
property therefrom provided, however, that upon surrender of the premises, it 
is in compliance with all applicable building code requirements. The 
obligations of this Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease. In 
the event Tenant fails to remove furniture, trade fixtures or machinery 
from the Premises before the expiration of this Lease, it is agreed that Tenant 
is abandoning said furniture, trade fixtures and machinery and the same shall 
become the property of Landlord, who shall have the right to use, remove or 
dispose of same at Tenant's expense.

                                      10
<PAGE>

24, TENANT HOLDING OVER: If Tenant shall not immediately surrender possession 
of the Premises at the termination of the Lease, Tenant shall become a tenant
month-to-month, provided rent shall be paid to and accepted by Landlord in 
advance at twice the Minimum Rent payable hereunder just prior to the 
termination of this Lease; but unless and until Landlord shall accept such 
rental from Tenant, Landlord shall continue to be entitled to retake or 
recover possession of the Premises as hereinbefore provided in case of default 
on the part of Tenant, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any loss or 
damage Landlord may sustain by reason of Tenant's failure to surrender 
possession of the Premises immediately upon the expiration of the term of this 
Lease. If Tenant shall fail to surrender possession of the Premises 
immediately upon the expiration of the term hereof, Tenant hereby agrees that 
all obligations of Tenant and all rights of Landlord application during the 
term of this Lease shall be equally applicable during such period of 
subsequent occupancy, whether or not a month-to-month tenancy shall have been 
created as aforesaid.

25. LANDLORD'S LIABILITY: In no event shall Landlord including any successor 
assignee of all or any portion of Landlord's interest in the Building or Land, 
be personally liable or accountable with respect to any provision of this 
Lease. If Landlord shall be in breach or default with respect to 
any obligation hereunder or otherwise, Tenant agrees to look for satisfaction 
solely to the equity of Landlord in the Building and Land. The liability of 
Landlord, or other entity comprising Landlord, shall in no event exceed the 
amount of such equity and no other assets of Landlord (or any partners, 
stockholders or officers of Landlord) shall be subject to levy, execution or 
other procedures for satisfaction of Tenant's remedies. In the event Landlord 
transfers this Lease, other than as security for a mortgage, ground lease or 
deed of trust, Landlord (and, in case of any subsequent transfers or 
conveyance, than grantor) shall, upon such transfer and acceptance by the 
transferee be relieved from all liability and obligation hereunder arising 
after such transfer, including any liability to Tenant for any security 
deposit under this Lease.

26. NOTICES: All notices, demands, request, approvals, consents or other 
instrument required or desired to be given hereunder by either party to the 
other shall be personally delivered or sent by U.S. certified or registered 
mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid, addressed as 
follows: If to Landlord: Botzler Emery Associates Guilford Ten Limited 
Partnership, c/o Pledge, 9570 Berger Road, Columbia, MD 21046 Attn: Larry 
Ohler, with a copy to Aid Association for Lutherans, 4321 N. Ballard Road, 
Appleton, WI 54919. If to Tenant: PATS, Inc., 9570 Berger Road, Columbia, MD 
21046.

                                      11
<PAGE>

27. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES: Tenant agrees from time to time, within five (5) 
business days of request from Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver 
to Landlord or to such other person(s) as Landlord may indicate a statement 
in writing certifying that Tenant is in possession of the Premises and 
currently paying rent at the then-applicable Minimum Rent and that this Lease 
is in full force and effect, and containing such other information as may be 
required.

28. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS: This Lease and the covenants and conditions herein 
contained shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord, its 
successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon 
Tenant, its heirs, distributees, personal representatives, successors and 
assigns, provided that as to the assign of Tenant, the benefits shall inure 
to such assigns only if the assignment has been consented to in writing by 
Landlord.

29. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties 
in regard to the Premises. There are no oral agreements existing between them.

30. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: Tenant hereby waives all right to trial by jury 
in any claim, action, proceeding or counterclaim by either Landlord or Tenant 
against the other or any matters arising out of or in any way connected with 
this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant and/or Tenant's use of 
occupancy of the Premises.

31. OTHER PROVISIONS: This Lease shall be construed and governed by the law of 
the State of Maryland. No waiver of any breach of any covenant, condition or 
agreement contained herein shall operate as a waiver of the covenant, 
condition or agreement itself, or of any subsequent breach thereof. If any 
term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any 
person or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the 
remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, covenant or condition 
to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid 
or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term, covenant and 
condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent 
permitted by law. Except as specifically provided for herein, Tenant agrees 
to accept the Premises in its "as is" condition.

32. JURISDICTION: Tenant hereby consents to the exercise of personal 
jurisdiction over it by any federal or state court in the State of Maryland 
and consents to the laying of venue in any jurisdiction or locality within 
the State of Maryland. In addition to (and not in lieu of) the agents 
designated under applicable law for purposes of service of process, Tenant 
appoints Larry D. Ohler having an address at 9570 Berger Road, Columbia, MD 
21046 as Tenant's agent for receipt of service of process on Tenant's behalf 
in connection with any suit, writ, attachment, execution or discovery or 
supplementary proceedings

                                      12
<PAGE>

in connection with the enforcement of this Lease. Service on said agent shall 
be effected by any means permitted under applicable law or by the court in 
which the action is filed, or, at Landlord's option, by mailing process, 
postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, either to 
Tenant's agent at the foregoing address or to Tenant at the address set forth 
in Section 2c of this Lease. Service shall be deemed effective upon receipt. 
The Tenant may designate a change of address by written notice to the other 
given by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least ten (10) days 
before such change of address is to become effective.

33. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE:  If Tenant shall fail to perform any covenant 
or duty required of it by this Lease or by law, Landlord shall, after notice 
to Tenant and expiration of the applicable cure period, have the right (but 
not the duty) to enter the Premises, if necessary, to perform the same 
without notice, but the reasonable cost thereof shall be deemed to be 
additional rent, and shall give the Landlord the same rights and remedies as 
though the additional rent were part of the monthly rent due the Landlord 
under this Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease under seal 
as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESS                                PLEDGC
                                       PARTNERSHIP

/s/ Edward Tindall                     /s/ Charles L. Parrington
- -----------------------------------    -----------------------------------    
Edward Tindall                         Charles L. Parrington
                                       General Partner
                                       ("Landlord")

                                       PATS, INC.

/s/ L. Roland Sturm                    By: /s/ Harvey O. Patrick
- -----------------------------------       --------------------------------    
L. Roland Sturm                           Harvey O. Patrick
                                       ("Tenant")


                                     13
<PAGE>

                              AMENDMENT OF LEASE


     THIS AMENDMENT is made as of this 1st day of July, 1997, by and between 
PLEDGC, a Maryland general partnership, as General Partner of Botzler-Emory 
Associates Guilford Ten Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership 
(hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"), and PATS, INC., a Maryland 
corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease dated June 1, 1992, 
regarding the premises described as 9570 Berger Road, Columbia, Howard 
County, Maryland containing 65,923 square feet of space, more or less (the 
"Property"); and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Lease as hereinafter set 
forth. 

     NOW, THEREFORE, WITNESSETH for good and valuable consideration, the 
mutual receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties 
agree as follows:

     1.   Paragraph 4 of the Lease is amended as follows:

          RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord minimum rent ("Rent") at the 
     rate of Four Hundred Five Thousand Dollars ($405,000.00) per annum, 
     payable in equal monthly installments of Thirty-Three Thousand Seven 
     Hundred Fifty Dollars ($33,750.00) in advance and without demand 
     beginning on the first day of July 1997 and continuing on the first day 
     of each month thereafter subject to the adjustments set forth herein.

     2.   Paragraph 5 of the Lease is amended as follows:

          RENT ADJUSTMENT. The Rent shall be adjusted annually beginning on 
     July 1, 1998 and on the first day of July of each succeeding year during 
     the term of the Lease to a sum obtained by multiplying the rent for the 
     year beginning July 1, 1997 by a fraction, the numerator of which shall 
     be the amount of the CONSUMER'S PRICE INDEX for Baltimore, Maryland (the 
     "Index") for the preceding December (or the most recently available 
     monthly Index on July 1 of each

                                      1

<PAGE>

     year) and the denominator of which shall be such Index for July 1, 1997; 
     provided, however, that in no event shall the annual rent increase be 
     less than three percent (3%) annually each July 1, beginning July 1, 
     1998 during the term hereof. As used herein, the term "Consumer's Price 
     Index" means the Consumer's Price Index for "all items" now published by 
     the Bureau of Labor statistics of the United States Department of Labor, 
     or if such publication is discontinued, then the most closely comparable 
     data published by such agency or another agency of the United States 
     Government.

     3.   Paragraph 2 of the Lease is amended to extend the Lease term as 
follows:

          The term of the Lease shall end on June 30, 2007.

     4.   The following provision is added to the Lease:

          RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If, at any time after the date of this 
     Amendment, the Landlord shall desire to sell the property or any part 
     thereof, or shall receive from a third party a bona fide offer to 
     purchase the property, or any part thereof, the Landlord, before making 
     or accepting the offer, as the case may be, shall send to the Tenant 
     written notification from the Landlord of the Landlord's intention to 
     make or accept the offer unless the Tenant agrees to purchase the 
     property for the greater of Three Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars 
     ($3,300,000.00) or the fair market value of the property. The Tenant 
     shall have twenty (20) days from the date of the Notice to notify 
     Landlord in writing of Tenant's election to exercise its right to 
     purchase the property.

          If the Tenant exercises its right to purchase the property, the 
     parties shall select by mutual agreement an appraiser to establish the 
     fair market value of the property. If the parties are unable to agree on 
     the appraiser to be used, each party shall select their own appraiser 
     (and be responsible for their respective costs thereof) and the average 
     of the two appraisers shall be deemed the fair market value for 
     establishing the purchase price by the Tenant. Tenant shall have ten 
     (10) days from final determination of the fair market value to advise 
     Landlord in writing whether Tenant intends to proceed to exercise 
     Tenant's right of that refusal. Settlement of the purchase by the Tenant 
     shall occur within sixty (60) days after the date of the Tenant's notice 
     following the final determination of fair market value.

                                      2

<PAGE>

          If the Tenant does not elect to exercise its right of first refusal 
     in the manner set forth above, then the Landlord shall be free for a 
     period of ninety (90) days from the expiration of the ten (10) day 
     notice period after the determination of fair market value to sell the 
     property free and clear of the right of first refusal. In the event that 
     the property is not sold to a third party within the ninety (90) day 
     period, then any further sale of the property must first be submitted to 
     the Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

          The Tenant's right of first refusal shall be subordinate and junior 
     to the legal operation and effect of any present or future mortgage or 
     Deed of Trust which now or hereafter becomes a lien on the property.

          Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this 
     right of first refusal and the rights and obligations contained herein 
     shall automatically expire if not exercised on or before June 30, 2007.

     5.   In all other respects, the Lease shall remain in full force and 
effect.

     6.   This Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their 
respective successors and assigns.

     7.   This Amendment shall be interpreted and construed in accordance 
with the laws of the State of Maryland.

     WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties hereto as of the day and year 
first above written.

ATTEST/WITNESS:                        LANDLORD: BOTZLER-EMORY
                                       ASSOCIATES GUILFORD TEN
                                       LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                   By: PLEDGC, a Maryland General
                                       Partnership, General Partner

/s/ Harry S. Jackson                   By: Edward G. Tindall             (SEAL)
- --------------------------------          -------------------------------
Harry S. Jackson                           Edward G. Tindall             

                                      3

<PAGE>

ATTEST/WITNESS:                        TENANT:

                                       PATS, INC.

/s/ Joan Lewis                         By: /s/ Harvey O. Patrick         (SEAL)
- --------------------------------          -------------------------------



                                      4


<PAGE>


                           SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

    THIS AGREEMENT made this 15th day of December, 1993, by and between
CONTINENTAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a California corporation, hereinafter
referred to as ("Lessor"), and TRI STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC., an
Ohio corporation, and CORY COMPONENTS, INC., a California corporation,
hereinafter referred to collectively as ("Lessee").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H

    WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee entered into that certain Office Lease
("Lease"), dated September 15, 1989, whereby Lessor leased to Lessee and Lessee
hired from Lessor a certain office building, commonly known as 2201 Rosecrans
Avenue, El Segundo, California, together with all improvements therein and
appurtenances thereto; and,

    WHEREAS, Lessee is the successor in interest of such Lease by assignment
from the original Lessee, Tri Star Electronics, Inc., by assignment dated
September 30, 1991; and,

    WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee are desirous of amending said Lease by this
Second Amendment to Office Lease in the manner set forth below.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and
conditions contained herein, and of other good and valuable consideration, it is
agreed as follows:

    1.   LATE CHARGES

         Paragraph 13.4 Late Charges is amended by deleting "ten (10) days" in
line 5 of such paragraph and adding in its place "one (1) day".

    2.   EFFECTIVE DATE

         This amendment shall take effect as of May 1, 1994, and shall continue
in effect for the duration of the Lease.

    3.   GENERAL TERMS

         All of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, and agreements of
the Lease, except as amended herein, shall remain in full force and effect and
shall apply to the premises described in Paragraph 1 of this Amendment.

LESSOR:                                LESSEE:

CONTINENTAL DEVELOPMENT                TRI STAR ELECTRONICS,
CORPORATION,                           INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
a California corporation               an Ohio corporation

By: /s/ Richard C. Lundquist           By:    /s/ R G MacDonald
    -------------------------------        -------------------------------
     Richard C. Lundquist              Its:   President
     President                              ------------------------------

By: /s/ Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr.       By:    /s/ Robert Rank
    -------------------------------        -------------------------------
     Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr.         Its:   CFO
     Secretary                              -------------------------------

                                       CORY COMPONENTS, INC.
                                       a California corporation

                                       By:   /s/ R G MacDonald
                                           -------------------------------

                                       Its:  C.E.O.
                                            ------------------------------

                                       By:
                                           -------------------------------

                                       Its:
                                            ------------------------------

<PAGE>

                          STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE  -  NET

                     AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

                                      [LOGO]

1.  PARTIES.  This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only, September 15,
1989, is made by and between Continental Development Corporation, a California
corporation (herein called "Lessor") and Tri-Star Electronics, Inc., a
California corporation and  Cory Components Incorporated, a California
corporation (herein called "Lessee").

2.  PREMISES.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee lease from Lessor 
for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, 
that certain real property situated in the County of Los Angeles State of 
California commonly known as 2201 Rosecrans Avenue, El Segundo and as 
described in the Legal Description attached as Exhibit A. Said real property 
including the land and all improvements therein, is herein called "the 
Premises".

3.  TERM.

    3.1 TERM.  The term of this lease shall be for ten years commencing on
March 1, 1990 and ending on February 29, 2000 unless sooner terminated pursuant
to any provision hereof.

    3.2 DELAY IN POSSESSION.  Notwithstanding said commencement date, if for
any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee on said
date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such
failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Lessee
hereunder or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not be
obligated to pay rent until possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee.

    3.3 EARLY POSSESSION.  If Lessee occupies the Premises prior to said
commencement date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions hereof,
such occupancy shall not advance  the termination date, and Lessee shall pay
rent for such period at the initial monthly rates set forth below.

4.  RENT.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the Premises, monthly 
payments of  $58,536, in advance, on the 1 day of each month of the term 
hereof.  Lessee shall pay Lessor upon the execution hereof $58,536 as rent 
for the first month of occupancy.  At the commencement of the 31st, 61st and 
91st months of the lease, the base rent shall be adjusted as provided in 
Section 53 of the Addendum.  Rent for any period during the term hereof which 
is for less than one month shall be a pro rata portion of the monthly 
installment.  Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to 
Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other 
places as Lessor may designate in writing.

5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Lessee shall  deposit with Lessor upon execution 
hereof $60,000 as security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's 
obligations hereunder. If Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due 
hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provisions of this 
Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said deposit for 
the payment of any rent or other charge in default or for the payment of any 
other sum to which Lessor may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default, 
or to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer 
thereby.  If Lessor so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, 
Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash 
with Lessor in a amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the full amount 
herein above stated and Lessee's failure to do so shall be a material breach 
of this Lease.  If the monthly rent shall, from time to time, increase during 
the term of this Lease, Lessee shall thereupon deposit with Lessor additional 
security deposit so that the amount of security deposit held by Lessor shall 
at all times bear the same proportion to current rent as the original 
security deposit bears to the original monthly rent set forth in paragraph 4 
hereof.  Lessor shall not be required to keep said deposit separate from its 
general accounts.  If Lessee performs all of Lessee's obligations hereunder, 
said deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by 
Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for 
its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of 
Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after 
Lessee has vacated the Premises.  No trust relationship is created herein 
between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6.  USE.

    6.1 USE.  The Premises shall be used and occupied only for light
manufacturing and assembly of electronic components and offices incidental to
this use or any other use which is reasonably comparable and for no other
purpose.

    6.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

         (a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in its state 
existing on the date that the Lease term commences, but without regard to the 
use for which Lessee will use the Premises, does not violate any covenants or 
restrictions of record, or any applicable building code, regulation or 
ordinance in effect on such Lease term commencement date.  In the event it is 
determined that this warranty has been violated, then it shall be the 
obligation of the Lessor, after written notice from Lessee, to promptly, at 
Lessor's sole cost and expense, rectify any such violation.  In the event 
Lessee does not give to Lessor written notice of the violation of this 
warranty within six months from the date that the Lease term commences, the 
correction of same shall be the obligation of the Lessee at Lessee's sole 
cost.  The warranty contained in this paragraph 6.2 (a) shall be of no force 
or effect if, prior to the date of this Lease, Lessee was the owner or 
occupant of the Premises, and in such event, Lessee shall correct any such 
violation at Lessee's sole cost.

         (b)  Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(a), Lessee shall, at 
Lessee's expense, comply promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, 
rules, regulations, orders, covenants and restrictions of record, and 
requirements in effect during the term or any part of the term hereof, 
regulating the use by Lessee of the Premises.  Lessee shall not use nor 
permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste 
or a nuisance or, if there shall be there more than one tenant in the 
building containing the Premises, shall tend to disturb such other tenants.

    6.3  CONDITIONS OF PREMISES.  Lessor warrants for a period of one (1) year
all construction performed pursuant to the [COPY RAN OFF PAGE]

         (a)  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of
debris on Lease commencement date (unless Lessee is already in possession) and
Lessor further warrants to Lessee that the plumbing, lighting, air conditioning,
heating, and loading doors in the Premises shall be in good operating condition
on the Lease commencement date.  In the event that it is determined that this
warranty has been violated, then it shall be the obligation of Lessor, after
receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature
or the violation, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost, rectify such violation.
Lessee's failure to give such written notice to Lessor within thirty (30) days
after the Lease commencement date shall cause the conclusive presumption that
Lessor has complied with all of Lessor's obligations hereunder.  The warranty
contained in this paragraph 6.3(a) shall be of no force or effect if prior to
the date of this Lease, Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.

         (b)  Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee hereby accepts
the Premises in their condition existing as of the Lease commencement date or
the date that Lessee takes possession of the Premises, whichever is earlier,
subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances
and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, and any
covenants or restrictions of record, and accepts this Lease subject thereto and
to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto.  Lessee
acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent has made any representation
or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises for the
conduct of Lessee's business.

7.  MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.

     7.1  LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.  Lessee shall keep in good order, condition and
repair the Premises and every part thereof, structural and non structural,
(whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of
repairing the same are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether
or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior
use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises) including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all plumbing, heating, air
conditioning, (Lessee shall procure and maintain, at Lessee's expense, an air
conditioning system maintenance contract) ventilating, electrical, lighting
facilities and equipment within the Premises, fixtures, walls (interior and
exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs (interior and exterior), floors,
windows, doors, plate glass and skylights located within the Premises, and all
landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences and signs located on the Premises
and sidewalks and parkways adjacent to the Premises.  See Addendum paragraph 49
for additional terms.

    7.2  SURRENDER.  On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner
termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same
condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of
debris. Lessee shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned

                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
NET                                                             [illegible]
                                                                -----------

<PAGE>

by the installation or removal of Lessee's trade  fixtures, furnishings and
equipment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary otherwise stated in this
Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution
systems, lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning, plumbing and
fencing on the premises in good operating condition.

    7.3  LESSOR'S RIGHTS.  If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations 
under this Paragraph 7, or under any other paragraph of this Lease, Lessor 
may at its option (but shall not be required to) enter upon the Premises 
after ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an 
emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such 
obligations on Lessee's behalf and put the same in good order, condition and 
repair, and the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the maximum 
rate then allowable by law shall become due and payable as additional rental 
to Lessor together with Lessee's next rental installment.

    7.4  LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS.  Except for the obligations of Lessor under 
Paragraph 6.2(a) and 6.3(a) (relating to Lessor's warranty), Paragraph 9 
(relating to destruction of the Premises) and under Paragraph 14 (relating to 
condemnation of the Premises), it is intended by the parties hereto that 
Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain 
the Premises nor the building located thereon nor the equipment therein, 
whether structural or non structural, all of which obligations are intended 
to be that of the Lessee under Paragraph 7.1 hereof.  Lessee expressly waives 
the benefit of any statute now or hereinafter in effect which would otherwise 
afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate 
this Lease because of Lessor's failure to keep the premises in good, 
condition and repair.

    7.5  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

         (a)  Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make 
any alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations in, on or 
about the Premises, except for nonstructural alterations not exceeding 
$10,000 in cumulative costs during the term of this Lease.  In any event, 
whether or not in excess of $10,000 in cumulative cost, Lessee shall make no 
change or alteration to the exterior of the Premises nor the exterior of the 
building(s) on the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.  As used 
in this Paragraph 7.5 the term "Utility Installation" shall mean carpeting, 
window coverings, air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, 
lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning, plumbing, and fencing.  
Lessor may require that Lessee remove any or all of said alterations, 
improvements, additions or Utility Installations at the expiration of the 
term, and restore the Premises to their prior condition. Lessor may require 
Lessee to provide Lessor, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, a lien and 
completion bond  in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated 
cost of such improvements, to insure Lessor against any liability  for 
mechanic's and materialmen's liens and to insure completion of the work.  
Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility 
Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, Lessor may require that 
Lessee remove any or all of the same.

         (b)  Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
in, or about the Premises that Lessee shall desire to make and which requires
the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with
proposed detailed plans. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee acquiring a permit to do so from appropriate
governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the
commencement of the work and the compliance by Lessee of all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.

         (c)  Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials 
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in 
the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanics' or 
materialmen's lien against Premises or any interest therein.  Lessee shall 
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of 
any work in the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of 
non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law.  If Lessee 
shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, 
then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the 
same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered 
thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, 
upon the condition that if Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to 
Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such 
contested lien claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against liability for the 
same and holding the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In 
addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorneys fees and costs 
in participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best 
interest to do so.

         (d)  Unless Lessor requires their removal, as set forth in Paragraph 
7.5(a), all alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations 
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of 
Lessee), which may be made on the Premises, shall become the property of 
Lessor and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration 
of the term. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph 7.5(d).  
Lessee's machinery and equipment, other than that which is affixed to the 
Premises so that it cannot be removed without material damage to the 
Premises, shall remain the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee 
subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2.

8.  INSURANCE INDEMNITY.

    8.1  INSURING PARTY.  As used in this Paragraph 8, the term "insuring 
party" shall mean the party who has the obligation  to obtain the Property 
Insurance required hereunder.  The insuring party shall be designated in 
Paragraph 46 hereof.  In the event Lessor is the insuring party, Lessor shall 
also maintain the liability insurance described in paragraph 8.2 hereof, in 
addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by 
Lessee under said paragraph 8.2, but Lessor shall not be required to name 
Lessee as an additional insured on such policy.  Whether the insuring party 
is the Lessor or the Lessee, Lessee shall, as additional rent for the 
Premises, pay the cost of all insurance required hereunder.  If Lessor is the 
insuring party Lessee shall, within ten (10) days following demand by Lessor, 
reimburse Lessor for the cost of the insurance so obtained.

    8.2  LIABILITY INSURANCE.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense obtain and
keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined Single Limit,
Bodily Injury and Property Damage insurance insuring Lessor and Lessee against
any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the
Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be a combined
single limit policy in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.  The
policy shall insure performance by Lessee of the indemnity provisions of this
Paragraph 8.  The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the
liability of Lessee hereunder.

    8.3  PROPERTY INSURANCE.

         (a)  The insuring party shall obtain and keep in force during the 
term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage 
to the Premises, in the amount of the full replacement value thereof, as the 
same may exist from time to time, which replacement value is now $6,000,000, 
but in no event less than the total amount required by lenders having liens 
on the Premises, against all perils included within the classification of 
fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, flood (in the event 
same is required by a lender having a lien on the Premises), and special 
extended perils ("all risk" as such term is used in the insurance industry).  
Said insurance shall provide for payment of loss thereunder to Lessor or to 
the holders of mortgages or deeds of trust on the Premises.  The insuring 
party shall, in addition, obtain and keep in force during the term of this 
Lease a policy of rental value insurance covering a period of one year, with 
loss payable to Lessor, which insurance shall also cover all real estate 
taxes and insurance costs for said period. A stipulated value or agreed 
amount endorsement deleting the coinsurance provision of the policy shall be 
procured with said insurance as well as an automatic increase in insurance 
endorsement causing the increase in annual property insurance coverage by 2% 
per quarter.  If the insuring party shall fail to procure and maintain said 
insurance the other party may, but shall not be required to, procure and 
maintain the same, but at the expense of Lessee.  If such insurance coverage 
has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per 
occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount.

         (b)  If the Premises are part of a larger building, or if the 
Premises are part of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent 
to the Premises, then Lessee shall pay for any increase in the property 
insurance of such other building or buildings if said increase is caused by 
Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

         (c)  If the Lessor is the insuring party the Lessor will not insure
Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements unless the tenant
improvements have become a part of the Premises under paragraph 7 hereof.  But
if Lessee is the insuring party the Lessee shall insure its fixtures, equipment
and tenant improvements.

    8.4  INSURANCE POLICIES.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in
companies holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least B plus, or such
other rating as may be required by a lender having a lien on the Premises, as
set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide".  The insuring
party shall deliver to the other party copies of policies of such insurance or
certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance with loss
payable clauses as required by this paragraph 8. No such policy shall be
cancellable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except
after thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Lessor.  If Lessee is the
insuring party Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration
of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals or "binders" thereof, or Lessor
may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount
shall be payable by Lessee upon demand. Lessee shall not do or permit to be 
done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in
Paragraph 8.3. If Lessee does or permits to be done anything which shall 
increase the cost of the insurance policies referred to in Paragraph 8.3, then
Lessee shall forthwith upon Lessor's demand reimburse Lessor for any additional
premiums attributable to any act or omission or operation of Lessee causing such
increase in the cost of insurance if Lessor is the insuring party, and if the
insurance policies maintained hereunder cover other improvements in addition to
the Premises, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a written statement setting forth
the amount of any such insurance cost increase and showing in reasonable detail
the manner in which it has been computed.

    8.5  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and 
relieve the other, and waive their entire right of recovery against the other 
for loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils insured against 
under paragraph 8.3, which perils occur in, on or about Premises, whether due 
to the negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors 
and/or invitees.  Lessee and Lessor shall, upon obtaining the policies of 
insurance required hereunder, give notice to the insurance carrier or 
carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this 
Lease.

    8.6  INDEMNITY.  Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and 
against any and all claims arising from Lessee's use of the Premises, or from 
the conduct of Lessee's business or from any activity, work or things done, 
permitted or suffered by Lessee in or about the Premises or elsewhere and 
shall further indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all 
claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any 
obligation on Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or 
arising from any negligence of the Lessee, or any of Lessee's agents, 
contractors, or employees, and from and against all costs, attorney's fees, 
expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any such claim or any 
action or proceeding brought thereon; and in case any action or proceeding be 
brought against Lessor by reason of any such claim, Lessee upon notice from 
Lessor shall defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel satisfactory to 
Lessor. Lessee, as a material part of the consideration to Lessor, hereby 
assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons, in, upon or 
about the Premises arising from any cause and Lessee hereby waives all claims 
in respect thereof against Lessor.

    8.7  EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY.  Lessee hereby agrees that 
Lessor shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's business or any loss of 
income therefrom or for damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other 
property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other 
person in or about the Premises, nor shall Lessor be liable for injury to the 
person of Lessee, Lessee's employees, agents or contractors, whether such 
damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, 
water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of 
pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting 
fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said damage or injury results 
from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the 
building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places 
and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of 
repairing the same is inaccessible to Lessee.  Lessor shall not be liable for 
any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant, if any, of 
the building in which the Premises are located.

                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
NET                               -2-                           [illegible]
                                                                -----------

<PAGE>

9.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

    9.1  DEFINITIONS.

         (a)  "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or 
destruction to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is less 
than 50% of the then replacement cost of the Premises.  "Premises Building 
Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction to the building of 
which the Premises are a part to the extent that the cost of repair is less 
than 50% of the then replacement cost of such building as a whole.

         (b)  "Premises Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or 
destruction to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is 50% or 
more of the then replacement cost of the Premises.  "Premises Building Total 
Destruction" shall herein mean damage or destruction to the building of which 
the Premises are a part to the extent that the cost of repair is 50% or more 
of the then replacement cost of such building as a whole.

         (c)  "Insured Loss" shall herein mean damage or destruction which was
caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in
paragraph 8.

    9.2  PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS.  Subject to the provisions of 
paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease 
there is damage which is an Insured Loss and which falls into the 
classification of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial 
Damage, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage, but not 
Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements unless the same have 
become a part of the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 7.5 hereof as soon as 
reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  
Notwithstanding the above, if the Lessee is the insuring party, and if the 
insurance proceeds received by Lessor are not sufficient to effect such 
repair, Lessor shall give notice to Lessee of the amount required in addition 
to the insurance proceeds to effect such repair. Lessee shall contribute the 
required amount to Lessor within ten days after Lessee has received notice 
from Lessor of the shortage in the insurance.  When Lessee shall contribute 
such amount to Lessor, Lessor shall make such repairs as soon as reasonably 
possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  Lessee 
shall in no event have any right to reimbursement for any such amounts so 
contributed.

    9.3  PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS.  Subject to the provisions of 
Paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease 
there is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the 
classification of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial 
Damage, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event 
Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may at Lessor's 
option either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at 
Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and 
effect, or (ii) give written notice to  Lessee within thirty (30) days after 
the date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's intention to cancel and 
terminate this Lease, as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the 
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to cancel and 
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after 
the receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's 
intention to repair such damage at Lessee's expense, without reimbursement 
from Lessor, in  which event this Lease shall continue in full force and 
effect, and Lessee shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably 
possible. If Lessee does not give such notice within such 10-day period this 
Lease shall be canceled and terminated as of the date of the occurrence of 
such damage.

    9.4  TOTAL DESTRUCTION.  If at any time during the term of this Lease 
there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, (including destruction 
required by any authorized public authority), which falls into the 
classification of Premises Total Destruction or Premises Building Total 
Destruction, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such 
total destruction.

9.5  DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM.

         (a)  If at any time during the last one (1) year of the term of this
Lease there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, which falls within the
classification of Premises Partial Damage, Lessor may at Lessor's option cancel
and terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving
written notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to do so within 30 days after the
date of occurrence of such damage.

         (b)  Notwithstanding paragraph 9.5(a), in the event that Lessee has 
an option to extend or renew this Lease, and the time within which said 
option may be exercised has not yet expired, Lessee shall exercise such 
option, if it is to be exercised at all, no later than 20 days after the 
occurrence of an Insured Loss falling within the classification of Premises 
Partial Damage during the last six months of the term of this Lease.  If 
Lessee duly exercises such option during said 20 day period, then Lessor may 
at Lessor's option terminate and cancel this Lease as of the expiration of 
said 20 day period, then Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate and cancel 
this Lease as of the expiration of said 20 day period by giving written 
notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to do so within 10 days after the 
expiration of said 20 day period, notwithstanding any term or provision in 
the grant of option to the contrary.

    9.6  ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

         (a)  In the event of damage described in paragraphs 9.2 or 9.3, and
Lessor or Lessee repairs or restores the Premises pursuant to the provisions of
this Paragraph 9, the rent payable hereunder for the period during which such
damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the
degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired.  Except for abatement
of rent, if any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage
suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

         (b)  If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises 
under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence such repair 
or restoration within 90 days after such obligations shall accure, Lessee may 
at Lessee's option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Lessor written 
notice of Lessee's election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of 
such repair or restoration.  In such event this Lease shall terminate as of 
the date of such notice.

    9.7  TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS.  Upon termination of this Lease 
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made 
concerning advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. 
Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's security 
deposit as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor.

    9.8  WAIVER.  Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statutes which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10.  REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

    10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor the real property tax,
as defined in paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises during the term of this
Lease.  All such payments shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to the
delinquency date of such payment.   Lessee shall promptly furnish Lessor with
satisfactory evidence that such taxes have been paid.  If any such taxes paid by
Lessee shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration of the
term hereof, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be equitably prorated by
Lessor, to cover only the period of time within the tax fiscal year during which
this Lease shall be in effect, and Lessor shall reimburse Lessee to the extent
required.  If Lessee shall fail to pay any such taxes, Lessor shall have the
right to pay the same, in which case Lessee shall repay such amount to Lessor
with Lessee's next rent installment together with interest at the maximum rate
then allowable by law.

    10.2  DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAX" .  As used herein, the term "real 
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, 
general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial 
rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, 
personal income or estate taxes) imposed on the Premises by any authority 
having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or 
federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, 
drainage or other improvement district  thereof, as against any legal or 
equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or in the real property of which 
the Premises are a part, as against Lessor's right to rent or other income 
therefrom, and as against Lessor's business of leasing the Premises.  The 
term "real property tax" shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or 
charge (i) in substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy, 
assessment or charge hereinabove included within the definition of "real 
property tax,"  or (ii) the nature of which was hereinbefore included within 
the definition of "real property tax," or (iii) which is imposed for a 
service or right not charged prior to June 1, 1978, or, if previously 
charged, has been increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which is imposed as a 
result of a transfer, either partial or total, of Lessor's interest in the 
Premises or which is added to a tax or charge hereinbefore included within 
the definition of real property tax by reason of such transfer, or (v) which 
is imposed by reason of this transaction, any modifications or changes 
hereto, or any transfers hereof.

    10.3  JOINT ASSESSMENT.  If the Premises are not separately assessed, 
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the real property 
taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel 
assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective 
valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information 
as may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in 
good faith, shall be conclusive.

    10.4  PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.

         (a)  Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against
and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere.  When possible,
Lessee shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other
personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of
Lessor.
         (b)  If any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee
within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes
applicable to Lessee's property.

11.  UTILITIES.  Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, 
telephone and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together 
with any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not separately metered to 
Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor 
of all charges jointly metered with other premises.

                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
NET                               -3-                           [illegible]
                                                                -----------
<PAGE>

13. DEFAULT; REMEDIES.

    13.1 DEFAULTS. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events 
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:

         (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.

         (b) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other 
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such 
failure shall continue for a period of three days after written notice 
thereof from Lessor to Lessee.  In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a 
Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes 
such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by 
this subparagraph.

         (c) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the 
covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed 
by Lessee, other than described in paragraph (b) above, where such failure 
shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from 
Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's default 
is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then 
Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default if Lessee commenced such cure 
within said 30-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to 
completion.

         (d) (i) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or 
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a "debtor" as 
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101 any successor statute thereto (unless, in 
the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 
days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of 
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's 
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 
days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of 
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's 
interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days. 
Provided, however, in the event that any provision of this paragraph 13.1 (d) 
is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or 
effect.

         (e) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to 
Lessor by Lessee, any assignee of Lessee, any subtenant of Lessee, any 
successor in interest of Lessee or any guarantor of Lessee's obligation 
hereunder, and any of them, was materially false.

    13.2 REMEDIES. In the event of any such material default or breach by 
Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand 
and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which 
Lessor may have by reason of such default or breach:

         (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any 
lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall 
immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor.  In such event 
Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages incurred by 
Lessor by reason of Lessee's default including, but not limited to, the cost 
of recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting, including 
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney's 
fees, and any real estate commission actually paid; the worth at the time of 
award by the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the 
unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of such award exceeds 
the amount of such rental loss for the same period that Lessee proves could 
be reasonably avoided; that portion of the leasing commission paid by Lessor 
pursuant to Paragraph 15 applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.

         (b) Maintain Lessee's right to possession in which case this Lease
shall continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have abandoned the
Premises.  In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due hereunder.

         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor 
under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are 
located.  Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations 
of Lessee under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due 
at the maximum rate then allowable by law.

    13.3 DEFAULT BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor 
fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but 
in no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to 
Lessor and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the 
Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to 
Lessee in writing, specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such 
obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is 
such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Lessor 
shall not be in default if Lessor commences performance within such 30-day 
period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

    13.4 LATE CHARGES.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs
not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the
terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises.  Accordingly, if any
installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by
Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be
due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor a late charge equal to 4.5% of such overdue amount.  The parties hereby
agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the
costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.   Acceptance of
such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's
default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising
any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.  In the event that a
late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3)
consecutive installments of rent, then rent shall automatically become due and
payable quarterly in advance, rather than monthly, notwithstanding paragraph 4
or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary.

    13.5  IMPOUNDS.  In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, 
whether or not collected, for three (3) installments of rent or any other 
monetary obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, Lessee shall pay 
to Lessor, if Lessor shall so request, in addition to any other payments 
required under this Lease, a monthly advance installment, payable at the same 
time as the monthly rent, as estimated by Lessor, for real property tax and 
insurance expenses on the Premises which are payable by Lessee under the 
terms of this Lease.  Such fund shall be established to insure payment when 
due, before delinquency, of any or all such real property taxes and insurance 
premiums.  If the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee under the provisions of 
this paragraph are insufficient to discharge the obligations of Lessee to pay 
such real property taxes and insurance premiums as the same become due, 
Lessee shall pay to Lessor, upon Lessor's demand, such additional sums 
necessary to pay such obligations. All moneys paid to Lessor under this 
paragraph may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear 
interest.  In the event of a default in the obligations of Lessee to perform 
under this Lease, then any balance remaining from funds paid to Lessor under 
the provisions of this paragraph may, at the option of Lessor, be applied to 
the payment of any monetary default of Lessee in lieu of being applied to the 
payment of real property tax and insurance premiums.

14. CONDEMNATION.  If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the 
power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said 
power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall 
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority 
takes title or possession, whichever first occurs.  If more than 10% of the 
floor area of the building on the Premises, or more than 25% of the land area 
of the Premises which is not occupied by any building, is taken by 
condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing only 
within twenty (20) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice 
of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after 
the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as 
of the date the condemning authority takes such possession.  If Lessee does 
not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall 
remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, 
except that the rent shall be reduced in the proportion that the floor area 
of the building taken bears to the total floor area of the building situated 
on the Premises.  No reduction of rent shall occur if the only area taken is 
that which does not have a building located thereon. Any award for the taking 
of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any 
payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property 
of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in 
value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; 
provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any award for loss of or 
damage to Lessee's trade fixtures and removable personal property.  In the 
event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, 
Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received by Lessor in 
connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Premises caused 
by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed 
therefor by the condemning authority.  Lessee shall pay any amount in excess 
of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. BROKER'S FEE.

         (a) Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Lessor shall pay 
to Leonard & Ohren Licensed real estate broker(s), a fee as set forth in a 
separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), or in the event there 
is no separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), the sum of 
$219,931.20, for brokerage services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in 
this transaction.

         (c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but
also on behalf of any person, corporation, association, or other entity having
an ownership interest in said real property or any part thereof, when such fee
is due hereunder.  Any transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether
such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have
assumed Lessor's obligation under this Paragraph 15.  Said broker shall be a
third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15.

16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

         (a) Either party hereto shall at any time upon not less than twenty
(20) days' prior written notice from the other party execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing (i) certifying that this
Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the
nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is
in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent and other charges are
paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to such
party's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the other party
hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed.  Any such statement
may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of
the Premises.

         (b) At either party's option, the failure to deliver such statement
within such time shall be a material breach of this Lease or shall be


                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
                                  -4-                                LEB
                                                                -----------

<PAGE>

conclusive upon such party (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect,
without modification except as may be represented by the party, (ii) that there
are no uncured defaults in the other party's performance, and (iii) that not
more than one month's rent has been paid in advance or such failure may be
considered a default under this Lease.

         (c)  If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or
any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or purchaser
designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee as may be reasonably
required by such lender or purchaser.  Such statements shall include the past
three years' financial statements of Lessee.  All such financial statements
shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall
be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.  LESSOR'S LIABILITY.  The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only 
the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title or a lessee's 
interest in a ground lease of the Premises, and except as expressly provided 
in Paragraph 15, in the event of any transfer of such title or interest, 
Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers then the 
grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of all 
liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed, 
provided that any funds in the hands of Lessor or the then grantor at the 
time of such transfer, in which Lessee has an interest, shall be delivered to 
the grantee. The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by 
Lessor shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on Lessor's successors and 
assigns, only during their respective periods of ownership.

18.  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19.  INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Except as expressly herein provided, any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate
then allowable by law from the date due.  Payment of such interest shall not
excuse or cure any default by Lessee under this Lease, provided, however, that
interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any
amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.

20.  TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence.

21.  ADDITIONAL RENT.  Any monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.

22.  INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS; AMENDMENTS.  This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein.  No prior
agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee
hereby acknowledges that neither the real estate broker listed in Paragraph 15
hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction nor the Lessor or any
employees or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written
warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the condition or use by
Lessee of said Premises and Lessee acknowledges that Lessee assumes all
responsibility regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act, the legal use and
adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all applicable
laws and regulations in effect during the term of this Lease except as otherwise
specifically stated in this Lease.

23.  NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be 
in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified mail, and if 
given personally or by mail, shall be deemed sufficiently given if addressed 
to Lessee or to Lessor at the address noted below the signature of the 
respective parties, as the case may be.  Either party may by notice to the 
other specify a different address for notice purposes except that upon 
Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute 
Lessee's address for notice purposes.  A copy of all notices required or 
permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted 
to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time 
hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24.  WAIVERS.  No waiver by Lessor or any provision hereof shall be deemed a
waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Lessee of
the same or any other provision. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee.  The acceptance of rent hereunder
by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any
provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so
accepted, regardless of Lessor's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time
of acceptance of such rent.

25.  RECORDING.  Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver the other a "short form" memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes.

26.  HOLDING OVER.  If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of
the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, but all options and rights of
first refusal, if any, granted under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.

27.  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, whenever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.  Each provision of this Lease performable by
Lessee shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29.  BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment of subletting by Lessee and subject to the provisions of Paragraph
17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
wherein the Premises are located.

30.  SUBORDINATION.

         (a)  This Lease, at Lessor's option, shall be subordinate to any 
ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security 
now or hereafter placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a 
part and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all 
renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. 
Notwithstanding such subordination, Lessee's right to quiet possession of the 
Premises shall not be disturbed if Lessee is not in default and so long as 
Lessee shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of 
this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. 
If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease 
prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall 
give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease shall be deemed prior to 
such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated 
prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed or trust of ground 
lease or the date of recording thereof.

         (b)  Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate 
an attornment, a subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any 
mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be.  Lessee's 
failure to execute such documents within twenty (20) days after written 
demand shall constitute a material default by Lessee hereunder, or, at 
Lessor's option, Lessor shall execute such documents on behalf of Lessee as 
Lessee's attorney-in-fact.  Lessee does hereby make, constitute and 
irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee's attorney-in-fact and in Lessee's name, 
place and stead, to execute such documents in accordance with this paragraph 
30(b).

31.  ATTORNEY'S FEES.  If either party or the broker named herein brings an
action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing
party in any such action, on trial or appeal, shall be entitled to his
reasonable attorney's fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court.
The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the broker named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

32.  LESSOR'S ACCESS.  Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to 
enter the Premises at reasonable times and with reasonable notice for the 
purpose of inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers, 
lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or 
additions to the Premises or to the building of which they are a part as 
Lessor may deem necessary or desirable.  Lessor may at any time place on or 
about the Premises any ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time 
during the last 120 days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises 
any ordinary "For Lease" signs, all without rebate of rent or liability to 
Lessee.

33.  AUCTIONS.  Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either 
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first 
having obtained Lessor's prior written consent.  Notwithstanding anything to 
the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any 
standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34.  SIGNS.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without 
Lessor's prior written consent.

35.  MERGER.  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a 
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a 
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing 
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to 
Lessor of any or all of such subtenancies.

36.  CONSENTS.  Except for paragraph 33 hereof, wherever in this Lease the
consent of one party is required to an act of the other party such consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

37.  GUARANTOR.  In the event that there is a guarantor of this Lease, said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38.  QUIET POSSESSION.  Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and
observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on
Lessee's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease.  The individuals executing this Lease on behalf of
Lessor represent and warrant to Lessee that they are fully authorized and
legally capable of executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such
execution is binding upon all parties holding an ownership interest in the
Premises.

39.  OPTIONS.

    39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this paragraph the word "Options" has the 
following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease 
to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other 
property of Lessor; (2) the option or right of first refusal to lease the 
Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of 
first refusal to lease other property of Lessor or the right of first offer 
to lease other property of Lessor; (3) the right or option to purchase the 
Premises, or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises, or the 
right of first offer to purchase the Premises or the right or option to 
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to purchase 
other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to purchase other 
property of Lessor.

                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
                                  -5-                                LEB
                                                                -----------

<PAGE>

    39.2  OPTIONS PERSONAL.  The Options herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

    39.3  MULTIPLE OPTIONS.  In the event that Lessee has any multiple options
to extend or renew this Lease a later option cannot be exercised unless the
prior option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

    39.4  EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

         (a)  Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, 
notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) 
during the time commencing from the date Lessor gives to Lessee a notice of 
default pursuant to paragraph 13.1(b) or 13.1(c) and continuing until the 
default alleged in said notice of default is cured, or (ii) during the period 
of time commencing on the day after a monetary obligation to Lessor is due 
from Lessee and unpaid (without any necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) 
continuing until the obligation is paid, or (iii) at any time after an event 
of default described in paragraphs 13.1(a), 13.1(d), or 13.1(e) (without any 
necessity of Lessor to give notice of such default to Lessee), or (iv) in the 
event that Lessor has given to Lessee three or more notices of default under 
paragraph 13.1(b), where a late charge has become payable under paragraph 
13.4 for each of such defaults, or paragraph 13.1(c), whether or not the 
defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the time that Lessee 
intends to exercise the subject Option.

         (b)  The period of time within which an Option may be exercised 
shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise 
an Option because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).

         (c)  All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall 
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due 
and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the 
term of this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation 
of Lessee for a period of 30 days after such obligation becomes due (without 
any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessee 
fails to commence to cure a default specified in paragraph 13.1(c) within 30 
days after the date that Lessor gives notice to Lessee of such default and/or 
Lessee fails thereafter to diligently prosecute said cure to completion , or 
(iii) Lessee commits a default described in paragraph 13.1(a), 13.1(d) or 
13.1(e) (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice of such default to 
Lessee), or (iv) Lessor gives to Lessee three or more notices of default 
under paragraph 13.1(b), where a late charge becomes payable under paragraph 
13.4 for each such default, or paragraph 13.1(c), whether or not the defaults 
are cured.

40.  MULTIPLE TENANT BUILDING.  In the event that the Premises are part of a
larger building or group of buildings then Lessee agrees that it will abide by,
keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from
time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the building
and grounds, the parking of vehicles and the preservation of good order therein
as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the building.
The violations of any such rules and regulations shall be deemed a material
breach of this Lease by Lessee.

41.  SECURITY MEASURES.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties.

42.  EASEMENTS.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to 
grant such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or 
desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so 
long as such easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do not 
unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee shall 
sign any of the aforementioned documents upon request of Lessor and failure 
to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

43.  PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part
of said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum.  If it shall be
adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum
or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.

44.  AUTHORITY.  If Lessee is a corporation, trust, or general or limited 
partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity 
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and 
deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity.  If Lessee is a corporation, 
trust or partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after execution 
of this Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to 
Lessor.

45.  CONFLICT.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and 
the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the 
typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46.  INSURING PARTY.  The insuring party under this lease shall be the Lessor.

47.  ADDENDUM.  Attached hereto is an addendum or addenda containing 
paragraphs 48 through 54 which constitutes a part of this Lease.

See attached Exhibit A - Legal Description
             Exhibit B - Building Floor Plan
             Exhibit C - Work Letter





LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND
EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

    IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO
    YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS
    MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL
    ESTATE BROKER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL
    EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION RELATING
    THERETO. THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL
    COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS LEASE AT THE PLACE ON THE DATES SPECIFIED
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE SIGNATURES.

Executed at El Segundo, California         Continental Development Corporation
         -------------------------------   -------------------------------------

on                                         By /s/ Richard C. Lundquist
  ---------------------------------        ------------------------------------
                                            Richard C. Lundquist, President

Address 2041 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 265   By /s/ Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr.
        --------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                           Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr., Secretary

- ---------------------------------------       "LESSOR" (Corporate Seal)

Executed at El Segundo, California         Tri-Star Electronics, Inc. and
            ----------------------------   Cory Components Incorporated
                                           -------------------------------------

on                                         By /s/ Neal J. Castleman
   -------------------------------------      ----------------------------------
                                               Neal J. Castleman,
                                               President of Tri-Star Electronics

Address    2201 Rosecrans Avenue           By /s/ Neal J. Castleman
        --------------------------------      ----------------------------------
                                              Neal J. Castleman,
                                              Chairman of Cory Components

- ----------------------------------------          "LESSEE" (Corporate seal)


For these forms write or call the American Industrial Real Estate Association,
345 South Figueroa St., M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071 (213)687-8777

- -C- 1980--By American Industrial Real Estate Association. All rights 
reserved. No part of these words may be reproduced in any form without 
permission in writing.

<PAGE>

PARCEL A:

The surface and all rights above the subsurface and that portion of the
subsurface lying above a depth of 500.00 feet measured vertically from the
surface of that portion of Parcel 2, in the city of El Segundo, in the county of
Los Angeles, state of California, as shown on a record of survey filed in Book
77 pages 51 and 52 of Record of Surveys, in the office of the County Recorder of
said county, described as follows:

Beginning at the intersection of the westerly line of said Parcel 2, with a 
line that is parallel with and distant northerly 30.00 feet measured at right 
angles from the most southerly line of said Parcel 2; thence along said 
parallel line, South 89DEG.57'34" East 250.00 feet to the easterly line of 
said Parcel 2; thence along said easterly line, North 0DEG.00'04" West 405.00 
feet to the westerly terminus of that certain course in the southerly 
boundary of said Parcel 2, shown on the map of said Record of Survey as 
having a bearing and length of North 89DEG.57'34" West 400.00 feet; thence 
along the westerly prolongation of said last-mentioned certain course, North 
89DEG57'34" West 250.00 feet to the westerly line of said Parcel 2; thence 
along said westerly line South 0DEG.00'04" East 405.00 feet to the point of 
beginning.

Except from the southerly 13.5 feet of said land, all oil, gas, asphaltum and 
other hydrocarbons and other minerals that may be produced from said land, 
provided, however, that the surface of said property shall never be used for 
the exploration, development, extraction, removal or storage of said oil, 
gas, asphaltum or other hydrocarbons and other minerals and provided further 
that the exercise of such excepted and reserved rights shall be conducted in 
such a manner as not to interfere with or endanger the use of the surface of 
said property, as reserved by Standard Oil Company of California, a 
corporation, in deed recorded April 22, 1939, in Book D-441 Page 942, 
Official Records.

Lessor reserves unto itself, its successors, assigns and designated lessees, a
non-exclusive right of vehicular and pedestrian access to, upon and over the
westerly 22.00 feet of the above described land.

PARCEL B:

A non-exclusive easement appurtenant to said Parcel A for vehicular and
pedestrian access to and from said Parcel A in, to, upon and over those portions
of Parcels 1, 2 and 3, in the city of El Segundo, Count of Los Angeles, state of
California, as shown on Parcel Map No. 8721 filed in Book 107, Page 2 of Parcel
Maps in the office of the County Recorder of said county, TOGETHER with that
portion of the southeast quarter of Section 18, T. 3 S., R. 14W., in said city,
county and state, as shown on map of subdivision of part of the Sausal Redondo
Rancho, filed in Superior Court Case No. 11629 of the state of California in and
for the county of Los Angeles, included within a strip of land 38.00 feet wide,
lying 16.00 feet westerly and 22.00 feet easterly of the easterly line of said
Parcels 1, 2 and 3; excepting therefrom that portion of said 38.00-foot-wide
strip of land lying within said Parcel A. Said Parcel B lies within, and is a
portion of, the private street known as Continental Way.


                                     EXHIBIT "A"

<PAGE>

                                   [MAP/BLUEPRINT]

                                  PARKING STRUCTURE

                                  -----------------

                                 2201 ROSECRANS AVE.
                                 TWO FLOORS
                                 81,300 sq. ft.

                                                          SEPT. 19, 1989

                                      EXHIBIT B
<PAGE>

                         WORK LETTER TO STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Dated:  September 19, 1989

By and between:  Continental Development Corporation, Lessor, and Tri-Star
Electronics, Inc., Lessee

Except for the work to be performed according to Lessee's plans and 
specifications (Specs), the tenant improvements in the Premises shall be 
constructed in accordance with Lessor's building standard improvements using 
building standard materials at Lessor's cost. All work to be performed in 
accordance with Lessee's Specs shall be performed by Lessors at Lessee's 
expense. In addition to the cost of Lessee's work performed in accordance 
with Lessee's Specs, Lessee shall pay Lessor 10% of the total cost of such 
work as administrative overhead and an additional 5% of the sum of such work 
and administrative overhead as a reasonable profit.

1.  Partitions

All existing partitions except bathrooms, stairwells and air chambers to be 
removed. All new partitions installed in accordance with the Specs shall be 
at the sole cost of the Lessee.

2. Wall Surfaces

All bathrooms, stairwells, air chambers and perimeter walls to be painted 
with Zolatone paint of Lessee's choice. Patch as necessary.

3.  Wall Coverings

N/A

4.  Carpeting & Flooring

Lessor shall install:  (1) 7,000 square feet of Stonehard Composition 
flooring in a location to be specified by Lessee in the Specs; (2) 10,000 
square feet of carpet, the cost of which shall not exceed $20/yard installed 
(inclusive of padding and other materials necessary to install) on the 2nd 
floor of the Premises; Lessee shall specify location;  (3) building standard 
vinyl tile with graphic motif using uncut tiles throughout balance of the 1st 
and 2nd floors of the Premises; (4) building standard vinyl cove baseboard 
on perimeter, bathroom, stairwell and air chamber walls by Lessor.  All other 
vinyl cove baseboard at expense of Lessee.

5.  Doors

Remove all doors coincidental with the demolition of interior partitions
described above in item 1.  All existing doors that are not removed (bathrooms,
janitor closets, stairwells, entrance and exit doors) to be refurbished. All new
doors installed in new partitions according to Lessee's Specs shall be at
Lessee's expense.

6.  Electrical and Telephone Outlets

All existing perimeter wall outlets shall remain as is.  Any additional such
outlets shall be installed per Code.  All outlets in all removed partitions
shall be disconnected at the junction box by Lessor.  Any and all new outlets
and all electrical power required by Lessee for the installation of Lessees
pre-fab type office systems, and industrial equipment shall be constructed by
Lessor in a "roughed-out" condition ready for final hook-up to said office
systems and industrial equipment at Lessee's  expense.

7.  Ceiling

To be removed and replaced with new 2'x2' acoustic tile building standard
ceiling throughout.  Drywall ceilings shall be repainted.  Any reconfiguration
required by Lessee's Specs shall be at Lessee's expense (including diagonal
orientation).  As Lessee does not require a ceiling for the 1st floor, Lessor's
savings therefrom shall be applied against Lessee's cost to adequately ventilate
and light the 1st floor area and against Lessee's remodel of all the building
restrooms.

8.  Lighting

Furnish and install new fixtures and lenses throughout to achieve a building
standard open area reflected ceiling plan which shall be one 2'x2' fixture per
code requirement.  Any additional fixtures or fixtures of a grade higher than
building standard required by Lessee's Specs shall be at Lessee's expense, and
Lessee shall receive a credit for the standard fixtures not used.

9.  Heating and Air Conditioning Ducts

Registers and grills to be refurbished to like-new condition or replaced with
new. Reinstall to pattern per building standard open area reflected ceiling
plan. Any additional ducting or zoning required by Lessee's Specs shall be at
Lessee's expense.

10.  Miscellaneous

Lessor shall construct or install as may be required by the Specs a lunch room
lineup with required utility connections and mechanical work; a nitrogen tank
(all above ground); a tank enclosure (approximately 8'x10') installed in the
parking structure for the building all at the sole expense of Lessee.  Lessor to
provide watertight roof and new visual block screen at roof; repaint entry
loading ramp and entrance; furnish and install a roll-up utility door in
exterior wall approximately 9' wide x 10' high.

11.  Plumbing

Detail type cleaning throughout all bathrooms. Convert one men's facility to 
a women's facility, changing urinals to water closets, and bring bathrooms 
into compliance with Title 24 Accessibility Requirements, (handicapped) 
including changing fixtures as necessary for compliance. Replacement of all 
faucets, knobs and any cracked or damaged fixtures and tile. Repaint all 
metal partitions. Add one executive building standard bathroom including 
shower stall. The existing fire sprinkler system shall be modified to comply 
with the applicable Building and Fire Safety Codes. Any reconfiguration 
required by Lessee's Specs shall at Lessee's expense.

                                                      Initials: [illegible]
                                                                -----------
                             FULL SERVICE - GROSS               [illegible]
                                                                -----------

                                      EXHIBIT C

                                  PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

<PAGE>

12.  Entrance Doors
         N/A

13.  Completion of Improvements

     At the Lessee's expense, Lessor shall construct and complete the 
     improvements to the Premises in accordance with the Specs provided to 
     Lessor by Lessee.  Said Specs are to be provided to Lessor by November 1,
     1989, in order to permit Lessor sufficient time to complete such 
     improvements by March 1, 1990. These improvements shall be of building 
     standard type materials readily available in the area in which the 
     Premises are located and shall require no unreasonable lead times for 
     procurement. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3.2 of the 
     Lease, if Lessee fails to provide said Specs by such date and such 
     failure results in the Lessor's inability to complete said improvements 
     by March 1, 1990 without extraordinary efforts, such events shall not 
     cause a delay in the commencement of the Lease nor a delay in the 
     commencement of the accrual of rent.

16.  Completion

    16.1  Lessor shall obtain a building permit to construct the improvements
as soon as possible.

    16.2  Lessor shall complete the construction of the improvements as soon as
reasonably possible after the obtaining of necessary building permits.

    16.3  The term "Completion," as used in this Work Letter, is hereby 
defined to mean the date the building department of the municipality having 
jurisdiction of the Premises shall have made a final inspection of the 
improvements and authorized a final release of restrictions on the use of 
public utilities in connection therewith and the same are in a broom-clean 
condition.

    16.4  Lessor shall use its best efforts to achieve Completion of the
Improvements on or before the Commencement Date set forth in paragraph 1.5 of
the Basic Lease Provisions or within one hundred eighty (180) days after Lessor
obtains the building permit from the applicable building department, whichever
is later.

    16.5  In the event that the improvements or any portion thereof have not
reached Completion by the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be invalid,
but rather Lessor shall complete the same as soon thereafter as is possible and
Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for damages in any respect whatsoever.

    16.6  If Lessor shall be delayed at any time in the progress of the
construction of the improvements or any portion thereof by extra work, changes
in construction ordered by Lessee, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, delay in
transportation, unavoidable casualties, rain or weather conditions,
governmental procedures or delay, or by any other cause beyond Lessor's control,
then the Commercial Date established in paragraph 1.5 of the Lease shall be
extended by the period of such delay.

17.  Term

    Upon Completion of the improvements as defined in paragraph 16.3, above, 
Lessor and Lessee shall execute an amendment to the Lease setting forth the 
date of Tender of Possession as defined in paragraph 3.2.1 or the Lease or of 
actual taking of possession, whichever first occurs, as the Commencement Date 
of this Lease.

18.  Work Done by Lessee

    Any work done by Lessee shall be done only with Lessor's prior written 
consent and in conformity with a valid building permit and all applicable 
rules, regulations, laws and ordinances, and be done in a good and 
workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. All work shall be done 
only with union labor and only by contractors approved by Lessor, it being 
understood that all plumbing, mechanical, electrical wiring and ceiling work 
are to be done only by contractors designated by Lessor.

19.  Taking of Possession of Premises

    Lessor shall notify Lessee of the Estimated Completion Date at least ten
(10) days before said date.  Lessee shall thereafter have the right to enter the
Premises to commence construction of any improvements Lessee is to construct and
to equip and fixturize the Premises, as long as such entry does not interfere
with Lessor's work.  Lessee shall take possession of the Premises upon the
tender thereof as provided in paragraph 3.2.1 of the Lease to which this Work
Letter is attached.  Any entry by Lessee of the Premises under this paragraph
shall be under all of the terms and provisions of the Lease to which this Work
Letter is attached.

20.  Acceptance of Premises

    Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of any items that Lessee deems
incomplete or incorrect in order for the Premises to be acceptable to Lessee
within ten (10) days following Tender of Possession as set forth in paragraph
3.2.1 of the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached.  Lessee shall be
deemed to have accepted the Premises and approved construction if Lessee does
not deliver such a list to Lessor within said number of days.

21.  Payment

    Lessee shall pay Lessor for work done hereunder on a monthly basis, within
10 days of the presentation of the invoice.  Failure to pay within said period
shall result in a cessation of work by Lessor but shall not alter the
commencement date of the Lease or the accrual of rent.


                                                      Initials:
                                                                -----------
                             FULL SERVICE - GROSS               [illegible]
                                                                -----------

                                      EXHIBIT C

                                  PAGE 2 OF 2 PAGES

<PAGE>


                                    LEASE ADDENDUM


This Addendum is dated this 15th day of September 1989 and shall be operative as
of this date unless otherwise stated herein.  It is intended to supplement that
certain lease by and between Continental Development Corporation (Lessor) and
Tri-Star Electronics, Inc., a California corporation, and Cory Components,
Incorporated, a California  corporation, (Lessee) dated the 15th day of
September 1989 (the Lease).  Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to the matters
hereinafter set forth.  This Addendum shall be attached to the Lease and shall
incorporate all relevant terms of the Lease as if set forth verbatim.  If there
are any conflicts between this Addendum and any provisions of the Lease, the
Addendum shall be controlling as to matters specifically set forth herein.  As
to matters not specifically set forth herein, the Lease shall be controlling.

The following paragraphs are hereby added to the Lease as if set forth therein:

48.  HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

    48.1  Definitions.

    The term "Hazardous Substances," as used in this Lease, shall include,
without limitation, flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), chemicals known to cause cancer or
reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic
substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, and any
material or substance which is (i) defined as a "hazardous waste," "extremely
hazardous waste" or "restricted hazardous waste" under Sections 25115, 25117 or
15122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and
Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii)
defined as a "hazardous substance" under Section 25316 of the California Health
and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous
Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a "hazardous material," "hazardous
substance," or "hazardous waste" under Section 25501 of the California Health
and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response
Plans and Inventory),  (iv) defined as a "hazardous substance" under Section
25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7
(Underground Storage of Hazardous Substance), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos,
(vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous
pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code,
Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a "hazardous substance" pursuant to
Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 33 U.S.C. 1317, (ix)
defined as a "hazardous waste" pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. 42 U.S.C. 6903, or (x)
defined as a "hazardous substance" pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.
and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulations
now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority.

    48.2  Lessee's Restrictions.

    Lessee shall not cause or permit to occur:

    (a)  Any violation of any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, or
regulations now or hereafter enacted, related to environmental conditions on,
under, or about the Premises, or arising from Lessee's use or occupancy of the
Premises, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions; or

                                          1

<PAGE>

    (b)  In the event Lessee proposes to alter in any manner its current use,
generation, release. manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage, or
disposal of any Hazardous Substance on, under, or about the Premises, or the
transportation to or from the Premises of any Hazardous Substance, Lessee shall
first obtain written consent of Lessor. Lessee shall remove all Hazardous
Substances generated by Lessee's activities on the Premises in a manner which
complies with all Laws.

    48.3  Environmental Clean-up.

    (a)  Lessee shall, at Lessee's own expense, comply with all laws regulating
the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous
Substances (Laws).

    (b)  Lessee shall, at Lessee's own expense, make all submissions to,
provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of all
governmental authorities (the "Authorities") under the Laws.

    (c)  Lessee shall provide Lessor, at least annually, with copies of all
required licenses, permits, or other forms of compliance with all Laws as are
required by Authorities.

    (d)  Should any Authority or any third party demand that a cleanup plan be
prepared and that a clean-up be undertaken because of any deposit, spill,
discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the term
of this Lease, at or from the Premises, or which arises at any time from
Lessee's use or occupancy of the Premises, then Lessee shall, at Lessee's own
expense, prepare and submit the required plans and all related bonds and other
financial assurances; and Lessee shall carry out all such cleanup plans.

    (e)  Lessee shall promptly provide all information regarding the use,
generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances that is
reasonably requested by Owner.  If Lessee fails to fulfill any duty imposed
under this paragraph within a reasonable time, Lessor may do so; and in such
case, Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor in order to prepare all documents
Lessor deems necessary or appropriate to determine the applicability of the Laws
to the Premises and Lessee's use thereof, and for compliance therewith, and
Lessee shall execute all documents promptly upon Lessor's request.  No such
action by Lessor and no attempt made by Lessor to mitigate damages under any Law
shall constitute a waiver of any of Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph.

    (f)  Lessee shall pay the full cost of any clean-up work performed on or
about the Premises as required by any such governmental authority in order to
remove, neutralize or otherwise treat materials of any type whatsoever directly
or indirectly placed by Lessee or its agents, employees or contractors on or
about the Premises or the land under or about the Premises.

    (g)  At the end of the Lease term or any extension, Lessee shall surrender
the Premises in a good and clean condition, normal wear and tear excepted, ready
for occupancy by any subsequent tenant.  Should Lessee fail to so surrender at
the end of such term then and in that event Lessee shall be deemed a Holdover
pursuant to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 26 of the Lease.

    (h)  Lessee's obligations and liabilities under this Paragraph shall
survive the expiration of this Lease.

    48.4  Disclosure of Violations.

    Lessee shall, within five (5) days of the occurrence thereof, notify Lessor
in writing of any violation, citation, report, notice, or any other form of
communication from any


                                          2

<PAGE>

governmental authority regarding non-compliance with any and all Laws.
Furthermore, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Lease, Lessee
shall provide to Lessor, at least five (5) days prior to the commencement
hereof, a written certification, signed by an authorized officer of Lessee,
setting forth, in detail, Lessee's record with regard to compliance with all
Laws.

    48.5  Lessee's Indemnity.

    (a)  Lessee shall release, indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless
Lessor, the manager of the property, and their respective officers, directors,
beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, agents, and employees from all fines,
suits, procedures, claims, and actions of every kind from or by any third party
or governmental authority, and all costs associated therewith (including
attorneys' and consultants' fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way
connected with any residue, deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of
Hazardous Substances that occurs during the term of this Lease, at or from the
Premises, or from Lessee's failure to provide all information, make all
submissions, and take all steps required by all Authorities under the Laws and
all other environmental laws.

    (b)  Lessee's obligations and liabilities under this Paragraph shall
survive the expiration of this Lease.

49.  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

    49.1  The Lessor shall contract for and manage the maintenance and repair
of the building's HVAC System, the roof, the parking structure, the exterior
lighting of the building, and all landscaping or hard surface areas of the
Premises (Maintenance and Management Services).

    The Lessee shall pay monthly, as additional rent, an estimate of the cost
of such Maintenance and Management Services.  At the end of each calendar year
the actual cost of the Maintenance and Management Services for the preceding
year shall be calculated.  If the actual maintenance costs exceed the estimated
payment, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the full amount of such shortfall in
addition to the monthly rental due. If the estimated payment is in excess of the
actual costs, Lessor shall credit such overpayment to Lessee's next occurring
rental obligation.  The estimated payment for the then current calendar year
shall be adjusted to approximate the average monthly cost for the previous
year's expenses.

    The monthly costs of Maintenance and Management Services for the calendar
year 1990 shall be based on the following estimates:

Building Insurance                                                     200
Parking structure sweeping service                                     300
HVAC maintenance service contract                                      522
HVAC repair estimate                                                   500
Landscape                                                              393
Building exterior/parking structure lights/fixtures                    267
Maintenance department allocation (2% of total allocation)             500
Property management allocation (2% of total allocation)                360
                                                                     -----
TOTAL monthly estimate                                               $3042

    49.2  The buildings in Continental Park are painted every five years.  The
Premises are scheduled to be painted in years three  (3) and Eight (8) during
the lease term.

50.  OPTIONS TO EXTEND.

    50.1  Lessee shall have one (1) five-year option to extend the term of this
Lease (Extension Option).  Lessee shall be required to give Lessor written
notice of its election to


                                          3

<PAGE>

exercise the Extension Option at least one (1) year prior to the commencement of
the term of the Extension Option.

    50.2  In the Event Lessee elects to exercise the Extension Option, the Base
Rent during the Option term shall be Ninety-Five Percent (95%) of the then fair
market Base Rent (New Base Rent) for comparable vacant space in Continental Park
(Park), taking into account the Commencement Date of the Option term, the terms
and conditions of the lease form that Lessor is then using in the Park,
including periodic automatic increases in Base Rent, if any, but not less than
the Base Rent payable during the last month of the term preceding the term of
the Extension Option in question. Should there be no comparable vacant space in
the Park.  The term fair market Base Rent shall mean the Base Rent for that
space which would be paid by a willing Lessee to a willing Lessor, neither of
whom is compelled to rent, for a term of five years, disregarding such
inducements as free rent, free parking, over-standard lessee improvements, and
Lessor's assumption of existing leases.

51.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

    51.1  Consent Required

    (a) Lessee shall not assign or transfer this Lease, or any interest
therein, and shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or
privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person (the invitees, agents
and servants of Lessee excepted ) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion
thereof, or agree to any of the foregoing, without in each case first obtaining
the written consent of Lessor, in accordance with subsection (a), below.
Neither this Lease nor any interest therein shall be assignable as to the
interest of Lessee by operation of law, without the written consent of Lessor.
Lessee shall not pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease, or any interest
therein, without in each case first obtaining the written consent of Lessor,
which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld.  Any such assignment,
transfer, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance sublease or occupation of, or the
use of the Premises by any other person without such consent, shall be void and
shall make this Lease voidable at the option of Lessor.  Any consent to any
assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, sublease or occupation
or use of the Premises by any other person which may be given by Lessor shall
not constitute a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this Section or a
release of Lessee from the full performance by it of the covenants herein
contained.

    (b)  If Lessee desires at any time to assign this Lease or sublet all or
any portion of the Premises, Lessee shall first notify Lessor at least sixty
(60) days prior to the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease, in
writing, of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Lessor (1) the
name of the proposed sub-tenant or assignee, (2) the nature of the proposed
sub-tenant's or assignee's business to be carried on in the Premises, (3) the
terms and conditions of the proposed sublease or assignment and (4) financial
statements for the two most recent completed fiscal years of the proposed
sub-tenant or assignee, and a bank reference.  Thereafter, Lessee shall furnish
such supplemental information as Lessor may reasonably request concerning the
proposed sub-tenant or assignee.  At any time within (15) days after Lessor's
receipt of the information specified above, Lessor may by written notice to
Lessee elect to (1)  consent to the sublease or assignment, or (2) reasonably
disapprove of the sublease or assignment, setting forth in writing Lessor's
grounds for doing so.  Such grounds may include, without limitation, a material
increase in the impact upon the Building Services and common areas of the
Building or the parking facilities, a material increase in the demands upon
utilities and services supplied by Lessor, a possible material adverse effect
upon the reputation of the Building from the nature of the business to be
conducted, or a reputation for financial reliability on the

                                          4

<PAGE>

part of the proposed sub-tenant or assignee which is unsatisfactory in the
reasonable judgment of Lessor.  If Lessor consents to the sublease or assignment
within the fifteen (15) day period, Lessee may thereafter enter into such
assignment or sublease of the Premises, or a portion thereof, upon the terms and
conditions and as of the effective date set forth in the information furnished
by Lessee to Lessor.

    51.2  Applicable Terms and Conditions

    (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, no assignment or subletting shall
release Lessee of Lessee's obligations hereunder or alter the primary liability
of Lessee to pay the rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder including Lessee's
Share of Operating Expense Increase, and to perform all other obligations to be
performed by Lessee hereunder.

    (b)  Lessor may accept rent from any person other than Lessee pending
approval or disapproval of such assignment.

    (c)  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment or
subletting, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of
Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the breach of any of the terms or
conditions of this paragraph 51 or this Lease.

    (d) If Lessee's obligations under this Lease have been guaranteed by
third parties, then an assignment or sublease and Lessor's consent thereto shall
not be effective unless said guarantors give their written consent to such
sublease and the terms thereof.

    (e)  The consent by Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee.
However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the
sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or
anyone else liable on the Lease or sublease and without obtaining their consent
and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease
or said sublease; however, such persons shall not be responsible to the extent
any such amendment or modification enlarges or increases the obligations of the
Lessee or sublessee under this Lease or such sublease.

    (f)  In the event of any default under this Lease, Lessor may proceed
directly against Lessee, any guarantors or any one else responsible for the
performance of this Lease, including the sublessee, without first exhausting
Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to
Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.

    (g)  Lessor's written consent to any assignment or subletting of the
Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default then
exists under this Lease of the obligations to be performed by Lessee nor shall
such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing default, except as may be
otherwise stated by Lessor at the time.

    (h) The discovery of a material fact that any financial statement relied
upon by Lessor in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was false
shall, at Lessor's election, render Lessor's said consent null and void.

    51.3    Additional Applicable Terms and Conditions

    Regardless of Lessor's consent, the following terms and conditions shall
apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall
be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly
incorporated therein:


                                          5

<PAGE>

    (a)  Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest
in all rentals and income arising from any sublease heretofore or hereafter made
by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and income and apply same toward
Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a default
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor
shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor
nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee be deemed liable
to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of
Lessee's obligations to such sublessee under such sublease.  Lessee hereby
irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written
notice from Lessor stating that a default exists in the performance of Lessee's
obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents due and to become due
under the sublease.  Lessee agrees that such sublessee shall have the right to
rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor, and that such sublessee
shall pay such rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to
whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from
Lessee to the contrary.  Lessee shall have no right or claim against said
sublessee or Lessor for any such rents so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

    (b)  No sublease entered into by Lessee shall be effective unless and until
it has been approved in writing by Lessor. Any sublease shall, by reason of
entering into a sublease under this Lease, be deemed, for the benefit of Lessor,
to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every obligation
herein to be performed by Lessee other than such obligations as are contrary to
or inconsistent with provisions contained in a sublease to which Lessor has
expressly consented in writing.

    (c)  In the event Lessee shall default in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease, Lessor at its option and without any obligation to
do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor
shall undertake the obligations of Lessee under such sublease from the time of
the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided,
however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit
paid by such sublessee to Lessee or for any other prior defaults of Lessee under
such sublease.

    (d)  No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

    (e)  Each permitted assignee, transferee or sublessee, other than Lessor,
shall assume and be deemed to have assumed this Lease and shall be and remain
liable jointly and severally with Lessee for the payment of the rent and for the
due performance or satisfaction of all of the provisions, covenants, conditions
and agreements herein contained on Lessee's part to be performed or satisfied.
No permitted assignment shall be binding on Lessor unless such assignee or
Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a counterpart of such assignment which contains a
covenant of assumption by the assignee, but the failure or refusal of the
assignee to execute such instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge
the assignee from its liability as set forth above.

    (f)  If Lessee is a partnership, a transfer of any interest of a general
partner, a withdrawal of any general partner from the partnership, or the
dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed to be an assignment of this
Lease.

    (g)  If Lessee is a corporation, unless Lessee is a public corporation,
viz, whose stock is regularly traded on a national stock exchange, or is
regularly traded in the over-the-counter market and quoted on NASDAQ, any
dissolution, merger,


                                          6

<PAGE>

consolidation or other reorganization of Lessee or sale or other transfer of a
percentage of capital stock of Lessee which results in a change of controlling
persons, or the sale or other transfer of substantially all of the assets of
Lessee, shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease.  Understanding the
foregoing, Lessee shall be permitted to assign this Lease without Lessor's prior
written consent (or the payment of any fee)  to AVX Corporation so long as
Lessee gives Lessor written notice ten (10) days after such assignment has
occurred.


    (h)  Any notice by Lessee to Lessor pursuant to Section 51.1(b) of a
proposed assignment or subletting shall be accompanied by a payment of One
Thousand Dollars ($1000) as a fee for Lessor's time and the processing of
Lessee's request for Lessor's consent. Should Lessor approve any such assignment
or sublease, said $1000 shall be non-refundable.  If Lessor disapproves any such
assignment or sublease, Lessor shall refund only that portion of the $1000 which
is not used to cover Lessor's General and Administrative costs and other
expenses attributable to processing Lessee's proposal of assignment or sublease.

    51.4.  Involuntary Assignment and Bankruptcy

    (a)  In the event this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant
to provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 USC S101, et seq., (the "Bankruptcy
Code"), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be
delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to
Lessor, shall remain the exclusive property of Lessor, and shall not constitute
property of Lessee or of the estate of Lessee within the meaning of the
Bankruptcy Code.  Any and all monies or other consideration constituting
Lessor's property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Lessor
shall be held in trust for the benefit of Lessor and be promptly paid to or
turned over to Lessor.

    (b)  If Lessee, pursuant to this Lease, proposed to assign the same
pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, to any person or entity who
shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease on terms
acceptable to Lessee, then notice of the proposed assignment setting forth (i)
the name and address of such person, (ii) all of the terms and conditions of
such offer, and (iii) the assurances referred to in Section 365(b)(3) of the
Bankruptcy Code, shall be given to the Lessor by the Lessee no later than twenty
(20) days after receipt of such offer by the Lessee, but in any event no later
than ten (10) days prior to the date that Lessee shall make application to a
court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such
assignment and assumption, to be exercised by notice to the Lessee given at any
time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an
assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same
consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any
brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid
such person for the assignment of this Lease.

    (c)  Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed without further act or deed to
have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on or after the
date of such assignment.  Any such assignee shall, upon demand, execute and
deliver to Lessor an instrument confirming such assumption.

    (d) Lessor may consider the adequacy of a security deposit and the net
worth and other financial elements of the proposed assignee in determining
whether or not the proposed assignee has furnished Lessor with adequate
assurances of its ability to perform the obligations of this Lease.


                                          7

<PAGE>

    (e)  In the event Lessor rejects the proposed assignee, the rights and
obligations of the parties hereto shall continue to be governed by the terms of
this Lease, and Lessee shall have all the rights of a tenant under applicable
California law.

52.  PARKING

    52.1  Lessee shall have the right to park 250 cars in the parking structure
which is attached to the Premises.  The 250 spaces will be assigned to the
several levels of the parking structure as follows: 13 spaces shall be on the
first (lower) level against the south (or Building) wall, 35 spaces shall be on
the second level adjacent to the Building entrance, the remaining spaces shall
be located on the third level (98 spaces) and the fourth level (104 spaces).

    52.2  Unless specifically stated otherwise, any and all parking rights
and/or privileges granted to Lessee hereby shall only be enforceable by Lessee
or Lessor for Lessee's benefit during Lessee's regular hours of business if
specified.  If not so specified, regular business hours are deemed to be 7:00
a.m. until 5:00 p.m.  During the period from 5:01 p.m. to 6:59 a.m. Lessor has
the right to permit others to use any and all vacant parking spaces to which
this lease applies, as Lessor sees fit.

53.  RENT INCREASE

    53.1  At the times set forth in Section 4. (Rent) of the Basic Lease
Provisions, the monthly Rent payable under Section 4 of this Lease shall be
adjusted by the Increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of
Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor for All Urban Consumers (1982-84 =
100), "All Items," for Los Angeles-Anaheim-Riverside (CPI) since the date of
this Lease.

    53.2  The monthly Rent payable pursuant to Section 4 shall be calculated as
follows;  the Rent payable for the first month of the term of this Lease shall
be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the
calendar month during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the
denominator of which shall be the CPI for the calendar month in which the
original Lease term commences. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new
monthly Rent hereunder, but, in no event, shall such new monthly Rent be less
than the Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the date for the rent
adjustment.

    53.3  In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be
transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall
be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used
to make such calculations.  In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on
such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the
American Arbitration Association in the County in which the Premises are
located, in accordance with the then rules of said association and the decision
of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties, notwithstanding one party
failing to appear after due notice of the proceeding. The cost of said
Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

    53.4  Lessee shall continue to pay the rent at the rate previously in
effect until the increase, if any, is determined. Within five (5) days following
the date on which the increase is determined, Lessee shall make such payment to
Lessor as will bring the increased rental current, commencing with the effective
date of such increase through the date of any rental installments then due.
Thereafter the rental shall be paid at the increased rate.


                                          8

<PAGE>

54.  LENDER MODIFICATION

    Lessee agrees to make such reasonable modifications to this Lease as may be
reasonably required by an institutional lender in connection with the obtaining
of normal financing or refinancing of the Office Building Project.

55.  PARKING OR PLAYGROUND EASEMENT

    Notwithstanding the description of the Premises contained in Paragraph 2
and Exhibit A of this lease, Lessee acknowledges that the portion of the
described Parcel easterly of the building and parking structure is subject to
the following uses and hereby consents thereto so long as such use does not
materially interfere with Lessee's business operation:

    (a)  The lessees and their invitees of 2221 Rosecrans have the exclusive
right to park in designated parking areas so long as Lessee shall have
reasonable and unfettered access to the loading dock of the Premises to make
deliveries and shipments as may be necessary to Lessee' business operations. In
addition lessor may modify the access to the loading dock and eliminate any
parking on the east side of the building for the purpose of constructing a child
care facility play area.

56.  CHILD CARE FACILITY

    Lessee acknowledges that Lessor is contemplating the development,
construction and/or operation of a child care facility which is to be located
within Continental Park of which these Premises comprise one portion.  Lessee
agrees that since such a facility would confer a benefit on Lessee, as well as
other Lessees of Continental Park, Lessee will make all reasonable efforts to
cooperate with Lessor to accommodate the development and construction of such
facility.  These efforts shall include but are not limited to the taking of
reasonable steps to comply with all local state and federal laws and other
regulations which apply to Lessees operation of its business with regard to the
placement of a child care facility in close proximity to the Premises or to
reasonably modify Lessee's operations so as not to prohibit such placement so
long as such action does not materially interfere with Lessee's business
operation.

LESSOR                                 LESSEE

CONTINENTAL DEVELOPMENT                TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS, INC.
CORPORATION

Date   9/15/89                         Date
     ------------------------------          ----------------------------

By  /s/ Richard C. Lundquist           By /s/ Neal J. Castleman
   --------------------------------       --------------------------------
    Richard C. Lundquist                   Neal J. Castleman
    Its President                          Its President

By /s/ Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr.       CORY COMPONENTS INCORPORATED
   --------------------------------
   Leonard E. Blakesley, Jr.
   Its Secretary
                                       By /s/ Neal J. Castleman
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Neal J. Castleman
                                          Its Chairman


                                          9

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 10.38

                                 KILROY REALTY, L.P.

                                    MODIFIED NET
                             INDUSTRIAL BUILDING LEASE


     THIS MODIFIED NET INDUSTRIAL BUILDING LEASE (this "Lease") is executed
this ____ day of ____________, 1997, between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware
Limited Partnership, KILROY REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland Corporation, General
Partner (hereafter called "Lessor") and HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL, a California
Corporation (hereinafter called "Lessee").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

     Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hires from Lessor, that certain
real property ("Real Property") with the improvements comprising approximately
fifty-eight thousand three hundred three (58,303) rentable square feet,
structures, buildings and fixtures located therein or thereon and all
appurtenances thereto (the "Improvements"), with the street address of 12442
Knott Avenue, City of Garden Grove, State of California and more particularly
described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference made a part
hereof, subject to governmental regulations and matters of record, for and
during the term of seven (7) years, commencing on November 1, 1997 ("the
Commencement Date") and ending on October 31, 2004. The Real Property and the
Improvements shall sometimes hereinafter be collectively referred to as the
"Premises."

     It is further mutually agreed between the parties as follows:

1.   RENT. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor as rent for the Premises, payable at
such place as may be designated by Lessor in writing, in lawful money of the
United States of America, the sum of Thirty-One Thousand Four Hundred
Eighty-Three and 62/100 ($31,483.62) Dollars ($0.54 per rentable square foot)
per month, in advance, on the lst day of each calendar month occurring after the
Commencement Date through April 30, 2001 and the sum of Thirty-Seven Thousand
Six Hundred Five and 44/100 ($37,605.44) per month ($0.645 per rentable square
foot) from May 1, 2001 through October 31, 2004, as said term is fixed under the
preceding paragraph hereof. Lessee's obligation hereunder for the first and last
month shall be prorated on the basis of the commencement and expiration,
respectively, of Lessee's right of occupancy.

2.   SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee further agrees to pay to Lessor Thirty-One
Thousand Four Hundred Eighty-Three and 62/100 ($31,483.62) Dollars as a security
deposit to be held by Lessor as security for the faithful performance by Lessee
of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and
performed by Lessee during the term hereof. If Lessee defaults with respect to
any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to the provisions
relating to the payment of rent, Lessor may (but shall not be required to) use,
apply or retain all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of rent
or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Lessor may
spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Lessee's default, or to
compensate Lessor for any other loss or damage which Lessor may suffer by reason
of Lessee's default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied,
Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash
with Lessor in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its
original amount and Lessee's failure to do so shall be a material breach of
this Lease. Lessor shall not be required to keep this security deposit separate
from its general funds, and Lessee shall not be entitled to interest on such
deposit. If Lessee shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this
Lease to be performed by it, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall
be


                                         -1-
<PAGE>


returned to Lessee or, at Lessee's option, to the last assignee of Lessee's
interest hereunder at the expiration of the Lease term. In the event of
termination of Lessor's interest in this Lease, Lessor shall transfer said
deposit to Lessor's successor-in-interest.

     If the monthly rent shall, from time to time, increase during the term of
this Lease, Lessee shall thereupon deposit with Lessor additional security so
that the amount of deposit held by Lessor shall at all times bear the same
proportion to the then current rent as the original security deposit bears to
the original monthly rent set forth in paragraph 1, hereof.

3.   USE. The Premises are leased to Lessee for the purpose of conducting
therein light manufacturing, assembly and distribution of avionic equipment and
for any other use which is reasonably comparable and for no other purpose.
Lessee covenants and agrees that it shall not use the Premises in a manner which
would constitute a nuisance or cause an unreasonable annoyance to any other
lessee of Lessor or to Lessor, and that if Lessee violates this covenant, Lessee
shall immediately cease and refrain from engaging in such use upon notice from
Lessor.

4.   EARLY/DELAY IN POSSESSION. Lessee shall be permitted early access to the
Premises on October 1, 1997 for the purposes of preparing the building located
thereon for occupancy and use by Lessee, including without limitation the
installation and electrical hookup of machinery and equipment used in Tenant's
business; provided, however, that Lessee's preparation for occupancy and use
shall not unreasonably interfere with any ongoing construction of tenant
improvements in, and/or the refurbishing of, the building comprising a portion
of the Premises. If Lessee occupies the Premises prior to said Commencement
Date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions hereof but such
occupancy shall not advance the Commencement Date or the termination date, and
Lessee shall not be required to pay rent for such period of early occupancy.
Notwithstanding said Commencement Date, if for any reason Lessor cannot deliver
possession of the Premises to Lessee on said date, Lessor shall not be subject
to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this
Lease or the obligations of Lessee hereunder or extend the term hereof, but in
such case, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay rent until possession of the
Premises is tendered to Lessee; provided, however, that if Lessor shall not have
delivered possession of the Premises within one hundred twenty (120) days from
said Commencement Date, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, by notice in writing to
Lessor within thirty (30) days thereafter, but not subsequent to the date
possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee, cancel this Lease, in which
event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided
further, however, that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by
Lessor within said thirty (30) day period, Lessee's right to cancel this Lease
hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

5.   WASTE. Lessee shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any waste upon
said Premises, or any nuisance, or other act or thing which may disturb the
quiet enjoyment of any other lessee in the building in which the Premises may be
located.

6.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in its
state existing on the date that the Lease term commences, but without regard to
the use for which Lessee will use the Premises, does not violate any covenants
or restrictions of record, or any applicable building code, regulation or
ordinance in effect on such Lease term Commencement Date. In the event it is
determined that this warranty has been violated, then after written notice from
Lessee, Lessor's sole obligation with regard to such warranty is to promptly, at
Lessor's sole cost and expense, rectify any such violation. In the event Lessee
does not


                                         -2-
<PAGE>


give to Lessor written notice of the violation of this warranty within six (6)
months from the later of (a) Lease Commencement Date, or (b) the date Lessee
takes actual possession of the Premises, the correction of same shall be the
obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost. The warranty contained in this
paragraph shall be of no force or effect if, prior to the date of this Lease,
Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises, and, in such event, Lessee
shall correct any such violation at Lessee's sole cost.

     Lessee shall at its sole cost, comply with all covenants, conditions and
restrictions of record or later recorded, and all ordinances, statutes, rules
and regulations of any lawful authority (including without limitation the
Americans With Disabilities Act) having jurisdiction over Lessee or the Premises
now in force or which may thereafter be in force, relating to the use, condition
or occupancy of said Premises, and with the requirements of any board of fire
insurance underwriters or other similar bodies now or hereafter constituted,
relating to, or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises. If
Lessor gives Lessee notice of Lessee's noncompliance with any of the matters or
requirements set forth in this paragraph, Lessee shall within a reasonable time
period cause said Premises to comply. In the event Lessee does not bring its
use, occupancy or the condition of the Premises into compliance within such
reasonable time period, Lessor reserves the right, at its option, to do so, and
charge the cost and expense thereof to Lessee together with the maximum
permissible interest from the date of Lessor's payments, and Lessee promises to
and agrees to pay the cost and expense thereof.

7.   ALTERATIONS. Except in the event of an emergency, Lessee shall not make 
or suffer to be made, any alterations, additions or utility installations 
("an Alteration") on or about said Premises which violate any ordinance, 
statute law, rule or regulation (including without limitation the Americans 
With Disabilities Act). Further, any Alteration on or to the Premises shall 
not be made without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessor's prior 
written consent shall not be necessary for emergency repairs. Unless 
otherwise agreed in writing by Lessor and Lessee, any Alterations of said 
Premises, except movable furniture and trade fixtures, shall become at once a 
part of the realty and belong to Lessor. Lessor shall have the right to 
increase the security deposit under paragraph 2 hereof in an amount 
reasonably calculated in good faith by Lessor to cover the cost to repair the 
altered portion of the Premises to its original condition, and Lessee 
covenants to immediately remit to Lessor such increased security deposit. 
Lessee shall furnish Lessor with plans and specifications or other detailed 
information covering such work, and, upon Lessor's written request, furnish 
Lessor with a lien and completion bond to insure payment of the costs 
thereof. Any and all costs of such Alterations, additions or installation 
shall be borne and paid, on or before the due date, by Lessee. Upon the 
termination of this Lease for any reason, Lessee shall be required at 
Lessor's option (to be exercised at any time) to remove said Alterations from 
the Premises and to restore said Premises to their original condition at the 
sole cost of Lessee. Upon the failure of Lessee to restore the Premises to 
their original condition, Lessor may utilize the security deposit or any 
portion thereof to restore the Premises or correct any loss or damage to the 
Premises at the sole cost of Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, 
if Lessee anticipates that it would prefer to leave in place as a part of the 
Premises any Alteration, then concurrently with Lessee's request for approval 
of such Alteration, Lessee shall request of Lessor that Lessor consent to 
such Alteration remaining as a part of the Premises upon the termination of 
this Lease. Lessor may give or withhold such consent, in whole or part, 
acting in a commercially reasonable manner. If Lessor does not so consent 
then Lessee shall comply with the preceding provisions of this paragraph 7.

                                         -3-
<PAGE>


8.   FIXTURES. All signs and all trade fixtures and trade equipment which 
have been or may be installed, placed or attached in or about the Premises by 
Lessee shall always remain the property of Lessee and upon termination by 
expiration of time or otherwise of this Lease, or at any prior time, Lessee 
shall remove all or any of said signs, trade fixtures and trade equipment so 
installed, placed or attached provided, however, that any damage caused to 
the Premises by reason of such removal shall be repaired and paid by Lessee. 
Lessor may at the termination of this Lease at its option require the removal 
by Lessee at the expense of Lessee of any signs, trade fixtures, trade 
equipment or other property installed, placed or attached to, in or about the 
Premises by Lessee. Any property of Lessee not removed from the said Premises 
upon the termination of this Lease or within a reasonable time thereafter 
shall at the option of Lessor be deemed abandoned by Lessee and become the 
property of Lessor. Any consents to the filing of UCC Financing Statements or 
similar security instruments may be unreasonably withheld by Lessor in its 
sole discretion. In the event Lessor consents to any such security instrument 
being filed with the applicable governmental entity, Lessee shall pay all of 
Lessor's legal fees incurred in connection therewith.

9.   TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS. In addition to the rental hereinbefore provided to
be paid, Lessee covenants and agrees to timely reimburse Lessor for all taxes
which may be imposed upon the Premises, including the land and improvements
constituting the same. Such payment shall be made by Lessee within thirty (30)
days after receipt of Lessor's written statement setting forth the amount and
the reasonable computation thereof but in no event shall Lessee be required to
tender payment for taxes more than thirty (30) days prior to the due date
therefor. Lessee's obligation hereunder for the first year and the last year
shall be prorated on the basis of the commencement and expiration, respectively,
of Lessee's right of occupancy.

          a.   The term "real property tax" shall mean and include any form of
assessment, license fee, license tax, business license fee, business license
tax, commercial rental tax, levy, charge, penalty, tax or similar imposition,
imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including
any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural,
lighting, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district thereof,
as against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises, including,
but not limited to, the following: (i) any tax on Lessor's right to rent or
other income from the Premises or against Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises; (ii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution,
partially or totally of any assessments tax, fee, levy or charge previously
included within the definition of real property tax, it being recognized by
Lessee and Lessor that several modifications of the property law enacted by the
voters of the State of California have restricted revenues raised through the
property tax and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be
imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street,
sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental
services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is
the intention of Lessee and Lessor that all new and increased assessments,
taxes, fees, levies and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies
and charges be included within the definition of "real property tax" for the
purpose of this Lease; (iii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable
to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder,
including, without limitation, any tax on Lessor's right to receive, or the
receipt of, rent or income from the Premises or against Lessor's business of
leasing the Premises levied by the state, city or federal government, or any
political subdivision thereof, with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon
or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance,
alteration, repair, use or occupancy by


                                         -4-
<PAGE>


Lessor or Lessee of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) any
assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge upon this transaction or any document to
which Lessee is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in
the Premises. "Real Property tax" shall not include Lessor's federal or state
income, franchise, inheritance, gift or estate taxes.

          b.  If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee's liability
shall be an equitable proportion of the real property taxes for all of the land
and improvements included within the tax parcel or other basis assessed, tax
levied or charged, such proportion to be reasonably determined in good faith by
Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the taxing entity's work
sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor's
reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

          c.   Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency or reimburse Lessor for all
taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment
and all other personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises or
elsewhere, which taxes shall include taxes of every kind and nature levied and
assessed in lieu of, in substitution in whole or in part for, or in addition
to, existing or additional personal property taxes, whether or not now customary
or within the contemplation of the Lessor or the Lessee. When possible, Lessee
shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.
If any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor's real
property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee within ten
(10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes
applicable to Lessee's personal property.

10.  UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay for all sewer, water, gas, heat, light, power,
telephone and other utilities and services of every kind supplied to the
Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not
separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion (to be
determined by Lessor) of all charges jointly metered with other Premises.

11.  ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Subject to subparagraphs 37a and 37b below, by
entry hereunder, Lessee hereby accepts the Premises in their condition existing
as of the Commencement Date or the date that Lessee takes possession of the
Premises, whichever is earlier, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal,
county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the
use of the Premises, and any covenants or restrictions of record, and accepts
this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any
exhibits attached hereto. Lessee acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's
agent has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future
suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Lessee's business.

12.  MAINTENANCE. Lessee shall at its sole cost keep and maintain the Premises
and appurtenances and every part thereof (except foundations which Lessor agrees
to repair), including windows and skylights, if any, sidewalks adjacent to said
Premises, the exterior roof and exterior walls, and any storefront and interior
of the Premises in good, safe and sanitary order, condition and repair, hereby
waiving all right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor whether or not such
right arises by operation of law or otherwise. In the event it becomes necessary
to repair or replace the exterior roof, any such work shall be performed in
accordance with Lessor's specifications then in effect. Lessor shall have the
responsibility to paint the exterior walls of the Premises, at Lessee's sole
cost and expense, no more often than every five (5) years from the date of the
last such painting. Lessee agrees to promptly reimburse Lessor for all
reasonable costs incurred in connection with such painting activity after Lessor
shall have


                                         -5-
<PAGE>


given within notice of such costs to Lessee but in no event shall such
reimbursement be later than the due date of Lessee's next installment of rent.

     Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Lessor shall have no duty, 
obligation or liability whatsoever to care for or maintain the Premises or 
the building of which the Premises may be a portion, including but not 
limited to structural or nonstructural portions of the Premises and all 
adjacent sidewalks, landscaping maintenance, driveways, parking lots, fences 
and signs located in the areas which are adjacent to and included with the 
Premises. In the event that by any express provision of this Lease, Lessor 
agrees to care for, repair or maintain all, or any part of the Premises or 
the building of which it is a part, such agreement on the part of Lessor 
shall constitute a covenant only, and no obligation or liability whatsoever 
shall exist on the part of Lessor to Lessee or any other person by reason 
thereof unless and until Lessee shall have first served upon Lessor 
personally a prior thirty (30) day notice in writing specifying with 
particularity the provision of this Lease whereunder said duty on the part of 
Lessor is claimed to exist, together with the repairs required to be made by 
Lessor in the performance of such duty.

     In the event Lessor fails to make the repairs required to be made by Lessor
under the terms of this Lease, Lessee may (but shall be under no obligation to
do so) make said repairs and offset the cost thereof against the next
installment of rent together with interest at the rate set forth in paragraph 34
below, from the date of Lessee's payments.

     In the event Lessee fails to make the repairs required to be made by Lessee
under the terms of this Lease, Lessor may (but shall be under no obligation to
do so) enter upon the Premises and make said repairs and charge the cost thereof
to Lessee as part of the next installment of rent together with interest at the
rate set forth in paragraph 34 below, from the date of Lessor's payments, and
Lessee promises and agrees to pay the cost thereof.

13.  CONDITION UPON TERMINATION. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any
sooner termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same
condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of
debris. Lessee shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the
installation or removal of Lessee's trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee
shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems,
lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning, plumbing and fencing on the
Premises in good operating condition.

     In the event Lessee terminates this Lease for any reason whatsoever prior
to the expiration of the term hereof, Lessee shall pay Lessor the full cost it
would incur in order to return the Premises to its original condition, including
repainting, replacement of carpeting and other floor surfaces, replacement of
ceiling tile and plumbing fixtures, replacement of landscaping, and any and all
additional replacement costs it would incur in restoring the Premises to its
original condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Any decision to replace or
repair any item referenced above shall be made solely at Lessor's reasonable,
good faith discretion.

14.  LIENS. Lessee shall keep said Premises free of all liens arising out of
work done for or debts or taxes incurred by or assessed to Lessee and agrees to
hold Lessor harmless therefrom. If Lessor discharges any such lien, Lessee
agrees to save Lessor harmless therefrom and to pay Lessor thereon the cost of
discharging such lien together with interest at the rate set forth in paragraph
34 below, from the date Lessor discharges such lien together with Lessor's costs
and reasonable attorney's fees in


                                         -6-
<PAGE>


connection with the settlement, trial or appeal of any such lien matter, which
sum shall be payable with the next installation of rent due.

15.  LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY. Lessee covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold
harmless, save and defend Lessor from and against any and all loss, damage,
claim, cost, charge or expense arising or resulting from: (i) Lessee's use of
the Premises; (ii) the conduct of Lessee's business or anything else done or
permitted by Lessee to be done in or about the Premises; (iii) any breach or
default in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease; or (iv)
other acts or omissions of Lessee. Lessee shall defend Lessor against any such
loss, damage, claim, cost, charge or expense at Lessee's sole cost and expense
with counsel reasonably acceptable to Lessor or, at Lessor's election, Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor for any legal fees or costs incurred by Lessor in
connection with any such claim. As a material part of the consideration to be
rendered to Lessor, Lessee hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or
injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause other than Lessor's
negligence or willful misconduct and Lessee hereby waives all claims against
Lessor and agrees to indemnify Lessor against all claims in respect thereof,
except for any claim arising out of Lessor's negligence or willful misconduct.

     Lessee further covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, save and
defend Lessor from and against any and all claims, liens, liability, loss or
damage, including, but not limited to, costs, expenses, and attorneys' fees
arising out of Lessee's obligations under the California Occupational Safety and
Health Act or any similar laws or statutes pertaining to the provision of a safe
place or safe equipment to employees.

     Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's
business or any loss of income therefrom or for damage to the goods, wares,
merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees,
customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, nor shall Lessor be
liable for injury to the person of Lessee, Lessee's employees, agents or
contractors, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire,
steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage,
obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing,
air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said
damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other
portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources
or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the
means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Lessee. Lessor shall not be
liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee, if
any, of the building in which the Premises are located.

16.  INSURANCE. No use shall be made or permitted to be made of said Premises,
nor acts done, which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the
building in which said Premises may be located, or cause a cancellation of any
insurance policy covering said building, or any part thereof, nor shall Lessee
sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about said Premises, any article
which may be prohibited by standard form of fire insurance policies. Lessee
shall at its sole cost assume any increase of fire insurance premiums on the
entire building necessitated by reason of the Lessee's occupancy. Lessee shall,
at its sole cost, comply with any and all requirements pertaining to the use of
said Premises of any insurance organization or company necessary for maintenance
of reasonable fire and public liability insurance, covering said building and
appurtenances.

     Lessee hereby waives any and all rights of action or recovery against
Lessor for loss of, damage to or destruction of property of Lessee or property
of others in custody of Lessee on the Premises occasioned by perils insured in
standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies.


                                         -7-
<PAGE>


     Lessee shall procure and supply to Lessor a written waiver of subrogation
for the benefit of Lessor on all fire and extended coverage insurance policies
carried by Lessee insuring Lessee's property at the Premises.

     Lessee agrees to maintain at its sole cost during the term hereof the
following insurance with respect to the Premises and the use thereof, namely:

          a.   Comprehensive public liability and property damage liability
insurance (including contractual liability insurance for liabilities assumed
under this Lease, and including products and completed operations insurance)
with limits of not less than $1,000,000.00 for injuries to or death to any one
person and $1,000,000.00 for injuries to or deaths arising out of any one
occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 for injury to or destruction of property arising
out of any one occurrence, and $3,000,000.00 cumulative from all events. If such
insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not
exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence, and the Lessee shall be liable for such
deductible amount.

          b.   Fire and extended coverage insurance covering the Premises in the
principal amount of $1,000,000.00. Lessor shall have the option of procuring and
providing this fire and extended coverage insurance by written notification to
Lessee at the time of execution of this Lease or of execution of any extension
thereof in which event Lessee agrees to pay the cost of such insurance in
addition to the rental and other costs and considerations set forth elsewhere in
this Lease. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible
amount shall not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable
for such deductible amount.

          c.   Rental value insurance with loss payable to Lessor and any
lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by
Lessee to Lessor for one (1) year (including all real property taxes, insurance
costs and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance shall provide for one
(1) full year's loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss, and the
amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental
income, real property taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any,
otherwise payable, for the next twelve (12) month period.

          d.   Boiler and Machinery Insurance in the event pressure vessels are
used on the Premises which do not fall within the scope of the extended coverage
provisions of the fire insurance policy.

     Lessor shall have the right to review the amount of insurance coverage
annually and to require a higher principal amount of insurance if such a higher
limit is recommended by the insurance company or required by a lender whose loan
is secured by the Premises.

     If Lessee fails to procure or maintain the insurance required of Lessee,
Lessor may obtain such insurance at Lessor's option and charge Lessee the costs
thereof.

     Each policy of insurance to be obtained by Lessee shall be placed with a
company reasonably acceptable to Lessor and shall provide that Lessor is a named
insured, and no such policy may be cancelled or coverage reduced without thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Lessor and Lessee. Lessee shall furnish
Lessor with written evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such insurance prior to
occupancy of the Premises and shall deliver to Lessor a renewal certificate of
such insurance on or before fifteen (15) days prior to its expiration.


                                         -8-
<PAGE>


17.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve
the other, and waive their entire right of recovery against the other for loss
or damage arising out of or incident to the perils insured against under this
Agreement, which perils occur in, on or about the Premises, whether due to the
negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors and/or
invitees. Lessee and Lessor shall, upon obtaining the policies of insurance
required hereunder, give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the
foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease.

18.  LESSOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY. Lessee shall permit Lessor and its agents to enter
into and upon said Premises at all reasonable times to show said Premises to
prospective purchasers, lenders or lessees or for the purpose of inspecting the
same or for the purpose of maintaining the building in which said Premises are
situated, or for the purpose of making repairs, alterations or additions to any
other portion of said building, including the erection and maintenance of such
scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required, or for the purpose
of posting notices of non-liability for alterations, additions, or repairs, or
for the purpose of placing upon the property in which the said Premises are
located any usual or ordinary "for sale" signs, without any abatement of rent
and without any liability to Lessee for any loss of occupation or quiet
enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned; and shall permit Lessor, at any
time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of this Lease,
to place upon said Premises any usual or ordinary "to let" or "to lease" signs,
also without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

19.  SIGNS. Lessor has reserved the exclusive right to the exterior front walls,
sidewalls, rear walls, and roof of said Premises, and Lessee shall not place or
permit to be placed upon said sidewalls, real wall, or roof, any sign,
advertisement, or notice without the prior written consent of Lessor, in its
sole but reasonable discretion.

20. ABANDONMENT. Lessee shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time
during the term hereof.

21.  PARTIAL AND TOTAL DESTRUCTION. In the event of (i) a partial destruction of
said Premises or the building containing same during said term which requires
repairs to either said Premises or said building, or (ii) said Premises or said
building being declared unsafe or unfit for occupancy by any authorized public
authority for any reason other than Lessee's act, use or occupation, which
declaration requires repairs to either said Premises or said building, Lessor
shall forthwith make such repairs required, provided such repairs can be made
within one hundred twenty (120) days under the laws and regulations of
authorized public authorities, but such partial destruction (including any
destruction necessary in order to make repairs required by any such declaration)
shall in no way annul or void this Lease, except that Lessee shall be entitled
to a proportionate reduction of the rent while such repairs are being made, such
proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the making of such
repairs shall reasonably interfere with the business carried on by Lessee in
said Premises. If such repairs cannot be made within one hundred twenty (120)
days, Lessor may, at its option, make same within a reasonable time, this Lease
continuing in full force and effect and the rent to be proportionately abated,
as in this paragraph provided. In the event that Lessor does not so elect to
make such repairs which cannot be made within one hundred twenty (120) days, or
such repairs cannot be made under such laws and regulations, this Lease may be
terminated at the option of either party. In respect to any partial destruction
(including any destruction necessary in order to make repairs required by any
such declaration) which Lessor is obligated to repair or may elect to repair
under the terms of this paragraph, the provision of Section 1932,


                                         -9-
<PAGE>


Subdivision (2), and Section 1933, Subdivision (4) of the Civil Code of the
State of California are waived by Lessee. In the event said destruction or
damage is substantial and occurs during the last six (6) months of the term of
this Lease, Lessor, at its option, may terminate and cancel this Lease. A total
destruction (including any destruction required by an authorized public
authority) of either said Premises or said building shall terminate this Lease.

22.  CONDEMNATION. If said Premises or any part thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as
of the date the condemning authority takes possession thereof. In such event the
rent shall be reduced in the proportion that the floor area taken relates to the
total floor area prior to the taking. If more than ten (10%) percent of the
floor area of the building located on said Premises or more than fifteen (15%)
percent of the area leased hereunder but not occupied by any building is taken
by condemnation only then, may Lessee, at Lessee's option, terminate this Lease
as of the date the condemning authority takes possession of said condemned
portion by giving written notice of termination to Lessor within ten (10) days
after receiving notice from Lessor that the condemning authority is taking such
possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease as hereinabove immediately
provided, then the rent payable shall be reduced as set forth above. Any
compensation awarded as damages for the taking of said Premises or the
appurtenances thereto together with any severance damages shall be the sole
property of Lessor, except to the extent that any award is made for trade
fixtures or equipment of Lessee which are not part of said real property and
except to the extent that Lessee may be paid for moving costs.

23.  ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING.  Lessee shall not, voluntarily or by operation of
law, assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all
or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or suffer any
other person (with the exception of the agents, employees and business invitees
of Lessee) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without the
prior written consent of Lessor, which consent Lessor may not unreasonably
withhold. Any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance, subletting,
occupation or use without such consent first had and obtained, shall be void and
shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate this Lease. Any cumulative transfer
of, in excess of twenty percent (20%) of interests in the partnership, if Lessee
is a partnership, or in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the
corporation, if Lessee is a corporation, shall constitute a transfer for the
purpose of this paragraph. Except that in the event that the assignee under an
assignment approved by Lessor and/or such assignee's guarantor, is equally
financially responsible as Lessee and the Guarantor of this Lease, and such
assignee assumes the covenants and conditions of Lessee pursuant to this Lease,
then Lessor shall release Lessee and the Guarantor of Lessee's obligations
hereunder of their obligations hereunder and under such guaranty. Lessee shall
remain obligated under the covenants and conditions of this Lease
notwithstanding any such assignment or subletting.

     A consent to one assignment, transfer, encumbrance, or subletting to, or
occupation or use by one person, is not deemed to be a consent to any subsequent
assignment, transfer, encumbrance, subletting, occupation or use.

     Any assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance, or subletting, occupation
or use, whether with or without the consent of Lessor, shall automatically
terminate any option to extend this Lease, whether or not such option shall have
been exercised at the date of such assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance,
subletting, occupation or use, provided the extended term resulting from the
exercise of such option shall not already have commenced.


                                         -10-
<PAGE>


     Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge that this Lease shall only confer
upon Lessee the right to possess the Premises in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Lease and that Lessee shall not be entitled to any extra
rents, charges, profits or other compensation for the assignment upon an
assignment or subletting of Lessee's interest in the Premises. Any extra rents,
charges, profits, or other compensation for the assignment payable by an
assignee or subtenant of Lessee, or of Lessee's successor, shall become the
property of, and be payable to, Lessor; but only in the event that the
obligations of Lessee hereunder are released by Lessor and Lessee shall no
longer be obligated under the covenants and conditions of this Lease.

     If Lessee shall request the consent of Lessor for any assignment,
encumbrance, or subletting or any act Lessee proposes to do, and Lessor in its
sole discretion deems it necessary to consult legal counsel in connection
therewith, then Lessee shall pay all of Lessor's reasonable attorney's fees
actually incurred and paid in connection therewith.

24.  LESSEE'S BREACH. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:

          a.   The abandonment of the Premises by Lessee;

          b.   The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a
Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes
such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by
this subparagraph;

          c.   The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than described in paragraph b above, where such failure shall continue for
a period of thirty (30) days after written notice hereof from Lessor to Lessee;
provided, however that if the nature of Lessee's default is such that more than
thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not
deemed to be in default if Lessee commenced such cure within said thirty (30)
day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion;

          d.   (i) the making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment
for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a "debtor" as defined in 11
U.S.C. Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a
petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days);
(iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty
(30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days. Provided, however, in the event that any provision of this paragraph is
contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

          e.   The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee, or any guarantor of Lessee's obligation hereunder was
materially false.

     In the event of any breach by Lessee in the payment of rent or any material
breach of any other covenant or condition of this Lease by Lessee not cured
prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period, then Lessor besides other
rights or remedies it may have, shall have the immediate right of reentry


                                         -11-
<PAGE>


and may remove all personal property from the Premises; such property to be
removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for
the account of, Lessee. Should Lessor elect to reenter, as herein provided, or
should it take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any
notice provided for by law, it may either terminate this Lease or it may from
time to time, without terminating this Lease, relet said Premises or any part
thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other
terms and conditions as Lessor in its sole discretion may deem advisable with
the right to make alterations and repairs to said Premises. Rental received by
Lessor from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any cost
of such reletting; second, to the payment of the cost of any necessary
alterations and repairs to the Premises; third, to the payment of any
indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Lessee to Lessor; fourth, to the
payment of any rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be
held by Lessor and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due
and payable hereunder. Should such rentals received from such reletting during
any month be less than that agreed to be paid during that month by Lessee
hereunder, then Lessee shall pay such deficiency to Lessor. Such deficiency
shall be calculated and paid monthly. Lessee shall also pay to Lessor, as soon
as ascertained, the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such reletting or
in making such alterations and repairs. No such reentry or taking possession of
said Premises by Lessor shall be construed as an election on its part to
terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to
Lessee or unless a termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent
jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Lessor may
at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for any breach in the
payment of rent and any material breach of any other covenant or condition of
this Lease which is not cured prior to the expiration of any applicable cure
period. In addition to any other remedy Lessor may have, if Lessee breaches this
Lease and abandons the Premises before the end of the term, or if Lessee's right
to possession is terminated by Lessor because of a breach in the payment of rent
and any material breach of any other covenant or condition of this Lease which
is not cured prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period, then in
either such case Lessor may recover from Lessee all damages suffered by Lessor
as the result of Lessee's failure to perform its obligations hereunder,
including but not limited to the cost of recovering the Premises, and the worth
at the time of the award (computed in accordance with paragraph (b) of Section
1951.2 of the California Civil Code) of the amount by which the rent then unpaid
hereunder for the balance of the Lease term exceeds the amount of such rental
loss for the same period which Lessee proves, could be reasonably avoided by
Lessor. The remedies given Lessor under the terms of this Lease shall be
cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies which Lessor may have
at law or otherwise.

     Lessor reserves the right to continue this Lease in effect for so long as
Lessor does not terminate Lessee's right to possession and to enforce all its
rights and remedies under this Lease including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due under this Lease in accordance with the provisions of Section
1951.4 of the Civil Code.

25.  SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT. This Lease is subject and
subordinate to:

          a.   The lien of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or other encumbrances
("Encumbrances") of the Improvements and Property;

          b.   All renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and
replacements of the Encumbrances; and

          c.   All advances made or hereafter to be made on the security of the
Encumbrances.


                                         -12-

<PAGE>


          Despite any other provision of this paragraph 25, any Encumbrance
holder may elect that this Lease shall be senior to and have priority over that
Encumbrance whether this Lease is dated before or after the date of the
Encumbrance. However, no such subordination shall be effective unless and until
Lessor obtains from the holder of the Encumbrance placed against the Premises a
nondisturbance agreement in recordable form, providing that in the event of any
foreclosure, sale under a power of sale, ground or master lease termination, or
transfer in lieu of any of the foregoing, or the exercise of any other remedy
under any such Encumbrance:

               (i)  Lessee's use, possession and enjoyment of the Premises shall
not be disturbed and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long
as Lessee is not in default; and

               (ii) this Lease shall automatically become a lease directly
between any successor to Lessor's interest, as Lessor, and Lessee, as if that
successor were the Lessor originally named in the Lease.

          d.   If Lessee has received the nondisturbance agreement referred to
in the paragraph immediately following 25c, above, Lessee shall, within ten (10)
business days after Lessor's request, execute any further instruments or
assurances in recordable form that Lessor reasonably considers necessary to
evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such
Encumbrances. Such subordination instrument(s) shall be strictly limited to
matters contained in the nondisturbance agreement, and no such instrument may
materially increase any of Lessee's obligations or materially decrease any
Lessee's rights under this Lease. Lessee's failure to execute and deliver such
instrument(s) shall constitute a default under this Lease only if Lessor has
first delivered the nondisturbance agreement to Lessee. Lessee covenants and
agrees to attorn to the transferee of Lessor's interest in the Premises by
foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, exercise of any remedy provided in any
Encumbrance, or operation of law (without any deductions or setoffs) except as
expressly provided in this Lease or in any nondisturbance agreement, if
requested to do so by the transferee, and to recognize the transferee as the
Lessor under this Lease. The transferee shall not be liable for:

               (i)  any acts, omissions, or defaults of Lessor that occurred
before the sale or conveyance; or

               (ii) the return of any security deposit except for deposits
actually paid to the transferee and except as expressly provided in this Lease
or in any nondisturbance agreement.

          f.   Lessee agrees to give written notice of any default by Lessor to
the holder of any Encumbrance. Lessee agrees that, before it exercises any
rights or remedies under the Lease, the lienholder or successorlessor shall have
the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the same time, if
any, given to Lessor to cure the default, plus an additional thirty (30) days.
Lessee agrees that this cure period shall be extended by the time necessary for
the lienholder to begin foreclosure proceedings and to obtain possession of the
building or Premises, as applicable.

26.  SURRENDER.  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option
of Lessor, terminate all or any existing sublease or subtenancies or may, at the
option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all of such
subleases or subtenancies.


                                         -13-
<PAGE>

27.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. If either party to this Lease brings an action to enforce
the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder the prevailing party in any such
action shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees as fixed by the Court
incurred in the trial or appeal of such matter.

28.  NOTICES.  All notices shall be in writing. Notice shall be sufficiently
given for all purposes as follows:

          a.   When personally delivered to the recipient, notice is effective
on delivery.

          b.   When mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested,
notice is effective on receipt if delivery is confirmed by a return receipt.

          c.   When delivered by overnight delivery Federal
Express/Airborne/United Parcel Service/DHL Worldwide Express or other commercial
delivery service, with charges prepaid or charged to the sender's account,
notice is effective on delivery if delivery is confirmed by the delivery
service.

          d.   When sent by telex or fax or electronic mail (also known as
E-mail, and only available if the recipient has an E-mail address) to the last
telex or fax or E-mail number of the recipient known to the party giving notice,
notice is effective on receipt as long as (i) a duplicate copy of the notice is
promptly given by certified mail or by overnight delivery or (ii) the receiving
party or the sending equipment delivers a written confirmation of receipt. Any
notice given by telex, fax number or E-mail shall be considered to have been
received on the next business day if it is received after 5:00 p.m. (recipient's
time) or on a nonbusiness day.

          e.   Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed or
undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be
considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused,
unclaimed or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger or
overnight delivery service.

          f.   Addresses for purposes of giving notice are set forth at the end
of this Lease opposite the signatories of the parties hereto. Either party may
change its address or telex, fax number, or E-mail address by giving the other
party notice of the change in any manner permitted by this paragraph 28.

29.  SECURITY. If any security be given by Lessee to secure the faithful
performance Of all or any of the covenants of this Lease on the part of Lessee,
Lessor may transfer and/or deliver the security, as such, to the purchaser of
the reversion, in the event that the reversion be sold, and Lessor shall be
discharged from any further liability in reference there to upon such
transferees written assumption of liability therefor.

30. WAIVER. The waiver by Lessor or Lessee of any breach of any term, covenant
or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term,
covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term,
covenant or condition herein contained.

31. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct or cause to be conducted any auction,
fire, closing out, going out of, business or bankruptcy sale on said Premises or
the appurtenances thereto without the prior written consent of Lessor.

32.  BINDING, MODIFICATION, ETC. This Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns; provided that no assignee for the benefit of creditors,
trustee, receiver or


                                         -14-
<PAGE>

referee in bankruptcy shall acquire any rights under this Lease by virtue of
this paragraph; this Lease may be modified in writing only. This Lease
constitutes the entire agreement of the parties who acknowledge that no oral or
other representations have been made by themselves or any agent of either of
them with respect to the condition of said Premises or any obligation of the
Lessor hereunder or otherwise. The parties agree to execute any documents
necessary to carry this Lease into effect.

33.  OVERDUE RENT. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to
Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not
contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the
term of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any
installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by
Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due,
then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a
late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby
agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the
costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such
late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default
with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of
the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge
is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive
installments of rent, then rent shall automatically become due and payable
quarterly in advance, rather than monthly, notwithstanding any other provision
of this Lease to the contrary.

34.  INTEREST ON PAST DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any amount owed by Lessee to Lessor which
is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per
annum from the due date of such amount. However, interest shall not be payable
on late charges to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. The payment of interest
on such past due obligations shall not excuse or cure any default by Lessee
under this Lease. In the event the interest rate specified in this Lease is
greater than the rate permitted by law, then the interest rate is hereby
decreased to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

35.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

          a.   Lessee shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days' prior
written notice from Lessor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a
statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full
force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and
certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the
date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on
the part of Lessee or Lessor hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are
claimed; and (iii) such other information reasonably requested by Lessor or a
lender to or purchaser from Lessor. Any such statement may be conclusively
relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises.

          b.   If Lessee fails to deliver such statement within such time, such
failure shall be conclusive upon Lessee (i) that this Lease is in full force and
effect, without modification except as may be represented by Lessor, (ii) that
there are no uncured defaults in Lessor's performance, and (iii) that not more
than one (1) month's rent has been paid in advance.


                                         -15-
<PAGE>

          c.   If Lessor desires to finance, refinance or sell the Premises, or
any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or purchaser
designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee as may be reasonably
required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall include the past
three (3) years' financial statements of Lessee. All such financial statements
shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall
be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

          d.   Lessee shall be responsible for any and all damages Lessor can
reasonably show were caused by or related to Lessee's failure to comply with the
time periods set forth in this paragraph 35.

36.  UNDERGROUND TANKS. Lessor represents to Lessee that to the best of Lessor's
actual knowledge without independent investigation or inquiry, as of the date of
this Lease, there are no underground storage tanks upon the Property.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lessee shall not
install underground or above ground storage tanks as defined by any and all
applicable laws of any size or shape in the Premises without the prior consent
of Lessor. Lessor shall have the right to condition its consent upon Lessee
giving Lessor such assurances that Lessor, in its absolute discretion, deems
reasonably necessary to protect itself against potential problems concerning the
installation, use, removal and contamination of the Premises as a result of the
installation and/or use of said tanks. Upon termination of this Lease, Lessee
shall at its sole cost and expenses, remove the tanks from the Premises, remove
and replace any contaminated soil (and compact the same as then required by law)
and repair any damage to the Premises caused by said installation and/or
removal, pursuant to all applicable laws, and the supervisions and approval of
Lessor.

37.  HAZARDOUS WASTE; ENVIRONMENTAL AND RELATED MATTERS.

          a.   Lessor shall promptly furnish or shall have furnished to Lessee
prior to the date hereof copies of any and all environmental site assessments or
hazardous substance reports of the Premises prepared by or for Lessor or others
within the possession of control of Lessor (the "Reports"). Notwithstanding any
of the foregoing, Lessee's obligations hereunder shall be contingent upon
Lessee's satisfaction with and approval of the Reports and the environmental
condition of the Premises as described in the Reports. If Lessee shall fail to
disapprove the Reports and the Premises in writing to be delivered to Lessor
within the latter to occur of ten (10) days of the receipt by Lessee of the
Reports, or July 11, 1997, then Lessee conclusively shall have been deemed to
have approved the Reports and the Premises, and this Lease shall be and remain
in full force and effect. If Lessee shall, within the latter of said time
periods to disapprove the Reports or the environmental condition of the Premises
as described in the Reports, by notice in writing to Lessor, then this Lease
shall immediately terminate and neither party shall have any further obligation
or liability to the other party hereunder.

          b.   During Lessee's inspection of the Premises prior to the date of
execution of this Lease, an objectionable odor existed near the street in front
of the building. Representatives of the City of Garden Grove performed
maintenance work to the storm drain in front of the building and within the
street right of way and a missing cover to a sewer line was installed. Lessee
shall have until on or before July 11, 1997 within which to satisfy itself that
the objectionable odor problem has been corrected to the satisfaction of Lessee.
If Lessee shall fail to disapprove the status of the correction to the odor
problem in writing to be delivered to Lessor no later than July 11, 1997, then
Lessee conclusively shall have been deemed to have approved the status of the
correction of the odor problem, and this Lease shall be and


                                         -16-
<PAGE>


remain in full force and effect. If Lessee shall, on or before July 11, 1997
disapprove the status of correction of the odor problem, by notice in writing to
Lessor, then this Lease shall immediately terminate and neither party shall have
any further obligation or liability to the other party hereunder. Lessee shall
cooperate with Lessor and Lessor shall use Lessor's commercially reasonable best
efforts to cause the City of Garden Grove to take such action as may be
necessary to correct the said odor problem.

          c.   Lessor warrants and represents to Lessee that, to the best of
Lessor's actual knowledge without independent investigation or inquiry, as of
the date of this Lease:

               (i)  there has been no release onto our under the Premises or 
the building of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) in violation of 
any Environmental Law;

               (ii) the Improvements contain no PCBs, PCB-contaminated 
electrical equipment, or asbestos-containing materials;

               (iii)  Lessor has received no notice that the Premises or the 
Improvements are in violation of any Environmental Law.

          d.   Lessee, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, shall comply with, and
shall not use the Premises or suffer or permit anything to be done in, on, or
about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any applicable federal,
state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, orders or requirements pertaining
to Hazardous Materials, waste disposal, air or water quality, and other
environmental and health and safety matters (collectively, "Hazardous Materials
Laws"). For purposes of this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" means any
substance, material, waste, contaminant or pollutant (i) determined by any
federal, state or local government agency, court, judicial or quasi-judicial
body or legislative or quasi-legislative body to be hazardous, toxic,
infectious, radioactive, persistent or bioaccumulative, or to require removal,
treatment or remediation; (ii) which results in liability to any person or
entity for exposure to or discharge of such substance; or (iii) which becomes
subject to any Hazardous Materials Law.

          e.   Lessee shall not cause, suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials
to be brought upon, stored, used, generated, released into the environment or
disposed of on, under, from, or about the Premises (which for purposes of the
Lease includes, but is not limited to, subsurface soil and groundwater), without
the prior written consent of Lessor. Excluded from the prohibition contained in
this subparagraph are such Hazardous Materials as are necessary or useful to
Lessee's business, provided that such Hazardous Materials are generated, stored,
used and disposed of in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws.

          f.   Promptly upon request therefor, Lessee will provide Lessor with
true, correct, complete and legible copies of any environmental site assessments
pertaining to the Premises prepared by or on behalf of Lessee; reports filed
pursuant to self-reporting requirements under any Hazardous Materials Laws;
permits, permit applications, monitoring reports, workplace exposure and
community exposure warnings or notices reports, plans or documents in Lessee's
possession or control relating to Hazardous Materials on, under or about the
Premises.

          g.   Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing immediately upon becoming
aware of: (i) any enforcement, cleanup, remediation or other action threatened,
instituted or completed by anyone with respect to Hazardous Materials on, under
or about the Premises; (ii) any claim threatened or made by any person against
Lessee for


                                         -17-
<PAGE>

personal injury, property damage, other losses, contribution, cost recovery,
compensation or any other matter relating to Hazardous Materials and the
Premises; or (iii) any spilling, leaking, dumping or releasing of Hazardous
Materials in, on, under or about the Premises that triggers reporting,
disclosure, investigation or cleanup obligations under any Hazardous Materials
Law. Lessee shall provide to Lessor as promptly as possible, and in any event
within five (5) business days after Lessee first receive or sends the same,
copies of all claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings, correspondence or
other documents relating in any way to the foregoing.

          h.   If Hazardous Materials contamination caused, suffered or
permitted by Lessee is discovered on, under or about the Premises, Lessee shall,
as its sole cost and expense, promptly (i) notify Lessor; (ii) undertake site
investigation activities necessary to characterize the nature and extent of such
contamination; (iii) prepare and provide to Lessor a cleanup plan to remove or
remediate the contamination; and (iv) upon Lessor's approval (and upon the
approval of any governmental or regulatory agency overseeing the site
investigation or cleanup activities), promptly implement the cleanup plan in
accordance with applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. In the event that Lessee
fails, after reasonable notice and request therefor by Lessor, to take any of
the actions required hereunder Lessor may itself take such action and Lessee
shall promptly reimburse Lessor for all costs and expenses Lessor incurs in
connection with such action.

          i.   To the fullest extent permitted by law, Lessee will indemnify,
hold harmless, protect and defend (with attorneys acceptable to Lessor) Lessor
and Lessor's officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents, and any
successors to all or any portion of Lessor's interest in the Premises and their
directors, officers, partners, employees, authorized agents, representatives,
affiliates and mortgagees, from and against any and all liabilities, losses,
damages (including, without limitation, damages for the loss or restriction on
use of rentable or usable space or any amenity of the Premises or damages
arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Premises),
diminution in the value of the Premises, judgments, fines, demands, claims,
recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and court costs and all other
professional or consultant's expenses), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable,
arising directly or indirectly out of the presence, use, generation, storage,
treatment, on or off-site disposal, or transportation of Hazardous Materials on,
into, from, under, or about the Premises by Lessee, its agents, employees,
contractors, licensees or invitees.

          j.   To the fullest extent permitted by law, Lessor will indemnify,
hold harmless, protect and defend (with attorneys acceptable to Lessee) Lessee
and Lessee's officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents, and any
successors to all or any portion of Lessee's interest in the Premises and their
directors, officers, partners, employees, authorized agents, representatives,
affiliates and mortgagees, from and against any and all liabilities, losses,
damages, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and
expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements and court costs and all other professional or consultants'
expenses), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly
out of the breach of the warranty and representation set forth in paragraph 37a,
above, or the presence, prior to the date of this Lease of hazardous substances
upon or under the Premises.

          k.   Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee shall
cause to be removed from the Premises all Hazardous Materials brought upon,
used, kept or stored in, on, under or about the Premises by Lessee, as well as
all receptacles or


                                         -18-
<PAGE>


containers therefor, and shall cause such Hazardous Materials and such
receptacles or containers to be stored, treated, transported and/or disposed of
in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Lessee shall, at its
sole cost and expense, repair any damage to the Premises resulting from
Lessee's removal of such Hazardous Materials and receptacle or containers
therefor. Lessee's obligation to pay rent shall continue until such removal by
Lessee has been completed to Lessor's satisfaction, notwithstanding the
expiration or early termination or cancellation of the term of this Lease. To
ensure performance of Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessor may, at any time
within one (1) year of the expiration of this Lease, or upon the occurrence of a
material default under this Lease by Lessee, require that Lessee promptly
commence and diligently prosecute to completion an environmental evaluation of
the Premises. In connection therewith, Lessor may require Lessee, at Lessee's
sole cost and expense, to hire an outside consultant satisfactory to Lessor to
perform a complete environmental audit of the Premises, an executed copy of
which audit shall be delivered to Lessor within thirty (30) days after Lessor's
request therefor. If Lessee or the environmental audit discloses the existence
of Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Premises, Lessee will, at
Lessor's request, prepare and submit to Lessor within thirty (30) days after
such request a comprehensive clean-up plan, subject to Lessor's approval,
specifying the actions to be taken by Lessee to return the Premises to the
condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials. Upon
Lessor's approval of such clean-up plan, Lessee will, at Lessee's sole cost and
expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Lessor under this
Lease, immediately implement such plan and proceed to clean up such Hazardous
Materials in accordance with all Hazardous Materials Laws as required by such
plan and this Lease.

          l.   The obligations in this paragraph 37 shall survive the expiration
or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release
agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its
obligations hereunder unless it specifically states Lessor's intentions to
release Lessee with respect thereto.

38.  RECORDATION OF SHORT FORM. Either party may record a short form  of this
Lease stating only that the Premises have been leased on the date hereof and
that any subsequent purchaser of the Premises or any part thereof shall be bound
by all the terms hereof.

39.  GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by and enforced in accordance
with the laws of the State of California.

40.  HEADINGS. Paragraph headings are not a part of this Lease.

41.  LESSEE'S BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS PROVIDED BY LESSOR

          a.   Lessor agrees, at Lessor's expense, as soon as practical after
executing this Lease, to cause the preparation of construction drawings and
specifications, to secure requisite building permits, and to construct the
following tenant improvements:

               (i)  Enclosed and air-condition the warehouse area under and
          above the mezzanine by constructing a dry wall at and above the
          mezzanine line, across the entire width of the building. Said wall to
          provide for appropriate man door access and interior windows at
          mutually agreeable locations. Interior walls and t-bar ceiling of
          these areas to be painted white. First floor area to be dust sealed
          and second floor area to be covered with industrial grade tile.


                                         -19-
<PAGE>

              (ii)  Refurbish existing office area including:

                    1.   New carpet and tile. (Lessee's choice of color)
                    2.   New paint. (Lessee's choice of color)
                    3.   Repair or replace damaged ceiling tiles and vents where
                         necessary; but the replacement or repair of individual
                         tiles will not result in a color mismatch between
                         existing and new or replaced tiles.
             (iii)  Duplicate existing restroom in warehouse area as shown on
                    the attached Exhibit "A."

          b.   Lessor agrees to pursue such construction diligently to
completion but shall be under no liability for damage, costs or expense
resulting from delays occasioned by acts of God, of the government, of the
elements, public enemy, or by fire, flood, storm, earthquake, freight embargoes,
inability to obtain labor or materials, strikes, boycotts, delays by contractors
or subcontractors for any of the above or any other causes, delays by Lessee in
approving either materials or colors which Lessee has the right to approve, or
by other causes beyond Lessor's control.

          c.   Upon the termination or cancellation of this Lease for any
reason, expiration, failure to extend or default by Lessee, the building
improvements shall remain the property of Lessor and Lessee shall not be
obligated or entitled to remove them unless notified, in writing prior to
construction, by Lessor to the contrary.

42.  OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE. In the event that Lessee shall not be in default in
the performance of any term or condition of this Lease, then upon the expiration
of the Lease term, Lessee shall have the option to extend the Lease for an
additional term of five (5) years. Lessee's rights to exercise the option are
contingent upon Lessee not being in default in the performance of any term or
condition of this Lease or if in default, Lessee shall have cured the same prior
to the deadline for exercising the extension option. During the extension
period, all the terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in effect except
that the base rental for the extension period will be determined as set forth in
paragraph 43, entitled "Rent Determination for Extended Period," and the rental
commencing on the thirty-first (31st) month of the extended period will be
adjusted as provided in paragraph 44, entitled "Rental Escalations."

     The option must be exercised by Lessee, if at all, prior to a date which
shall be six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease term, by notice to
Lessor stating that Lessee is exercising its option to extend. Such exercise of
the option shall automatically extend the term of the Lease upon the terms and
conditions herein set forth, and no further writing need be executed by Lessee
or Lessor, except that no term extension shall occur or take effect if, prior to
its commencement, Lessee shall have assigned or sublet (by operation of law or
otherwise and with or without Lessor's consent) this Lease or the Premises. Once
exercised, Lessee shall not have the right to revoke its election to exercise
the option. In the event that the option is not exercised as provided for herein
within the time provided for, the option shall expire, and Lessee shall have no
further right to renew or extend the Lease.

43.  REM DETERMINATION FOR EXTENDED PERIOD. Prior to the commencement of the
extended period, the base rental initially payable for such period shall be
determined as follows:

          a.   Lessee shall, not less than six (6) months nor more than one (1)
year before expiration of the initial term, give Lessor written notice of its
desire to determine Rent for the


                                         -20-
<PAGE>


extended period. Lessor and Lessee shall have thirty (30) days after Lessor
receives such notice to agree in writing to said Rent, which writing signed by
each party shall constitute an amendment to this Lease determining the Rent and
extending the term in conformity with this Lease.

          b.   If Lessor and Lessee shall fail to reach an agreement as provided
in subparagraph 43a, the option to extend shall terminate unless within ten (10)
business days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day notice specified in
paragraph 43a, Lessee shall give Lessor a notice of its desire to determine the
such Rent by appraisement, designating a qualified appraiser for the purpose.
Unless, within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice, Lessor shall
designate a qualified appraiser, it shall be deemed to have accepted the
qualified appraiser designated by Lessee. For purposes hereof, the term
"qualified appraiser" shall mean a Member of the Appraisal Institute with not
less than five (5) years' experience in appraising commercial rental properties
in Orange County in the State of California and without financial, family, or
business connections with either Lessor or Lessee, or any affiliate of Lessor or
Lessee, or the officers, directors or employees of any of them.

     The appraiser or appraisers so appointed shall, within forty-five (45) days
of his appointment or of the later of the appointments, submit to Lessor and
Lessee appraisal(s) of the Rent for the Extended Term, expressed in terms of a
fair monthly rental value in the context of a five (5) year lease, on
substantially the terms made herein applicable to the extended term for the then
use of the Premises.

     The Rent for the Extended Term shall be either (i) the amount of the
appraisal of the single appraiser; or (ii) where there are two appraisers, the
agreed appraisal, if both appraisers are in agreement, or, if they are not in
agreement, the average of the two appraisals if the higher does not exceed the
lower by more than five percentage (5%) of the lower. If the appraisals
determined by the two appraisers hereinbefore appointed differ by more than five
percent (5%), then the two appraisers shall appoint a third qualified appraiser
who shall submit to Lessor and Lessee within the next ensuing forty-five (45)
days an appraisal of the fair rental value of the Premises. The Rent for the
Extended Term shall be the average of all three appraisals, unless one appraisal
exceeds or is less than an average of the two closer appraisals by more than ten
percent (10%), in which case such appraisal will be discarded and the Rent for
the Extended Term shall be the average of the two closer appraisals.

          c.   When the Rent for the Extended Term shall have been determined as
aforesaid, the Lease shall be amended to reflect said monthly rent payable for
the extended term.

          d.   The cost of the appraisal procedure shall be divided equally
between the parties.

          e.   Time is of the essence as to the exercise of the extension option
by Lessee and of the appraisal procedures specified in this paragraph 43; any
failure by Lessee to meet the deadlines herein specified, unless the delay shall
have been contributed to by Lessor's actions or omissions, shall terminate this
option to extend.

          f.   In no event shall such adjusted monthly rent be less than the
rent payable for the month immediately preceding the date of such rent
adjustment.

44.  RENTAL ESCALATIONS. The amount of the rental payable during the extension
period of this Lease shall be subject to adjustment effective the first day of
the thirty-first (31st) month of the


                                         -21-
<PAGE>


extension period. Such adjustment will be made by dividing the amount of monthly
rental payable on the first day of the extension period by the figure shown in
the Consumer's Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the Los
Angeles-Anaheim-Riverside area (1982-84 = 100), published monthly in the Monthly
Labor Review of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department
of Labor (or the successor which most closely resemble such Index) for the third
month prior to the month in which the extension period commenced, and
multiplying the result by the corresponding Index figure for the third month
prior to the thirty-first (31st) month of such term or period; provided,
however, no reduction in the amount of rent then in effect resulting from such
calculation shall occur; provided, however, that the excalated rent shall not be
less than four percent (4%) and not greater than eight percent (8%) more than
the rent for the first thirty (30) months of the extended term, determined in
accordance with paragraph 43, above.

45.  HOLDING OVER. Any holding over after the expiration of the initial term,
with the consent of Lessor, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to
month, at a rental of Fifty-Six Thousand Four Hundred Eight and 16/100
($56,408.16) Dollars per month and shall otherwise be on the terms and
conditions herein specified so far as applicable. Any holding over at the end of
the extended term, if applicable, shall be subject to the same provisions,
except that the hold over rental shall be increased by twenty-five percent (25%)
over the rent immediately prior to the hold over.

46.  COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of
which shall be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Lease on the date
set forth opposite their signatures.

Dated:    20 June 1997                  KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
       -----------------------          A Delaware Limited Partnership

ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:                    By:  KILROY REALTY CORPORATION,
                                             A Maryland Corporation,
2250 E. Imperial Highway                     General Partner
Suite 1200
El Segundo, CA 90245
Telex:                                       By: /s/ Illegible
       -----------------------                  --------------------------
Fax:      (310) 322-5981
       -----------------------
E-mail:                                      Title:  EVP-COO
       -----------------------                     -----------------------

with a copy to:                                          "LESSOR"

- ------------------------------

- ------------------------------

- ------------------------------


Dated:                                  HOLLINGSEAD INTERNATIONAL,
       -----------------------          A California Corporation

Address for Notices:

2361 Rosecrans Avenue                   By:  /s/ RJ MacDonald
Suite 180                                   ------------------------
El Segundo, CA 90245                    Title:  Vice-Chairman
Telex:                                        ----------------------
      ------------------------
Fax:   (310) 643-0746                               "LESSEE"
     -------------------------
E-mail:
        ----------------------


                                         -22-

<PAGE>

    THIS IS AN AGREEMENT OF LEASE, Made and entered into this 12th day of 
January, A.D. 1982, by and between SUSSEX COUNTY, a political subdivision of 
the State of Delaware, party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as 
"Landlord."

                                      - AND -

     GEORGETOWN AIRCRAFT SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation, party of the 
second part, hereinafter referred to as "Tenant."

                                W I T N E S S E T H :

     IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants hereinafter expressed, the 
parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from 
Landlord, subject to the conditions hereinafter expressed, that certain 
parcel of real property, situate near Georgetown, Sussex County, Delaware, 
being more particularly described as follows.

     Lots 1 through 7, inclusive, on Indian River Avenue, (consisting of 
approximately 30,626 acres of land) in Sussex County Industrial Airpark as 
shown on map entitled Plot Plan, Sussex County Industrial Airpark, prepared 
by Associated Delaware Engineers, Inc., dated December 3, 1974, a copy of 
the pertinent portion of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 11. Said lots 
are particularly described as follows:

                         SEE ATTACHED PLOT OF LANDS OF
                        SUSSEX COUNTY INDUSTRIAL AIRPARK

                                  [OMITTED]

     2.  Landlord agrees that the Tenant, its servants, employees, agents and 
business invitees shall have at all times the free and uninterrupted rights of 
access to the said leased

<PAGE>

property.

     3.  It is mutually agreed by the parties hereto that the term of this 
lease shall be for a period of Forty (40) years, commencing on the 1st day of 
January, A.D. 1982, and terminating on the 31st day of December, A.D. 2021, 
both dates inclusive unless sooner terminated as provided herein; provided 
however, that the term of this lease may be extended for four (4) additional 
five (5) year periods, the first of said five (5) year periods commencing on 
the 1st day of January, A.D. 2022, and terminating on the 31st day of 
December A.D. 2026, the second such five (5) year period commencing on the 
1st day of January, A.D. 2027, and terminating on the 31st day of December 
2031, the third such five (5) year period commencing on the 1st day of 
January, A.D. 2032 and terminating on the 31st day of December, A.D. 2038 and 
the fourth such five (5) year period commencing on the 1st day of January, 
A.D. 2037, and terminating on the 31st day of December, A.D. 2041, unless 
written notice is given by the Tenant hereto to the Landlord hereto, at its 
last known address, that this lease shall not be so extended by Registered or 
Certified Mail with return receipt requested on or before the 30th day of 
September, A.D. 2021, or similar date not less than ninety (90) days prior 
to the expiration of any such five (5) year extension period, if this lease 
is extended for any additional five (5) year period.

     4.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord annual rental for the term of this 
lease, or any renewal or extension thereof, at the rate of $200.00 per acre, 
i.e., the sum of $6,125.20 per year in quarterly, semi-annual or annual 
installments, in advance, as selected by Tenant, which said method of payment 
may be changed from time to time during the term of this lease or any renewal 
or extension thereof, the first of said rental payments to be due on the 1st 
day of January, A.D. 1982. Tenant agrees to pay the rental at the Office of 
the Director of Finance, or

<PAGE>

its successor, at the Court House in Georgetown, Sussex County, Delaware, or at
such other place or places as the Landlord may designate in writing. Failure of
the Tenant to pay to Landlord the annual rental referred to herein shall not be
construed as a default of lease unless the Landlord shall have given fifteen
(15) days' written notice to the Tenant, at its last known address, then this
lease shall be terminated by reason of said default.

          5.   Tenant agrees, in addition to the fixed rental provided for
herein, to pay all lawful taxes made upon the buildings and improvements erected
or to be erected upon the premises which are lawfully assessed during the term
of this lease or any renewal or extension thereof.

          6.   Landlord agrees that Tenant may use and occupy the said leased 
premises for any lawful purpose. Tenant agrees not to use or knowingly permit 
any part of the said leased premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. 
Landlord agrees that Tenant may erect upon the said leased premises a 
building or buildings suitable to the use of Tenant and may, in addition, 
alter, add to, or improve such building so constructed by Tenant. Tenant 
shall have the right at any time to terminate this Lease Agreement, if after 
entering into this Lease Agreement, it is unable to secure all necessary 
governmental approvals required to carry on the various aspects of its 
business, or if after securing all such approvals, one or more of such 
approvals are rescinded, expire or otherwise rendered void thereby preventing 
or interfering with Tenant's use of the leased premises for this intended 
purpose.

          7.   Landlord agrees that Tenant may place or erect on any part of the
said leased premises a flat sign of reasonable size bearing the trade name of
Tenant.

          8.   The Landlord shall at all times under the terms hereof maintain
the Sussex County Industrial Airpark as an active airport facility in compliance
with the regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration.

<PAGE>

          9.   Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to furnish 
to Tenant any facilities or services of any kind, such as, but not limited 
to, steam, heat, gas, hot water, electricity, light, or power, except as 
provided in this lease. Landlord represents, however, that electricity, 
sanitary sewers and water are available within this Industrial Airpark and 
will be brought to the site at no expense to Tenant.

          10.  Tenant agrees during the term of this lease or any
renewal or extension thereof, to comply with all laws, ordinances, lawful orders
and regulations issued by any governmental authority which affect the said
leased premises.

          11.  The Tenant shall have the right to assign this lease together
with all the rights of the Tenant hereunder or enter into a sublease with
Landlord's consent, subject to the following conditions:

               (a)  At the time of said proposed assignment or sublease, this
          lease shall be in full force and effect.

               (b)  The Landlord shall be given written notice of such proposed
          assignment or sublease not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the
          effective date thereof. Landlord shall immediately investigate the
          proposed new tenant to ascertain such proposed tenant's capabilities
          to carry out a business consistent with the policies and objectives
          established by Landlord for all tenants in the Airpark. Landlord shall
          not unreasonably withhold consent of any proposed assignment or
          sublease and in the event consent is not granted, Tenant shall be
          advised in writing of the specific reasons for such rejection. Failure
          of Landlord to grant or deny consent (in writing) within forty-five
          (45) days from receipt of notice of such proposed assignment or
          sublease shall constitute the granting of the required consent.

               (c)  Such assignment or sublease shall be in 

<PAGE>

          writing duly executed and acknowledged in proper form for recording,
          and shall be recorded within ten (10) days after execution and
          delivery thereof.

               (d)  A duplicate original or certified copy of such assignment or
          sublease together with the recording date shall be furnished to the
          Landlord within ten (10) days after the return thereof from the Office
          of the recorder.

               (e)  any assignee or sublessee shall assume this lease by
          written instrument, a duplicate original of which shall be furnished
          to the Landlord within ten (10) days after the effective date of such
          assignment or sublease.

          Upon making an assignment or sublease, in compliance with the
conditions of this paragraph, the Tenant shall be released and relieved of all
further liability under this lease from and after the effective date of such
assignment or sublease, and each subsequent assignee or sublessee, upon making a
further assignment or sublease in compliance with the conditions of this
paragraph, shall be released and relieved of all further liability under this
lease from and after the effective date of such further assignment or sublease.

          The Landlord specifically consents to the sublease of this Lease to
Thomas Gollicker, Harry B. Helmsley and Leona Helmsley, or to a new corporation
composed of the foregoing. This specific consent shall not be construed as a
waiver to the right to consent that a further assignment or sublease hereunder.

          12.  Tenant agrees that no building nor any addition or alteration
thereto shall exceed One Hundred (100) feet above existing ground level.

          13.  Landlord agrees to furnish to Tenant water for general use and 
fire protection and sanitary sewage and storm 

<PAGE>

water drainage services from the facilities constructed by Landlord at least to
the property line of the premises described herein.  Tenant agrees that the
expense of connection, the furnishing of any water meters, pipe and
appurtenances from the property line of Tenant to any improvement erected in
said leased premises shall be an expense of Tenant and shall be installed
pursuant to the requirements of Landlord and any lawful regulations issued by
Landlord pursuant thereto.

     14.  Landlord agrees that all charges for water and sanitary sewer services
to Tenant will be at the rates charged for all other tenants at Sussex County
Industrial Airpark.  Tenant agrees that the strength and characteristics of all
waste water discharged into the sanitary sewer facilities of Landlord shall be
within the limits stated on "Waste Water Quantity and Quality Criteria" which is
attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part of this lease by reference as
though fully set forth herein.

     15.  Landlord agrees, covenants and represents as follows:

          (a)  That there presently exists and there shall exist during the term
     of the lease and extensions thereof no real property taxes assessed,
     levied, placed or charged against the land herein relevant, provided,
     however, that Tenant is responsible and liable for all real estate tax
     relating to buildings and improvements which may be constructed upon said
     land.  Landlord shall pay and be responsible for any real property tax that
     shall be assessed, levied, placed or charged against the land herein
     relevant.

          (b)  That the Tenant, its servants, employees, agents and invitees
     shall at all times during the term of this lease and any renewal thereof,
     have free and uninterrupted right of access (over paved roadways) to the
     premises herein relevant for all varieties and

<PAGE>

     types of vehicular traffic and movement.  Landlord agrees, at no expense to
     Tenant to provide and maintain all taxiways and roadways required to afford
     such access to the leased premises from nearby public highways and roads. 
     The taxiway immediately adjoining the easterly side of the demised premises
     shall be included herein, notwithstanding the fact that this property has
     been designated as part of the demised premises for parking and other
     purposes within paragraph 1.

          (c)  That the premises herein relevant is owned in fee simple by the
     Landlord and that the premises herein relevant is free from any
     encumbrances of any type.

          (d)  That the Landlord has the right to make this lease and that it
     will execute or procure any further assurances of title that may be
     required by the Tenant.

          (e)  That telephone and electric service is and will be available to
     the Tenant from facilities constructed at least to the property line of the
     premises described herein by Landlord or parties other than Tenant.

          (f)  That, subject to the agreement with the current fixed base
     operator, none of the following categories of aviation businesses will be
     permitted at the Sussex County Industrial Airpark during the time of this
     lease:

     A.   Aircraft Completion Center comprised of any of the following
          capabilities:

          1.   Paint Shop (painting aircraft).
          2.   Aircraft Metal Shop.
          3.   Aircraft Wood/Custom Cabinet Shop.
          4.   Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Shop.
          5.   Aircraft Avionics Sales and/or Installation Department.
          6.   Aircraft Upholstery Department/Shop.

<PAGE>
     B.   Aircraft Maintenance Facility that caters to aircraft powered by
          either Turbo Prop or Jet Engine/Engines.

     C.   Aircraft Brokerage Business addressing the Turbo Prop/Jet Market.

     D.   Jet/Turbo Aircraft Charter Business (FAA Part 121, 135 or 135.1
          Operation).

     E.   Major Aircraft Part Supply Business that addresses the Turbo Prop Jet
          Aircraft.

     F.   Airplane/Aircraft Manufacture.  This would be a company/partnership or
          single proprietorship that would design, build and market any type of
          aircraft.

     16.  Upon the termination of this lease, Tenant shall have the right to
sell any improvements and buildings located on the leased premises, provided
such sale is entered into and Landlord so notified within one hundred fifty
(150) days following termination of this lease.  Landlord agrees that it will
offer to and enter into a new lease with the individual or entity to whom Tenant
sells, of up to twenty (20) years with three consecutive ten (10) year options
of renewal, at the option of the purchasing individual or entity, or in the
alternative, if Tenant determines not to sell but to remain in possession, will,
at the option of Tenant, enter into a new lease with Tenant of up to twenty (20)
years with three consecutive ten (10) year options of renewal.  Any such new
lease with a purchaser from tenant or with Tenant shall be at the then current
rental rates being charged by Landlord for vacant properties within the Airpark,
and upon such terms and conditions as are then governing the leasing of
properties in the Airpark.  It is understood, however, that Tenant shall not be
permitted to so sell to any party without the prior written consent of Landlord
which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Consent shall not be denied unless it
is established upon investigation by Landlord that the proposed purchaser
(prospective new Tenant) does not have the capabilities of carrying out a
business consistent with the then current policies and objectives established by
Landlord for all tenants in this Industrial Airpark.

<PAGE>

          17.  Tenant shall have the right to encumber or mortgage or assign its
interest in this lease in connection with securing the financing required to
improve the leased premises as planned by Tenant to house its operations, and
any buildings or improvements on such premises may be so encumbered or
mortgaged. The Landlord shall enter into such consents, attornments, notice
requirements, nondisturbance agreements, subordination and estoppel agreements,
or other similar reasonable requirements as are necessary to effect the
leasehold mortgage permitted herein.

          18.  Tenant agrees during the term of this lease or any renewal or
extension thereof, that any destruction or damage to any building or improvement
on the said leased premises by fire, windstorm or any other casualty shall not
entitle Tenant to surrender possession of the said leased premises or to
terminate this lease or to violate any of its provisions or to cause any rebate
or abatement in rent then due or thereafter becoming due under the terms hereof.

          19.  It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that any
improvement erected on the premises for and during the term of this lease or any
renewal or extension thereof shall be deemed to be personal property and may be
removed by Tenant or any assignee or Tenant within One hundred fifty (150) days
following the termination of this lease either by expiration of time or other
reason; provided, however, that no substantial damage to the freehold 
results; and provided further that upon the failure of Tenant or any assignee 
of Tenant to remove any improvements so erected within the said One hundred 
fifty (150) day period, such improvement or portion thereof left upon the 
said leased premises shall be determined to be abandoned and shall not be 
removed therefrom and shall become the property of Landlord, subject, however, 
to the provision of paragraph 16 of this Agreement of Lease. Tenant agrees 
that any such removal shall be accomplished at the expense of Tenant and not 
at any

<PAGE>

expense or liability of Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord rental at 
the rate set forth in paragraph 4 hereof for the number of days after the 
termination of this lease that Tenant does not remove the improvements from 
the premises or does not give notice to Landlord that the improvements are 
not to be removed or the One hundred fifty (150) day period expires, 
whichever first occurs.

          20.  In the event Landlord elects to sell the leased premises (Lots 
1 through 7, inclusive) as a separate parcel of land during the term of this 
Lease Agreement, or any renewal or extension thereof, including a renewal 
resulting from rights conferred by paragraph 16, above, Landlord agrees that 
it shall first offer to sell the premises to Tenant upon the same terms and 
conditions it is prepared to sell to a third party purchaser. This right of 
first refusal shall not be applicable in the event Landlord elects to sell 
the leased premises, plus additional properties within this Industrial 
Airpark (or the entire Airpark) as a single transaction for a single purchase 
price.

          21.  It is mutually agreed by the parties hereto that any notice 
under this lease shall be in writing and must be sent by Registered or 
Certified Mail to the last address of the party to whom the notice is to be 
given, as designated by such party in writing. Landlord hereby designates its 
address as County Administrator, Court House, Georgetown, Delaware, 19947. 
Tenant hereby designates its address as P. O. Box 521, Georgetown, Delaware, 
19947, and a carbon copy to its attorney, Warner D. Norton, Esquire, 60 East 
42nd Street, Suit 1517, New York, New York, 10165.

          22.  It is mutually agreed by the parties hereto that the terms 
"Landlord" and "Tenant" shall refer to and bind not only the parties hereto 
but also their respective successors and assigns.

          23.  This lease shall be subject and subordinate to no lien of any 
kind now or hereafter placed on the land and

<PAGE>

buildings of which the leased premises form a part.

          24.  Throughout the term of this lease, the Tenant shall pay all 
premiums for insurance coverage on the leased property, including fire and 
windstorm insurance, in such amounts as may be required by the Landlord and 
with such companies as the Tenant may choose, subject to Landlord's approval. 
The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all liabilities, expenses, 
and losses incurred by the Landlord as a result of (a) failure by Tenant to 
perform any covenant required to be performed by the Tenant hereunder; (b) 
any accident, injury, or damage which shall happen in or about the leased 
property or appurtenances, or resulting from the condition, maintenance, or 
operation of the leased property; (c) failure to comply with any requirements 
of any governmental authority; and (d) any mechanic's lien, or security 
agreement, filed against the leased property, any equipment therein, or any 
materials used in the construction or alteration of any building or 
improvement thereon.

          25.  The terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this lease 
shall be deemed to be severable. If any clause or provision herein contained 
shall be adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent 
jurisdiction or by operations of any applicable law, it shall not affect the 
validity of any other clause or provision herein, but such other clauses or 
provisions shall remain in full force and effect. The Landlord may pursue the 
relief or remedy sought in any invalid clause, by conforming the said clause 
with the provisions of the statutes or the regulations of any governmental 
agency in such case made and provided as if the particular provisions of the 
applicable statute or regulations were set forth herein at length.

          26.  In all reference herein to any parties, person, entities or 
corporations, the use of any particular gender or the plural or singular 
number is intended to include the appropriate gender or number as the text of 
the within instrument may require. All the terms, covenants and conditions 
herein

<PAGE>

contained shall be for and shall inure to the benefit of and shall bind the 
respective parties hereto, and their heirs, executors, administrators, 
personal or legal representatives, successors and assigns.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement 
to be executed by their proper officers and their corporate seals to be 
hereunto affixed, the day and year first above written.

                                          SUSSEX COUNTY



APPROVED AS TO FORM:                      BY  /s/ Olway I. Hill
                                          -------------------------------------
                                              President of County Council


BY /s/ Heinrich Schraoker                 ATTEST  /s/ Emogene Elks
  --------------------------------------        ----------------------------
        Acting County Attorney                     Clerk of County Council



                                          GEORGETOWN AIRCRAFT SERVICES, INC.


                                          BY  /s/ Thomas Gollicker
                                          -------------------------------------
                                              Thomas Gollicker        President

                                          ATTEST  /s/ Warner Harte
                                          -------------------------------------
               [STAMP]                            Warner Harte  Asst. Secretary

<PAGE>

                              FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE
                                          
          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE is made and entered this 13th day of 
August, 1997, by and between Sussex County, a political subdivision of the 
State of Delaware, and Pats, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

          WHEREAS, Sussex County, as Landlord, and Georgetown Aircraft 
Services, Inc., as Tenant, entered into an Agreement of Lease, dated January 
12, 1982, for approximately 30.626 acres of land in the Sussex County 
Industrial Airport, Sussex County, Delaware (the "Lease");

          WHEREAS, Georgetown Aircraft Services, Inc., as Seller and Pats, 
Inc., as Buyer, have entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 
13, 1997, providing for, in part, for the assignment of the Lease from 
Georgetown Aircraft Services, Inc., to Pats, Inc. (the "Asset Purchase 
Agreement") pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed 
by Seller and Buyer immediately prior hereto; and 

          WHEREAS, Sussex County has the right, under certain circumstances, 
to not consent to the assignment of the Lease; and 

          WHEREAS, Sussex County has agreed to consent to the assignment of 
the Lease from Georgetown Aircraft Services, Inc. to Pats, Inc. provided that 
there are certain amendments to the Lease, which amendments Pats, Inc. has 
agreed to accept in exchange for Sussex County's consent to the assignment of 
the Lease and other consideration to be provided by Sussex County to Pats, 
Inc.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinabove 
and hereinafter expressed, the parties hereto agree as follows:

<PAGE>

1.   Subparagraph 15(f)(A.)-(F.) of the Lease is deleted.

2.   The following language is added as paragraph 27 of the Lease:

     "27. Tenant shall not schedule any arrivals or departures of aircraft for 
     hours between 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m."

3.   The following language is added as paragraph 28 of the Lease:

     "28. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 3 of the Lease 
     regarding a description of the leased premises and the term of the 
     Lease, respectively, the Landlord and Tenant agree, notwithstanding an 
     extension of the lease by Tenant beyond December 31, 2021, as provided 
     for in paragraph 3 of the Lease, that any of the lots which are part of 
     the leased premises and are not either developed or subleased by the 
     Tenant to a Subtenant or Subtenants, that such lots shall automatically 
     revert back to the Landlord on December 31, 2021, and not be deemed to 
     be a part of the leased premises after December 31, 2021."

4.   The following language is added as paragraph 29 of the Lease:

     "29. Tenant shall pay a fee to Landlord of an amount equal to five percent
     (5.0%) of the gross annual rent on each sublease that the Tenant enters 
     into with a Subtenant, which fee shall be due by Tenant to Landlord on 
     January 15 for the preceeding six (6) months, and July 15 for the 
     preceding six (6) months. The Landlord may, at its own expense and upon 
     reasonable notice to tenant, audit Tenant's records for the purpose of 
     verifying the accuracy of the payments to be made by Tenant to Landlord 
     hereunder.

5.   The following language is added as paragraph 30 of the Lease:

     "30. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to ten cents ($.10) per 
     gallon on the first 100,000 gallons of fuel sold by Tenant to its 
     customers each year and eight cents ($.08) per gallon on each 
     gallon of fuel in excess of 100,000 gallons of fuel sold by 
     Tenant to its customers each year, which fee shall be due on 
     January 15 for the preceding six (6) months, and July 15 for the 
     preceding six (6) months. The Landlord may, at its own expense 
     and upon reasonable notice to tenant, audit Tenant's records for 
     the purpose of verifying


                                       2
<PAGE>

          the accuracy of the payments to be made by Tenant to Landlord
          hereunder.

     6.   The following language is added to paragraph 6 of the Lease between 
the existing first and second sentences of paragraph 6.

          "Lawful purpose shall mean any lawful purpose that is related to (1)
          lawful aviation uses of any kind, or (2) lawful manufacturing uses of
          any kind."

     7.   The following language is added to the end of paragraph 11:

          "The Landlord specifically consents to the sublease of this Lease to
          an entity wholly-owned by Pats, Inc.  This specific consent shall not
          be construed as a waiver to the right to consent to a further
          assignment or sublease hereunder."

     8.   Exhibit "A" to paragraph 14 of the Lease, which is titled "Waste 
Water Quantity and Quality Criteria" is deleted and replaced with a new 
Exhibit "A" titled "Waste Water Quantity and Quality Criteria dated July 1, 
1997."

     9.   Sussex County hereby consents to the assignment of Georgetown 
Aircraft Services, Inc.'s right, title and interest in the Lease, as Tenant, 
to Pats, Inc.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment 
of Lease to be executed by their proper officers and their corporate seals to 
be hereunto fixed the day and year first above written.

                           [SIGNATURE LINE TO FOLLOW]

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                       Sussex County

Approved As to Form:

/s/                                    By: /s/ Dale R. Dukes
- -----------------------------             -------------------------------
Sussex County Attorney                      President of Sussex County Council


                                       Attest:

                                       Robin A. Griffith
                                       ----------------------------------
                                        Clerk of Sussex County Council

                                       PATS, INC.
         
                                       By: Lorin D. Owler
                                       ----------------------------------
                                                 Vice President



                                       4


<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 10.14
                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                     between

                               THE BOEING COMPANY

                                       and

                                 CORY COMPONENTS


                              Number 6-5752-0002



                                       i
<PAGE>
 
                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION             TITLE          
- -------             ------

1.0                 DEFINITIONS
 
2.0                 ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
                    AND APPLICABLE TERMS

2.1                 Issuance of Purchase Orders

2.2                 Acceptance of Purchase Orders

2.3                 Written Authorization to Proceed

2.4                 Rejection of Purchase Orders

3.0                 TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

4.0                 DELIVERY

4.1                 Requirements

4.2                 Delay

4.3                 Notice of Labor Disputes
 
5.0                 ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT
                    REPRESENTATIVES

5.1                 Review

5.2                 Resident Representatives

6.0                 INVOICE AND PAYMENT
 
7.0                 PACKING AND SHIPPING
 
8.0                 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION
                    REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

8.1                 Controlling Document

8.2                 Seller's Inspection

8.3                 Boeing's Inspection and Rejection
 
8.4                 Federal Aviation Administration or
                    Equivalent Government Agency Inspection
 
8.5                 Retention of Records
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>

SECTION             TITLE
- -------             -----

8.6                 Source Inspection

8.7                 Language for Technical Information

9.0                 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

10.0                CHANGES

10.1                General

10.2                Model Mix

11.0                PRODUCT ASSURANCE

12.0                TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

13.0                EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

14.0                EXCUSABLE DELAY

15.0                SUSPENSION OF WORK

16.0                TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION: INDEMNITY
                    AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS
 
17.0                ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE
 
18.0                RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY
 
19.0                LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO
                    ENCUMBER ASSETS
 
20.0                PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND
                    ITEMS
 
21.0                COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

22.0                INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT

23.0                INFRINGEMENT

24.0                BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S, PATENTS
                    COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS AND TOOLING
 
25.0                NOTICES

25.1                Addresses

25.2                Effective Date

25.3                Approval or Consent
                    
  
                                     iii
<PAGE>

SECTION             TITLE
- -------             ------

26.0                PUBLICITY

27.0                PROPERTY INSURANCE

27.1                Insurance

27.2                Certificate of Insurance

27.3                Notice of Damage or Loss

28.0                RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE

28.1                Subcontracting

28.2                Reliance

28.3                Assignment

29.0                NON-WAIVER

30.0                HEADINGS

31.0                PARTIAL INVALIDITY

32.0                APPLICABLE LAW

33.0                AMENDMENT

34.0                LIMITATION

35.0                TAXES

35.1                Inclusion of Taxes in Price

35.2                Litigation

35.3                Rebates

36.0                FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET

37.0                ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER
                    OF PRECEDENCE

37.1                Entire Agreement

37.2                Incorporated By Reference

37.3                Order of Precedence

37.4                Disclaimer                    
                                           
                                      iv
                                          
<PAGE>

                                    AMENDMENT

AMEND
NUMBER              DESCRIPTION                     DATE          APPROVAL
- ------              -----------                     ----          --------









                                       v
<PAGE>

                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                                   RELATING TO

                                 BOEING PRODUCTS



     THIS GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of (DATE), by
and between CORY COMPONENTS, a California corporation, with its principal
office in El Segundo, CA, ("Seller"), and The Boeing Company, a Delaware
corporation with its principal office in Seattle, Washington acting by and
through its division the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").


                                  RECITALS

A.   Boeing produces commercial airplanes.

B.   Seller manufactures and sells certain goods and services for use in the
     production and support of such aircraft.
     
C.   Seller desires to sell and Boeing desires to purchase certain of Seller's
     goods and services in accordance with the terms set forth in this
     Agreement.

     
     Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth
     herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENTS

1.0       DEFINITIONS
          The definitions set forth below shall apply to the following terms as
          they are used in this Agreements, any Order, or any related Special
          Business Provisions ("SBP"). Words importing the singular number shall
          also include the plural number and vice versa.
          
          (a)  "Customer" means any owner, operator or user of Products and any
               other individual, partnership, corporation or entity which has or
               acquires any interest in the Products from, through or under
               Boeing.

          (b)  "Derivative" means any new model airplane designated by Boeing as
               a derivative of an existing Model airplane and which: (1) has the
               same number of engines as the existing model airplane; (2)
               utilizes essentially the same aerodynamic and propulsion design,
               major assembly components, and systems as the existing model
               airplane and (3) achieves other payload/range combinations by
               changes in body length, engine thrust, or variations in certified
               gross weight.

          (c)  "Drawing" means an automated or manual depiction of graphics or
               technical information representing a Product or any part thereof
               and which includes the parts list and specifications relating
               thereto.

          (d)  "End Item Assembly" means any Product which is described by a
               single part number and which is comprised of more than one
               component part.

          (e)  "FAA" means the United States Federal Aviation Administration or
               any successor agency thereto.

          (f)  "FAR" means the Federal Acquisition Regulations in effect on the
               date of this Agreement.

          (g)  "Material Representative" means the individual designated from
               time to time, by Boeing as being primarily responsible for
               interacting with Seller regarding this Agreement and any Order.

          (h)  "Order" means each purchase order issued by Boeing and accepted
               by Seller under the terms of this Agreement. Each Order is a
               contract between Boeing and Seller.

          (i)  "Product" means goods, including components and parts thereof,
               services, documents, data, software, software documentation and
               other information or items furnished or to be furnished to Boeing
               under any Order, including Tooling except for Rotating Use Tools.

          (j)  "Purchased on Assembly Production Detail Part (POA)" means a
               component part of an End Item Assembly.

          (k)  "Shipset" means the total quantity of a given part number or
               material necessary for production of one airplane.

                                       2

<PAGE>
               
          (l)  "Spare" means any Product, regardless of whether the Product is
               an End Item Assembly or a Purchased on Assembly Production Detail
               Part, which is intended for use or sale as a spare part or a
               production replacement.
               
          (m)  "Tooling" means all tooling, as defined in Boeing Document
               M31-24, "Boeing Suppliers Tooling Manual," and/or described on
               any Order, including but not limited to Boeing-Use Tooling, 
               Supplier-Use Tooling and Common-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing
               Document D6-49004, "Operations General Requirements for
               Suppliers," and Rotating-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing
               Document M31-13, "Accountability of Inplant/Outplant Special
               (Contract) Tools." For purposes of this Agreement, in the
               documents named in this subparagraph, the term "Supplier Use
               Tooling" shall be changed to Seller Use Tooling.

2.0       ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS
          
2.1       ISSUANCE OF ORDERS
          Boeing may issue Orders to Seller from time to time. Each Order shall
          contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to the
          applicable specifications and Drawings, the quantities and prices, the
          delivery schedule, the terms and place of delivery and any special
          conditions.
               
          Each Order which incorporates this Agreement shall be governed by and
          be deemed to include the provisions of this Agreement. Purchase Order
          Terms and Conditions, Form D1-4100-4045, Form P252T and any other
          purchase order terms and conditions which may conflict with this
          Agreement, do not apply to the Orders.
          
2.2       ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS
          Each Order is Boeing's offer to Seller and acceptance is strictly
          limited to its terms. Boeing will not be bound by and specifically
          objects to any term or condition which is different from or in
          addition to the provisions of the Order, whether or not such term or
          condition will materially alter the Order. Seller's commencement of
          performance or acceptance of the Order in any manner shall
          conclusively evidence Seller's acceptance of the Order as written.
          Boeing may revoke any Order prior to Boeing's receipt of Seller's
          written acceptance or Seller's commencement of performance.
          
2.3       WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
          Boeing's Material Representative may give written authorization to
          Seller to commence performance before Boeing issues an Order. If
          Boeing in its written authorization specifies that an Order will be
          issued, Boeing and Seller shall proceed as if an Order had been
          issued. This Agreement, the applicable SBP and the terms stated in the
          written authorization shall be deemed to be a part of Boeing's offer
          and the parties shall promptly agree on any open Order terms. If
          Boeing does not specify in its written authorization that an Order
          shall be issued, Boeing's obligation is strictly limited to the terms
          of the written authorization. For purposes of this Section 2.3 only,
          written authorization includes electronic transmission chosen by
          Boeing.


                                       3

<PAGE>

          If Seller commences performance before an Order is issued or without
          receiving Boeing's prior authorization to proceed, such performance
          shall be at Seller's expense.
          
2.4       REJECTION OF PURCHASE ORDER
          Any rejection by Seller of an Order shall specify the reasons for
          rejection and any changes or additions that would make the Order
          acceptable to Seller; provided, however, that Seller may not reject
          any Order for reasons inconsistent with the provisions of this
          Agreement or the applicable SBP.
          
3.0       TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
          Title to and risk of any loss of or damage to the Products shall pass
          from Seller to Boeing at the F.O.B. point as specified in the
          applicable Order, except for loss or damage thereto resulting from
          Seller's fault or negligence. Passage of title on delivery does not
          constitute Boeing's acceptance of Products.
          
4.0       DELIVERY

4.1       REQUIREMENTS
          Deliveries shall be strictly in accordance with the quantities, the
          schedule and other requirements specified in the applicable Order.
          Seller may not make early or partial deliveries without Boeing's prior
          written authorization. Deliveries which fail to meet Order
          requirements may be returned to Seller at Seller's expense.
          
4.2       DELAY
          Seller shall notify Boeing immediately, of any circumstances that may
          cause a delay in delivery, stating the estimated period of delay and
          the reasons therefor. If requested by Boeing, Seller shall use
          additional effort, including premium effort, and shall ship via air or
          other expedited routing to avoid or minimize delay to the maximum
          extent possible. All additional costs resulting from such premium
          effort or premium transportation shall be borne by Seller with the
          exception of such costs attributable to delays caused directly by
          Boeing. Nothing herein shall prejudice any of the rights or remedies
          provided to Boeing in the applicable Order or by law.
          
4.3       NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES
          Seller shall immediately notify Boeing of any actual or potential
          labor dispute that may disrupt the timely performance of an Order.
          Seller shall include the substance of this Section 4.3, including this
          sentence, in any subcontract relating to an Order if a labor dispute
          involving the subcontractor would have the potential to delay the
          timely performance of such Order. Each subcontractor, however, shall
          only be required to give the necessary notice and information to its
          next higher-tier subcontractor.
          
5.0       ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
          
5.1       REVIEW
          At Boeing's request, Seller shall provide at Boeing's facility or at a
          place designated by Boeing, a review explaining the status of the
          Order, actions taken or planned relating to the Order and any other
          relevant information. Nothing herein may be construed as a waiver of
          Boeing's rights to proceed against Seller because of any delinquency.

          
BCAG CONTRACT 07-01-95                  4

<PAGE>
          Boeing's authorized representatives may enter Seller's plant at all
          reasonable times to conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the
          Products and work-in-process. Seller shall include in its subcontracts
          issued in connection with an Order a like provision giving Boeing the
          right to enter the premises of Seller's subcontractors. When requested
          by Boeing, Seller shall accompany Boeing to Seller's subcontractors.
          
5.2       RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
          Boeing may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems
          necessary assign resident personnel at Seller's facilities. Seller
          shall furnish, free of charge, all office space, secretarial service
          and other facilities and assistance reasonably required by Boeing's
          representatives at Seller's plant. The resident team will function
          under the guidance of Boeing's manager. The resident team will provide
          communication and coordination to ensure timely performance of the
          Order. Boeing's resident team shall be allowed access to all work
          areas, Order status reports and management review necessary to assure
          timely performance and conformance with the requirements of each
          Order. Notwithstanding such assistance, Seller remains solely
          responsible for performing in accordance with each Order.
          
6.0       INVOICE AND PAYMENT
          Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, invoicing and
          payment shall be in accordance with SBP Section 7.0. 
          
7.0       PACKING AND SHIPPING
          Seller shall (a) prepare for shipment and suitably pack all Products
          to prevent damage or deterioration, (b) where Boeing has not
          identified a carrier, secure lowest transportation rates, (c) comply
          with the appropriate carrier tariff for the mode of transportation
          specified by Boeing and (d) comply with any special instructions
          stated in the applicable Order.

          Boeing shall pay no charges for preparation, packing, crating or
          cartage unless stated in the applicable Order. Unless otherwise
          directed by Boeing, all standard routing shipments forwarded on one
          day must be consolidated. Each container must be consecutively
          numbered and marked as set forth below. Container and Order numbers
          must be indicated on the applicable bill of lading. Two copies of the
          packing sheets must be attached to the No. 1 container of each
          shipment and one copy in each individual container. Each pack sheet
          must include as a minimum the following: a) Seller's name, address and
          phone number; b) Order and item number; c) ship date for the Products;
          d) total quantity shipped and quantity in each container, if
          applicable; e) legible pack slip number; f) nomenclature; g) unit of
          measure; h) ship to if other than Boeing; i) warranty data and
          certification, as applicable; j) rejection tag, if applicable; k)
          Seller's certification that Products comply with Order requirements;
          and, l) identification of optional material used, if applicable.
          Products sold F.O.B. place of shipment must be forwarded collect.
          Seller may not make any declaration concerning the value of the
          Products shipped, except on Products where the tariff rating or rate
          depends on the released or declared value, and in such event the value
          shall be released or declared at the maximum value for the lowest
          tariff rating or rate.


                                       5
<PAGE>

          The following markings shall be included on each unit container: a)
          Seller's name; b) Seller's part number, if applicable; c) Boeing part
          number, if applicable; d) part nomenclature; e) Order number; f)
          quantity of Products in container; g) unit of measure; h) serial
          number, if applicable; i) date (quarter/year) identified as assembly
          or rubber cure date, if applicable; j) precautionary handling
          instructions or marking as required.
               
          In addition, the following markings/labels shall be included on each
          shipping container: a) Name and address of consignee; b) Name and
          address of consigner; c) Order number; d) Part number as shown on the
          Order; e) Quantity of Products in container; f) Unit of measure; g)
          Box number; h) Total number of boxes in shipment; and, i)
          Precautionary handling, labeling or marking as required.
               
8.0       QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION, REJECTION, & ACCEPTANCE

          
8.1       CONTROLLING DOCUMENT
          The controlling quality assurance document for Orders shall be as set
          forth in the SBP Section 4.0.
          
8.2       SELLER'S INSPECTION
          Seller shall inspect or otherwise verify that all Products and
          components thereof, including those procured from or furnished by
          subcontractors or Boeing, comply with the requirements of the Order
          prior to shipment to Boeing or Customer. Seller shall be responsible
          for all tests and inspections of the Product and any component thereof
          during receiving, manufacture and Seller's final inspection. Seller
          shall include on each packing sheet a certification that the Products
          comply with the requirements of the Order.
          
8.2.1     SELLER'S DISCLOSURE
          Seller will immediately notify Boeing when discrepancies in Seller's
          processes or Product are discovered or suspected for Products Seller
          has delivered.
          
8.3       BOEING'S INSPECTION AND REJECTION
          Unless otherwise specified on an Order, Products shall be subject to
          final inspection and acceptance by Boeing at destination,
          notwithstanding any payment or prior inspection. Boeing may reject any
          Product which does not strictly conform to the requirements of the
          applicable Order. Boeing shall by notice, rejection tag or other
          communication notify Seller of such rejection. Whenever possible,
          Boeing may coordinate with Seller prior to disposition of the rejected
          Product(s), however, Boeing shall retain final disposition authority
          with respect to all rejections. At Seller's risk and expense, all such
          Products will be returned to Seller for immediate repair, replacement
          or other correction and redelivery to Boeing; provided, however, that
          with respect to any or all of such Products and at Boeing's election
          and at Seller's risk and expense, Boeing may: (a) hold, retain, or
          return such Products without permitting any repair, replacement or
          other correction by Seller; (b) hold or retain such Products for
          repair by Seller or, at Boeing's election, for repair by Boeing with
          such assistance from Seller as Boeing may require; (c) hold such
          Products until Seller has delivered conforming replacements for such
          Products; (d) hold such Products until conforming replacements are
          obtained from a third party; (e) return such Products with
          instructions to Seller as to whether the Products shall be repaired or
          replaced and as to the


                                       6
<PAGE>
          manner of redelivery or (f) return such Products with instructions
          that they be scrapped. Upon final disposition by Boeing that the
          non-conforming Product(s) are not subject to repair and prior to the
          Products being scrapped. Seller shall render the Product(s) unusable.
          Seller shall also maintain, pursuant to their quality assurance
          system, records certifying destruction of the applicable Products.
          Said certification shall state the method and date of mutilation and
          destruction of the subject Product(s). Boeing shall have the right to
          review and inspect these records at any time it deems necessary.
          Failure to comply with these requirements shall be a material breach
          of this Agreement and grounds for default pursuant to GTA Section
          13.0. All repair, replacement and other corrections and redelivery
          shall be completed within such time as Boeing may require. All costs
          and expenses, loss of value and any other damages incurred as a result
          of or in connection with nonconformance and repair, replacement or
          other correction may be recovered from Seller by an equitable price
          reduction, set-off or credit against any amounts that may be owed to
          Seller under the applicable Order or otherwise.
          
          Boeing may revoke its acceptance of any Products and have the same
          rights with regard to the Products involved as if it had originally
          rejected them.

8.4       FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OR EQUIVALENT
          GOVERNMENT AGENCY INSPECTION
          Representatives of Boeing, the FAA or any equivalent government agency
          may inspect and evaluate Seller's plant including, but not limited to,
          Seller's and subcontractor's facilities, systems, data, equipment,
          inventory holding areas, procedures, personnel, testing, and all work-
          in-process and completed Products. For purposes of this Section 8.4,
          equivalent government agency shall mean those governmental agencies so
          designated by the FAA or those agencies within individual countries
          which maintain responsibility for assuring aircraft airworthiness.

8.5       RETENTION OF RECORDS
          Quality assurance records shall be maintained on file at Seller's
          facility and available to Boeing's authorized representatives. Seller
          shall retain such records for a period of not less than seven (7)
          years from the date of final payment under the applicable Order.

8.6       SOURCE INSPECTION
          If an Order contains a notation that "100% Source Inspection" is
          required, the Products shall not be packed for shipment until they
          have been submitted to Boeing's quality assurance representative for
          inspection. Both the packing list and Seller's invoice must reflect
          evidence of this inspection.

8.7       LANGUAGE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION
          All reports, drawings and other technical information submitted to
          Boeing for review or approval shall be in English and shall employ the
          units of measure customarily used by Boeing in the U.S.A.


                                       7
<PAGE>

9.0       EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
          Seller shall maintain complete and accurate records showing the sales
          volume of all Products. Such records shall support all services
          performed, allowances claimed and costs incurred by Seller in the
          performance of each Order, including but not limited to those factors
          which comprise or affect direct labor hours, direct labor rates,
          material costs, burden rates and subcontracts. Such records and other
          data shall be capable of verification through audit and analysis by
          Boeing and be available to Boeing at Seller's facility for Boeing's
          examination and audit at all reasonable times from the date of the
          applicable Order until three (3) years after final payment under such
          Order. Seller shall provide assistance to interpret such data if
          requested by Boeing. Such examination shall provide Boeing with
          complete information regarding Seller's performance for use in price
          negotiations with Seller relating to existing or future orders for
          Products, including but not limited to negotiation of equitable
          adjustments for changes and termination/obsolescence claims pursuant
          to GTA Section 10.0. Boeing shall treat all information disclosed
          under this Section as confidential.

10.0      CHANGES

          
10.1      GENERAL
          Boeing's Material Representative may at any time by written change
          order make changes within the general scope of an Order in any one or
          more of the following: drawings, designs, specifications, shipping,
          packing, place of inspection, place of delivery place of acceptance,
          adjustments in quantities, adjustments in delivery schedules, or the
          amount of Boeing furnished material. Seller shall proceed immediately
          to perform the Order as changed. If any such change causes an increase
          or decrease in the cost of or the time required for the performance of
          any part of the work, whether changed or not changed by the change
          order, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the price of or the
          delivery schedule for those Products affected, and the applicable
          Order shall be modified in writing accordingly. Any claim by Seller
          for adjustment under this Section 10.1 must be received by Boeing in
          writing no later than (60) days from the date of receipt by Seller of
          the written change order or within such further time as the parties
          may agree in writing or such claim shall be deemed waived. Nothing in
          this Section 10.1 shall excuse Seller from proceeding with an Order as
          changed, including failure of the parties to agree on any adjustment
          to be made under this Section 10.1.
               
          If Seller considers that the conduct of any of Boeing's employees has
          constituted a change hereunder, Seller shall immediately notify
          Boeing's Material Representative in writing as to the nature of such
          conduct and its effect on Seller's performance. Pending direction from
          Boeing's Material Representative, Seller shall take no action to
          implement any such change.

10.2      MODEL MIX
          In the event any Derivative aircraft(s) is introduced by
          Boeing, Boeing may (but is not obligated to) direct Seller
          within the scope of the applicable Order and in accordance
          with the provisions of GTA Section 10.0 to supply Boeing's
          requirements for Products for such Derivative aircraft(s)
          which correspond to those Products being produced under the
          applicable Order.


                                       8
<PAGE>

11.0      PRODUCT ASSURANCE
          Boeing's acceptance of any Product does not alter or affect the
          obligations of Seller or the rights of Boeing and its customers under
          the document referenced in the SBP Section 6.0 or as provided by law.

12.0      TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

12.1      BASIS FOR TERMINATION; NOTICE
          Boeing may, from time to time and at Boeing's sole discretion,
          terminate all or part of any Order issued hereunder, by written notice
          to Seller. Any such written notice of termination shall specify the
          effective date and the extent of any such termination.

12.2      TERMINATION INSTRUCTIONS
          On receipt of a written notice of termination pursuant to GTA Section
          12.1, unless otherwise directed by Boeing, Seller shall:
          
          A.   Immediately stop work as specified in the notice;
          B.   Immediately terminate its subcontracts and purchase orders
               relating to work terminated;
          C.   Settle any termination claims made by its subcontractors or
               suppliers; provided, that Boeing shall have approved the amount
               of such termination claims prior to such settlement;
          D.   Preserve and protect all terminated inventory and Products;
          E.   At Boeing's request, transfer title (to the extent not previously
               transferred) and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designee all
               supplies and materials, work-in-process. Tooling and
               manufacturing drawings and data produced or acquired by Seller
               for the performance of this Agreement and any Order, all in
               accordance with the terms of such request;
          F.   Take all reasonable steps required to return, or at Boeing's
               option and with prior written approval to destroy, all Boeing
               Proprietary Information and Items in the possession, custody or
               control of Seller;
          G.   Take such other action as, in Boeing's reasonable opinion, may be
               necessary, and as Boeing shall direct in writing, to facilitate
               termination of this Order; and
          H.   Complete performance of the work not terminated.

12.3      SELLER'S CLAIM
          If Boeing terminates an Order in whole or in part pursuant to Section
          12.1 above, Seller shall have the right to submit a written
          termination claim to Boeing in accordance with the terms of this
          Section 12.3. Such termination claim shall be submitted to Boeing not
          later than six (6) months after Seller's receipt of the termination
          notice and shall be in the form prescribed by Boeing. Such claim must
          contain sufficient detail to explain the amount claimed, including
          detailed inventory schedules and a detailed breakdown of all costs
          claimed separated into categories ( e.g., materials, purchased parts,
          finished components, labor, burden, general and administrative), and
          to explain the basis for allocation of all other costs. Seller shall
          be entitled to be compensated in accordance with and to the extent
          allowed under the terms of FAR 52-249-2(e)-(m) excluding (i), (as
          published in 48 CFR Section 52.249-2) which is incorporated herein by
          this reference except "Government" and "Contracting Officer" shall 
          mean Boeing, "Contractor" shall mean Seller and "Contract" shall mean
          Order.


                                       9
<PAGE>
          
12.4      FAILURE TO SUBMIT A CLAIM
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.0, if Seller
          fails to submit a termination claim within the time period set forth
          above, Seller shall be barred from submitting a claim and Boeing shall
          have no obligation for payment to Seller under this Section 12.0
          except for those Products previously delivered and accepted by Boeing.
          
12.5      PARTIAL TERMINATION
          Any partial termination of an Order shall not alter or affect the
          terms and conditions of the Order or any Order with respect to
          Products not terminated.
          
12.6      PRODUCT PRICE
          Termination under any of the above paragraphs shall not result in any
          change to unit prices for Products not terminated.
          
12.7      EXCLUSIONS OR DEDUCTIONS
          The following items shall be excluded or deducted from any claim
          submitted by Seller:
               
          A.   All unliquidated advances or other payments made by Boeing to    
               Seller pursuant to a terminated Order;

          B.   Any claim which Boeing has against Seller; 

          C.   The agreed price for scrap allowance;
               
          E.   Except for normal spoilage and any risk of loss assumed by
               Boeing, the agreed fair value of property that is lost,
               destroyed, stolen or damaged.
          
12.8      PARTIAL PAYMENT/PAYMENT
          Payment, if any, to be paid under this Section 12.0 shall be made
          thirty (30) days after settlement between the parties or as otherwise
          agreed to between the parties. Boeing may make partial payments and
          payments against costs incurred by Seller for the terminated portion
          of the Order, if the total of such payments does not exceed the amount
          to which Seller would be otherwise entitled. If the total payments
          exceed the final amount determined to be due, Seller shall repay the
          excess to Boeing upon demand.
          
12.9      SELLER'S ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
          Boeing and Seller agree that Seller's "normal accounting practices"
          used in developing the price of the Product(s) shall also be used in
          determining the allocable costs at termination. For purposes of this
          Section 12.9, Seller's "normal accounting practices" refers to
          Seller's method of charging costs as either a direct charge, overhead
          expense, general administrative expense, etc.
          
12.10     RECORDS
          Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by law, Seller shall
          maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion
          of the Order for three (3) years after final settlement of Seller's
          termination claim.


                                      10
<PAGE>

13.0      EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
          
13.1      EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall
          constitute an "Event of Default":
            
          A.   Any failure by Seller to deliver, when and as required
               by this Agreement or any Order, any Product, except as
               provided in GTA Section 14.0; or
          B.   Any failure by Seller to provide an acceptable
               Assurance of Performance within the time specified in
               GTA Section 17.0, or otherwise in accordance with
               applicable law; or,
          C.   Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any
               obligation set forth in GTA Section 20.0; or
          D.   Seller is or has participated in the sale, purchase or
               manufacture of airplane parts without the required
               approval of the FAA.
          E.   Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any
               obligation (other than as described in the foregoing
               Sections 13.1.A, 13.1.B, 13.1.C and 13.1.D) set forth in
               this Agreement and such failure shall continue
               unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days or more
               following receipt by Seller of notice from Boeing
               specifying such failure; or
          F.   (a) the suspension, dissolution or winding-up of Seller's
               business, (b) Seller's insolvency, or its inability to pay debts,
               or its nonpayment of debts, as they become due, (c) the
               institution of reorganization, liquidation or other such
               proceedings by or against Seller or the appointment of a
               custodian, trustee, receiver or similar Person for Seller's
               properties or business, (d) an assignment by Seller for the
               benefit of its creditors, or (e) any action of Seller for the
               purpose of effecting or facilitating any of the foregoing.

13.2      REMEDIES
          If any Event of Default shall occur:
            
          A.   CANCELLATION
               Boeing may, by giving written notice to Seller,
               immediately cancel this Agreement and/or any Order, in
               whole or in part, and Boeing shall not be required
               after such notice to accept the tender by Seller of any
               Products with respect to which Boeing has elected to
               cancel this Agreement.
          B.   COVER
               Boeing may manufacture, produce or provide, or may
               engage any other persons to manufacture, produce or
               provide, any Products in substitution for the Products
               to be delivered or provided by Seller hereunder with
               respect to which this Agreement or any Order has been
               cancelled and, in addition to any other remedies or
               damages available to Boeing hereunder or at law or in
               equity, Boeing may recover from Seller the difference
               between the price for each such Product and the
               aggregate expense, including, without limitation,
               administrative and other indirect costs, paid or
               incurred by Boeing to manufacture, produce or provide,
               or engage other persons to manufacture, produce or
               provide, each such Product.
          C.   REWORK OR REPAIR
               Boeing may rework or repair any Product in accordance
               with GTA Section 8.3;


                                      11
<PAGE>

          
          D.   SETOFF
               Boeing shall, at its option, have the right to set off
               against and apply to the payment or performance of any
               obligation, sum or amount owing at any time to Boeing
               hereunder or under any Order, all deposits, amounts or
               balances held by Boeing for the account of Seller and any
               amounts owed by Boeing to Seller, regardless of whether any
               such deposit, amount, balance or other amount or payment is
               then due and owing.
          E.   TOOLING AND OTHER MATERIALS
               As compensation for the additional costs which Boeing will
               incur as a result of the actual physical transfer of
               production capabilities from Seller to Boeing or Boeing's
               designee, Seller shall upon the request of Boeing, transfer
               and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designee title to any or
               all (i) Tooling, (ii) Boeing-furnished material, (iii) raw
               materials, parts, work-in-process, incomplete or completed
               assemblies, and all other Products or parts thereof in the
               possession or under the effective control of Seller or any
               of its subcontractors (iv) Proprietary Information and
               Materials of Boeing including without limitation planning
               data, drawings and other Proprietary Information and
               Materials relating to the design, production, maintenance,
               repair and use of Tooling, in the possession or under the
               effective control of Seller or any of its subcontractors, in
               each case free and clear of all liens, claims or other
               rights of any person.
          
               Seller shall be entitled to receive from Boeing
               reasonable compensation for any item accepted by Boeing
               which has been transferred to Boeing pursuant to this
               Section 13.2.E (except for any item the price of which
               shall have been paid to Seller prior to such transfer);
               provided, however, that such compensation shall not be
               paid directly to Seller, but shall be accounted for as
               a setoff against any damages payable by Seller to
               Boeing as a result of any Event of Default.
          
          F.   REMEDIES GENERALLY
               No failure on the part of Boeing in exercising any right or
               remedy hereunder, or as provided by law or in equity, shall
               impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right
               or remedy, or shall be construed as a waiver of any Event of
               Default or as an acquiescence therein. No single or partial
               exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any
               other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
               other right or remedy. No acceptance of partial payment or
               performance of any of Seller's obligations hereunder shall
               constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or a waiver or
               release of payment or performance in full by Seller of any
               such obligation. All rights and remedies of Boeing hereunder
               and at law and in equity shall be cumulative and not
               mutually exclusive and the exercise of one shall not be
               deemed a waiver of the right to exercise any other. Nothing
               contained in this Agreement shall be construed to limit any
               right or remedy of Boeing now or hereafter existing at law
               or in equity.


                                      12
<PAGE>

14.0      EXCUSABLE DELAY
          If delivery of any Product is delayed by unforeseeable circumstances
          beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Seller or of
          its suppliers or subcontractors (any such delay being hereinafter
          referred to as "Excusable Delay"), the delivery of such Product shall
          be extended for a period to be determined by Boeing after an
          assessment by Boeing of alternate work methods. Excusable Delays may
          include, but are not limited to, acts of God, war, riots, acts of
          government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, freight
          embargoes, strikes or unusually severe weather, but shall exclude
          Seller's noncompliance with any rule, regulation or order promulgated
          by any governmental agency for or with respect to environmental
          protection. However, the above notwithstanding, Boeing expects Seller
          to continue production, recover lost time and support all schedules as
          established under this Agreement or any Order. Therefore, it is
          understood and agreed that (i) delays of less than two (2) days'
          duration shall not be considered to be Excusable Delays unless such
          delays shall occur within thirty (30) days preceding the scheduled
          delivery date of any Product and (ii) if delay in delivery of any
          Product is caused by the default of any of Seller's subcontractors or
          suppliers, such delay shall not be considered an Excusable Delay
          unless the supplies or services to be provided by such subcontractor
          or supplier are not obtainable from other sources in sufficient time
          to permit Seller to meet the applicable delivery schedules. If
          delivery of any Product is delayed by any Excusable Delay for more
          than three (3) months, Boeing may, without any additional extension,
          cancel all or part of any Order with respect to the delayed Products,
          and exercise any of its remedies in accordance with GTA Section 13.2
          provided however, that Boeing shall not be entitled to monetary
          damages or specific performance to the extent Seller's breach is the
          result of an Excusable Delay.
          
15.0      SUSPENSION OF WORK
          Boeing may at any time, by written order to Seller, require Seller to
          stop all or any part of the work called for by this Agreement
          hereafter referred to as a "Stop Work Order" issued pursuant to this
          Section 15.0. On receipt of a Stop Work Order, Seller shall promptly
          comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the
          occurrence of costs arising from the work covered by the Stop Work
          Order during the period of work stoppage. Within the period covered by
          the Stop Work Order (including any extension thereof) Boeing shall
          either (i) cancel the Stop Work Order or (ii) terminate or cancel the
          work covered by the Stop Work Order in accordance with the provisions
          of GTA Section 12.0 or 13.0. In the event the Stop Work Order is
          cancelled by Boeing or the period of the Stop Work Order (including
          any extension thereof) expires, Seller shall promptly resume work in
          accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any applicable Order.
          
16.0      TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION AND INDEMNITY AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS
          Boeing shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any
          termination pursuant to GTA Section 12.1, except as expressly provided
          in GTA Section 12.3 or any cancellation under GTA Section 13.0 except
          to the extent that such cancellation shall have been determined by
          Boeing and Seller to have been wrongful, in which case such wrongful
          cancellation shall be deemed a termination pursuant to GTA Section
          12.1 and therefore shall be limited to the payment to Seller of the
          amount or amounts identified in GTA Section


                                      13
<PAGE>

          12.3. As subcontractor claims are included in Seller's termination
          claim pursuant to GTA Section 12.3, Seller shall indemnify Boeing and
          hold Boeing harmless from and against (i) any and all claims, suits
          and proceedings against Boeing by any subcontractor or supplier of
          Seller in respect of any such termination and (ii) and any and all
          costs, expenses, losses and damages incurred by Boeing in connection
          with any such claim, suit or proceeding.
               
17.0      ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE
          A.   SELLER TO PROVIDE ASSURANCE
               If Boeing determines, at any time or from time to time, that it
               is not sufficiently assured of Seller's full, timely and
               continuing performance hereunder, or if for any other reason
               Boeing has reasonable grounds for insecurity, Boeing may request,
               by notice to Seller, written assurance (hereafter an "Assurance
               of Performance") with respect to any specific matters affecting
               Seller's performance hereunder, that Seller is able to perform
               all of its respective obligations under this Agreement when and
               as specified herein. Each Assurance of Performance shall be
               delivered by Seller to Boeing as promptly as possible, but in any
               event no later than 15 calendar days following Boeing's request
               therefore and each Assurance of Performance shall be accompanied
               by any information, reports or other materials, prepared by
               Seller, as Boeing may reasonably request. Boeing may suspend all
               or any part of Boeing's performance hereunder until Boeing
               receives an Assurance of Performance from Seller satisfactory in
               form and substance to Boeing.
          B.   MEETINGS AND INFORMATION
               Boeing may request one or more meetings with senior management or
               other employees of Seller for the purpose of discussing any
               request by Boeing for Assurance of Performance or any Assurance
               of Performance provided by Seller. Seller shall make such persons
               available to meet with representatives of Boeing as soon as may
               be practicable following a request for any such meeting by Boeing
               and Seller shall make available to Boeing any additional
               information, reports or other materials in connection therewith
               as Boeing may reasonably request.
          
18.0      RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY
          On delivery to Seller or manufacture or acquisition by it of any
          materials, parts, Tooling or other property, title to any of which is
          in Boeing, Seller shall assume the risk of and shall be responsible
          for any loss thereof or damage thereto. In accordance with the
          provisions of an Order, but in any event on completion thereof, Seller
          shall return such property to Boeing in the condition in which it was
          received except for reasonable wear and tear and except to the extent
          that such property has been incorporated in Products delivered under
          such Order or has been consumed in the normal performance of work
          under such Order.

19.0      LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS
          Seller warrants to Boeing that it has good title to all
          inventory, work-in-process, tooling and materials to be
          supplied by Seller in the performance of its obligations
          under any Order ("Inventory"), and that pursuant to the
          provisions of such Order, it will transfer to Boeing title
          to such Inventory, whether transferred separately or as part
          of any Product delivered under the Order, free of any liens,
          charges, encumbrances or rights of others.


                                      14

<PAGE>
          
20.0      PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS
          Boeing and Seller shall each keep confidential and protect from
          disclosure all (a) confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret
          information; (b) tangible items containing, conveying, or embodying
          such information; and (c) tooling obtained from and/or belonging to
          the other in connection with this Agreement or any Order (collectively
          referred to as "Proprietary Information and Materials"). Boeing and
          Seller shall each use Proprietary Information and Materials of the
          other only in the performance of and for the purpose of this Agreement
          and/or any Order. Provided, however, that despite any other
          obligations or restrictions imposed by this Section 20.0, Boeing shall
          have the right to use and disclose of Seller's Proprietary Information
          and Materials for the purposes of testing, certification, use, sale,
          or support of any item delivered under this Agreement, an Order, or
          any airplane including such an item; and any such disclosure by Boeing
          shall, whenever appropriate, include a restrictive legend suitable to
          the particular circumstances. The restrictions on disclosure or use of
          Proprietary Information and Materials by Seller shall apply to all
          materials derived by Seller or others from Boeing's Proprietary
          Information and Materials. Upon Boeing's request at any time, and in
          any event upon the completion, termination or cancellation of this
          Agreement, Seller shall return all of Boeing's Proprietary Information
          and Materials, and all materials derived from Boeing's Proprietary
          Information and Materials to Boeing unless specifically directed
          otherwise in writing by Boeing. Seller shall not, without the prior
          written authorization of Boeing, sell or otherwise dispose of (as
          scrap or otherwise) any parts or other materials containing,
          conveying, embodying, or made in accordance with or by reference to
          any Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing. Prior to
          disposing of such parts or materials as scrap, Seller shall render
          them unusable. Boeing shall have the right to audit Seller's
          compliance with this Section 20.0. Seller may disclose Proprietary
          Information and Materials of Boeing to its subcontractors as required
          for the performance of an Order, provided that each such subcontractor
          first assumes, by written agreement, the same obligations imposed upon
          Seller under this Section 20.0 relating to Proprietary Informations
          and Materials; and Seller shall be liable to Boeing for any breach of
          such obligation by such subcontractor. The provisions of this Section
          20.0 are effective in lieu of, and will apply notwithstanding the
          absence of, any restrictive legends or notices applied to Proprietary
          Informations and Materials; and the provisions of this Section 20.0
          shall survive the performance, completion, termination or cancellation
          of this Agreement or any Order. This Section 20.0 supersedes and
          replaces any and all other prior agreements or understandings between
          the parties to the extent that such agreements or understandings
          relate to Boeing's obligations relative to confidential, proprietary,
          and/or trade secret information, or tangible items containing,
          conveying, or embodying such information, obtained from Seller and
          related to any Product, regardless of whether disclosed to the
          receiving party before or after the effective date of this Agreement.

21.0      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

                                      15
<PAGE>
          
 21.1     SELLER'S OBLIGATION
          Seller shall be responsible for complying with all laws, including,
          but not limited to, any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree,
          order, or permit applicable to its performance under this Agreement.
          Seller further agrees (1) to notify Boeing of any obligation under
          this Agreement which is prohibited under applicable environmental law,
          at the earliest opportunity but in all events sufficiently in advance
          of Seller's performance of such obligation so as to enable the
          identification of alternative methods of performance, and (2) to
          notify Boeing at the earliest possible opportunity of any aspect of
          its performance which becomes subject to additional environmental
          regulation or which Seller reasonably believes will become subject to
          additional regulation during the performance of this Agreement.
          
21.2      GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS
          If any of the work to be performed under this Agreement is performed
          in the United States, Seller shall, via invoice or other form
          satisfactory to Boeing, certify that the Products covered by the Order
          were produced in compliance with Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair
          Labor Standards Act (29 U. S. C. 201-291), as amended, and the
          regulations and orders of the U. S. Department of Labor issued
          thereunder. In addition, the following Federal Acquisition Regulations
          are incorporated herein by this reference except "Contractor" shall
          mean "Seller":
          
                    FAR 52.222-26 "Equal Opportunity"
                    FAR 52.222-35 "Affirmative Action for Special Disabled and
                                   Vietnam Era Veterans"
                    FAR 52.222-36 "Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers".

22.0      INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT
          Boeing's policy is to maintain high standards of integrity in
          procurement. Boeing's employees must ensure that no favorable
          treatment compromises their impartiality in the procurement process.
          Accordingly, Boeing's employees must strictly refrain from soliciting
          or accepting any payment, gift, favor or thing of value which could
          improperly influence their judgement with respect to either issuing a
          Order or administering this Agreement. Consistent with this policy,
          Seller agrees not to provide or offer to provide any employees of
          Boeing any payment, gift, favor or thing of value for the purposes of
          improperly obtaining or rewarding favorable treatment in connection
          with any Order or this Agreement. Seller shall conduct its own
          procurement practices and shall ensure that its suppliers conduct
          their procurement practices consistent with these standards. If Seller
          has reasonable grounds to believe that this policy may have been
          violated, Seller shall immediately report such possible violation to
          the appropriate Director of Material or Ethics Advisor of Boeing.

23.0      INFRINGEMENT
          Seller shall indemnify, defend, and save Boeing and Customers harmless
          from all claims, suits, actions, awards (including but not limited to
          awards based on intentional infringement of patents known to Seller at
          the time of such infringement, exceeding actual damages, and/or
          including attorneys' fees and/or costs), liabilities, damages, costs
          and attorneys' fees related to the actual or alleged infringement of
          any United States or foreign intellectual property right (including
          but not limited to any right in a patent, copyright, industrial design
          or


                                      16

<PAGE>
          semiconductor mask work, or based on misappropriation or wrongful use
          of information or documents) and arising out of the manufacture. sale
          or use of Products by Boeing or Customers. Boeing and/or Customers
          shall duly notify Seller of any such claim, suit or action; and Seller
          shall, at its own expense, fully defend such claim, suit or action on
          behalf of Boeing and/or Customers. Seller shall have no obligation
          under this Section 23.0 with regard to any infringement arising from:
          (i) Seller's compliance with formal specifications issued by Boeing
          where infringement could not be avoided in complying with such
          specifications or (ii) use or sale of Products in combination with
          other items when such infringement would not have occurred from the
          use or sale of those Products solely for the purpose for which they
          were designed or sold by Seller. For purposes of this Section 23.0
          only, the term Customer shall not include the United States
          Government; and the term Boeing shall include The Boeing Company
          (Boeing) and all Boeing subsidiaries and all officers, agents, and
          employees of Boeing or any Boeing subsidiary.

24.0      BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, AND
          TOOLING
          Seller hereby grants to Boeing an irrevocable, nonexclusive, paid-up
          worldwide license to practice and/or use, and license others to
          practice and/or use on Boeing's behalf, all of Seller's patents,
          copyrights, trade secrets (including, without limitation, designs,
          processes, drawings, technical data and tooling), industrial designs,
          semiconductor mask works, and tooling (collectively hereinafter
          referred to as "Licensed Property") related to the development,
          production, maintenance or repair of Products. Boeing hereafter
          retains all of the aforementioned license rights in Licensed Property,
          but Boeing hereby covenants not to exercise such rights except in
          connection with the making, having made, using and selling of Products
          or products of the same kind, and then only in the event of any of the
          following:
               
          a.   Seller discontinues or suspends business operations or the
               production of any or all of the Products;
               
          b.   Seller is acquired by or transfers any or all of its rights to
               manufacture any Product to any third party, whether or not
               related;

          c.   Boeing cancels this Agreement or any Order for cause pursuant to
               GTA Section 13.0 herein;
          
          d.   in Boeing's judgement it becomes necessary, in order for Seller
               to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any Order, for
               Boeing to provide support to Seller (in the form of design,
               manufacturing, or on-site personnel assistance) substantially in
               excess of that which Boeing normally provides to its suppliers;
          
          e.   Seller's trustee in bankruptcy (or Seller as debtor in
               possession) fails to assume this Agreement and all Orders by
               formal entry of an order in the bankruptcy court within sixty
               (60) days after entry of an order for relief in a bankruptcy case
               of the Seller, or Boeing elects to retain its rights to Licensed
               Property under the bankruptcy laws;


                                      17
<PAGE>

               
          f.   Seller is at any time insolvent (whether measured under a balance
               sheet test or by the failure to pay debts as they come due) or
               the subject of any insolvency or debt assignment proceeding under
               state or nonbankruptcy law; or
               
          g.   Seller voluntarily becomes a debtor in any case under bankruptcy
               law or, in the event an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed
               against Seller, such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30)
               days.
               
          As a part of the license granted under this Section 24.0, Seller
          shall, at the written request of Boeing and at no additional cost to
          Boeing, promptly deliver to Boeing any and all Licensed Property
          considered by Boeing to be necessary to satisfy Boeing's requirements
          for Products and their substitutes.
          
25.0      NOTICES
          
25.1      ADDRESSES
          Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
          delivery, mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable or other
          electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as set forth
          in the SBP Section 9.0.
          
25.2      EFFECTIVE DATE
          The date on which any such communication is received by the addressee
          is the effective date of such communication.
          
25.3      APPROVAL OR CONSENT
          With respect to all matters subject to the approval or consent of
          either party, such approval or consent shall be requested in writing
          and is not effective until given in writing. With respect to Boeing,
          authority to grant approval or consent is limited to Boeing's Material
          Representative.
          
26.0      PUBLICITY
          Seller will not, and will require that its subcontractors and
          suppliers of any tier will not, (i) cause or permit to be released any
          publicity, advertisement, news release, public announcement, or denial
          or confirmation of the same, in whatever form, regarding any Order or
          Products, or the program to which they may pertain, or (ii) use, or
          cause or permit to be used, the Boeing name or any Boeing trademark in
          any form of promotion or publicity without Boeing's prior written
          approval.
          
27.0      PROPERTY INSURANCE

27.1      INSURANCE
          Seller shall maintain continuously in effect a property insurance
          policy covering loss or destruction of or damage to all property in
          which Boeing does or could have an insurable interest pursuant to this
          Agreement, including but not limited to Tooling, Boeing-furnished
          property, raw materials, parts, work-in process, incomplete or
          completed assemblies and all other products or parts thereof, and all
          drawings, specifications, data and other materials relating to any of
          the foregoing in each case to the extent in the possession or under
          the effective care, custody or control of Seller, in the amount of
          full


                                      18
<PAGE>
          replacement value thereof providing protection against all perils
          normally covered in an "all risk" property insurance policy (including
          without limitation fire, windstorm, explosion, riot, civil commotion,
          aircraft, earthquake, flood or other acts of God). Any such policy
          shall be in the form and with insurers acceptable to Boeing and shall
          (i) provide for payment of loss thereunder to Boeing, as loss payee,
          as its interests may appear and (ii) contain a waiver of any rights of
          subrogation against Boeing, its subsidiaries, and their respective
          directors, officers, employees and agents.
          
27.2      CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
          Prior to commencement of this Agreement, Seller shall provide to
          Boeing's Material Representative, for Boeing's review and approval,
          certificates of insurance reflecting full compliance with the
          requirements set forth in GTA Section 27.1. Such certificates shall be
          kept current and in compliance throughout the period of this Agreement
          and shall provide for thirty (30) days advanced written notice to
          Boeing's Material Representative in the event of cancellation, non-
          renewal or material change adversely affecting the interests of
          Boeing.
          
27.3      NOTICE OF DAMAGE OR LOSS
          Seller shall give prompt written notice to Boeing's Material
          Representative of the occurrence of any damage or loss to any property
          required to be insured herein. If any such property shall be damaged
          or destroyed, in whole or in part, by an insured peril or otherwise,
          and if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then
          Seller may, upon written notice to Boeing, settle, adjust, or
          compromise any and all such loss or damage not in excess of Two
          Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any one occurrence and
          Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate. Seller may
          settle, adjust or compromise any other claim by Seller only after
          Boeing has given written approval, which approval shall not be
          unreasonably withheld.
          
28.0      RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE
          Seller shall be responsible for the requirements of this Agreement and
          any Order referencing this Agreement. Seller shall bear all risks of
          providing adequate facilities and equipment to perform each Order in
          accordance with the terms thereof. Seller shall include as part of its
          subcontracts those elements of the Agreement which protect Boeing's
          rights including but not limited to right of entry provisions,
          proprietary information and rights provisions and quality control
          provisions. In addition, Seller shall provide to its subcontractors
          sufficient information to clearly document that the work being
          performed by Seller's subcontractor is to facilitate performance under
          this Agreement or any Order. Sufficient information may include but is
          not limited to Order number, GTA number or the name of Boeing's
          Material Representative. No subcontracting by Seller shall relieve
          Seller of its obligation under the applicable Order.
          
28.1      SUBCONTRACTING
          Seller may not procure any Product, as defined in the applicable
          Order, from a third party in a completed or a substantially completed
          form without Boeing's prior written consent.


                                      19
<PAGE>


          Where required by the requirements of the Order, no raw material
          and/or material process may be incorporated in a Product unless: (a)
          Seller uses an approved source or (b) Boeing has surveyed and
          qualified Seller's receiving inspection personnel and laboratories to
          test the specified raw materials an/or material process. No waiver of
          survey and qualification requirements will be effective unless granted
          by Boeing's Engineering and Quality Control Departments. Utilization
          of a Boeing-approved raw material source does not constitute a waiver
          of Seller's responsibility to meet all specification requirements.
          
28.2      RELIANCE
          Boeing's entering into this Agreement is in part based upon Boeing's
          reliance on Seller's ability, expertise and awareness of the intended
          use of the Products. Seller agrees that Boeing and Boeing's customers
          may rely on Seller as an expert, and Seller will not deny any
          responsibility or obligation hereunder to Boeing or Boeing's customers
          on the grounds that Boeing or Boeing's customers provided
          recommendations or assistance in any phase of the work involved in
          producing or supporting the Products, including but not limited to
          Boeing's acceptance of specifications, test data or the Products.
          
28.3      ASSIGNMENT
          Each Order shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
          parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided
          however, that no assignment of any rights or delegation of any duties
          under such Order is binding on Boeing unless Boeing's written consent
          has first been obtained. Notwithstanding the above, Seller may assign
          claims for monies due or to become due under any Order provided that
          Boeing may recoup or setoff any amounts covered by any such assignment
          against any indebtedness of Seller to Boeing, whether arising before
          or after the date of the assignment or the date of this Agreement, and
          whether arising out of any such Order or any other agreement between
          the parties.
               
          Boeing may settle all claims arising out of any Order, including
          termination claims, directly with Seller. Boeing may unilaterally
          assign any rights or title to property under the Order to any wholly-
          owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company.
          
29.0      NON-WAIVER
          Boeing's failure at any time to enforce any provision of an Order does
          not constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice Boeing's right
          to enforce such provision at any subsequent time.
          
30.0      HEADINGS
          Section and Section headings used in this Agreement are for
          convenient reference only and do not affect the
          interpretation of the Agreement.
          
31.0      PARTIAL INVALIDITY
          If any provision of any Order is or becomes void or unenforceable by
          force or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid and
          enforceable.


                                      20
<PAGE>

32.0      APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION
          Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
          performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
          enforced in accordance with, the law as set forth in SBP Section 5.0.
          
33.0      AMENDMENT
          Oral statements and understandings are not valid or binding. Except as
          otherwise provided in GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.0, no Order
          may be changed or modified except by a writing signed by Seller and
          Boeing's Material Representative.
          
34.0      LIMITATION
          Seller may not (except to provide an inventory of Products to support
          delivery acceleration and to satisfy reasonable replacement and Spares
          requirements) manufacture or fabricate Products or procure any goods
          in advance of the reasonable flow time required to comply with the
          delivery schedule in the applicable Order. Notwithstanding any other
          provision of an Order, Seller is not entitled to any equitable
          adjustment or other modification of such Order for any manufacture,
          fabrication, or procurement of Products not in conformity with the
          requirements of the Order, unless Boeing's written consent has first
          been obtained. Nothing in this Section 34.0 shall be construed as
          relieving Seller of any of its obligations under the Order.
          
35.0      TAXES

35.1      INCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE
          All taxes, including but not limited to federal, state and local
          income taxes, value added taxes, gross receipt taxes, property taxes,
          and custom duties taxes are deemed to be included in the Order price,
          except applicable sales or use taxes on sales to Boeing ("Sales
          Taxes") for which Boeing has not supplied a valid exemption
          certificate or unless otherwise indicated on the applicable Order.
          
35.2      LITIGATION
          In the event that any taxing authority has claimed or does claim
          payment for Sales Taxes, Seller shall promptly notify Boeing, and
          Seller shall take such action as Boeing may direct to pay or protest
          such taxes or to defend against such claim. The actual and direct
          expenses, without the addition of profit and overhead, of such defense
          and the amount of such taxes as ultimately determined as due and
          payable shall be paid directly by Boeing or reimbursed to Seller. If
          Seller or Boeing is successful in defending such claim, the amount of
          such taxes recovered by Seller, which had previously been paid by
          Seller and reimbursed by Boeing or paid directly by Boeing, shall be
          immediately refunded to Boeing.
          
35.3      REBATES
          If any taxes paid by Boeing are subject to rebate or reimbursement,
          Seller shall take the necessary actions to secure such rebates or
          reimbursement and shall promptly refund to Boeing any amount
          recovered.


                                      21
<PAGE>

36.0      FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET
          With respect to work covered by the Order, Seller shall use its best
          efforts to cooperate with Boeing in the fulfillment of any foreign
          offset program obligation that Boeing may have accepted as a condition
          of the sale of Boeing's products. In the event that Seller solicits
          bids or proposals for, or procures or offers to procure any goods or
          services relating to the work covered by an Order from any source
          outside of the United States, Boeing shall be entitled, to the
          exclusion of all others, to all industrial benefits and other "offset"
          credits which may result from such solicitations, procurements or
          offers to procure. Seller agrees to take any actions that may be
          required on its part to assure that Boeing receives such credits.
          
37.0      ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

37.1      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          The Order sets forth the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all
          other prior agreements understandings and communications between
          Boeing and Seller related to the subject matter of an Order. The
          rights and remedies afforded to Boeing or Customers pursuant to any
          provisions of an Order are in addition to any other rights and
          remedies afforded by any other provisions of this Order, by law or
          otherwise.
          
37.2      INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
          In addition to the documents previously incorporated herein by
          reference, the documents listed below are by this reference made a
          part of this Agreement:
               
          A.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and Related Outside 
               Production Specification Plan (OPSP).
               
          B.   Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a
               part of this Agreement.
          
37.3      ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
          In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms
          of the following documents, the following order of precedence shall
          control:
               
          A.   SBP (excluding the Administrative Agreement identified in E
               below)
               
          B.   This General Terms Agreement (excluding the documents identified
               in D and F below)
               
          C.   Order (excluding the documents identified in A and B above)
               
          D.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and, if applicable, related 
               Outside Production Specification Plan (OPSP).
               
          E.   Administrative Agreement (If Applicable)
               
          F.   Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part
               of the Agreement.

                                      22
<PAGE>
          
37.4      DISCLAIMER
          Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any
          CATIA Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data)
          furnished by Boeing is furnished as an accommodation to Seller. It is
          the Seller's responsibility to compare such Data to the comparable two
          dimensional computer aided design drawing to confirm the accuracy of
          the Data.
               
          BOEING HEREBY DISCLAIMS, AND SELLER HEREBY WAIVES, ALL WARRANTIES AND
          LIABILITIES OF BOEING AND ALL CLAIMS AND REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS
          OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT IN
          ANY CATIA DATASET OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
          LIMITATION, ANY (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
          USE OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (B) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING FROM
          COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE, (C) RECOVERY BASED
          UPON TORT, WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM BOEING'S NEGLIGENCE, AND (D)
          ANY RECOVERY BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON
          DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON LOSS OF USE OR PROFIT OR
          OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                          CORY COMPONENTS
by and through its division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group
 
 
Name:   /s/ illegible                       Name:
        --------------------------                ---------------------------
Title:    Buyer                             Title:
        --------------------------                ---------------------------
Date:     Dec. 1, 95                        Date:
        ---------------------------                --------------------------



                                      23

<PAGE>

          
37.4      DISCLAIMER
          Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any
          CATIA Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data)
          furnished by Boeing is furnished as an accommodation to Seller. It is
          the Seller's responsibility to compare such Data to the comparable two
          dimensional computer aided design drawing to confirm the accuracy of
          the Data.
               
          BOEING HEREBY DISCLAIMS, AND SELLER HEREBY WAlVES, ALL WARRANTIES AND
          LIABILITIES OF BOEING AND ALL CLAIMS AND REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS
          OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT IN
          ANY CATIA DATASET OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
          LIMITATION, ANY (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
          USE OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (8) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING FROM
          COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE, (C) RECOVERY BASED
          UPON TORT, WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM BOEING'S NEGLIGENCE, AND (D)
          ANY RECOVERY BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON
          DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON LOSS OF USE OR PROFIT OR
          OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
               


EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                          CORY COMPONENTS
by and through its division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name:   /s/ illegible                       Name:
        --------------------------                ---------------------------
Title:    Buyer                             Title:
        --------------------------                ---------------------------
Date:     Dec. 1, 95                        Date:
        ---------------------------                --------------------------



          

                                      23

<PAGE>

Exhibit 10.15

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS



                           SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                     between

                               THE BOEING COMPANY

                                       and

                                 CORY COMPONENTS









                               Number 6-5752-0004


BCAG CONTRACT 11/30/95






<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                           SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                         Item
- -------                         ----
1.0                             DEFINITIONS

2.0                             PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

3.0                             PRICES

3.1                             Product Pricing

3.2                             Manufacturing Configuration Baseline

3.3                             Packaging

4.0                             GOVERNING QUALITY
                                ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT

5.0                             APPLICABLE LAW/JURISDICTION

6.0                             PRODUCT ASSURANCE

7.0                             PAYMENT

7.1                             Recurring Cost

7.2                             Non-Recurring Cost

8.0                             ACCEL/DECEL AT NO COST

9.0                             NOTICES

9.1                             Addresses

10.0                            OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL

11.0                            COST AND FINANCIAL
                                PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

12.0                            CHANGES

12.1                            Changes to the Statement of Work

12.2                            Computation of Equitable Adjustment

12.3                            Obsolescence

12.4                            Change Absorption

12.5                            Planning Schedule

12.6                            Value Engineering

12.7                            Reduction in Quantity to be Delivered

13.0                            SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

13.1                            Spares

13.2                            Short Flow Production Requirements

13.3                            Tooling


BCAG CONTRACT 11/30/95

                                       ii
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                         Item
- -------                         ----
13.4                            Pricing of Boeing's Supporting
                                Requirements

13.5                            Pricing of Requirements for
                                Modification or Retrofit

13.6                            Similar to Pricing

14.0                            STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS

15.0                            FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT

16.0                            SUPPLIER FURNISHED MATERIAL

17.0                            ASSIGNMENT

18.0                            INVENTORY AT CONTRACT COMPLETION

19.0                            OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

19.1                            Technical Work Product

19.2                            Inventions and Patents

19.3                            Works of Authorship and Copyrights

19.4                            Pre-Existing Inventions and
                                Works of Authorship

20.0                            ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT

21.0                            GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS

22.0                            SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS

23.0                            DEFERRED PAYMENT TERMS

24.0                            SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY
                                INFORMATION RIGHTS

Attachment 1                    Work Statement and Pricing

Attachment 2                    Foreign Procurement Report

Attachment 3                    Rates and Factors

Attachment 4                    Boeing AOG Coverage

Attachment 5                    Boeing AOG/Critical
                                Shipping Notification

Attachment 6                    Supplier Data Requirements List
                                Customer Support

Attachment 7                    Supplier Data Requirements List
                                Engineering


BCAG CONTRACT 11/30/95

                                       iii
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                   AMENDMENTS


AMEND
NUMBER              DESCRIPTION              DATE           APPROVAL
- ------              -----------              ----           --------


BCAG CONTRACT 11/30/95

                                       iv
<PAGE>


SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                           SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS are entered into as of DATE by and between
CORY COMPONENTS, a California corporation with its principal office in El
Segundo, CA ("Seller"), and The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with an
office in Seattle, Washington acting by and through its division the Boeing
Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").

                                    RECITALS

A.   Boeing and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement GTA #6-5752-0002
     dated (DATE) (the "Agreement") which is incorporated herein and made a part
     hereof by this reference, for the sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of
     Products.

B.   Boeing and Seller desire to include these special business provisions
     ("SBP") relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:

                                   PROVISIONS

1.0  DEFINITIONS
     The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.

2.0  PURCHASE ORDER NOTE
     The following note shall be contained in any Order to which these SBP are
     applicable:

          This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference SBP 6-
          5752-0004 between The Boeing Company and Cory Components dated (DATE).

     Each Order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to include
     the provisions of these SBP.

3.0  PRICES

3.1  PRODUCT PRICING
     The prices and applicable period of performance of Products scheduled for
     delivery under this SBP are set forth in Attachment 1. Prices are in United
     States dollars, F.O.B. El Segundo, CA.


BCAG CONTRACT 11/30/95

                                        1
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


3.2  MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE
     Unit pricing for each Product or part number shown in Attachment 1 is based
     on the latest revisions of the engineering drawings or specifications at
     the time of the signing of this SBP.

3.3  PACKAGING
     The prices shown in Attachment 1 include packaging costs and all materials
     and labor required to package Products identified in Attachment 1.
     Packaging shall be furnished by the Seller in accordance with Document M6-
     1025, Volume II, "Supplier Part Protection Guide" or Document D200-10038-2
     "Supplier Packaging Requirements" as applicable. In the case of Products to
     be shipped directly to Customers, A.T.A. Specification 300 "Specification
     for Packaging of Airline Supplies" shall apply unless otherwise directed by
     Boeing.

4.0  GOVERNING QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT

                             (For D1-9000 Suppliers)

     All work performed under this SBP shall be in accordance with the following
     document which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this
     reference:

     Document D1-9000, "Advanced Quality System for Boeing Suppliers," as
     amended from time to time.

5.0  APPLICABLE LAW JURISDICTION
     Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
     performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
     enforced in accordance only with the law of the State of Washington as
     applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within such
     State between citizens of such State, without reference to any rules
     governing conflicts of law. Seller hereby irrevocably consents to and
     submits itself exclusively to the jurisdiction of the applicable courts of
     the State and the federal courts therein for the purpose of any suit,
     action or other judicial proceeding arising out of or connected with any
     Order or the performance or subject matter thereof. Seller hereby waives
     and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in
     any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (a) Seller is not
     personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (b) the
     suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or (c) the
     venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.


                                        2
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

6.0  PRODUCT ASSURANCE

6.1  GOVERNING DOCUMENT
     Seller acknowledges that Boeing and Customers must be able to rely on each
     Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide all required
     support. Accordingly, the following provisions and document(s) are
     incorporated herein and made a part hereof:

     Seller warrants to Boeing and Customers that Products shall: {a) conform in
     all respects to all the requirements of the Order; (b) be free from all
     defects in materials and workmanship; and (c) to the extent not
     manufactured pursuant to detailed designs furnished by Boeing, be free from
     all defects in design and be fit for the intended purposes.

7.0  PAYMENT

7.1  RECURRING PRICE
     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, payment of the recurring
     price shall be made in accordance with Form X-27981 "Pay From Receipt -
     Additional Terms and Conditions Regarding Invoicing and Payment". Payment
     terms shall be net thirty (30) days except as otherwise agreed to by the
     parties. All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages, credits and
     rejections.

7.2  NON-RECURRING PRICE/SPECIAL CHARGES
     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, any non-recurring price
     payable by Boeing under Attachment 1 shall be paid within the term discount
     period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after receipt by
     Boeing of both acceptable Products and a correct invoice.

8.0  ACCELERATION/DECELERATION AT NO COST
     Notwithstanding GTA Section 10.0, Boeing may make changes in the delivery
     schedule without additional cost or change to the unit price stated in the
     applicable Order if (a) the delivery date of the Product under such Order
     is on or before the last date of contract, if applicable, and (b) Boeing
     provides Seller with written notice of such changes.

9.0  NOTICES

9.1  ADDRESSES
     Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
     delivery, United States mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable
     or electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as follows:

     To Boeing:         Attention: Lisa Eng: M/S 38-FX
                        BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE GROUP
                        MATERIAL DIVISION
                        P.O. Box 3707
                        Seattle, Washington 98124-2207

     To Seller:         Attention:
                        SUPPLIER NAME
                        ADDRESS


                                        3
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


10.0 OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL
     Boeing and Seller agree that in consideration of the prices set forth under
     Attachment 1, Boeing shall issue Orders for Products from time to time to
     Seller for Boeing's requirements. Such Products shall be shipped at any
     scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Boeing, and Seller shall sell
     to Boeing Boeing's requirements of such Products, provided that, without
     limitation on Boeing's right to determine its requirements, Boeing shall
     not be obligated to issue any Orders for any given Product if:

     A.   Any of Boeing's customers specify an alternate product;

     B.   Such Product is, in Boeing's reasonable judgment, not technologically
          competitive at any time, for reasons including but not limited to the
          availability of significant changes in technology, design, materials,
          specifications, or manufacturing processes which result in a reduced
          price or weight or improved appearance, functionality, maintainability
          or reliability;

     C.   Boeing gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
          Boeing's aircraft which will result in Boeing no longer requiring such
          Product for such aircraft;

     D.   Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under any
          Order, whether or not Boeing has issued a notice of default to Seller
          pursuant to GTA Section 13.0; or,

     E.   Boeing reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Boeing's
          requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
          schedules Boeing requires.

11.0 COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY
     Seller shall provide all necessary cost support data, source documents for
     direct and indirect costs, and assistance at the Seller's facility for cost
     performance reviews performed by Boeing pursuant to any Order.

     Furthermore, Seller shall provide financial data, on a quarterly basis, or
     as requested, to Boeing's Credit Office and Material Representative for
     credit and financial condition reviews. Said data shall include but not be
     limited to balance sheets, schedule of accounts payable and receivable,
     major lines of credit, creditors, income statements (profit and loss), cash
     flow statements, firm backlog, and headcounts. Copies of such data are to
     be made available within 72 hours of any written request by Boeing. This
     data is required in addition to the cost data provided pursuant to GTA
     Section 9.0. All such information shall be treated as confidential in
     accordance with GTA Section 20.0.

12.0 CHANGES

12.1 CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK
     Boeing may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and in
     accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 10.0, to increase or decrease
     the work to be performed by the Seller in the manufacture of any Product.


                                        4
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


12.2 COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT NOT APPLICABLE
     The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment 3, which by this reference is
     incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the equitable adjustment,
     if any, (including equitable adjustments, if any, in the prices of Products
     to be incorporated in Derivative Aircraft), to be paid by Boeing pursuant
     to SBP Section 12.1 and GTA Section 10.0 for each individual change.

12.3 OBSOLESCENCE
     Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created by
     change orders issued pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the
     procedures set forth in GTA Section 12.0, except that Seller may not submit
     a claim for obsolete or surplus material resulting from an individual
     change order that has a total claim value of Twenty-Five Hundred Dollars
     ($2500.00) or less. Payment for obsolete or surplus materials shall be made
     by check deposited as first class mail to the address designated by Seller
     in SBP Section 9.1. Payment will be made on the tenth (10th) day of the
     month following the month of the obsolescence claim settlement.

12.4 CHANGE ABSORPTION

12.4.1    NON-RECURRING AND RECURRING CHANGE ABSORPTION
     Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.1,
     Seller will absorb 100% of all changes defined through the completion of
     production flight test certification. Provided, that, changes made by
     Boeing subsequent to certification which significantly revise the Product
     function as defined in the Specification or Specification Control Drawing
     (SCD), will be subject to provisions for adjustment of price pursuant to
     GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.1.

12.5 PLANNING SCHEDULE
     Any planning schedule or quantity estimate provided by Boeing shall be used
     solely for production planning. Boeing may purchase Products in different
     quantities and specify different delivery dates as necessary to meet
     Boeing's requirements. Such planning schedule and quantity estimate shall
     be subject to adjustment from time to time. Any such adjustment is not a
     change under GTA Section 10.0.

12.6 VALUE ENGINEERING
     Seller may from time to time submit proposals to Boeing to change drawings,
     designs, specifications or other requirements that:

     a.   decrease Seller's performance costs; or

     b.   produce a net reduction in the cost to Boeing of installation,
          operation, maintenance or production of the Product.

     Provided, that such change shall not impair any essential functions or
     characteristics of the Products or Tooling.


                                        5
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


12.6.1    SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL
     Proposals shall be submitted to Boeing's Material Representative. Boeing
     shall not be liable for any delay in acting upon a proposal. Boeing's
     decision to accept or reject any proposal shall be final. If there is a
     delay and the net result in savings no longer justifies the investment,
     Seller will not be obligated to proceed with the change. Seller has the
     right to withdraw, in whole or in part, any proposal not accepted by Boeing
     within the time period specified in the proposal. Seller shall submit, as a
     minimum, the following information with the proposal:

     a.   description of the difference between the existing requirement and the
          proposed change, and the comparative advantages and disadvantages of
          each;

     b.   the specific requirements which must be changed if the proposal is
          adopted;

     c.   the cost savings and Seller's implementation costs;

     d.   Each proposal shall include the need dates for engineering release and
          the time by which a proposal must be approved so as to obtain the
          maximum cost reduction.

12.6.2    ACCEPTANCE AND COST SHARING
     Boeing may accept, in whole or in part, any proposal by issuing a change
     order. Until such change has been issued, Seller shall remain obligated to
     perform in accordance with the terms and requirements of the original Order
     as written. Boeing and Seller shall share the savings as follows:

          (50%) savings to Boeing;
          (50%) savings to Seller.

     Seller shall include with each proposal verifiable cost records and other
     data as required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

     Each party shall be responsible for its own implementation costs, including
     but not limited to non-recurring costs.

12.6.3    COST SAVINGS COMPUTATION
     A change order shall be issued by Boeing and the unit price shall be
     reduced in an amount equal to the savings portion attributable to Boeing as
     set forth above. The applicable unit price as set forth in Attachment 1
     Statement of Work shall be amended to reflect such change.

          EXAMPLE:
          -------
          Current Price:                $600.00
          Proposed Cost Savings:        $100.00/unit
          Boeing's Percentage:               50.0%
          Seller's Percentage:               50.0%


                                        6
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


12.6.3    COST SAVINGS COMPUTATION (Continued)
          STEP BY STEP COMPUTATION:
          l.   $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Boeing's percentage of savings
               = $50.00 Boeing savings.
          2.   $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Seller's percentage of savings
               = $50.00 Seller savings.
          3.   Net affect to the unit cost = $50.00
               New Unit Price For Units = $550.00

12.6.4    WEIGHT REDUCTION PROPOSALS
     Seller is encouraged to submit proposals to Boeing that reduce the
     Product's weight without impairing any essential functions or
     characteristics of the Product.

     Seller shall submit such proposals in accordance with SBP Section 12.6.1
     above. The amount of any costs or savings that result from a weight
     reduction proposal shall be agreed by Boeing and Seller. Seller shall
     include with each proposal verifiable cost records and other data as
     required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

     Boeing may accept in whole or in part, any such proposal by issuing a
     change order to the applicable Order.

12.7 REDUCTION IN QUANTITY TO BE DELIVERED
     Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA Sections 10.0 and 12.0, Boeing's
     maximum liability for an equitable adjustment resulting from a decrease in
     quantity or termination of Product(s) shall be limited to costs directly
     attributable to THREE months worth of scheduled deliveries of the Products.
     For purposes of this Section, scheduled deliveries shall be determined by
     the applicable schedule in effect at the time Seller commenced work on the
     Product(s) that are the subject of the termination or decrease.

13.0 SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

13.1 SPARES
     For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

     A.   AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) - means the highest Spares priority. Seller
          will expend best efforts to provide the earliest possible delivery of
          any Spare designated AOG by Boeing. Such effort includes but is not
          limited to working twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven days a week and
          use of premium transportation. Seller shall specify the delivery date
          and time of any such AOG Spare within two (2) hours of receipt of an
          AOG Spare request.

     B.   CRITICAL - means an imminent AOG work stoppage. Seller will expend
          best efforts to provide the earliest possible delivery of any Spare
          designated Critical by Boeing. Such effort includes but is not limited
          to working two (2) shifts a day, five (5) days a week and use of
          premium transportation. Seller shall specify the delivery date and
          time of any such Critical Spare within the same working day of receipt
          of a Critical Spare request.


                                        7
<PAGE>


SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

13.1 SPARES (Continued)
     C.   EXPEDITE (CLASS I) - means a Spare required in less than Seller's
          normal leadtime. Seller will expend best efforts to meet the
          requested delivery date. Such effort includes but is not limited to
          working overtime and use of premium transportation.

     D.   ROUTINE (CLASS III) - means a Spare required in Seller's normal
          leadtime.

     E.   POA REQUIREMENT (POA) - means any detail component needed to replace a
          component on an End Item Assembly currently in Boeing's assembly line
          process. Seller shall expend best efforts feasible to provide the
          earliest possible delivery of any Spare designated as POA by Boeing.
          Such effort includes but is not limited to working twenty-four (24)
          hours a day, seven days a week and use of premium transportation.
          Seller shall specify the delivery date and time of any such POA within
          two (2) hours of an AOG Spare request.

     F.   IN-PRODUCTION - means any Spare with a designation of AOG, Critical,
          Expedite, Routine, POA or End Item Assembly which is in the current
          engineering configuration for the Product and is used on a model
          aircraft currently being manufactured by Boeing.

     G.   NON-PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS - means any Spare with a designation of
          AOG, Critical, Expedite and Routine requirements which is used on
          model aircraft no longer being manufactured by Boeing (Post
          Production) or is in a non-current engineering configuration for the
          Product (Out of Production).

     H.   BOEING PROPRIETARY SPARE - means any Spare which is manufactured (i)
          by Boeing, or (ii) to Boeing's detailed designs with Boeing's
          authorization or (iii) in whole or in part using Boeing's Proprietary
          Materials.

13.1.1    SPARES SUPPORT
     Seller shall provide Boeing with a written Spares support process
     describing Seller's plan for supporting AOG and Critical commitments and
     manufacturing support. The process must provide Boeing with the name and
     number of a twenty-four (24) hour contact for coordination of AOG and
     Critical requirements. Such contact shall be equivalent to the coverage
     provided by Boeing to its Customers as outlined in Attachment 4 "Boeing AOG
     Coverage" which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this
     reference.

     Seller shall notify Boeing as soon as possible via fax, telecon, or as
     otherwise agreed to by the parties of each AOG and Critical requirement
     shipment using the form identified in Attachment 5 "Boeing AOG and Critical
     Shipping Notification". Such notification shall include time and date
     shipped, quantity shipped, Order, pack slip, method of transportation and
     air bill if applicable. Seller shall also notify Boeing immediately upon
     the discovery of any delays in shipment of any requirement and identify the
     earliest revised shipment possible.


                                        8
<PAGE>


SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


13.1.2    RECLASSIFICATION OR RE-EXERCISES
     Boeing may on occasion, instruct Seller to re-prioritize or reclassify an
     existing requirement in order to improve or otherwise change the
     established shipping schedule. Seller shall expend the effort required to
     meet the revised requirement as set forth above in the definitions of the
     requirements. Seller's commitment of a delivery schedule shall be given in
     accordance with that set forth above for the applicable classification but
     in no case shall it exceed twenty-four (24) hours from notification by
     Boeing.

13.1.3    SPARE PRICING
     Except as set forth in subsections 13.1.3.1 and 13.1.3.2 below, the price
     for Spare(s) shall be the same as the production price for the Products as
     listed on Attachment 1, in effect at the time the Spare(s) are ordered. POA
     parts shall be priced so that the sum of the prices for all POA parts of an
     End Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring portion of the End Item
     Assembly.

13.1.3.1  AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG), CRITICAL SPARES AND POA REQUIREMENT
          The price for AOG and Critical Spares and POA requirements shall be
          the price for such Products listed on Attachment 1.

13.1.3.2  EXPEDITE SPARE (CLASS 1)
          The price for Expedite Spares shall be the price for such Products
          listed on Attachment 1.

13.1.4    SPECIAL HANDLING
     The price for all effort associated with the handling and delivery of
     Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such Spare(s). Provided,
     that if Boeing directs delivery of Spares to an F.O.B. point other  than
     Seller's plant, Boeing shall reimburse Seller for shipping charges,
     including insurance, paid by Seller from the plant to the designated F.O.B.
     point. Such charges shall be shown separately on all invoices.

13.2 SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS
     Expedite charges, if any, to be paid for short flow production requirements
     shall not exceed the amount payable under SBP Section 13.1.3.1 above for
     that portion of the Order which is released short flow except as otherwise
     agreed to in writing by Boeing. In the event Boeing agrees to pay an amount
     in excess of that set forth in SBP Section 13.1.3.1 above, Seller shall
     provide data to verify expedite charges requested. For purposes of this
     Section, "Short Flow Production" shall be defined as any requirement
     released less than Seller's current Re-Order Leadtime (ROLT). If Seller
     fails to meet the required delivery, Boeing shall not be obligated to pay
     the agreed upon amount.


                                        9
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


13.3 TOOLING

13.3.1    RESPONSIBLE PARTY
     Seller shall absorb all costs for Tooling manufactured and/or purchased by
     Seller necessary for the manufacture and delivery of the Products including
     but not limited to rework, repair and maintenance of the Tooling.

13.3.2    BOEING FURNISHED TOOLING
     In the event Boeing furnishes Tooling to Seller to support the delivery of
     Product(s), Seller shall comply with the Terms and Conditions applicable to
     the Blanket Tooling Purchase Control Order established with Seller who
     possess or controls Tooling. No repair, replacement or rework required
     shall be performed without Boeing's prior written consent. Boeing shall
     notify Seller of, what if any, action shall be required for all discrepant
     Tooling.

13.4 PRICING OF BOEING'S SUPPORTING REQUIREMENTS
     Any Products required to assist Boeing's supporting requirements, including
     but not limited to requirements for color and appearance samples, Boeing-
     owned simulators, test requirements, factory support, flight test spares
     will be provided for not more than the applicable price as set forth in
     Attachment 1.

13.5 PRICING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR MODIFICATION OR RETROFIT
     Any Products required by Boeing to support a modification or retrofit 
     program shall be provided for not more than the applicable price as set
     forth in Attachment 1.

13.6 SIMILAR PRICING
     New Products ordered by Boeing that are similar to or within Product
     families of Products currently being manufactured by Seller shall be priced
     using the same methodology or basis as that used to price the existing
     Product(s).

14.0 STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS
     When requested by Boeing, Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum,
     monthly status reports on data requested by Boeing using a method mutually
     agreed upon by Boeing and Seller.

     When requested by Boeing, Seller shall provide to Boeing a manufacturing
     milestone chart identifying the major purchasing, planning and
     manufacturing operations for the applicable Product(s).


                                       10
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


     Upon request by Boeing, a program review may be held between the parties.
     The location of such review shall be mutually agreed to by the parties. The
     purpose of the review is to improve communication and understanding between
     the parties to ensure program success.

15.0 PROVISIONS FOR OFFSET/BUSINESS STRATEGIES
     FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT
     Seller agrees to cooperate with Boeing in identifying possible
     subcontractors for work under any Order that support Boeing's offset or
     business strategies. Prior to releasing any request for proposal to a
     subcontractor to support Boeing's offset or business strategy, Seller shall
     coordinate with Boeing.

     Seller shall document on Attachment 2 all offers to contract and executed
     contracts with such subcontractors including the dollars contracted.
     Seller shall provide to Boeing with an updated copy of Attachment 2 for the
     six-month periods ending June 30 and December 31 of each year. The reports
     shall be submitted on the 1st of August and the 1st of February
     respectively.

16.0 BOEING FURNISHED MATERIAL 
     NOT APPLICABLE

17.0 ASSIGNMENT
     Boeing and Seller agree that Boeing may, in its discretion, assign, in part
     or in whole, its purchasing obligations under the Agreement or any Order,
     as applicable, at the prices set forth in Attachment 1 thereof. Boeing
     reserves the right to rescind its assignment at anytime.

     Boeing's assignment of purchasing obligation includes scheduling, issuance
     of Order(s), receival and inspection of Products, acceptance or rejection
     of Products, payment for accepted Products, and ensuring conformance to the
     quality assurance system requirements.

     Boeing shall retain all other rights and obligations pursuant to the
     applicable terms and conditions. In addition, Boeing reserves the right,
     where necessary, to coordinate with and mediate between Seller and any
     assignee regarding such assignment.

18.0 INVENTORY AT CONTRACT COMPLETION 
     NOT APPLICABLE

19.0 OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
     NOT APPLICABLE

19.1 TECHNICAL WORK PRODUCT
     NOT APPLICABLE

19.2 INVENTIONS AND PATENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

19.3 WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP AND COPYRIGHTS
     NOT APPLICABLE


                                       11
<PAGE>


SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


19.4 PRE-EXISTING INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP
     NOT APPLICABLE

20.0 ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

21.0 GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

22.0 SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

23.0 DEFERRED PAYMENT
     NOT APPLICABLE

24.0 SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS
     NOT APPLICABLE


EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.


THE BOEING COMPANY
By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name:   /s/ illegible                   Name:    /s/ illegible
        ------------------------                 ------------------------
Title:  PRESIDENT                       Title:
        ------------------------                 ------------------------
Date:                                   Date:
        ------------------------                 ------------------------


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 1 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                           WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for Products to be delivered on or before December 31, 199, except as
otherwise noted below, shall be as follows:


PART NUMBER    LEAD TIME      NOMENCLATURE        UNIT PRICE
- -----------    ---------      ------------        ----------


          SEE ENCLOSURE A


                                        1
<PAGE>

     Attachment 1 to Special Business Provisions

     Work Statement and Pricing

     The price for products to be delivered through December 31, 1999 shall be
     as follows:

     (a) designates new parts added to the contract.


                                                                       Contract
    Part Number/Family     Lead Time         Nomenclature               Price
    --------------------   ---------         ------------             ----------
(a) CA1044-1               12 Weeks          Latch                       $1.01
(a) CAMA11A1S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $25.39
(a) CAMA11W1P              12 Weeks          Connector                  $11.00
(a) CAMA11W1S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $25.45
(a) CAMA11W1SLF            12 Weeks          Connector                  $37.75
(a) CAMA15S                12 Weeks          Connector                  $11.05
    CAMA15S5LF             12 Weeks          Connector                  $55.94
    CB004-5P               12 Weeks          Contact                     $1.67
    CB005-5P               12 Weeks          Contact                     $1.97
(a) CB008-5P               12 Weeks          Contact                     $4.23
(a) CB009-5P               12 Weeks          Contact                     $3.50
    CB02-15P1              12 Weeks          Connector                  $25.50
    CB02C-15P              12 Weeks          Receptacle                 $55.48
    CB02C-15S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $54.44
    CB05-15S               12 Weeks          Plug                       $39.25
(a) CB06-15P               12 Weeks          Connector                  $25.20
(a) CB06-15S               12 Weeks          Connector                  $24.44
    CB12P1                 12 Weeks          Plug                        $7.75
    CBCX12R1A              12 Weeks          Receptacle                 $67.93
(a) CBCX12RP1A             12 Weeks          Connector                 $407.02
(a) CBMA21W1P              12 Weeks          Connector                  $17.75
(a) CBMA21W1S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $18.68
(a) CBX12PM1A              12 Weeks          Connector                  $51.80
(a) CC5791-3               12 Weeks          Contact                    $33.38
    CCM25A3P-SP            12 Weeks          D-Sub                      $39.57
(a) CCMA17W5PK87           12 Weeks          Connector                  $40.05
(a) CCMA17W5S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $27.48
(a) CCMA21WA4S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $18.42
(a) CCMA25W3S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $18.55
(a) CCMA37PK87             12 Weeks          Connector                  $18.06
(a) CDMA36W4S              12 Weeks          Connector                  $23.96
(a) CJC200                 12 Weeks          Connector                 $315.25
(a) CJC400                 12 Weeks          Dummy VDU                 $441.57
(a) CJC600                 12 Weeks          Switch                    $275.00
(a) CLPT12SP06             12 Weeks          Adapter Connector         $592.25
(a) CLPT12SP07             12 Weeks          Adapter Connector         $592.25
    CMP002-P103            12 Weeks          Contact                     $4.82
    CMP002-Sl03            12 Weeks          Contact                     $5.11
    CMP003-P103            12 Weeks          Contact                     $4.72


                                        1
<PAGE>

     Attachment 1 to Special Business Provisions

     Work Statement and Pricing

     The price for products to be delivered through December 31, 1999 shall be
     as follows:

     (a) designates new parts added to the contact.

                                                                       Contract
    Part Number/Family     Lead Time         Nomenclature               Price
    --------------------   ---------         ------------             ----------
    CMP003-S103            12 Weeks          Contact                     $5.02
    CMP004-P103            12 Weeks          Contact                     $4.72
    CMP004-S103            12 Weeks          Contact                     $5.02
(a) CMX006S102             12 Weeks          Contact                     $6.00
(a) CMX006S102E            12 Weeks          Contact                    $15.79
(a) CPIS001                12 Weeks          Connector                 $107.00
(a) CPX3MAB32C4PD106S67P   12 Weeks          Connector                 $447.65
(a) CPX3MAB32C4SD106P67S   12 Weeks          Connector                 $437.40
(a) CPXBMA32-33S0001       12 Weeks          Connector                 $100.00
(a) CQAEM                  12 Weeks          Connector                  $23.00
    CQAMA11W1P             12 Weeks          Connector                  $41.91
(a) CQAMA11W1S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $48.37
    CQAMA15P               12 Weeks          Connector                  $17.50
    CQAMA15S               12 Weeks          Connector                  $47.85
    CQAPM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $3.09
(a) CQARA11W1P             12 Weeks          Connector                 $585.18
(a) CQARA11W1S             12 Weeks          Connector                 $195.12
    CQASM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $3.24
(a) CQBMA13W3P             12 Weeks          Connector                  $39.95
(a) CQBMA13W3S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $77.29
(a) CQBMA17W2P             12 Weeks          Connector                  $30.35
(a) CQBMA25P               12 Weeks          Connector                 $116.73
(a) CQBPM                  12 Weeks          Connector                  $22.37
(a) CQBSM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                  $17.11
    CQCMA21WA4S            12 Weeks          Connector                  $51.55
(a) CQCMA25W3P             12 Weeks          Connector                 $331.36
(a) CQCMA25W3S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $39.63
    CQCMA2SW3S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $45.25
    CQCMA37P               12 Weeks          Connector                  $45.62
    CQCPM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                  $14.12
    CQCRA21WA4P            12 Weeks          Connector                 $193.86
    CQCRA21WA4S            12 Weeks          Connector                 $193.83
    CQCSM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $4.09
(a) CQDMA24W7P             12 Weeks          Connector                 $697.54
(a) CQDMA24W7S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $43.75
    CQDMA36W4S             12 Weeks          Connector                  $54.73
    CQDMA50S               12 Weeks          Connector                  $60.31
    CQDPM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                  $20.52
    CQDRA24SW7S            12 Weeks          Connector                 $697.54


                                        2
<PAGE>

     Attachment 1 to Special Business Provisions

     Work Statement and Pricing

     The price for products to be delivered through December 31, 1999 shall be
     as follows:

     (a) designates new parts added to the contract.

                                                                       Contract
    Part Number/Family     Lead Time         Nomenclature               Price
    --------------------   ---------         ------------             ----------
    CQDRA50P               12 Weeks          D Sub                     $195.15
    CQDSM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                  $15.02
    CQEEM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $5.68
    CQEMA9P                12 Weeks          Connector                  $32.77
    CQEMA9S                12 Weeks          Connector                  $16.87
    CQEPM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $3.35
    CQESM                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $6.56
(a) CQMEF200               12 Weeks          Contact                    $19.95
(a) CQMEF316               12 Weeks          Contact                    $22.12
    CQMEF501               12 Weeks          Contact                     $8.43
    CQMEF501A              12 Weeks          Contact                    $10.45
    CQMEF502A              12 Weeks          Contact                    $24.02
(a) CQMEF503               12 Weeks          Contact                    $29.75
(a) CQMEM200               12 Weeks          Contact                    $17.47
(a) CQMEM316               12 Weeks          Connector                  $18.99
    CQMEM501               12 Weeks          Contact                    $14.22
    CQMEM502               12 Weeks          Contact                    $19.56
(a) CQMEM503               12 Weeks          Connector                  $28.58
(a) CRC280-2               12 Weeks          Contact                    $27.71
(a) CRC280-3               12 Weeks          Contact                    $28.38
(a) CRC280-4               12 Weeks          Contact                    $26.76
(a) CRM280-2               12 Weeks          Contact                    $72.12
(a) CRM280-3               12 Weeks          Contact                    $28.74
(a) CRM280-4               12 Weeks          Contact                    $26.78
(a) CRMEF501               12 Weeks          Contact                    $16.71
(a) CRMEM501               12 Weeks          Contact                    $15.38
    CSLT21P1A              12 Weeks          Plug                       $21.70
    CT14S                  12 Weeks          Backshell                   $0.87
    CTB0802                12 Weeks          Terminal Block            $303.13
    CTB8C                  12 Weeks          Terminal Block Cover       $25.96
(a) CTB9000                12 Weeks          Terminal Block            $542.21
(a) CTB9CS                 12 Weeks          Terminal Cover             $62.61
    CTER100                12 Weeks          Terminal Assembly         $125.00
    CTER120                12 Weeks          Terminal Assembly         $125.00
(a) CTR14S                 12 Weeks          Backshell                   $3.45
(a) CTR90SR1S              12 Weeks          Backshell                 $206.86
    CTX623-6CH             12 Weeks          Telephone Jack             $60.33
(a) CTZ623-6CH             12 Weeks          Telephone Jack             $23.78
(a) CWC01-1210             12 Weeks          Connector                  $59.66


                                        3
<PAGE>

     Attachment 1 to Special Business Provisions

     Work Statement and Pricing

     The price for products to be delivered through December 31, 1999 shall be
     as follows:

     (a) designates new parts added to the contract.

                                                                       Contract
    Part Number/Family     Lead Time         Nomenclature               Price
    --------------------   ---------         ------------             ----------
(a) CWC01-2006             12 Weeks          Terminal                   $23.31
(a) CWC01-2010             12 Weeks          Terminal                   $23.34
    CWC02-2006             12 Weeks          Terminal                   $56.45
    CWC02-2010             12 Weeks          Terminal                   $62.92
(a) DSB3                   12 Weeks          Backshell                  $23.83
(a) DSB4                   12 Weeks          Backshell                  $23.83
(a) DSB5                   12 Weeks          Backshell                  $23.83
(a) K3004-0001-2005        12 Weeks          Contact                     $1.69
(a) K3004-0002-1605        12 Weeks          Contact                     $3.14
(a) K4004-0001-2005        12 Weeks          Contact                     $2.90
(a) K4004-0002-1605        12 Weeks          Contact                     $3.05


                                        4
<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 2 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                         FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM
                               (Seller to Submit)
                            (Reference Section 15.0)

                                     COMMODITY/        BID           CONTRACTED
SUPPLIER NAME         COUNTRY       NOMENCLATURE       DOLLARS         DOLLARS
- -------------         -------       ------------       -------       ----------


                                        2
<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 3 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                RATES AND FACTORS
                            (Reference Section 12.2)


                                        3
<PAGE>


                                                                 ATTACHMENT 4 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                               BOEING AOG COVERAGE

- -    NORMAL HOURS BOEING'S MATERIAL REPRESENTATIVE(MATERIAL
     DIVISION)
          Approximately 5:30 a.m. - 6:00 p.m.

     -    Performs all functions of procurement process.

     -    Manages formal communication with Seller.

- -    SECOND SHIFT - AOG PROCUREMENT SUPPORT (MATERIAL DIVISION)
          3:00 p.m. - 11:00 p.m.

     -    May place order and assist with commitment and shipping information,
          working with several suppliers on a priority basis.

     -    Provides a communication link between Seller and Boeing.

- -    24 HOUR AOG SERVICE - AOG CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE
     (CUSTOMER SERVICE DIVISION ) 544-9000

     -    Support commitment information particularly with urgent orders.

     -    Customer Service Representative needs (if available):

          -    Part Number

          -    Boeing Purchase Order

          -    Airline Customer & customer purchase order number

          -    Boeing S.I.S. #

If Seller is unable to contact any of the above, please provide AOG/Critical
shipping information notification via FAX using Boeing AOG/Critical shipping
notification form (Attachment 5).


                                        4
<PAGE>


                                                                 ATTACHMENT 5 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                     BOEING
                                  AOG/CRITICAL
                              SHIPPING NOTIFICATION

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To:  FAX: (206) 544-9261 or 544-9262    Phone:    (206) 544-9296
          --------------------------              ------------------------------
Buyer Name:                             Phone:
               ---------------------              ------------------------------
From:                            Today's Date:
          ---------------------                   ------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Part Number:                         Customer PO:
             ---------------------                -----------------------
Customer:                            Ship Date:
             ---------------------                -----------------------
Qty Shipped:                         *SIS Number:
             ---------------------                -----------------------
Boeing PO:                           Pack Sheet
             ---------------------                -----------------------
*Airway Bill:                        or Invoice:
             ---------------------                -----------------------
Carrier:                             *Flight #:
             ---------------------                -----------------------
Freight

Forwarder:
             ---------------------
* If Applicable


Shipped To:(Check One) Boeing
                                     -----

                         Direct Ship
                         to Customer
                                     -----
                         Direct Ship
                         to Supplier
                                     -----

Remarks:
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          -----------------------------------------------------------------


                           IF UNABLE TO CONTACT BUYER,
                PLEASE USE THIS FORM TO FAX SHIPPING INFORMATION.



                                        5
<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 6 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                    SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST ("SDRL")
                                CUSTOMER SUPPORT
                            (Reference Section 21.0)

                                 NOT APPLICABLE


                                        6
<PAGE>


                                                                 ATTACHMENT 7 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                    SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST ("SDRL")
                                   ENGINEERING
                            (Reference Section 21.0)

                                 NOT APPLICABLE


                                        7
<PAGE>


SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


19.4 PRE-EXISTING INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP
     NOT APPLICABLE

20.0 ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

21.0 GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

22.0 SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS
     NOT APPLICABLE

23.0 DEFERRED PAYMENT
     NOT APPLICABLE

24.0 SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS
     NOT APPLICABLE


EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.


THE BOEING COMPANY                   CORY COMPONENTS
By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group


Name:   /s/                            Name:   /s/
        --------------------                   ---------------------
Title:  Buyer                          Title:  PRESIDENT
        --------------------                   ---------------------
Date:   December 1, 1995               Date:   2/12/96
        --------------------                   ---------------------


                                       12

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT 10.16
BOEING


                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   9423JC4548

                                     between

                       BOEING DEFENSE & SPACE-IRVING CO.

                              3131 STORY ROAD WEST

                               IRVING, TEXAS 75038

                                       and

                                CORY COMPONENTS

                             2201 ROSECRANS AVENUE

                              EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245

                              Period of Performance

                    January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1999


<PAGE>

                              AGREEMENT #9423JC4548

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECITALS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1

AGREEMENTS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1

1.0   DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
      1.1  Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
      1.2  Material Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
      1.3  F.O.B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
      1.4  Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
      1.5  Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2

2.0   ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
      2.1  Issuance of Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
      2.2  Supplier Scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
      2.3  Acceptance of Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
      2.4  Rejection of Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3
      2.5  Written Authorization to Proceed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

3.0   TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

4.0   PRICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

5.0   NON-RECURRING COSTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4

6.0   LEADTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4

7.0   DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
      7.1  Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
      7.2  Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
      7.3  Expedited Delivery  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5

8.0   ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES. . . . . . . . . . . .     5
      8.1  Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
      8.2  Resident Representatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     6

9.0   PRODUCT CONFORMANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     6

10.0  QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE . . . . . .     6
      10.1 Controlling Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     6


                                        i

<PAGE>

      10.2 Inspection and Rejection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     6
      10.3 SELLER's Notice of Discrepancies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7
      10.4 Right of Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7
      10.5 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
      10.6 Retention of Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
      10.7 Source Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8

11.0  PATENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8

12.0  EXAMINATION OF RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9

13.0  CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9

14.0  CHANGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9

15.0  INVOICE AND PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10

16.0  PACKAGING AND SHIPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10

17.0  WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11

18.0  TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11

19.0  TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11

20.0  FORCE MAJEURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12

21.0  RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12

22.0  TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
      22.1 Proprietary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13

23.0  COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS. . . . . . . . . . .    13
      23.1 Clean Air Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13

24.0  BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S DATA, PATENTS AND TOOLING . . . . . . .    14

25.0  NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    14
      25.1 Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    14
      25.2 Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15

26.0  PUBLICITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15

27.0  FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15


                                       ii

<PAGE>


28.0  RELIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15

29.0  ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15

30.0  SUBCONTRACTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

31.0  NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

32.0  NON-WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

33.0  HEADING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

34.0  PARTIAL INVALIDITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

35.0  APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16

36.0  TAXES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16
      36.1 Exclusion of Taxes in Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16
      36.2 Tax Claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17

37.0  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17

ATTACHMENT "A"   Specifications and Pricing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    19

ATTACHMENT "B"   Leadtime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    20

ATTACHMENT "C"   Supplier Scheduling Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    21

ATTACHMENT "D"   Supplier Scheduling Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    23

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                            AGREEMENT NO. 9423JC4548

This Agreement is made this date, February 8, 1995, by and between BOEING
DEFENSE & SPACE - IRVING CO., of 3131 Story Road West, Irving, TX 75038, herein
known as "BUYER", and CORY COMPONENTS, of 2201 Rosecrans Ave., El Segundo, CA
90245, herein known as "SELLER".

This Agreement shall be in effect from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1999
and for the delivery schedules through June 30, 2000 with option to extend. The
terms of this Agreement may also be extended to compensate for an amount of time
equal to the time the contract is on hold due to quality problems, should any be
encountered.

                                    RECITALS

     A.   BUYER is currently supporting production of commercial aircraft.

     B.   SELLER manufactures and sells certain goods and services for use in
          the production and support of commercial aircraft.

     C.   SELLER desires to sell and BUYER desires to purchase certain of
          Seller's goods and services for the production and support of
          commercial aircraft.

     D.   SELLER and BUYER desire to enter into an agreement for the sale by
          Seller and purchase by BUYER of Products as defined herein.

          Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth
          herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                   AGREEMENTS


1.0  DEFINITIONS

     1.1   "PRODUCTS" shall mean (a) all goods purchased and described on any
           Order and (b) services purchased and described on any Order or
           attachments to this Agreement.

     1.2   "MATERIAL REPRESENTATIVE" shall mean the employee and his/her
           management designated as such by BUYER from time to time, or in the
           absence of such designation, BUYER's employee and his/her management
           primarily responsible for dealing with SELLER in connection with
           administration of the applicable Order.

     1.3   "F.O.B." shall mean "Free on Board".

                                        1

<PAGE>

     1.4   "ORDER": Each purchase order accepted by SELLER is a contract between
           BUYER and SELLER and shall be referred to herein as an "Order". (See
           Article 2.2, "Supplier Scheduling").

     1.5   "SPECIFICATION": Specifications shall be defined to mean the
           document(s) which are referenced and/or attached hereto, and also
           include those incorporated as Attachment "A".

2.0 ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS

     2.1   ISSUANCE OF ORDERS

           BUYER shall issue Orders to SELLER from time to time. Each Order
           shall contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to
           the applicable specifications and drawings, the quantities, the
           prices, the delivery schedule, the terms and place of delivery, any
           special conditions and the following note:

           "This Order is placed in accordance with Agreement No. 9423JC4548
           between Boeing Defense & Space - Irving Co. and Cory Components.
           Period of performance January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1999 with
           deliveries through June 30, 2000."

     2.2   SUPPLIER SCHEDULING

           In the future, this contract may be modified by mutual agreement to
           include Supplier Scheduling disciplines and techniques which may
           alter leadtimes, Order releases and reschedule policies.

           For Supplier Scheduling disciplines and techniques, this Agreement
           shall be modified for Orders released by BUYER as agreed to in
           Attachments "C" and "D". Leadtimes, minimum production releases and
           order policies may be altered as mutually agreed between BUYER and
           SELLER.

     2.3   ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS

           Each Order is BUYER's offer to SELLER and acceptance is strictly
           limited to its terms. BUYER WILL NOT BE BOUND BY AND SPECIFICALLY
           OBJECTS TO ANY TERM OR CONDITION WHICH IS DIFFERENT FROM OR IN
           ADDITION TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE ORDER, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH TERM OR
           CONDITION WILL MATERIALLY ALTER THE ORDER. SELLER's commencement of
           performance or acceptance of the Order in any manner shall
           conclusively evidence SELLER's acceptance of the Order as written.
           BUYER may revoke, at no charge, any Order/release prior to receipt of
           SELLER's written acceptance or SELLER's commencement of performance.

                                        2

<PAGE>

     2.4   REJECTION OF ORDERS

           Any rejection by SELLER of an Order shall specify the reasons for
           rejection and any changes or additions that would make the Order
           acceptable to SELLER; provided, however, that SELLER may not reject
           any Order for reasons inconsistent with the provisions of this
           Agreement.

     2.5 WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED

           BUYER may give written authorization to SELLER to commence
           performance before BUYER issues an Order. If BUYER in its written
           authorization specifies that an Order will be issued, BUYER and
           SELLER shall proceed as if an Order had been issued. This Agreement
           and the terms stated in such written authorization shall be deemed to
           be a part of BUYER's offer, and the parties shall promptly agree on
           any open Order terms. If BUYER does not specify in its written
           authorization that an Order shall be issued, BUYER's obligation is
           strictly limited to the terms of the written authorization.

           If SELLER commences performance (a) before an Order is issued or (b)
           without receiving BUYER's prior written authorization to proceed,
           such performance shall be at SELLER's expense.

3.0        TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

           Title to and risk of any loss of or damage to the Products shall pass
           from SELLER to BUYER at F.O.B. point El Segundo, CA, except for loss
           or damage thereto resulting from SELLER's fault or negligence.
           Passage of title on delivery does not constitute BUYER's acceptance
           of Products.

4.0        PRICING

           Pricing for all product(s) purchased under this Agreement shall not
           exceed the prices shown in Attachment "A", and shall remain firm
           through December 31, 1999 and for deliveries through June 30, 2000,
           unless altered by specification changes outlined in Article 13.0,
           "CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS". Pricing shall be available to all BOEING
           locations and subsidiaries should they elect to participate under the
           terms of this Agreement.

           If during the term of this Agreement, SELLER, in its sales to other
           customers, reduces prices or leadtimes of like quantities of
           comparable items, below those stated herein, the lowest prices and
           reduced leadtimes will be made available to the BUYER and prevail
           under this Agreement. SELLER shall promptly, in writing, notify BUYER
           of such reductions as they become known and/or effective.

           If, during the term of this Agreement, a qualified Supplier offers
           BUYER a qualified product which is comparable to a product herein, at
           a price which is more than five percent (5%) lower than the price
           specified herein, then SELLER shall be offered the

                                        3

<PAGE>

           opportunity to continue providing the product, or comparable product
           acceptable to BUYER, under this Agreement at such lower price.

           If SELLER is unwilling to meet competition as specified above, then
           the product affected may, at BUYER's option, be deleted from this
           Agreement and BUYER shall have no further obligations to such product
           under this Agreement. Such deletion shall have no effect upon BUYER's
           obligation to accept delivery of product already released by BUYER
           prior to such deletion. The Agreement, as modified, shall remain in
           full force and effect with respect to the remaining products.

           All purchases of units shall be made only upon BUYER's standard
           Order(s) then in use at its various buying locations. (Reference
           Article 2.2 "Supplier Scheduling"). All such Orders shall be
           accumulated in calculating quantities. Orders shall specify BUYER's
           part numbers, quantities, due dates, and agreement numbers. ESTIMATES
           AND REQUIREMENTS USED IN ANY DOCUMENT RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
           INFORMATIONAL ONLY AND REPRESENT NO COMMITMENT BY BUYER UNTIL A
           SPECIFIC ORDER IS RELEASED. BUYER DOES NOT COMMIT TO PURCHASE ALL OR
           ANY SPECIFIC PORTION OF ITS TOTAL NEEDS, ESTIMATES, OR REQUIREMENTS
           FROM SELLER.

           BUYER shall in no event or under any circumstances whatsoever be
           liable for raw material, work in process, components, or any other
           expenses or damages except as expressly agreed to herein.

           BUYER's maximum liability shall not at any time exceed the number of
           furnished units for which Orders have been released, times the
           furnished unit price specified herein.

           Items furnished by SELLER, but not listed on Attachment "A" may be
           negotiated and added to this Agreement by written addendum.

5.0        NON-RECURRING COSTS


           A.      Non-recurring charges, if any, incurred by BUYER in
                   conjunction with this Agreement shall be an all inclusive,
                   one-time charge, shown, upon occurrence, in Attachment "A",
                   to produce the corresponding product(s) listed in Attachment
                   "A". Such charges shall be itemized and invoiced separately
                   from product costs.

           B.      All tooling, jigs, fixtures, drawings, etc. shall become the
                   property of BUYER at time of payment of the Order invoice for
                   same, and shall be maintained in an industry acceptable
                   manner and covered for replacement value by the SELLER while
                   in SELLER's possession. In the event of termination of this
                   Agreement BUYER shall provide disposition of such property
                   to SELLER.

6.0        LEADTIME

           SELLER shall maintain "not to exceed" leadtimes as stated in
           Attachment "B". BUYER, at its option, may specify longer time
           intervals.

                                        4

<PAGE>

7.0  DELIVERY


     7.1   REQUIREMENTS

           Deliveries shall be strictly in accordance with the quantities, the
           schedule and other requirements specified in the applicable Order.
           SELLER may not make early deliveries without BUYER's prior written
           authorization. All delivery dates shown on the Order(s) are to be
           considered BUYER's on DOCK DATES. SELLER agrees to ship in sufficient
           time to meet the required date without preceding it by more than five
           (5) calendar days or exceeding it by more than zero (0) days provided
           that the quantities and schedules are in accordance with the
           requirements of this Agreement.

           BUYER reserves the right to reschedule for later delivery any item on
           the Order(s) at no charge, by giving notice at least fifteen (15)
           working days prior to the date of the original scheduled due date of
           that item.

           BUYER's expectation is 100% On-Time delivery to SELLER's commitment.
           SELLER shall maintain a minimum of 96% on-time delivery to SELLER
           commitment as measured by BUYER's performance rating system. It is
           understood that BUYER's minimum acceptable performance will increase
           during the term of this Agreement.

     7.2   DELAY

           SELLER shall notify BUYER immediately, in writing, upon learning of
           any circumstance that may cause a delay in delivery, stating the
           period of delay and the reasons therefore. SELLER shall use
           reasonable additional effort, including premium effort, and shall
           ship via air or other expedited routing to avoid or minimize delay to
           the maximum extent possible. All additional costs resulting from such
           premium effort or premium transportation shall be borne by SELLER.
           Nothing herein may be construed to prejudice any of the rights or
           remedies provided to BUYER in the applicable Order or by law.

     7.3   EXPEDITED DELIVERY

           In the event BUYER has requirements that necessitate an expedited
           delivery date, SELLER will strive to meet this need and any premium
           charges shall be negotiated at time of Order. In the event SELLER
           fails to exert reasonable effort to meet a delivery date for which
           premium charges have been authorized, such charges shall become void.

8.0  ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES


     8.1   REVIEW

           At BUYER's request, SELLER shall provide at BUYER's facility, or at a
           place designated by BUYER, a review explaining the status of any
           Order, actions taken

                                        5

<PAGE>

           or planned to be taken relating to such Order and any other relevant
           information. Nothing herein may be construed as a waiver of BUYER's
           rights to proceed against SELLER because of any delinquency.

     8.2   RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES

           BUYER may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems
           necessary assign resident personnel at SELLER's facilities in
           addition to the resident Quality Control personnel provided for in
           Article 10.3, "Right of Entry". The resident team will function under
           the guidance of BUYER's manager who will provide program coordination
           within the scope of the work authorized by any Order. The resident
           team will provide communication and coordination to ensure timely
           performance of any Order. BUYER's resident team shall be allowed
           access to all work areas, Order status reports and management review
           necessary to assure timely coordination and conformance with the
           requirements of each Order. SELLER, however, remains fully
           responsible for performing in accordance with each Order.

9.0  PRODUCT CONFORMANCE

     SELLER shall manufacture Product(s) listed in Attachment "A" to the
     requirements set forth in the specifications listed in Attachment "A".
     SELLER warrants that Products delivered under this Agreement shall conform
     100% to the performance and design parameters of BUYER'S Specifications.

10.0 QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE


     10.1  CONTROLLING DOCUMENT

           All work performed under each Order shall be subject to Document 
           D1-9000 "Advanced Quality System for Boeing Suppliers", latest 
           revision as revised from time to time. Such document by this 
           reference is incorporated herein.

     10.2  INSPECTION AND REJECTION

           Products shall be subject to final inspection and acceptance by BUYER
           at destination, notwithstanding any payment or prior inspection. All
           Products from all lots received by BUYER shall either be new and
           unused Products or Products authorized by BUYER's reject tag
           disposition. Final inspection of a Product will be made within a
           reasonable time after receipt of such Product. BUYER may reject any
           or all of the Products which do not strictly conform to the
           requirements of the applicable Order. BUYER may reject an entire lot
           of Product based on discrepancies detected in a sample quantity
           selected from the lot. BUYER shall by notice, rejection tag or other
           communication notify SELLER of such rejection. At SELLER's risk and
           expense, all such Products will be returned to SELLER for immediate
           rework, replacement or other correction and redelivery or full credit
           to BUYER; provided, however, that with respect to any or all of such
           Products and at BUYER's election and at SELLER's risk and expense,
           BUYER

                                        6

<PAGE>

           may: (a) hold, retain or return such Products without permitting any
           rework, replacement or other correction by SELLER; (b) hold or retain
           such Products for rework by SELLER or, at BUYER's election, for
           rework by BUYER with such assistance from SELLER as BUYER may
           require; (c) return such Products for full credit only (d) hold such
           Products until SELLER has delivered conforming replacements for such
           Products; (e) hold such Products until confirming replacements are
           obtained from a third party; or (f) return such Products with
           instructions to SELLER as to whether such Products shall be reworked
           or replaced and as to the manner of redelivery. Any attempt by SELLER
           to salvage Products rejected by BUYER shall be in accordance with the
           BUYER's rejection tag disposition. BUYER shall provide rejection tag
           documentation to the SELLER to authorize the salvage. Lots delivered
           with BUYER's rejection tag deviations shall contain a copy of the
           rejection tag authorizing such deviation and must be attached to the
           applicable packing sheets. BUYER shall provide a copy of the
           rejection tag to the SELLER. SELLER shall strive to complete all
           rework, replacement and other corrections and redelivery within
           fifteen (15) calendar days. All costs and expenses, loss of value and
           any other damages incurred as a result of or in connection with
           nonconformance and rework, replacement or other correction may be
           recovered from SELLER by a mutually agreeable equitable price
           reduction, set-off or credit against any amounts that may be owed to
           SELLER under the applicable Order or otherwise.

           BUYER may revoke its acceptance of any Products and have the same
           rights with regard to the Products involved as if it had originally
           rejected them.

     10.3  SELLER'S NOTICE OF DISCREPANCIES

           The SELLER shall notify BUYER, in writing within five (5) days,
           should the SELLER believe and/or have been notified in any manner,
           that non-compliant Product has or may have been delivered against
           this Agreement. This condition shall survive beyond the performance
           period of the Agreement.

     10.4  RIGHT OF ENTRY

           BUYER's authorized representatives and/or Federal Aviation
           Administration may enter SELLER's plant at all reasonable times to
           conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the Products and work-
           in-process. SELLER shall include in its major subcontracts issued in
           connection with an Order a like provision giving BUYER the right to
           enter the plants of SELLER's subcontractors. BUYER may assign
           representatives at SELLER's plant on a full-time basis. SELLER shall
           furnish, free of charge, all office space, secretarial service and
           other facilities and assistance reasonably required by BUYER's
           representatives at SELLER's plant.

                                        7

<PAGE>

     10.5 CERTIFICATION

           A certification that materials and/or finished parts have been
           controlled and tested in accordance with and will meet specified
           Order requirements and applicable specifications and that records are
           on file subject to BUYER's examination shall be included on or with
           the packing sheet accompanying each shipment. The drawing or
           specification revision will be noted on such packing sheet. Such
           packing sheet shall note if BUYER has provided materials. Copies of
           manufacturing planning, test and inspection results or certifications
           shall be furnished to BUYER on request.

     10.6 RETENTION OF RECORDS

           Quality Control records shall be maintained on file and available to
           BUYER's authorized representatives. SELLER shall retain such records
           for a period of not less than three (3) years from the date of final
           payment under the applicable Order. Prior to disposal of any such
           records, BUYER shall be notified and SELLER shall transfer such
           records as BUYER may direct.

     10.7 SOURCE INSPECTION

           If an Order contains a notation that "Source Inspection" is required,
           the Products may not be packed for shipment until they have been
           submitted to BUYER's Quality Control representative for inspection.
           Both the packing list and SELLER's invoice must reflect evidence of
           this inspection.

11.0 PATENTS

     SELLER shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against BUYER, insofar
     as such suit or proceeding is based on a claim that goods manufactured and
     supplied to BUYER constitute direct infringement of any patent or
     copyright. SELLER must be notified promptly of such claim in writing and
     must be given all necessary authority, information and assistance (at
     SELLER's expense). SELLER will pay all damages and costs awarded against
     BUYER.

     If the use of such Product or part is enjoined, SELLER will, in its sole
     discretion and expense, procure for BUYER the right to continue using said
     Product or part, replace same with an acceptable non-infringing product or
     part or modify it so that it becomes non-infringing, in a manner that is
     acceptable to the BUYER.

     SELLER shall have no liability for any infringement of patents, copyrights,
     trademarks or other intellectual property rights resulting from use of said
     Product other than as specified in relevant SELLER publications or from use
     of said Product with Products not supplied by SELLER.

                                        8

<PAGE>

12.0 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

     SELLER shall maintain complete and accurate records showing the sales
     volume of all Products. Such records shall support all services performed,
     allowances claimed and costs incurred by SELLER in the performance of each
     Order, including but not limited to those factors which comprise or affect
     direct labor hours, direct labor rates, material costs, burden rates and
     subcontracts. Such records and other data shall be capable of verification
     through audit and analysis by BUYER and be available to BUYER at SELLER's
     facility for BUYER's examination and audit at all reasonable times from the
     date of the applicable Order until three (3) years after final payment
     under such Order. SELLER shall provide assistance to interpret such data if
     required by BUYER. Such examination shall provide BUYER with complete
     information regarding SELLER's performance for use in price negotiations
     with SELLER relating to existing or future Orders for Products (including
     but not limited to negotiation of equitable adjustments for changes and
     termination/obsolescence claims pursuant to Article 14.0, "CHANGES"). BUYER
     shall treat such information as confidential.

13.0 CHANGES TO SPECIFICATIONS

     With respect to each Product, SELLER shall notify BUYER in writing whenever
     SELLER's design or development activities indicate the need for any
     configuration detail or function of such Product to differ from the Product
     that has been qualification tested or previously delivered or from the
     configuration in Seller's approved design. With respect to each Product,
     SELLER shall obtain BUYER's approval prior to incorporation of:

     a.    Changes which alter the form, fit or function of such Product;

     b.    Changes which affect the repair or replacement interchange ability of
           such Product;

     c.    Changes to processes after construction of the qualification test
           Product;

     d.    Changes involving material or component substitution or finish
           changes;

     e.    Changes that effect the downward compatibility of the Product;

     f.    Changes which alter the weight, center of gravity or moment of
           inertia of such Product.

     If BUYER requests, SELLER shall submit a supplement to the applicable
     qualification report to document and qualify the above changes.

14.0 CHANGES

     BUYER's Material Representative may at any time by written change Order
     make reasonable changes within the general scope of an Order in any one or
     more of the following: (a) drawings, designs or specifications; (b)
     shipping or packing; (c) place of

                                        9

<PAGE>

     inspection, delivery or acceptance; (d) adjustments in quantities and
     delivery schedules, or both; and (e) the amount of BUYER-furnished
     property. SELLER shall proceed immediately to perform the Order as changed.
     If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the
     time required for, the performance of any part of the work, whether changed
     or not changed by the change Order, an equitable adjustment shall be made
     in the price of or the delivery schedule for those Products affected, and
     the applicable Order and any affected pricing shown in Attachment "A" shall
     be modified in writing accordingly. Any claim by SELLER for adjustment
     under this Article must be received by BUYER in writing within thirty (30)
     days from the date of receipt by SELLER of the written change Order or
     within such further time as the parties may agree in writing or such claim
     shall be deemed waived. Nothing in this paragraph shall excuse SELLER from
     proceeding with an Order as changed, including failure of the parties to
     agree on any adjustment to be made under this paragraph.

     If SELLER considers that the conduct of any of BUYER's employees has
     constituted a change hereunder, SELLER shall immediately notify BUYER in
     writing as to the nature of such conduct and its effect on SELLER's
     performance. PENDING DIRECTION FROM BUYER'S MATERIAL REPRESENTATIVE, SELLER
     SHALL TAKE NO ACTION TO IMPLEMENT ANY SUCH CHANGE.

15.0 INVOICE AND PAYMENT

     A separate invoice shall be issued for each shipment of Products. Unless
     otherwise specified in the applicable Order, no invoice may be issued prior
     to shipment of the Products. Payment shall be Net 30 days. Payment due
     dates shall be computed from (a) the date of receipt of the Product, (b)
     the date of receipt of a correct invoice or (c) the scheduled delivery date
     of such Product, whichever is last, up to and including the date BUYER's
     check is mailed. All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages,
     credits and rejections. Invoices without this information will be
     considered incomplete and return for correction. Mail to:

                    Boeing Defense & Space - Irving Co.
                    P.O. Box 152707
                    Irving, Texas 75015-2707
                    Attn: Accounts Payable

16.0 PACKAGING AND SHIPPING

     SELLER shall prepare for shipment and suitably pack all Products to prevent
     damage or deterioration, or comply with any special instructions stated in
     the applicable Order. BUYER shall pay no charges for preparation, packing,
     crating or cartage unless stated in the applicable Order. BUYER's Order
     numbers and part numbers must be indicated on the applicable Bill of Lading
     or packing list.

     All shipments will be made via UPS GROUND. Any deviation from this method
     must be authorized by the BUYER, or the BUYER's Material Representative.

                                       10

<PAGE>

17.0 WARRANTY

     It is BUYER's expectation to receive 100% defect-free Product. SELLER
     warrants that all Products delivered shall: (a) be free from defects in
     material and workmanship; (b) conform to the requirements of the Order
     including, but not limited to, the applicable descriptions, specifications
     and drawings, and (c) be free from defects in design and fit for the
     intended purpose for a period of three (3) years from date of delivery.

     Products proved to be in non-conformance with the requirements stated above
     shall be returned to SELLER pursuant to Article 10.2, "Inspection and
     Rejection".

     The warranty does not extend to any Product supplied by SELLER which has
     been subjected to misuse, neglect or accident.

18.0 TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT

     BUYER and/or SELLER may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the
     other party upon the happening of any of the following events:

     a.    The SELLER and/or SELLER's Agent, or BUYER, seeks relief under any
           provision of the bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or is adjudicated
           bankrupt or insolvent, or in the event a receiver is appointed for
           all, or substantially all, of its property;

     b.    If the SELLER defaults in the performance of its obligations under
           this Agreement and fails to correct such default within thirty (30)
           days of written notice by BUYER;

     c.    If SELLER fails to demonstrate to BUYER's satisfaction the ability to
           meet the specifications referenced in Attachment "A".

     In the event of BUYER's termination for default, SELLER must be notified of
     such default in writing and given thirty (30) days from receipt of notice
     of default. SELLER shall be liable for all costs and expenses for non-
     delivered finished goods, raw material, work in process, components,
     SELLER's commitments to its sources of supply and any damages incurred by
     SELLER under this Agreement, or Orders released in conjunction with this
     Agreement that occur prior to any cancellation.

19.0 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

     BUYER may terminate the performance of the work under this Agreement in
     whole at any time, or from time to time in part, by written notice to
     SELLER. Upon receipt of such notice, SELLER shall, unless the notice
     directs otherwise, immediately discontinue all work and the placing in all
     orders for materials, facilities, and supplies in connection with
     performance of this order and shall proceed to cancel promptly all existing
     orders and terminate all subcontracts insofar as such orders or
     subcontracts are chargeable to this order. Upon the termination of work
     under this order, full and complete settlement of

                                       11

<PAGE>

     all claims of SELLER with respect to the termination work shall be made as
     follows: (Reference Article 12.0 "EXAMINATION OF RECORDS")

     a.    Shipments due forty-five (45) calendar days or less from date of
           notification are not cancelable.

     b.    Cancellation of shipments for individual part numbers due forty-six
           (46) calendar days or more from date of notification will be at no
           charge to BUYER.

     Under no circumstances shall BUYER'S cancellation liability for all
     materials, subassemblies, or finished goods exceed the agreed to unit price
     times the quantity of undelivered units.

     IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
     DAMAGES.

20.0 FORCE MAJEURE

     Neither party shall be liable in damages for delay in delivery due to any
     causes beyond the control or without its fault or negligence including,
     without limitation, acts of God or the public enemy, acts of the
     government, fires, flood, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes,
     freight embargo, and unusually severe weather. SELLER and/or BUYER shall
     notify the other in writing of such causes within two (2) scheduled working
     days after one first learns of same.

21.0 RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY

     On delivery to SELLER or manufacture or acquisition by it of any materials,
     parts, tooling or other property, title to any of which is with BUYER,
     SELLER shall assume the risk of and be responsible for any loss thereof or
     damage thereto. In accordance with the provisions of an Order, but in any
     event on completion thereof, SELLER shall return such property to BUYER in
     the condition in which it as received except for reasonable wear and tear
     and except to the extent that such property has been incorporated in
     Products delivered under such Order or has been consumed in the normal
     performance of work under such Order.

22.0 TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS

     SELLER shall promptly advise BUYER of technological advances which are
     known, or become known, to SELLER over the course of performance of its
     obligations under this Agreement, which may result in the product(s) having
     added value to BUYER. Should BUYER elect to incorporate such advances, it
     shall do so pursuant to the conditions of Article 13.0, "CHANGES TO
     SPECIFICATIONS".

                                       12

<PAGE>

     22.1  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

           Proprietary Information Agreement Number 91-3014 dated October 30,
           1991, shall remain in force through the term of this Agreement and is
           incorporated, by reference, into this Agreement.

23.0 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS

     SELLER warrants that in the performance of each Order it has complied with
     and will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and
     ordinances and all Orders, rules and regulation thereunder. In SELLER's
     invoice or other form satisfactory to BUYER, SELLER shall certify that the
     Products covered by the applicable Order were produced in compliance with
     Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair Labor Standard Act (29 U.S.C. 201-219),
     as amended, and the regulations and Orders of the U.S. Department of Labor
     issued under Section 14 thereof.

     The "Equal Opportunity" clause in FAR 52.222-26,-35, -36 is incorporated
     herein by this reference, except "Contractor" shall mean SELLER.

     23.1 CLEAN AIR ACT

           The item(s) to be delivered under this Agreement may be manufactured
           using Class 1 ozone depleting substances and the following warning
           statement shall apply to such items(s):

           WARNING: MANUFACTURED WITH CFC-11, 12, 13, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
           211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, HALONS 1211, 1301, 2402, CARBON
           TETRACHLORIDE OR METHYL CHLOROFORM SUBSTANCES WHICH HARM PUBLIC
           HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT BY DESTROYING OZONE IN THE UPPER STRATOSPHERE.

           The item(s) to be delivered under this Agreement may contain Class 1
           ozone depleting substances and the following warning statement shall
           apply to such item(s):

           WARNING: MANUFACTURED WITH CFC-11, 12, 13, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
           211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, HALONS 1211, 1301, 2402, CARBON
           TETRACHLORIDE OR METHYL CHLOROFORM SUBSTANCES WHICH HARM PUBLIC
           HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT BY DESTROYING OZONE IN THE UPPER STRATOSPHERE.

           It is agreed that the above warning statements satisfy the
           requirement of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (Section 611),
           Title 40 CFR Part 82. Accordingly, no method of marking or tagging
           items shall be used unless the item is a chemical or chemical
           compound.

                                       13

<PAGE>

24.0 BUYER'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S DATA, PATENTS AND TOOLING

     BUYER shall have an irrevocable, nonexclusive, free license to use, and
     license others to use on BUYER's behalf, all of SELLER's patents, designs,
     processes, drawings, technical data and tooling related to the development,
     production, maintenance or rework of any Product; provided, however, that
     such license is conditioned upon the occurrence of one or more of the
     following events:

     a.    Institution of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation proceedings
           by or against SELLER;

     b.    Failure of SELLER's trustee in bankruptcy or SELLER as debtor in
           possession to assume any Order within sixty (60) days after a
           bankruptcy petition was filed;

     c.    SELLER's insolvency;

     d.    Appointment of a trustee or receiver for SELLER's property or
           business;

     e.    Assignment for the benefit of creditors of SELLER;

     f.    SELLER's suspension of production of all or any of such Product;

     g.    SELLER's suspension of business operations;

     h.    Cancellation of any Order in whole or in part pursuant to Article
           18.0, "TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT"; or

     i.    The acquisition of SELLER by, or SELLER's sale of any or all of its
           rights to manufacture such Product to, a third party, when the sale
           of any or all of those rights precludes in any way, shape, or form
           the SELLER's ability to manufacture and deliver any or all of those
           Products listed on Attachment "A".

     In support of the license granted herein, and without further cost to
     BUYER, SELLER shall provide all assistance BUYER requires to permit the
     immediate transfer of the patents, designs, processes, drawings, technical
     data and tooling to BUYER in a manner that satisfies BUYER's production
     requirements.

25.0 NOTICES

     Notices and other communications shall be given in writing to the
     respective party as follows:

     25.1  ADDRESSES

           To BUYER:          BOEING DEFENSE & SPACE - IRVING CO.
                              3131 STORY ROAD WEST
                              IRVING, TEXAS 75038
                              ATTN: PROCUREMENT REPRESENTATIVE
                              MAIL STOP: TR-41

                                       14

<PAGE>

           To SELLER:         CORY COMPONENTS
                              2201 ROSECRANS AVE.
                              EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245
                              ATTN: MR. BRIAN GAMBERG

     25.2  EFFECTIVE DATE

           The date on which any such communication is delivered to the
           addressee is the effective date of such communication.

26.0 PUBLICITY

     SELLER may not, and shall require that its subcontractors and suppliers of
     any tier may not, cause or permit to be released any publicity,
     advertisement, news release, public announce, or denial or confirmation of
     the same, in whatever form, regarding any aspect of any Order without
     BUYER's prior written approval.

27.0 FACILITIES

     SELLER shall bear all risk of providing adequate facilities and equipment
     to perform each Order in accordance with the terms thereof. If any
     contemplated use of government or other facilities or equipment is not
     permitted by the government or is not available for any other reason,
     SELLER shall be responsible for arranging for equivalent facilities and
     equipment at no costs to BUYER. Any failure to do so does not excuse any
     deficiencies in SELLER's performance or affect BUYER's right to cancel
     under Article 18.0 "TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT", or under any provision of
     law.

28.0 RELIANCE

     SELLER acknowledges that SELLER is an expert in all phases of the work
     involved in producing and supporting the Products, including but not
     limited to the designing, testing, developing, manufacturing, improving,
     and servicing of the Products. SELLER agrees that BUYER and BUYER's
     customers may rely on SELLER as an expert and SELLER will not deny any
     responsibility or obligation hereunder to BUYER or BUYER's customers on the
     grounds that BUYER or BUYER's customers provided recommendations or
     assistance in any phase of the work involved in producing or supporting the
     Products, including but not limited to BUYER's acceptance of
     specifications, test data or the Products.

29.0 ASSIGNMENT

     This Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
     parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided
     however, that no assignment of any rights or delegation of any duties under
     such Agreement is binding on either party unless the other party's written
     consent has first been obtained. Notwithstanding the above, SELLER may
     assign claims for monies due or to become due under any Order provided that
     BUYER may recoup or setoff any amounts covered by any such assignment
     against any indebtedness of SELLER to BUYER, whether arising before or
     after the date of the

                                       15

<PAGE>

assignment or the date of this Agreement, and whether arising out of any such
Order or any other agreement between the parties. BUYER may settle all claims
arising out of any Order, including termination claims, directly with SELLER.
BUYER may unilaterally assign any rights or title to property under this
Agreement to any wholly-owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company.

30.0 SUBCONTRACTING

     SELLER may not procure any Product from a third party in a completed or a
     substantially completed form without BUYER's prior written consent.

31.0 NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES

     SELLER shall immediately notify BUYER of any actual or potential labor
     dispute that may disrupt the timely performance of an Order. SELLER shall
     include the substance of this Article, including this sentence, in any
     subcontract relating to an Order if a labor dispute involving the
     subcontractor would have the potential to delay the timely performance of
     such Order. Each subcontractor, however, shall only be required to give the
     necessary notice and information to its next higher-tier subcontractor.

32.0 NON-WAIVER

     Neither party's failure at any time to enforce any provision of this
     Agreement does not constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice the
     other party's right to enforce such provision at any subsequent time.

33.0 HEADING

     Article and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience
     reference only and do not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.

34.0 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

     If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes void or unenforceable by
     force or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid and
     enforceable.

35.0 APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

     This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to and construed according to
     the laws of the State of Texas. For purposes of applying Texas law, this
     Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into and wholly performed in
     Texas.

36.0 TAXES

     36.1 EXCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE

           All items purchased will be exempt from Texas State and local sales
           and use taxes under certificate number 1-91-0840170-4.

                                       16

<PAGE>

     36.2 TAX CLAIMS
           In the event that SELLER invoices and collects a tax for a state or
           local taxing authority that SELLER should not have collected from
           BUYER because of 36.1 above, SELLER shall promptly refund to BUYER
           the amount of tax collected by SELLER.

37.0 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

     This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all
     other agreements, understandings, representations, and communications
     between BUYER and SELLER, whether written or oral, related to the subject
     matter of such Order. In addition to the documents previously incorporated
     herein by reference, the documents listed below are by this reference made
     a part of this Agreement:

     A.    Specification Control Documents.
     B.    Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a part
           of this Agreement.

     In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms of the
     following documents, the following order of precedence shall control:

     A.    Purchase Agreement
     B.    Order
     C.    Specification Control Drawing (if applicable)
     D.    Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part of
           this Agreement.



                                       17

<PAGE>

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.


BUYER:                             SELLER:

BOEING DEFENSE & SPACE -
IRVING CO.                         CORY COMPONENTS

/s/ John Chiarello                 /s/ Brian Gamberg
- ----------------------------       ------------------------------
John Chiarello                     Brian Gamberg
Contract Administrator/Buyer       President

3-21-95                            3-15-95
- ----------------------------       ------------------------------
Date                               Date


/s/ T.D. (Tim) Fehr
- ----------------------------
T.D. (Tim) Fehr
Vice President - CAS


5 May 95
- ----------------------------
Date

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT "A"
                           SPECIFICATIONS AND PRICING
                           TO AGREEMENT NO. 9423JC4548

                          5 YEAR
       SPEC NUMBER       EST. USAGE                 PRICE
       -----------       ----------                 -----

     S906-70293-111     * 13,800 EA               $20.58 EA

     S906-70293-112       30,900 EA               $16.44 EA

     S906-70293-113     * 10,200 EA               $45.95 EA

     S906-70293-114     * 10,200 EA               $23.85 EA

     S906-70293-115       30,900 EA               $26.55 EA

     S906-70293-210       30,900 EA               $ 7.77 EA

     S906-70297-16        49,500 PR               $20.79 EA

     S906-70297-28       148,500 PR               $ 2.88 PR

     S906-70297-29        49,500 EA               $22.97 EA

     S906-70297-30        49,500 EA               $53.22 EA

     S906-70293-221      *USAGE EST.              $21.58 EA
                         SHARED WITH
                         S906-70293-111

     S906-70293-222      *USAGE EST.              $24.85 EA
                         SHARED WITH
                         S906-702093-114

     S906-70293-225     * USAGE EST.              $46.95 EA
                         SHARED WITH
                         S906-70293-113

     NOTE:
          QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE ESTIMATES FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY AND DO NOT
          REPRESENT A FIRM COMMITMENT.

                                       19

<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT "B"
                                    LEADTIME
                           TO AGREEMENT NO. 9423JC4548



                                    LEADTIME IN WEEKS

   SPEC NUMBER         1995      1996      1997      1998      1999

S906-70293-111          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-112          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-113          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-114          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-115          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-210          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70297-16           10         8         8         8         8

S906-70297-28           10         8         8         8         8

S906-70297-29           10         8         8         8         8

S906-70297-30           10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-221          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-222          10         8         8         8         8

S906-70293-225          10         8         8         8         8


                                       20

<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT "C"
                           SUPPLIER SCHEDULING PROGRAM
                           TO AGREEMENT NO. 9423JC4548


BUYER (Irving, Texas Plant) shall implement a Supplier Scheduling Program
("Program") with SELLER based on BUYER's Program's disciplines and techniques.
BUYER and SELLER have agreed to the following terms and conditions relating to
BUYER's Program:


1.   BUYER shall provide SELLER with educational training on BUYER's Program.

2.   BUYER shall eliminate the processing of formal, individual Purchase Orders.

3.   BUYER shall, on a weekly basis, process and provide SELLER with BUYER's
     Supplier Scheduling Reports ("Reports"). An example of this Report is
     provided in Attachment "D".

4.   Each Report provided to SELLER by BUYER shall contain the following
     information:

     A.   Each Report shall identify BUYER's and SELLER's part number.

     B.   On each report an asterisk ("*"), if any, shall precede each line item
          that identifies quantities and specific dates which represents BUYER's
          confirmed release requirements, and shall be construed as SELLER's
          authorization to manufacture and ship such products to BUYER in the
          quantities and in accordance with the dates specified on the Report.

     C.   Line items that contain quantities and specific dates, and are not
          preceded with an asterisk, represent BUYER's offer to purchase such
          quantities of product(s). SELLER shall indicate its acceptance,
          acceptance with modification or rejection to BUYER's offer within
          three (3) business days of receipt of BUYER's Report. If, through no
          fault of the BUYER, SELLER fails to respond by the close of business
          on the third (3rd) working day after receipt of the BUYER's Report,
          BUYER shall proceed as though the SELLER had accepted. ("Silence is
          acceptance/approval").

          On an existing committed receipt, SELLER shall have three (3) working
          days from date of BUYER's notification to SELLER to accept BUYER's
          reschedule in, reschedule out or cancellation. If, through no fault of
          the BUYER, SELLER fails to respond by the close of business on the
          third (3rd) working day after receipt of the BUYER's Report, BUYER
          shall proceed as though the SELLER had accepted.

                                       21

<PAGE>

          Upon SELLER's verbal or written acceptance to BUYER's offer to
          purchase products, BUYER shall immediately modify the Report by adding
          an asterisk ("*") to the appropriate line item(s) to signify
          confirmation of order release.

     D.   Those quantities listed in monthly and/or quarterly columns without an
          asterisk and/or specific date are to be used by the SELLER for
          "PLANNING" purpose ONLY. This information is subject to automatically
          change as our Material Requirements Planning (MRP) changes. These
          quantities shall be referred to as projected forecasts and/or planned
          orders.

5.   For Item 4 refer to Attachment "D" which represents an example report.

6.   SELLER shall reference the master agreement number and the contract number
     (See Attachment "D" on the packing lists and invoices issued under this
     Supplier Scheduling Section. See Article 15.0 "Invoice and Payment" and
     16.0 "Packaging and Shipping" for additional references required.

7.   SELLER agrees to be bound by BUYER's Supplier Scheduling program in the
     area of offer and acceptance (Refer to Item 4[C]).

8.   SELLER agrees all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to
     Supplier Scheduled part numbers, (i.e., selling price, lead-time, payment
     terms, FOB, warranties, etc.) as modified in this Supplier Scheduling
     section.

9.   To the best of BUYER's knowledge, all fields of information on the Report
     are correct. If SELLER discovers any discrepancies or errors in the Report,
     SELLER shall notify BUYER in within three (3) working days of such
     discovery.

                                       22

<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT "D"

                            AGREEMENT NO. 9423JC4548
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                          <C>        <C>      <C>
PMS-SSS-B02 (VERSION: 10/22/92)       BOEING AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC - IRVING     02/03/95   09:43    PAGE: 1
DELIVER TO: PCR

                                            SUPPLIER SCHEDULE REPORT

                                             FOR: CORY COMPONENTS

                                                 Supplier Name
                                                   Scheduler
                                                    Report
                                                   02/03/95

        CORY COMPONENTS                                             BA&E-I

        2201 ROSECRANS AVENUE                                       3131 STORY ROAD WEST
        EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245                                        IRVING, TX 75038
        9423JC4548                                                  SARAH HART
        310-536-0034                                                214-659-2681
        310-536-0206                                                214-659-4198

        REFERENCE: MASTER AGREEMENT 9423JC4548

</TABLE>



                                       23

<PAGE>

                                 ATTACHMENT "D"
                       BOEING DEFENSE & SPACE - IRVING CO.

                            SUPPLIER SCHEDULE REPORT
                               for XYZ CORPORATION

<TABLE>

<S><C>
     P/N:           DESC:          P. O.   XX-XXXXX       START:  9-1-94       STOP:   8-31-99

     SUPPLIER P/N:      U/M: EA    ABCD:   A      PRICE:            L/T: 30            S/C AA

REL TO DATE: 398   QTY TO STOCK: 298    QTY PAST DUE: 100     QTY ON DOCK: 0    LAST RCVD DATE: 04/24/91

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>
                                                                                                                       NEXT   NEXT
JUN/91    JUL/91    AUG/91    SEPT/91    OCT/91    NOV/91    DEC/91    JAN/92    FEB/92    MAR/92    APR/92   MAY/92    QTR    QTR
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   100       150       195          0         0       235         0         0        85       205         0      150     70     55
06/10*  07/15
                                                                                                                         70     75
   100         0         0          0         0         0         0         0         0         0          0       0
06/22 *
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   200       150       195          0         0       235         0         0        85       205          0     150    140    130
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 EXTERNAL NOTES:    SHP: SPECIAL SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
                    CXL: CANCEL IDENTIFIED SCHEDULE/QUANTITY
                    R/I: RESCHEDULE-IN REQUEST
                    R/O: RESCHEDULE-OUT REQUEST

                                       24

<PAGE>

AGREEMENT NO.  D&SG/PIA-91-3014

                        PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Effective October 30, 1991, The Boeing Company, Defense & Space Group, acting
through its Electronics Systems Division, having an office at Seattle,
Washington, and Cory Components, having an office at El Segundo, California,
agree as follows:

1.   The parties may exchange information, some of which may be Proprietary
Information, as defined below, for the purposes of review, evaluation, new
Boeing parts development and source selection in connection with 777 development
efforts (hereinafter referred to as the  "Project").  The parties desire to
protect such Proprietary Information from unauthorized disclosure and use under
the terms and conditions herein.

2.   For purposes of this Agreement, Proprietary Information means information
related to connectors and connector technology, including compliant pin
connectors; and which is disclosed hereunder by one party to the other in
connection with the Project; provided that, when disclosed, such information is
in written or other permanent form and is identified as proprietary to the
originating party by clear and conspicuous markings. Information not in written
or other permanent form shall be considered Proprietary Information from time of
disclosure, provided originating Party identifies such information as
proprietary at the time of disclosure and sends receiving Party a detailed
written description of the information, with such clear and conspicuous
markings, within thirty (30) days of the disclosure.

                                   Page 1 of 5

<PAGE>

3.   Each party shall preserve Proprietary Information (other than Boeing parts
drawings) received from the other party in confidence for a period of five (5)
years from the effective date of this Agreement. During this period, each party
shall not disclose such Proprietary Information to any third party without
written authorization from the originating party. Proprietary Information in the
form of a Boeing parts drawing shall be preserved in confidence, and shall not
be disclosed to any third party without written authorization from Boeing, until
such time as Boeing gives written notice to the other party that the drawing is
no longer proprietary to Boeing.

4.   Until such time as this Agreement shall terminate pursuant to paragraph 9,
each party may use Proprietary Information received from the other party, but
only for the purposes set forth in paragraph 1. Upon the expiration of the
period set forth in paragraph 3, all limitations on use of Proprietary
Information shall cease.

5.   The obligations of this Agreement regarding disclosure and use of
Proprietary Information shall be satisfied by each party through the exercise of
the same degree of care (provided the degree of care is reasonable) used to
restrict disclosure and use of its own information of like importance.

6.   This Agreement shall not restrict disclosure or use of Proprietary
Information that is:

          A.   Known to the receiving party without restriction as to further
               disclosure when received, or thereafter is developed
               independently by the receiving party; or

          B.   Obtained without restriction as to further disclosure from a
               source other than the originating party through no breach of
               confidence by such source; or

                                   Page 2 of 5

<PAGE>

          C.   In the public domain when received, or thereafter enters the
               public domain through no fault of the receiving party; or

          D.   Disclosed by the originating party to a third party, including
               the United States Government, without restriction as to further
               disclosure.

7.   Proprietary Information shall remain the property of the originating party.
Neither this Agreement nor the disclosure of Proprietary Information shall be
construed as granting any right or license under any inventions, patents,
copyrights, or the like, now or hereafter owned or controlled by either party.
Any such disclosure shall not constitute any representation, warranty,
assurance, guaranty or inducement concerning the infringement of any patent or
other rights of others. No warranty of accuracy or completeness of any
Proprietary Information is provided herein.

8.   Proprietary Information, as well as notices and authorizations under this
Agreement, shall be transmitted between the parties addressed as follows:

Boeing Defense & Space Group            Cory Components
P.O. Box 3999                           2201 Rosecrans Ave.
Seattle, WA  98124-2499                 El Segundo, CA  90245

Attention: J. Chiarello                 Attention: Brian Gamberg
           M/S OU-34
Telephone: (206) 342-3324               Telephone: (213) 536-0034

A party may change its address or designee by written notice to the other party.

9.   This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the other. Unless thus earlier terminated, this Agreement
shall terminate upon completion of the Project or upon

                                   Page 3 of 5

<PAGE>

expiration of a period of three (3) years from the effective date set forth 
above, whichever occurs first.  Termination of this Agreement for any reason 
shall not relieve either party of any obligation to preserve Proprietary 
Information received prior to termination in confidence pursuant to paragraph 
3, and all such obligations shall continue until expiration of the period set 
forth in paragraph 3.

10.  Upon termination, each party shall cease use of Proprietary Information
received from the other party, and shall, upon request, utilize its best efforts
to destroy all Proprietary Information, including copies thereof, then in its
possession or control. Alternatively, at the request of the originating party,
the receiving party shall return all such Proprietary Information and copies to
the originating party.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this paragraph,
each party may retain one copy of such Proprietary Information, but only for
archival purposes.

11.  Each party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by it under or in
connection with this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement creates an obligation
by either party to enter into a contract, subcontract, or other business
relationship with the other party in connection with the Project.

12.  The rights and obligations provided by this Agreement shall take precedence
over specific legends or statements associated with Proprietary Information
when received.

13.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties,
superseding all prior or contemporaneous communications, agreements, and
understandings between the parties with respect to the disclosure and protection
of Proprietary Information in connection

                                   Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>

with the Project.  This Agreement shall not be amended except by further written
agreement executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties execute
duplicate originals of this Agreement.

THE BOEING COMPANY                 CORY COMPONENTS
Defense & Space Group
Electronics Systems Division


By  /s/ John Chiarello             By  /s/ Brian Gamberg
  ----------------------------       ------------------------------




Title  Buyer                       Title  President
     -------------------------          ---------------------------

Date  10-30-91                     Date  11/4/91
    --------------------------         ----------------------------





                                   Page 5 of 5

<PAGE>

                                       
                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                     MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
                             AND CORY COMPONENTS INC.

     Agreement effective as of October 1, 1998 by and among the VIDEO SYSTEMS 
DIVISION OF MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD., having offices at 1-4 
Matsuo-Cho, Kadoma, Osaka 571, Japan, and the CORPORATE INTERNATIONAL TRADE 
DIVISION OF MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD., having offices at 3-2 
Minamisemba 4-Chome, Chuo-Ku, Osaka 542-8588, Japan (collectively, the 
"Buyer"), and CORY COMPONENTS INC., having offices at 2201 Rosecrans 
Avenue, El Segundo, CA 90245, U.S.A. ("Seller").

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE

     Buyer may purchase from Seller and Seller may sell to Buyer a variety of 
"Products" (manufacturer's part numbers provided per Attachment A) in 
accordance with specifications prepared by Buyer.

2.   TERM

     The term of this Agreement shall be for one (1) year commencing on the 
effective date hereof, and shall be renewed automatically for additional one 
(1) year periods at the end of the term unless either Seller or Buyer gives 
notice to the contrary at least three (3) months prior to the expiration of 
this Agreement, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of 
paragraph seven (7) hereof.

     If the quantities forecasted in Attachment A of this Agreement are not 
consumed by the Buyer during the specified period, and it results in excess 
inventory at the Seller, consideration to utilize this inventory must be 
given in the next agreement.

3.   PRICE

     (a) Prices, minimum release quantities, estimated annual quantities, and 
lead times for the Products are set forth in Attachment A of this Agreement. 
Alterations to Attachment A hereof shall require the written agreement among 
the parties hereto. Prices are exclusive of any and all Federal, State and 
local sales, use, excise, and similar taxes and charges which shall be the 
responsibility of Buyer.

                                       

<PAGE>

     (b) Any increase in Seller's material cost may be submitted to Buyer for 
evaluation. Acceptance of any increase is at the discretion of Buyer and the 
acceptance of any decrease in prices shall be at the discretion of Seller.

4.   PAYMENT

     Payment on all Products purchased by Buyer shall be effected by the wire 
transfer in U.S. Dollars by the tenth (10th) day of the month subsequent to 
the month during which the corresponding bill of lading or air way bill is 
issued.

5.   ORDERING OF PRODUCTS/DELIVERY

     (a) The purchase of Products pursuant to this Agreement shall be 
effected by issuance of Buyer's purchase orders. Such purchase orders shall 
reference this Agreement and shall include the part number, description, and 
unit quantities of Products, applicable prices, and requested delivery dates. 
All orders for Products are subject to Seller's acceptance which acceptance 
shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The Products shall be 
delivered to Buyer on the delivery term FCA Los Angeles as defined in 
Incoterms 1990, and risk of and title to the Products shall pass to Buyer 
upon delivery to and receipt of the Products by Buyer. Buyer shall deliver 
the Products within the lead times specified in Attachment A unless otherwise 
agreed among the parties hereto.

     (b) Upon mutual written agreement between Buyer and Seller, additional 
Products can be added to this Agreement.

6.   CHANGES

     At Buyer's option, Buyer may request, in writing, changes to any order, 
and may make changes to the specifications of the Products. Seller shall 
notify Buyer in writing as to the impact of each such change on the price, 
delivery schedule, and any other terms. Such change shall become effective 
only upon the signing of both parties of an amendment which incorporates the 
agreed upon price and terms of the change. Changes to delivery schedules must 
be submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to the scheduled ship date.

7.   TERMINATION

     (a) This Agreement may be terminated immediately for cause by either 
party in the event the other party: (i) shall become insolvent (ii) ceases to 
function as a going concern or (iii) fails to perform any of its material 
obligations hereunder so as to be in default and fails to cure sure default 
within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     (b) Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, Buyer shall be liable 
for payment of all Products pursuant to orders accepted by Seller and 
delivered prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement. 
Unless otherwise agreed among the parties hereto, and unless the termination 
of this Agreement occurs pursuant to Article 7(a) above, all purchase orders 
accepted by Seller prior to the termination of this shall be filled in 
accordance with this Agreement notwithstanding such termination.

8.   SELLER'S LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

     Seller warrants to Buyer that Products purchased pursuant to this 
Agreement will conform to the applicable Buyer's specifications for such 
Products and that any value added work performed by Seller on any such 
Products will conform to applicable Buyer's specifications relative to such 
work.

     Buyer is deemed to have accepted the Products unless written notice of 
rejection is given within a reasonable time, which is agreed to be thirty 
(30) days after receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the passing of such 
thirty (30) day period shall not release Seller from its obligation to 
promptly replace any defective Products discovered within eighteen (18) 
months after the arrival of the Products at Buyer's premises.

     No return of Products will be accepted by Seller without a return 
material authorization number (RMA No.), which issuance shall not be 
unreasonably delayed or withheld. Returned Products must be in acceptable 
shipping cartons and must be complete with all packing materials. If Returned 
Products are claimed to be defective, a reasonably complete description 
regarding the nature of the defect must be included with all Returned 
Products.

9.   INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY

     Seller shall defend at their expense any suit against Buyer or its 
customers based on a claim that any item furnished under this order or the 
normal use or sale thereof infringes any third party's patent, copyright, 
other than claims under patents covering combinations of such items not 
furnished by Seller if such infringement would have been avoided without such 
combination, and shall indemnify Buyer from and against any liabilities, 
costs and damages arising from any such suit, provided that Seller is 
notified in writing of the suit and given authority information and 
assistance at Seller's reasonable expense for the defense of same. If the 
use or sale of said item is enjoined as a result of such suit, Seller, at 
no expense to Buyer or its customers, shall promptly obtain for Buyer and 
its customers the right to use and sell said item or shall promptly 
substitute equivalent item acceptable to Buyer and its customer.

                                       3

<PAGE>

10.  FORCE MAJEURE

     Neither party shall be liable for failure to fulfill its obligations 
contained herein or for delays in delivery due to causes beyond its 
reasonable control including, but not limited to, acts of God, acts or 
omissions of the other party, acts or omissions of civil or military 
authority, Government priorities, material shortages, fire, strikes, floods, 
epidemics, quarantine restrictions, riots, war, and delays in transportation, 
but shall not include shortages of parts, materials or funds or the inability 
to obtain transportation. The time for performance of any such obligation 
shall be extended for the time period lost by reason of the delay.

11.  NOTICES

     Any notice provided for or permitted in this Agreement will be deemed to 
have been given when copy is faxed and a signed copy is returned to the party 
sending request for change. A follow-up copy will be mailed to the address 
set forth above.

12.  QUALITY SURVEILLANCE BY BUYER'S CUSTOMER

     Seller shall allow Buyer and Buyer's customer to enter Seller's 
facilities to determine and verify the quality of the work and material, at 
any stage of production, which will be used in the Buyer's product. Entry 
shall also be allowed to representatives of the Federal Aviation 
Administration. Such investigations by the Federal Aviation Administration 
will be performed with the knowledge of, and jointly with, Buyer.

13.  DISPUTE RESOLUTIONS

     All disputes under this Agreement shall be resolved as follows:

     (a)   COOPERATION

     The parties agree to cooperate with each other to attempt to settle all 
disputes arising under this Agreement without resorting to mediation or 
arbitration.

     (b)   MEDIATION

     If the parties are unsuccessful in resolving a dispute within forty-five 
(45) days from the date the parties begin attempting to resolve it, either 
Party may submit the dispute to mediation in the location of the defending 
party. Neither party may initiate arbitration proceedings until mediation is 
completed.

     (c)   ARBITRATION

     All disputes which are not resolved through cooperation or mediation 
shall be finally resolved by binding arbitration in the location of the 
defending party in

                                       4

<PAGE>

accordance with the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the 
International Chamber of Commerce in effect at the time. Each party shall 
bear its own costs of preparing and presenting its case; the costs of 
arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrators, shall be shared equally 
by the parties unless the award provides otherwise.

14.  GENERAL

     (a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with 
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements 
relating thereto, written or oral, between the parties. This Agreement may be 
modified only by writings signed by authorized representatives of both 
parties.

     (b) The parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement 
shall control, notwithstanding conflicting or additional terms on, any 
purchase orders, sales acknowledgement, confirmation or other document issued 
by either party. Where the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Exhibit 
A hereto conflict, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall take 
precedence.

     (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance 
with the laws of the Japan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement 
effective as of the date first set forth above.

CORY COMPONENTS INC.                            MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL
                                                 CO., LTD, VIDEO SYSTEMS
                                                 DIVISION

By:    /s/ Christina J. Shiley-Kukuruda         By:    /s/ K. Yamamoto
       --------------------------------                -----------------------

Name:  Christina J. Shiley-Kukuruda             Name:  K. Yamamoto

Title: President                                Title: Director

                                                MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL
                                                 CO., LTD, CORPORATE INTER-
                                                 NATIONAL TRADE DIVISION

                                                By:    /s/ T. Horinchi
                                                       -----------------------

                                                Name:  T. Horinchi

                                                Title: Director

                                       5


<PAGE>


                            GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT


                                    between


                               THE BOEING COMPANY


                                      and


                    TRI-STAR Electronics International, Inc.





                             Number BCA-6-5632-0032




                                       i
<PAGE>


                             GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION            TITLE
- -------            -----
<S>                <C>
1.0                DEFINITIONS

2.0                ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
                   AND APPLICABLE TERMS

2.1                Issuance of Purchase Orders

2.2                Acceptance of Purchase Orders

2.3                Written Authorization to Proceed

2.4                Rejection of Purchase Orders

3.0                TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

4.0                DELIVERY

4.1                Requirements

4.2                Delay

4.3                Notice of Labor Disputes

5.0                ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT
                   REPRESENTATIVES

5.1                Review

5.2                Resident Representatives

6.0                INVOICE AND PAYMENT

7.0                PACKING AND SHIPPING

8.0                QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION
                   REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

8.1                Controlling Document

8.2                Seller's Inspection

8.3                Boeing's Inspection and Rejection

8.4                Federal Aviation Administration or
                   Equivalent Government Agency Inspection

8.5                Retention of Records


                                      ii
<PAGE>


<CAPTION>
SECTION            TITLE
- -------            -----
<S>                <C>
8.6                Source Inspection

8.7                Language for Technical Information

9.0                EXAMINATION OF RECORDS

10.0               CHANGES

10.1               General

10.2               Model Mix

11.0               PRODUCT ASSURANCE

12.0               TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

13.0               EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

14.0               EXCUSABLE DELAY

15.0               SUSPENSION OF WORK

16.0               TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION; INDEMNITY AGAINST 
                   SUBCONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS

17.0               ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE

18.0               RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY

19.0               LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS

20.0               PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS

21.0               COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

22.0               INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT

23.0               INFRINGEMENT

24.0               BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S, PATENTS COPYRIGHTS, TRADE 
                   SECRETS AND TOOLING

25.0               NOTICES

25.1               Addresses

25.2               Effective Date

25.3               Approval or Consent
</TABLE>

                                       iii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION     TITLE
- -------     -----
<S>         <C>
26.0        PUBLICITY

27.0        PROPERTY INSURANCE

27.1        Insurance

27.2        Certificate of Insurance

27.3        Notice of Damage or Loss

28.0        RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE

28.1        Subcontracting

28.2        Reliance

28.3        Assignment

29.0        NON-WAIVER

30.0        HEADINGS

31.0        PARTIAL INVALIDITY

32.0        APPLICABLE LAW

33.0        AMENDMENT

34.0        LIMITATION

35.0        TAXES

35.1        Inclusion of Taxes in Price

35.2        Litigation

35.3        Rebates

36.0        FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET

37.0        ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER
            OF PRECEDENCE

37.1        Entire Agreement

37.2        Incorporated By Reference

37.3        Order of Precedence

37.4        Disclaimer
</TABLE>

                                      iv

<PAGE>

                               AMENDMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

AMEND
NUMBER           DESCRIPTION                      DATE           APPROVAL
- ------           -----------                      -----          --------
<S>              <C>                              <C>            <C>
</TABLE>

                                      v

<PAGE>


                       GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT

                             RELATING TO

                           BOEING PRODUCTS


     THIS GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of July 1, 
1998, by and between Tri-Star Electronics, a Delaware corporation, with its 
principal office in El Segundo, California ("Seller"), and The Boeing 
Company, a Delaware corporation with its principal office in Seattle, 
Washington acting by and through its division the Boeing Commercial Airplane 
Group ("Boeing").

                                 RECITALS

A.  Boeing produces commercial airplanes.

B.  Seller manufactures and sells certain goods and services for use in the 
    production and support of such airplanes.

C.  Seller desires to sell and Boeing desires to purchase certain of Seller's 
    goods and services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


    Now therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, 
    the parties agree as follows:


                                       1


<PAGE>

                                   AGREEMENTS

1.0     DEFINITIONS
        The definitions set forth below shall apply to this Agreement, any 
        Order, and any related Special Business Provisions ("SBP"). Words 
        importing the singular number shall also include the plural number and 
        vice versa.
     
        (a)  "Customer" means any owner, operator or user of Products and any 
             other individual, partnership, corporation or entity which has 
             or acquires any interest in the Products from, through or under 
             Boeing.
     
        (b)  "Derivative" means any new model airplane designated by Boeing 
             as a derivative of an existing Model airplane and which: (1) has 
             the same number of engines as the existing model airplane; (2) 
             utilizes essentially the same aerodynamic and propulsion design, 
             major assembly components, and systems as the existing model 
             airplane and (3) achieves other payload/range combinations by 
             changes in body length, engine thrust, or variations in 
             certified gross weight.
      
        (c)  "Drawing" means an automated or manual depiction of graphics or 
             technical information representing a Product or any part thereof 
             and which includes the parts list and specifications relating 
             thereto.
      
        (d)  "End Item Assembly" means any Product which is described by a 
             single part number and which is comprised of more than one 
             component part.
      
        (e)  "FAA" means the United States Federal Aviation Administration or 
             any successor agency thereto.
      
        (f)  "FAR" means the Federal Acquisition Regulations in effect on the 
             date of this Agreement.
      
        (g)  "Materiel Representative" means the individual designated from 
             time to time, by Boeing as being primarily responsible for 
             interacting with Seller regarding this Agreement and any Order.
      
        (h)  "Order" means each purchase order issued by Boeing and accepted 
             by Seller under the terms of this Agreement. Each Order is a 
             contract between Boeing and Seller.
      
        (i)  "Product" means goods, including components and parts thereof, 
             services, documents, data, software, software documentation and 
             other information or items furnished or to be furnished to 
             Boeing under any Order, including Tooling except for Rotating 
             Use Tools.
      
        (j)  "Purchase on Assembly Production Detail Part (POA)" means a 
             component part of an End Item Assembly.
      
        (k)  "Shipset" means the total quantity of a given part number or 
             material necessary for production of one airplane.
      
                                        2
<PAGE>

       (l)  "Spare" means any Product, regardless of whether the Product is 
            an End Item Assembly or a Purchased on Assembly Production 
            Detail Part, which is intended for use or sale as a spare part 
            of a production replacement.
      
       (m)  "Tooling" means all tooling, as defined in Boeing Document 
            D33200 "Boeing Suppliers' Tooling Document" and/or described on 
            any Order, including but not limited to Boeing-Use Tooling, 
            Supplier-Use Tooling and Common-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing 
            Document D953W001, "General Operations Requirements for 
            Suppliers," and Rotating-Use Tooling as defined in Boeing 
            Document M31-13, "Accountability of Inplant/Outplant Special 
            (Contract) Tools." For purposes of this Agreement, in the 
            documents named in this subparagraph, the term "Supplier Use 
            Tooling" shall be changed to Seller Use Tooling.
      
2.0     ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND APPLICABLE TERMS
       
2.1     ISSUANCE OF ORDERS
        Boeing may issue Orders to Seller from time to time. Each Order shall 
        contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to the 
        applicable specifications and Drawings, the quantities and prices, 
        the delivery schedule, the terms and place of delivery and any 
        special conditions.
       
        Each Order which incorporates this Agreement shall be governed by and 
        be deemed to include the provisions of this Agreement. Purchase Order 
        Terms and Conditions, Form D1-4100-4045, Form P252T do not apply. Any 
        other purchase order terms and conditions which may conflict with 
        this Agreement, do not apply to the Orders.
       
2.2     ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS
        Each Order is Boeing's offer to Seller and acceptance is strictly 
        limited to its terms. Boeing will not be bound by and specifically 
        objects to any term or condition which is different from or in 
        addition to the provisions of the Order, whether or not such term or 
        condition will materially alter the Order. Seller's commencement of 
        performance or acceptance of the Order in any manner shall 
        conclusively evidence Seller's acceptance of the Order as written. 
        Boeing may revoke any Order prior to Seller's acceptance or Seller's 
        commencement of performance.
       
2.3     WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
        Boeing's Materiel Representative may give written authorization to 
        Seller to commence performance before Boeing issues an Order. If 
        Boeing in its written authorization specifies that an Order will be 
        issued, Boeing and Seller shall proceed as if an Order had been 
        issued. This Agreement, the applicable SBP and the terms stated in 
        the written authorization shall be deemed to be a part of Boeing's 
        offer and the parties shall promptly agree on any open Order terms. 
        If Boeing does not specify in its written authorization that an Order 
        shall be issued, Boeing's obligation is strictly limited to the terms 
        of the written authorization. For purposes of this Section 2.3, 
        written authorization includes electronic transmission chosen by 
        Boeing.
       
        If Seller commences performance before an Order is issued or without 
        receiving Boeing's prior authorization to proceed, such performance 
        shall be at Seller's expense.
    
                                        3
<PAGE>

2.4   REJECTION OF PURCHASE ORDER
      Seller is only required to formally respond to an Order when an 
      exception is noted and Seller thereby rejects the Order. Any rejection
      by Seller of an Order shall specify the reasons for rejection and any 
      changes or additions that would make the Order acceptable to Seller; 
      provided, however, that Seller may not reject any Order for reasons 
      inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or the applicable 
      SBP.

3.0   TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
      Title to and risk of any loss of or damage to the Products shall pass 
      from Seller to Boeing at the F.O.B. point as specified in the applicable
      Order, except for loss or damage thereto resulting from Seller's fault 
      or negligence.

4.0   DELIVERY

4.1   REQUIREMENTS
      Deliveries shall be strictly in accordance with the quantities, the 
      schedule and other requirements specified in the applicable Order. 
      Seller may not make early deliveries without Boeing's prior written 
      authorization. Seller may not make partial deliveries without Boeing's 
      prior authorization. Deliveries which fail to meet Order requirements 
      may be returned to Seller at Seller's expense.

4.2   DELAY
      Seller shall notify Boeing immediately, of any circumstances that may 
      cause a delay in delivery, stating the estimated period of delay and 
      the reasons therefor. If requested by Boeing, Seller shall use 
      additional effort, including premium effort, and shall ship via air 
      or other expedited routing to avoid or minimize delay to the maximum 
      extent possible. All additional costs resulting from such premium 
      effort or premium transportation shall be borne by Seller with the 
      exception of such costs attributable to delays caused directly by  
      Boeing. Nothing herein shall prejudice any of the rights or remedies 
      provided to Boeing in the applicable Order or by law.

4.3   NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES
      Seller shall immediately notify Boeing of any actual or potential 
      labor dispute that may disrupt the timely performance of an Order. 
      Seller shall include the substance of this Section 4.3, including 
      this sentence, in any subcontract relating to an Order if a labor 
      dispute involving the subcontractor would have the potential to delay 
      the timely performance of such Order. Each subcontractor, however, 
      shall only be required to give the necessary notice and information 
      to its next higher-tier subcontractor.

5.0   ON-SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES

5.1   REVIEW
      At Boeing's request, Seller shall provide at Boeing's facility or at 
      a place designated by Boeing, a review explaining the status of the 
      Order, actions taken or planned relating to the Order and any other 
      relevant information. Nothing herein may be construed as a waiver of 
      Boeing's rights to proceed against Seller because of any delinquency.

      Boeing's authorized representatives may enter Seller's plant at all 
      reasonable times to conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the 
      Products and work-in-progress. Seller shall include in its 
      subcontracts issued in connection with an Order a like provision 
      giving Boeing the right to enter the premises of Seller's 
      subcontractors. When requested by Boeing, Seller shall accompany 
      Boeing to Seller's subcontractors.

                                       4

<PAGE>

5.2   RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
      Boeing may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems 
      necessary assign resident personnel at Seller's facilities. Seller 
      shall furnish, free of charge, all office space, secretarial service 
      and other facilities and assistance reasonably required by Boeing's 
      representatives at Seller's plant. The resident team will function
      under the guidance of a Boeing manager. The resident team will provide 
      communication and coordination to ensure timely performance of the 
      Order. Boeing's resident team shall be allowed access to all work 
      areas, Order status reports and management review necessary to assure 
      timely performance and conformance with the requirements of each 
      Order. Notwithstanding such assistance, Seller remains solely 
      responsible for performing in accordance with each Order.

6.0   INVOICE AND PAYMENT
      Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, invoicing and 
      payment shall be in accordance with SBP Section 7.0.

7.0   PACKING AND SHIPPING
      Seller shall (a) prepare for shipment and suitably pack all Products 
      to prevent damage or deterioration, (b) where Boeing has not 
      identified a carrier, secure lowest transportation rates, (c) comply 
      with the appropriate carrier tariff for the mode of transportation 
      specified by Boeing and (d) comply with any special instructions 
      stated in the applicable Order.

      Boeing shall pay no charges for preparation, packing, crating or 
      cartage unless stated in the applicable Order. Unless otherwise 
      directed by Boeing, all standard routing shipments forwarded on one 
      day must be consolidated. Each container must be consecutively 
      numbered and marked as set forth below. Container and Order numbers 
      must be indicated on the applicable bill of lading. Two copies of the 
      packing sheets must be attached to the No. 1 container of each 
      shipment and one copy in each individual container. Each pack sheet 
      must include as a minimum the following: a) Seller's name, address 
      and phone number; b) Order and item number; c) ship date for the 
      Products; d) total quantity shipped and quantity in each container, 
      if applicable; e) legible pack slip number; f) nomenclature; g) unit 
      of measure; h) ship to if other than Boeing; i) warranty data and 
      certification, as applicable; j) rejection tag, if applicable; k) 
      Seller's certification that Products comply with Order requirements; 
      and, l) identification of optional material used, if applicable. 
      Products sold F.O.B. place of shipment must be forwarded collect. 
      Seller may not make any declaration concerning the value of the 
      Products shipped, except on Products where the tariff rating or rate 
      depends on the released or declared value, and in such event the 
      value shall be released or declared at the maximum value for the 
      lowest tariff rating or rate.

      The following markings shall be included on each unit container: a) 
      Seller's name; b) Seller's part number, if applicable; c) Boeing part 
      number, if applicable; d) part nomenclature; e) Order number; f) 
      quantity of Products in container; g) unit of measure; h) serial 
      number, if applicable; i) date (quarter/year) identified as assembly 
      or rubber cure date, if applicable; j) precautionary handling 
      instructions or marking as required.

      In addition, the following markings/labels shall be included on each 
      shipping container: a) Name and address of consignee; b) Name and 
      address of consigner; c) Order number; d) Part number as shown on the 
      Order; e) Quantity of Products in container; f) Unit of measure; g) 
      Box number; h) Total number of boxes in shipment; and, i) 
      Precautionary handling, labeling or marking as required.

                                       5

<PAGE>

8.0     QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION, REJECTION, & ACCEPTANCE
       
8.1     CONTROLLING DOCUMENT
        The controlling quality assurance document for Orders shall be as set 
        forth in the SBP Section 4.0.
       
8.2     SELLER'S INSPECTION
        Seller shall inspect or otherwise verify that all Products and 
        components thereof, including those procured from or furnished by 
        subcontractors or Boeing, comply with the requirements of the Order 
        prior to shipment to Boeing or Customer. Seller shall be responsible 
        for all tests and inspections of the Product and any component thereof 
        during receiving, manufacture and Seller's final inspection. Seller 
        shall include on each packing sheet a certification that the Products 
        comply with the requirements of the Order.
       
8.2.1   SELLER'S DISCLOSURE
        Seller will immediately notify Boeing when discrepancies in Seller's 
        processes or Product are discovered or suspected for Products Seller 
        has delivered.
       
8.2.2   SELLER'S ACCEPTANCE
        Seller shall provide with all shipments the following proof of 
        acceptance by its Quality Assurance Department: (A) certified 
        physical and metallurgical test reports where required by controlling 
        specifications, or (B) a signed, dated statement on the packing sheet 
        certifying its Quality Assurance Department has inspected the parts 
        and they adhere to all applicable drawings and/or specifications.


                                       6
<PAGE>

8.3     BOEING'S INSPECTION AND REJECTION
        Unless otherwise specified on an Order, Products shall be subject to 
        inspection by Boeing, notwithstanding any payment or prior inspection. 
        Boeing may reject any Product which does not strictly conform to the 
        requirements of the applicable Order. Boeing shall by notice, 
        rejection tag or other communication notify Seller of such rejection. 
        Whenever possible, Boeing may coordinate with Seller prior to 
        disposition of the rejected Product(s), however, Boeing shall retain 
        final disposition authority with respect to all rejections. At 
        Seller's risk and expense, all such Products will be returned to 
        Seller for immediate repair, replacement or other correction and 
        redelivery to Boeing; provided, however, that with respect to any or 
        all of such Products and at Boeing's election and at Seller's risk and 
        expense, Boeing may: (a) return such Products without permitting any 
        repair, replacement or other correction by Seller; (b) hold or retain 
        such Products for repair by Seller or, at Boeing's election, for 
        repair by Boeing with such assistance from Seller as Boeing may 
        require; (c) hold such Products until Seller has delivered conforming 
        replacements for such Products; (d) hold such Products until 
        conforming replacements are obtained from a third party; (e) return 
        such Products with instructions to Seller as to whether the Products 
        shall be repaired or replaced and as to the manner of redelivery or 
        (f) return such Products with instructions that they be scrapped upon 
        final disposition by Boeing and Seller that the non-conforming 
        Product(s) are not subject to repair or useable in another application 
        for which they would be acceptable, and prior to the Products being 
        scrapped, Seller shall render the Product(s) unusable. Seller shall 
        also maintain, pursuant to their quality assurance system, records 
        certifying destruction of the applicable Products. Said certification 
        shall state the method and date of mutilation and destruction of the 
        subject Product(s). Boeing shall have the right to review and inspect 
        these records at any time it deems necessary. Failure to comply with 
        these requirements shall be a material breach of this Agreement and 
        grounds for default pursuant to GTA Section 13.0. All repair, 
        replacement and other corrections and redelivery shall be completed 
        within such time as Boeing may require. All costs and expenses, loss 
        of value and any other damages incurred as a result of or in 
        connection with nonconformance and repair, replacement or other 
        correction may be recovered from Seller by an equitable price 
        reduction, set-off or credit against any amounts that may be owed to 
        Seller under the applicable Order or otherwise.
      
        Boeing may revoke its acceptance of any Products and have the same 
        rights with regard to the Products involved as if it had originally 
        rejected them.

                                       7
<PAGE>

8.4     FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OR EQUIVALENT
        GOVERNMENT AGENCY INSPECTION
        Representatives of Boeing, the FAA or any equivalent government agency 
        may inspect and evaluate Seller's plant including, but not limited to, 
        Seller's and subcontractor's facilities, systems, data, equipment, 
        inventory holding areas, procedures, personnel, testing, and all 
        work-in-process and completed Products. For purposes of this Section 
        8.4, equivalent government agency shall mean those governmental 
        agencies so designated by the FAA or those agencies within individual 
        countries which maintain responsibility for assuring aircraft 
        airworthiness.
       
8.5     RETENTION OF RECORDS
        Quality assurance records shall be maintained on file at Seller's 
        facility and available to Boeing's authorized representatives. Seller 
        shall retain such records for a period of not less than seven (7) 
        years from the date of final payment under the applicable Order.
       
8.6     SOURCE INSPECTION
        If an Order contains a notation that "100% Source Inspection" is 
        required, the Products shall not be packed for shipment until they 
        have been submitted to Boeing's quality assurance representative for 
        inspection. Both the packing list and Seller's invoice must reflect 
        evidence of this inspection.
       
8.7     LANGUAGE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION
        All reports, drawings and other technical information submitted to 
        Boeing for review or approval shall be in English and shall employ the 
        units of measure customarily used by Boeing in the United States of 
        America.
       
8.8     FAA PART MANUFACTURING APPROVAL (PMA) REQUIREMENTS
        Where Seller is required to obtain FAA approval to sell Product(s) to 
        third parties pursuant to Federal Aviation Regulation 21.303, the 
        following statement shall be included on the pack sheet signed by an 
        authorized representative of Seller with responsibility for the 
        conformity of the Product to the FAA type certified engineering 
        drawing:
       
        "It is hereby certified that, (a) the parts and/or materials reflected 
        herein were produced under a FAA approved manufacturing and Quality 
        Assurance system/methods as set forth in Federal Aviation Regulation 
        21.303, and (b) all parts and/or materials are certified new, conforms 
        to the design data and are in airworthy condition".
       
        In the event such attestation cannot be made, a copy of the latest 
        detail drawings must accompany the Product??.
       
        In order to comply with Federal Aviation Regulation 45.15, each Product 
             must be permanently and legibly marked as follows:
       
        (1)  "FAA-PMA"
       
        (2)  Name, trademark or symbol of manufacturer
       
        (3)  Part number
       
        (4)  Name and model of each type certified product on which the 
        approved part can be used.
       
        If Product is too small to get all the above data on it, a tag may be 
        used, attached to the Product or container. If usage is extensive, 
        reference to a specific manual or catalog for the information is 
        permissible. See regulation for detail.

                                       8
<PAGE>

9.0     EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
        Seller shall maintain complete and accurate records showing the sales 
        volume of all Products. Such records shall support all services 
        performed, allowances claimed and costs incurred by Seller in the 
        performance of each Order, including but not limited to those factors 
        which comprise or affect direct labor hours, direct labor rates, 
        material costs, burden rates and subcontracts. Such records and other 
        data shall be capable of verification through audit and analysis by 
        Boeing and be available to Boeing at Seller's facility for Boeing's 
        examination and audit at all reasonable times from the date of the 
        applicable Order until three (3) years after final payment under such 
        Order. Seller shall provide assistance to interpret such data if 
        requested by Boeing. Such examination shall provide Boeing with 
        complete information regarding Seller's performance for use in price 
        negotiations with Seller relating to existing or future orders for 
        Products, including but not limited to negotiation of equitable 
        adjustments for changes and termination/obsolescence claims pursuant 
        to GTA Section 10.0. Boeing shall treat all information disclosed under 
        this Section as confidential.
       
10.0    CHANGES
       
10.1    GENERAL
        Boeing's Materiel Representative may at any time by written change 
        order make changes within the general scope of an Order in any one or 
        more of the following: drawings, designs, specifications, shipping, 
        packing, place of inspection, place of delivery place of acceptance, 
        adjustments in quantities, adjustments in delivery schedules, or the 
        amount of Boeing furnished material. For purposes of this Section 
        10.1, written change includes electronic transmission chosen by 
        Boeing. Seller shall proceed immediately to perform the Order as 
        changed. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the 
        cost of or the time required for the performance of any part of the 
        work, whether changed or not changed by the change order, an 
        equitable adjustment shall be made in the price of or the delivery 
        schedule for those Products affected, and the applicable Order shall 
        be modified in writing accordingly. Any claim by Seller for 
        adjustment under this Section 10.1 must be received by Boeing in 
        writing no later than (60) days from the date of receipt by Seller of 
        the written change order or within such further time as the parties 
        may agree in writing or such claim shall be deemed waived. Nothing in 
        this Section 10.1 shall excuse Seller from proceeding with an Order 
        as changed, including failure of the parties to agree on any 
        adjustment to be made under this Section 10.1.
        
        If Seller considers that the conduct of any of Boeing's employees has 
        constituted a change hereunder, Seller shall immediately notify 
        Boeing's Materiel Representative in writing as to the nature of such 
        conduct and its effect on Seller's performance. Pending direction 
        from Boeing's Materiel Representative, Seller shall take no action to 
        implement any such change.
       
10.2    DERIVATIVE AIRCRAFT
        In the event any Derivative aircraft(s) is introduced by Boeing, 
        Boeing may (but is not obligated to) direct Seller within the scope 
        of the applicable Order and in accordance with the provisions of GTA 
        Section 10.0 to supply Boeing's requirements for Products for such 
        Derivative aircraft(s) which correspond to those Products being 
        produced under the applicable Order.
        
11.0    PRODUCT SUPPORT AND ASSURANCE
        Boeing's acceptance of any Product does not alter or affect the 
        obligations of Seller or the rights of Boeing and its customers under 
        the document referenced in the SBP Section 6.0 or as provided by law.
        
                                      9


<PAGE>

12.0    TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
       
12.1    BASIS FOR TERMINATION; NOTICE
        Boeing may, from time to time and at Boeing's sole discretion,
        terminate all or part of any Order issued hereunder, by written 
        notice to Seller. Any such written notice of termination shall 
        specify the effective date and the extent of any such termination.
       
12.2    TERMINATION INSTRUCTIONS
        On receipt of a written notice of termination pursuant to GTA 
        Section 12.1, unless otherwise directed by Boeing, Seller shall:
       
        A. Immediately stop work as specified in the notice;
       
        B. Immediately terminate its subcontracts and purchase orders relating 
           to work terminated;
       
        C. Settle any termination claims made by its subcontractors or 
           suppliers; provided, that Boeing shall have approved the amount of 
           such termination claims prior to such settlement;
       
        D. Preserve and protect all terminated inventory and Products;
       
        E. At Boeing's request, transfer title (to the extent not 
           previously transferred) and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designee 
           all supplies and materials, work-in-process, Tooling and 
           manufacturing drawings and data produced or acquired by Seller for 
           the performance of this Agreement and any Order, for which Boeing 
           has or will pay for as part of Seller's termination claim pursuant 
           to Section 12.3 below, all in accordance with the terms of such 
           request;
       
        F. Take all reasonable steps required to return, or at 
           Boeing's option and with prior written approval to destroy, all 
           Boeing Proprietary Information and Items in the possession, custody
           or control of Seller;
       
        G. Take such other action as, in Boeing's reasonable 
           opinion, may be necessary, and as Boeing shall direct in writing, 
           to facilitate termination of this Order; and
       
        H. Complete performance of the work not terminated.
       
12.3    SELLER'S CLAIM
        If Boeing terminates an Order in whole or in part pursuant to Section 
        12.1 above, Seller shall have the right to submit a written 
        termination claim to Boeing in accordance with the terms of this 
        Section 12.3. Such termination claim shall be submitted to Boeing not 
        later than six (6) months after Seller's receipt of the termination 
        notice and shall be in the form prescribed by Boeing. Such claim must 
        contain sufficient detail to explain the amount claimed, including 
        detailed inventory schedules and a detailed breakdown of all costs 
        claimed separated into categories (e.g., materials, purchased parts, 
        finished components, labor, burden, general and administrative), and 
        to explain the basis for allocation of all other costs. Seller shall 
        be entitled to be compensated in accordance with and to the extent 
        allowed under the terms of FAR 52-249-2(e)-(m) excluding (i), (as 
        published in 48 CFR Section 52.249-2) which is incorporated herein by 
        this reference except "Government" and "Contracting Officer" shall 
        mean Boeing, "Contractor" shall mean Seller and "Contract" shall mean 
        Order.

                                     10

<PAGE>

12.4    FAILURE TO SUBMIT A CLAIM
        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.0, if Seller 
        fails to submit a termination claim within the time period set forth 
        above, Seller shall be barred from submitting a claim and Boeing shall 
        have no obligation for payment to Seller under this Section 12.0 
        except for those Products previously delivered and accepted by Boeing.
       
12.5    PARTIAL TERMINATION
        Any partial termination of an Order shall not alter or affect the 
        terms and conditions of the Order or any Order with respect to 
        Products not terminated.
       
12.6    PRODUCT PRICE
        Termination under any of the above paragraphs shall not result in any 
        change to unit prices for Products not terminated.
       
12.7    EXCLUSIONS OR DEDUCTIONS
        The following items shall be excluded or deducted from any claim 
        submitted by Seller:
       
        A.  All unliquidated advances or other payments made by Boeing to 
            Seller pursuant to a terminated Order;
       
        B.  Any claim which Boeing has against Seller;
       
        C.  The agreed price for scrap allowance;
       
        D.  Except for normal spoilage and any risk of loss assumed by Boeing, 
            the agreed fair value of property that is lost, destroyed, stolen or
            damaged.
       
12.8    PARTIAL PAYMENT/PAYMENT
        Payment, if any, to be paid under this Section 12.0 shall be made 
        thirty (30) days after settlement between the parties or as otherwise 
        agreed to between the parties. Boeing may make partial payments and 
        payments against costs incurred by Seller for the terminated portion 
        of the Order, if the total of such payments does not exceed the amount 
        to which Seller would be otherwise entitled. If the total payments 
        exceed the final amount determined to be due, Seller shall repay the 
        excess to Boeing upon demand.
       
12.9    SELLER'S ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
        Boeing and Seller agree that Seller's "normal accounting practices" 
        used in developing the price of the Product(s) shall also be used in 
        determining the allocable costs at termination. For purposes of this 
        Section 12.9, Seller's "normal accounting practices" refers to 
        Seller's method of charging costs as either a direct charge, overhead 
        expense, general administrative expense, etc.
       
12.10   RECORDS
        Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by law, Seller shall 
        maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion 
        of the Order for three (3) years after final settlement of Seller's 
        termination claim.


                                       11
<PAGE>

13.0    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
       
13.1    EVENTS OF DEFAULT
        The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall 
        constitute an "Event of Default":
       
        A.  Any failure by Seller to deliver, when and as required by this 
            Agreement or any Order, any Product, except as provided in GTA 
            Section 14.0; or
       
        B.  Any failure by Seller to provide an acceptable Assurance of 
            Performance within the time specified in GTA Section 17.0, or 
            otherwise in accordance with applicable law; or,
       
        C.  Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation 
            set forth in GTA Section 20.0;
       
        D.  Seller is or has participated in the sale, purchase or manufacture 
            of airplane parts without the required approval of the FAA;
       
        E.  Where applicable, Boeing revokes Seller's Quality Assurance System 
            approval;
       
        F.  Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation 
            (other than as described in the foregoing Sections 13.1.A, 13.1.B, 
            13.1.C, 13.1.D and 13.1.E) set forth in this Agreement and such 
            failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days 
            or more following receipt by Seller of notice from Boeing 
            specifying such failure; or
       
        G.  (a) the suspension, dissolution or winding-up of Seller's 
            business, (b) Seller's insolvency, or its inability to pay debts, 
            or its nonpayment of debts, as they become due, (c) the 
            institution of reorganization, liquidation or other such 
            proceedings by or against Seller or the appointment of a 
            custodian, trustee, receiver or similar Person for Seller's 
            properties or business, (d) an assignment by Seller for the 
            benefit of its creditors, or (e) any action of Seller for the 
            purpose of effecting or facilitating any of the foregoing.
       
13.2    REMEDIES
        If any Event of Default shall occur:
       
        A.  CANCELLATION
            Boeing may, by giving written notice to Seller, immediately cancel 
            this Agreement and/or any Order, in whole or in part, and Boeing 
            shall not be required after such notice to accept the tender by 
            Seller of any Products with respect to which Boeing has elected to 
            cancel this Agreement.
       
        B.  COVER
            Boeing may manufacture, produce or provide, or may engage any 
            other persons to manufacture, produce or provide, any Products in 
            substitution for the Products to be delivered or provided by 
            Seller hereunder with respect to which this Agreement or any Order 
            has been canceled and, in addition to any other remedies or 
            damages available to Boeing hereunder or at law or in equity, 
            Boeing may recover from Seller the difference between the price 
            for each such Product and the aggregate expense, including, 
            without limitation, administrative and other indirect costs, paid 
            or incurred by Boeing to manufacture, produce or provide, or 
            engage other persons to manufacture, produce or provide, each such
            Product.

                                           12
<PAGE>

        C.  REWORK OR REPAIR
            Where allowed by the applicable regulatory authority, Boeing or its
            designee may rework or repair any Product in accordance with GTA
            Section 8.3.

        D.  SETOFF
            Boeing shall, at its option, have the right to set off against and
            apply to the payment or performance of any obligation, sum or amount
            owing at any time to Boeing hereunder or under any Order, all
            deposits, amounts or balances held by Boeing for the account of
            Seller and any amounts owed by Boeing to Seller, regardless of
            whether any such deposit, amount, balance or other amount or payment
            is then due and owing.

        E.  TOOLING AND OTHER MATERIALS
            As compensation for the additional costs which Boeing will incur as
            a result of the actual physical transfer of production capabilities
            from Seller to Boeing or Boeing's designee, Seller shall upon the
            request of Boeing, transfer and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's
            designee title to any or all (i) Tooling, (ii) Boeing-furnished
            material, (iii) raw materials, parts, work-in-process, incomplete or
            completed assemblies, and all other Products or parts thereof in the
            possession or under the effective control of Seller or any of its
            subcontractors (iv) Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing
            including without limitation planning data, drawings and other
            Proprietary Information and Materials relating to the design,
            production, maintenance, repair and use of Tooling, in the
            possession or under the effective control of Seller or any of its
            subcontractors, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims or
            other rights of any person.

            Seller shall be entitled to receive from Boeing reasonable
            compensation for any item accepted by Boeing which has been
            transferred to Boeing pursuant to this Section 13.2.E (except for
            any item the price of which shall have been paid to Seller prior to
            such transfer); provided, however, that such compensation shall not
            be paid directly to Seller, but shall be accounted for as a setoff
            against any damages payable by Seller to Boeing as a result of any
            Event of Default.

        F.  REMEDIES GENERALLY
            No failure on the part of Boeing in exercising any right or remedy
            hereunder, or as provided by law or in equity, shall impair,
            prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right or remedy, or
            shall be construed as a waiver of any Event of Default or as an
            acquiescence therein.  No single or partial exercise of any such
            right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof
            or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  No acceptance of
            partial payment or performance of any of Seller's obligations
            hereunder shall constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or a
            waiver or release of payment or performance in full by Seller of any
            such obligation.  All rights and remedies of Boeing hereunder and at
            law and in equity shall be cumulative and not mutually exclusive and
            the exercise of one shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to
            exercise any other.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
            construed to limit any right or remedy of Boeing now or hereafter
            existing at law or in equity.


                                      13

<PAGE>

14.0    EXCUSABLE DELAY
        If delivery of any Product is delayed by unforeseeable circumstances
        beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Seller or of
        its suppliers or subcontractors (any such delay being hereinafter
        referred to as "Excusable Delay"), the delivery of such Product shall be
        extended for a period to be determined by Boeing after an assessment by
        Boeing of alternate work methods.  Excusable Delays may include, but are
        not limited to, acts of God, war, riots, acts of government, fires,
        floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, strikes
        or unusually severe weather, but shall exclude Seller's noncompliance
        with any rule, regulation or order promulgated by any governmental
        agency for or with respect to environmental protection.  However, the
        above notwithstanding, Boeing expects Seller to continue production,
        recover lost time and support all schedules as established under this
        Agreement or any Order.  Therefore, it is understood and agreed that (i)
        delays of less than two (2) days' duration shall not be considered to be
        Excusable Delays unless such delays shall occur within thirty (30) days
        preceding the scheduled delivery date of any Product and (ii) if delay
        in delivery of any Product is caused by the default of any of Seller's
        subcontractors or suppliers, such delay shall not be considered an
        Excusable Delay unless the supplies or services to be provided by such
        subcontractor or supplier are not obtainable from other sources in
        sufficient time to permit Seller to meet the applicable delivery
        schedules.  If delivery of any Product is delayed by any Excusable Delay
        for more than three (3) months, Boeing may, without any additional
        extension, cancel all or part of any Order with respect to the delayed
        Products, and exercise any of its remedies in accordance with GTA
        Section 13.2 provided however, that Boeing shall not be entitled to
        monetary damages or specific performance to the extent Seller's breach
        is the result of an Excusable Delay.

15.0    SUSPENSION OF WORK
        Boeing may at any time, by written order to Seller, require Seller to
        stop all or any part of the work called for by this Agreement for up to
        one hundred twenty (120) days hereafter referred to as a "Stop Work
        Order" issued pursuant to this Section 15.0.  On receipt of a Stop Work
        Order, Seller shall promptly comply with its terms and take all
        reasonable steps to minimize the occurrence of costs arising from the
        work covered by the Stop Work Order during the period of work stoppage. 
        Within the period covered by the Stop Work Order (including any
        extension thereof) Boeing shall either (i) cancel the Stop Work Order or
        (ii) terminate or cancel the work covered by the Stop Work Order in
        accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 12.0 or 13.0.  In the
        event the Stop Work Order is canceled by Boeing or the period of the
        Stop Work Order (including any extension thereof) expires, Seller shall
        promptly resume work in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or
        any applicable Order.

16.0    TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION AND INDEMNITY AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS
        Boeing shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any
        termination pursuant to GTA Section 12.1, except as expressly provided
        in GTA Section 12.3 or any cancellation under GTA Section 13.0 except to
        the extent that such cancellation shall have been determined by Boeing
        and Seller to have been wrongful, in which case such wrongful
        cancellation shall be deemed a termination pursuant to GTA Section 12.1
        and therefore shall be limited to the payment to Seller of the amount or
        amounts identified in GTA Section 12.3.  As subcontractor claims are
        included in Seller's termination claim pursuant to GTA Section 12.3,
        Seller shall indemnify Boeing and hold Boeing harmless from and against
        (i) any and all claims, suits and proceedings against Boeing by any
        subcontractor or supplier of Seller in respect of any such termination
        and (ii) and any and all costs, expenses, losses and damages incurred by
        Boeing in connection with any such claim, suit or proceeding.


                                      14

<PAGE>

17.0    ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE
       
        A.  SELLER TO PROVIDE ASSURANCE
            If Boeing determines, at any time or from time to time, that it 
            is not sufficiently assured of Seller's full, timely and 
            continuing performance hereunder, or if for any other reason 
            Boeing has reasonable grounds for insecurity, Boeing may request, 
            by notice to Seller, written assurance (hereafter an "Assurance 
            of Performance") with respect to any specific matters affecting 
            Seller's performance hereunder, that Seller is able to perform 
            all of its respective obligations under this Agreement when and 
            as specified herein. Each Assurance of Performance shall be 
            delivered by Seller to Boeing as promptly as possible, but in any 
            event no later than 15 calendar days following Boeing's request 
            therefore and each Assurance of Performance shall be accompanied 
            by any information, reports or other materials, prepared by 
            Seller, as Boeing may reasonably request. Boeing may suspend all 
            or any part of Boeing's performance hereunder until Boeing 
            receives an Assurance of Performance from Seller satisfactory in 
            form and substance to Boeing.
       
        B.  MEETINGS AND INFORMATION
            Boeing may request one or more meetings with senior management or 
            other employees of Seller for the purpose of discussing any 
            request by Boeing for Assurance of Performance or any Assurance 
            of Performance provided by Seller. Seller shall make such persons 
            available to meet with representatives of Boeing as soon as may 
            be practicable following a request for any such meeting by Boeing 
            and Seller shall make available to Boeing any additional 
            information, reports or other materials in connection therewith 
            as Boeing may reasonably request.

18.0    RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY
        On delivery to Seller or manufacture or acquisition by it of any 
        materials, parts, Tooling or other property, title to any of which is 
        held by Boeing, Seller shall assume the risk of and shall be 
        responsible for any loss thereof or damage thereto. In accordance 
        with the provisions of an Order, but in any event on completion 
        thereof, Seller shall return such property to Boeing in the condition 
        in which it was received except for reasonable wear and tear and 
        except to the extent that such property has been incorporated in 
        Products delivered under such Order or has been consumed in the 
        normal performance of work under such Order.
       
19.0    LIMITATION OF SELLER'S RIGHT TO ENCUMBER ASSETS
        Seller warrants to Boeing that it has good title to all inventory, 
        work-in-process, tooling and materials to be supplied by Seller in 
        the performance of its obligations under any Order ("Inventory"), and 
        that pursuant to the provisions of such Order, it will transfer to 
        Boeing title to such Inventory, whether transferred separately or as 
        part of any Product delivered under the Order, free of any liens, 
        charges, encumbrances or rights of others.
       
20.0    PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS
        Boeing and Seller shall each keep confidential and protect from 
        disclosure all (a) confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret 
        information; (b) tangible items containing, conveying, or embodying 
        such information; and (c) tooling obtained from and/or belonging to 
        the other in connection with this Agreement or any Order 
        (collectively referred to as "Proprietary Information and 
        Materials"). Boeing and Seller shall each use Proprietary Information 
        and Materials of the  other only in the performance of and for the 
        purpose of this Agreement and/or any Order. Provided, however, that 
        despite any other obligations or restrictions imposed by this Section 
        20.0, Boeing shall have the right to use and disclose Seller's 
        Proprietary Information and Materials for the purposes of testing, 
        certification, use, sale, or support of any item delivered under this 
        Agreement, an Order, or any airplane including such an item; and any 
        such disclosure by Boeing shall, whenever appropriate, include a 
        restrictive legend

                                      15
<PAGE>

20.0    (cont.)
       
        suitable to the particular circumstances. The restrictions on 
        disclosure or use of Proprietary Information and Materials by Seller 
        shall apply to all materials derived by Seller or others from 
        Boeing's Proprietary Information and Materials. Upon Boeing's request 
        at any time, and in any event upon the completion, termination or 
        cancellation of this Agreement, Seller shall return all of Boeing's 
        Proprietary Information and Materials, and all materials derived from 
        Boeing's Proprietary Information and Materials to Boeing unless 
        specifically  directed otherwise in writing by Boeing. Seller shall 
        not, without the prior written authorization of Boeing, sell or 
        otherwise dispose of (as scrap or otherwise) any parts or other 
        materials containing, conveying, embodying, or made in accordance 
        with or by reference to any Proprietary Information and Materials of 
        Boeing. Prior to disposing of such parts or materials as scrap, 
        Seller shall render them unusable. Boeing shall have the right to 
        audit Seller's compliance with this Section 20.0. Seller may disclose 
        Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing to its subcontractors 
        as required for the performance of an Order, provided that each such 
        subcontractor first assumes, by written agreement, the same 
        obligations imposed upon Seller under this Section 20.0 relating to 
        Proprietary Information and Materials; and Seller shall be liable to 
        Boeing for any breach of such obligation by such subcontractor. The 
        provisions of this Section 20.0 are effective in lieu of, and will 
        apply notwithstanding the absence of, any restrictive legends or 
        notices applied to Proprietary Information and Materials; and the 
        provisions of this Section 20.0 shall survive the performance, 
        completion, termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any 
        Order. This Section 20.0 supersedes and replaces any and all other 
        prior agreements or understandings between the parties to the extent 
        that such agreements or understandings relate to Boeing's obligations 
        relative to confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret 
        information, or tangible items containing, conveying, or embodying 
        such information, obtained from Seller and related to any Product, 
        regardless of whether disclosed to the receiving party before or 
        after the effective date of this Agreement.
       
21.0    COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
       
21.1    SELLER'S OBLIGATION
        Seller shall be responsible for complying with all laws, including, 
        but not limited to, any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, 
        order, or permit applicable to its performance under this Agreement. 
        Seller further agrees (1) to notify Boeing of any obligation under 
        this Agreement which is prohibited under applicable environmental 
        law, at the earliest opportunity but in all events sufficiently in 
        advance of Seller's performance of such obligation so as to enable 
        the identification of alternative methods of performance, and (2) to 
        notify Boeing at the earliest possible opportunity of any aspect of 
        its performance which becomes subject to additional environmental 
        regulation of which Seller reasonably believes will become subject to 
        additional regulation during the performance of this Agreement.

                                      16
<PAGE>

21.0    (cont.)
       
21.2    GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS
        If any of the work to be performed under this Agreement is performed in 
        the United States, Seller shall, via invoice or other form satisfactory 
        to Boeing, certify that the Products covered by the Order were produced 
        in compliance with Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair Labor Standards 
        Act (29 U. S. C. 201-291), as amended, and the regulations and orders 
        of the U. S. Department of Labor issued thereunder. In addition, the 
        following Federal Acquisition Regulations are incorporated herein by 
        this reference except "Contractor" shall mean "Seller":

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
          FAR 52.222-26         "Equal Opportunity"
          FAR 52.222-35         "Affirmative Action for Special Disabled 
                                and Vietnam Era Veterans"
          FAR 52.222-36         "Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers".
</TABLE>

22.0    INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT
        Boeing's policy is to maintain high standards of integrity in 
        procurement. Boeing's employees must ensure that no favorable treatment 
        compromises their impartiality in the procurement process. Accordingly, 
        Boeing's employees must strictly refrain from soliciting or accepting 
        any payment, gift, favor or thing of value which could improperly 
        influence their judgment with respect to either issuing a Order or 
        administering this Agreement. Consistent with this policy, Seller 
        agrees not to provide or offer to provide any employees of Boeing any 
        payment, gift, favor or thing of value for the purposes of improperly 
        obtaining or rewarding favorable treatment in connection with any Order 
        or this Agreement. Seller shall conduct its own procurement practices 
        and shall ensure that its suppliers conduct their procurement practices 
        consistent with these standards. If Seller has reasonable grounds to 
        believe that this policy may have been violated, Seller shall 
        immediately report such possible violation to the appropriate Director 
        of Materiel or Ethics Advisor of Boeing.
       
23.0    INFRINGEMENT
        Seller shall indemnify, defend, and save Boeing and Customers harmless 
        from all claims, suits, actions, awards (including but not limited to 
        awards based on intentional infringement of patents known to Seller at 
        the time of such infringement, exceeding actual damages, and/or 
        including attorneys' fees and/or costs), liabilities, damages, costs 
        and attorneys' fees, (but excluding consequential damages) related to 
        the actual or alleged infringement of any United States or foreign 
        intellectual property right (including but not limited to any right in 
        a patent, copyright, industrial design or semiconductor mask work, or 
        based on misappropriation or wrongful use of information or documents) 
        and arising out of the manufacture, sale or use of Products by Boeing 
        or Customers. Boeing and/or Customers shall duly notify Seller of any 
        such claim, suit or action; and Seller shall, at its own expense, fully 
        defend such claim, suit or action on behalf of Boeing and/or Customers. 
        Seller shall have no obligation under this Section 23.0 with regard to 
        any infringement arising from: (i) Seller's compliance with formal 
        specifications issued by Boeing where infringement could not be avoided 
        in complying with such specifications or (ii) use or sale of PRODUCTS 
        in combination with other items when such infringement would not have 
        occurred from the use or sale of those Products solely for the purpose 
        for which they were designed or sold by Seller. For purposes of this 
        Section 23.0 only, the term Customer shall not include the United 
        States Government; and the term Boeing shall include The Boeing Company 
        (Boeing) and all Boeing subsidiaries and all officers, agents, and 
        employees of Boeing or any Boeing subsidiary.

                                    17
<PAGE>

24.0  BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS, AND 
      TOOLING
      Seller hereby grants to Boeing an irrevocable, nonexclusive, paid-up 
      worldwide license to practice and/or use, and license others to 
      practice and/or use on Boeing's behalf, all of Seller's patents, 
      copyrights, trade secrets (including, without limitation, designs, 
      processes, drawings, technical data and tooling), industrial designs, 
      semiconductor mask works, and tooling (collectively hereinafter 
      referred to as "Licensed Property") related to the development, 
      production, maintenance or repair of Products. Boeing hereafter retains 
      all of the aforementioned license rights in Licensed Property, but 
      Boeing hereby covenants not to exercise such rights except in 
      connection with the making, having made, using and selling of Products 
      or products of the same kind and then only if such undelivered quantity 
      of Product cannot, in Boeing's sole determination, be obtained from 
      commercially available sources (including Boeing) without the use of 
      Seller's Licensed Property and if one or more of the following 
      situations occur:

      a.  Seller discontinues or suspends business operations or the 
          production of any or all of the Products;

      b.  Seller is acquired by or transfers all of its rights to manufacture 
          the Products to any unrelated third party.

      c.  Boeing cancels this Agreement or any Order for cause pursuant to 
          GTA Section 13.0 herein;

      d.  in Boeing's judgment it becomes necessary, in order for Seller to 
          comply with the terms of this Agreement or any Order, for Boeing to 
          provide support to Seller (in the form of design, manufacturing, or 
          on-site personnel assistance) substantially in excess of that which 
          Boeing normally provides to its suppliers;

      e.  Seller's trustee in bankruptcy (or Seller as debtor in possession) 
          fails to assume this Agreement and all Orders by formal entry of 
          an order in the bankruptcy court within sixty (60) days after entry 
          of an order for relief in a bankruptcy case of the Seller, or 
          Boeing elects to retain its rights to Licensed Property under the 
          bankruptcy laws;

      f.  Seller is at any time insolvent (whether measured under a balance 
          sheet test or by the failure to pay debts as they come due) or the 
          subject of any insolvency or debt assignment proceeding under state 
          or nonbankruptcy law; or

      g.  Seller voluntarily becomes a debtor in any case under bankruptcy 
          law or, in the event an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed 
          against Seller, such petition is not dismissed within (30) days.

      As a part of the license granted under this Section 24.0, Seller shall, 
      at the written request of Boeing and at no additional cost to Boeing, 
      promptly deliver to Boeing any and all Licensed Property considered by 
      Boeing to be necessary to satisfy Boeing's requirements for Products 
      and their substitutes.

25.0  NOTICES

25.1  ADDRESSES
      Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal 
      delivery, mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable or other 
      electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as set forth 
      in the SBP Section 9.0.

                                    18
<PAGE>

25.2    EFFECTIVE DATE
        The date on which any such communication is received by the addressee 
        is the effective date of such communication.
      
25.3    APPROVAL OR CONSENT
        With respect to all matters subject to the approval or consent of 
        either party, such approval or consent shall be requested in writing and
        is not effective until given in writing. With respect to Boeing, 
        authority to grant approval or consent is limited to Boeing's Materiel 
        Representative.
      
26.0    PUBLICITY
        Seller will not, and will require that its subcontractors and suppliers 
        of any tier will not, (i) cause or permit to be released any publicity, 
        advertisement, news release, public announcement, or denial or 
        confirmation of the same, in whatever form, regarding any Order or 
        Products, or the program to which they may pertain, or (ii) use, or 
        cause or permit to be used, the Boeing name or any Boeing trademark in 
        any form of promotion or publicity without Boeing's prior written 
        approval.
      
27.0    PROPERTY INSURANCE
      
27.1    INSURANCE
        When Boeing has an insurable interest, Seller shall obtain and maintain 
        continuously in effect a property insurance policy covering loss or 
        destruction of or damage to all property in which Boeing does or could 
        have an insurable interest pursuant to this Agreement, including but 
        not limited to Tooling, Boeing-furnished property, raw materials, 
        parts, work-in process, incomplete or completed assemblies and all other
        products or parts thereof, and all drawings, specifications, data and 
        other materials relating to any of the foregoing in each case to the 
        extent in the possession or under the effective care, custody or 
        control of Seller, in the amount of full replacement value thereof 
        providing protection against all perils normally covered in an "all 
        risk" property insurance policy (including without limitation fire, 
        windstorm, explosion, riot, civil commotion, aircraft, earthquake, 
        flood or other acts of God). Any such policy shall be with insurers 
        reasonably acceptable to Boeing and shall (i) provide for payment of 
        loss thereunder to Boeing, as loss payee, as its interests may appear 
        and (ii) contain a waiver of any rights of subrogation against Boeing, 
        its subsidiaries, and their respective directors, officers, employees 
        and agents.
      
27.2    CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
        Upon written request from Boeing, Seller shall provide to Boeing's 
        Materiel Representative certificates of insurance reflecting full 
        compliance with the requirements set forth in GTA Section 27.1. Such 
        certificates shall be kept current and in compliance throughout the 
        period of this Agreement and shall provide for thirty (30) days 
        advanced written notice to Boeing's Materiel Representative in the 
        event of cancellation, non-renewal or material change adversely 
        affecting the interests of Boeing.
      
27.3    NOTICE OF DAMAGE OR LOSS
        Seller shall give prompt written notice to Boeing's Materiel 
        Representative of the occurrence of any damage or loss to any property 
        required to be insured herein. If any such property shall be damaged or 
        destroyed, in whole or in part, by an insured peril or otherwise, and 
        if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then 
        Seller may, upon written notice to Boeing, settle, adjust, or compromise
        any and all such loss or damage not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty 
        Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any one occurrence and Five Hundred 
        Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate. Seller may settle, adjust 
        or compromise any other claim by Seller only after Boeing has given 
        written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       19

<PAGE>

28.0    RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE
        Seller shall be responsible for the requirements of this Agreement and 
        any Order referencing this Agreement. Seller shall bear all risks of 
        providing adequate facilities and equipment to perform each Order in 
        accordance with the terms thereof. Seller shall include as part of its 
        subcontracts those elements of the Agreement which protect Boeing's 
        rights including but not limited to right of entry provisions, 
        proprietary information and rights provisions and quality control 
        provisions. In addition, Seller shall provide to its subcontractors 
        sufficient information to clearly document that the work being 
        performed by Seller's subcontractor is to facilitate performance under 
        this Agreement or any Order. Sufficient information may include but is 
        not limited to Order number, GTA number and the name of Boeing's 
        Materiel Representative. No subcontracting by Seller shall relieve 
        Seller of its obligation under the applicable Order.
       
28.1    SUBCONTRACTING
        Where required by the requirements of the Order, no raw material 
        and/or material process may be incorporated in a Product unless: (a) 
        Seller uses an approved source or (b) Boeing has surveyed and qualified 
        Seller's receiving inspection personnel and laboratories to test the 
        specified raw materials an/or material process. No waiver of survey and 
        qualification requirements will be effective unless granted by 
        Boeing's Engineering and Quality Control Departments. Utilization of a 
        Boeing-approved raw material source does not constitute a waiver of 
        Seller's responsibility to meet all specification requirements.
       
        Seller shall maintain complete and accurate records regarding all 
        subcontracted items and/or processes. Seller's use of subcontractors 
        shall comply with Seller's quality assurance system approval for said 
        subcontractors.
       
28.2    RELIANCE
        Boeing's entering into this Agreement is in part based upon Boeing's 
        reliance on Seller's ability, expertise and awareness of the intended 
        use of the Products. Seller agrees that Boeing and Boeing's customers 
        may rely on Seller as an expert, and Seller will not deny any 
        responsibility or obligation hereunder to Boeing or Boeing's customers 
        on the grounds that Boeing or Boeing's customers provided 
        recommendations or assistance in any phase of the work involved in 
        producing or supporting the Products, including but not limited to 
        Boeing's acceptance of specifications, test data or the Products.
       
28.3    ASSIGNMENT
        Each Order shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the 
        parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided 
        however, that no assignment of any rights or delegation of any duties 
        under such Order is binding on Boeing unless Boeing's written consent 
        has first been obtained. Notwithstanding the above, Seller may assign 
        claims for monies due or to become due under any Order provided that 
        Boeing may recoup or setoff any amounts covered by any such assignment 
        against any indebtedness of Seller to Boeing, whether arising before or 
        after the date of the assignment or the date of this Agreement, and 
        whether arising out of any such Order or any other agreement between 
        the parties. Boeing may settle all claims arising out of any Order, 
        including termination claims, directly with Seller.
       
29.0    NON-WAIVER
        Boeing's failure at any time to enforce any provision of an Order 
        does not constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice Boeing's 
        right to enforce such provision at any subsequent time.

                                       20

<PAGE>

30.0    HEADINGS
        Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference 
        only and do not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.
      
31.0    PARTIAL INVALIDITY
        If any provision of any Order is or becomes void or unenforceable by
        force or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid
        and enforceable.
      
32.0    APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION
        Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and 
        performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed 
        and enforced in accordance with, the law as set forth in SBP 
        Section 5.0.
      
33.0    AMENDMENT
        Oral statements and understandings are not valid or binding. Except as 
        otherwise provided in GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.0, no Order
        may be changed or modified except by a writing signed by Seller and
        Boeing's Materiel Representative.
      
34.0    LIMITATION
        Seller may not (except to provide an inventory of Products to support   
        delivery acceleration and to satisfy reasonable replacement and Spares
        requirements) manufacture or fabricate Products or procure any goods in 
        advance of the reasonable flow time required to comply with the delivery
        schedule in the applicable Order. Notwithstanding any other provision of
        an Order, Seller is not entitled to any equitable adjustment or other 
        modification of such Order for any manufacture, fabrication, or 
        procurement of Products not in conformity with the requirements of the 
        Order, unless Boeing's written consent has first been obtained. Nothing 
        in this Section 34.0 shall be construed as relieving Seller of any of 
        its obligations under the Order.
      
35.0    TAXES
      
35.1    INCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE
        All taxes, including but not limited to federal, state and local 
        income taxes, value added taxes, gross receipt taxes, property taxes,
        and custom duties taxes are deemed to be included in the Order price,
        except applicable sales or use taxes on sales to Boeing ("Sales 
        Taxes") for which Boeing has not supplied a valid exemption 
        certificate or unless otherwise indicated on the applicable Order.
      
35.2    LITIGATION
        In the event that any taxing authority has claimed or does claim 
        payment for Sales Taxes, Seller shall promptly notify Boeing, and 
        Seller shall take such action as Boeing may direct to pay or 
        protest such taxes or to defend against such claim. The actual and
        direct expenses, without the addition of profit and overhead, of
        such defense and the amount of such taxes as ultimately determined as
        due and payable shall be paid directly by Boeing or reimbursed to 
        Seller. If Seller or Boeing is successful in defending such claim,
        the amount of such taxes recovered by Seller, which had previously
        been paid by Seller and reimbursed by Boeing or paid directly by
        Boeing, shall be immediately refunded to Boeing.
      
35.3    REBATES
        If any taxes paid by Boeing are subject to rebate or reimbursement,
        Seller shall take the necessary actions to secure such rebates or
        reimbursement and shall promptly refund to Boeing any amount 
        recovered.

                                     21

<PAGE>

36.0    FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET
        With respect to work covered by the Order, Seller shall use its best
        efforts to cooperate with Boeing in the fulfillment of any foreign
        offset program obligation that Boeing may have accepted as a condition
        of the sale of Boeing's products. In the event that Seller solicits
        bids or proposals for, or procures or offers to procure any goods or
        services relating to the work covered by an Order from any source
        outside of the United States, Boeing shall be entitled, to the 
        exclusion of all others, to all industrial benefits and other "offset"
        credits which may result from such solicitations, procurements or
        offers to procure. Seller agrees to take any actions that may be 
        required on its part to assure that Boeing receives such credits.
       
37.0    ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
       
37.1    ENTIRE AGREEMENT
        The Order sets forth the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all 
        other prior agreements understandings and communications between 
        Boeing and Seller related to the subject matter of an Order. The 
        rights and remedies afforded to Boeing or Customers pursuant to
        any provisions of an Order are in addition to any other rights
        and remedies afforded by any other provisions of this Order, by law
        or otherwise.
       
37.2    INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
        In addition to the documents previously incorporated herein by 
        reference, the documents listed below are by this reference made a part
        of this Agreement:
       
        A.  Engineering Drawing by Part Number and, if applicable, related 
            Outside Production Specification Plan (OPSP).
       
        B.  Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a 
            part of this Agreement.
       
37.3    ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
        In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms 
        of the following documents, the following order of precedence shall
        control:
       
        A.  SBP (excluding the Administrative Agreement identified in E below)
       
        B.  This General Terms Agreement (excluding the documents identified in
            D and F below)
       
        C.  Order (excluding the documents identified in A and B above)
       
        D.  Engineering Drawing by Part Number and, if applicable, related
            Outside Production Specification Plan (OPSP).
       
        E.  Administrative Agreement (If Applicable)
       
        F.  Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part of
            the Agreement.

                                     22

<PAGE>

37.4    DISCLAIMER
        Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any 
        CATIA Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data")
        furnished by Boeing is furnished as an accommodation to Seller. It 
        is the Seller's responsibility to compare such Data to the comparable
        two dimensional computer aided design drawing to confirm the accuracy
        of the Data.
       
        BOEING HEREBY DISCLAIMS, AND SELLER HEREBY WAIVES, ALL WARRANTIES AND
        LIABILITIES OF BOEING AND ALL CLAIMS AND REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS
        OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT
        IN ANY CATIA DATASET OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT 
        LIMITATION, ANY (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
        FOR USE OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (B) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY
        ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE, (C)
        RECOVERY BASED UPON TORT, WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM BOEING'S 
        NEGLIGENCE, AND (D) ANY RECOVERY BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR
        OTHERWISE BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON LOSS OF 
        USE OR PROFIT OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly 
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                             TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS
by and through its division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name: /s/ John Pregent                         Name: /s/ [illegible]
     -----------------------------                  --------------------------
Title: Contracts Administrator                 Title: President
      ----------------------------                   -------------------------
Date: 7-14-98                                  Date: 7-15-98
      ----------------------------                   -------------------------


                                      23


<PAGE>


                           SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                    between

                                THE BOEING COMPANY

                                      and

                      TRI-STAR ELECTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.




                             Number STD-6-5632-0097



                                        i

<PAGE>

                            SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                 Item
- -------                 ----
<C>                     <S>
1.0                     DEFINITIONS
2.0                     PURCHASE ORDER NOTE
3.0                     PRICES
3.1                     Product Pricing
3.2                     Manufacturing Configuration Baseline
3.3                     Packaging
4.0                     GOVERNING QUALITY
                        ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT
5.0                     APPLICABLE LAW/JURISDICTION
6.0                     PRODUCT ASSURANCE
7.0                     PAYMENT
7.1                     Recurring Cost
7.2                     Non-Recurring Cost
8.0                     ACCEL/DECEL AT NO COST
9.0                     NOTICES
9.1                     Addresses
10.0                    OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL
11.0                    COST Changes to the Statement of Work
12.2                    Computation AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY
12.0                    CHANGES
12.1                    of Equitable Adjustment
12.3                    Obsolescense
12.4                    Change Absorption
12.5                    Planning Schedule
12.6                    Value Engineering
12.7                    Reduction in Quantity to be Delivered
13.0                    SPARES AND OTHER PRICING
13.1                    Spares
13.2                    Short Flow Production Requirements
13.3                    Tooling

                                     ii

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
Section                 Item
<C>                     <S>
13.4                    Pricing of Boeing's Supporting Requirements
13.5                    Pricing of Requirements for Modification or
                        Retrofit
13.6                    Similar to Pricing
14.0                    STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS
15.0                    FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT
16.0                    BOEING FURNISHED MATERIEL
17.0                    ASSIGNMENT
18.0                    Not Applicable
19.0                    Not Applicable
19.1                    Not Applicable
19.2                    Not Applicable
19.3                    Not Applicable
19.4                    Not Applicable
20.0                    Not Applicable
21.0                    Not Applicable
22.0                    Not Applicable
23.0                    Not Applicable
24.0                    Not Applicable
25.0                    Not Applicable
26.0                    Not Applicable


Attachment 1            Work Statement and Pricing
Attachment 2            Foreign Procurement Report
Attachment 3            Rates and Factors
Attachment 4            Boeing AOG Coverage
Attachment 5            Boeing AOG/Critical Shipping Notification
Attachment 6            Not Applicable
Attachment 7            Not Applicable
Attachment 8            Precious Metals Abnormal Escalation Charges
</TABLE>

                                    iii
<PAGE>


                                      AMENDMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMEND
NUMBER              DESCRIPTION              DATE                APPROVAL
<S>                 <C>                      <C>                 <C>
</TABLE>


                                        iv

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS are entered into as of July 1, 1998 by and
between Tri-Star Electronics, a Delaware corporation with its principal office
in El Segundo, California ("Seller"), and The Boeing Company, a Delaware
corporation with an office in Seattle, Washington, acting by and through its
division the Boeing Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").


                                       RECITALS

A.      Boeing and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement GTA
        BCA-6-5632-0032 dated July 1, 1998 (the "Agreement") which is
        incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference, for the
        sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of Products.

B.      Boeing and Seller desire to include these special business provisions
        ("SBP") relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of
        Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

1.0     DEFINITIONS
        The definitions used herein shall be the same as used in the Agreement.

2.0     PURCHASE ORDER NOTE
        The following note shall be contained in any Order to which this SBP is
        applicable:

            This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference SBP
            STD-6-5632-0097 between The Boeing Company and Tri-Star Electronics
            dated July 1, 1998.

        Each Order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to
        include the provisions of this SBP.

3.0     PRICES

3.1     PRODUCT PRICING

        The prices and applicable period of performance of Products scheduled
        for delivery under this SBP are set forth in Attachment 1.  Prices are
        in United States dollars, F.O.B. (El Segundo, California).


                                       1

<PAGE>

3.2     MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE
        Unit pricing for each Product or part number shown in Attachment 1 is
        based on the latest revisions of the engineering drawings or
        specifications at the time of the signing of this SBP.

3.3     PACKAGING
        The prices shown in Attachment 1 include packaging costs and all
        materials and labor required to package Products identified in
        Attachment 1.  Packaging shall be furnished by the Seller in accordance
        with Document M6-1025, Volume II, "Supplier Part Protection Guide" or
        Document D200-10038-2 "Supplier Packaging Requirements" as applicable. 
        In the case of Products to be shipped directly to Customers, A.T.A.
        Specification 300 "Specification for Packaging of Airline Supplies"
        shall apply unless otherwise directed by Boeing.

4.0     GOVERNING QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT
        Pick the appropriate governing document for applicable procurement
        package

        All work performed under this SBP shall be in accordance with the
        following applicable documents which are incorporated herein and made a
        part hereof by this reference:

        Document D1-9000 Rev A., "Advanced Quality System", Basic Quality System
        as amended from time to time.

5.0     APPLICABLE LAW JURISDICTION
        Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
        performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
        enforced in accordance only with the law of the State of Washington as
        applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within
        such STATE between citizens of such STATE, without reference to any
        rules governing conflicts of law.  Seller hereby irrevocably consents to
        and submits itself exclusively to the jurisdiction of the applicable
        courts of the STATE and the federal courts therein for the purpose of
        any suit, action or other judicial proceeding arising out of or
        connected with any Order or the performance or subject matter thereof. 
        Seller hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a
        defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim
        that (a) Seller is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the
        above-named courts, (b) the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an
        inconvenient forum or (c) the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is
        improper.

6.0     PRODUCT ASSURANCE

6.1     GOVERNING DOCUMENT
        Seller acknowledges that Boeing and Customers must be able to rely on
        each Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide all
        required support.  Accordingly, the following provisions and document(s)
        are incorporated herein and made a part hereof:

        Seller warrants to Boeing and Customers that Products shall: (a) conform
        in all respects to all the requirements of the Order; (b) be free from
        all defects in materials and workmanship; and (c) to the extent not
        manufactured pursuant to detailed designs furnished by Boeing, be free
        from all defects in design and be fit for the intended purposes.


                                       2
<PAGE>

7.0     PAYMENT

7.1     RECURRING PRICE
        Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, payment of the
        recurring price shall be made in accordance with Form X-27981 "Pay From
        Receipt - Additional Terms and Conditions Regarding Invoicing and
        Payment".  Payment terms shall be net thirty (30) days except as
        otherwise agreed to by the parties.  All payments are subject to
        adjustment for shortages, credits and rejections.

7.2     NON-RECURRING PRICE/SPECIAL CHARGES
        Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, any non-recurring
        price payable by Boeing under Attachment 1 shall be paid within the term
        discount period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is later) after
        receipt by Boeing of both acceptable Products and a correct invoice.

8.0     ACCELERATION/DECELERATION AT NO COST
        Notwithstanding GTA Section 10.0, Boeing may make changes in the
        delivery schedule without additional cost or change to the unit price
        stated in the applicable Order if (a) the delivery date of the Product
        under such Order is on or before the last date of contract, if
        applicable, and (b) Boeing provides Seller with written notice of such
        changes.

9.0     NOTICES

9.1     ADDRESSES
        Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
        delivery, United States mail, express delivery, telegram, facsimile, or
        electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as follows:

        To Boeing:       Attention: Buyer: John Pregent  M/S 38-FW
                         BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE GROUP
                         MATERIEL DIVISION
                         P.O. Box 3707
                         Seattle, Washington  98124-2207

        To Seller:       Attention: Ken Thomas
                         Tri-Star Electronics Int'l Inc.
                         2201 Rosecrans Avenue
                         El Segundo, CA  90245


                                       3

<PAGE>

10.0    OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL

        Boeing and Seller agree that in consideration of the prices set forth
        under Attachment 1, Boeing shall issue Orders for Products from time to
        time to Seller for Boeing's requirements.  Such Products shall be
        shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Boeing, and
        Seller shall sell to Boeing Boeing's requirements of such Products,
        provided that, without limitation on Boeing's right to determine its
        requirements, Boeing shall not be obligated to issue any Orders for any
        given Product if:

        A.  Any of Boeing's customers specify an alternate product;

        B.  Such Product is, in Boeing's reasonable judgment, not
            technologically competitive at any time, for reasons including but
            not limited to the availability of significant changes in
            technology, design, materials, specifications, or manufacturing
            processes which result in a reduced price or weight or improved
            appearance, functionality, maintainability or reliability;

        C.  Boeing gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
            Boeing's aircraft which will result in Boeing no longer requiring
            such Product for such aircraft;

        D.  Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under any
            Order, whether or not Boeing has issued a notice of default to
            Seller pursuant to GTA Section 13.0; or,

        E.  Boeing reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Boeing's
            requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
            schedules Boeing requires.

11.0    COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY

11.1    COST AND PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY AND REVIEWS
        When requested by Boeing, Seller shall provide all necessary cost
        support data, source documents for direct and indirect costs, and
        assistance at the Seller's facility in support of cost and performance
        reviews performed by the parties pursuant to any Order or cost
        improvement program.

11.2    FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY
        Seller shall provide financial data, on a quarterly basis, or as
        requested, to Boeing's Credit Office for credit and financial condition
        reviews.  Said data shall include but not be limited to balance sheets,
        schedule of accounts payable and receivable, major lines of credit,
        creditors, income statements (profit and loss), cash flow statements,
        firm backlog, and head counts.  Copies of such data are to be made
        available within 72 hours of any written request by Boeing.  This data
        is required in addition to the cost data provided pursuant to GTA
        Section 9.0.  All such information shall be treated as confidential in
        accordance with GTA Section 20.0.

12.0    CHANGES

12.1    CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK
        Boeing may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and in
        accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 10.0, to increase or
        decrease the work to be performed by the Seller in the manufacture of
        any Product.

12.2    COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT Not Applicable


                                      4
<PAGE>

12.3    OBSOLESCENCE
        Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created by
        change orders issued pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the
        procedures set forth in GTA Section 12.0, except that Seller may not
        submit a claim for obsolete or surplus material resulting from an
        individual change order that has a total claim value of twenty-five
        hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) or less.  Payment for obsolete or surplus
        materials shall be made by check deposited as first class mail to the
        address designated by Seller in SBP Section 9.1.  Payment will be made
        on the tenth (10th) day of the month following the month of the
        obsolescence claim settlement.

12.4    CHANGE ABSORPTION Not Applicable

12.5    PLANNING SCHEDULE
        Any planning schedule or quantity estimate provided by Boeing shall be
        used solely for production planning.  Boeing may purchase Products in
        different quantities and specify different delivery dates as necessary
        to meet Boeing's requirements.  Such planning schedule and quantity
        estimate shall be subject to adjustment from time to time.  Any such
        adjustment is not a change under GTA Section 10.0.

12.6    VALUE ENGINEERING, WEIGHT REDUCTION, LEAN MANUFACTURING AND RAW MATERIAL
        COST IMPROVEMENT

12.6.1  VALUE ENGINEERING
        Seller may from time to time submit proposals to Boeing to change
        drawings, designs, specifications or other requirements that:

        a.  decrease Seller's performance costs; or

        b.  produce a net reduction in the cost to Boeing of installation,
            operation, maintenance or production of the Product.

        Provided, that such change shall not impair any essential functions or
        characteristics of the Products or Tooling.

12.6.1.1    SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL
            Proposals shall be submitted to Boeing's Materiel Representative. 
            Boeing shall not be liable for any delay in acting upon a proposal. 
            Boeing's decision to accept or reject any proposal shall be final. 
            If there is a delay and the net result in savings no longer
            justifies the investment, Seller will not be obligated to proceed
            with the change.  Seller has the right to withdraw, in whole or in
            part, any proposal not accepted by Boeing within the time period
            specified in the proposal.  Seller shall submit, as a minimum, the
            following information with the proposal:

            a.      description of the difference between the existing
            requirement and the proposed change, and the comparative advantages
            and disadvantages of each;

            b.      the specific requirements which must be changed if the
            proposal is adopted;

            c.      the cost savings and Seller's implementation costs;

            d. Each proposal shall include the need dates for engineering
               release and the time by which a proposal must be approved so as
               to obtain the maximum cost reduction.


                                      5

<PAGE>

12.6.1.2    ACCEPTANCE AND COST SHARING
            Boeing may accept, in whole or in part, any proposal by issuing a
            change order.  Until such change has been issued, Seller shall
            remain obligated to perform in accordance with the terms and
            requirements of the original Order as written.  Boeing and Seller
            shall share the savings as follows:

               (50%) savings to Boeing;
               (50%) savings to Seller.

            Seller shall include with each proposal verifiable cost records and
            other data as required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

            Each party shall be responsible for its own implementation costs,
            including but not limited to non-recurring costs.

12.6.1.3    COST SAVINGS COMPUTATION
            A change order shall be issued by Boeing and the unit price shall be
            reduced in an amount equal to the savings portion attributable to
            Boeing as set forth above.  The applicable unit price as set forth
            in Attachment 1 Statement of Work shall be amended to reflect such
            change.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               EXAMPLE:
               --------
               <S>                                <C>
               Current Price:                     $600.00
               Proposed Cost Savings:             $100.00/unit
               Boeing's Percentage:               50.0%
               Seller's Percentage:               50.0%
</TABLE>
            STEP BY STEP COMPUTATION:
            1. $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Boeing's percentage of savings =
               $50.00 Boeing savings.

            2. $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Seller's percentage of savings =
               $50.00 Seller savings.

            3. Net affect to the unit cost = $50.00

               New Unit Price For Units - $550.00

12.6.2  WEIGHT REDUCTION PROPOSALS
        Seller is encouraged to submit proposals to Boeing that reduce the
        Product's weight without impairing any essential functions or
        characteristics of the Product.

        Seller shall submit such proposals in accordance with SBP Section 12.6.1
        above.  The amount of any costs or savings that result from a weight
        reduction proposal shall be agreed by Boeing and Seller.  Seller shall
        include with each proposal verifiable cost records and other data as
        required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

        Boeing may accept in whole or in part, any such proposal by issuing a
        change order to the applicable Order.

12.6.3  LEAN MANUFACTURING/PROCESS IMPROVEMENT
        Boeing and Seller agree to work together to identify areas of
        improvement which affect the manufacturing and assembly process at
        Seller's facility and/or Seller's subcontractor's


                                       6
<PAGE>


        facilities. Manufacturing and assembly processes include but are not 
        limited to inventory turn rates, leadtime reductions, contracting
        strategies, setup reductions and lot size reductions. Boeing and 
        Seller agree to use the following metrics to evaluate improvement:
        i) Inventory Turns, defined as Annual Costs of Goods Sold/Inventory
        Value; ii) Productivity, defined as Annual Sales/Average Employee
        Count; and, iii) Asset Turnover, defined as Annual Sales/Total Assets.
        Additional metrics may be added and evaluated as agreed to by the
        parties. Where Boeing and Seller can identify areas of improvement,
        beyond those previously anticipated, identified and documented in
        the contract price, the parties will determine the amount of savings
        which will result from the improvements and share the savings as set
        forth in 12.6.1.2 above. Where a savings is identified and documented,
        the parties agree to reduce the Product unit price by that amount
        apportioned to Boeing as identified above.

12.6.4  RAW MATERIAL COST IMPROVEMENT
        In the event Boeing implements a program to address raw material 
        issues affecting the subcontractor base, Seller agrees to support 
        Boeing by identifying areas of improvement involving raw materials.
        When requested by Boeing, Seller shall identify usage, leadtime,
        contractual impediments or any other factor which may affect 
        Boeing's ability to implement raw material program improvements. 
        Boeing's program to improve leadtime and price for raw material is
        intended to support all divisions, subsidiaries and affiliates
        of The Boeing Company.

        Where savings are identified and documented, the parties agree to 
        reduce the Product's unit price by the corresponding reduction in
        raw material price plus the applicable reduction in the corresponding
        mark-ups. These reductions shall be incorporated on the first delivery
        of applicable Product(s) which incorporate the revised pricing for raw
        material or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing.

        The implementation of these programs by Boeing and Seller's 
        participation in these programs shall not impair, prejudice or relieve
        Seller of its obligations under any applicable Order.

12.7    REDUCTION IN QUANTITY TO BE DELIVERED  Not Applicable

13.0    SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

13.1    SPARES
        For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

        A.  AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) - means the highest Spares priority. 
            Seller will expend best efforts to provide the earliest possible
            delivery of any Spare designated AOG by Boeing. Such effort 
            includes but is not limited to working twenty-four (24) hours a
            day, seven days a week and use of premium transportation. Seller
            shall specify the delivery date and time of any such AOG Spare
            within two (2) hours of receipt of an AOG Spare request.

        B.  CRITICAL - means an imminent AOG work stoppage. Seller will expend
            best efforts to provide the earliest possible delivery of any 
            Spare designated Critical by Boeing. Such effort includes but is
            not limited to working two (2) shifts a day, five (5) days a week
            and use of premium transportation. Seller shall specify the 
            delivery date and time of any such Critical Spare within the same
            working day of receipt of a Critical Spare request.


                                       7

<PAGE>

        C.  EXPEDITE (CLASS I) - means a Spare required in less than Seller's 
            normal leadtime. Seller will expend best efforts to meet the 
            requested delivery date. Such effort includes but is not limited 
            to working overtime and use of premium transportation.

        D.  ROUTINE (CLASS III) - means a Spare required in Seller's normal 
            leadtime.

        E.  POA REQUIREMENT (POA) - means any detail component needed to 
            replace a component on an End Item Assembly currently in Boeing's 
            assembly line process. Seller shall expend best efforts feasible 
            to provide the earliest possible delivery of any Spare designated 
            as POA by Boeing. Such effort includes but is not limited to 
            working twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven days a week and use 
            of premium transportation. Seller shall specify the delivery date 
            and time of any such POA within two (2) hours of an AOG Spare 
            request.

        F.  IN-PRODUCTION - means any Spare with a designation of AOG, 
            Critical, Expedite, Routine, POA or End Item Assembly which is in 
            the current engineering configuration for the Product and is used 
            on a model aircraft currently being manufactured by Boeing.

        G.  NON-PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS - means any Spare with a designation 
            of AOG, Critical, Expedite and Routine requirements which is used 
            on model aircraft no longer being manufactured by Boeing (Post 
            Production) or is in a non-current engineering configuration for 
            the Product (Out of Production).

        H.  BOEING PROPRIETARY SPARE - means any Spare which is manufactured 
            (i) by Boeing, or (ii) to Boeing's detailed designs with Boeing's 
            authorization or (iii) in whole or in p art using Boeing's 
            Proprietary Materials.

13.1.1  SPARES SUPPORT
        Seller shall provide Boeing with a written Spares support process 
        describing Seller's plan for supporting AOG and Critical commitments 
        and manufacturing support. The process must provide Boeing with the
        name and number of a twenty-four (24) hour contact for coordination 
        of AOG and Critical requirements. Such contact shall be equivalent to 
        the coverage provided by Boeing to its Customers as outlined in 
        Attachment 4 "Boeing AOG Coverage" which is incorporated herein and 
        made a part hereof by this reference.

        Seller shall notify Boeing as soon as possible via fax, telecon, or 
        as otherwise agreed to by the parties of each AOG and Critical 
        requirement shipment using the form identified in Attachment 5 
        "Boeing AOG and Critical Shipping Notification". Such notification 
        shall include time and date shipped, quantity shipped, Order, pack 
        slip, method of transportation and air bill if applicable. Seller 
        shall also notify Boeing immediately upon the discovery of any delays 
        in shipment of any requirement and identify the earliest revised 
        shipment possible.

13.1.2  RECLASSIFICATION OR RE-EXERCISES
        Boeing may on occasion, instruct Seller to re-prioritize or 
        reclassify an existing requirement in order to improve or otherwise 
        change the established shipping schedule. Seller shall expend the 
        effort required to meet the revised requirement as set forth above in 
        the definitions of the requirements. Seller's commitment of a 
        delivery schedule shall be given in accordance with that set forth 
        above for the applicable classification but in no case shall it 
        exceed twenty-four (24) hours from notification by Boeing.


                                       8
<PAGE>

SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

13.1.3  SPARE PRICING
        Except as set forth in subsections 13.1.3.1 and 13.1.3.2 below, the 
        price for {{Boeing Proprietary}} Spare(s) shall be the same as the 
        production price for the Products as listed on Attachment 1, in 
        effect at the time the Spare(s) are ordered. Detail parts shall be 
        priced so that the sum of the prices for all detail parts of an End 
        Item Assembly equals the applicable recurring portion of the End 
        Item Assembly.

13.1.4  SPECIAL HANDLING
        The price for all effort associated with the handling and delivery 
        of Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such Spare(s). 
        Provided, that if Boeing directs delivery of Spares to an F.O.B. 
        point other than Seller's plant, Boeing shall reimburse Seller for 
        shipping charges, including insurance, paid by Seller from the plant 
        to the designated F.O.B. point. Such charges shall be shown 
        separately on all invoices.

13.2    SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS
        Boeing shall pay no expedite charges for production requirements 
        released less than Seller's current Re-Order Leadtime (ROLT). Seller 
        agrees to support Boeing's short flow requirements with its best 
        effort.

13.3    TOOLING

13.3.1  RESPONSIBLE PARTY
        Seller shall absorb all costs for Tooling manufactured and/or 
        purchased by Seller necessary for the manufacture and delivery of 
        the Products including but not limited to rework, repair and 
        maintenance of the Tooling.

13.3.2  BOEING FURNISHED TOOLING
        In the event Boeing furnishes Tooling to Seller, Seller shall comply 
        with the Terms and Conditions applicable to the Blanket Tooling 
        Purchase Control Order. No repair, replacement or rework of such 
        Tooling shall be performed without Boeing's prior written consent. 
        Boeing shall notify Seller of any action required for discrepant 
        Tooling.

13.4    PRICING OF BOEING'S SUPPORTING REQUIREMENTS
        Any Products required to assist Boeing's supporting requirements, 
        including but not limited to requirements for color and appearance 
        samples, Boeing-owned simulators, test requirements, factory 
        support, flight test spares will be provided for not more than the 
        applicable price as set forth in Attachment 1.

13.5    PRICING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR MODIFICATION OR RETROFIT
        Any Products required by Boeing to support a modification or 
        retrofit program shall be provided for not more than the applicable 
        price as set forth in Attachment 1.

13.6    SIMILAR PRICING
        New Products ordered by Boeing that are similar to or within Product 
        families of Products currently being manufactured by Seller shall be 
        priced using the same methodology or basis as that used to price the 
        existing Product(s).

14.0    STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS
        When requested by Boeing, Seller shall update and submit, as a 
        minimum, monthly status reports on data requested by Boeing using a 
        method mutually agreed upon by Boeing and Seller.

                                    9

<PAGE>

        When requested by Boeing, Seller shall provide to Boeing a 
        manufacturing milestone chart identifying the major purchasing, 
        planning and manufacturing operations for the applicable Product(s).

        Upon request by Boeing, program review(s) may be held between the 
        parties. The location of such review shall be mutually agreed to by 
        the parties. The purpose of the review is to improve communication 
        and understanding between the parties to ensure program success.

15.0    MARKET ACCESS/INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION/BUSINESS STRATEGIES FOREIGN 
        PROCUREMENT REPORT

        Seller agrees to work with Boeing to develop a contracting strategy 
        which supports Boeing's Market Access and International Business 
        Strategy. Boeing and Seller agree to work together to identify 
        suppliers and countries where Seller may subcontract in support of 
        Boeing's Market Access and International Business Strategy. Prior to 
        releasing any request for proposal to a subcontract or to support 
        Boeing's offset or business strategy, Seller shall coordinate with 
        Boeing.

        Seller shall document on Attachment 2 all offers to contract and 
        executed contracts with such subcontractors including the dollars 
        contracted. Seller shall provide to Boeing with an updated copy of 
        Attachment 2 for the six-month periods ending June 30 and December 
        31 of each year. The reports shall be submitted on the 1st of August 
        and the 1st of February respectively.

16.0    BOEING FURNISHED MATERIAL  Not Applicable

17.0    ASSIGNMENT AND THIRD PARTY PRICING

17.1    ASSIGNMENT
        Boeing and Seller agree that Boeing may, in its discretion, assign, 
        in part or in whole, its purchasing obligations under the Agreement 
        or any Order, as applicable, at the prices set forth in Attachment 1 
        thereof. Boeing reserves the right to rescind its assignment at 
        anytime.

        Boeing's assignment of purchasing obligation includes scheduling, 
        issuance of Order(s), receival and inspection of Products, 
        acceptance or rejection of Products, payment for accepted Products, 
        and ensuring conformance to the quality assurance system 
        requirements.

        Boeing shall retain all other rights and obligations pursuant to the 
        applicable terms and conditions. In addition, Boeing reserves the 
        right, where necessary, to coordinate with and mediate between 
        Seller and any assignee regarding such assignment.

        In the event Boeing assigns its purchasing obligations pursuant to 
        17.0, Boeing shall remain liable if the assignee fails to make 
        payments under the terms of this Agreement.

17.2    THIRD PARTY PRICING
        SELLER agrees to sell products defined in Attachment 1, "PRICING and 
        LEADTIME", to a third party or parties which may be designated by 
        the BUYER within the duration of this contract at the same pricing 
        afforded to Boeing when said requirements are in support of Boeing 
        purchase orders, i.e., for work the third party is performing under 
        Boeing purchase orders. The terms and conditions governing the sale 
        between Seller and the third party shall be agreed to between the 
        Seller and the third party.


                                    10
<PAGE>

18.0  INVENTORY AT CONTRACT COMPLETION  Not Applicable

19.0  OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY  Not Applicable

19.1  TECHNICAL WORK PRODUCT  Not Applicable

19.2  INVENTIONS AND PATENTS  Not Applicable

19.3  WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP AND COPYRIGHTS  Not Applicable

19.4  PRE-EXISTING INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP  Not Applicable

20.0  ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS  Not Applicable

21.0  GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS  Not Applicable

22.0  SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS  Not Applicable

23.0  DEFERRED PAYMENT  Not Applicable

24.0  SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS  Not Applicable

25.0  CONFIGURATION CONTROL OF SCD PRODUCTS  Not Applicable

26.0  INFRINGEMENT  Not Applicable


EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the 
duly authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                     TRI-STAR INT'L INC.
By and Through its Division               2201 Rosecrans Ave.
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group          El Segundo, California  90245


Name: /s/ John Pregent                 Name: /s/ [illegible]
      ----------------------------           ----------------------------

Title: Contracts Administrator         Title: President
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------

Date: 7-14-98                          Date: 7-15-98
      ----------------------------           ----------------------------

                                      11
<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT 1 TO 
                                                   SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                          WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for products to be delivered through June 30, 2003 shall be as 
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part Number/Family             Lead Time        Description           Price
- -----------------------        ---------        -----------          -------
<S>                            <C>              <C>                  <C>
001-9007-001                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.8200
118-2020-074                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1638
31A2016-035                    10 Weeks         Contact              $0.7200
316-1616-634                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.3800
316-1620-634                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.3840
316-2020-192                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2250
316-2222-634                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0895
318-1616-253 (590290-7)        12 Weeks         Contact              $0.5950
318-2016-035                   12 Weeks         Contact              $0.5007
318-2020-252                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.4320
5000-070-0116                                   Contact                     buy sub part M39029-9-516
5000-070-0216                                   Contact                     buy sub part M39029-9-517
5100-108-0216                                   Contact                     buy sub part M39029-10-522
5000-179-16-1                                   Contact                     buy sub part 318-1616-253
BACC47CN1A                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1950
BACC47CN1S                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0960
BACC47CN3                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2765
BACC47CP1S                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1152
BACC47CP2T                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2592
BACC47CP3T                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.3802
BACC47DE1A                     12 Weeks         Contact              $0.1571
BACC47DE3A                     14 Weeks         Contact              $0.5850
BACC47DE4A                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1536
BACC47DE5A                     10 Weeks         Contact              $0.1537
BACC47DE6A                     10 Weeks         Contact              $0.1399
BACC47DE7A                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1382
BACC47DE8A                     8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1476
BACC47DJ1                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2280
BACC47DJ2                      10 Weeks         Contact              $0.3024
BACC47DP1                      10 Weeks         Contact              $0.3024
BACC47DP2                      14 Weeks         Contact              $0.5760
BACC47DP3                      12 Weeks         Contact              $2.1600
BACC47DP4                      14 Weeks         Contact              $2.4000
BACC47DP5                      14 Weeks         Contact              $2.5900
BACC47DR1                      10 Weeks         Contact              $0.3888
BACC47DR2                      14 Weeks         Contact              $1.8000
</TABLE>

                                           1

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT 1 TO 
                                                   SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                          WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for products to be delivered through June 30, 2003 shall be as 
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part Number/Family             Lead Time        Description           Price
- -----------------------        ---------        -----------          -------
<S>                            <C>              <C>                  <C>
BACC47DR3                      12 Weeks         Contact              $2.1600
BACC47DR4                      14 Weeks         Contact              $3.3600
BACC47DR5                      14 Weeks         Contact              $3.8400
BACC47EF1                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0778
BACC47EF2                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1210
BACC47EF4                      14 Weeks         Contact              $0.7200
BACC47EG1                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2112
BACC47EG2                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1900
BACC47EG4                      12 Weeks         Contact              $1.1250
BACC47ER1                      8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2851
M39029-1-100                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1296
M39029-1-101                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0864
M39029-1-102                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1296
M39029-1-103                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.2610
M39029-10-139                  12 Weeks         Contact              $8.0000
M39029-10-141                  12 Weeks         Contact              $5.0000
M39029-10-520                  12 Weeks         Contact              $8.0000
M39029-10-521                  12 Weeks         Contact              $5.4000
M39029-10-522                  12 Weeks         Contact              $6.0000
M39029-11-145                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0821
M39029-22-191                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1620
M39029-22-192                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1710
M39029-29-212                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.3800
M39029-29-214                  12 Weeks         Contact              $3.0400
M39029-30-217                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.2400
M39029-30-219                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.4000
M39029-30-220                  14 Weeks         Contact              $1.2900
M39029-32-248                  10 Weeks         Contact              $0.2400
M39029-4-110                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0672
M39029-4-111                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.0768
M39029-4-113                   12 Weeks         Contact              $0.1920
M39029-5-115                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0900
M39029-5-116                   14 Weeks         Contact              $0.1056
M39029-5-118                   12 Weeks         Contact              $0.2400
M39029-56-348                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0864
M39029-56-351                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1248
</TABLE>

                                          2

<PAGE>

                                                               ATTACHMENT 1 TO 
                                                   SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                          WORK STATEMENT AND PRICING

The price for products to be delivered through June 30, 2003 shall be as 
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part Number/Family             Lead Time        Description           Price
- -----------------------        ---------        -----------          -------
<S>                            <C>              <C>                  <C>
M39029-56-352                  12 Weeks         Contact              $0.4100
M39029-57-354                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0864
M39029-57-355                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.3615
M39029-57-356                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.2400
M39029-57-357                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1152
M39029-57-358                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.2430
M39029-58-360                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0540
M39029-58-362                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.0960
M39029-58-363                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0672
M39029-58-364                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1260
M39029-63-368                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0864
M39029-64-369                  8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0691
M39029-85-455                  12 Weeks         Contact              $5.8500
M39029-85-456                  12 Weeks         Contact              $4.8000
M39029-9-515                   12 Weeks         Contact              $8.0000
M39029-9-516                   12 Weeks         Contact              $5.7500
M39029-9-517                   12 Weeks         Contact              $7.0500
M39029-92-531                                   Contact                     buy sub part 316-2222-634
M39029-92-535                  14 Weeks         Contact              $0.8200
S280W552-107                   10 Weeks         Contact              $1.5000
S280W552-109                   10 Weeks         Contact              $0.9000
S280W552-205                   14 Weeks         Contact              $7.5700
S280W555-916                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.1890
S280W555-918                   12 Weeks         Contact              $0.6030
S280W555-920                   8 Weeks          Contact              $0.0963
</TABLE>

                                              3

<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 2 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                           FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT FORM
                                  (Seller to Submit)
                               (Reference Section 15.0)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMMODITY/         BID            CONTRACTED
SUPPLIER NAME       COUNTRY        NOMENCLATURE        DOLLARS         DOLLARS
- -------------       -------        ------------        -------        ----------
<S>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>            <C>
</TABLE>


                                         21

<PAGE>


                                                                 ATTACHMENT 3 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                  RATES AND FACTORS


The following Rates and Factors shall be used on all price change negotiations
during the period of performance of these SBP


                                VARIABLE DATA REQUIRED
                             DEPENDING UPON ORGANIZATION


<TABLE>
        <S>                                  <C>
        Direct Labor Rate                    $
        Manufacturing Burden                   %
        G&A (Gen. Admin. Expense)              %
        Profit                                 %
                                             ---
                    Total Rate

</TABLE>


                                        22

<PAGE>

                                                                 ATTACHMENT 4 TO
                                                     SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


                                 BOEING AOG COVERAGE


- -       NORMAL HOURS BOEING'S MATERIEL REPRESENTATIVE (MATERIEL DIVISION)

            Approximately 5:30 a.m. - 6:00 p.m.

        -   Performs all functions of procurement process.

        -   Manages formal communication with Seller.

- -       SECOND SHIFT - AOG PROCUREMENT SUPPORT (MATERIEL DIVISION)

            3:00 p.m. - 11:00 p.m.

        -   May place order and assist with commitment and shipping information,
            working with several suppliers on a priority basis.

        -   Provides a communication link between Seller and Boeing.

- -       24 HOUR AOG SERVICE - AOG CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE (CUSTOMER SERVICE
        DIVISION) 544-9000

        -   Support commitment information particularly with urgent orders.

        -   Customer Service Representative needs (if available):

            -  Part Number

            -  Boeing Purchase Order

            -  Airline Customer & customer purchase order number

            -  Boeing S.I.S. #

If Seller is unable to contact any of the above, please provide AOG/Critical
shipping information notification via FAX using Boeing AOG/Critical shipping
notification form (Attachment 5).


                                      23
<PAGE>

                                                                ATTACHMENT 5 TO
                                                    SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                    BOEING

                                 AOG/CRITICAL

                             SHIPPING NOTIFICATION

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To:  FAX:  (206) 544-9261 or 544-9262       Phone:  (206) 544-9296
            ----------------------------           ----------------------------

Buyer Name:                                 Phone:
            ----------------------------           ----------------------------

From:                                       Today's Date:
            ----------------------------                  ---------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Part Number:                                Customer PO:  
            ----------------------------                 ----------------------

Customer:                                   Ship Date:
            ----------------------------               ------------------------

Qty Shipped:                                *SIS Number:
            ----------------------------                 ----------------------

Boeing PO:                                  Pack Sheet
            ----------------------------    or Invoice:                        
                                                        -----------------------
*Airway Bill:                               
             ---------------------------    *Flight #:                         
                                                       ------------------------
Carrier: 
            ----------------------------    

Freight 
Forwarder:  
            ----------------------------    

* If Applicable


Shipped To:  (Check One)    Boeing
                                   --------

                            Direct Ship
                            to Customer
                                        --------

                            Direct Ship
                            to Supplier
                                        --------


Remarks:  
          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------

          -------------------------------------------------------------------


                          IF UNABLE TO CONTACT BUYER,
               PLEASE USE THIS FORM TO FAX SHIPPING INFORMATION.

                                      24

<PAGE>

                                                                ATTACHMENT 6 TO
                                                    SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                    SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST ("SDRL")

                               CUSTOMER SUPPORT

                           (Reference Section 22.0)







                                        25

<PAGE>

                                                                ATTACHMENT 7 TO
                                                    SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                    SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST ("SDRL")

                                 ENGINEERING

                           (Reference Section 22.0)







                                       26
<PAGE>

                                                              ATTACHMENT 8 TO
                                                  SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                   PRECIOUS METALS ABNORMAL ESCALATION CHARGES

Abnormal escalation adjustment clauses for precious metals used in the 
manufacture of Seller's products shall be in effect for this contract. The 
purpose of such clauses is to protect Supplier and Buyer from extreme price 
fluctuations in the precious metals used to plate electrical contacts. As 
such, the following clauses shall be in effect during the period of this 
contract for determining price adjustments, which shall occur quarterly, for 
such extreme fluctuations.

RHODIUM

The following concept will be used for calculating abnormal escalation 
adjustments for the rhodium plated electrical contacts. The amount of rhodium 
in each contact is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Part Number          Rhodium Content (grams)
               ---------------------------------------------
               <S>                 <C>
               BACC47CN3                  .00314000
               BACC47CN3B                 .00314000
               BACC47CP2T                 .00246688
               BACC47CP2TB                .00246688
               BACC47CP3T                 .00373080
</TABLE>

The base price of rhodium shall be $20.81 per gram with a ceiling price of 
$35/gram and a floor price of $6.62.  Adjustments will be made when the price 
of rhodium extends beyond the ceiling or floor and will be adjusted from the 
base price. The following formula shall be used for price adjustments:

    (Monthly weighted average rhodium price - base rhodium price) x rhodium 
    content (grams) x quantity of electrical contacts delivered in the 
    referenced quarter.

    A resulting positive number indicates that Boeing owes Tri-Star, while a 
    resulting negative number indicates that Tri-Star owes Boeing.

As soon as practical after each quarter delivery date (March 31, June 30, 
September 30, December 31), Supplier will send to Buyer an assertion for the 
rhodium adjustment for that quarter. Documentation provided to Buyer shall 
include:

    - Part number
    - Quantity of parts
    - Price adjustments for that part number
    - All invoices for rhodium purchased in the delivery month
    - Rhodium cost used in the adjustment formula

As soon as the data can be verified, Buyer will issue a non-receivable 
purchase order for the cost adjustment.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                              ATTACHMENT 8 TO
                                                  SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
EXAMPLES:

RHODIUM PRICE INCREASE:
Current month weighted average price: $35.00/gr.
Base price: $21.81/gr.
Part deliveries. BACC47CN3 = 18,000
Rhodium content: .003140 gr.

Adjustment: ($35.00 - $21.81) x .003140 x 18,000 = $745.50 Boeing owes Tri-Star

RHODIUM PRICE NO CHARGE
Current month weighted average price: $33.50/gr.
Base price: $21.81/gr.

            Or

Current month weighted average price: $7.25/gr.
Base price: $21.81/gr.

Adjustment: Current prices in the above two scenarios are neither above 
$35.00/gr. nor below $6.62/gr. therefore, no price adjustment.

RHODIUM PRICE DECREASE
Current month weighted average price: $4.25/gr.
Base price: $21.81/gr.
Part deliveries: BACC47CN3 = 18,000
Rhodium content: .003140 gr.

Adjustment: ($4.25 - $21.81) x .003140 x 18,000 = -$992.49 Tri-Star owes Boeing

GOLD

The following concept will be used for calculating abnormal escalation 
adjustments for the gold plated electrical contacts. The amount of gold in 
each contact is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Part Number    Gold Content (grams)
                -----------------------------------
                <S>            <C>
                001-9007-001             .00026890
                118-2020-074             .00007080
                31A-2016-035             .00015590
                316-1616-634             .00015650
                316-1620-634             .00014210
                318-1616-253             .00014450
                318-2016-035             .00018180
                318-2020-252             .00016660
                BACC47CN1A               .00014350
                BACC47CN1S               .00007170
                BACC47CN3                .00010510
                BACC47CP1S               .00008260
                BACC47CP2T               .00008260
                BACC47CP3T               .00012490
                BACC47DE1A               .00010700
                BACC47DE3A               .00006430
                BACC47DE4A               .00006040
                BACC47DE5A               .00006310

</TABLE>
                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                              ATTACHMENT 8 TO
                                                  SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

<TABLE>
                <S>                      <C>
                BACC47DE6A               .00006310
                BACC47DE7A               .00006160
                BACC47DE8A               .00005590
                BACC47DJI                .00013470
                BACC47DJ2                .00014600
                BACC47DP1                .00021210
                BACC47DP2                .00034770
                BACC47DP3                .00073650
                BACC47DP4                .00110960
                BACC47DP5                .00213300
                BACC47DR1                .00031380
                BACC47DR2                .00048230
                BACC47DR3                .00097510
                BACC47DR4                .00140010
                BACC47DR5                .00254910
                BACC47EF1                .00005920
                BACC47EF2                .00007560
                BACC47EF4                .00002701
                BACC47EG1                .00008140
                BACC47EG2                .00014630
                BACC47EG4                .00041900
                BACC47ER1                .00007820
                M39029-1-100             .00006400
                M39029-1-101             .00007240
                M39029-1-102             .00012320
                M39029-1-103             .00020230
                M39029-11-145            .00004370
                M39029-22-191            .00004700
                M39029-22-192            .00006500
                M39029-29-212            .00008500
                M39029-30-217            .00012440
                M39029-32-248            .00010880
                M39029-4-110             .00004560
                M39029-4-111             .00007800
                M39029-4-113             .00012140
                M39029-5-115             .00004770
                M39029-5-116             .00009970
                M39029-5-118             .00015070
                M39029-56-348            .00004770
                M39029-56-351            .00006880
                M39029-56-352            .00010660
                M39029-57-354            .00003050
                M39029-57-355            .00006410
                M39029-57-356            .00003270
                M39029-57-357            .00004660
                M39029-57-358            .00007820
                M39029-58-360            .00002300
                M39029-58-362            .00002470
                M39029-58-363            .00007140
                M39029-58-364            .00005910
                M39029-63-368            .00004720
                M39029-64-369            .00003380
                S280W552-205             .00195370
                S280W555-916             .00013490

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                                              ATTACHMENT 8 TO
                                                  SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                S280W555-918             .00008090
                S280W555-920             .00007940
</TABLE>

The base price of gold shall be $320 per troy ounce with a ceiling price of 
$425/troy oz. and a floor price of $215. Adjustments will be made when the 
price of gold extends beyond the ceiling or floor and will be adjusted from 
the base price. The following forumula shall be used for price adjustments:

    (Monthly weighted average gold price - base gold price) x gold content
    (troy oz.) x quantity of electrical contacts delivered in the referenced 
    quarter.

    A resulting positive number indicates that Boeing owes Tri-Star, while a
    resulting negative number indicates that Tri-Star owes Boeing.

As soon as practical after each quarter delivery date (March 31, June 30, 
September 30, December 31), Supplier will send to Buyer an assertion for the 
gold adjustment for that quarter. Documentation provided to Buyer shall 
include:

    - Part number
    - Quantity of parts
    - Price adjustments for that part number
    - All invoices for gold purchased in the delivery month
    - Gold cost used in the adjustment formula

As soon as the data can be verified, Buyer will issue a non-receivable 
purchase order for the cost adjustment.

EXAMPLES:

GOLD PRICE INCREASE
Current month weighted average price: $550.00/oz.
Base price: $320/oz.
Part deliveries: BACC47CNIS - 18,000
Gold content: .0000717 oz.

Adjustment: ($550.00 - $320.00) x .0000717 x 18,000 = $296.84 Boeing owes 
Tri-Star.

GOLD PRICE NO CHARGE
Current month weighted average price: $395/oz.
Base price: $320/oz..

           Or

Current month weighted average price: $225/oz.
Base price: $320/oz.

Adjustment: Current prices in the above two scenarios are neither above 
$425/oz. nor below $215/oz. therefore, no price adjustment.

GOLD PRICE DECREASE
Current month weighted average price: $175.00/oz.
Base price: $320/oz.
Part deliveries: BACC47CNIS = 18,000
Gold content: .0000717 oz.

Adjustment: ($175.00 - $320.00) x .0000717 x 18,000 = $187.14 Tri-Star owes 
Boeing

                                       4


<PAGE>


                               GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT



                                       between

                                          
                                          
                                          
                                 THE BOEING COMPANY
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                        and
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                     PATS, INC.


                 RELATING TO 737-700 BBJ AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SYSTEMS

                                       i
<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION        TITLE                                                    PAGE
- --------       -----                                                    -----
<S>            <C>                                                      <C>
1.0            Definitions                                               2

2.0            Issuance of Purchase Orders and Acceptance                3

2.1            Issuance of Purchase Orders                               3

2.2            Acceptance of Purchase Orders                             4

2.3            Written Authorization to Proceed                          4

2.4            Rejection of Purchase Orders                              4

3.0            Technical Data/Technical Assistance                       4

3.1            Technical Data to be Furnished by Buyer                   4

3.2            Materials Provided by Buyer                               5

4.0            Limitation on Sales of Fuel Tank Systems                  5

5.0            Location of Fuel Tank System Installation                 5

6.0            Aircraft Schedule                                         5

6.1            Aircraft Arrival                                          5

6.2            Development Program-Initial Period of Performance         5

6.3            Installation Time                                         6

6.4            Inspection Inventory                                      6

7.0            Redelivery                                                6

7.1            Operational Ground Check                                  6

7.2            Aircraft Receipt Form                                     6

7.3            Delay                                                     6

7.4            Liquidated Damages                                        7

                                       ii
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
SECTION        TITLE                                                    PAGE
- --------       -----                                                    -----
<S>            <C>                                                      <C>
8.0            Quality Control, Inspection, Rejection and Acceptance     7

8.1            Right of Entry                                            7

8.2            Sellers Inspection                                        8

8.3            Inspection, Rejection and Acceptance                      8

8.4            Sellers Disclosure                                        8

8.5            Product Assurance/Product Support Obligations             8

8.6            Federal Aviation Administration or Equivalent             8

8.7            Certification                                             8

9.0            On-Site Review and Resident Representatives               9

9.1            Review                                                    9

9.2            Language for Technical Information                        9

9.3            Resident Representative                                   9

10.0           Invoice and Payment and Governing Documents               9

10.1           Invoice and Payment                                       9

10.2           Governing Documents                                      10

10.2.1         Product Assurance Agreement                              10

10.2.2         Product Support Requirements                             10

11.0           Changes                                                  10

11.1           General                                                  10

11.2           Obsolescence                                             10

11.3           Notification of Approval of Changes                      11

11.4           Examination of Records for Changes                       11

12.0           Termination for Convenience                              12

                                      iii
<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
SECTION        TITLE                                                    PAGE
- --------       -----                                                    -----
<S>            <C>                                                      <C>

12.1

12.2-12.10     Basis for Termination Notice                              12-13

13.0           Events of Default and Remedies                            14

14.0           Excusable Delay                                           17

15.0           Suspension of Work                                        18

16.0           Termination or Cancellation: Indemnity Against
               Subcontractor's Claims                                    18

17.0           Assurance of Performance                                  19

18.0           Responsibility for Property                               19

20.0           Proprietary Information and Items                         20

21.0           Seller's Obligation, Government Requirement               21

21.1           Seller's Obligation, Government Requirement

21.2           Seller's Obligation, Government Requirement               21

22.0           Integrity in Procurement                                  21

23.0           Infringement

24.0           Boeing's rights in Seller's, Patents, Copyrights,
               trade Secrets & Tooling

25.0           Notices

25.1           Addresses

25.2           Effective Date

25.3           Approval or Consent

26.0           Publicity

                                       iv
<PAGE>

SECTION        TITLE                                                     PAGE
- --------       -----                                                      -----
<S>            <C>                                                        <C>
27.0           Title and Risk of Loss of Aircraft and Goods               

28.0           General/Airport Premises Liability Insurance and 
               Hangarskeeper Legal Liability Insurance

29.2           Certificate of Insurance

29.3           Notice of Damage or Loss
               
30.0           Responsibility for Performance

30.1           Subcontracting

30.2           Reliance

30.3           Assignment

31.0           Non-Waiver

32.0           Headings

33.0           Partial Invalidity

34.0           Applicable Law

35.0           Amendment

36.0           Limitation

37.1           Inclusion of Taxes in Price

37.2           Litigation

37.3           Rebates

38.0           Foreign Procurement Offset

39.0           Entire Agreement/Order of Precedence

39.1           Entire Agreement

39.2           Incorporated by Reference

39.3           Order of Precedence

39.4           Disclaimer
</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>

                              GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT
                                          
                                    RELATING TO
                                          
                                  BOEING PRODUCTS

THIS GENERAL TERMS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of November 18,
1997 by PATS, Inc. ("Seller"), a corporation, with its principal office in
Columbia, Maryland and The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation with its
principal office in Seattle, Washington acting by and through its division the
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").

                                   RECITALS

A.   Boeing produces commercial airplanes.

B.   Seller desires to design, manufacture, install, test and certify auxiliary
     fuel tank systems for 737-700 BBJ Aircraft, and Seller wishes to utilize
     Buyer's proprietary technical requirements documents and other Buyer
     proprietary technical information and data for that purpose.

C.   Seller further desires to sell auxiliary fuel tank systems to Buyer and
     install such systems on 737-700 BBJ Aircraft as directed by Buyer.

D.   Buyer is willing to disclose its proprietary technical requirements
     documents and other of its proprietary information, data and documents to
     Seller and is prepared to monitor (and, at Buyer's discretion, assist with)
     Seller's design, installation, testing and certification of auxiliary fuel
     tank systems for 737-700 BBJ Aircraft; all on the condition that Seller
     will keep such proprietary documents, information and data confidential and
     not use such documents, information or data in any way in connection with
     the sale of such systems to any customer other than Buyer.

E.   Buyer and Seller wish to enter into an agreement establishing a framework
     for facilitating (2) the design, manufacture, testing and certification of
     auxiliary fuel tank systems by Seller, (2) the sale of such systems by
     Seller to Buyer, and (3) the installation of such systems, when purchased
     by Buyer, on aircraft owned by Buyer's customers; all in accordance with
     individual purchase orders which will subsequently be issued by Buyer and
     accepted by Seller.

F.   Buyer and Seller entered into Special Business Provisions and Product
     Support and Assurance Agreement relating to these same products.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                      AGREEMENTS

1.0              DEFINITIONS
                 The definitions set forth below shall apply to the following
                 terms as they are used in this Agreements, any Order, or any
                 related Special Business Provisions ("SBP)"). Words importing
                 the singular number shall also include the plural number and
                 vice versa.

          (a)    "Aircraft" are Boeing models 737-700 BBJ Airplanes in which
                 Seller shall install a Fuel Tank System (as defined below)
                 pursuant to a contract between Buyer and Seller.

          (b)    Customer" means any owner, lessee and/or operator of a 737-700
                 BBJ Aircraft who has contracted with Buyer for the purchase
                 and/or installation of a fuel tank system.

          (c)    "Derivative" means any new model airplane designated by Boeing
                 as a derivative of an existing Model airplane and which: (1)
                 has the same number of engines as the existing model airplane;
                 (2) utilizes essentially the same aerodynamic and propulsion
                 design, major assembly components, and systems as the existing
                 model airplane and (3) achieves other payload/range
                 combinations by changes in body length, engine thrust, or
                 variations in certified gross weight.

          (d)    "Drawing" means an automated or manual depiction of graphics
                 or technical information representing a Product or any part
                 thereof and which includes the parts list and specifications
                 related thereto.

          (e)    "End Item Assembly" means any Product which is described by a
                 single part number and which is comprised of more than one
                 component part.

          (f)    "FAA" means the United States Federal Aviation Administration
                 or any successor agency thereto.

          (g)    "FAR" means the Federal Acquisition Regulations in effect on
                 the date of this Agreement.

          (h)    "Fuel Tank System" means any 737-700 BBJ Auxiliary Fuel Tank
                 System designed, manufactured, tested, or certified for, or
                 installed aboard, an aircraft through reference to or use of
                 any technical data and/or with technical assistance from Buyer
                 personnel.

          (i)    "Goods" means one or more fuel Tank Systems, including
                 services related there to, covered by a single Order.

                                       2
<PAGE>


          (j)    "Materiel Representative" means the individual designated from
                 time to time, by Boeing as being primarily responsible for
                 interacting with Seller regarding this Agreement and any
                 Order.

          (k)    "Order" means each purchase order issued by Boeing and
                 accepted by Seller under the terms of this Agreement. Each
                 Order is a contract between Boeing and Seller.

          (1)    "Product" means goods, including components and parts thereof,
                 services, documents, data, software, software documentation
                 and other information or items furnished or to be furnished to
                 Boeing under any Order, including Tooling except for Rotating
                 Use Tools.

          (m)    "Purchased on Assembly Production Detail Part (POA)" means a
                 component part of an End Item Assembly.

          (n)    "Redelivery" is the delivery of the Aircraft from Seller to
                 Buyer or Customer after the installation of the Fuel Tank
                 System.

          (o)    "Shipset" means the total quantity of a given part number of
                 material necessary for production of one airplane.

          (p)    "Services" means Seller's services in connection with the
                 design, manufacture, installation, testing, or certification
                 of Fuel Tank Systems for, or the installation of Fuel Tank
                 Systems aboard, 737-700 BBJ Aircraft pursuant to an Order.

          (q)    "Technical Data"  means any technical requirements
                 documents, other documents or materials, and Proprietary
                 Information (as defined in Clause 3.0 of this Agreement) which
                 are provided or disclosed to Seller under this Agreement
                 and/or pursuant to an Order or Orders.

2.0       ISSUANCE OF ORDERS AND ACCEPTANCE

2.1       ISSUANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS
          Boeing may issue Orders to Seller from time to time. Each Order shall
          contain a description of the Products ordered, a reference to the
          applicable specifications and Drawings, the quantities and prices, the
          delivery schedule, the terms and place of delivery and any special
          conditions.

          Each Order which incorporates this Agreement shall be governed by and
          be deemed to include the provisions of this Agreement. Purchase Order
          Terms and Conditions, Form D1-4100-4045, Form P252T and any other
          purchase order terms and conditions which may conflict with this
          Agreement, do not apply to the Orders.

2.2       ACCEPTANCE OF PURCHASE ORDERS

                                       3
<PAGE>

          Each purchase order is Boeing's offer to Seller and acceptance is
          strictly limited to its terms. Boeing will not be bound by and
          specifically objects to any term or condition which is different from
          or in addition to the provisions of the Order, whether or not such
          term or condition will materially alter the Order. Seller's
          commencement of performance or acceptance of the Order in any manner
          shall conclusively evidence Seller's acceptance of the Order as
          written. Boeing may revoke any Order prior to Boeing's receipt of
          Seller's written acceptance or Seller's commencement of performance in
          accordance with Section 12-1 herein.

2.3       WRITTEN-AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED

          Boeing's Materiel Representative may give written authorization to 
          Seller to commence performance before Boeing issues an Order. If 
          Boeing in its written authorization specifies that an Order will be 
          issued, Boeing and Seller shall proceed as if an Order had been 
          issued. This Agreement, the applicable SBP and the terms stated in 
          the written authorization shall be deemed to be part of Boeing's 
          offer and the parties shall promptly agree on any open Order terms. 
          If Boeing does not specify in its written authorization, Boeing's 
          obligation is strictly limited to the terms of the written 
          authorization that an order shall be issued. For purposes of this 
          Section 2.3 only, written authorization includes electronic 
          transmission chosen by Boeing.  If Seller commences performance 
          before an Order is issued or without receiving Boeing's prior 
          authorization to proceed, such performance shall be at Seller's 
          expense.

2.4       REJECTION OF PURCHASE ORDER.
          Any rejection by Seller of an Order shall specify the reasons for
          rejection and any changes or additions that would make the Order
          acceptable to Seller; provided, however, that Seller may not reject
          any Order for reasons inconsistent with the provisions of this
          Agreement or the applicable SBP.

3.0       TECHNICAL DATA/TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
          
3.1       TECHNICAL DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY BUYER
          Technical Data to be furnished by Buyer to Seller under this Agreement
          shall include, but is not necessarily limited to Exhibit "A": hereto.
          Other Technical Data, as well as technical assistance from Buyer
          personnel, shall be provided by Buyer to Seller as and to the extent
          that Buyer, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate.

3.2       MATERIALS PROVIDED BY BUYER
          It is acknowledged and agreed by Seller that all technical
          requirements

                                       4
<PAGE>

          documents and/or other documents or materials provided by Buyer to
          Seller under this Agreement are presumed to be and will be treated as
          proprietary to Buyer.

4.0       LIMITATION ON SALES OF FUEL TANK SYSTEMS
          Seller desires to use Buyer's valuable Technical Data and/or receive
          valuable technical assistance from Buyer's personnel in connection
          with Seller's design, development, manufacture, testing, certification
          and/or installation of auxiliary fuel tank systems for 737-70OBBJ
          Aircraft.

          In consideration of Buyer's disclosure of Technical Data and/or
          providing of technical assistance to Seller under this Agreement and
          of other agreements contained herein Seller agrees to sell Fuel Tank
          Systems only to Buyer.

5.0       LOCATION OF FUEL TANK SYSTEM INSTALLATION
          The Order shall be performed at PATs support, Inc. Georgetown,
          Delaware and Seller shall not change the location of the performance
          of the Order or the Aircraft without the prior written consent of
          Buyer.

6.0       AIRCRAFT SCHEDULE

6.1       AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL
          In each Order, Buyer shall specify an estimated arrival date of the
          Aircraft.  Seller acknowledges that such date is only Buyer's best
          estimate and Buyer shall not be responsible for or be deemed to be in
          default under the Order if an arrival date is changed. In the event an
          arrival date of the Aircraft is different from the one set forth in 
          the Order, the parties shall negotiate a revised arrival and 
          Redelivery date. Notwithstanding the provision for an equitable 
          adjustment in Clause 11.0, "Changes," any change in arrival date 
          shall not entitle Seller to an equitable adjustment in the Order 
          price or in the installation time set forth below.

6.2       DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM - INITIAL PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE
          Seller agrees that the period of performance required for the
          Development Program (period from issuance of the first Order under the
          Agreement to certification of the first airplane of each model for
          several tank configurations) shall be as reflected in Exhibit "A".

6.3       INSTALLATION TIME
          Seller acknowledges that time is of the essence in performing the 
          Order and the maximum time for installation of a Fuel Tank System 
          for each Aircraft type and Redelivery to Customer is:

                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
     <S>                                               <C>
     First Aircraft                                    67 Calendar Days
     Second Aircraft                                   30 Calendar Days 
     Third Aircraft                                    21 Calendar Days 
     Fourth Aircraft and all Subsequent Aircraft       14 Calendar Days
</TABLE>

          Provided that not more than one aircraft is delivered every two weeks
          (nose to tail). Schedules for Aircraft installations in excess of two
          (2) per month will be agreed to on a case-by-case basis,

6.4       INSPECTION/INVENTORY
          Upon arrival of the Aircraft at Seller's installation site, Seller and
          Customer shall inspect the Aircraft and its equipment to identify any
          obvious damage or condition either party deems notable and make an
          inventory of the installed equipment, cargo and other appropriate
          items aboard the Aircraft.

          Following completion of the inspection and inventory, Seller will
          provide to Buyer and Customer written acknowledgment of receipt of the
          Aircraft, its condition and a copy of the inventory report essentially
          in the form of Exhibit: "B" hereto.

7.0       REDELIVERY

7.1       OPERATIONAL GROUND CHECK
          Promptly after completion of the installation of the Fuel Tank System,
          Seller shall conduct an operational ground check on the Aircraft in
          accordance with Seller's "Technical Order" criteria as may be
          applicable for the purpose of demonstrating to Customer and Buyer that
          the Fuel Tank System is operational.

7.2       AIRCRAFT RECEIPT FORM
          Seller shall redeliver the recorded inventory and the Aircraft to
          Customer after installation of the Fuel Tank System. Seller shall
          provide Buyer an Aircraft Receipt Form essentially in the form of
          Exhibit "C" hereto executed by Seller and Customer and any other forms
          that may be required by Buyer, Customer or the FAA.

7.3       DELAY
          Redelivery of the Aircraft with the Fuel Tank System installed shall
          be strictly in accordance with the schedule and other requirements
          specified in the applicable Order. Seller shall immediately notify
          Buyer and 

                                       6
<PAGE>

          confirm in writing of any circumstance that may cause a delay in
          Redelivery, stating the estimated period of delay and the reasons
          therefor. If requested by Buyer, Seller shall use additional effort
          including premium effort to avoid or minimize delay to the maximum
          extent possible. All additional costs resulting from such premium
          effort shall be borne by the party responsible for the delay, Nothing
          herein may be construed to prejudice any of the rights or remedies
          provided to Buyer in the applicable Order or by law.

7.4       LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

          Seller acknowledges that late delivery of Products will subject 
          Boeing to certain losses and damages, including possible stoppage 
          or interruption of the production line, utilization of additional 
          employee and other resources, damage to Boeing's reputation with 
          its customers and additional costs resulting from re-sequencing the 
          production line. The parties agree that such losses and damages 
          will be substantial, but extremely difficult and impracticable to 
          ascertain.

          Therefore, the parties agree that if Seller fails to deliver products
          in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Order, Seller will
          owe liquidated damages in the amount of ten thousand United States
          Dollars (U.S. $10,000.00) for each calendar day that seller is late in
          delivering products after the scheduled delivery date, up to a maximum
          of ten (10) calendar days.

          Such amounts shall be paid and received as liquidated damages and 
          not as a penalty. The parties acknowledge and agree that this 
          amount is presently a reasonable estimate of Boeing's anticipated 
          losses and damages considering all of the circumstances existing on 
          the date of the execution of this Agreement, including the 
          relationship of the amount of such liquidated damages to the degree 
          of harm to Boeing that reasonably could be anticipated. Further, 
          the parties expect that proof of actual damages would be 
          impractical or extremely difficult. Boeing shall be entitled, but 
          not obligated, to offset the amount of such liquidated damages 
          against any amount owed to Seller.

          In placing its initials in the space provided below, Seller expressly
          confirms the accuracy of the statement made above and fully
          understands the consequences of this provision at the time this
          Agreement was made.

          Initials: Seller
                           -----------------

8.0       QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION, REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

                                       7
<PAGE>

8.1       RIGHT OF ENTRY
          Buyer, Customer's representatives and the FAA may inspect Seller's 
          plant, facilities, systems, equipment, testing, data, personnel and 
          the Goods including without limitation, work in process and 
          equipment manufactured for installation in the Aircraft. Such 
          inspection shall be performed on a non-interference basis. No 
          inspection, test and no delay or failure to inspect, test or to 
          discover any defect or other noncompliance shall relieve Seller of 
          any of its obligations or impair any rights or remedies of Buyer or 
          Customers.

8.2       SELLER'S INSPECTION
          Seller shall inspect or otherwise verify that all Products and
          components thereof, including those procured from or furnished by
          subcontractors or Boeing, comply with the requirements of the Order
          prior to shipment to Boeing or 'Customer. Seller shall be responsible
          for all tests and inspections of the Product and any component thereof
          during receiving, manufacture and Seller's final inspection. Seller
          shall include on each packing sheet a certification that the Products
          comply with the requirements of the Order.

8.3       INSPECTION, REJECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
          Upon Seller's written notification that its performance under the
          Order has been completed, Buyer may make a final inspection and accept
          the Goods. Buyer may reject any or all of the Goods or any tender
          thereof which is not strictly in conformance with the requirements of
          the Order and notify Seller of such rejection. At Seller's risk and
          expense, Seller shall immediately repair or replace such rejected
          Goods. All repair, replacement, and other corrections shall be
          completed within such time as Buyer may require.

8.4       SELLER'S DISCLOSURE
          Seller will immediately notify Boeing when discrepancies in Seller's
          processes or Products are discovered or suspected for Products 
          Seller has delivered.

8.5       PRODUCT ASSURANCE/PRODUCT SUPPORT OBLIGATIONS
          Buyer's acceptance of any Goods does not alter or affect the
          obligations of Seller or the rights of Buyer and Customers under the
          Product Assurance and Product Support documents listed in the "Product
          Assurance and Product Support," or as provided by law.

8.6       FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OR EQUIVALENT
          Government Agency Inspection 
          Representatives of Boeing, the FAA or any equivalent government agency
          may inspect and evaluate Seller's plant including, but not limited to,
          Seller's and subcontractor's facilities, systems, data, equipment,
          inventory, holding areas, procedures, personnel, testing, and all
          work-in-process and completed Products. For purposes of this Section
          8.6

                                       8
<PAGE>

          equivalent government agency shall mean those governmental agencies so
          designated by the FAA or those agencies within individual countries
          which maintain responsibility for assuring aircraft airworthiness.

8.7       CERTIFICATION
          A certification shall be provided that materials and/or finished
          parts have been controlled and tested in accordance with and will
          meet specified Order requirements and applicable specifications and
          that records are on file subject to Buyer's examination. Copies of
          manufacturing planning, test and inspection results or certifications
          shall be furnished to Buyer upon request.

9.0       ON SITE REVIEW AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES


9.1       REVIEW
          At Buyer's request, Seller shall provide at Buyer's facility, or at a
          place designated by Buyer, a review explaining the status of any
          Order, actions taken or planned to be taken relating to such Order and
          any other relevant information. Nothing herein may be construed as a
          waiver of Buyer's rights to proceed against Seller because of any
          delinquency.

          Boeing's authorized representatives may enter Seller's plant at all
          reasonable times to conduct preliminary inspections and tests of the
          Products and work-in-process. Seller shall include in it subcontracts
          issued on connection with an Order a like provision giving Boeing the
          right to enter the premises of Seller's subcontractors. When requested
          by Boeing, Seller shall accompany Boeing to Seller's subcontractors.

9.2       LANGUAGE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION
          All reports, drawings and other technical information submitted to
          Boeing for review or approval shall be in English and shall employ
          the units of measure customarily used by Boeing in the U. S. A.

9.3       RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVES
          Buyer may in its discretion and for such periods as it deems
          necessary assign resident personnel at Seller's facilities in addition
          to the resident Quality Control personnel provided for in Clause 8.1,
          "Right of Entry". The resident team will function under the guidance
          of Buyer's manager who will provide program coordination within the
          scope of the work authorized by any Order. The resident team will
          provide communication and coordination to ensure timely performance of
          any Order. Buyer's resident team shall be allowed access to all work
          areas, Order status reports and management review necessary to assure
          timely coordination and conformance with the requirements of each
          Order. Seller, however, remains fully responsible for performing in
          accordance with each Order.

                                       9
<PAGE>

10.0      INVOICE AND PAYMENT GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

10.1      INVOICE AND PAYMENT
          Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, invoicing and
          payment shall be in accordance with SBP Attachment #7.

10.2      GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
          Seller acknowledges that Buyer and Customer must be able to rely on 
          the Fuel Tank System performing as specified and that Seller will 
          provide the required support services. Accordingly, the provisions 
          of the following documents are incorporated herein and by this 
          reference made a part hereof;

10.2.1    "Product Assurance Agreement Relating to the Fuel Tank System" dated
          (TBD), as revised from time to time.

10.2.2    "Produce Support Requirements Document," No. D6-41186,
          _____________,dated _________ as revised from time to time.

11.0      CHANGES

11.1      GENERAL
          Buyer's Materiel Representative may at any time by written change 
          order make reasonable changes within the general scope of an Order 
          in any one or more of the following: (1) Technical Data and other 
          technical requirements and descriptions, specifications, drawings 
          or designs related thereto: (b) place of delivery, inspection or 
          acceptance of the Goods. Seller shall proceed immediately to 
          perform the Order as changed. If any such change causes an 
          increase or decrease in the cost of or the time required for the 
          performance of any part of the Order, whether changed or not changed 
          by the change order, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the 
          price of or the delivery schedule for such Order, and such Order 
          shall be modified in writing accordingly.

          Any claim by Seller for adjustment under this Clause must be 
          received by Buyer in writing within thirty (30) days from the date 
          of receipt by Seller of the written change order or within such 
          further time as the parties may agree in writing or such claim 
          shall be deemed waived. Nothing in this Clause shall excuse Seller 
          from proceeding with an Order as changed, including failure of the 
          parties to agree on any adjustment to be made under this Clause.

          If Seller considers that the conduct of any of Buyer's employees has
          constituted a change hereunder, Seller shall immediately notify Buyer
          in writing as to the nature of such change and its effect on Seller's
          performance. Pending direction from Buyer's Materiel Representative,
          Seller shall take no action to implement any such change.

                                       10
<PAGE>

11.2      OBSOLESCENCE
          Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created 
          by change orders issued pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to 
          the procedures set forth in Clause 12.0, "Termination - Convenience."
          Payment for obsolete or surplus materials shall be made by check
          deposited as first class mail in the United States Postal Service to
          the address designated by Seller in SBP Clause 9.1, "Addresses."
          Payment will be made on the tenth (10th) day of the month following 
          the month of the obsolescence claim settlement.

11.3      NOTIFICATION OF APPROVAL OF CHANGES
          With respect to the Fuel Tank System, Seller shall notify Buyer
          whenever Seller's design or development activities indicate the need
          for any configuration detail or function to differ from the
          configuration in Seller's approved design.

          With respect to the Fuel Tank System, Seller shall obtain Buyer's
          approval prior to incorporation of:

      A.  Changes to acceptance test procedures or equipment;

      B.  Changes which alter the form, fit or function of the Fuel Tank System;

      C.  Changes which affect the repair or replacement interchangeability of
          the Fuel Tank System;

      D.  "Changes to processes;

      E.  Changes involving material or component substitutions or finish
          changes;

      F.  Changes which alter the weight, center of gravity or moment of inertia
          of the Fuel Tank System; or

      G.  Changes which affect the descriptions or operations outlined in
          Buyer's or Seller's overhaul manuals.

11.4      EXAMINATION OF RECORDS FOR CHANGES
          Seller shall maintain complete and accurate cost records related to
          all changes to Orders. Such records shall support all services
          performed, allowances claimed and costs incurred by Seller in the
          performance of each Change Order, including, but not limited to those
          factors which comprise or affect direct labor hours, material costs,
          burden rates and subcontracts. Such records and other data shall be
          capable of

                                       11
<PAGE>

          verification through audit and analysis by Buyer and be available to
          Buyer at Seller's facility for Buyer's examination and aid at all
          reasonable times from the date of the applicable Change Order until 
          one (1) year after final payment under such change order. Seller shall
          provide assistance to interpret such data if required by Buyer. The
          purpose of such examination shall be for Buyer to obtain complete
          information concerning Seller's performance for use by Buyer-directed
          changes and negotiation of termination; obsolescence claims. All such
          information so obtained shall be treated as confidential. 

12.0      TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE 

12.1      BASIS FOR TERMINATION: NOTICE
          Boeing may, from time to time and at Boeing's sole discretion,
          terminate all or part of any Order issued hereunder, by written notice
          to Seller. Any such written notice of termination shall specify the
          effective date and the extent of any such termination. Any such notice
          of termination for an individual order will not change Buyer's
          requirements to purchase 120 systems.

12.2      TERMINATION INSTRUCTIONS
          On receipt of a written notice of termination pursuant to GTA Section
          12.1, unless otherwise directed by Boeing, Seller shall:

      A.  Immediately stop work as specified in the notice.

      B.  Immediately terminate its subcontracts and purchase orders relating to
          work terminated;

      C.  Settle any termination claims made by its subcontractors or
          suppliers; provided, that Boeing shall have approved the amount of
          such termination claims prior to such settlement.

      D.  Preserve and protect all terminated inventory and Products;

      E.  At Boeing's request, transfer title (to the extent not previously
          transferred) and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's designees all supplies
          and materials, work-in-process, Tooling and manufacturing drawings

                                       12
<PAGE>

          and data produced or acquired by Seller for the performance of this
          Agreement and any Order, all in accordance with the terms of such
          request.

      F.  Take all reasonable steps required to return, or at Boeing's option
          and with prior written approval to destroy all Boeing Proprietary
          Information and Items in the possession, custody or control of Seller.

      G.  Take such other action as, in Boeing's reasonable opinion, may be
          necessary and as Boeing shall direct in writing to facilitate
          termination of this Order; and

      H.  Complete performance of the work not terminated.

12.3      SELLER'S CLAIM
          If Boeing terminates an Order in whole or in part pursuant to Section
          12.1 above, Seller shall have the right to submit a written
          termination claim to Boeing in accordance with the terms of this
          Section 12.3. Such termination claim shall be submitted to Boeing not
          later than six (6) months after Seller's receipt of the termination
          notice and shall be in the form prescribed by Boeing. Such claim must
          contain sufficient detail to explain the amount claimed, including
          detailed inventory schedules and a detailed breakdown of all costs
          claimed separated into categories (e.g., materials, purchased parts,
          finished components, labor, burden, general and administrative), and
          to explain the basis for

          allocation of all other costs. Seller shall be entitled to be
          compensated in accordance with and to the extent allowed under the
          terms of FAR 52-249-2(e)-(m) excluding (i), (as published in 48 CFR

12.4      FAILURE TO SUBMIT A CLAIM
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.0, if Seller
          fails to submit a termination claim within the time period set forth
          above, Seller shall be barred from submitting a claim and Boeing
          shall have no obligation for payment to Seller under this Section 12.0
          except for those Products previously delivered and accepted by Boeing.

12.5      PARTIAL TERMINATION
          Any partial termination of an Order shall not alter or affect the
          terms and conditions of the Order or any Order with respect to
          Products not terminated.

                                       13
<PAGE>

12.6      PRODUCT PRICE
          Termination under any of the above paragraphs shall not result in any
          change to unit prices for Products not terminated.

12.7      EXCLUSIONS OR DEDUCTIONS
          A.   All unliquidated advances or other payments made by Boeing  to
               Seller pursuant to a terminated Order.
          B.   Any claim which Boeing has against Seller;
          C.   The agreed price for scrap allowance;
          D.   Except for normal spoilage and any risk of loss assumed by
          Boeing, the agreed fair value of property that is lost,
          destroyed, stolen or damaged.

12.8      PARTIAL PAYMENT/PAYMENT
          Payment, if any, to be paid under this Section 12.0 shall be made 
          thirty (30) days after settlement between the parties or as 
          otherwise agreed to between the parties. Boeing may make partial 
          payments and payments against costs incurred by Seller for the 
          terminated portion of the Order, if the total of such payments does 
          ont exceed the final amount determined to be due, Seller shall 
          repay the xecess to, Boeing upon demand.

12.9      SELLER'S ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
          Boeing and Seller agree that Seller's "normal accounting practices"
          used in developing the price of the Product(s) shall also be used in
          determining the allocable costs at termination. For purposes of this
          Section 12.9, Seller's "normal accounting practices" refers to
          Seller's method of charging costs as either a direct charge, overhead
          expense, general administrative expense, etc.

12.10     RECORDS
          Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by law, Seller shall
          maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion
          of the Order for three (3) years after final settlement of
          Seller's termination claim.

13.0      EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

13.1      EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall
          constitute an "Event of Default":

     A.   Any failure by Seller to deliver, when and as required by this
          Agreement or any Order, any Product, except as provided in GTA Section
          14.0; or

                                       14
<PAGE>

     B.   Any failure by Seller to provide an acceptable Assurance of
          Performance within the time specified in GTA Section 17.0, or
          otherwise in accordance with applicable law; or,

     C.   Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation set
          forth in GTA Section 20.0; or

     D.   Seller is or has participated in the sale, purchase or manufacture of
          airplane parts without the required approval of the FAA.

     E.   Any failure by Seller to perform or comply with any obligation (other
          than as described in the foregoing Sections 13.1.A, 13.1.B, 13.1.C and
          13.1.D) set forth in this Agreement and such failure shall continue
          unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days or more following receipt
          by Seller of notice from Boeing specifying such failure; or

     F.   (a) the suspension, dissolution or winding-up of Seller's business, 
          (b) Seller's insolvency, or its inability to pay debts, or its 
          nonpayment of debts, as they become due, (c) the institution of 
          reorganization, liquidation or other such proceedings by or against 
          Seller or the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver or 
          similar Person for Seller's properties or business, (d) an assignment
          by Seller for the benefit of its creditors, or (e) any action of 
          Seller for the purpose of effecting or facilitating any of the 
          foregoing.

13.2      REMEDIES
          If any Event of Default shall occur:

     A.   CANCELLATION
          Boeing may, by giving written notice to Seller, immediately cancel 
          this Agreement and/or any Order, in whole or in part, and Boeing 
          shall not be required after such notice to accept the tender by 
          Seller of any

                                       15
<PAGE>

          Products with respect to which Boeing has elected to cancel this
          Agreement.

     B.   COVER
          Boeing may manufacture, produce or provide, or may engage any other
          persons to manufacture, produce or provide, any Products in
          substitution for the Products to be delivered or provided by Seller
          hereunder with respect to which this Agreement or any Order has been
          canceled and, in addition to any other remedies or damages available
          to Boeing hereunder or at law or in equity, Boeing may recover from
          Seller the difference between the price for each such Product and the
          aggregate expense, including, without limitation, administrative and
          other indirect costs, paid or incurred by Boeing to manufacture,
          produce or provide, or engage other persons to manufacture, produce or
          provide, each such Product.

     C.   SETOFF
          Boeing shall, at its option, have the right to set off against and
          apply to the payment or performance of any obligation, sum or amount
          owing at any time to Boeing hereunder or under any Order, all
          deposits, amounts or balances held by Boeing for the account of Seller
          and any amounts owned by Boeing to Seller, regardless of whether any
          such deposit, amount, balance or other amount or payment is then due
          and owing.

     D.   TOOLING AND OTHER MATERIALS
          As compensation for the additional costs which Boeing will incur as a
          result of the actual physical transfer of production capabilities
          from Seller to Boeing or Boeing's designee, Seller shall upon the
          request of Boeing, transfer and deliver to Boeing or Boeing's
          designees title to any or all (i) Tooling, (ii) Boeing-Furnished
          material (iii) raw materials, parts, work-in-process, incomplete or
          completed assemblies, and all other Products or parts thereof in the
          possession or under the effective control of Seller or any of its
          subcontractors (iv) Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing
          including without limitation planning data, drawings and other
          Proprietary Information and Materials relating to the design,
          production, maintenance, repair and use of Tooling, in the possession
          or under the effective control of Seller or any of its subcontractors,
          in each case free and clear of all liens, claims or other rights of
          any person.

          Seller shall be entitled to receive from Boeing reasonable
          compensation for any item accepted by Boeing which has been
          transferred to Boeing pursuant to this Section 13.2.E (except for any
          item the price of which shall have been paid to Seller prior to such
          transfer); provided, however, that such compensation shall not be paid
          directly to Seller, but shall be

                                       16
<PAGE>


          accounted for as a setoff against any damages payable by Seller to
          Boeing as a result of any Event of Default.

     E.   REMEDIES GENERALLY
          No failure on the part of Boeing in exercising any right or remedy
          hereunder, or as provided by law or in equity, shall impair, prejudice
          or constitute a waiver of any such right or remedy, or shall be
          construed as a waiver of any Event of Default or as an acquiescence
          therein. No single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy
          shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
          of any other right or remedy. No acceptance of partial payment or
          performance of any of Seller's obligations hereunder shall constitute
          a waiver of any Event of Default or a waiver or release of payment or
          performance in full by Seller of any such obligation. All rights and
          remedies of Boeing hereunder and at law and in equity shall be
          cumulative and not mutually exclusive and the exercise of one shall
          not be deemed a waiver of the right to exercise any other. Nothing
          contained in this Agreement shall be construed to limit any right or
          remedy of Boeing now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.

14.0      EXCUSABLE DELAY
          If delivery of any Product is delayed by unforeseeable circumstances
          beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Seller or of
          its suppliers or subcontractors (any and without the fault or
          negligence of Seller or of its Suppliers or subcontractors (any such
          delay being hereinafter referred to as "Excusable Delay"), the
          delivery of such Product shall be extended for a period to be
          determined by Boeing after an assessment by Boeing of alternate work
          methods. Excusable Delays may include, but are not limited to, acts of
          God, war, riots, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics,
          quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, strike or unusually severe
          weather, but shall exclude Seller's noncompliance with any rule,
          regulation or order promulgated by any governmental agency for or with
          respect to environmental protection. However, the above
          notwithstanding, Boeing expects Seller to continue production, recover
          lost time and support all schedules as established under this
          Agreement or any Order. Therefore, it is understood and agreed that
          (i) delays of less than two (2 days' duration shall not be considered
          to be Excusable Delays unless such delays shall occur within thirty
          (30) days preceding the scheduled delivery date of any Product and
          (ii) if delay in delivery of any Product is caused by the default of
          any of Seller's subcontractors or suppliers, such delay shall not be
          considered an Excusable Delay unless the supplies or services to be
          provided by such subcontractor or supplier are not obtainable from
          other sources in sufficient time to permit Seller to meet the
          applicable delivery schedules. If delivery of any Product is delayed
          by any Excusable Delay for more than three (3) months,

                                       17
<PAGE>

          Boeing may, without any additional extension, cancel all or part of
          any Order with respect to the delayed Products, and exercise any of
          its remedies in accordance with GTA Section 13.2 provided, however,
          that Boeing shall not be entitled to monetary damages or specific
          performance to the extent Seller's breach is the result of an
          Excusable Delay.

15.0      SUSPENSION OF WORK
          Boeing may at any time, by written order to Seller, require Seller to
          stop all or any part of the work called for by this Agreement
          hereafter referred to as a "Stop Work Order" issued pursuant to this
          Section 15.0 On receipt of a Stop Work Order, Seller shall promptly
          comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the
          occurrence of costs arising from the work covered by the Stop Work
          Order during the period of work stoppage. Within the period covered by
          the Stop Work Order (Including any extension thereof), but not to
          exceed thirty (30) days duration, Boeing shall either (i) cancel the
          Stop Work Order or (ii) terminate or cancel the work covered by the
          Stop Work Order in accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 12.0
          or 13.0 In the event the Stop Work Order is canceled by Boeing or the
          period of the Stop Work Order (including any extension thereof)
          expires, Seller shall promptly resume work in accordance with the
          terms of this Agreement or any applicable Order.

16.0      TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION AND INDEMNITY AGAINST SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS
          Boeing shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any
          termination for Buyer's convenience pursuant to GTA Section 12.1,
          except as expressly provided in GTA Section 12.3 or any cancellation
          under GTA Section 13.0 except to the extent that such cancellation
          shall have been determined by Boeing and Seller to have been wrongful,
          in which case such wrongful cancellations hall be deemed a termination
          pursuant to GTA Section 12.1 and therefore shall be limited to the
          payment to Seller of the Amount or amounts identified in GTA Section
          12.37 As subcontractor claims are included in Seller's termination
          claim pursuant to GTA Section 12.3, Seller shall indemnify Boeing and
          hold Boeing harmless from and against (is) any and all claims, suits 
          and proceedings against Boeing by any subcontractor or supplier of 
          Seller in respect of any such termination and (ii) and any and all 
          costs, expenses, losses, and damages incurred by Boeing in connection
          with any such claim, suit or proceeding.

17.0      ASSURANCE OF PERFORMANCE
     A.   SELLER TO PROVIDE ASSURANCE
          If Boeing determines, at any time or from time to time, that it is not
          sufficiently assured of Seller's full, timely and continuing
          performance hereunder, or if for any other reason Boeing has
          reasonable grounds for insecurity, Boeing may request by notice to
          Seller, written assurance

                                      18
<PAGE>

          (hereafter an "Assurance of Performance") with respect to any specific
          matters affecting Seller's performance hereunder, that Seller is able
          to perform all of its respective obligations under this Agreement when
          and as specified herein. Each Assurance of Performance shall be
          delivered by Seller to Boeing as promptly as possible, but in any
          event no later than 15 calendar days following Boeing's request
          therefore and each Assurance of Performance shall be accompanied by
          any information, reports or other materials, prepared by Seller, as
          Boeing may reasonably request. Boeing may suspend all or any part of
          Boeing's performance hereunder if Boeing fails to receive an Assurance
          of Performance from Seller satisfactory in form and substance to
          Boeing.

     B.   Boeing may request one or more meetings with senior management or
          other employees of Seller for the purpose of discussing any request by
          Boeing for Assurance of Performance or any Assurance of Performance
          provided by Seller. Seller shall make such persons available to meet
          with representatives of Boeing as soon as may be practicable following
          a request for any such meeting by Boeing and Seller shall make
          available to Boeing any additional information reports or other 
          materials in connection therewith as Boeing may reasonably request.

18.0      RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPERTY
          On delivery to Seller or manufacture of acquisition by it of any
          materials, parts, Tooling or other property (excluding the Aircraft),
          title to any of which is held by Buyer, Seller shall assume the risk
          of and shall be responsible for any loss thereof or damage thereto. In
          accordance with the provisions of an Order, but in any event on
          completion thereof, Seller shall return such property to Buyer in the
          condition in which it was received except for reasonable wear and tear
          and except to the extent that such property has been incorporated in
          the Products delivered under such Order or has been consumed in the
          normal performance of work under such Order.

          Seller warrants to Boeing that it has good title to all inventory,
          work-in-process, tooling and materials to be supplied by Seller in the
          performance of its obligations under any Order ("Inventory")), and 
          that pursuant to the provisions of such Order, it will transfer to 
          Boeing title to such Inventory, whether transferred separately or as
          part of any Product delivered under the Order, free of any liens, 
          charges, encumbrances or rights of others.

20.0      PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND ITEMS
          Boeing and Seller shall each keep confidential and protect from
          disclosure all (a) confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret
          information; (b) tangible items containing, conveying, or embodying

                                      19
<PAGE>

          such information; and (c) tooling obtained from and/or belonging to 
          the other  in connection with this Agreement or any Order 
          (collectively  referred to as "Proprietary Information and 
          Materials"). Boeing and Seller shall each use Proprietary 
          Information and Materials of the other only in the performance 
          of and for the purpose of this Agreement and/or any Order. 
          Provided, however, that despite any other obligations or 
          restrictions imposed by this Section 20.0, Boeing shall 
          have the right to use and disclose of Seller's Proprietary 
          Information and Materials as approved by Seller for the purposes 
          of testing, certification, use, sale, or support of any products 
          delivered under this Agreement, an Order, or any airplane, 
          including such an item; and any such disclosure by 
          Boeing shall, whenever appropriate, include a restrictive legend as 
          approved by Seller for suitable to the particular circumstances. 
          The restrictions on disclosure or use of Proprietary Information 
          and Materials by Seller shall apply to all materials derived by 
          Seller or others from Boeing's Proprietary Information and 
          Materials. Upon Boeing's request at any time, and in any event upon 
          the completion, termination or cancellation of this Agreement, 
          Seller shall return all of Boeing's Proprietary Information and 
          Materials, and all materials

          derived from Boeing's Proprietary Information and Materials to 
          Boeing unless specifically directed otherwise in writing by Boeing. 
          Seller shall not, without the prior written authorization of 
          Boeing, sell or dispose of(as scrap or otherwise) any parts or 
          other materials containing, conveying, embodying, or made in 
          accordance with or by reference to any Proprietary Information and 
          Materials of Boeing. Prior to disposing of such parts of materials 
          as scrap, Seller shall render them unusable. Boeing shall have the 
          right to audit Seller's compliance with this Section 20.0 Seller 
          may disclose Proprietary Information and Materials of Boeing to its 
          subcontractors as required for the performance of an Order, 
          provided that each such subcontractor first assumes by written 
          agreement, the same obligations imposed upon Seller under this 
          Section 20.0 relating to Proprietary Information and Materials; and 
          Seller shall be liable to Boeing for any breach of such obligation 
          by such subcontractor. The provisions of this Section 20.0 are 
          effective in lieu of, and will apply notwithstanding the absence 
          of any restrictive legends or notices applied to Proprietary 
          Information and Materials; and the provisions of this Section 20.0 
          shall survive the performance, completion, termination or 
          cancellation of this Agreement or any Order This Section 20.0 
          supplements any and all other prior agreements or understandings 
          between the parties to the extent that such agreements or 
          understandings relate to Boeing's obligations relative to 
          confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret information, or 
          tangible items containing, conveying, or embodying such 
          information, obtained from Seller and related to any Product, 
          regardless of whether disclosed to the receiving party before or 
          after the effective date of this Agreement.

                                      20
<PAGE>

21.0      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

21.1      SELLER'S OBLIGATION 
          Seller shall be responsible for complying with all laws, including,
          but not limited to, any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree,
          order, or permit applicable to its performance under this Agreement.
          Seller further agrees (1) to notify Boeing of any obligation under
          this Agreement which is prohibited under applicable environmental law.
          At the earliest opportunity but in all events sufficiently in advance
          of Seller's performance which obligation so as to enable the
          identification of alternative methods of performance, and (2) to
          notify Boeing at the earliest possible opportunity of any aspect of
          its performance which becomes subject to additional environmental
          regulation or which Seller reasonably believes will become subject to
          additional regulation during the performance of this Agreement.

21.2      GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS
          If any of the work to be performed under this Agreement is performed
          in the United States, Seller shall, via invoice or other form
          satisfactory to Boeing, certify that the Products covered by the Order
          were produced in compliance with Sections 6, 7, and 12 of the Fair
          Labor Standards Act (29 U.S. C. 201-291), as amended, and the
          regulations and orders of the U. S. Department of Labor issued
          thereunder. In addition, the following Federal Administration
          Regulations are incorporated herein b this reference except
          "Contractor" shall mean "Seller."

          FAR 52.222-26  "Equal Opportunity"
          FAR 52.222-35  "Affirmative Action for Special Disabled & Vietnam
          Era Veterans"
          FAR 52.222-36   "Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers"

22.0      INTEGRITY IN PROCUREMENT
          Boeing's policy is to maintain high standards of integrity in
          procurement. Boeing's employees must ensure that no favorable
          treatment compromises their impartiality in the procurement process.
          Accordingly, B Boeing's employees must strictly refrain from
          soliciting or accepting any payment, gift, favor or thing of value
          which could improperly influence their judgment with respect to either
          issuing an

          Order or administering this Agreement. Consistent with this policy,
          Seller agrees not to provide or offer to provide any employees of
          Boeing any payment, gift, favor or thing of value for the purposes of
          improperly obtaining or rewarding favorable treatment in connection
          with any Order or this Agreement. Seller shall conduct its own
          procurement practices and shall ensure that its suppliers conduct
          their procurement practices consistent with these standards. If Seller
          has reasonable grounds to believe that this policy may have been
          violated, Seller shall immediately

                                      21
<PAGE>

          report such possible violation to the appropriate Director of Materiel
          or Ethics Advisor of Boeing.

23.0      INFRINGEMENT
          Seller shall indemnify, defend and save Boeing and Customers harmless
          from all claims, suits, actions, awards (including but not limited to
          awards based on intentional infringement of patents known to Seller at
          the time of such infringement, exceeding actual damages, and/or
          including attorney's fees and/or costs), liabilities, damages, costs
          and attorneys' fees related to the actual or alleged infringement of
          any United States or foreign intellectual property (including but not
          limited to any right in a patent, copyright, industrial design or
          semiconductor mask work, or based on misappropriation or wrongful use
          of information or documents) and arising out of the manufacture, 
          sale or use of Products by Boeing or Customers. Boeing and/or 
          Customers shall duly notify Seller of any such claim, suit or 
          action; and Seller shall at its own expense, fully defend such 
          claim, suit or action on behalf of Boeing and/or Customers. 
          Seller shall have no obligation under this Section 23.0 with 
          regard to any infringement arising from: (i) Seller's
          compliance with formal specifications issued by Boeing where 
          infringement could not be avoided in complying with such 
          specifications or (ii) use or sale of Products in combination 
          with other items when such infringement would not have occurred 
          from the use or sale of those Products solely for the purpose for 
          which they were designed or sold by Seller. For purposes of this 
          Section 23.0 only, the term Customer shall not include the United 
          States Government; and the term Boeing shall include The Boeing 
          Company (Boeing) and all Boeing subsidiaries and all officers, 
          agents, and employees of Boeing or any Boeing subsidiary. In no 
          event will Seller's liability hereunder extend beyond thirty-six 
          (36) months after First Delivery of product to Buyer.

24.0      BOEING'S RIGHTS IN SELLER'S PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADE SECRETS & 
          TOOLING
          Seller hereby grants to Boeing an irrevocable, nonexclusive, paid-up
          worldwide license to practice and/or use, and license others to
          practice and/or use on Boeing's behalf, all of Seller's patents,
          copyrights, trade secrets (including, without limitation, designs,
          processes, drawings, technical data and tooling), industrial designs,
          semiconductor mask works, and tooling (collectively hereinafter
          referred to as "Licensed Property") related to the development,
          production, maintenance or repair of Products. Boeing hereafter
          retains all of the aforementioned license rights in Licensed Property,
          but Boeing hereby covenants not to exercise such rights except in
          connection with the making, having made, using and selling of Products
          or products of the same kind, and then only in the event of any of the
          following:

                                      22
<PAGE>

     A.   Seller discontinues or suspends business operations or the production
          of any or all of the Products;

     B.   Seller is acquired by or transfers any or all of its rights to
          manufacture any Product to any third party, whether or not related;

     C.   Boeing cancels this Agreement or any Order for default pursuant to GTA
          Section 13.0 herein;

     D.   In Boeing's good faith judgment it becomes necessary, in order for
          Seller to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any Order, for
          Boeing to provide support to Seller (in the form of design,
          manufacturing, or onsite personnel assistance) substantially in excess
          of that which Boeing normally provides to its suppliers.

     E.   Seller's trustee in bankruptcy (or seller as debtor in possession) 
          fails to assume this Agreement and al Orders by formal entry of an 
          order in the bankruptcy court within sixty (60) days after entry of 
          an order for relief in a bankruptcy case of the Seller, or Boeing 
          elects to retain its rights to Licensed Property under the 
          bankruptcy laws;

     F    Seller is at any time insolvent (whether measured under a balance
          sheet test or by the failure to pay debts as they come due) or the
          subject of any insolvency or debt assignment proceeding under state or
          nonbankruptcy law; or

     G.   Seller voluntarily becomes a debtor in any case under bankruptcy law
          or in the event an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against
          Seller, such petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days.

          As part of the license granted under this Section 24.0, Seller 
          shall, at the written request of Boeing and at no additional cost 
          to Boeing, promptly deliver to Boeing any and all Licensed Property 
          considered by Boeing to be necessary to satisfy Boeing's requirements 
          for Products and their substitutes.

25.0      NOTICE

25.1      ADDRESSES
          Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
          delivery, mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile, cable or other
          electronic transmission addressed to the respective party as set forth
          in the SBP Section 9.0

25.2      EFFECTIVE DATE
          The date on which any such communication is received by the 
          addressee is the effective date of such communication.

                                      23
<PAGE>

25.3      APPROVAL OR CONSENT
          With respect to all matters subject to the approval or consent of
          either party, such approval or consent shall be requested in writing
          and is not effective until given in writing. With respect to Boeing,
          authority to grant approval or consent is limited to Boeing's Materiel
          Representative.

26.0      PUBLICITY 
          Seller will not, and will require that its subcontractors and
          suppliers of any tier will not, (i) cause or permit to be released any
          publicity, advertisement, news release, public announcement, or denial
          or confirmation of the same, in whatever form, regarding any Order or
          Products, or the program to which they may pertain, or (ii) use, or
          cause or permit to be used, the Boeing name or any Boeing trademark in
          any form of promotion or publicity without Boeing's prior written
          approval.

27.0      TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS OF AIRCRAFT AND GOODS
          Title to the Aircraft shall remain at all times in Buyer or Customer
          during the period of time in which the Aircraft is in the possession
          of or under the care, custody or control of Seller; Seller shall be a
          bailee for hire during such period of time. Risk of loss of the
          Aircraft shall remain in Buyer or Customer except where Seller has
          risk of loss as a bailee for hire.

28.0      GENERAL/AIRPORT PREMISES LIABILITY INSURANCE AND HANGARKEEPERS LEGAL
          LIABILITY
          Seller warrants and represents to Buyer at all times during the
          performance of the Order, Seller shall maintain the following
          insurance and shall provide to Buyer no later than thirty (30) working
          days prior to delivery of the Aircraft to Seller, certificates of
          insurance evidencing coverage satisfactory to Buyer in compliance with
          the following:

          General Liability and/or Airport Liability insurance covering premises
          and operations of Seller in an amount not less than One Hundred
          Million Dollars ($100,000,000) combined single limit for bodily injury
          and property damage each occurrence; and Hangarkeepers Legal Liability
          insurance in an amount not less than One Hundred and Sixty Million
          Dollars ($160,000,000) each occurrence covering damage to, loss of or
          destruction of any 737-700 BBJ Aircraft which occurs due to the
          negligence of Seller while the Aircraft is in the care, custody or
          control of the Seller under this Agreement. Any such policy shall be
          with insurers reasonably acceptable to Boeing and shall contain a
          waiver of any rights of subrogation against Customer and Buyer, their
          subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and
          agents.

                                      24
<PAGE>

          and whether arising out of any such Order or any other agreement
          between the parties.

          Boeing may settle all claims arising out of any Order, including
          termination claims, directly with Seller. Boeing may unilaterally
          assign any rights or title to property under the Order to any
          wholly-owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company.

31.0      NON-WAIVER
          Boeing's failure at any time to enforce any provision of an Order does
          not constitute a waiver of such provision or prejudice Boeing's right
          to enforce such provision at any subsequent time.

32.0      HEADING
          Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference
          only and do not affect the interpretation of the Agreement.

33.0      PARTIAL INVALIDITY
          If any provision of any Order is or becomes void or unenforceable by
          force or operation of law, the other provisions shall remain valid and
          enforceable.

34.0      APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION
          Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
          performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
          enforced in accordance with, the law as set forth in SBP Section 5.0

35.0      AMENDMENT
          Oral statements and understandings are not valid or binding. Except, 
          as otherwise provided in GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section 12.0, no 
          Order may be changed or modified except by a writing signed by Seller 
          and Boeing's Materiel Representative.

36.0      LIMITATION
          Seller may not (except to provide an inventory of Products to support
          delivery acceleration and to satisfy reasonable replacement and Spares
          requirements) manufacture or fabricate Products or procure any goods
          in advance of the reasonable flow time required to comply with the
          delivery schedule in the applicable Order. Notwithstanding any other
          provision of an Order, Seller is not entitled to any equitable
          adjustment or other modification of such Order for any manufacture,
          fabrication, or procurement of Products not in conformity with the
          requirements of the Order, unless Boeing" written consent has first
          been obtained. Nothing in this Section 34.0 shall be construed as
          relieving Seller of any of its obligations under the Order.

                                      25
<PAGE>

37.1      INCLUSION OF TAXES IN PRICE
          All taxes, including but not limited to federal, state and local
          income taxes, value added taxes, gross receipt taxes, property taxes,
          and custom duties taxes are deemed to be included in the Order price,
          except applicable sales or use taxes on sales to Boeing ("Sales
          Taxes") for which Boeing has not supplied a valid exemption
          certificate or unless otherwise indicated on the applicable Order.

37.2      LITIGATION
          In the event that any taxing authority has claimed or does claim
          payment for Sales Taxes, Seller shall promptly notify Boeing, and
          Seller shall take such action as Boeing may direct to pay or protest
          such taxes or to defend against such claim. The actual and direct
          expenses, without the addition of profit and overhead, of such defense
          and the amount of such taxes as ultimately determined as due and
          payable shall be paid directly by Boeing or reimbursed to Seller. If
          Seller or Boeing is successful in defending such claim, the amount of
          such taxes recovered by Seller, which had previously been paid by
          Seller and reimbursed by Boeing or paid directly by Boeing, shall be
          immediately refunded to Boeing.

37.3      REBATES
          If any taxes paid by Boeing are subject to rebate or reimbursement,
          Seller shall take the necessary actions to secure such rebates or
          reimbursement and shall promptly refund to Boeing any amount 
          recovered.

38.0      FOREIGN PROCUREMENT OFFSET
          With respect to work covered by the Order, Seller shall use its best
          efforts to cooperate with Boeing in the fulfillment of any foreign
          offset program obligation that Boeing may have accepted as a condition
          of the sale of Boeing's products. In the event that Seller solicits
          bids or proposals for, or procures or offers to procure any goods or
          services relating to the work covered by an Order from any source
          outside of the United States, Boeing shall be entitled, to the
          exclusion of all others, to all industrial benefits and other
          "offset" credits which may result from such solicitations,
          procurements or offers to procure. Seller agrees to take any actions
          that may be required on its part to assure that Boeing receives such
          credits.

39.0      ENTIRE AGREEMENT/ORDER OF PREFERENCE

39.1      ENTIRE AGREEMENT
          The Order sets forth the entire agreement and supersedes any and all
          other prior agreements understandings and communications between
          Boeing and Seller related to the subject matter of an Order. The
          rights

                                      26
<PAGE>

          and remedies afforded to Boeing or Customers pursuant to any
          provisions of an Order are in addition to any other rights and
          remedies afforded by any other provisions of this Order, by law
          or otherwise.

39.2      INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
          In addition to the documents previously incorporated herein by
          reference, the documents listed below are by this reference made a
          part of this Agreement:

     A.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and Related Outside Production
          Specification Plan (OPSP).

     B.   Any other exhibits or documents agreed to by the parties to be a part
          of this Agreement.

     C.   Order (excluding the documents identified in A and B above).

     D.   Engineering Drawing by Part Number and, if applicable, related Outside
          Production Specification Plan (OPSP).

     E.   Administrative Agreement (if applicable)

     F.   Any other exhibits or documents the parties agree shall be part of
          the Agreement.

39.3      ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
          In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any of the terms
          of the following documents, the following order of precedence shall
          control:

          A.   SBP (excluding the Administrative Agreement identified in E 
               below) as amended February 17, 1998.

          B.   This General Terms Agreement (excluding the documents identified
               in D and F below) as amended February 17,1998.

                                     27
<PAGE>

29.1      INSURANCE
          Seller shall maintain continuously in effect a property insurance
          policy covering loss or destruction of or damage to all property in
          which Boeing does or could have an insurable interest pursuant to this
          Agreement, including but not limited to Tooling, Boeing-furnished
          property, raw materials, parts, work-in process, incomplete, or
          completed assemblies and all other products or parts thereof, and all
          drawings, specifications, data and other materials relating to any of
          the foregoing in each case to the extent in the possession or under
          the effective care, custody or control of Seller, in the amount of
          full replacement value thereof providing protection against all perils
          normally covered in an "all risk" property insurance policy
          (including without limitation fire, windstorm, explosion, riot, civil
          commotion, aircraft, earthquake, flood or other acts of God). Any such
          policy shall be in the form and with insurers acceptable to Boeing 
          and shall (i) provide for payment of loss thereunder to Boeing, as 
          loss payee, as its interests may appear and (ii) contain a waiver of 
          any rights of subrogation against Boeing, its subsidiaries, and their
          respective directors, officers, employees and agents.

29.2      CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
          Prior to commencement of this Agreement, Seller shall provide to
          Boeing's Materiel Representative, for Boeing's review and approval,
          certificates of insurance reflecting full compliance with the
          requirements set forth in GTA Section 27.1. Such certificates shall be
          kept current and in compliance throughout the period of this Agreement
          and shall provide for thirty (30) days advanced written notice to
          Boeing's Materiel Representative in the event of cancellation,
          non-renewal or material change adversely affecting the interests of
          Boeing.

29.3      NOTICE OF DAMAGE OR LOSS
          Seller shall give prompt written notice to Boeing's Materiel
          Representative of the occurrence of any damage or loss to any property
          required to be insured herein. If any such property shall be damaged
          or destroyed, in whole or in part, by an insured peril or otherwise,
          and if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
          then Seller may, upon written notice to Boeing, settle, adjust, or
          compromise any and all such loss or damage not in excess of Two
          Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any one occurrence and
          Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate. Seller may
          settle, adjust or compromise any other claim by Seller only after
          Boeing has given written approval, which approval shall not be
          unreasonably withheld.

30.0      RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMANCE
          Seller shall be responsible for the requirements of this Agreement and
          any Order referencing this Agreement. Seller shall bear all risks of
          providing adequate facilities and equipment to perform each Order in
          accordance with the terms thereof. Seller shall include as part of its

                                      28
<PAGE>

          subcontracts those elements of the Agreement which protect Boeing's
          rights including but not limited to right of entry provisions,
          proprietary information and rights provisions and quality control
          provisions. In addition, Seller shall provide to its subcontractors
          sufficient information to clearly document that the work being
          performed by Seller's subcontractor is to facilitate performance under
          this Agreement or any Order. Sufficient information may include but
          is not limited to Order number, GTA number or the name of Boeing's
          Materiel Representative. No subcontracting by seller shall relieve
          Seller of its obligation under the applicable Order.

30.1      SUBCONTRACTING
          Seller may not procure any Product, as defined in the applicable
          Order, from a third party in a completed or a substantially completed
          form without Boeing's prior written consent.

          Where required by the requirements of the Order, no raw material
          and/or material process may be incorporated in a Product unless: (a)
          Seller uses an approved source or (b) Boeing has surveyed and
          qualified Seller's receiving inspection personnel and laboratories to
          test the specified raw materials and/or material process. No waiver of
          survey and qualification requirements will be effective unless
          granted by Boeing's Engineering and Quality Control Departments.
          Utilization of a Boeing-approved raw material source does not
          constitute a waiver of Seller's responsibility to meet all
          specification requirements.

30.2      RELIANCE
          Boeing's entering into this Agreement is in part based upon Boeing's
          reliance on Seller's ability, expertise and awareness of the intended
          use of the Products. Seller agrees that Boeing and Boeing's customers
          may rely on Seller as an expert, and Seller will not deny any
          responsibility or obligation hereunder to Boeing or Boeing's customers
          on the grounds that Boeing or Boeing's customers provided 
          recommendations or assistance in any phase of the work involved in 
          producing or supporting the Products, including but not limited to 
          Boeing's acceptance of specifications, test date or the Products.

30.3      ASSIGNMENT
          Each Order shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
          parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided
          however, that no assignment of any rights or delegation of any duties
          under such Order is binding on Boeing unless Boeing's written consent
          has first been obtained. Notwithstanding the above, Seller may assign
          claims for monies due or to become due under any Order provided that
          Boeing may recoup or setoff any amounts covered by any such assignment
          against any indebtedness of Seller to Boeing, whether arising before
          or after the date of the assignment or the date of this Agreement,  

                                     29
<PAGE>

39.4      DISCLAIMER
          Unless otherwise specified on the face of the applicable Order, any 
          CATIA Dataset or translation thereof (each or collectively "Data") 
          furnished by Boeing is furnished as an accommodation to Seller. It 
          is the Seller's responsibility to compare such Data to the 
          comparable two dimensional computer-aided design drawing to confirm 
          the accuracy of the data.

          BOEING HEREBY DISCLAIMS, AND SELLER HEREBY WAIVES, ALL WARRANTIES AND
          LIABILITIES OF BOEING AND ALL CLAIMS ND REMEDIES OF SELLER, EXPRESS OR
          IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFECT IN
          ANY CATIA DATASET OR TRANSLATION THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
          LIMITATION, ANY (A) IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
          USE OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (B) ANY IMPLIED

          WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF
          TRADE, (C) RECOVERY BASED UPON TORT, WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM
          DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR OTHERWISE BASED UPON DAMAGED PROPERTY, OR 
          OTHERWISE BASED UPON LOSS OF USE OR PROFIT OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR 
          CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first written above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                        PATS, Inc
by and through its Division 
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name:     /s/ [Illegible]                 Name: /s/ [Illegible]
     --------------------------                -------------------------
Title:  Buyer                             Title:  President
      -------------------------                 ------------------------
Date:  February 17, 1998                  Date:  2/17/98
      -------------------------                 ------------------------

                                     30

<PAGE>



                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS

                                       between

                                 THE BOEING COMPANY

                                         and

                                      PATS, INC.





                                    6-5754-02-063




                                          i

<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANDATORY SECTIONS FIXED QTY OR REQUIREMENTS
- --------------------------------------------
Section                                 Item
- -------                                 ----
1.0                                     DEFINITIONS

2.0                                     PURCHASE ORDER NOTE

3.0                                     PRICES

3.1                                     Product Pricing

3.2                                     Manufacturing Configuration Baseline

3.3                                     Packaging

4.0                                     GOVERNING QUALITY

                                        ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT

5.0                                     APPLICABLE LAW/JURISDICTION

6.0                                     PRODUCT ASSURANCE

7.0                                     PAYMENT

7.1                                     Recurring Cost

7.2                                     Non-Recurring Cost

9.0                                     NOTICES

9.1                                     Addresses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS
10.0                                    OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL

11.0                                    COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
                                        VISIBILITY

12.0                                    CHANGES

12.1                                    Changes to the Statement of Work

12.2                                    Computation of Equitable Adjustment

12.3                                    Obsolescence

12.4                                    Change Absorption

12.5                                    Planning Schedule

12.6                                    Value Engineering

13.0                                    SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

13.1                                    Spares

13.2                                    Short Flow Production Requirements


                                          ii
<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                 Item
- -------                                 ----

13.4                                    Pricing of Boeing's Supporting
                                        Requirements

13.5                                    Pricing of Requirements for
                                        Modification or Retrofit

13.6                                    Similar to Pricing

14.0                                    STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS

15.0                                    FOREIGN PROCUREMENT REPORT

17.0                                    ASSIGNMENT

19.1                                    Technical Work Product

19.2                                    Inventions and Patents

19.3                                    Works of Authorship and Copyrights

19.4                                    Pre-Existing Inventions and
                                        Works of Authorship
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCD REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT

20.0                                    ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT

21.0                                    GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS

22.0                                    SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS

23.0                                    DEFERRED PAYMENT TERMS

24.0                                    SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY
                                        INFORMATION RIGHTS

Attachment 1                            Work Statement and Pricing

Attachment 2                            Foreign Procurement Report

Attachment 3                            Rates and Factors

Attachment 4                            Boeing AOG Coverage

Attachment 5                            Boeing AOG/Critical

                                        Shipping Notification

ATTACHMENT 6                            SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST
                                        CUSTOMER SUPPORT

ATTACHMENT 7                            SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST
                                        ENGINEERING


                                         iii


<PAGE>

                                      AMENDMENTS

AMEND
NUMBER                DESCRIPTION               DATE                  APPROVAL
- -------               -----------               ----                  --------











                                          iv


<PAGE>

                             SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS


THESE SPECIAL BUSINESS PROVISIONS are entered into as of January 15, 1998 by 
and between PATS, INC., a Maryland corporation with its principal office in 
Columbia, Maryland ("Seller"), and The Boeing Company, a Delaware corporation 
with an office in Seattle, Washington acting by and through its division the 
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group ("Boeing").

                                       RECITALS

A.     Boeing and Seller entered into a General Terms Agreement GTA
       #5-5754-02-063 dated January 15, 1998 (the "Agreement") which is
       incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference, for the
       sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of Products.

B.     Boeing and Seller desire to include these Special Business Provisions
       ("SBP") relating to the sale by Seller and purchase by Boeing of
       Products.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the
parties agree as follows:

       A.   Boeing produces commercial airplanes.

       B.   Seller desires to design, manufacture, install, test and 
            certify auxiliary fuel tank systems for 737-700 BBJ Aircraft, and 
            Seller wishes to utilize Buyer's proprietary technical requirements
            documents and other Buyer proprietary technical information and 
            data for that purpose.

       C.   Seller further desires to sell auxiliary fuel tank systems to 
            Buyer and install such systems on 737-700 BBJ Aircraft as directed 
            by Buyer.

       D.   Buyer is willing to disclose its proprietary technical 
            requirements documents and other of its proprietary information, 
            data and documents to Seller and is prepared to monitor (and, at 
            Buyer's discretion, assist with) Seller's design, installation, 
            testing and certification of auxiliary fuel tank systems for 
            737-700 BBJ Aircraft; all on the condition that Seller will keep 
            such proprietary documents, information and data confidential 
            and not use such documents, information or data in any way in 
            connection with the sale of such systems to any customer other 
            than Buyer.

       E.   Buyer and Seller wish to enter into an agreement establishing a 
            framework for facilitating (1) the design, manufacture, testing and
            certification of auxiliary fuel tank systems by Seller, (2) the sale
            of such systems by Seller to Buyer, and (3) the installation of such
            systems, when purchased by Buyer, on aircraft owned by Buyer's 
            customers; all in accordance with individual purchase orders which 
            will subsequently be issued by Buyer and accepted by Seller.


                                          1
<PAGE>

1.0    DEFINITIONS
       The General Terms Agreement and Product Support and Assurance Agreement
       is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by reference, for the sale
       by Seller and purchase by Buyer of Products. The definitions used herein
       shall be the same as used in the General Terms Agreement Section 1.0.

2.0    PURCHASE ORDER NOTE
       The following note shall be contained in any Order to which these SBP
       and GTA are applicable:

       This Order is subject to and incorporates by this reference
       SBP#________ and GTA #6-5754-02-033 between The Boeing Company and PATS,
       Inc. dated February 17, 1998.

       Each Order bearing such note shall be governed by and be deemed to
       include the provisions of these SBP.

3.0    PRICES

3.1    PRODUCT PRICING
       TO BE USED FOR FIXED QUANTITY (120 SHIPSETS) BUYS.

       REQUIREMENT W/ ABNORMAL ESCALATION - TO BE USED FOR REQUIREMENTS (PERIOD
       OF PERFORMANCE) BUYS

       The prices and applicable period of performance of Products scheduled
       for delivery under this SBP are set forth in Attachment 1. Prices are in
       United States dollars, F.O.B. SELLER'S PLANT. Said prices shall be
       subject to escalation as set forth in Attachment 1.

3.1.1  OPTION PRICING
       Seller irrevocably grants to Boeing the option to purchase any quantity
       of additional Products on the terms and conditions set forth in this SBP
       at the prices set forth herein, increased or decreased by any equitable
       adjustments provided herein.

3.1.2  EXERCISE OF OPTION
       Boeing may exercise such option by written notice to Seller at any time
       prior to the last delivery of the Product(s) to Boeing; provided
       however, that such option must be exercised in sufficient time to permit
       Seller to support Boeing's required deliveries. Seller agrees to provide
       Boeing with written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to the date
       when, in Seller's opinion, the option must be exercised. Boeing may
       extend the option exercise date by purchasing long lead materials, or
       authorizing Seller to purchase such materials on terms acceptable to
       Boeing, if such purchase would have the effect of extending the date for
       assuring production continuity.

       Boeing reserves the right to (a) not exercise the option and commence
       new negotiations with Seller for additional quantities of Products; or
       (b) purchase such additional quantities of Products from third parties.
       The purchase of such additional quantities of Products from third
       parties shall not abrogate any of Seller's obligations to Boeing
       pursuant to the Agreement.


                                          2
<PAGE>

3.2    MANUFACTURING CONFIGURATION BASELINE
       Unit pricing for each Product or part number shown in Attachment 1 is
       based on the latest revisions of the engineering drawings or
       specifications at the time of the signing of this SBP.

4.0    GOVERNING QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT
       Pick the appropriate governing document for applicable procurement
       package.

       All work performed under this SBP shall be in accordance with the
       following document which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof
       by this reference:

       a) Document D1-8000A, "Quality Control Requirements for Boeing
          Suppliers," as amended from time to time.

                                          OR

       b) All work performed under this SBP shall be in accordance with the
          applicable drawings and specifications and Seller's existing
          quality assurance system in place at the time the Product(s) are
          manufactured.

5.0    APPLICABLE LAW JURISDICTION
       Each Order, including all matters of construction, validity and
       performance, shall in all respects be governed by, and construed and
       enforced in accordance only with the law of the State of Washington as
       applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed wholly within
       such State, between citizens of such State, without reference to any
       rules governing conflicts of law. Seller and Buyer hereby irrevocably
       consents to and submits to the jurisdiction of the applicable courts of
       Washington and the federal courts therein for the purpose of any suit,
       action or other judicial proceeding arising out of or connected with any
       Order or the performance or subject matter thereof. Seller hereby waives
       and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise,
       in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (a) Seller is not
       personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (b)
       the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum 
       or (c) the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.

6.0    PRODUCT ASSURANCE

6.1    GOVERNING DOCUMENT
       Seller acknowledges that Boeing and Customers must be able to rely on
       each Product performing as specified and that Seller will provide all
       required support. Accordingly, the following provisions and document(s)
       are incorporated herein and made a part hereof:

       Seller warrants to Boeing and Customers that Products shall: (a) conform
       in all respects to all the requirements of the Order; (b) be free from
       all defects in materials and workmanship; and (c) to the extent not
       manufactured pursuant to detailed designs furnished by Boeing, be free
       from all defects in design and be fit for the intended purposes.


                                          3

<PAGE>

SCD CONTRACTS
REPAIRABLE

6.2       PRODUCT SUPPORT AGREEMENT-SUPPLIER DESIGNED EQUIPMENT."DOCUMENT
          NO. D6-51880.
          Boeing may choose initially not to extend the Seller's full warranty
          of Product to Customers. This action shall in no way relieve
          Seller of any obligation set forth in the warranty documents listed
          above. Boeing at its sole option may extend Seller's full warranty of 
          Product to its Customers at any time. Furthermore, Seller agrees 
          to provide support to the Product as long as any model Aircraft 
          using or supported by the Product remains in service.

7.0       PAYMENT

7.1       RECURRING PRICE
          Unless otherwise provided under the applicable Order (see Attachment
          Number -7-), Payment shall be net thirty (30) calendar days.
          Payment due dates, including discount periods, shall be computed from
          (a) the date of receipt of the Product, (b) the date of receipt of a
          correct invoice or (c) the scheduled delivery date of such Product,
          whichever is last. Any discount shall be taken on the full amount of
          the invoice. All payments are subject to adjustment for shortages,
          credits and rejections.

7.2       NON-RECURRING PRICE/SPECIAL CHARGES
          Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Order, any non-recurring
          price payable by  Boeing under Attachment 1 shall be paid within
          the term discount period or thirty (30) calendar days (whichever is
          later) after receipt by Boeing of both acceptable Products and a
          correct invoice.

9.0       NOTICES

9.1       ADDRESSES
          Notices and other communications shall be given in writing by personal
          delivery, United States mail, telex, teletype, telegram, facsimile,
          cable or electronic transmission addressed  to the respective party
          as follows:

          To Boeing:          Attention: Peter M. Castner:  M/S 38-EW
                              BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE GROUP
                              MATERIEL DIVISION
                              P.O. Box 3707
                              Seattle, Washington 98124-2207
                              (425) 266-0755

          To Seller:          Mr. George Toly
                              PATS, Inc.
                              9570 Berger Road
                              Colombia, MD 21046-1569


                                          4
<PAGE>

                       THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS TO BE USED IN ALL
                  REQUIREMENTS/PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE TYPE CONTRACTS

10.0      OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE AND SELL

          TO BE USED IN REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT WITH MULTIPLE RELEASES

          Boeing and Seller agree that in consideration of the prices set forth
          under Attachment 1, Boeing shall issue Orders for Products from time
          to time to Seller for Boeing's requirements. Such Products shall be
          shipped at any scheduled rate of delivery, as determined by Boeing,
          and Seller shall sell to Boeing. Boeing's requirements of such 
          Products, provided that, without limitation on Boeing's right to 
          determine its requirements, Boeing shall not be obligated to issue 
          any Orders for any given Product if:

          A.   Any of Boeing's customers specify an alternate product;

          B.   Such Product is, in Boeing's reasonable judgment, not
               technologically competitive at any time, for reasons including
               but not limited to the availability of significant changes in
               technology, design, materials, specifications, or manufacturing
               processes which result in a reduced price or weight or improved
               appearance, functionality, maintainability or reliability;

          C.   Boeing gives reasonable notice to Seller of a change in any of
               Boeing's aircraft which will result in Boeing no longer requiring
               such Product for such aircraft;

          D.   Seller has materially defaulted in any of its obligations under
               any Order, whether or not Boeing has issued a notice of default
               to Seller pursuant to GTA Section 13.0; or,

          E.   Boeing reasonably determines that Seller cannot support Boeing's
               requirements for Products in the amounts and within the delivery
               schedules Boeing requires.

11.0      COST AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE VISIBILITY - FOR BUYER DIRECTED CHANGES
          Seller shall provide all necessary cost support data, source documents
          for direct and indirect costs, and assistance at the Seller's facility
          for cost performance reviews performed by Boeing pursuant to any
          Change Order.

12.0      CHANGES

12.1      CHANGES TO THE STATEMENT OF WORK
          Boeing may direct Seller within the scope of the applicable Order and
          in accordance with the provisions of GTA Section 11 to increase or
          decrease the work to be performed by the Seller in the manufacture of
          any Product.

12.2      COMPUTATION OF EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT (OPTIONAL)
          The Rates and Factors set forth in Attachment 3, which by this
          reference is incorporated herein, shall be used to determine the
          equitable adjustment, if any, (including equitable adjustments, if
          any, in the prices of Products to be incorporated in Derivative
          Aircraft),to be paid by Boeing pursuant to SBP Section 12.1 and GTA
          Section 11 for each individual change.


                                          5
<PAGE>

OBSOLESCENCE DOLLAR VALUE TO BE DETERMINED-DEFAULT VALUE $2,500

12.3      OBSOLESCENCE
          Claims for obsolete or surplus material and work-in-process created by
          change orders issued pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the
          procedures set forth in GTA Section 11, except that Seller may not
          submit a claim for obsolete or surplus material resulting from an
          individual change order that has a total claim value of Twelve Hundred
          and fifty dollars ($1,250) or less. Payment for obsolete or surplus
          materials shall be made by check deposited as first class mail to the
          address designated by Seller in SBP Section 9. Payment will be made on
          the tenth (10th) day of the month following the month of the
          obsolescence claim settlement.

12.4      CHANGE ABSORPTION (OPTIONAL)

12.4.1    PRIOR TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE (DRAWING REVISION LEVEL NEW)

12.4.1.1
          GENERALLY
          Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section
          12.1, no equitable adjustment in the prices or schedules of any Order
          shall be made for any change initiated by Boeing made prior to the
          date on which all engineering drawings that change the technical
          requirements, descriptions, specifications, statement of work, drawing
          or designs ("Technical Change(s)") have been released by Boeing ("100%
          Engineering Release") provided, that an equitable adjustment shall be
          made for:

          a.   Any Technical Change which is a change BETWEEN raw material
               classifications such as a change from aluminum to steel or
               titanium to plastic. Not included as a Technical Change for
               purposes of this Section are changes WITHIN a raw material
               classification such as a change from 7050 Aluminum to 7075
               Aluminum;

          b.   Any Technical Change which adds or deletes a process
               specification including but not limited to chem milling, chrome
               plating, anodizing, painting, priming and heat treating.

12.4.1.2
          CLAIMS
          Claims for equitable adjustment for Technical Changes shall be
          submitted in writing within thirty (30) days after 100% Engineering
          Release.

12.4.2
          SUBSEQUENT TO 100% ENGINEERING RELEASE

12.4.2.1
          GENERALLY
          Notwithstanding the provisions of GTA Section 10.0 and SBP Section
          12.1, no equitable adjustment shall be made to the recurring or
          non-recurring prices after the date of 100% Engineering Release for
          any change initiated by Boeing unless the value of such change (debit
          or credit) is greater than or equal to two percent (2%) of the then
          current unit price for the Product (recurring) or is greater than or
          equal to two percent (2%) of the total then current nonrecurring price
          as set forth in Attachment 1. For purposes of this Section, the then
          current unit price or total nonrecurring price shall be the price
          identified in Attachment 1 plus any and all price adjustments agreed
          to previously by the parties.


                                         6


<PAGE>

12.4.2.2
          CLAIMS
          Claims shall be made individually for each Product and for each
          change.  Each claim shall be considered separately for application of
          the two percent (2%) threshold.  Changes may not be combined for the
          purposes of exceeding the two percent (2%) threshold set forth herein.

12.6.1    SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL
          Proposals shall be submitted to Boeing's Material Representative.
          Boeing shall not be liable for any delay in acting upon a proposal.
          Boeing's decision to accept or reject any proposal shall be final.  If
          there is a delay and the net result in savings no longer justifies the
          investment, Seller will not be obligated to proceed with the change.
          Seller has the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, any proposal 
          not accepted by Boeing within the time period specified in the 
          proposal. Seller shall submit, as a minimum, the following information
          with the proposal:

          a.   description of the difference between the existing requirement
               and the proposed change, and the comparative advantages and
               disadvantages of each;

          b.   the specific requirements which must be changed if the proposal
               is adopted;

          c.   the cost savings and Seller's implementation costs;

          d.   Each proposal shall include the need dates for engineering
               release and the time by which a proposal must be approved so as
               to obtain the maximum cost reduction.

12.6.2    ACCEPTANCE AND COST SHARING
          Boeing may accept, in whole or in part, any proposal by issuing a
          change order.  Until such change has been issued, Seller shall remain
          obligated to perform in accordance with the terms and requirements of
          the original Order as written.  Boeing and Seller shall share the
          savings as follows:

               (50%) savings to Boeing;
               (50%) savings to Seller.

          Seller shall include with each proposal verifiable cost records and
          other data as required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

          Each party shall be responsible for its own implementation costs,
          including but not limited to non-recurring costs.

12.6.3    COST SAVINGS COMPUTATION
          A change order shall be issued by Boeing and the unit price shall be
          reduced in an amount equal to the savings portion attributable to
          Boeing as set forth above.  The applicable unit price as set forth in
          Attachment 1 Statement of Work shall be amended to reflect such
          change.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          EXAMPLE:
          -------
          <S>                      <C>
          Current Price:           $600.00
          Proposed Cost Savings:   $100.00/unit
          Boeing's Percentage:       50.0%
          Seller's Percentage:       50.0%


</TABLE>


                                          7
<PAGE>

          STEP BY STEP COMPUTATION:
          1.   $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Boeing's percentage of savings 
               = $50.00 Boeing savings.

          2.   $100.00 unit savings x 50.0% Seller's percentage of savings 
               = $50.00 Seller savings.

          3.   Net affect to the unit cost = $50.00

               New Unit Price For Units = $550.00

12.6.4    WEIGHT REDUCTION PROPOSALS
          Seller is encouraged to submit proposals to Boeing that reduce the
          Product's weight without impairing any essential functions or
          characteristics of the Product.

          Seller shall submit such proposals in accordance with SBP Section
          12.6.1 above.  The amount of any costs or savings that result from a
          weight reduction proposal shall be agreed by Boeing and Seller.
          Seller shall include with each proposal verifiable cost records and
          other data as required by Boeing for proposal review and analysis.

          Boeing may accept in whole or in part, any such proposal by issuing a
          change order to the applicable Order.

13.0      SPARES AND OTHER PRICING

13.1      SPARES

          For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

          A.   AIRCRAFT ON GROUND (AOG) - means the highest Spares priority.
               Seller will expend best efforts to provide the earliest possible
               delivery of any Spare designated AOG by Boeing.  Such effort
               includes but is not limited to working twenty-four (24) hours a
               day, seven days a week and use of premium transportation.  Seller
               shall specify the delivery date and time of any such AOG Spare
               within two (2) hours of receipt of an AOG Spare request.

          B.   CRITICAL - means an imminent AOG work stoppage.  Seller will
               expend best efforts to provide the earliest possible delivery of
               any Spare designated Critical by Boeing. Such effort includes but
               is not limited to working two (2) shifts a day, five (5) days a
               week and use of premium transportation.  Seller shall specify the
               delivery date and time of any such Critical Spare within the same
               working day of receipt of a Critical Spare request.

          C.   EXPEDITE (CLASS I) - means a Spare required in less than Seller's
               normal leadtime.  Seller will expend best efforts to meet the
               requested delivery date.  Such effort includes but is not limited
               to working overtime and use of premium transportation.

          D.   ROUTINE (CLASS III) - means a Spare required in Seller's normal
               leadtime.

          E.   POA REQUIREMENT (POA) - means any detail component needed to
               replace a component on an End Item Assembly currently in Boeing's
               assembly line process.  Seller shall expend best efforts feasible
               to provide the earliest possible delivery of any Spare designated
               as POA by Boeing.  Such effort includes but is not limited to


                                          8

<PAGE>

               working twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven days a week and use
               of premium transportation.  Seller shall specify the delivery
               date and time of any such POA within two (2) hours of an AOG
               Spare request.

          F.   IN-PRODUCTION - means any Spare with a designation of AOG,
               Critical, Expedite, Routine, POA or End Item Assembly which is
               in the current engineering configuration for the Product and is
               used on a model aircraft currently being manufactured by Boeing.

          G.   NON-PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS - means any Spare with a designation
               of AOG, Critical, Expedite and Routine requirements which is used
               on model aircraft no longer being manufactured by Boeing (Post
               Production) or is in a non-current engineering configuration for
               the Product (Out of Production).

          H.   BOEING PROPRIETARY SPARE - means any Spare which is manufactured
               (i) by Boeing, or (ii) to Boeing's detailed designs with Boeing's
               authorization or (iii) in whole or in part using Boeing's
               Proprietary Materials.

13.1.1    SPARES SUPPORT
          Seller shall provide Boeing with a written Spares support process
          describing Seller's plan for supporting AOG and Critical commitments
          and manufacturing support.  The process must provide Boeing with the
          name and number of a twenty-four (24) hour contact for coordination 
          of AOG and Critical requirements.  Such contact shall be equivalent 
          to the coverage provided by Boeing to its Customers as outlined in 
          Attachment 4 "Boeing AOG Coverage" which is incorporated herein and 
          made a part hereof by this reference.

          Seller shall notify Boeing as soon as possible via fax, telecon, or as
          otherwise agreed to by the parties of each AOG and Critical
          requirement shipment using the form identified in Attachment 5 "Boeing
          AOG and Critical Shipping Notification".  Such notification shall
          include time and date shipped, quantity shipped, Order, pack slip,
          method of transportation and air bill if applicable.  Seller shall
          also notify Boeing immediately upon the discovery of any delays in
          shipment of any requirement and identify the earliest revised shipment
          possible.

13.1.2    RECLASSIFICATION OR RE-EXERCISES
          Boeing may on occasion, instruct Seller to re-prioritize or reclassify
          an existing requirement in order to improve or otherwise change the
          established shipping schedule.  Seller shall expend the effort
          required to meet the revised requirement as set forth above in the
          definitions of the requirements.  Seller's commitment of a delivery
          schedule shall be given in accordance with that set forth above for
          the applicable classification but in no case shall it exceed
          twenty-four (24) hours from notification by Boeing.

13.1.3    SPARE PRICING
          Pricing for SCD Spare(s), end item and details, shall be as set forth
          in the applicable Spares pricing catalog in effect at the time the
          Spare(s) are ordered.  Said pricing shall be fair and reasonable.

          The price for Boeing Proprietary Spare(s), end item and details, shall
          be the price for the Products as listed in Attachment 1, in effect at
          the time the Spare(s) are ordered.  POA parts shall be priced so that
          the sum of the prices for all POA parts of an End Item Assembly equals
          the applicable recurring portion of the End Item Assembly.


                                          9

<PAGE>

13.1.4 SPECIAL HANDLING
       The price for all effort associated with the handling and delivery of
       Spare(s) is deemed to be included in the price for such Spare(s).
       Provided, that if Boeing directs delivery of Spares to an F.O.B. point
       other than Seller's plant, Boeing shall reimburse Seller for shipping
       charges, including insurance, paid by Seller from the plant to the
       designated F.O.B. point. Such charges shall be shown separately on all
       invoices.

13.2   SHORT FLOW PRODUCTION REQUIREMENTS
       Boeing shall pay no expedite charges for production requirements
       released less than Seller's current ROLT. Seller agrees to support
       Boeing's short flow requirements with its best effort.

14.0   STATUS REPORTS/REVIEWS
       When requested by Boeing, Seller shall update and submit, as a minimum,
       monthly status reports on data requested by Boeing using a method
       mutually agreed upon by Boeing and Seller.

       When requested by Boeing, Seller shall provide to Boeing a manufacturing
       milestone chart identifying the major purchasing, planning and
       manufacturing operations for the applicable Product(s).

       Upon request by Boeing, a program review may be held between the
       parties. The location of such review shall be mutually agreed to by the
       parties. The purpose of the review is to improve communication and
       understanding between the parties to ensure program success.

17.0   ASSIGNMENT
       Subject to the provisions of SBP, Section 25.0 below, Boeing and Seller
       agree that Boeing may, in its discretion, assign, in part or in whole,
       its purchasing obligations under the Agreement or any Order, as
       applicable, at the prices set forth in Attachment 1 thereof. Boeing
       reserves the right to rescind its assignment at anytime.

       Boeing's assignment of purchasing obligation includes scheduling,
       issuance of Order(s), receival and inspection of Products, acceptance or
       rejection of Products, payment for accepted Products, and ensuring
       conformance to the quality assurance system requirements.

       Boeing shall retain all other rights and obligations pursuant to the
       applicable terms and conditions. In addition, Boeing reserves the right,
       where necessary, to coordinate with and mediate between Seller and any
       assignee regarding such assignment.

                                     SCD SECTIONS

20.0   ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENTS
       The Administrative Agreement sets forth certain obligations of the
       parties relating to the administration of each Order, and such agreement
       is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference.

21.0   GUARANTEED WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS
       Seller acknowledges the importance to Boeing of guaranteed weight
       requirements. Each Product shall strictly conform to the guaranteed
       weight requirement set forth in the


                                          10
<PAGE>

       applicable Specification. If a Product fails to conform to such
       guaranteed weight requirement, Boeing may reject delivery of any such
       Product and take any other action as set forth in GTA Section 8.3, or
       any other remedy available to Boeing under this Agreement, any Order and
       applicable law.

22.0   SUPPLIER DATA REQUIREMENTS
       Supplier shall provide to Boeing the documents listed in Attachments 6
       and 7 hereto, which are incorporated herein and made a part hereof by
       this reference. Seller shall comply with the schedules listed in such
       Attachments.

24.0   SOFTWARE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION RIGHTS
       Seller hereby grants to Boeing a perpetual, nonexclusive, paid-up,
       worldwide license to reproduce, distribute copies of, perform publicly,
       display publicly, and make derivative works from software included in or
       provided with or for Products (Software) and related information and
       materials (Software Documentation) as reasonably required by Boeing in
       connection with (i) the testing, certification, use, sale, or support of
       a Product, or the manufacture, testing, certification, use, sale, or
       support of any aircraft including and/or utilizing a Product, or (ii)
       the design or acquisition of hardware or software intended to interface
       with Software. The license granted to Boeing under this Section 24.0,
       also includes the right to grant sublicenses to Customers as reasonably
       required in connection with Customers' operation, maintenance, overhaul,
       and modification of any aircraft including and/or utilizing Software.
       All copies and derivative works made pursuant to the foregoing license
       or any sublicense to a Customer will automatically become the property
       of Boeing or Customer, and Boeing agrees to preserve Seller's copyright
       notice thereon to the extent that such a notice was included with the
       original Software and/or Software Documentation. Seller acknowledges
       that Boeing is the owner of all Software and Software Documentation
       provided to or made by Boeing or Customers pursuant to the Agreement and
       this SBP and, Seller hereby authorizes Boeing and Customers to dispose
       of, and to authorize the disposal of, the possession of any and all
       Software by rental, lease or lending, or by any other act or practice in
       the nature of rental, lease, or lending.

EXECUTED in duplicate as of the date and year first set forth above by the duly
authorized representatives of the parties.

THE BOEING COMPANY                      PATS, Inc.
By and Through its Division
Boeing Commercial Airplane Group

Name:    /s/ [Illegible]                Name:  /s/ [Illegible]
      -----------------------------           -----------------------------
Title: Buyer                            Title: President
       ----------------------------            ----------------------------
Date: Feb. 17, 1998                     Date:  2/17/98
      -----------------------------           -----------------------------


                                          11

<PAGE>

                                     [LETTERHEAD]

JOHN HINSON CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


January 15,1999

Via Facsimile to 206-932-4863
and email to [email protected]
Mr. Peter M. Castner
Buyer
Boeing Business Jets
Seattle Washington, 98124-2207

Dear Peter:

This letter will confirm the understanding of DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc. 
("DAH") with Boeing Business Jets ("Boeing")") as respects (i) the proposed 
purchase by DAH of all of the stock of PATS, Inc. ("PATS") pursuant to an 
Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Stock (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") and 
(ii) the agreement between Boeing and PATS for the purchase by Boeing from 
PATS of auxiliary gas tanks (the "Tank Agreement").

In order for DAH to proceed with the closing of the Stock Purchase Agreement, 
it needs to obtain certain consents and reach certain agreements both as set 
forth below in this letter:

     1.   By its signature on this letter, Boeing does hereby consent to the
          change of control of PATS from its existing owners to DAH, a
          subsidiary of DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, II, an affiliate of
          Donaldson Lufkin Jenrette Securities Corporation;

     2.   Boeing hereby confirms that as of the date of its execution of this
          letter, that PATS is not in default of the Tank Agreement;

     3.   Except as set forth on Schedule 3 to this letter, Boeing has no claims
          against PATS for failure to comply with the terms and conditions of
          the Tank Agreement;

     4.   DAH would not purchase the stock of PATS pursuant to the Stock
          Purchase Agreement if it were likely that Boeing were to assert a
          right to claim a default by PATS in the Tank Agreement. Accordingly,
          by its signature on this letter this will confirm that Boeing does not
          presently intend to declare a default by PATS of the Tank Agreement
          and Boeing will notify DAH and PATS of all items of unsatisfactory
          performance in order to give DAH a reasonable time after the closing
          of the Stock Purchase Agreement to cause PATS to cure any deficiencies
          of performance in the Tank Agreement.

<PAGE>

     5.   In order to close the purchase of stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase
          Agreement, Boeing hereby agrees to pay DAH the sum of $5.0 million;
          such amount shall be repaid to Boeing by DAH together with interest on
          the unpaid balance at 8% in the event that DAH does not consummate the
          purchase of 100% of the stock of PATS, Inc. ("PATS") on or before
          February 5, 1999.

          At such time as DAH is the owner of 100% of the stock of PATS, the
          amount paid by Boeing shall be contributed by DAH to PATS and
          concurrently such amount shall constitute a "customer deposit" of
          Boeing to PATS, which customer deposit shall be applied as follows:
<TABLE>
          <S>                 <C>
          December 21, 1999   $1,330,000.00
          June 21, 2000       $1,330,000.00
          December 21, 2000   $1,330,000.00
          June 21, 2001       $1,330,000.00
          December 21, 2001   $  371,900.00
</TABLE>

          (The above amounts are subject to confirmation by Boeing and DAH

          So long as PATS perform the Tank Agreement, neither DAH nor PATS shall
          have any liability to repay the customer deposit. In the event that
          PATS fails to perform the Tank Agreement and in the event Boeing
          terminates the Tank Agreement, Boeing shall receive either (i) payment
          in immediately available funds in the amount specified in the chart
          above as to any Tanks not delivered and/or installed or (ii) a credit
          to any and all obligations owing from Boeing to PATS with respect to
          the Tank Contract.

     6.   DAH shall on the Closing Date of the Purchase Agreement and concurrent
          with Boeing's payment of $5 million, deliver to Boeing a Guaranty of
          PATS obligations to Boeing in the form enclosed with this letter.

     7.   The learning curve cost savings benefit ("CCIP") will (i) commence
          after the 5th aircraft (instead of the 10th aircraft) based upon the
          first five installations; in addition there will be a second
          measurement period which will occur only upon the completion of the
          10th aircraft after the issuance of an STC and such measurement will
          be based on the installations of the 6th through 10th aircraft
          following such STC issuance.

     8.   Boeing will make milestone payments equal to 10% of the purchase price
          of Tanks 37 through 46 concurrent with the issuance of Purchase Orders
          for said shipsets. The balance of the purchase price for such shipsets
          shall be due and

<PAGE>

Peter M. Castner
Page 3

          payable by Boeing upon the completion of manufacture and assembly of
          each of shipsets 37 through 46.

Please have this letter signed by a person authorized to execute it on
behalf of Boeing to confirm the consent and agreements specified above. It is
also my understanding that Boeing will work with Mark Ryan to schedule training.

We appreciate the cooperation you have given DAH in the proposed purchase
of the stock of PATS. The closing of the transaction is now scheduled for either
January 20 or 21 in Baltimore, Maryland. Please get back to me as quickly as
possible if anything further than this letter is required.

Sincerely,


/s/
- ----------------------
John R. Hinson
Chief Financial Officer

Agreed to:

/s/
- ----------------------
By

- ----------------------
Its

- ----------------------
Date

cc:  R. Jack DeCrane
     Jeff Nerland
     Steve Silverman


<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.2
    
 
   
                      DECRANE HOLDINGS CO. AND SUBSIDIARY
                        EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES RATIO
    
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         (PREDECESSOR)                                        (PRO FORMA)
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------                 -------------
                                                                               EIGHT MONTHS    FOUR MONTHS   TWELVE MONTHS
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                ENDED          ENDED          ENDED
                                   ------------------------------------------   AUGUST 31,    DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                     1994       1995       1996       1997         1998           1998           1998
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
Earnings:
Income (loss) before income
  taxes, accounting change and
  extraordinary item.............  $  (1,816) $  (2,368) $    (105) $   8,598    $   6,081      $  (3,007)     $  (3,358)
Minority interest in income of
  subsidiaries with fixed
  charges........................          8         85        193        112           48             82            130
Fixed charges....................      3,701      4,331      4,785      3,842        3,117          7,232         25,592
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                   $   1,893  $   2,048  $   4,873  $  12,552    $   9,246      $   4,307      $  22,364
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Fixed charges:
Interest expense, including
  amortization of debt discounts
  and issuance costs (none
  capitalized)...................  $   3,244  $   3,821  $   4,248  $   3,154    $   2,350      $   6,867      $  24,281
Interest component of rentals
  (1)............................        457        510        537        688          767            365          1,311
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                   $   3,701  $   4,331  $   4,785  $   3,842    $   3,117      $   7,232      $  25,592
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Earnings to fixed charges ratio:
  Ratio..........................         --         --        1.0x       3.3x         3.0x            --             --
  Deficiency.....................  $   1,808  $   2,283  $      --  $      --    $      --      $   2,925      $   3,228
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Reflects one-third of rental expense under operating leases considered to
    represent interest cost.

<PAGE>



Exhibit 21.1



SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


Aerospace Display Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Audio International, Inc., an Arkansas corporation
Audio International Sales, Inc., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation
Avtech Corporation, a Washington corporation
Cory Components, Inc., a California corporation
Dettmers Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Elsinore Aerospace Services, Inc., a California corporation
Elsinore Engineering, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Flight Refueling, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Hollingsead International, Inc., a California corporation
Hollingsead International, Ltd., a U.K. corporation
Patrick Aircraft Tank Systems, Inc., a Maryland corporation
PATS, Inc., a Maryland corporation
PATS Aircraft and Engineering Corporation, a Maryland corporation
PATS Support, Inc., a Maryland corporation
Tri-Star Electronics Europe S.A., a Swiss corporation
Tri-Star Electronics International, Inc., a California corporation
Tri-Star Technologies, Inc., a California general partnership


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated February 19, 1999
relating to the consolidated financial statements of DeCrane Holdings Co. and
DeCrane Aircraft Holdings, Inc., our report dated June 12, 1998 relating to the
financial statements of Avtech Corporation, and our report dated January 25,
1999 relating to the consolidated financial statements of PATS, Inc., which
appear in such Prospectus. We also consent to the application of our report
dated February 19, 1999 to the Financial Statement Schedule of DeCrane Holdings
Co. for the four months ended December 31, 1998 and the application of our
report dated February 19, 1999 to the Financial Statement Schedule of DeCrane
Aircraft Holdings, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the
eight months ended August 31, 1998 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration
Statement when such schedule is read in conjunction with the corresponding
financial statements referred to in our respective reports. The audits referred
to in our reports dated February 19, 1999 also included this schedule. We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
    
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
   
Los Angeles, California
March 2, 1999
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
ACCOMPANYING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   OTHER
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             AUG-27-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           3,518
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   31,022
<ALLOWANCES>                                       581
<INVENTORY>                                     34,281
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                76,437
<PP&E>                                          29,934
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,774
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 331,070
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           30,210
<BONDS>                                        184,953
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            28
<OTHER-SE>                                      62,346
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   331,070
<SALES>                                        150,433
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               150,433
<CGS>                                          102,840
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  136,960
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 1,182
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               9,217
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  3,074
<INCOME-TAX>                                       224
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              2,850
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  2,229
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       621
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission